summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Build/source/utils/texi2html
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2006-01-17 21:16:42 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2006-01-17 21:16:42 +0000
commita3d3111bfe26b8e5f5bc6049dfb2a4ca2edc7881 (patch)
treef4a8a34f904c1bb86adcc3ae0e14434badc6dbe4 /Build/source/utils/texi2html
parent6c0eafbb1395d426a72a74538e0b2a95e8344ca6 (diff)
utils 1
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@1484 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Build/source/utils/texi2html')
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/AUTHORS5
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/COPYING340
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/ChangeLog2180
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/INSTALL182
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/INTRODUCTION88
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/Makefile.am125
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/Makefile.in817
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/MySimple.pm236
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/MySimple.pod187
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/NEWS399
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/README113
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/T2h_i18n.pm400
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/TODO89
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/Makefile.am24
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/Makefile.in293
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/README112
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/aclocal.m4750
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/autogen.sh14
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/check_texinfo.pl.in83
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/config.guess1465
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/config.sub1579
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/configure2924
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/configure.ac73
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/Makefile.am41
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/Makefile.in512
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/TODO5
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/doc/mdate-sh92
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/stamp-vti4
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.html6072
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info176
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-11299
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-21262
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-31085
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.texi3426
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texinfo.tex6882
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/version.texi4
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/book.init197
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/chm.init366
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/html32.init205
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/inlinestyle.init39
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/makeinfo.init147
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/noheaders.init137
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/roff.init1165
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/utf8.init27
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/xhtml.init188
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/de114
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/en110
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/es114
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/fr139
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/nl114
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/no114
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/pt114
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/COPYING6
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/Mybg.gifbin0 -> 857 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_begin.gifbin0 -> 915 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_begin_na.gifbin0 -> 909 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_document.gifbin0 -> 927 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_document_na.gifbin0 -> 926 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_empty.gifbin0 -> 879 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_end.gifbin0 -> 918 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_end_na.gifbin0 -> 915 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_help.gifbin0 -> 908 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_help_na.gifbin0 -> 912 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_index.gifbin0 -> 931 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_index_na.gifbin0 -> 943 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_left.gifbin0 -> 900 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_left_na.gifbin0 -> 896 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_leftdouble.gifbin0 -> 916 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_leftdouble_na.gifbin0 -> 916 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_page.gifbin0 -> 921 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_page_na.gifbin0 -> 919 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_right.gifbin0 -> 905 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_right_na.gifbin0 -> 904 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_rightdouble.gifbin0 -> 918 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_rightdouble_na.gifbin0 -> 924 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_search.gifbin0 -> 932 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_search_na.gifbin0 -> 931 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_searchdoc.gifbin0 -> 960 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_searchdoc_na.gifbin0 -> 941 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_tableofcon.gifbin0 -> 932 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_tableofcon_na.gifbin0 -> 944 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_top.gifbin0 -> 900 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_top_na.gifbin0 -> 901 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_up.gifbin0 -> 894 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_up_na.gifbin0 -> 894 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg.jpgbin0 -> 2572 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg_left.gifbin0 -> 160 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg_right.gifbin0 -> 374 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_dir.gifbin0 -> 244 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_down.gifbin0 -> 141 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_grab.gifbin0 -> 169 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_help.gifbin0 -> 155 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_next.gifbin0 -> 138 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_nnext.gifbin0 -> 161 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_pprev.gifbin0 -> 165 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_prev.gifbin0 -> 138 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_readme.gifbin0 -> 245 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_top.gifbin0 -> 161 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_up.gifbin0 -> 140 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_uup.gifbin0 -> 165 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/contents_motif.gifbin0 -> 225 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/index_motif.gifbin0 -> 180 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/next_motif.gifbin0 -> 172 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/next_motif_gr.gifbin0 -> 172 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/previous_motif.gifbin0 -> 220 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/previous_motif_gr.gifbin0 -> 220 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/spacer3.gifbin0 -> 45 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_contents.gifbin0 -> 120 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_foot.gifbin0 -> 73 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_next.gifbin0 -> 115 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_next_gr.gifbin0 -> 110 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_nextsection.gifbin0 -> 137 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_nextsection_gr.gifbin0 -> 131 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previous.gifbin0 -> 113 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previous_gr.gifbin0 -> 110 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previoussection.gifbin0 -> 136 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previoussection_gr.gifbin0 -> 132 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_up.gifbin0 -> 107 bytes
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_up_gr.gifbin0 -> 101 bytes
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/install-sh251
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/l2h.init168
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/manage_i18n.pl397
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/mdate-sh92
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/missing265
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/missing-texi2html96
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/mkinstalldirs40
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.1.in164
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.init4254
-rwxr-xr-xBuild/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.pl11827
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.spec65
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.spec.in65
-rw-r--r--Build/source/utils/texi2html/translations.pl819
132 files changed, 55137 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/AUTHORS b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/AUTHORS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1703eca32bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/AUTHORS
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+Lionel Cons, Karl Berry, Olaf Bachmann, Karl-Heinz Marbaise (texi2html
+manual) and many others.
+
+Images in the images directory come from the Singular project:
+http://www.singular.uni-kl.de/
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/COPYING b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d60c31a97a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+ parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/ChangeLog b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..85721988da1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,2180 @@
+2005-02-03 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: don't use exists for reference in an array, for
+ old perl. Report from Sven de Vries.
+ * T2h_i18n.pm: remove useless use that prevented to run on IRIX.
+ Report from ezra peisach.
+ * Tests/*: remove some $Id: ChangeLog,v 1.179 2005/02/04 00:14:39 pertusus Exp $ rcs tags
+
+2005-02-03 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: require perl 5.00405 for File::Spec (report from
+ Ezra peisach).
+
+2005-02-03 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: don't use open with three args, use binmode (for
+ old perl, reported by Sven de Vries).
+ * doc/Makefile.am: rebuild the manual based on the sources, not
+ on the script, as it is remade by ./configure. Use the rebuild
+ of the manual as a check target (ideas from Derek).
+ * Tests/*: test for results with USE_UNICODE set to 0.
+
+2005-02-01 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * configure.ac: Revert most of the PERL change.
+
+2005-02-01 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.init, examples/chm.init: remove our keywords for old
+ perl (reported by Sven de Vries).
+
+2005-02-01 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Include missing-texi2html.
+
+2005-02-01 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * NEWS: Note that Perl is no longer required to build.
+ * configure.ac: Don't search for texinfo programs handled by Automake.
+ Declare PERL a precious var. Exit when not found and not set. Warn
+ when set to a relative path.
+ * missing-texi2html, doc/texi2html.html: New files.
+ * doc/.cvsignore: Add more intermediate files.
+ * doc/Makefile.am: Remove targets autogenerated by Automake.
+ (EXTRA_DIST): Distribute texi2html.html.
+ (texi2html.html): Call texi2html via missing-texi2html.
+
+2005-01-31 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * configure.in, NEWS: Update for development.
+ * configure.in: Rename to...
+ * configure.ac: ...this, to match current Autoconf standards.
+
+2005-01-31 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * configure.in, NEWS: Update for the 1.74 release.
+
+2005-01-16 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: more robust handling of deffn lines.
+ The argument may be in bracket, therefore there is no difference
+ beteen arg and other item specification for def like commands.
+ * Tests: test for more deffn lines, and for @-commands in floats.
+ * doc/texi2html.texi: update.
+
+2005-01-16 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: close quotes within html elements. Apply commands
+ to @item lines in table after leading and trailing spaces removal.
+ * Tests: regenerate.
+
+2005-01-06 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: handle explicitely formats that don't
+ trigger paragraph opening. Handle all commands even those that aren't
+ used. End lines more correctly.
+
+2004-12-29 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * NEWS: Date the 1.72 release.
+
+2004-12-29 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * configure.in: Update for 1.72 release.
+ * Makefile.in, aclocal.m4, configure, Tests/Makefile.in,
+ doc/Makefile.in, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Regenerated.
+
+2004-12-29 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * README: Remove obsolete note about using shar for binary attachments
+ to mailing lists.
+
+2004-12-29 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * config.guess, config.sub: New files from Automake.
+
+2004-12-13 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * INTRODUCTION, README: update with dev mailing list. Advertise the
+ manual as being rather complete.
+ * Makefile.am,Makefile.in: build in . before doc, as texi2html is
+ needed to rebuild the doc.
+
+2004-12-11 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.init,examples/roff.init,examples/html32.init,
+ examples/inlinestyle.init,NEWS: add support for @euro, @sansserif.
+ * Tests: test for @euro, @sansserif, deff arguments with braces
+ appearing within the argument (and not at the beginning). Sync.
+
+2004-12-11 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: internal targets and targets of
+ cross refs are valid as XML identifiers. This is compatible with the
+ updated specification presented in the texinfo manual in the node
+ HTML Xref.
+ * doc,Tests: sync.
+
+2004-11-22 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: handle right deff arguments with braces appearing
+ within the argument (and not at the beginning).
+
+2004-10-08 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: add a mail address to the --help screen (idea from
+ Karl Berry).
+
+2004-10-06 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * configure.in: add the lines asked for by Thomas Esser for addition
+ to teTeX.
+ * Makefile.in...: regenerate with automake 1.9.1.
+
+2004-10-06 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * Makefile.am: use $(PERL) and $(srcdir) in manage_i18n.pl rule
+ (idea of Karl Berry).
+
+2004-08-13 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: Cross refs are done according to the
+ specification presented in the texinfo manual in the node HTML Xref.
+ The "external source of information" is also used although it isn't
+ formally part of the specification.
+ Handle novalidate better.
+ * Tests: sync.
+
+2004-08-07 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: handle @slanted and @abbr.
+
+2004-06-27 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, T2h_i18n.pm, manage_i18n.pl: Re enable compatibility
+ with perl older that 5.6, by changing most of our to use vars, and
+ some other to my.
+
+2004-06-13 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: split close_stack in 2, one for the last pass the other
+ for the previous passes.
+ Simplification of the code handling paragraph closing.
+ More macros don't begin paragraphs.
+ Pass opened commands through @tab and @item.
+ Every @def* is considered to have arguments.
+ continue the @def* line if there is a @ at the end line.
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: Handle @float, @listoffloats,
+ @caption, @shortcaption,
+ @ordf, @ordm, @registeredsymbol, @deftypecv, @LaTeX, @indicateurl,
+ @docbook, @ifdocbook, @ifnotdocbook,
+ @comma, @headitem, @quotation second arg, @acronym second arg.
+ @url is now a synonym for @uref.
+ * doc/texi2html.texi: bring up-to-date.
+
+2004-04-28 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * T2h_i18n.pl, texi2html.pl: pass the state to the internationalized
+ strings if needed.
+
+2004-04-28 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.init, texi2html.pl: generate unformatted text with
+ text protected and %unformatted_text_* hashs used.
+ use unformatted text in <title> element.
+ put preparation of special styles in texi2html.init.
+ copying_comment formats the copying comment.
+
+2004-04-26 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * example/book.init: stick to the same style for manual not split at
+ node.
+ * texi2html.pl: handle better @today even in non english cases.
+ don't use (encoding) in open, but set it in binmode (perl seems
+ unhappy otherwise ?).
+ * texi2html.init: don't enclose paragraph in <p> when it is the first
+ paragraph of enumerate or itemize, as the <li> is allready something
+ like a begining of paragraph.
+
+2004-03-25 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * .cvsignore: Ignore texi2html.spec.
+
+2004-03-25 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * NEWS: Add section for 1.72.
+ * configure.in: Update to dev version 1.71. Generate texi2html.spec.
+ * texi2html.spec: Move this file...
+ * texi2html.spec.in: ...here and replace some strings with text
+ generated by configure.
+ * Makefile.in, configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Regenerated.
+
+2004-03-24 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * NEWS: fill 1.70 section.
+ * configure.in, texi2html.spec: update version.
+ * Makefile.in: regenerate, now it doesn't want config.guess.
+
+2004-03-23 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * Makefile.am, texi2html.spec: add a spec file usefull to build
+ a rpm.
+ * doc/Makefile.am: install texi2html.html in $(datadir)/texinfo/html
+ as discussed on the texinfo/automake mailing lists.
+
+2004-03-22 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: get language files before testing for language hash.
+ * Makefile.am: add a rule for translations.pl.
+
+2004-03-20 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * NEWS: Add section for 1.70 release.
+ * configure.in: Update for 1.69 dev version.
+ * configure: Regenerated.
+
+2004-03-20 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * NEWS: Add date to 1.68 release.
+
+2004-03-20 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * NEWS: Update Automake & Autoconf versions in developer info section.
+
+2004-03-20 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * .cvsignore: Ignore the distribution archives.
+ * Makefile.am (texi2html_SOURCES): Add and use to avoid having to
+ maintain two lists of files.
+ * configure.in: Update to version 1.68 for release.
+ * Makefile.in, configure: Regenerated.
+ * doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Regenerated.
+
+2004-02-26 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: change $DOCUMENTDESCRIPTION to
+ $DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION for consistency.
+ if $ENCODING is '' don't put it in the headers.
+ add a new entry to $Texi2HTML::THISDOC: 'title_texi', the title
+ with texinfo @-commands.
+ * examples/chm.init: don't convert to utf8 in the html files
+ generated (unless the encoding is really utf8), but produce
+ utf8 in hhc, hhk and hhp files whatever the encoding is.
+ * doc/texi2html.texi: update.
+
+2004-02-23 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * Makefile.am: ask for a version above 1.7 for automake.
+ * Makefile.in...: regenerate with automake 1.8.2 autoconf 2.59.
+ * texi2tml.pl, texi2html.init, examples/chm.init: add a new variable
+ $DOCUMENTDESCRIPTION. If it is undef, @documentdescription is used
+ or the long title. If it is set but empty no description <meta> element
+ is used, if it isn't empty, the value is used in the description
+ <meta> element.
+
+2004-02-11 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * Makefile.am: add T2h_i18n.pm texi2html.init MySimple.pm and l2h.init
+ to the distribution.
+
+2004-02-11 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: use the manual name (file basename) as default output
+ directory when split.
+ * NEWS, Tests/test.sh: update.
+
+2004-02-11 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * Tests/GermanNodeTest/.cvsignore, Tests/index_table/.cvsignore,
+ Tests/macros/.cvsignore, Tests/sectionning/.cvsignore,
+ Tests/ccvs/.cvsignore, Tests/nodes_texinfo/.cvsignore,
+ Tests/texi2html/.cvsignore, Tests/texinfo/.cvsignore,
+ Tests/viper/.cvsignore, Tests/viper_monolithic/.cvsignore,
+ Tests/xemacs/.cvsignore, Tests/xemacs_frame/.cvsignore,
+ Tests/formatting/.cvsignore: New files to suppress warnings about files
+ created by the test scripts.
+
+2004-02-11 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * Makefile.am (bin_PROGRAMS): Move...
+ (bin_SCRIPTS): ...here.
+ (texi2html_SOURCES): Remove unused variable.
+
+2004-02-10 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: put the code related with cross references in the
+ main namespace.
+ * Makefile.am: remove T2h_unicode.pm, T2h_nounicode.pm.
+
+2004-02-10 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: put cross manual reference and unicode related
+ functions in the main program (instead of T2h_unicode.pm,
+ T2h_nounicode.pm).
+ Don't add no-... options when there are allready the options added.
+ * T2h_unicode.pm, T2h_nounicode.pm: remove.
+
+2004-02-07 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * T2h_unicode.pm, T2h_nounicode.pm: make global variables lexical
+ variables.
+ * texi2html.init: output header if there is only one section.
+ * Tests/: more tests for the new cross references scheme.
+ * doc/: use a newer texinfo.tex. Be texi2dvi friendly.
+ * Tests/Makefile.am: comment out check-local, it isn't ready.
+
+2004-02-06 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * T2h_unicode.pm, T2h_nounicode.pm: Declare some otherwise undeclared
+ variables as global variables.
+
+2004-02-06 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * doc/Makefile.am (txt): New targets to convert .texinfo files into
+ text.
+ * doc/.cvsignore: Ignore texi2html.txt.
+
+2004-02-06 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init, T2h_unicode.pm, T2h_nounicode.pm:
+ when called with --test, @today value is fixed.
+ Find the relative path leading back to the current directory from
+ the output directory, such that the path to the image files are right.
+ Use a ref on the Texi2HTML::Config hashes such that changing the
+ hash used is easy. This is used in T2h_unicode.pm and
+ T2h_nounicode.pm for expansion of nodes in external refs.
+ Add special styles early.
+ A new variable NEW_CROSSREF_STYLE. If true the new scheme for html
+ cross refs proposed onthe texinfo list is used for @ref.
+ * Tests/formatting/test_refs.texi, Tests/formatting/cross_refs.init:
+ new files used to test the new cross ref scheme.
+
+2004-02-03 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: call the $index_summary_file_*
+ function references for all the indices, even those not printed.
+ * examples/chm.init: enhancements based on the Peter Verhás
+ implementation (t2h.pl) and languages codes based on the docbook
+ xslt.
+
+2004-02-03 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: add $EXTENSION variable, holding
+ the extension for files.
+ Add $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'} and
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'destination_directory'} such that it is possible
+ to construct file and directory names in init files.
+ Add $finish_out function reference called at the end of document
+ outputting.
+ Add $index_summary_file_begin and $index_summary_file_end to ease
+ special index files generation.
+ * examples/noheaders.init: perform better when split.
+ * examples/chm.init: new init file to generate chm files (after
+ compilation by a windows application, leads to windows help files).
+ After José Fonseca (jrfonseca at users dot berlios dot de) work on
+ an older texi2html.
+ * l2h.init: Set NO_SUBDIRS to 1, don't set html version.
+
+2004-01-28 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: reopen styles in preformatted environments.
+ When there is a complex format or a table or the like the opened
+ styles are kept such that they are reopened when there is a paragraph
+ or a preformatted within the format.
+ * T2h_unicode.pm: use the right code point for dotless i.
+ * Tests/*: add tests for formats imbricated in style command.
+ add tests for latin1 and utf8 encoded files.
+ add tests for ifset and ifclear in macros.
+ * Makefile.am: add the new source files and init files.
+
+2004-01-25 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init, T2h_unicode.pm, T2h_nounicode.pm:
+ Handle encodings.
+ It is possible to customize what is outputted in string context, when
+ removing texinfo commands.
+ Handle @email and @image better in string context.
+ Use unicode instead of utf8 in variable names when it is really
+ unicode.
+ cross_manual_links is done in Texi2HTML::Config in T2h_unicode.pm
+ in case the perl version is above 5.8, in T2h_nounicode.pm otherwise.
+ add @NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS for buttons at the footer of nodes.
+ Add two more function references, element_file_name and node_file_name
+ used to customize the file names.
+ Don't warn when the character is not a precomposed unicode character,
+ as it is possible to have totally valid character, not precomposed.
+ Use us-ascii as default charset encoding.
+ * examples/book.init: an init file based on the scriptbasic manuals
+ file which formats manuals like books (no menu but tables of
+ contents for the element under each element).
+ * examples/utf8.init: use utf8 in strings.
+ * doc/texi2html.texi: document the new elements of the interface.
+
+
+2004-01-19 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init, examples/*: New variables $DO_CONTENTS
+ and $DO_SCONTENTS, $OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL and $CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL.
+ Use a hash for the files such that each element may be associated with
+ any file name and written down to that file. This should enable
+ customization of the file names.
+ print_Top_header and print_Top_footer are called from the main program.
+ Add Texi2HTML::THIS_ELEMENT holding the current element structure.
+
+ * doc/texi2html.texi: document the new variables and the new interface
+ with a hash reference for style @-commands.
+
+2004-01-12 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: --- and `` are kept in first arg of
+ uref and email
+
+2004-01-11 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: parse arguments separated with , in
+ main program.
+ Use a new interface for style commands with a hash instead of a string.
+ The old interface is still available.
+ Give a type to the style_map commands (accent, style, simple or
+ special).
+ Normalise spaces for @url, @uref and @email.
+ Handle better ignored regions end (at end of file or before @).
+ Don't reinject @-commands after closing paragraphs.
+ Add a hash for commands if paragraphs should not be done in these
+ commands.
+
+2004-01-04 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: handle @flushleft and @flushright
+ like normal formats and do something special at the end of line
+ for @center.
+ Put the @-command name in the paragraph_style stack (not the align
+ attribute).
+ use a new function reference init_out instead of set_buttons_text
+ and set_body_text, called just before the outputting is done.
+ Handle a lower level element appearing before a higher level element.
+ * texi2html.pl, examples: call or prepare for calling of ascii_accents
+ instead of rewriting the function each time.
+ * examples/utf8.init: prepare for transcoding in utf8.
+ * Tests/sectionning/section_before_chapter.texi: test for sectionning
+ element before chapter.
+
+2003-12-16 Peter Pentchev <roam@ringlet.net>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: don't use symbolic refs at all, instead eval the
+ code (for the style functions) or use a local glob for the filehandle.
+
+2003-12-15 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: add hashes for the ascii
+ representations of @-commands and a function for ascii accents.
+ Give style functions the style @-command stack.
+ New function duplicate_state to be used when special text is expanded
+ within a normal context.
+ substitute_line accepts a $state argument.
+
+2003-12-10 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * INTRODUCTION, NEWS, README, TODO, texi2html.1.in, doc/TODO: bring
+ those files a bit more up-to-date and correct typos.
+ * doc/IDEA: removed, the content was obsolete or in TODO.
+ * texi2html.pl: add no-... options for the options needing it.
+ echo less options with --help.
+
+2003-12-10 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init, TODO: add hashes for unicode encodings
+ of accented letter and characters.
+ A function cross_manual_links can expand node name according to the
+ proposal I made on the texinfo-pretest list (currently unused).
+
+ * examples/utf8.init: add an init file for outputting of utf8 encoded
+ characters.
+
+2003-12-05 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Suggest `--help' rather than `-help' in error messages.
+
+2003-12-05 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: @sp without arg is considered to be @sp 1
+ * Tests/formatting/formatting.texi: add test for @sp
+ * TODO: begin a list of UTF8 characters corresponding with accented
+ texinfo letters, in order to implement cross manual references scheme
+ described on the bug-texinfo mailing list and maybe output utf8.
+
+2003-12-02 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: don't collect @copying lines in the first pass
+ but in the second.
+ Use the same mechanism to collect @copying, @documentdescription
+ and @titlepage lines.
+
+2003-12-01 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: new option -macro-expand which generates a file
+ with expanded macros and @include.
+ don't close environments until last pass, except for @verb, raw
+ environments and macro stuff.
+ * texi2html.init: use @emph instead of @i in strings.
+
+2003-11-25 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: format titlepage lines, resulting
+ text is put in $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE. Use a new function reference
+ $titlepage to finalize $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE.
+ titles, subtitles and authors are put in arrays in
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'titles'} and so on...
+ All the skipped commands are kept for the second pass.
+ Handle @noindent and @exdent like other skipped commands. A new
+ type of skipped commands 'whitespace' with newline skipped
+ and 'space' no newline skipped.
+ change name of functions to default_`function'.
+
+ * examples/roff.init: add a roff formatter added.
+
+2003-11-20 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: Echoes error messages when loading
+ init files.
+ Keep spaces in menu entries and menu descriptions.
+ Clean menu entries code.
+ When handling menu entries, give the formatted node, the name and
+ the remaining of the line to the formatting functions.
+ In enumerate give the style of the enumerate, the item number and
+ a prepared number or letter to the formatting functions.
+ Don't keep the enumerate style in the text.
+
+2003-11-18 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: change protect_html to protect_text.
+ More arguments given to paragraph, preformatted region, list item,
+ table item formatting functions, usefull when the paragraph or
+ preformatted region is within a table or list to give more possibility
+ for use of the formatting command appearing with the table or
+ itemize command.
+ Handle better new lines.
+ new formatting function, normal_text, used to process ---, --, '' and
+ ``.
+ new formatting function, empty_line used to format an empty line,
+ leave the empty line as is by default.
+ 2 new formatting functions are used when the macro isn't handled
+ by the normal functions: unknown and unknown_style.
+ give the file name to the image.
+
+ * doc/texi2html.texi, Tests/*: sync with code.
+
+2003-11-11 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: the format is applied by a customizable function.
+ More arguments (index name, entry) given to the index label
+ formatting function.
+ When menus are not expanded, don't keep @menu or @end menu.
+ * texi2html.init: warn when an accent is associated with a
+ wrong argument. Produce valid html entities only.
+ * texi2html.init, T2h_i18n.pm: Use @-commands in internationalized
+ strings, not html.
+ * i18n/fr, i18n/es, i18n/pt: use @-commands instead of html.
+
+2003-11-07 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: remove unusefull arguments to
+ functions formatting paragraphs.
+
+2003-11-06 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: the style is applied by a customizable function.
+ * examples/noheader.init: style with no headers.
+
+2003-11-05 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: don't add the leading command if it is a simple
+ command to all the paragraphs in itemize and add it before the
+ paragraph or preformatted section.
+
+2003-11-05 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: in itemize, apply the command to the
+ inside of the paragraph or preformatted section.
+ titlefont don't open paragraphs.
+
+2003-11-02 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: keep texi as is in @image and protect html characters.
+ accept @| as macro, but remove it.
+ cleaning of code for commands with texi kept as is
+ * doc/formatting.texi: add test of flushleft, flushright and center
+
+2003-11-02 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: -- and so on are kept as is in @image except
+ for alt text. Use alt text. File for image is really used, too.
+ handle better @inforef.
+ * doc/clean.texi: add formatting/clean.texi, a test for code
+ acceptable by makeinfo without error.
+
+2003-10-28 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * doc/texi2html.texi: add informations about internationalization
+
+2003-10-28 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: if not split and there is a leading directory
+ specified with --out, create that directory.
+ If a directory creation fails, abort.
+ test the writability of the results directory, even when it is
+ the current directory.
+
+2003-10-28 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * doc/: remove unneeded .texi files, now included in texi2html.texi.
+ * Makefile.am, doc/Makefile.am: include info file in distribution.
+
+2003-10-26 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: support for @verbatiminclude. When split use the
+ -output specification in every cases.
+ * texi2html.init: use `&bull;' instead of `*' for node menu entries.
+ * Makefile.am: fixes for the inclusion of files in packages.
+ * doc/texi2html.texi: add the explanation of the default for all the
+ variables. Explain how the strings are customized and how
+ internationalization works.
+
+2003-10-19 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init, examples/html32.init: don't expand
+ html automatically, only if it is in @EXPAND. Put html in @EXPAND.
+ USE_ISO is now in the default case, but false in html32.init.
+ new hash, %iso_symbols for USE_ISO symbols. Rewroted in the public
+ domain in texi2html.init. Use iso symbols in preformatted environment
+ too.
+ When removing texi @-commands with arguments (@table, @deffn...) are
+ better handled. Ignore content of @anchor, @footnote, @*ref when
+ removing texi.
+ * doc/texi2html.texi: merge content of doc/custpage.texi,
+ doc/custhtml.texi in doc/texi2html.texi.
+ * Tests/formatting/formatting.texi: test for all the constructs in
+ the @copying/@end copying section (to test remove_texi).
+
+2003-10-17 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Regenerated.
+
+2003-10-17 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * texi2html.pl (do_text): Compile-once flag is okay as long as the
+ pattern portion (left side) of a s/// statement is free of change.
+
+2003-10-15 Patrice Dumas <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * doc/custhtml.texi, doc/custpage.texi: sync with current code
+ (no more $ADDRESS but $end_page, only 2 functions for references).
+ * texi2html.pl: -- in normal text is changed in -
+ ---, -- '' and `` are kept as is in @code, @kbd and so on.
+
+2003-10-14 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * doc/texi2html.texi: Use @code{} for Perl vars. @var{} is for user
+ supplied data to commands and function calls and the like. Fix EOL
+ indiscretion in the three index macros.
+ * doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Regenerated.
+
+2003-10-14 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * doc/custhtml.texi, doc/custpage.texi, doc/texi2html.texi: Misc
+ revisions to Pat's major revisions. Some global changes and reviewed
+ through section 4.3. Consolidate copyleft notice into a macro.
+ Consolidate variable and option references into macros which include
+ an index reference. Make use of appropriate macros from version.texi
+ rather than relying on manual updates.
+ * doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Regenerated.
+
+2003-10-14 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * doc/.cvsignore: Add texinfo.info-? files.
+
+2003-10-33 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * Tests/formatting/formatting.texi: test for --- and `` in various
+ constructs.
+
+2003-09-23 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * NEWS: More changes taken from the conversion of the singular
+ manual init file.
+
+2003-09-23 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * NEWS: Note more changes.
+ * Tests/*: Test for novalidate.
+
+2003-09-22 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * NEWS: Reorganize. Note some more changes.
+
+2003-09-21 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * Makefile.am: package i18n/en
+ * doc/testkb.texi doc/umalaut.texi: remove these test files, they are
+ now in Tests/formatting
+
+2003-09-21 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: source 'Config' file in the configuration directories
+ instead of texi2htmlrc and ~/.texi2htmlrc for the system wide and
+ user configuration.
+ * manage_i18n.pl: language files are the files appearing in the
+ i18n directory. Use 'en' for the file with english strings.
+
+2003-09-17 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.init, texi2html.pl: change 'about (this page)' to
+ 'about (help)' as this appears in the title= of the <a> element.
+ ignore @afourlatex, @afourwide, @firstparagraphindent, @exampleindent,
+ handle @definfoenclose, @kbdinputstyle, @novalidate, @centerchap (but
+ without centering), @documentdescription.
+ add -no-validate option.
+
+2003-09-15 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.init, texi2html.pl: add &$Texi2HTML::Config::one_section
+ for formatting of document with only one section.
+ find when an element is the first element on a page.
+ add &$Texi2HTML::Config::end_section, called when an element is
+ finished unless it is the end of a page and do less in print_section
+ Don't use $ADDRESS anymore.
+ Change &$Texi2HTML::Config::external_ref such that it is easier to
+ internationalize.
+
+2003-09-13 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.init, texi2html.pl: mark strings of buttons, about,
+ definitions and footers for internationalization.
+ new function reference $set_buttons_text used to generate the
+ button text hashes dynamically (for internationalization).
+ require all files in i18n/* for languages.
+ * i18n/fr: translate strings related with buttons, about,
+ definitions and footers in french.
+
+2003-09-12 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * manage_i18n.pl: remove \ from strings when finding out strings
+ to translate.
+ * i18n/fr: translate strings related with references.
+
+2003-09-12 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: 0 is accepted as a value for
+ the reference arguments.
+ rewrite from scratch the functions handling references in .init
+ files to put them in the public domain. Avoid string concatenation
+ to ease internationalization.
+
+2003-09-11 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init, T2h_i18n.pm, manage_i18n.pl,
+ configure.in:
+ The ideas come from Derek.
+ new script manage_i18n.pl used to manage translation files.
+ remove -i18n switch.
+ parse source files to extract strings to be translated.
+ complete these strings with the element of %$template_strings
+ in manage_i18n.pl and fill the i18n/template file with
+ these strings in the 'en' language hash.
+ With the 'all' arg given to manage_i18n.pl the template is
+ regenerated the language files are updated and merged in
+ translations.pl. translations.pl is pasted in texi2html.pl.
+ give arguments to the string to be translated: when something
+ like %{arg} appears in the string and { 'arg' => 'some string'}
+ is given as second argument, %{arg} is replaced by 'some string'
+ after retrieval of the translated string.
+
+2003-09-06 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * images, AUTHORS: add images from the Singular project.
+
+2003-09-06 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, T2h_i18n.pm, texi2html.init: new handling of
+ languages in documents.
+ instead of using the hash reference $Texi2HTML::I18n::WORDS for
+ translation of words, call &Texi2HTML::I18n::get_string (more
+ precisely use &$I, a reference on the function). The strings
+ are the real english strings and not identifiers.
+ The date formatting depends on the language.
+ Use translations for months and not a months array.
+ Put translations in one file per language and not in T2h_i18n.pm.
+ Those files are in the i18n directory. They are to be concatenated
+ in the file translated.pl which is required or pasted in texi2html.
+ Add a switch -i18n for the specification of a management command
+ related with internationalization: if the command is merge,
+ the files in the i18n directory are concatenated into translated.pl;
+ if the command is update the files are updated with their own
+ informations and the list of valid strings appearing in T2h_i18n.pm,
+ invalid strings are obsoleted but kept.
+ * test.sh: add a test for internationalization.
+
+2003-09-05 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: detect @item on @itemize and table line to avoid
+ infinite recursion.
+
+2003-09-04 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: handle better @itemize and @table,
+ by appending the text appearing on the format command line.
+ Use %special_list_commands to inhibit calling the formatting command
+ on an item in a given format command.
+ if '-' is given to the -output option, output on STDOUT.
+ Find more format command mismatches, and handle better formats not
+ closed.
+
+2003-09-02 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * Tests/macros/glossary.texi: test for nested macros definitions
+
+2003-08-29 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: support nested macro definitions.
+
+2003-08-29 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.init, texi2html.pl: hide m_cedilla.
+ new handling of definition commands, with a specification of the
+ definition line parsing.
+ get HTML attributes from hash values of %format_map and %style_map.
+ Simplify the handling of tables. The default is to use %format_map
+ or otherwise a user defined function, $table_list.
+ All the css commands are in %css_map. 'pre_style' in $complex_formats
+ is taken from %css_map.
+ handle @sp.
+ Remove $Texi2HTML::STOC_LINES (use $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW), remove
+ $Texi2HTML::TOC (use $Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES), remove $T2H_TOP.
+ use references on arrays everywhere (instead of arrays) for
+ Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW and Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES.
+ Use OVERVIEW consistently.
+ use $docu_top when needed, instead of $docu_name.$docu_ext, which
+ is wrong if -o is used.
+ prepare index entries label text in main program.
+ rewrite from scratch most of the function in .init files to put
+ them in the public domain.
+ expand macros in macro arguments.
+ \ protects @end macro in macros body. This may be wrong.
+ ignore space and newline following a region opening command.
+ rename -css-file to -css-include.
+ Add 'This' to the hashes for buttons, icons and so on.
+ Add option -toc-links, create links from headings to toc entries
+ with 9 lines from
+ Martin Herbert Dietze <martin@the-little-red-haired-girl.org>
+ macros are expanded in macro arguments, taking care of context (in
+ @verbatim, @ignore, @comment...).
+ Don't remove empty lines from output.
+ Reenable handling of -idx-sum.
+ * Tests/*: add tests for macros expansion in macro arguments, and
+ for command line option style which are not default.
+ * examples/*: use code in the public domain.
+ In makeinfo.init use makeinfo style for index formatting.
+
+2003-08-29 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * MySimple.pm (helpOptions): Prepend a second `-' before options.
+
+2003-08-29 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Regenerated.
+
+2003-08-11 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.init, texi2html.pl: don't always open paragraphs
+ in tables and such, only when needed.
+ option -output obsoletes -out_file and -subdir. It is the
+ same than -out_file when output is not split, and the same than
+ -subdir when it is split.
+ Handle empty indices.
+ Handle better @-commands with letters mixed with other characters.
+ Be more carefull about NUMBER_SECTION, such that nothing is numbered
+ when it is false.
+ Support for @documentencoding.
+ * Tests/*: add tests from the doc directory in formatting.
+ * doc/*: add a section about installation and make the manual more
+ makeinfo friendly.
+
+2003-08-04 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.init, Tests/test.sh, Tests/ccvs: don't expand info
+ section in default settings. Expand info sections for the xemacs
+ manual, the viper manual and the texinfo manual.
+ The cvs manual is updated.
+
+2003-08-04 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: pass line numbers to all the
+ functions echoing error messages and use these line numbers
+ in error messages. Some error messages rewrited.
+ Correct tag for sectionning commands in case raisesection or
+ lowersection were used.
+ -P option prepends before the document directory, and use an
+ array, @Texi2HTML::Config::PREPEND_DIRS.
+ Add options --ifhtml, --ifinfo and so on (similar with makeinfo
+ options). It is also possible not to expand html now.
+ Add entries for xml.
+ when a region is expanded the corresponding ifnot region isn't.
+ Add support for -css-file option which does the same than in
+ makeinfo (parse the file, and echo the @import part before the
+ texi2html css rules, the rules part after the texi2html css rules).
+ If split at node and NODE_FILES is true but USE_NODES is not,
+ the correct file nema is used for nodes not associated with
+ sections and a redirection file is made.
+ ignore spaces or not for def*index, pagesizes, syn*index properly.
+ bugfixes: line beginning by any command not ignored begins a
+ paragraph, don't ignore text before macro with unknown character).
+ no empty style in pass_text.
+ misc element have always a navigation printed at foot.
+ * Tests/*: add singular test, test for css files, test all html
+ formatting and macro within another macro.
+
+2003-08-04 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: don't remove empty line in the
+ second pass, pass_structure.
+ collect line numbers/file name/macro expanding text in pass_texi.
+ pass these informations down to pass_structure.
+ take care of arguments not provided in some @-commands (no file
+ in @image, no node in @inforef and so on).
+ remove unneeded code in macro text expansion.
+ remove leading spaces and newlines in macros arguments.
+ add support for @\ (ignore).
+ put code extracted from texi2html.pl and placed in texi2html.init,
+ covered by the GPL back to texi2html.pl.
+ Document the API between texi2html.pl and texi2html.init, i.e.
+ document how the formatting functions called by texi2html.pl
+ should behave.
+ add print_section_header to format section headers.
+
+2003-08-01 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: add option '-noexpand' as a synonym for '-no-expand'
+ like Derek suggested.
+
+2003-07-31 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * texi2html.pl (T2H_OPTIONS->{'no-expand'}): Remove useless linkage.
+
+2003-07-31 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: A new option -no-expand which does
+ the reverse of -expand.
+ Text before the first @node or sectionning command is
+ outputted as part of the first section. A new option enables the
+ reverse: if -ignore-preamble-text is set (variable
+ $IGNORE_PREAMBLE_TEXT) this text is ignored.
+ Handle macros appearing in that part of texinfo files (@direntry
+ and @dircategory ignored, @shorttitlepage handled).
+ Ignore everything at the beginning of the file until \input or an
+ @-command preceded by optionnal spaces.
+ better handling of @titlefont.
+
+2003-07-29 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: if split, top and misc elements (about,
+ toc, ...) always have a bottom navigation panel.
+ If there is no @top and the @node Top isn't associated with any section
+ it is considered to be the top element.
+ The top name is Top when there is no name nor title (previously was
+ "Untitled Document").
+ bugfix: top element handled as top even when it is the last element.
+
+2003-07-22 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init, examples/*: add support for @cartouche
+ and @titlefont.
+ preliminary support for css. All the element needing style have a
+ class attribute. The commands which are associated with a class by
+ makeinfo have that class too. The styles are in the <head> in <style>.
+ A new init file, inlinestyle.init, should be used when style
+ attributes within html elements are wanted.
+ A new option, "-U value" does the same than "@clear value" (makeinfo
+ has that option, too).
+ A new configuration variable L2H_HTML_VERSION for the html version
+ passed to latex2html.
+ @tex or @math don't start a new paragraph.
+ * Tests/*: test for @raisesections and @lowersections, and for
+ @cartouche.
+
+2003-07-11 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * Tests/ccvs: update cvs manual. This should fixe the issue of rcs
+ tags expanding in html manual files in ccvs_res.
+ * Tests/*: sync with code. Add missing test result files.
+ * Tests/Makefile.am: add new test subdirs. Better cleaning.
+ * l2h.init: add init file for latex2html.
+
+2003-07-10 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * Tests/nodes_texinfo/--and-hyphenation.html: Removed this accidentally
+ added file at Pat's request.
+
+2003-07-10 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, Tests/test.sh: command line option names use '-'
+ instead of '_' between words (for example dump_texi becomes dump-texi).
+ * Tests/*: remove unneeded html and passfirst files.
+
+2003-07-03 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, *.init: use a separate namespace for the config
+ variables: Texi2HTML::Config. Use the Texi2HTML:: namespace for
+ variables set in texi2html and used in the init files subroutines.
+ Use Texi2HTML::LaTeX2HTML namespace for latex2html related code.
+ Use Texi2HTML::I18n namespace for internationalisation.
+ Variables related with latex2html are removed from texi2html.init
+ and put in l2h.init.
+ harmonize function names style (all like get_index and not GetIndex).
+ * Makefine.am, texi2html.pl: install examples init files in shared
+ directory.
+ try to find init files in the current directory, then the .texi2html
+ user directory, the local texi2html directory and lastly the shared
+ texi2html directory.
+
+2003-06-17 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: error messages go to STDERR instead of STDIN
+ * Tests/test.sh: add -x to perl invocation to avoid perl trying
+ to execute @PERL@. Small fixes.
+ * Tests/README: added README file in Tests to explain how to make
+ tests.
+
+2003-06-16 Derek Price <derek@ximbiot.com>
+
+ * NEWS: Add some of Patrice's features, note new AC/AM versions, note
+ --enable-maintainer-mode requirement.
+ * Makefile.am (all): Remove automake supplied target.
+ (texi2html): Update dependencies.
+ (EXTRA_DIST): Update these.
+ (MAINTAINER_CLEAN_FILES): Remove automatically included files.
+ (TEXI2HTML): Remove unused variable.
+ (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Move to...
+ * configure.in (AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE): ...here.
+ (AC_ARG_PROGRAM): Remove call - AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE handles it.
+ (T2H_VERSION): Rename to...
+ (PACKAGE_VERSION): ...to avoid extra cruft since Autoconf already sets
+ this automatically.
+ (T2H_DATE): Rename to...
+ (PACKAGE_DATE): ...this in keeping with Autoconf naming convention and
+ set it automatically using mdate-sh.
+ (extrasub): Remove uneeded cruft.
+ (AM_MAINTAINER_MODE): Call this macro to make things easier on
+ inexperienced users.
+ (AC_OUTPUT): Move these files into...
+ (AC_CONFIG_FILES): ...calls to this macro and update some calls to set
+ the executable bit on files which need it.
+ * check_texinfo.pl.in: s/@BANGPERL@/! @PERL@/g;
+ * texi2html.1.in: s/@T2H_VERSION@/@PACKAGE_VERSION@/g;
+ s/@T2H_DATE@/@PACKAGE_DATE@/g.
+ * texi2html.init: Correct opening comment.
+ * texi2html.pl: s/@BANGPERL@/! @PERL@/g;
+ s/@T2H_VERSION@/@PACKAGE_VERSION@/g.
+ * Tests/Makefile.am (test): Rename to...
+ (check-local): ...this to conform with Automake requirements & GNU
+ standards.
+ (clean): Rename to...
+ (clean-local): ...for compatibility with Automake.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Regenerated.
+ * aclocal.m4: Ditto.
+ * configure: Ditto.
+ * Tests/Makefile.in: Ditto.
+ * doc/Makefile.in: Ditto.
+
+2003-06-16 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: @include replaced by an empty line
+ no end of line after last line when expanding macros
+ include of files within lines expanded from macros happen
+ at the right place
+ better handling of format command in section names and of empty
+ raw formats (like @html@end html)
+ * Tests/*: sync with code
+
+2003-05-20 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: split pass_texi in 2 pass. pass_texi
+ rearranges texi expanding macros and values, removing comments.
+ pass_structure remove unneeded empty lines and find out the structure
+ of the document.
+ use a different formatting for menu entries in other environments than
+ menus.
+ cleaning of code.
+ use close_stack in all the passes to close environments not rightly
+ closed. Fix some places where stack wasn't closed rightly.
+ New direction, 'NodeNext' and 'NodePrev' which contains the prev node
+ and next node which may be different from Next and Prev for sections.
+ use style font-size:smaller in pre instead of <font> for smallexample
+ and friends to produce valid html.
+ spaces and arguments following commands are removed or kept in the
+ same way than makeinfo does.
+ * Tests/*: add tests for environments not closed. Sync with code.
+
+2003-05-09 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: refs to other manuals conforms to
+ makeinfo with separated files for nodes.
+ If $T2H_NODE_FILES (-node-files) is true one file per node is created
+ which redirects to the real file or is the node file (if T2H_SPLIT
+ at node), to allow for cross manual references.
+ Add a T2H_NO_TEXI hash similar with T2H_HREF, T2H_NODES...
+ and T2H_THISDOC{title_no_texi} to have a texi free and thus html free
+ text for nodes/sections/title to be used in the <title> which element
+ which cannot contain other html elements. Also usefull for files with
+ node names generation.
+ t2h_set_body_text and t2h_protect_html put in texi2html.init to be
+ able to make changes more easily.
+ $T2H_TOC_LIST_STYLE is used for style in toc. Makes customisation
+ easier too.
+ * examples/html32.init: init file for html 3.2 generation
+ * Tests/test.sh: add validation
+ * Tests/*: tests for files with node names generation
+
+2003-05-07 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: put a label in splitted index.
+ splitted indices which are not at the level of splitting are kept
+ in the same file but in different sections.
+ different horizontal rules are global variables.
+ functions formatting index summary and index entry split between
+ a function in texi2html.pl and smaller functions doing the real
+ formatting in texi2html.init.
+ no formatting is done in texi2html.init.
+ heading appears in documents with only one section.
+ if $T2H_SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES is false (-noseparated_footnotes)
+ the footnotes are on the page they appear. More possibility
+ of customization of footnotes (insert things before and after each
+ footnotes and all footnotes).
+ use top file for the top element even when there is no @top section.
+ when there is a top element and splitting, no other element than
+ the top element appear in the top file.
+ * examples/makeinfo.init: format footnotes like makeinfo
+ * examples/xhtml.init: init file for xhtml
+ * Tests/test.sh: little fixes
+ * Tests/*: all tex stuff taken from verbatim_html and put in tex.texi.
+ tests for index entries in top and before top.
+ tests for documents with only one section or node or no node.
+
+2003-05-02 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: 3 split commands: split at
+ chapter, section or for every node (previously node and section
+ where the same than node now).
+ specific section footer.
+ find prev and next like makeinfo.
+ new directions, for nodes: NodeUp (up for node) and Following (next
+ node in reading order).
+ if in detailmenu menu entries are not used to find next and prev.
+ only one Top in nodes and anchors. Any case combination accepted
+ for any reference.
+ don't close { when not associated with an @command.
+ reintroduced code for counting words.
+ new possibilities for buttons. If this is a ref to a scalar, the
+ text appears in navigation. If it is an array, the first element
+ is a direction used for the href, the second element is a scalar
+ ref for the text (see makeinfo.init in examples for an example).
+ * Tests/*: test for recursive nodes references and other little
+ tests
+ * examples/*: new directory for examples of config files. There
+ is a file which tries to have an output which looks like makeinfo
+ --html output (makeinfo.init).
+
+2003-04-30 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: add the node as element when there
+ is a @printindex split accross pages between node and section.
+ * Tests/*: tests for documents with indices in top and between node
+ and section.
+
+2003-04-29 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: add $T2H_MENU_SYMBOL before nodes in
+ menu and optionnaly before unnumbered section names in menu entry.
+ next are not menu childs but next node in menu.
+ it is possible not to have next or prev for node.
+ any case combination of top is accepted in nodes, menus and
+ nodes directions. Not changed in anchors and refs (makeinfo shows
+ that kind of inconsistencies too).
+ the top_element it the @top section, then the Top node
+ and last the first element.
+ '(file) node' and '(file)' accepted in menus and nodes references.
+ better looking verbose output.
+ * Tests/*: tests for documents without sections and double top
+
+2003-04-28 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: No heading for top, as print_Top
+ allready does it.
+ if $T2H_USE_NODES (command line -use-nodes) is set, the nodes are
+ used as sections when they are not associated with a section.
+ find sections structure before handling nodes.
+ no more use of menu level for structuring.
+ @html sections don't close paragraphs.
+ * Tests/*: tests for document structure. Sync with code.
+
+2003-04-23 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: when there is no section nodes are used instead
+ * .cvsignore: add autom4te-2.53.cache and check_texinfo.pl
+ * Tests/.cvsignore: create .cvsignore for Tests
+ * Tests/ccvs: update to latest cvs manual
+
+2003-04-22 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: constants declared early as they are used in
+ texi2html.init (at least $WARN is used)
+ * Makefile.in, Tests/Makefile.in, Tests/Makefile.am: add .passfirst
+ and .2 files in regenerate and clean
+ * Tests/*: results of tests added
+
+2003-04-10 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: labels were put 2 times in special
+ sections (Top, about, toc...).
+ in vtable, ftable and table, even with an empty first item we
+ begin a <dd> as only <dd> and <dt> are allowed to follow <dl>.
+ Right labels are put in special sections and files are omitted
+ when the href is on the same file.
+ change &#156; to &oelig; and &#140; to &OElig; (as tidy do)
+ * Tests/*/nodetest.texi: test for more simple special commands
+
+2003-04-09 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: formatting put in texi2html.init
+ hrefs to anchors and index entries which are in footnotes are right
+ scan_texi changed to have a stack
+ verbose and debug goes to STDERR
+ unusefull empty lines removed
+ new option -dump_texi used to debug, dumps the result of pass_texi
+ to a file
+ menu_comments are always preformatted
+ better handling of @math and @sc
+ * Tests/*: a little more things tested.
+
+2003-04-04 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: deffn and the like better handled
+ preformatted sections are closed when there is a new format
+ and reopened right after the format such that there is no
+ validation error. The preformatted state is kept within
+ menu, deff body, simple formats, tables, with tt instead of
+ pre for terms, as pre isn't allowed in dt, but not in
+ indices.
+ simple macros are better handled when texi macros are removed
+ or in preformatted sections.
+ copying/end copying and insertcopying handled
+ @head_lines containing things which should be before the navigation
+ panel are used to get the labels for elements.
+ first page of index is handled like a normal format
+ * Tests/*: more tests for imbrications.
+
+2003-04-02 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: footnotes better handled, they have a separated
+ stack, state and text.
+ footnotes, anchors and refs can be mixed with better results.
+ $value{_title}... have only their texinfo expanded during
+ pass_texi, including values, macros and so on and the html
+ is generated during pass_text.
+ * Tests/*: minor changes, more tests.
+
+2003-04-02 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: macros splitted by 3 paragraphs are better handled.
+ more isolation of formatting.
+ better generation of index keys from commands, with more macros
+ replaced by the right letter or symbol.
+ better handling of @things{} in preformatted sections.
+ preformatted sections handled with a new format, preformatted (similar
+ with what is done for paragraphs). Some validation errors avoided.
+ commands for tables are handled.
+ index entries have the right file/id from their place.
+ The files are omitted from hrefs when the href points to the same file.
+ * Tests/*: formatting/imbrications.texi added. Sync with code.
+
+2003-03-27 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: rewrite of the parsing of texi
+ and of the handling of sectionning.
+ pass0 is now pass_texi. It still only generates texinfo.
+ pass_texi now also collects informations from sectionning commands
+ index entries, printindex commands.
+ pass1 through pass4 are now in just one pass, pass_text.
+ between pass_texi and pass_text, the information is used to figure
+ out the document and indices structure.
+ pass_text reparses the texinfo generated by pass_texi and
+ produces html. All the formatting is done in isolated subroutines
+ such that it is easy to change the formatting witout bothering
+ with the parsing.
+ pass_text uses scan_line to process a line.
+ A stack is used which holds opened macros and formats. Thus the
+ html is always closed and should be valid.
+ The document structure seems right with this approach, unnumbered
+ sections are at the right level and indices don't break the document
+ structure anymore.
+ * Tests/*: more tests for the @macros. Other minor modifications.
+ sync with new code.
+
+2003-03-06 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * T2h_i18n.pm: added the licence
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init, check_texinfo.pl.in: check function
+ put in check_texinfo.pl.in. T2H_EXPAND is now an array such that
+ more than one type may be expanded
+ * texi2html.pl: added a new pass before the other ones, pass0 and
+ a function scan_line0 used in that pass. During that pass the
+ ifhtml, ifnot*, the comments and multiple empty lines, the macros,
+ values and includes are handled. No html is generated. the
+ different things that are expanded can now be within a line and
+ not necessarily at the begining of the line.
+ The handling of values and macros is not changed.
+ scan_line handles more constructs (newlines (still bugged),
+ verbatim, html and tex, deffn (incomplete)).
+ new function close_stack which might be used to close the things
+ forgotten by users or between paragraphs.
+ new function substitute_text which uses scan_line to render
+ arbitrary text.
+ little improvements in menu comments handling.
+ accent_map/do_accent should handle all the accents.
+ * Tests/test.sh: minor changes.
+ * Tests/*: regenerated tests to keep in sync.
+ added formatting/imbrications.texi to test for imbricated things.
+ * configure, configure.in: added check_texinfo.pl.in.
+
+2003-02-28 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init, T2h_i18n.pm: options specifications
+ moved from texi2html.init to texi2html.pl, such that texi2html.init
+ resembles a regular user init file. internationalization move
+ from texi2html.init to T2h_i18n.pm.
+ * configure.in: added substitution of T2h_i18n.pm within
+ texi2html.pl
+ * configure, doc/Makefile.in, Makefile.in, aclocal.m4,
+ Tests/Makefile.in: regenerated with automake-1.6.3, autoconf-2.53
+
+2003-02-24 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * Tests: small fixes, more tests showing brokeness of texi2html
+ for some features and info and tex differences.
+ A change in texinfo.txi to permit handling of verb despite some
+ substitutions have allready been done
+ * texi2html.pl: add comment about the formats in texinfo 4.5
+ setlocale is used in case of tests to avoid change in ordering of
+ indices while testing against a reference file
+ footnotes refs and image handled by parse_line, which calls a
+ sub routine (do_footnote, do_ref or do_image).
+ for footnotes, _$doc_num instead of $docu_doc
+ appended tp keep track of the file of the footnote, such that it
+ is easier to match.
+ instead of <!--::${section}::--> added before printindex, _$sec_num
+ is appended to printindex, to keep track of the
+ section number.
+ images extention is taken from the @image tag if available
+ everything which was splitted accross pass2, pass3 and pass4 is
+ now done in pass2.
+ in pass3 only very little cleaning is done, pass4 is removed.
+
+2003-02-21 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: added handling of overbar accent @= is transformed
+ in =
+ the handling of multi lines macro is done in a function, scan_line
+ which scans a line, keeping a record of the text allready ready,
+ the macro stack and a state which for now only contains 'verb' if in
+ @verb macro. The @verb macro is handled by this function (but since
+ things have allready been substituted, it cannot give the right
+ result easily)
+
+2003-02-19 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: T2H_DEFAULT_button_icon_img behaves
+ better when it has some undef arguments
+ the variables which may be redefined by the user are now global.
+ They are grouped in texi2html.init, and also in the Declaration in
+ texi2html.pl and sorted by class.
+ new elements in %T2H_THISDOC for items which are global but shouldn't
+ be redefined by the user (instead of $T2H_HOMEPAGE, $THISPROG...).
+ t2h_Init_global has been removed and the code scattered according to
+ the principles above
+ other minor fixes
+
+2003-02-18 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: handle @verbatim, and @html differently. Added
+ push_until function which shift from a lines array and push to another
+ array until @end tag. Remove PROTECTTAG
+ remove unneeded push of index entry for vtable or ftable which
+ created 2 indices entry
+ * Tests: added more tests
+
+2003-02-13 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: avoid using $_ in functions, as it is a global
+ variable, use my variables instead
+ * Tests/test.sh: if called with arguments, the test specified by
+ the arguments is the only one done
+ * Tests/*: add Makefile.in, more subdirectories, synchronise
+ reference files with changes in the code
+
+2003-02-12 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: add prototype for the functions ; remove
+ & in front of functions ; remove the unusefull main()
+ and Unprotect_texi functions
+ * Tests/Makefile.am, Tests/test.sh: add regenerate target to
+ redo the reference files
+ add test with tidy, remove cvs/rcs tags when doing diffs
+
+2003-02-11 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * Tests/Makefile.am, Tests/test.sh: changes to reflect change
+ in directory name for the cvs manual from cvs to ccvs
+
+2003-02-11 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: unused variables removed
+ use_bibliography removed, lots of global variables made lexical.
+ open renamed open_file to avoid clashing with perl builtin.
+ remove sub init_input, the initialization is done in the
+ script itself.
+ add meta http-equiv="Content-Type" tag for the charset
+ declaration.
+
+2003-02-06 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: some unused variables removed
+ use_acc not used anymore, accents are always handled
+ Remove a lot of global variables. Use global lexical or lexically
+ scoped variables (with my) when possible. Pass variables as arguments
+ when the function is in texi2html.init
+ bugfixes: frame target is the top file, and not the toc file
+ during pass1 some lines where pushed in @lines2 instead of @lines
+ * Tests/test.sh: ignore CVS directory when doing diffs
+
+2003-02-03 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Remove handling of setref which is a TeX macro. The
+ corresponding texinfo macro is anchor.
+ Remove an unneeded protect_texi
+ * configure.in, Makefile.am, Tests/test.sh, Tests/Makefile.am Tests/*:
+ Files used for testing added, texinfo manuals and the html results for
+ some of the texinfo manuals
+
+2003-01-30 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: fix nesting of multi line style macros (previously,
+ @kbd{@code{my
+ thing}}
+ became
+ <kbd>my thing<kbd><code></code> (or something approaching)
+ no style substitution is done in indexes (indexes are already good
+ html). Added %sec2index which is undef for a section name not in index,
+ 1 if the section name is in index.
+ the value of $docu_doc set if $T2H_OUT was set (option -o) wasn't
+ used to define docu_doc_file, thus the output file was the basename
+ of the texinfo file with extension appended, and not $T2H_OUT.
+
+
+2003-01-28 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: fixes in the handling of characters which are
+ special in html (&, "), involving some rewriting/replacements
+ of other functions which were bugged
+ normalise_node now really uses protect_html
+ new function protect_space_style used to normalise nodes without
+ calling protect_html
+
+2003-01-24 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: fixes for @multitables:
+ size detection, elements out of bounds are ignored
+ @item and @tab may appear anywhere within table lines
+
+
+2003-01-22 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Ref to info files are handled correctly
+ @ref{(perl)Top} is transformed into @ref{Top,,,perl}.
+ Any character is allowed in menu comments
+ In menu, lines begining with * which are not menu entries are allowed
+ and treated as comments
+ Added a style handle for @bullet (do_bullet) such that @bullet{text}
+ is handled
+ Cedilla are now accepted in node names. Added protect_cedilla and
+ unprotect_cedilla functions.
+ * texi2html.pl, texi2html.init: Add -test option which sets
+ $T2H_TODAY $T2H_USER $THISPROG to given values. This is in order
+ to be able to compare with reference files for testing purproses.
+
+2003-01-16 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: @H{a} is changed in a'' and not &aacute; which was
+ wrong, as there are 2 acute accents on @H{a}.
+
+2003-01-09 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Suppress warnings for undefined patterns or
+ variables when running with -w
+
+2003-01-08 Patrice Dumas <dumas@centre-cired.fr>
+
+ * texi2html.init: small typo in a french word corrected
+ * texi2html.pl: @dotless macros are processed before accents
+ constructs like @'{a} are handled, typo in variable names corrected
+
+2002-06-25 Derek Price <oberon@umich.edu>
+
+ * texi2html.init, texi2html.pl:
+ Miscellaneous HTML improvements, towards strictness and
+ easier transition to XHTML later; lowercase elements and
+ attributes, avoid using deprecated elements and attributes,
+ always quote attribute values, avoid use of minimized
+ attributes. Internal cleanups.
+ (Patch from Ville Skyttä <ville.skytta@xemacs.org> through
+ Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>.)
+
+2002-06-08 Derek Price <oberon@umich.edu>
+
+ * configure: Update to a new development release number.
+ * NEWS: Add news template for next release.
+
+ * configure.in: Regenerated.
+ * doc/stamp-vti: Ditto.
+ * doc/version.texi: Ditto.
+
+2002-06-08 Derek Price <oberon@umich.edu>
+
+ * configure.in: Update Texi2HTML date.
+ * NEWS: Update for new release.
+ * .cvsignore: Add autom4te.cache for new version of Autoconf.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Regenerated.
+ * aclocal.m4: Ditto.
+ * configure: Ditto.
+ * doc/Makefile.in: Ditto.
+ * doc/stamp-vti: Ditto.
+ * doc/version.texi: Ditto.
+
+2001-11-27 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * texi2html.pl (pass5): Improve wording to say "# writing X
+ sections ...".
+ * texi2html.pl (next_doc): Skip over $docu_top_file and issue
+ warning.
+
+2001-11-25 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_InitGlobals): Improve documentation.
+ Prepend $T2H_ADDRESS, which contains nothing but the address now,
+ with "by".
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_foot): Prepend
+ $T2H_ADDRESS, which contains nothing but the address now, with
+ "by".
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_PRE_ABOUT): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_AFTER_ABOUT): Make it a lexical.
+ * texi2html.pl: Remove trailing whitespace from lines. Use
+ protect_html of HREF and NAME. Use /o where possible in
+ substitutions.
+ * texi2html.pl (T2H_HOMEPAGE): Get rid of newlines.
+ * texi2html.pl (T2H_ADDRESS): Move to texi2html.init.
+ * texi2html.pl (pass1): Fix severe top node matching bug.
+ * texi2html.pl (do_uref): Don't markup obviously bad uref.
+ * texi2html.pl (t2h_anchor): Use protect_html to allow
+ double-quoting of all html attributes.
+
+2001-11-19 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * texi2html.init: Initialize T2H_INCLUDE_DIRS to the empty list.
+ * texi2html.pl (LocateIncludeFile): Don't look in ., unless it's
+ part of T2H_INCLUDE_DIRS.
+
+2001-09-18 Derek Price <dprice@collab.net>
+
+ * texi2html.pl (T2H_HOMEPAGE): Use new link.
+ (T2H_AUTHORS): Direct to dev@texi2html.cvshome.org for maintainer.
+ (T2H_ADDRESS): Default to "an unknown user".
+
+2001-09-18 Derek Price <dprice@collab.net>
+
+ * doc/.cvsignore: Add several files generated by pdftex.
+
+2001-09-18 Derek Price <dprice@collab.net>
+
+ * doc/Makefile.am (texi2html_TEXINFOS): Remove version.texi - AM
+ includes it automatically.
+ (texi2html.html): Include version.texi as a dependency.
+ (texi2html.pdf): Use pdftex to create instead of ps2pdf - hyperlinks!
+
+ * doc/Makefile.in: Regenerated.
+
+2001-09-18 Derek Price <dprice@collab.net>
+
+ * configure.in: Bump package version number.
+ * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Bump required Automake version to
+ 1.5.
+ * doc/texinfo.tex: New File.
+ * TODO: Add note about `make distcheck' being broken and about lack of
+ a comprehensive test suite.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Regenerated using Automake 1.5.
+ * aclocal.m4: Ditto.
+ * configure: Ditto.
+ * doc/Makefile.in: Ditto.
+ * doc/stamp-vti: Ditto.
+ * doc/version.texi: Ditto.
+
+2001-09-17 Derek Price <dprice@collab.net>
+
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_WORDS_FR, MONTH_NAMES_FR): Add French
+ translations.
+ (Patch from Dumas Patrice <dumas@centre-cired.fr>.)
+
+2001-09-17 Derek Price <dprice@collab.net>
+
+ * texi2html.1.in (AVAILABILITY): Add detail.
+
+2001-09-17 Derek Price <dprice@collab.net>
+
+ * .cvsignore: Add `texi2html.1'.
+
+2001-09-17 Derek Price <dprice@collab.net>
+
+ * texi2html.1: Removed this file since it is generated by configure.
+
+2001-08-10 Derek Price <dprice@collab.net>
+
+ * INTRODUCTION: Fix email addresses and links.
+ * README: Ditto.
+ * NEWS: Update.
+
+2001-08-10 Derek Price <dprice@collab.net>
+
+ * doc/Makefile.am: Made a few changes so we can build in a dir other
+ than $(srcdir).
+ (Bug report from Richard Pixley <rpixley@zhone.com>.)
+
+ * Makefile.am: Remove some useless comments.
+ * doc/Makefile.am: Simplify some targets which Automake already knew
+ how to handle.
+
+ * aclocal.m4: Regenerated.
+ * configure: Regenerated.
+ * Makefile.in: Regenerated.
+ * doc/Makefile.in: Ditto.
+
+2001-01-20 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * INTRODUCTION (http): Typo fixes.
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_toc_frame): Improve wording.
+ * texi2html.pl: Avoid newlines around URL in $T2H_HOMEPAGE.
+ * texi2html.pl (pass1): Remove incorrect "node is undefined ..."
+ warnings (as pointed out by larry.jones@sdrc.com (Larry Jones) in
+ <200011152253.RAA16633@thor.sdrc.com>.
+ * texi2html.pl (Sec2PrevNode): Fix bug of calculating next node
+ instead of previous.
+ * texi2html.pl (main): Provide Windows NT workaround for $T2H_USER
+ until getpwuid gets implemented there.
+
+2000-11-15 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Comment out warnings pragma which, according to
+ larry.jones@sdrc.com (Larry Jones), is not available in
+ perl5.004_02.
+
+2000-11-12 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * doc/custhtml.texi: Fix @node and @menu commands according to
+ feedback from makeinfo and texi2html, which reports undefined
+ nodes now.
+ * doc/custhtml.texi (CustHTMLBody): Ditto.
+ * doc/custhtml.texi (CustHTMLBodyText): Ditto.
+ * doc/custhtml.texi (CustHTMLAfterBody): Ditto.
+ * doc/custpage.texi: Ditto.
+ * doc/custpage.texi (TipsNewDesign): Ditto.
+ * doc/custpage.texi (CustPagePhil): Ditto.
+ * doc/custpage.texi (CustPagePhilNav): Ditto.
+ * doc/custpage.texi (CustPageMiscPage): Ditto.
+ * doc/custpage.texi (CustPagePageHeadToc): Ditto.
+ * doc/custpage.texi (CustPagePageHead): Ditto.
+ * doc/initfile.texi: Ditto.
+ * doc/initfile.texi (InitFileBasics): Ditto.
+ * doc/reference.texi: Ditto.
+ * doc/reference.texi (Refptocframe): Ditto.
+ * doc/stamp-vti: Updated.
+ * doc/texi2html.texi: Ditto.
+ * doc/texi2html.texi (Top): Ditto.
+ * doc/texi2html.texi (Indexvr): Ditto.
+ * doc/version.texi: Ditto.
+
+
+2000-11-12 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * texi2html.init: Re-format file according to M-x cperl-set-style
+ RET C++ RET. Following subs are affected by re-indentatition and
+ bug fixes due to use of warnings pragma.
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_section):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top_header):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc_header):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_chapter_header):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_chapter_footer):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_InitGlobals):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_head):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_foot):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_foot_navigation):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_button_icon_img):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_navigation):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_frame):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_toc_frame):
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_about_body):
+ * texi2html.pl: Re-format file according to M-x cperl-set-style
+ RET C++ RET. Add pragma:
+ use warnings;
+ Following subs are affected by re-indentatition and bug fixes due
+ to use of warnings pragma.
+ * texi2html.pl (LoadInitFile):
+ * texi2html.pl (SetDocumentLanguage):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_Init):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_InitToLatex):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_ToLatex):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_FinishToLatex):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_ToHtml):
+ * texi2html.pl (getcwd):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_InitFromHtml):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_FromHtml):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_ExtractFromHtml):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_Finish):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_InitCache):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_StoreCache):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_FromCache):
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_ToCache):
+ * texi2html.pl (pass1):
+ * texi2html.pl (EnterIndexEntry):
+ * texi2html.pl (IndexName2Prefix):
+ * texi2html.pl (GetIndexEntries):
+ * texi2html.pl (byAlpha):
+ * texi2html.pl (GetIndexPages):
+ * texi2html.pl (GetIndexSummary):
+ * texi2html.pl (PrintIndexPage):
+ * texi2html.pl (PrintIndex):
+
+2000-11-05 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * MySimple.pm (getOptions): Correct typo found with "use strict;".
+ * texi2html.init: Convert from dynamically to lexically scoped
+ variables.
+ * texi2html.init (pretty_date): Ditto. This sub is defined in
+ texi2html.pl as well!
+ * texi2html.pl: Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (l2h_FromHtml): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (pass1): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (pass2): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (pass3): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (pass4): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (update_sec_num): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (open): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (next_line): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (html_debug): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (debug): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (do_email): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (do_math): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (do_uref): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (apply_style): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (substitute_style): Ditto, except $_.
+ * texi2html.pl (t2h_anchor): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (pretty_date): Ditto. This sub is defined in
+ texi2html.init as well!
+
+2000-11-05 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * texi2html.pl (pass1): Generate valid HTML for <a name=...>
+ anchors produced for @itemx?.
+
+2000-11-05 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * texi2html.init: Eliminate bare-word use of variable T2H_OPTIONS.
+
+2000-11-05 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Use strict pragma to detect potential bugs.
+ Declare local variables (currently 396!). Fix HTML syntax in
+ $complex_format_map. Eliminate bare-word use of variables
+ (eg. use $T2H_LANG instead of T2H_LANG).
+ * texi2html.pl (GetIndexSummary): Remove <br> after <table>.
+ * texi2html.pl (Sec2NextNode): Re-write section-number regexp for
+ readability and to make cperl-mode happy.
+ * texi2html.pl (Sec2PrevNode): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (main): New sub encapsulating top-level code.
+ * texi2html.pl (pass1): Ditto. Re-write texinfo comment regexp
+ for readability and to make cperl-mode happy. End HTML <p> before
+ @printindex, <dl>, and </dl>.
+ * texi2html.pl (pass2): Ditto. Quote <table> attributes.
+ * texi2html.pl (pass3): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (pass4): Ditto. Remove </p> before first paragraph!
+ * texi2html.pl (pass5): Ditto.
+ * texi2html.pl (open): Use no strict "refs" to allow symbolic
+ reference.
+ * texi2html.pl (apply_style): Ditto.
+
+2000-11-04 Adrian Aichner <adrian@xemacs.org>
+
+ * texi2html.init ($T2H_DOCTYPE): Add SystemLiteral to identify the
+ canonical DTD.
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_about_body): Fix HTML syntax of
+ Subsubsection One-Two-Three example.
+ * texi2html.pl: Close HTML <p> before HTML <table> and HTML
+ <dl>. Correct handling of texinfo menu comment lines.
+ * texi2html.pl (protect_html): Simplify. This subroutine was way
+ too smart! Use Character entity references (eg &lt;) instead of
+ Numeric character references (eg. &#60).
+ * texi2html.pl (unprotect_html): Use Character entity references
+ (eg &lt;) instead of Numeric character references (eg. &#60).
+
+2000-09-14 Eric Sunshine <sunshine@sunshineco.com>
+
+ * doc/Makefile.in: Added missing doc/Makefile.in since its absence
+ caused 'configure' and make targets (such as 'distclean') to bomb.
+
+2000-09-14 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * applied patches/fixes from Eric Marsden <emarsden@mail.dotcom.fr>.
+ o DTD now at the beginning of the document
+ o default language to 'en' wasn't working which led to empty LANG=""
+ in <BODY>
+ o missing </FONT> in footer blurb
+ o when the ToC was generated in some cases, the code used
+ <UL></UL> to indent, but didn't have any <LI> tags. <blockquote>
+ is now used in such cases, instead.
+
+2000-09-11 Eric Sunshine <sunshine@sunshineco.com>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Fixed severe macro expansion bug. Macro argument
+ parsing code did not handle nested braces ('{' and '}') at
+ all, thus valid macro invocations such as
+ "@mymacro{Hello @emph{there} @strong{world}.}" would fail.
+ Prior to this fix, @mymacro would be handed the argument
+ "Hello @emph{there", which is clearly incorrect. Now @mymacro
+ correctly receives "Hello @emph{there} @strong{world}." as its
+ argument. This fix also deals properly with the protected brace
+ sequences \{, \}, @{, and @}.
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Fixed severe macro expansion bug. Macro argument
+ parsing code did not handle arguments split over multiple lines,
+ such as "@mymacro{Hello \n world.}". Now it correctly handles
+ macro invocations split across any number of lines, and properly
+ flags an error at the correct location if the user forgets the
+ closing brace '}'.
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Fixed formatting errors in expansions of @SPACE,
+ @TAB, and @NL (where SPACE, TAB, and NL represent the actual
+ space, tab, and newline characters). The Texinfo manual
+ explicitly states that each of these sequences should expand to a
+ "printable" space in the [rendered] output. The example given in
+ the manual shows that "Spacey@ @ @ @ example" should expand to
+ "Spacey example". However, texi2html was only emitting the
+ insignificant whitespace ' ' and '\n' into the HTML output which
+ did not properly preserve the hard spaces in "Spacey example".
+ Now each of these directives expands to '&nbsp;' instead.
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Made aesthetic improvement to the output of @file{},
+ @option{}, and @samp{}. The argument string is now quoted with
+ ` and ' _after_ the style has been applied. For instance,
+ @samp{perl} now expands to "`<samp>perl</samp>'", whereas it used
+ to expand to "<samp>`perl'</samp>". In my tests, this change
+ results in more aesthetically pleasing rendered output on various
+ browsers.
+
+2000-08-16 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Bug fix from: "joseph" <joseph@freenet.de>
+ MySimple.pm should be 'require'd, but checked is still texi2html.init.
+
+2000-08-14 Karl Heinz Marbaise <khmarbaise@gmx.de>
+ * new command line switch (Test purposes only!)
+ to show new layout in HTML for @def stuff.
+ * Texinfo-Documentation updated.
+ - New chapter about ``customizing HTML'' started.
+ - multiple files instead of one.
+ - subdirectory doc.
+
+2000-07-27 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Fixed Getopt::Long::Configure("pass_through") for
+ older versions of Getopt::Long which do not support his function.
+
+2000-07-11 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * implemented @documentlanguage:
+ - sets language of document, unless overwritten by -lang, or
+ explicitly set $T2H_LANG
+
+ * introduced T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS to prevent obsolete options to
+ ambiguate current options
+
+2000-07-09 Karl Heinz Marbaise <khmarbaise@gmx.de>
+ * Texinfo-Documentation:
+ - fixes from Peter Moulder <pjm@bofh.asn.au> incorporated
+ into manual.
+ - Updated Manual
+ o improved
+ o indices for options, variables of script.
+ o much more.
+ * texi2html.init:
+ - improvements for different languages
+ (month names, words in different languages).
+
+2000-07-05 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * Provided CVS anonymous read-access to Texi2html:
+ cvs -d :pserver:t2h-anon@urmel.mathematik.uni-kl.de:/usr/local/Singular/cvsroot login
+ cvs -d :pserver:t2h-anon@urmel.mathematik.uni-kl.de:/usr/local/Singular/cvsroot co Texi2html
+ Passwd: texi2html
+ * Provided CVS write-access to Texi2html: contact me for
+ instructions
+
+2000-07-01 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * primitive support for some toher def stuff (needs to be fixed,
+ though)
+ * Distribution: Incorporated texi2html.texi authored by Karl Heinz
+ Marbaise <khmarbaise@gmx.de> (THANKS!)
+
+ * texi2html.1.in: Updates to reflect new cmd-line options
+
+ * Rewrote handling of command-line options:
+ - based on (My)Simple.pm, and Getopt::Long
+ -help now works and is up-to-date
+ -help 1 lists also "not-so-important" options
+ -help 2 lists also obsolete options
+ - the following options were renamed: (old options still work, but
+ are marked as obsolete)
+ verbose ==> Verbose
+ section_navigation ==> sec_nav
+ output_file ==> out_file
+ - the following options are obsoleted (still work, though):
+ no-section_navigation ==> -nosec_nav
+ use_acc ==> ALWAYS use accents
+ expandinfo ==> -expand info
+ expandtex ==> -expand tex
+ no_verbose ==> default case
+ monolithic ==> default case
+ split_node ==> -split section
+ split_chapter ==> -split chapter
+
+2000-06-27 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * Fixed bug in anchor generation (reported by various people who
+ noticed that @anchor may not be on one line with @item)
+ * Fixed infinite loop on missing '@end macro'
+ * texi2html.pl: -expandinfo and -expandtex command-line options
+ for backward compatibility
+
+ * texi2html.init: Use ISO 639 language codes for keys in $T2H_LANG
+ hash.
+
+2000-06-26 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: new command-line options:
+ -nonumber, -nomenu to unset the default -number -menu
+
+ * texi2html.pl: As suggested by "Richard Y. Kim" <ryk@coho.net>:
+ insert <A NAME="#nodename"></A> for each
+ nodename in a document (nodename is exactly as in texinfo
+ source).
+
+ * From: "Richard Y. Kim" <ryk@coho.net>
+ o $T2H_FRAMES internal boolean variable which defaults to 0
+ o -frames command line option which changes $T2H_FRAMES to 1.
+ o If $T2H_FRAMES is 1, then two additional files are output.
+ If mydoc.html is output normally, then mydoc_frame.html
+ and mydoc_frame_toc.html files are output.
+ o The functions T2H_print_frame, and T2H_print_toc_frame are used to
+ generate contents of these files.
+ o The T2H_DEFAULT_print_frame and T2H_DEFAULT_print_toc_frame
+ (defined in texi2html.ini) do the following:
+ mydoc_frame.html is the short file with <FRAME> tags.
+ mydoc_frame_toc.html is basically the short table of contents
+ which goes on the narrow left frame.
+
+ * texi2html.pl: @,{c} --> &ccedil;
+
+2000-06-23 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * released version 1.63
+ * texi2html.init (T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_head):
+ make <html> tag very first thing in every file
+ * fixed macro quoting and special cases of macro invocation
+ * from "Richard Y. Kim" <ryk@coho.net>:
+ o handle \} in macro arguments
+ * from brlewis@alum.mit.edu:
+ o Changes to facilitate CSS
+ o -toc_file option for those who want the TOC to be index.html
+ o Config variable $T2H_HREF_DIR_INSTEAD_FILE:
+ if set (e.g., to index.html) replace hrefs to this file
+ (i.e., to index.html) by ./
+ * texi2html.pl: index generation after value substitution
+
+2000-05-31 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: for def_map stuff <A NAME=..> before output
+ * texi2html.pl: applied patch from "Richard Y. Kim" <ryk@ap.com>
+ for @refs with 2 or 3 args: use 3rd or 2nd argor
+ section (in that order) as text for reference.
+
+2000-04-18 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Applied patches of <sunshine@sunshineco.com> to
+ make texi2html work with older versions of Perl
+
+2000-04-13 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: fixed unmacro
+ * distribution: applied patches from Peter Moulder and Teun
+ Burgers.
+ * fixed "Duplicate section found" -- section may now have
+ duplicate names
+ * fixed bug related to $T2H_AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY
+
+2000-04-12 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * release 1.62
+ * added $T2H_NODE_NAME_IN_MENU for enforcing node
+ names in meny entries, and $T2H_AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY to
+ avoid display of duplicate meny entry information
+
+2000-04-11 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: fixed two small bugs reported by
+ sunshine@sunshineco.com (</TR> in menu, <P> after itemize).
+ * implemented @ftable, @vtable
+ * index generation reimplemented:
+ - Can be split over several pages, depending on the value of
+ $T2H_SPLIT_INDEX
+ - typesetting in fixed-width font is observed
+ * texi2html.init: T2H_IDX_SUMMARY either set or not set, takes no
+ argument.
+
+2000-04-08 Peter Moulder <pjm@bofh.asn.au>
+
+ * Makefile.am, configure.in: Generate texi2html in
+ configure script instead of Makefile. (Due mostly to
+ Teun Burgers.)
+
+ * README, TODO, texi2html.1.in, texi2html.init, texi2html.pl:
+ Misc. documentation changes.
+
+2000-04-07 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * texi2html.init: $T2H_INDEX_CHAPTER introduced:
+ if set, use this chapter for Index button, else
+ use first chapter whose name matches 'index' (case insensitive)
+ * fixed atuomatic pointer creation for appendix chapters
+ * fixed handling of menu entries with description going into the
+ next line, use numbered section names, if $T2H_NUMBER_SECTIONS
+ * texi2html.init: $T2H_TOP_HEADING for explicitly specifying
+ heading of top node
+ * fixed handling of headings (no new page on -split section)
+ * fixed bug in index (generation of section names)
+ * stoc in _ovr.html within BLOCKQUOTES
+ * get rid of bullets in ToC, if $T2H_NUMBER_SECTIONS
+
+2000-04-06 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * fixed bug in creation of index entries (eval of section names)
+ * fixed table within itemize and parapgraphs
+ * surpress <P></P> when within <pre>
+ * allow @include within top node
+
+2000-04-03 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * texi2html.init: By default, T2H_TOP_FILE is set to ''
+ * texi2html.pl: $docu_top=$T2H_TOP_FILE || $docu_name. $docu_ext;
+
+2000-03-31 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: $complex_format_map for complex enclosing
+ constructs where which:
+ * texi2html.init:$T2H_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL,
+ $T2H_SMALL_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL, $T2H_SMALL_FONT_SIZE for
+ customizing indent/font size of block-enclosing texinfo command
+ (@example, @format, @display, etc).
+ * Release version 1.61.
+
+2000-03-29 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * Cleaned up texi2html.pl and added loading of init file (when
+ texi2html.pl is run) such that it can directly be used as script
+ (otherwise, debugging is much harder).
+
+ * fixed getpwuid
+
+ * Added T2H_print_chapter_header, T2H_print_chapter_footer for
+ more fine-grained control of T2H_SPLIT eq 'chapter', added option
+ -section_navigation, $T2H_SECTION_NAVIGATION to suppress output of
+ navigation panels per section
+
+ * Changed naming and and calling convention of customizable subs:
+ They all have prefix T2H_, are called with &$T2H_, are assigned by
+ $T2H_<name> = \&T2H_DEFAULT_<name>.
+
+ * texi2html.init: Incorporated changed of Peter Moulder:
+
+2000-03-27 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * debian/*: deleted
+ * texi2html.pl: Incorporated changes of Peter Moulder
+ * texi2html.pl: Automatic node pointer creation added
+ * texi2html.pl: @enddots, @exclamdown, etc added
+
+2000-03-26 Peter Moulder <reiter@netspace.net.au>
+
+ * texi2html.init: Address a couple of weblint/tidy warnings.
+
+ * texi2html.init:
+ * texi2html.pl: The init file is inserted into the executable at
+ build time (see Makefile.am).
+
+ * texi2html.pl: Source each of @sysconfdir@/texi2htmlrc and
+ $HOME/.texi2htmlrc if it exists, after processing texi2html.init
+ but before anything on the command-line.
+
+ Allow -split_chapter, -split_node, -monolithic options, which is
+ what previous versions of texi2html used.
+
+ Support `@command{...}'.
+
+ Add --help, --version options.
+
+ -sidx isn't used, so comment out.
+
+ * configure.in:
+ * Makefile.am:
+ * autogen.sh: New files.
+
+ * configure.in: Change version number from 1.60Beta to 1.59.2.
+
+ * debian/*: New files.
+
+ * texi2html.1.in:
+ * texi2html.pl: Extract the man page into a separate file. At the
+ moment, the man page is even installed separately (with
+ texi2html.pl having `.so @MANPAGE_PATH@' in place of the
+ manpage). Conceivably we could add a configure option to
+ construct everything as one file like we used to; just replace
+ that text with `@EMBEDDED_MANPAGE@', which would be replaced with
+ either the existing `.so @MANPAGE_PATH@' or with texi2html.1
+ contents the way texi2html.init is done.
+
+2000-03-14 Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+
+ * texi2html.pl: center @image by default, can be overwritten by
+ T2H_CENTER_IMAGE (sunshine@sunshineco.com)
+
+# vim:tabstop=8:shiftwidth=8
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/INSTALL b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b42a17ac464
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+ These are generic installation instructions.
+
+ The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
+`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
+reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
+(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
+
+ If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache'
+contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+
+ The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
+called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
+it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+ 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+ `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
+ using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
+ `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
+ `configure' itself.
+
+ Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
+ messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+ 2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+ 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+ the package.
+
+ 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+ documentation.
+
+ 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+ source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
+ files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+ a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
+ also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+ for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
+ all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+ with the distribution.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+ Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure'
+initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using
+a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
+this:
+ CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
+
+Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
+ env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+ You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
+supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+ If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
+variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
+in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for
+one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
+architecture.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+ By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
+`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
+installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
+option `--prefix=PATH'.
+
+ You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
+give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
+PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+
+ In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+ If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+ Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+ For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+ There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
+will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
+`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
+ CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the host type.
+
+ If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
+use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
+produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
+system on which you are compiling the package.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Operation Controls
+==================
+
+ `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+ Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
+ `./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
+ debugging `configure'.
+
+`--help'
+ Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+ Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
+ suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+ messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+ Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
+ `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--version'
+ Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+ script, and exit.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/INTRODUCTION b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/INTRODUCTION
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bf7051de557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/INTRODUCTION
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+Getting Started with texi2html
+==============================
+
+'texi2html' converts texinfo documents to HTML.
+
+Texinfo is the official documentation format of the GNU project. It
+uses a single source file to produce both on-line information and
+printed output. For more details about texinfo, see
+http://www.texinfo.org.
+
+In contrast to the HTML produced by 'makeinfo --html' (the 'makeinfo'
+program is part of the Texinfo distribution), the HTML output of
+'texi2html' is highly configurable. Among others, with 'texi2html' you
+can customize your entire page layout (like headers, footers, style
+sheets, etc), split documents at various levels and use 'latex2html' to
+convert @tex sections.
+
+'texi2html' should reasonably convert all Texinfo 4.8 constructs. If
+not, please send a bug report to 'dev@texi2html.cvshome.org'.
+
+
+To create HTML of texinfo documents
+===================================
+
+Make sure that you have 'texi2html' correctly installed on your
+system. The general synopsis of 'texi2html' is
+
+ texi2html [options] texinfo-source-file
+
+Without any options, this will create the file <docname>.html where
+<docname> is the basename of your texinfo files.
+
+See the beginning of the file 'texi2html.init' for explanations of
+command-line options and their default values, or run 'texi2html -h'
+for a short overview of the most important options.
+
+
+Customizing texi2html
+=====================
+
+Initialisation options are read first from
+'/usr/local/etc/texi2html/Config' (the exact location being changeable with
+the '--sysconfdir=dir' option to the configure script), then from
+$HOME/.texi2html/Config, then any command-line options including -init-file
+options; with later settings overriding earlier ones.
+
+The default initialisation options are defined in the
+'texi2html.init' file contained in the Texi2html distribution (in
+fact, 'configure' pastes this file into beginning of texi2html.pl and
+generates the actual 'texi2html' script this way.).
+
+To customize 'texi2html' it is best if you copy the appropriate
+sections from the 'texi2html.init' file into an appropriate local
+initialization file, make the necessary changes there, and then have
+'texi2html' read this initialisation file by one of the means described
+above.
+
+For an example on what you can produce with 'texi2html' have a look
+at the following sites:
+
+* http://www.singular.uni-kl.de/Manual/html/
+
+(Please send me your sites, if you'd like to have them listed here).
+
+
+Documentation of texi2html
+==========================
+The texi2html Texinfo manual should be rather complete. In addition,
+ you might want to have a look at the comments in the 'texi2html.init'
+file for explanations about customizable parameters and at the (not
+up-to-date) texi2html man page for an overview of texi2html's synopsis.
+
+More information
+================
+
+Texi2html's home page can be found at http://texi2html.cvshome.org
+
+The newest version of Texi2html can be obtained from
+http://texi2html.cvshome.org/servlets/ProjectDownloadList
+or, via anonymous cvs (see
+http://texi2html.cvshome.org/servlets/ProjectSource for instructions).
+
+Send email to dev@texi2html.cvshome.org for bug reports, enhancement
+suggestions, and to users@texi2html.cvshome.org for authoring questions
+and general discussion.
+
+
+Good luck and enjoy !!
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Makefile.am b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..88074f64733
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
+
+SUBDIRS = . doc Tests
+imagesdir = $(pkgdatadir)/images
+i18ndir = $(pkgdatadir)/i18n
+
+#
+# This is to prevent texinfo.tex from being included
+# in the top-level distribution directory.
+TEXINFO_TEX = doc/texinfo.tex
+
+bin_SCRIPTS = texi2html
+texi2html_SOURCES = \
+ MySimple.pm \
+ T2h_i18n.pm \
+ texi2html.init \
+ texi2html.pl \
+ translations.pl
+
+noinst_SCRIPTS = manage_i18n.pl
+man_MANS = texi2html.1
+
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+ INTRODUCTION \
+ MySimple.pod \
+ autogen.sh \
+ manage_i18n.pl \
+ missing-texi2html \
+ l2h.init \
+ texi2html.spec \
+ $(texi2html_SOURCES)
+
+dist_pkgdata_DATA = l2h.init \
+ examples/makeinfo.init \
+ examples/xhtml.init \
+ examples/html32.init \
+ examples/book.init \
+ examples/noheaders.init \
+ examples/inlinestyle.init \
+ examples/utf8.init \
+ examples/chm.init \
+ examples/roff.init
+
+dist_i18n_DATA = i18n/en \
+ i18n/de \
+ i18n/es \
+ i18n/fr \
+ i18n/nl \
+ i18n/no \
+ i18n/pt
+
+dist_images_DATA = images/a_begin.gif \
+ images/a_begin_na.gif \
+ images/a_document.gif \
+ images/a_document_na.gif \
+ images/a_empty.gif \
+ images/a_end.gif \
+ images/a_end_na.gif \
+ images/a_help.gif \
+ images/a_help_na.gif \
+ images/a_index.gif \
+ images/a_index_na.gif \
+ images/a_leftdouble.gif \
+ images/a_leftdouble_na.gif \
+ images/a_left.gif \
+ images/a_left_na.gif \
+ images/a_page.gif \
+ images/a_page_na.gif \
+ images/a_rightdouble.gif \
+ images/a_rightdouble_na.gif \
+ images/a_right.gif \
+ images/a_right_na.gif \
+ images/a_searchdoc.gif \
+ images/a_searchdoc_na.gif \
+ images/a_search.gif \
+ images/a_search_na.gif \
+ images/a_tableofcon.gif \
+ images/a_tableofcon_na.gif \
+ images/a_top.gif \
+ images/a_top_na.gif \
+ images/a_up.gif \
+ images/a_up_na.gif \
+ images/bg.jpg \
+ images/bg_left.gif \
+ images/bg_right.gif \
+ images/blue_dir.gif \
+ images/blue_down.gif \
+ images/blue_grab.gif \
+ images/blue_help.gif \
+ images/blue_next.gif \
+ images/blue_nnext.gif \
+ images/blue_pprev.gif \
+ images/blue_prev.gif \
+ images/blue_readme.gif \
+ images/blue_top.gif \
+ images/blue_up.gif \
+ images/blue_uup.gif \
+ images/contents_motif.gif \
+ images/COPYING \
+ images/index_motif.gif \
+ images/Mybg.gif \
+ images/next_motif.gif \
+ images/next_motif_gr.gif \
+ images/previous_motif.gif \
+ images/previous_motif_gr.gif \
+ images/spacer3.gif \
+ images/xy_contents.gif \
+ images/xy_foot.gif \
+ images/xy_next.gif \
+ images/xy_next_gr.gif \
+ images/xy_nextsection.gif \
+ images/xy_nextsection_gr.gif \
+ images/xy_previous.gif \
+ images/xy_previous_gr.gif \
+ images/xy_previoussection.gif \
+ images/xy_previoussection_gr.gif \
+ images/xy_up.gif \
+ images/xy_up_gr.gif
+
+texi2html: $(texi2html_SOURCES)
+
+
+translations.pl: texi2html.pl texi2html.init T2h_i18n.pm examples/roff.init \
+ examples/noheaders.init i18n/de i18n/nl i18n/es i18n/no i18n/pt i18n/fr
+ $(PERL) $(srcdir)/manage_i18n.pl all
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Makefile.in b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ce266309aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,817 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.3 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = .
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(dist_i18n_DATA) \
+ $(dist_images_DATA) $(dist_pkgdata_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/check_texinfo.pl.in \
+ $(srcdir)/texi2html.1.in $(srcdir)/texi2html.pl \
+ $(srcdir)/texi2html.spec.in $(top_srcdir)/configure AUTHORS \
+ COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS TODO config.guess config.sub \
+ install-sh mdate-sh missing mkinstalldirs
+subdir = .
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
+ configure.lineno configure.status.lineno
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = texi2html check_texinfo.pl texi2html.1
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" \
+ "$(DESTDIR)$(i18ndir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(imagesdir)" \
+ "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)"
+binSCRIPT_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_SCRIPT)
+SCRIPTS = $(bin_SCRIPTS) $(noinst_SCRIPTS)
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
+ html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
+ install-exec-recursive install-info-recursive \
+ install-recursive installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive \
+ pdf-recursive ps-recursive uninstall-info-recursive \
+ uninstall-recursive
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+NROFF = nroff
+MANS = $(man_MANS)
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ *) f=$$p;; \
+ esac;
+am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+dist_i18nDATA_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+dist_imagesDATA_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+dist_pkgdataDATA_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+DATA = $(dist_i18n_DATA) $(dist_images_DATA) $(dist_pkgdata_DATA)
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+top_distdir = $(distdir)
+am__remove_distdir = \
+ { test ! -d $(distdir) \
+ || { find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
+ && rm -fr $(distdir); }; }
+DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir).tar.bz2
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@
+MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_DATE = @PACKAGE_DATE@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_UNICODE = @USE_UNICODE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+SUBDIRS = . doc Tests
+imagesdir = $(pkgdatadir)/images
+i18ndir = $(pkgdatadir)/i18n
+
+#
+# This is to prevent texinfo.tex from being included
+# in the top-level distribution directory.
+TEXINFO_TEX = doc/texinfo.tex
+bin_SCRIPTS = texi2html
+texi2html_SOURCES = \
+ MySimple.pm \
+ T2h_i18n.pm \
+ texi2html.init \
+ texi2html.pl \
+ translations.pl
+
+noinst_SCRIPTS = manage_i18n.pl
+man_MANS = texi2html.1
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+ INTRODUCTION \
+ MySimple.pod \
+ autogen.sh \
+ manage_i18n.pl \
+ missing-texi2html \
+ l2h.init \
+ texi2html.spec \
+ $(texi2html_SOURCES)
+
+dist_pkgdata_DATA = l2h.init \
+ examples/makeinfo.init \
+ examples/xhtml.init \
+ examples/html32.init \
+ examples/book.init \
+ examples/noheaders.init \
+ examples/inlinestyle.init \
+ examples/utf8.init \
+ examples/chm.init \
+ examples/roff.init
+
+dist_i18n_DATA = i18n/en \
+ i18n/de \
+ i18n/es \
+ i18n/fr \
+ i18n/nl \
+ i18n/no \
+ i18n/pt
+
+dist_images_DATA = images/a_begin.gif \
+ images/a_begin_na.gif \
+ images/a_document.gif \
+ images/a_document_na.gif \
+ images/a_empty.gif \
+ images/a_end.gif \
+ images/a_end_na.gif \
+ images/a_help.gif \
+ images/a_help_na.gif \
+ images/a_index.gif \
+ images/a_index_na.gif \
+ images/a_leftdouble.gif \
+ images/a_leftdouble_na.gif \
+ images/a_left.gif \
+ images/a_left_na.gif \
+ images/a_page.gif \
+ images/a_page_na.gif \
+ images/a_rightdouble.gif \
+ images/a_rightdouble_na.gif \
+ images/a_right.gif \
+ images/a_right_na.gif \
+ images/a_searchdoc.gif \
+ images/a_searchdoc_na.gif \
+ images/a_search.gif \
+ images/a_search_na.gif \
+ images/a_tableofcon.gif \
+ images/a_tableofcon_na.gif \
+ images/a_top.gif \
+ images/a_top_na.gif \
+ images/a_up.gif \
+ images/a_up_na.gif \
+ images/bg.jpg \
+ images/bg_left.gif \
+ images/bg_right.gif \
+ images/blue_dir.gif \
+ images/blue_down.gif \
+ images/blue_grab.gif \
+ images/blue_help.gif \
+ images/blue_next.gif \
+ images/blue_nnext.gif \
+ images/blue_pprev.gif \
+ images/blue_prev.gif \
+ images/blue_readme.gif \
+ images/blue_top.gif \
+ images/blue_up.gif \
+ images/blue_uup.gif \
+ images/contents_motif.gif \
+ images/COPYING \
+ images/index_motif.gif \
+ images/Mybg.gif \
+ images/next_motif.gif \
+ images/next_motif_gr.gif \
+ images/previous_motif.gif \
+ images/previous_motif_gr.gif \
+ images/spacer3.gif \
+ images/xy_contents.gif \
+ images/xy_foot.gif \
+ images/xy_next.gif \
+ images/xy_next_gr.gif \
+ images/xy_nextsection.gif \
+ images/xy_nextsection_gr.gif \
+ images/xy_previous.gif \
+ images/xy_previous_gr.gif \
+ images/xy_previoussection.gif \
+ images/xy_previoussection_gr.gif \
+ images/xy_up.gif \
+ images/xy_up_gr.gif
+
+all: all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+am--refresh:
+ @:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
+ @for dep in $?; do \
+ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+ *$$dep*) \
+ echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu '; \
+ cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu \
+ && exit 0; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile'; \
+ cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ @case '$?' in \
+ *config.status*) \
+ echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
+ $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
+ *) \
+ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+ esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+ $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+ cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+ cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
+texi2html: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/texi2html.pl
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
+check_texinfo.pl: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/check_texinfo.pl.in
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
+texi2html.1: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/texi2html.1.in
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
+texi2html.spec: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/texi2html.spec.in
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
+install-binSCRIPTS: $(bin_SCRIPTS)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(bindir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)"
+ @list='$(bin_SCRIPTS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ if test -f $$d$$p; then \
+ f=`echo "$$p" | sed 's|^.*/||;$(transform)'`; \
+ echo " $(binSCRIPT_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f'"; \
+ $(binSCRIPT_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f"; \
+ else :; fi; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-binSCRIPTS:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(bin_SCRIPTS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ f=`echo "$$p" | sed 's|^.*/||;$(transform)'`; \
+ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f'"; \
+ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f"; \
+ done
+uninstall-info-am:
+install-man1: $(man1_MANS) $(man_MANS)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(man1dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"
+ @list='$(man1_MANS) $(dist_man1_MANS) $(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \
+ l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
+ for i in $$l2; do \
+ case "$$i" in \
+ *.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
+ else file=$$i; fi; \
+ ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
+ case "$$ext" in \
+ 1*) ;; \
+ *) ext='1' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
+ inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
+ inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
+ done
+uninstall-man1:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(man1_MANS) $(dist_man1_MANS) $(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \
+ l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
+ for i in $$l2; do \
+ case "$$i" in \
+ *.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
+ case "$$ext" in \
+ 1*) ;; \
+ *) ext='1' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
+ inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
+ inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
+ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
+ done
+install-dist_i18nDATA: $(dist_i18n_DATA)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(i18ndir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(i18ndir)"
+ @list='$(dist_i18n_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+ echo " $(dist_i18nDATA_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(i18ndir)/$$f'"; \
+ $(dist_i18nDATA_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(i18ndir)/$$f"; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-dist_i18nDATA:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(dist_i18n_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(i18ndir)/$$f'"; \
+ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(i18ndir)/$$f"; \
+ done
+install-dist_imagesDATA: $(dist_images_DATA)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(imagesdir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(imagesdir)"
+ @list='$(dist_images_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+ echo " $(dist_imagesDATA_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(imagesdir)/$$f'"; \
+ $(dist_imagesDATA_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(imagesdir)/$$f"; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-dist_imagesDATA:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(dist_images_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(imagesdir)/$$f'"; \
+ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(imagesdir)/$$f"; \
+ done
+install-dist_pkgdataDATA: $(dist_pkgdata_DATA)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(pkgdatadir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)"
+ @list='$(dist_pkgdata_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+ echo " $(dist_pkgdataDATA_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/$$f'"; \
+ $(dist_pkgdataDATA_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/$$f"; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-dist_pkgdataDATA:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(dist_pkgdata_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/$$f'"; \
+ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)/$$f"; \
+ done
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+ @set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+ dot_seen=no; \
+ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+ dot_seen=yes; \
+ local_target="$$target-am"; \
+ else \
+ local_target="$$target"; \
+ fi; \
+ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+ done; \
+ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+ fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
+maintainer-clean-recursive:
+ @set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+ dot_seen=no; \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ rev="$$rev ."; \
+ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+ for subdir in $$rev; do \
+ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+ local_target="$$target-am"; \
+ else \
+ local_target="$$target"; \
+ fi; \
+ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+ done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+ done
+ctags-recursive:
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
+ done
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ include_option=--etags-include; \
+ empty_fix=.; \
+ else \
+ include_option=--include; \
+ empty_fix=; \
+ fi; \
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
+ tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
+ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique; \
+ fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+ here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+ && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+ -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+ mkdir $(distdir)
+ $(mkdir_p) $(distdir)/. $(distdir)/examples $(distdir)/i18n $(distdir)/images
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+ case $$file in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+ dir="/$$dir"; \
+ $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+ else \
+ dir=''; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+ list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || exit 1; \
+ distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \
+ top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
+ (cd $$subdir && \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+ top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \
+ distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \
+ distdir) \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+ -find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \
+ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(SHELL) $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
+ || chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
+dist-gzip: distdir
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+dist-bzip2: distdir
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-tarZ: distdir
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-shar: distdir
+ shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-zip: distdir
+ -rm -f $(distdir).zip
+ zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist dist-all: distdir
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+ tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
+# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
+# tarfile.
+distcheck: dist
+ case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
+ *.tar.gz*) \
+ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
+ *.tar.bz2*) \
+ bunzip2 -c $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
+ *.tar.Z*) \
+ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
+ *.shar.gz*) \
+ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
+ *.zip*) \
+ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
+ esac
+ chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
+ mkdir $(distdir)/_build
+ mkdir $(distdir)/_inst
+ chmod a-w $(distdir)
+ dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
+ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
+ && cd $(distdir)/_build \
+ && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
+ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
+ distuninstallcheck \
+ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
+ && ({ \
+ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
+ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
+ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
+ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
+ && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+ @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
+ list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
+ sed -e '1{h;s/./=/g;p;x;}' -e '$${p;x;}'
+distuninstallcheck:
+ @cd $(distuninstallcheck_dir) \
+ && test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \
+ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
+ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
+ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \
+ fi ; \
+ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
+ exit 1; } >&2
+distcleancheck: distclean
+ @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
+ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
+ exit 1 ; \
+ fi
+ @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
+ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
+ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
+ exit 1; } >&2
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile $(SCRIPTS) $(MANS) $(DATA)
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+ for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(i18ndir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(imagesdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)"; do \
+ test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
+ done
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+ -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+ -rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-recursive
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-dist_i18nDATA install-dist_imagesDATA \
+ install-dist_pkgdataDATA install-man
+
+install-exec-am: install-binSCRIPTS
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-man: install-man1
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+ -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+ -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
+ -rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-recursive
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-recursive
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-binSCRIPTS uninstall-dist_i18nDATA \
+ uninstall-dist_imagesDATA uninstall-dist_pkgdataDATA \
+ uninstall-info-am uninstall-man
+
+uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
+
+uninstall-man: uninstall-man1
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS all all-am am--refresh check \
+ check-am clean clean-generic clean-recursive ctags \
+ ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip dist-shar \
+ dist-tarZ dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-generic \
+ distclean-recursive distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir \
+ distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+ install install-am install-binSCRIPTS install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dist_i18nDATA install-dist_imagesDATA \
+ install-dist_pkgdataDATA install-exec install-exec-am \
+ install-info install-info-am install-man install-man1 \
+ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+ installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+ maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+ mostlyclean-recursive pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \
+ uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-binSCRIPTS \
+ uninstall-dist_i18nDATA uninstall-dist_imagesDATA \
+ uninstall-dist_pkgdataDATA uninstall-info-am uninstall-man \
+ uninstall-man1
+
+
+texi2html: $(texi2html_SOURCES)
+
+translations.pl: texi2html.pl texi2html.init T2h_i18n.pm examples/roff.init \
+ examples/noheaders.init i18n/de i18n/nl i18n/es i18n/no i18n/pt i18n/fr
+ $(PERL) $(srcdir)/manage_i18n.pl all
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/MySimple.pm b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/MySimple.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..75c25dc5d0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/MySimple.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+package Getopt::MySimple;
+
+# Name:
+# Getopt::MySimple.
+#
+# Documentation:
+# POD-style (incomplete) documentation is in file MySimple.pod
+#
+# Tabs:
+# 4 spaces || die.
+#
+# Author:
+# Ron Savage rpsavage@ozemail.com.au.
+# 1.00 19-Aug-97 Initial version.
+# 1.10 13-Oct-97 Add arrays of switches (eg '=s@').
+# 1.20 3-Dec-97 Add 'Help' on a per-switch basis.
+# 1.30 11-Dec-97 Change 'Help' to 'verbose'. Make all hash keys lowercase.
+# 1.40 10-Nov-98 Change width of help report. Restructure tests.
+# 1-Jul-00 Modifications for Texi2html
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Locally modified by obachman (Display type instead of env, order by cmp)
+# $Id: MySimple.pm,v 1.4 2004/02/10 00:12:42 pertusus Exp $
+
+# use strict;
+# no strict 'refs';
+
+use vars qw(@EXPORT @EXPORT_OK @ISA);
+use vars qw($fieldWidth $opt $VERSION);
+
+use Exporter();
+use Getopt::Long;
+
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw();
+@EXPORT_OK = qw($opt); # An alias for $self -> {'opt'}.
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+$fieldWidth = 20;
+$VERSION = '1.41';
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+sub byOrder
+{
+ my($self) = @_;
+
+ return uc($a) cmp (uc($b));
+}
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+sub dumpOptions
+{
+ my($self) = @_;
+
+ print 'Option', ' ' x ($fieldWidth - length('Option') ), "Value\n";
+
+ for (sort byOrder keys(%{$self -> {'opt'} }) )
+ {
+ print "-$_", ' ' x ($fieldWidth - (1 + length) ), "${$self->{'opt'} }{$_}\n";
+ }
+
+ print "\n";
+
+} # End of dumpOptions.
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Return:
+# 0 -> Error.
+# 1 -> Ok.
+
+sub getOptions
+{
+ push(@_, 0) if ($#_ == 2); # Default for $ignoreCase is 0.
+ push(@_, 1) if ($#_ == 3); # Default for $helpThenExit is 1.
+
+ my($self, $default, $helpText, $versionText,
+ $helpThenExit, $versionThenExit, $ignoreCase) = @_;
+
+ $helpThenExit = 1 unless (defined($helpThenExit));
+ $versionThenExit = 1 unless (defined($versionThenExit));
+ $ignoreCase = 0 unless (defined($ignoreCase));
+
+ $self -> {'default'} = $default;
+ $self -> {'helpText'} = $helpText;
+ $self -> {'versionText'} = $versionText;
+ $Getopt::Long::ignorecase = $ignoreCase;
+
+ unless (defined($self -> {'default'}{'help'}))
+ {
+ $self -> {'default'}{'help'} =
+ {
+ type => ':i',
+ default => '',
+ linkage => sub {$self->helpOptions($_[1]); sleep 5;exit (0) if $helpThenExit;},
+ verbose => "print help and exit"
+ };
+ }
+
+ unless (defined($self -> {'default'}{'version'}))
+ {
+ $self -> {'default'}{'version'} =
+ {
+ type => '',
+ default => '',
+ linkage => sub {print $self->{'versionText'}; exit (0) if $versionThenExit;},
+ verbose => "print version and exit"
+ };
+ }
+
+ for (keys(%{$self -> {'default'} }) )
+ {
+ my $type = ${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'type'};
+ push(@{$self -> {'type'} }, "$_$type");
+ $self->{'opt'}->{$_} = ${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'linkage'}
+ if ${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'linkage'};
+ }
+
+ my($result) = &GetOptions($self -> {'opt'}, @{$self -> {'type'} });
+
+ return $result unless $result;
+
+ for (keys(%{$self -> {'default'} }) )
+ {
+ if (! defined(${$self -> {'opt'} }{$_})) #{
+ {
+ ${$self -> {'opt'} }{$_} = ${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'default'};
+ }
+ }
+
+ $result;
+} # End of getOptions.
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+sub helpOptions
+{
+ my($self) = shift;
+ my($noHelp) = shift;
+ $noHelp = 0 unless $noHelp;
+ my($optwidth, $typewidth, $defaultwidth, $maxlinewidth, $valind, $valwidth)
+ = (10, 5, 9, 78, 4, 11);
+
+ print "$self->{'helpText'}" if ($self -> {'helpText'});
+
+ print ' Option', ' ' x ($optwidth - length('Option') -1 ),
+ 'Type', ' ' x ($typewidth - length('Type') + 1),
+ 'Default', ' ' x ($defaultwidth - length('Default') ),
+ "Description\n";
+
+ for (sort byOrder keys(%{$self -> {'default'} }) )
+ {
+ my($line, $help, $option, $val);
+ $option = $_;
+ next if ${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'noHelp'} && ${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'noHelp'} > $noHelp;
+ #$line = " -$_" . ' ' x ($optwidth - (2 + length) ) .
+ # "${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'type'} ".
+ # ' ' x ($typewidth - (1+length(${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'type'}) ));
+ $line = " --$_" . "${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'type'}".
+ ' ' x ($typewidth - (1+length(${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'type'}) ));
+
+ $val = ${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'linkage'};
+ if ($val)
+ {
+ if (ref($val) eq 'SCALAR')
+ {
+ $val = $$val;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $val = '';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $val = ${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'default'};
+ }
+ $line .= "$val ";
+ $line .= ' ' x ($optwidth + $typewidth + $defaultwidth + 1 - length($line));
+
+ if (defined(${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'verbose'}) &&
+ ${$self -> {'default'} }{$_}{'verbose'} ne '')
+ {
+ $help = "${$self->{'default'} }{$_}{'verbose'}";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $help = ' ';
+ }
+ if ((length("$line") + length($help)) < $maxlinewidth)
+ {
+ print $line , $help, "\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print $line, "\n", ' ' x $valind, $help, "\n";
+ }
+ for $val (sort byOrder keys(%{${$self->{'default'}}{$option}{'values'}}))
+ {
+ print ' ' x ($valind + 2);
+ print $val, ' ', ' ' x ($valwidth - length($val) - 2);
+ print ${$self->{'default'}}{$option}{'values'}{$val}, "\n";
+ }
+ }
+
+ print <<EOT;
+Note: 'Options' may be abbreviated. 'Type' specifications mean:
+ <none>| ! no argument: variable is set to 1 on -foo (or, to 0 on -nofoo)
+ =s | :s mandatory (or, optional) string argument
+ =i | :i mandatory (or, optional) integer argument
+EOT
+} # End of helpOptions.
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+sub new
+{
+ my($class) = @_;
+ my($self) = {};
+ $self -> {'default'} = {};
+ $self -> {'helpText'} = '';
+ $self -> {'opt'} = {};
+ $opt = $self -> {'opt'}; # An alias for $self -> {'opt'}.
+ $self -> {'type'} = ();
+
+ return bless $self, $class;
+
+} # End of new.
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+1;
+
+# End MySimple.pm
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/MySimple.pod b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/MySimple.pod
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..100f9759fcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/MySimple.pod
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+=head1 NAME
+
+C<Getopt::MySimple> - Provide a simple wrapper around Getopt::Long.
+=head NOTE
+Based on GetOpt::Simple, with some (here undocumented) modifications
+to fit texi2hml needs.
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+ use Getopt::MySimple;
+
+ # Or ...
+ # use Getopt::MySimple qw($opt);
+
+ my($options) =
+ {
+ 'help' =>
+ {
+ 'type' => '',
+ 'default' => '',
+# 'verbose' => '', # Not needed on every key.
+ },
+ 'username' =>
+ {
+ 'type' => '=s', # As per Getopt::Long.
+ 'default' => $ENV{'USER'} || 'RonSavage', # In case $USER is undef.
+ 'verbose' => 'Specify the username on the remote machine',
+ },
+ 'password' =>
+ {
+ 'type' => '=s',
+ 'default' => 'password',
+ 'verbose' => 'Specify the password on the remote machine',
+ },
+ };
+
+ my($option) = new Getopt::MySimple;
+
+ if (! $option -> getOptions($options, "Usage: testMySimple.pl [options]") )
+ {
+ exit(-1); # Failure.
+ }
+
+ print "username: $option->{'opt'}{'username'}. \n";
+ print "password: $option->{'opt'}{'password'}. \n";
+
+ # Or, after 'use Getopt::MySimple qw($opt);' ...
+ # print "username: $opt->{'username'}. \n";
+ # print "password: $opt->{'password'}. \n";
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+The C<Getopt::MySimple> module provides a simple way of specifying:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item *
+
+Command line optes
+
+=item *
+
+Type information for opt values
+
+=item *
+
+Default values for the optes
+
+=item *
+
+Help text per opt
+
+=back
+
+=head1 The C<getOptions()> function
+
+The C<getOptions()> function takes 4 parameters:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item *
+
+A hash defining the command line optes
+
+=item *
+
+A string to display as a help text heading
+
+=item *
+
+A Boolean. 0 = (Default) Use case-sensitive opt names. 1 = Ignore case
+
+=item *
+
+A Boolean. 0 = Return after displaying help. 1 = (Default) Terminate with exit(0)
+after displaying help
+
+=back
+
+=head1 The $classRef -> {'opt'} hash reference
+
+Command line option values are accessed in your code by dereferencing
+the hash reference $classRef -> {'opt'}. Two examples are given above,
+under synopsis.
+
+Alternately, you can use the hash reference $opt. See below.
+
+=head1 The $opt hash reference
+
+Command line option values are accessed in your code by dereferencing
+the hash reference $opt. Two examples are given above,
+under synopsis.
+
+Alternately, you can use the hash reference $classRef -> {'opt'}. See above.
+
+=head1 The C<dumpOptions()> function
+
+C<dumpOptions()> prints all your option's keys and their current values.
+
+=head1 The C<helpOptions()> function
+
+C<helpOptions()> prints nicely formatted help text.
+
+=head1 WARNING re Perl bug
+
+As always, be aware that these 2 lines mean the same thing, sometimes:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item *
+
+$self -> {'thing'}
+
+=item *
+
+$self->{'thing'}
+
+=back
+
+The problem is the spaces around the ->. Inside double quotes, "...", the
+first space stops the dereference taking place. Outside double quotes the
+scanner correctly associates the $self token with the {'thing'} token.
+
+I regard this as a bug.
+
+=head1 REQUIRED MODULES
+
+=over 4
+
+=item *
+
+Exporter
+
+=item *
+
+Getopt::Long
+
+=back
+
+=head1 RETURN VALUES
+
+=over 4
+
+=item *
+
+C<dumpOptions()> returns nothing
+
+=item *
+
+C<helpOptions()> returns nothing
+
+=item *
+
+C<getOptions()> returns 0 for failure and 1 for success
+
+=back
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+C<Getopt::MySimple> was written by Ron Savage I<E<lt>rpsavage@ozemail.com.auE<gt>> in 1997.
+
+Modifications for texi2html by Olaf Bachmann
+I<E<lt>obachman@mathtematik.uni-kl.deE<gt>> in 2000.
+=head1 LICENCE
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the same terms as Perl itself.
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/NEWS b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..84b2aac7bae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+This file records noteworthy changes.
+
+1.76 (February 3 2005)
+
+* BUG FIXES
+ ---------
+
+* Perl no longer needs to be installed at build time, but when it is not, the
+ path to `perl' that will be used at run time must be passed to the
+ `configure' script.
+
+1.74 (January 31 2005)
+
+* COMPATIBILITY
+ -------------
+
+* The argument on def like commands line (@deffn and friends) may be
+ bracketed, therefore there is no difference between this element and
+ others. There is no need of items with { in front in the %def_map
+ anymore.
+
+* NEW FEATURES
+ ------------
+
+* More @-commands are available to the user, that were ignored before.
+ Most of these @-commands are those related with structure or printed
+ output.
+
+* BUG FIXES
+ ---------
+
+* many deffn and friends line parsing bugs fixed.
+
+1.72 (December 29 2004)
+
+* NEW FEATURES
+ ------------
+
+* Handle texinfo 4.7 constructs:
+ @caption, @shortcaption, @ordf, @ordm, @registeredsymbol, @deftypecv,
+ @LaTeX, @indicateurl, @docbook, @ifdocbook, @ifnotdocbook, @comma,
+ @headitem, @quotation second arg, @acronym second arg.
+ @url is now a synonym for @uref. @ at the end of a @def* line continues the
+ line.
+ Handle texinfo 4.8 constructs:
+ @abbr, @slanted, @euro and @sansserif.
+* Cross refs are done according to the specification presented in the texinfo
+ manual in the node HTML Xref.
+
+* BUG FIXES
+ ---------
+
+* Re enable compatibility with perl older that 5.6.
+
+1.70 (March 24 2004)
+
+* BUG FIXES
+ ---------
+
+* use i18n files even when translations.pl is not included. Include
+ translations.pl.
+
+* COMPATIBILITY
+ -------------
+
+* install html manual in $datadir/texinfo/html.
+
+* NEW FEATURES
+ ------------
+
+* Add a spec file, usefull to build a rpm.
+
+* FOR DEVELOPERS
+ --------------
+
+* Standardized on Autoconf 2.59 & Automake 1.8.3
+
+1.68 (March 20 2004)
+
+* COMPATIBILITY
+ -------------
+
+* When the manual is split the default is to put resulting files in a
+ directory with name the manual file basename (previously they were left in
+ the current directory). To avoid that, call texi2html with '-output .'.
+
+* The main configuration files are now ./Config, ~/.texi2html/Config,
+ $sysconfdir/texi2html/Config and last $datadir/texi2html/Config. They are
+ sourced in that order.
+ In the future `/etc/texi2htmlrc' and `~/.texi2htmlrc' will no longer be
+ sourced and any existing site or user configuration should be moved to the
+ new locations if you wish it to be used by newer versions of Texi2HTML.
+
+* Translation files are now stored in $datadir/texi2html/i18n/*,
+ $sysconfdir/texi2html/i18n/*, ~/.texi2html/i18n/*, and sourced in that order.
+ The translated strings are now associated with the english strings.
+ Please see the documentation for the format of the new translation files.
+
+* First index page is the first page with a non empty index (with @printindex).
+
+* The glossary and bibliography terms aren't searched anymore. You should use
+ @macro to simulate these features (look at Tests/macros/glossary.texi for
+ an example).
+
+* We've standardized on GNU-style `--' prefixed long options, rather than the
+ old single-dash prefixed long options in the help, but the single-dash style
+ is still accepted on the command line for the time being.
+ We also changed `_' to `-' in option names.
+
+* @setref handling is removed as the right corresponding @-command is @anchor.
+
+* No more global variables outside of namespaces.
+ Global variables are now in the Texi2HTML namespace.
+ leading T2H_ is stripped from variable, hashes and array names. You should
+ change your variable names for the new release. As the global variables
+ (%THISDOC, $THIS_SECTION...) are in the Texi2HTML namespace you should use,
+ for example, $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle'} now.
+ functions from the main program should now be qualified in the main
+ namespace. t2h_ is stripped from the function names too.
+ t2h_anchor is now a function reference in init file, and thus should
+ be called like &$anchor(...).
+ toc file and main file are arguments for print_frame, overview lines are
+ arguments for print_toc_frame (instead of global variables).
+
+* $THISPROG, $T2H_HOMEPAGE, $T2H_AUTHORS, $T2H_TODAY, $T2H_USER are now
+ values associated with the following keys in %Texi2HTML::THISDOC:
+ `program', `program_homepage', `today', `user'.
+
+* Changes in the function reference used for the page layout:
+ print_section don't do the end of page or section anymore (except when
+ split at node), end_section does the end of a section, and print_*_footer
+ does the end of page.
+ the print_*_header, print_*_footer... functions take a ref on the buttons
+ array as argument, instead of using the $T2H_BUTTONS global variable.
+ Have a look at the texi2html.init file to update your configuration files.
+
+* T2H_InitGlobals is not used anymore. Use the function reference init_out
+ to define $BODYTEXT dynamically and %Texi2HTML::THISDOC values in
+ print_page_foot and about_body to recreate the address instead of the
+ $T2H_ADDRESS.
+ You can have a look at program_string in texi2html.init which recreates
+ the address. $T2H_ADDRESS isn't used anymore.
+
+* variables for latex2html are not in texi2html init file anymore but in
+ l2h.init.
+
+* don't expand @ifinfo regions by default.
+
+* option --output obsoletes -out_file and -subdir. It is the same than
+ --out_file when output is not split, and the same than --subdir when it is
+ split.
+
+* If not split, the resulting file has a leading directory, and the directory
+ doesn't exist, it is created.
+
+* If a directory creation fails the program aborts.
+
+* Don't use T2H_CENTER_IMAGE, @center should be used.
+
+* the init_out function redefines dynamically %NAVIGATION_TEXT, %BUTTONS_GOTO
+ and $BODYTEXT. You should redefine the hash values in that function. If you
+ want to reuse the values of the default values set by init_out,
+ you could do something like:
+
+ my $default_init_out = $init_out;
+ $init_out = \&makeinfo_like_init_out;
+ sub makeinfo_like_init_out()
+ {
+ my $encoding = &$default_init_out();
+ $NAVIGATION_TEXT{'Following'} = ' &gt; ';
+ return $encoding;
+ }
+
+* NEW FEATURES
+ ------------
+
+* Many changes towards output of stricter HTML.
+
+* initialization files for html 3.2, xhtml, html 4.0 with inline style,
+ no header, utf8 characters outputted, makeinfo style, book style, conversion
+ to chm files and conversion to roff. Initialization files are searched
+ in ./, ~/.texi2html, $sysconfdir/texi2html and last $datadir/texi2html.
+ The file names are html32.init, xhtml.init, inlinestyle.init,
+ noheaders.init, utf8.init, makeinfo.init, book.init, chm.init and roff.init.
+
+* The test suite is much more comprehensive and uses validate and tidy to
+ assess the correctness of the HTML.
+
+* Handling of @html, @verbatim, @verb, @sp, @=, @copying, @insertcopying,
+ @cartouche, @titlefont, @dircategory, @direntry, @shorttitlepage, @\,
+ @afourlatex, @afourwide, @firstparagraphindent, @exampleindent, @novalidate,
+ @definfoenclose, @kbdinputstyle, @centerchap, @documentdescription,
+ @documentencoding, @contents, @shortcontents, @verbatiminclude.
+
+* With --no-validate node cross-reference validation is suppressed (like
+ @novalidate).
+
+* --expand may be specified more than once such that more than one additional
+ region could be expanded. --noexpand does the reverse. --iftex, --ifinfo...
+ and --no-ifinfo... can be used instead.
+
+* add http-equiv="Content-Type" tag for the charset declaration.
+
+* HTML formatting is isolated in customizable functions located in the
+ initialization files.
+
+* menu comments are in a preformatted context.
+
+* Any combination of caps for `top' leads to the top node.
+
+* @ref{(perl)Top} leads to a ref to the info manual.
+
+* References to external manual in @ref and menus are links to the html
+ pages (with the same convention than makeinfo --html use).
+ --html-xref-prefix is the base dir for external manual references.
+
+* With --node-files do a file per node which can be used as a target for
+ cross references from other manuals (including manuals generated with
+ makeinfo --html).
+
+* With --use-nodes nodes are sectionning commands whe they are not associated
+ with a structuring command.
+
+* With --toc-links create links from headings to toc entries.
+
+* distinct directions (next, prev...) for nodes and sections, more directions.
+
+* split at chapter, section or for every node.
+
+* new possibilities for buttons. If this is a ref to a scalar, the text
+ appears in navigation. If it is an array, the first element is a direction
+ used for the href, the second element is a scalar ref for the text.
+
+* With --noseparated-footnotes the footnotes are in the same page than the
+ text.
+
+* %NO_TEXI hash similar with %HREF but without texinfo commands,
+ %THISDOC{'title_no_texi'}
+
+* "-U value" does the same than "@clear value".
+
+* -P option prepends directory for include files before the document directory.
+
+* -macro-expand generates a file with expanded macros and @include.
+
+* pass $L2H_HTML_VERSION for the html version to latex2html.
+
+* support for css. The --css-include option does the same than in makeinfo
+ (parse the file, and echo the @import part before the texi2html css rules,
+ the rules part after the texi2html css rules).
+ The texi2html css commands may be customized too.
+
+* Text before the first @node or sectionning command is part of the first
+ section unless -ignore-preamble-text is set.
+
+* if `-' is given to the -output option, output on STDOUT.
+
+* Add images from the Singular project.
+
+* All the strings appearing in the HTML are internationalized.
+
+* centering and flushing is really handled.
+
+* Format titlepage (even though the formatted text isn't used by default).
+
+* Handle all the encodings perl knows about.
+
+* BUG FIXES
+ ---------
+
+* @multitable size determination, out of bounds columns ignored.
+
+* In @table and @itemize, @item is replaced by the @-command argument.
+
+* nested @-commands are better handled.
+
+* in index keys @-commands are replaced by the right symbols.
+
+* files are omitted in hrefs when they points to the same file.
+
+* $value{_title}... are expanded during HTML generation.
+
+* @H{a} leads to a'' and not &aacute;
+
+* cedilla are accepted in node names.
+
+* Any characters are accepted in menu comments.
+
+* frame target is the top file, and not the toc file.
+
+* rewriting of the @macro code completely. This likely fixed some bugs but
+ this hasn't been verified by running the new, more complex test cases
+ against the old code.
+
+* rewriting of the document structure resolution.
+ unnumbered regions are at the right level and splitted indices don't break
+ the document structure anymore.
+ index entries and footnotes are more precisely located.
+
+* @-commands ignored are ignored with the line, the arg or following spaces
+ like makeinfo does.
+
+* FOR DEVELOPERS
+ --------------
+
+* Standardized on Autoconf 2.59 & Automake 1.8.2
+
+* The --enable-maintainer-mode option is now required by configure to enable
+ what is considered the maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles. This
+ includes the portions which automatically rebuild the configure and build
+ files (configure, aclocal, Makefile.in, etc) when configure.in or other
+ dependencies are changed.
+
+* The config is in the Texi2HTML::Config namespace. The latex2html related
+ functions are in the Texi2HTML::LaTeX2HTML namespace. The
+ internationalization functions are in the Texi2HTML::I18n namespace in
+ T2h_i18n.pm.
+
+1.66 (June 8 2002)
+* Many bug fixes.
+
+1.65 (August 26 2001)
+* Many bug fixes.
+* The operation of the previously broken << (FastBack) and >> (FastForward)
+ buttons has changed slightly. FastBack now returns to the beginning of the
+ current chapter and FastForward now jumps to the beginning of the next
+ chapter.
+
+1.64 (July 3 2000)
+* Incorporated first version of Texi2html Texinfo manual, authored by
+ Karl Heinz Marbaise <khmarbaise@gmx.de>
+* New handling of command line options:
+ - can be abbreviated to shortest unique prefix
+ -help now works and is up-to-date
+
+1.63 (June 23 2000)
+* New customization variable:
+ $T2H_HREF_DIR_INSTEAD_FILE:
+ if set (e.g., to index.html) replace hrefs to this file
+ (i.e., to index.html) by ./
+* New command-line option:
+ -toc_file FILE
+ for those who want the TOC to be in FILE
+* bug fixes related to macro invocation
+
+1.62 (12 April 2000)
+* New customization variables:
+ $T2H_SPLIT_INDEX [default: = 100]
+ index pages are split at next letter, if more than that many entries
+ $T2H_NODE_NAME_IN_MENU [default = 0]
+ for enforcing node names in meny entries
+ $T2H_AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY [default = 1]
+ to avoid display of duplicate meny entry information
+ $T2H_INDEX_CHAPTER [default = '']
+ if set, use chapter of this name for 'Index' Button in
+ navigation bars, else use first chapter whose name matches
+ "index" (case insensitive).
+ $T2H_TOP_HEADING [ default = '']
+ if non-empty, and no heading is in Top node, then use this as heading
+ for top node/section; otherwise, use @settitle, @shorttitle.
+* index generation: observes typesetting in fixed-width font, @ftable,
+ @vtable implemented
+* Peter Moulder & Teun Burgers: Misc documentation and distribution
+ changes
+* numerous small bugs fixed (handling of menu entries, paragraphs in
+ lists/tables, etc).
+
+
+1.61 (31 March 2000)
+* By default, $T2H_TOP_FILE is not set, and so $docu_name.html is used.
+* Added T2H_print_chapter_header, T2H_print_chapter_footer for more
+ fine-grained control of T2H_SPLIT eq 'chapter', added option
+ -section_navigation, $T2H_SECTION_NAVIGATION to supress output of
+ navigation panels per section
+* naming scheme and calling convention of customizable subs changed:
+ prefix T2H_, call &$T2H_, assignment $T2H_<name> = \&T2H_DEFAULT_<name>
+* mailinglist created: texi2html@mathematik.uni-kl.de
+* conversion to standard gnu package with Makefile.am, README,
+ AUTHORS, etc. (Peter Moulder <reiter@netspace.net.au>)
+* Initialization as suggested by Peter Moulder:
+ 1. /usr/local/etc/texi2htmlrc (or whatever given by --sysconfdir to
+ configure)
+ 2. $HOME/.texi2htmlrc
+ 3. command-line options, including -init_file
+ where later options override previous ones.
+* incoporated patches from Peter Moulder (backward-compatible
+ command-line options, separate man-page, etc).
+* Automatic node pointer creation added
+* @enddots, @exclamdown, @pounds, and relatives added.
+
+Major Changes from 1.58 to 1.60
+* primitve foreign language support
+* support of all "Umlaute"
+* anchors, macros
+* latex2html incooperation
+* customizable page layout (texi2html.init)
+* index as table with corresponding sections
+
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/README b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ee5a2027ec1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/README
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+This is the README file for the GNU texi2html distribution.
+The primary distribution point is
+http://texi2html.cvshome.org/servlets/ProjectDownloadList
+
+For generic installation instructions on compiling and installing this
+Automake-based distribution, please read the file `INSTALL'.
+Installation notes specific to Texi2html:
+* Installation is fairly simple, no compilers are required.
+* You need to have perl version 5 or higher installed on your system
+ to run 'texi2html'.
+* To generate Makefile.in etc., run `./autogen.sh'
+
+This distribution includes the following files, among others:
+ README This file.
+
+ NEWS Summary of new features by release.
+
+ INTRODUCTION Brief introduction to texi2html and
+ its usage.
+
+ INSTALL Generic installation instructions.
+
+ TODO Things which are yet to be done.
+
+Texi2html source files:
+
+ texi2html Actual script to run. Generated by
+ 'configure' from texi2html.pl,
+ texi2html.init, MySimple.pm, T2h_i18n.pm,
+ l2h.init and translations.pl.
+
+ texi2html.pl Main source file of the converter.
+
+ texi2html.init Default values of configurable
+ parameters. `configure' inserts this
+ file into texi2html.pl when it generates
+ the actual `texi2html' script.
+
+ MySimple.pm Perl module which handles the
+ processing of command-line options.
+ `configure' inserts this file into
+ texi2html.pl when it generates
+ the actual `texi2html' script.
+
+ T2h_i18n.pm Code used to handle strings
+ internationalization.
+
+ translations.pl translations of strings generated by
+ the script `manage_i18n.pl' from source
+ files and files in the `i18n' directory.
+
+ l2h.init default configuration file for `latex2html'
+ used to convert maths and TeX.
+
+ i18n/ Directory containing one file per language
+ with translation of strings.
+
+Helper scripts
+
+ manage_i18n.pl Helper script used to regenerate translations
+ from the source files and the files in the
+ `i18n/' directory.
+
+Documentation files:
+
+ texi2html.texi Texinfo manual of texi2html. This
+ manual is currently under construction.
+
+ texi2html.1.in Template for generation of man pages
+ of texi2html (`texi2html.1'). This man
+ page is incomplete.
+
+Installation files:
+
+ configure This file creates creates a Makefile
+ which in turn creates an `info' or
+ `makeinfo' executable, or a C sources
+ distribution.
+
+ configure.in This is a template for creating
+ `configure' using Autoconf.
+
+ Makefile.in This is a template for `configure'
+ to use to make a Makefile. Created by
+ Automake.
+
+ Makefile.am This is a template for Automake
+ to use to make a Makefile.in.
+
+
+WWW home page:
+http://texi2html.cvshome.org
+
+Mailing lists:
+- users@texi2html.cvshome.org for enhancement suggestions,
+ authoring questions and general discussion.
+ to subscribe to this mailinglist, visit
+ http://texi2html.cvshome.org/servlets/ProjectMailingListList
+ or send mail to users-subscribe@texi2html.cvshome.org .
+- dev@texi2html.cvshome.org for bug reports, patches, discussions
+ about code.
+There are no corresponding newsgroups.
+
+For bug reports, please include enough information for the maintainers
+to reproduce the problem. Generally speaking, that means:
+- the version number of Texi2html and the program(s) involved (use --version).
+- the contents of any input files necessary to reproduce the bug (crucial!).
+- a description of the problem and any samples of the erroneous output.
+- anything else that you think would be helpful.
+
+Patches are most welcome; if possible, please make them against the
+source files (e.g., against texi2html.pl, or texi2html.init) with
+`diff -c' or `diff -u' and include ChangeLog entries.
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/T2h_i18n.pm b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/T2h_i18n.pm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ea77ddb930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/T2h_i18n.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+#+##############################################################################
+#
+# T2h_i18n.pm: Internationalization for texi2html
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+#
+#-##############################################################################
+
+# This requires perl version 5 or higher
+require 5.0;
+
+package Texi2HTML::I18n;
+
+use strict;
+
+use vars qw(
+@ISA
+@EXPORT
+);
+
+use Exporter;
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+@EXPORT = qw(pretty_date);
+
+my $language;
+my $i18n_dir = 'i18n'; # name of the directory containing the per language files
+#my $translation_file = 'translations.pl'; # file containing all the translations
+#my @known_languages = ('de', 'nl', 'es', 'no', 'pt', 'fr'); # The supported
+ # languages
+
+########################################################################
+# Language dependencies:
+# To add a new language extend the WORDS hash and create $T2H_<...>_WORDS hash
+# To redefine one word, simply do:
+# $T2h_i18n::T2H_LANGUAGES->{<language>}->{<word>} = 'whatever' in your personal init file.
+#
+my $T2H_WORDS_EN =
+{
+ # titles of pages
+ #'Table of Contents' => 'Table of Contents',
+ #'Short Table of Contents' => 'Short Table of Contents',
+ #'Index' => 'Index',
+ #'About This Document' => 'About This Document',
+ #'Footnotes' => 'Footnotes',
+ #'See' => 'See',
+ #'see' => 'see',
+ #'section' => 'section',
+ 'About This Document' => '',
+ 'Table of Contents' => '',
+ 'Short Table of Contents', => '',
+ 'Index' => '',
+ 'Footnotes' => '',
+ 'See' => '',
+ 'see' => '',
+ 'section' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ # If necessary, we could extend this as follows:
+ # # text for buttons
+ # 'Top_Button' => 'Top',
+ # 'ToC_Button' => 'Contents',
+ # 'Overview_Button' => 'Overview',
+ # 'Index_button' => 'Index',
+ # 'Back_Button' => 'Back',
+ # 'FastBack_Button' => 'FastBack',
+ # 'Prev_Button' => 'Prev',
+ # 'Up_Button' => 'Up',
+ # 'Next_Button' => 'Next',
+ # 'Forward_Button' =>'Forward',
+ # 'FastWorward_Button' => 'FastForward',
+ # 'First_Button' => 'First',
+ # 'Last_Button' => 'Last',
+ # 'About_Button' => 'About'
+ 'January' => '',
+ 'February' => '',
+ 'March' => '',
+ 'April' => '',
+ 'May' => '',
+ 'June' => '',
+ 'July' => '',
+ 'August' => '',
+ 'September' => '',
+ 'October' => '',
+ 'November' => '',
+ 'December' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '%s, %d %d',
+};
+
+my $T2H_WORDS_DE =
+{
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Inhaltsverzeichniss',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Kurzes Inhaltsverzeichniss',
+ 'Index' => 'Index',
+ 'About This Document' => '&Uuml;ber dieses Dokument',
+ 'Footnotes' => 'Fu&szlig;noten',
+ 'See' => 'Siehe',
+ 'see' => 'siehe',
+ 'section' => 'Abschnitt',
+ 'January' => 'Januar',
+ 'February' => 'Februar',
+ 'March' => 'M&auml;rz',
+ 'April' => 'April',
+ 'May' => 'Mai',
+ 'June' => 'Juni',
+ 'July' => 'Juli',
+ 'August' => 'August',
+ 'September' => 'September',
+ 'October' => 'Oktober',
+ 'November' => 'November',
+ 'December' => 'Dezember',
+};
+
+my $T2H_WORDS_NL =
+{
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Inhoudsopgave',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Korte inhoudsopgave',
+ 'Index' => 'Index', #Not sure ;-)
+ 'About This Document' => 'No translation available!', #No translation available!
+ 'Footnotes' => 'No translation available!', #No translation available!
+ 'See' => 'Zie',
+ 'see' => 'zie',
+ 'section' => 'sectie',
+ 'January' => 'Januari',
+ 'February' => 'Februari',
+ 'March' => 'Maart',
+ 'April' => 'April',
+ 'May' => 'Mei',
+ 'June' => 'Juni',
+ 'July' => 'Juli',
+ 'August' => 'Augustus',
+ 'September' => 'September',
+ 'October' => 'Oktober',
+ 'November' => 'November',
+ 'December' => 'December',
+};
+
+my $T2H_WORDS_ES =
+{
+ 'Table of Contents' => '&iacute;ndice General',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Resumen del Contenido',
+ 'Index' => 'Index', #Not sure ;-)
+ 'About This Document' => 'No translation available!', #No translation available!
+ 'Footnotes' => 'Fu&szlig;noten',
+ 'See' => 'V&eacute;ase',
+ 'see' => 'v&eacute;ase',
+ 'section' => 'secci&oacute;n',
+ 'January' => 'enero',
+ 'February' => 'febrero',
+ 'March' => 'marzo',
+ 'April' => 'abril',
+ 'May' => 'mayo',
+ 'June' => 'junio',
+ 'July' => 'julio',
+ 'August' => 'agosto',
+ 'September' => 'septiembre',
+ 'October' => 'octubre',
+ 'November' => 'noviembre',
+ 'December' => 'diciembre',
+};
+
+my $T2H_WORDS_NO =
+{
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Innholdsfortegnelse',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Kort innholdsfortegnelse',
+ 'Index' => 'Indeks', #Not sure ;-)
+ 'About This Document' => 'No translation available!', #No translation available!
+ 'Footnotes' => 'No translation available!',
+ 'See' => 'Se',
+ 'see' => 'se',
+ 'section' => 'avsnitt',
+ 'January' => 'januar',
+ 'February' => 'februar',
+ 'March' => 'mars',
+ 'April' => 'april',
+ 'May' => 'mai',
+ 'June' => 'juni',
+ 'July' => 'juli',
+ 'August' => 'august',
+ 'September' => 'september',
+ 'October' => 'oktober',
+ 'November' => 'november',
+ 'December' => 'desember',
+};
+
+my $T2H_WORDS_PT =
+{
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Sum&aacute;rio',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Breve Sum&aacute;rio',
+ 'Index' => '&Iacute;ndice', #Not sure ;-)
+ 'About This Document' => 'No translation available!', #No translation available!
+ 'Footnotes' => 'No translation available!',
+ 'See' => 'Veja',
+ 'see' => 'veja',
+ 'section' => 'Se&ccedil;&atilde;o',
+ 'January' => 'Janeiro',
+ 'February' => 'Fevereiro',
+ 'March' => 'Mar&ccedil;o',
+ 'April' => 'Abril',
+ 'May' => 'Maio',
+ 'June' => 'Junho',
+ 'July' => 'Julho',
+ 'August' => 'Agosto',
+ 'September' => 'Setembro',
+ 'October' => 'Outubro',
+ 'November' => 'Novembro',
+ 'December' => 'Dezembro',
+};
+
+my $T2H_WORDS_FR =
+{
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Table des mati&egrave;res',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'R&eacute;sum&eacute;e du contenu',
+ 'Index' => 'Index',
+ 'About This Document' => 'A propos de ce document',
+ 'Footnotes' => 'Notes de bas de page',
+ 'See' => 'Voir',
+ 'see' => 'voir',
+ 'section' => 'section',
+ 'January' => 'Janvier',
+ 'February' => 'F&eacute;vrier',
+ 'March' => 'Mars',
+ 'April' => 'Avril',
+ 'May' => 'Mai',
+ 'June' => 'Juin',
+ 'July' => 'Juillet',
+ 'August' => 'Ao&ucirc;t',
+ 'September' => 'Septembre',
+ 'October' => 'Octobre',
+ 'November' => 'Novembre',
+ 'December' => 'D&eacute;cembre',
+ 'T2H_today' => 'le %2$d %1$s %3$d'
+};
+
+#$T2H_LANGUAGES =
+#{
+# 'en' => $T2H_WORDS_EN,
+# 'de' => $T2H_WORDS_DE,
+# 'nl' => $T2H_WORDS_NL,
+# 'es' => $T2H_WORDS_ES,
+# 'no' => $T2H_WORDS_NO,
+# 'pt' => $T2H_WORDS_PT,
+# 'fr' => $T2H_WORDS_FR,
+#};
+
+sub set_language($)
+{
+ my $lang = shift;
+ if (defined($lang) && exists($Texi2HTML::Config::LANGUAGES->{$lang}) && defined($Texi2HTML::Config::LANGUAGES->{$lang}))
+ {
+ $language = $lang;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+
+my @MONTH_NAMES =
+ (
+ 'January', 'February', 'March', 'April', 'May',
+ 'June', 'July', 'August', 'September', 'October',
+ 'November', 'December'
+ );
+
+my $I = \&get_string;
+
+sub pretty_date($)
+{
+ my $lang = shift;
+ my($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $mon, $year, $wday, $yday, $isdst);
+
+ ($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $mon, $year, $wday, $yday, $isdst) = localtime(time);
+ $year += ($year < 70) ? 2000 : 1900;
+ # obachman: Let's do it as the Americans do
+ #return($MONTH_NAMES->{$lang}[$mon] . ", " . $mday . " " . $year);
+ #return(sprintf(&$I('T2H_today'), (get_string($MONTH_NAMES[$mon]), $mday, $year)));
+ return &$I('%{month}, %{day} %{year}', { 'month' => get_string($MONTH_NAMES[$mon]),
+ 'day' => $mday, 'year' => $year });
+}
+
+my $error_no_en = 0;
+sub get_string($;$$)
+{
+ my $string = shift;
+ my $arguments = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $T2H_LANGUAGES = $Texi2HTML::Config::LANGUAGES;
+ if (! exists($T2H_LANGUAGES->{'en'}))
+ {
+ unless($error_no_en)
+ {
+ print STDERR "i18n: no LANGUAGES->{'en'} hash\n";
+ $error_no_en = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "i18n: missing string $string\n" unless (exists ($T2H_LANGUAGES->{'en'}->{$string}));
+ if (defined ($T2H_LANGUAGES->{$language}->{$string}) and
+ ($T2H_LANGUAGES->{$language}->{$string} ne ''))
+ {
+ $string = $T2H_LANGUAGES->{$language}->{$string};
+ }
+ elsif (defined ($T2H_LANGUAGES->{'en'}->{$string}) and
+ ($T2H_LANGUAGES->{'en'}->{$string} ne ''))
+ {
+ $string = $T2H_LANGUAGES->{'en'}->{$string};
+ }
+ }
+ return main::substitute_line($string, $state) unless (defined($arguments) or !keys(%$arguments));
+ my $result = '';
+ while ($string)
+ {
+ if ($string =~ s/^([^%]*)%//)
+ {
+ $result .= $1 if (defined($1));
+ $result .= '%';
+ if ($string =~ s/^%//)
+ {
+ $result .= '%';
+ }
+ elsif ($string =~ /^\{(\w+)\}/ and exists($arguments->{$1}))
+ {
+ $string =~ s/^\{(\w+)\}//;
+ if (!$state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ $result .= "\@\{$1\@\}";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $result .= "\{$1\}";
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $result .= '%';
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $result .= $string;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!$state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ $string = main::substitute_line($result, $state);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $string = $result;
+ }
+ $result = '';
+ while ($string)
+ {
+ if ($string =~ s/^([^%]*)%//)
+ {
+ $result .= $1 if (defined($1));
+ if ($string =~ s/^%//)
+ {
+ $result .= '%';
+ }
+ elsif ($string =~ /^\{(\w+)\}/ and exists($arguments->{$1}))
+ {
+ $string =~ s/^\{(\w+)\}//;
+ $result .= $arguments->{$1};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $result .= '%';
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $result .= $string;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ return $result;
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/TODO b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..21047c62a82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+This file contains a list of things yet to be done (see also in doc/IDEAS):
+
+* Create detailed texinfo documentation (see in doc)
+
+* add sample init files for different layouts
+ - use events (onmousover, etc) for anchors
+ - use style-sheets for formatting of various elements (like @example,
+ etc).
+ - xhtml with in line style
+ - Singular manual style
+ - How complicated could it be to get a creation of XML, what about SGML ?
+
+* document css classes, and have similar classes with makeinfo
+- makeinfo classes:
+ul menu,
+ul index-cp index-*,
+div node (navigation bar),
+
+- texi2html classes:
+table index-cp index-*,
+table menu,
+h3 node
+ul toc,
+
+- same classes:
+pre verbatim,
+pre example display...,
+table cartouche,
+small dots, small enddots,
+div contents shortcontents, div footnote,
+h? unnumbered chapter appendix...,
+h1 settitle (title before contents, if not set by titlefont),
+h1 titlefont (@titlefont),
+
+* use <link> for navigation, maybe wait before this is done in makeinfo
+(see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/types.html#h-6.12 and
+http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/struct/links.html#h-12.3.3)
+
+* Document Texi2HTML::THIS_ELEMENT
+
+* Document $NEW_CROSSREF_STYLE, $EXTERNAL_CROSSREF_SPLIT,
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}
+
+* Test the back path stuff for images.
+
+* Test refs with no unicode support.
+ Test for @ commands in refs, and refs in ascii 8 bit/utf8 manuals.
+
+* add a configure switch --with-encode
+
+* don't double in title when the @top and @settitle are the same
+
+* handle right things like
+-> error with @item on same line than @table
+@xref{node,
+@table @emph
+@item line
+text
+@end table
+}
+
+@code{
+@printindex cp
+}
+
+* maybe some @-commands appearing on lines should stop paragraphs, namely
+@page. That's not sure. Maybe this should be up to the writer to add
+a line.
+
+* handle better things like
+@itemize @bullet
+@cindex example
+@item
+In the example
+@end itemize
+
+* @m_cedilla appears in output with --macro-expand. That's a bug.
+
+* in chm.init (Jose Fonseca)
+
+[WINDOWS]
+
+Default=,"ug.hhc","ug.hhk","ug.html","ug.html",,,,,0x22520,,0x384e,,,,,,,,0
+
+The numbers are a bitmask of the enabled buttons. The ones here are
+IMO a good default. In the future you may also add that as an
+option, as the Docbook XSL stylesheets do (see in
+http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/snapshot/doc/html/rn20.html
+all the CHM related parameters one can change).
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/Makefile.am b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..657754722cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+SUBDIR_TESTS = GermanNodeTest xemacs texinfo sectionning ccvs viper \
+ viper_monolithic texi2html xemacs_frame index_table formatting macros \
+ nodes_texinfo singular floats
+
+
+#check-local:
+# $(srcdir)/test.sh
+
+regenerate:
+ for dir in ${SUBDIR_TESTS}; do \
+ [ -d $${dir}_res ] && cp $$dir/*.passfirst $$dir/*.html $$dir/*.htm $$dir/*.2 $$dir/*.passtexi $${dir}_res;\
+ done
+
+clean-local:
+ for dir in ${SUBDIR_TESTS}; do \
+ (if [ -d $$dir ]; then cd $$dir && $(RM) -- $$dir $$dir-* *.toc *.aux *.log *.op *.cp *.cps \
+ *.fn *.fns *.ky *.kys *.pg *.pgs *.tp *.tps *.vr *.vrs \
+ *.dvi *.html *.htm *.info *.info-? *.info-?? *.info-??? *.html_tempnotag \
+ *.2 *.passfirst *.passtexi \
+ *_?.png *_??.png *_???.png *_l2h_img?.old *_l2h_img??.old *_l2h_img???.old \
+ *_l2h_img?.png *_l2h_img??.png *_l2h_img???.png \
+ *_l2h.tex *_l2h.css *_l2h_images.pl *_l2h_images.tex \
+ *_l2h_labels.pl l2h_cache.pm; fi) ; \
+ done
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/Makefile.in b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3c7cb197344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.3 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+subdir = Tests
+DIST_COMMON = README $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@
+MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_DATE = @PACKAGE_DATE@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_UNICODE = @USE_UNICODE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+SUBDIR_TESTS = GermanNodeTest xemacs texinfo sectionning ccvs viper \
+ viper_monolithic texi2html xemacs_frame index_table formatting macros \
+ nodes_texinfo singular floats
+
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
+ @for dep in $?; do \
+ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+ *$$dep*) \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
+ && exit 0; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Tests/Makefile'; \
+ cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Tests/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ @case '$?' in \
+ *config.status*) \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+ *) \
+ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+ esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+uninstall-info-am:
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+ case $$file in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+ dir="/$$dir"; \
+ $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+ else \
+ dir=''; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-local mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-local \
+ distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am \
+ info info-am install install-am install-data install-data-am \
+ install-exec install-exec-am install-info install-info-am \
+ install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+ installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+ mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
+ uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
+
+
+#check-local:
+# $(srcdir)/test.sh
+
+regenerate:
+ for dir in ${SUBDIR_TESTS}; do \
+ [ -d $${dir}_res ] && cp $$dir/*.passfirst $$dir/*.html $$dir/*.htm $$dir/*.2 $$dir/*.passtexi $${dir}_res;\
+ done
+
+clean-local:
+ for dir in ${SUBDIR_TESTS}; do \
+ (if [ -d $$dir ]; then cd $$dir && $(RM) -- $$dir $$dir-* *.toc *.aux *.log *.op *.cp *.cps \
+ *.fn *.fns *.ky *.kys *.pg *.pgs *.tp *.tps *.vr *.vrs \
+ *.dvi *.html *.htm *.info *.info-? *.info-?? *.info-??? *.html_tempnotag \
+ *.2 *.passfirst *.passtexi \
+ *_?.png *_??.png *_???.png *_l2h_img?.old *_l2h_img??.old *_l2h_img???.old \
+ *_l2h_img?.png *_l2h_img??.png *_l2h_img???.png \
+ *_l2h.tex *_l2h.css *_l2h_images.pl *_l2h_images.tex \
+ *_l2h_labels.pl l2h_cache.pm; fi) ; \
+ done
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/README b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2a34ac5171e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/Tests/README
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+Running the tests and understanding the results
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+To run all the tests just do
+$ ./test.sh
+
+For each test the output begins with the line:
+making test: dir/file options...
+
+dir is the dir where the test is made, file is the texinfo file processed and
+the optional options are the options passed to texi2html when doing the test.
+Then the test results are outputted. There are 5 type of results outputed:
+
+status -> always
+stderr line count -> always
+diffs -> optionnal
+test with tidy -> optionnal
+test validity -> optionnal
+
+For each of these, the type is outputted indented. The results appear on
+lines below, more indented. When the test fails there is !!! on the line.
+For example:
+
+making test: formatting/not_closed_in_menu.texi
+ status:
+ passed
+ stderr line count:
+ !!! bad line count: 7 != 0
+
+I now turn the the individual result type:
+
+* status
+The exit status of the command is tested for success or failure.
+
+* stderr line count
+The number of stderr lines is compared against a reference.
+
+* diffs
+out files are diffed against reference files present in dir_res. A '.'
+means a successfull comparison. If there are more than one test in that
+dir, there might be files differing or files not found if the files
+haven't allready been regenerated.
+
+* test with tidy
+tidy is run on resulting html files.
+
+* test validity
+validate is run on resulting html files.
+
+
+Adding a test
+-------------
+
+To add a test, you have to add a line in test.sh, near the end.
+Here is the syntax:
+
+test_texi dir file "option1 option2" stderr_lines suffix basename ignore_tags validate test_tidy fail
+
+dir is the only mandatory argument. There are defaults for the other
+arguments when not given. However if you want to specify, say, basename
+and use the defaults for the preceding ones, you have to set them
+explicitely.
+
+dir: the directory where the files are.
+file: the texinfo file. If not present dir.texi is used
+"option1 option2": options passed to texi2html. Default is no option
+stderr_lines: number of lines of stderr. Default is 0
+suffix: suffix of the file, used to find the basename. 'texi' is assumed
+basename: basename of the generated files. The basename of file is the default
+ignore_tags: if set to 'ignore_tags' or 'yes' rcs tags are ignored
+validate: if unset or set to 'validate' validation is tried
+test_tidy: if unset or set to 'tidy' or 'test_tidy', tidy is tried
+fail: if unset or set to 'success' the exit code should be 0
+
+* Simple example:
+test_texi macros
+
+test macros.texi in the macros dir, without options, assuming generated
+files beginning with macros.
+
+* Complex example:
+test_texi sectionning no_node.texi "-prefix chapter_split_no_node -split chapter" 0 texi chapter_split_no_node
+
+Test no_node.texi in the sectionning dir, with the options:
+-prefix chapter_split_no_node -split chapter
+no lines on stderr, suffix is texi and basename for generated files is
+chapter_split_no_node (which matches the option -prefix chapter_split_no_node).
+
+Remarks:
+The stderr output is in basename.2, the result of the first pass in
+basename.passtexi, of the second pass in basename.passfirst.
+the -test option is always passed.
+To run a single test you can run test.sh with the arguments you would have
+passed to test_texi. For example
+
+$./test.sh viper viper.texi "-split chapter"
+
+will run a test for viper.texi in the viper directory with option
+-split chapter
+
+
+Regenerating tests
+------------------
+
+make regenerate copy all the *.html, *.2, *.passtexi and *.passfirst from
+the test directories to the result directories (test directory with _res
+appended).
+This is usefull when the new result is the good result and you want to
+avoid manually copying the good files to the result directory.
+
+To add a new test directory add it to the SUBDIR_TESTS variable in
+Makefile.am (and rerun automake, autoconf...).
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/aclocal.m4 b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..60c7672da4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,750 @@
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.9.3 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# -*- Autoconf -*-
+# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Generated from amversion.in; do not edit by hand.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+
+# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
+# ----------------------------
+# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
+# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [am__api_version="1.9"])
+
+# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
+# -------------------------------
+# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so it can be traced.
+# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AC_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+ [AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.9.3])])
+
+# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
+# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to
+# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'.
+#
+# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
+# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and
+# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
+# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since
+# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
+# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
+# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
+#
+# $ac_aux_dir/missing
+# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
+# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
+# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
+# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
+# a relative $ac_aux_dir
+#
+# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
+# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually
+# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you
+# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
+#
+# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
+# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be:
+# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"`
+# and then we would define $MISSING as
+# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
+# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
+# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
+# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
+#
+# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
+# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
+# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND],
+[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly.
+AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl
+# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
+am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+])
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 6
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
+# -------------------------------------
+# Define a conditional.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
+[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl
+ ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
+ [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])
+AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])
+if $2; then
+ $1_TRUE=
+ $1_FALSE='#'
+else
+ $1_TRUE='#'
+ $1_FALSE=
+fi
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
+[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]])
+fi])])
+
+# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# This macro actually does too much some checks are only needed if
+# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal.
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 11
+
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
+# -----------------------------------------------
+# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
+# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE
+# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
+# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+# We support both call styles for the transition. After
+# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
+# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
+# release and drop the old call support.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl
+dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow
+dnl the ones we care about.
+m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+# test to see if srcdir already configured
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" &&
+ test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+ if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+ else
+ CYGPATH_W=echo
+ fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
+m4_ifval([$2],
+[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
+[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
+
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
+[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
+AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo)
+AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
+AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on
+# some platforms.
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])],
+ [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])],
+ [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)],
+ [define([AC_PROG_CC],
+ defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)],
+ [define([AC_PROG_CXX],
+ defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl
+])
+])
+
+
+# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
+# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
+# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
+
+# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
+# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
+# our stamp files there.
+AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
+[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
+_am_stamp_count=1
+for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
+ case $_am_header in
+ $1 | $1:* )
+ break ;;
+ * )
+ _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
+ esac
+done
+echo "timestamp for $1" >`AS_DIRNAME([$1])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
+# ------------------
+# Define $install_sh.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+install_sh=${install_sh-"$am_aux_dir/install-sh"}
+AC_SUBST(install_sh)])
+
+# -*- Autoconf -*-
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 1
+
+# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
+# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
+[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+ am__leading_dot=.
+else
+ am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
+
+# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure.
+# From Jim Meyering
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 3
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles])
+ dnl maintainer-mode is disabled by default
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode,
+[ --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful
+ (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer],
+ USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval,
+ USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE])
+ AM_CONDITIONAL(MAINTAINER_MODE, [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes])
+ MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
+ AC_SUBST(MAINT)dnl
+]
+)
+
+AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE])
+
+# -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 3
+
+# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
+$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
+AC_SUBST($1)])
+
+
+# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
+# ------------------
+# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run.
+# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
+ am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+else
+ am_missing_run=
+ AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing])
+fi
+])
+
+# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P
+# ---------------
+# Check whether `mkdir -p' is supported, fallback to mkinstalldirs otherwise.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Automake 1.8 used `mkdir -m 0755 -p --' to ensure that directories
+# created by `make install' are always world readable, even if the
+# installer happens to have an overly restrictive umask (e.g. 077).
+# This was a mistake. There are at least two reasons why we must not
+# use `-m 0755':
+# - it causes special bits like SGID to be ignored,
+# - it may be too restrictive (some setups expect 775 directories).
+#
+# Do not use -m 0755 and let people choose whatever they expect by
+# setting umask.
+#
+# We cannot accept any implementation of `mkdir' that recognizes `-p'.
+# Some implementations (such as Solaris 8's) are not thread-safe: if a
+# parallel make tries to run `mkdir -p a/b' and `mkdir -p a/c'
+# concurrently, both version can detect that a/ is missing, but only
+# one can create it and the other will error out. Consequently we
+# restrict ourselves to GNU make (using the --version option ensures
+# this.)
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P],
+[if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then
+ # We used to keeping the `.' as first argument, in order to
+ # allow $(mkdir_p) to be used without argument. As in
+ # $(mkdir_p) $(somedir)
+ # where $(somedir) is conditionally defined. However this is wrong
+ # for two reasons:
+ # 1. if the package is installed by a user who cannot write `.'
+ # make install will fail,
+ # 2. the above comment should most certainly read
+ # $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir)
+ # so it does not work when $(somedir) is undefined and
+ # $(DESTDIR) is not.
+ # To support the latter case, we have to write
+ # test -z "$(somedir)" || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir),
+ # so the `.' trick is pointless.
+ mkdir_p='mkdir -p --'
+else
+ # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not
+ # recognize any option. It will interpret all options as
+ # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already
+ # exists.
+ for d in ./-p ./--version;
+ do
+ test -d $d && rmdir $d
+ done
+ # $(mkinstalldirs) is defined by Automake if mkinstalldirs exists.
+ if test -f "$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"; then
+ mkdir_p='$(mkinstalldirs)'
+ else
+ mkdir_p='$(install_sh) -d'
+ fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST([mkdir_p])])
+
+# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
+# -----------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
+[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
+# ------------------------------
+# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
+[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
+# ----------------------------------
+# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
+[AC_FOREACH([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
+
+# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
+[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
+
+#
+# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.
+#
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 3
+
+# AM_SANITY_CHECK
+# ---------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftest.file
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+ set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+ if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
+ # -L didn't work.
+ set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file`
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.file
+ if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+ # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
+ # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+ # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
+ # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment])
+ fi
+
+ test "$[2]" = conftest.file
+ )
+then
+ # Ok.
+ :
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't
+# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially
+# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
+# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
+# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
+# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize
+# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
+# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+ AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\${SHELL} \$(install_sh) -c -s"
+AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
+
+# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 1
+
+
+# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
+# --------------------
+# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
+# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'.
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
+# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
+# $tardir.
+# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
+# a tarball read from stdin.
+# $(am__untar) < result.tar
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
+[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar])
+m4_if([$1], [v7],
+ [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'],
+ [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],,
+ [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
+# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
+_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
+_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
+# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and
+# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'.
+for _am_tool in $_am_tools
+do
+ case $_am_tool in
+ gnutar)
+ for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar;
+ do
+ AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
+ done
+ am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
+ am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
+ ;;
+ plaintar)
+ # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
+ # ustar tarball either.
+ (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
+ am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
+ am__untar='tar xf -'
+ ;;
+ pax)
+ am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
+ am__untar='pax -r'
+ ;;
+ cpio)
+ am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+ am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+ am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
+ ;;
+ none)
+ am__tar=false
+ am__tar_=false
+ am__untar=false
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar
+ # and am__untar set.
+ test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
+
+ # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+ mkdir conftest.dir
+ echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
+ AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+ if test -s conftest.tar; then
+ AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar])
+ grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
+ fi
+done
+rm -rf conftest.dir
+
+AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
+AC_SUBST([am__tar])
+AC_SUBST([am__untar])
+]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/autogen.sh b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/autogen.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..e46ef51478c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/autogen.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
+
+test -f Makefile.am || cd "`dirname \"$0\"`"
+
+# Create `aclocal.m4'.
+aclocal
+
+# Create `Makefile.in' from `Makefile.am', and symlink `install-sh',
+# `missing' and `mkinstalldirs' from /usr/share/automake.
+automake --add-missing
+
+# Create `configure' from `configure.in'.
+autoconf
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/check_texinfo.pl.in b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/check_texinfo.pl.in
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..feef22a9957
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/check_texinfo.pl.in
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+#! @PERL@
+#+##############################################################################
+#
+# check_texinfo.pl: Extract texinfo commands from files
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+#
+#-##############################################################################
+
+# This requires perl version 5 or higher
+require 5.0;
+
+
+
+use strict;
+use Getopt::Long;
+my $verbose;
+if (!GetOptions ("verbose" => \$verbose))
+{
+ die "usage: $0 [-v] file...\n";
+}
+
+die "Need file to check\n" unless @ARGV > 0;
+
+my (%seen, %context);
+
+while (<>)
+{
+ if (/\@(\*|\.|\:|\@|\{|\})/)
+ {
+ $seen{$&}++;
+ $context{$&} .= "> $_" if $verbose;
+ $_ = "$`XX$'";
+ redo;
+ }
+ if (/\@(\w+)/)
+ {
+ my ($before, $match, $after);
+ ($before, $match, $after) = ($`, $&, $');
+ if ($before =~ /\b[-\w]+$/ && $after =~ /^[-\w.]*\b/)
+ { # e-mail address
+ $seen{'e-mail address'}++;
+ $context{'e-mail address'} .= "> $_" if $verbose;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $seen{$match}++;
+ $context{$match} .= "> $_" if $verbose;
+ }
+ $match =~ s/^\@/X/;
+ $_ = "$before$match$after";
+ redo;
+ }
+}
+
+foreach (sort(keys(%seen)))
+{
+ if ($verbose)
+ {
+ print "$_\n";
+ print $context{$_};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print "$_ ($seen{$_})\n";
+ }
+}
+
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/config.guess b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/config.guess
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..d0d57f6945f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/config.guess
@@ -0,0 +1,1465 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2005-09-19'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+
+# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>.
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
+# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
+# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+#
+# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
+# don't specify an explicit build system type.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+ exit 1 ;;
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+ echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
+
+set_cc_for_build='
+trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
+trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
+: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
+ { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+ { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
+ { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
+ { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
+dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
+tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
+ for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+ if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
+ fi ;
+ done ;
+ if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
+ fi
+ ;;
+ ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ *:NetBSD:*:*)
+ # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+ # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+ # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
+ # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+ # object file format. This provides both forward
+ # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+ # object file format.
+ #
+ # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+ # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
+ sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+ arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+ sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+ sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+ *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
+ esac
+ # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+ # to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
+ then
+ # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+ # Return netbsd for either. FIX?
+ os=netbsd
+ else
+ os=netbsdelf
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=netbsd
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # The OS release
+ # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
+ # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
+ # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
+ # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
+ case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ Debian*)
+ release='-gnu'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+ # contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+ # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+ echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
+ exit ;;
+ *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
+ echo powerppc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:MirBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+ case $UNAME_RELEASE in
+ *4.0)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
+ ;;
+ *5.*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
+ # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that
+ # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU
+ # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
+ ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
+ case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
+ "EV4 (21064)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "EV4.5 (21064)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "EV5 (21164)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
+ "EV5.6 (21164A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
+ "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
+ "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
+ "EV6 (21264)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
+ "EV6.7 (21264A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
+ "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
+ "EV7 (21364)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
+ "EV7.9 (21364A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
+ esac
+ # A Pn.n version is a patched version.
+ # A Vn.n version is a released version.
+ # A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+ # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+ # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+ exit ;;
+ Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
+ # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+ # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
+ # of the specific Alpha model?
+ echo alpha-pc-interix
+ exit ;;
+ 21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
+ echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
+ exit ;;
+ Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
+ exit ;;
+ *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
+ exit ;;
+ *:OS/390:*:*)
+ echo i370-ibm-openedition
+ exit ;;
+ *:z/VM:*:*)
+ echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
+ exit ;;
+ *:OS400:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-ibm-os400
+ exit ;;
+ arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+ echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
+ echo arm-unknown-riscos
+ exit ;;
+ SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+ exit ;;
+ Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
+ # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+ if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
+ else
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+ exit ;;
+ DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
+ echo sparc-icl-nx6
+ exit ;;
+ DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
+ case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
+ sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
+ esac ;;
+ sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+ # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+ # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+ # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+ echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+ case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
+ Series*|S4*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+ echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+ exit ;;
+ sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+ case "`/bin/arch`" in
+ sun3)
+ echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ ;;
+ sun4)
+ echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ ;;
+ esac
+ exit ;;
+ aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+ echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
+ # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+ # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+ # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+ # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
+ # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+ # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+ # be no problem.
+ atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ m68k:machten:*:*)
+ echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ powerpc:machten:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+ echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+ exit ;;
+ RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+ echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+ echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
+ echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
+ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+ int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
+ #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
+ dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
+ SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
+ { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+ echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
+ exit ;;
+ Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+ exit ;;
+ Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+ exit ;;
+ Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
+ exit ;;
+ m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+ echo m88k-harris-cxux7
+ exit ;;
+ m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ exit ;;
+ AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+ # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+ if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
+ then
+ if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+ then
+ echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ else
+ echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ else
+ echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
+ echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+ exit ;;
+ M88*:*:R3*:*)
+ # Delta 88k system running SVR3
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ exit ;;
+ XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+ echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+ exit ;;
+ Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+ echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ *:IRIX*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+ exit ;;
+ ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+ echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+ exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+ i*86:AIX:*:*)
+ echo i386-ibm-aix
+ exit ;;
+ ia64:AIX:*:*)
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+ exit ;;
+ *:AIX:2:3)
+ if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+
+ main()
+ {
+ if (!__power_pc())
+ exit(1);
+ puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+ exit(0);
+ }
+EOF
+ if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
+ then
+ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
+ else
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+ fi
+ elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+ else
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ *:AIX:*:[45])
+ IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+ if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+ else
+ IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+ fi
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+ exit ;;
+ *:AIX:*:*)
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix
+ exit ;;
+ ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
+ echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+ exit ;;
+ ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
+ echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
+ exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+ *:BOSX:*:*)
+ echo rs6000-bull-bosx
+ exit ;;
+ DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+ echo m68k-bull-sysv3
+ exit ;;
+ 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+ echo m68k-hp-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+ echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+ exit ;;
+ 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+ 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+ 9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
+ sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+ sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+ case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+ 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+ 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+ 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+ case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+ 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+ 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+ '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+
+ #define _HPUX_SOURCE
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
+
+ int main ()
+ {
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+ #endif
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ switch (bits)
+ {
+ case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+ case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ } break;
+ #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+ puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ #endif
+ default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ }
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
+ test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
+ fi ;;
+ esac
+ if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
+ then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+
+ # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
+ # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
+ # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
+ #
+ # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
+ # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
+ # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
+ # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
+
+ if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
+ grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
+ then
+ HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
+ else
+ HP_ARCH="hppa64"
+ fi
+ fi
+ echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit ;;
+ ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit ;;
+ 3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <unistd.h>
+ int
+ main ()
+ {
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+ /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+ true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+ results, however. */
+ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+ {
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+ puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
+ { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+ echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+ exit ;;
+ 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+ exit ;;
+ hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
+ exit ;;
+ hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:OSF1:*:*)
+ if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
+ exit ;;
+ C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+ echo c1-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+ if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+ then echo c32-convex-bsd
+ else echo c2-convex-bsd
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+ echo c34-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+ echo c38-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+ echo c4-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+ echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
+ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
+ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+ echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+ echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+ echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
+ echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ exit ;;
+ 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
+ exit ;;
+ i*:MINGW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
+ exit ;;
+ i*:windows32*:*)
+ # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
+ exit ;;
+ i*:PW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
+ exit ;;
+ x86:Interix*:[34]*)
+ echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/\..*//'
+ exit ;;
+ [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
+ echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
+ exit ;;
+ i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
+ # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+ # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
+ # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
+ echo i586-pc-interix
+ exit ;;
+ i*:UWIN*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
+ exit ;;
+ amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
+ exit ;;
+ p*:CYGWIN*:*)
+ echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
+ exit ;;
+ prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ *:GNU:*:*)
+ # the GNU system
+ echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+ exit ;;
+ *:GNU/*:*:*)
+ # other systems with GNU libc and userland
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:Minix:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
+ exit ;;
+ arm*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ cris:Linux:*:*)
+ echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ crisv32:Linux:*:*)
+ echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ frv:Linux:*:*)
+ echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ ia64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ m32r*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ m68*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ mips:Linux:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #undef CPU
+ #undef mips
+ #undef mipsel
+ #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+ CPU=mipsel
+ #else
+ #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+ CPU=mips
+ #else
+ CPU=
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
+ test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
+ ;;
+ mips64:Linux:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #undef CPU
+ #undef mips64
+ #undef mips64el
+ #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+ CPU=mips64el
+ #else
+ #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+ CPU=mips64
+ #else
+ CPU=
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
+ test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
+ ;;
+ or32:Linux:*:*)
+ echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ ppc:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ alpha:Linux:*:*)
+ case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
+ EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+ EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+ PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+ EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+ EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+ esac
+ objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
+ if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+ exit ;;
+ parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
+ # Look for CPU level
+ case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+ PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ esac
+ exit ;;
+ parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
+ exit ;;
+ sh64*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ sh*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ x86_64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:Linux:*:*)
+ # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
+ # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
+ # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
+ # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
+ ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
+ | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
+ s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
+ s/.*supported targets: *//
+ s/ .*//
+ p'`
+ case "$ld_supported_targets" in
+ elf32-i386)
+ TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
+ ;;
+ a.out-i386-linux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit ;;
+ coff-i386)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
+ exit ;;
+ "")
+ # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
+ # one that does not give us useful --help.
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
+ exit ;;
+ esac
+ # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <features.h>
+ #ifdef __ELF__
+ # ifdef __GLIBC__
+ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+ LIBC=gnu
+ # else
+ LIBC=gnulibc1
+ # endif
+ # else
+ LIBC=gnulibc1
+ # endif
+ #else
+ #ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
+ LIBC=gnu
+ #else
+ LIBC=gnuaout
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #ifdef __dietlibc__
+ LIBC=dietlibc
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=`
+ test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
+ exit
+ }
+ test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
+ ;;
+ i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+ # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
+ # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
+ # sysname and nodename.
+ echo i386-sequent-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
+ # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+ # number series starting with 2...
+ # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+ # I just have to hope. -- rms.
+ # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:OS/2:*:*)
+ # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+ # is probably installed.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:atheos:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:syllable:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+ echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:*DOS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+ UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
+ if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:*:5:[678]*)
+ # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
+ case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
+ *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
+ *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
+ *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:*:3.2:*)
+ if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+ UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
+ elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ pc:*:*:*)
+ # Left here for compatibility:
+ # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+ # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
+ echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit ;;
+ Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+ echo i386-pc-mach3
+ exit ;;
+ paragon:*:*:*)
+ echo i860-intel-osf1
+ exit ;;
+ i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+ if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+ else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+ echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+ # "miniframe"
+ echo m68010-convergent-sysv
+ exit ;;
+ mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
+ echo m68k-convergent-sysv
+ exit ;;
+ M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
+ echo m68k-diab-dnix
+ exit ;;
+ M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
+ test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
+ 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
+ OS_REL=''
+ test -r /etc/.relid \
+ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
+ 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
+ m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sni-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sni-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
+ else
+ echo ns32k-sni-sysv
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+ # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
+ echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+ # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
+ # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+ echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ *:*:*:FTX*)
+ # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+ echo i860-stratus-sysv4
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:VOS:*:*)
+ # From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
+ exit ;;
+ *:VOS:*:*)
+ # From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+ echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
+ exit ;;
+ mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+ echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
+ echo mips-sony-newsos6
+ exit ;;
+ R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
+ echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ else
+ echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+ echo powerpc-be-beos
+ exit ;;
+ BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+ echo powerpc-apple-beos
+ exit ;;
+ BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+ echo i586-pc-beos
+ exit ;;
+ SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:Darwin:*:*)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
+ case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+ unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+ if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
+ UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:QNX:*:4*)
+ echo i386-pc-qnx
+ exit ;;
+ NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+ echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
+ exit ;;
+ BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+ echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
+ exit ;;
+ DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:Plan9:*:*)
+ # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+ # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+ # operating systems.
+ if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+ else
+ UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
+ exit ;;
+ *:TOPS-10:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
+ exit ;;
+ *:TENEX:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
+ exit ;;
+ KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-dec-tops20
+ exit ;;
+ XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
+ exit ;;
+ *:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
+ exit ;;
+ *:ITS:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-its
+ exit ;;
+ SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
+ echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
+ *:DragonFly:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+ exit ;;
+ *:*VMS:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+ I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+ V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+ esac ;;
+ *:XENIX:*:SysV)
+ echo i386-pc-xenix
+ exit ;;
+ i*86:skyos:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
+ exit ;;
+esac
+
+#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
+#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
+
+eval $set_cc_for_build
+cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+ /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+ I don't know.... */
+ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include <sys/param.h>
+ printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+ "4"
+#else
+ ""
+#endif
+ ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
+ printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+ printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+ int version;
+ version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+ if (version < 4)
+ printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ else
+ printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+ printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+ printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+ printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+ struct utsname un;
+
+ uname(&un);
+
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+# if !defined (ultrix)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# if defined (BSD)
+# if BSD == 43
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
+# else
+# if BSD == 199006
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+# endif
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+ printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+ exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
+ { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; }
+
+# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
+
+if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
+then
+ case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
+ c1*)
+ echo c1-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ c2*)
+ if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+ then echo c32-convex-bsd
+ else echo c2-convex-bsd
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ c34*)
+ echo c34-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ c38*)
+ echo c38-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ c4*)
+ echo c4-convex-bsd
+ exit ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+cat >&2 <<EOF
+$0: unable to guess system type
+
+This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
+the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
+download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
+
+ http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.guess
+and
+ http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.sub
+
+If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
+send the following data and any information you think might be
+pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
+information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
+UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
+UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
+EOF
+
+exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/config.sub b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/config.sub
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..1c366dfde9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/config.sub
@@ -0,0 +1,1579 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2005-07-08'
+
+# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
+# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
+# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
+ $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
+ exit 1 ;;
+
+ *local*)
+ # First pass through any local machine types.
+ echo $1
+ exit ;;
+
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+esac
+
+# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
+# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
+maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
+case $maybe_os in
+ nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | \
+ kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+ os=-$maybe_os
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
+ if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
+ then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
+ else os=; fi
+ ;;
+esac
+
+### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
+### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also
+### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
+### can provide default operating systems below.
+case $os in
+ -sun*os*)
+ # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
+ ;;
+ -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
+ -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
+ -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
+ -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
+ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
+ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
+ -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
+ os=
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
+ os=
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -scout)
+ ;;
+ -wrs)
+ os=-vxworks
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -chorusos*)
+ os=-chorusos
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -chorusrdb)
+ os=-chorusrdb
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -hiux*)
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ -sco5)
+ os=-sco3.2v5
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco4)
+ os=-sco3.2v4
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco3.2v[4-9]*)
+ # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco*)
+ os=-sco3.2v2
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -udk*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -isc)
+ os=-isc2.2
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -clix*)
+ basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
+ ;;
+ -isc*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -lynx*)
+ os=-lynxos
+ ;;
+ -ptx*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
+ ;;
+ -windowsnt*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
+ ;;
+ -psos*)
+ os=-psos
+ ;;
+ -mint | -mint[0-9]*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-atari
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
+case $basic_machine in
+ # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+ # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
+ 1750a | 580 \
+ | a29k \
+ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
+ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
+ | am33_2.0 \
+ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \
+ | bfin \
+ | c4x | clipper \
+ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+ | fr30 | frv \
+ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
+ | ip2k | iq2000 \
+ | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k | maxq | mcore \
+ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
+ | mips16 \
+ | mips64 | mips64el \
+ | mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
+ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+ | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
+ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
+ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
+ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
+ | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
+ | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
+ | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+ | mn10200 | mn10300 \
+ | ms1 \
+ | msp430 \
+ | ns16k | ns32k \
+ | or32 \
+ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
+ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
+ | pyramid \
+ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+ | sh64 | sh64le \
+ | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
+ | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \
+ | strongarm \
+ | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
+ | v850 | v850e \
+ | we32k \
+ | x86 | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+ | z8k)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ ;;
+ m32c)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ ;;
+ m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
+ # Motorola 68HC11/12.
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
+ ;;
+
+ # We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+ # because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+ # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+ i*86 | x86_64)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
+ ;;
+ # Object if more than one company name word.
+ *-*-*)
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
+ 580-* \
+ | a29k-* \
+ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
+ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
+ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
+ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
+ | avr-* \
+ | bfin-* | bs2000-* \
+ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
+ | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
+ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
+ | elxsi-* \
+ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+ | h8300-* | h8500-* \
+ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
+ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
+ | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
+ | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
+ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
+ | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \
+ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
+ | mips16-* \
+ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \
+ | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
+ | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
+ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
+ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
+ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
+ | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
+ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
+ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
+ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
+ | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
+ | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
+ | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+ | mmix-* \
+ | ms1-* \
+ | msp430-* \
+ | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+ | orion-* \
+ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
+ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
+ | pyramid-* \
+ | romp-* | rs6000-* \
+ | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \
+ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
+ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
+ | sparclite-* \
+ | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+ | tahoe-* | thumb-* \
+ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
+ | tron-* \
+ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
+ | we32k-* \
+ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
+ | xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \
+ | ymp-* \
+ | z8k-*)
+ ;;
+ m32c-*)
+ ;;
+ # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+ # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+ 386bsd)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+ basic_machine=m68000-att
+ ;;
+ 3b*)
+ basic_machine=we32k-att
+ ;;
+ a29khif)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ abacus)
+ basic_machine=abacus-unknown
+ ;;
+ adobe68k)
+ basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+ os=-scout
+ ;;
+ alliant | fx80)
+ basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+ ;;
+ altos | altos3068)
+ basic_machine=m68k-altos
+ ;;
+ am29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-none
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ amd64)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+ ;;
+ amd64-*)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ amdahl)
+ basic_machine=580-amdahl
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ amiga | amiga-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ ;;
+ amigaos | amigados)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ os=-amigaos
+ ;;
+ amigaunix | amix)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ apollo68)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ apollo68bsd)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ aux)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apple
+ os=-aux
+ ;;
+ balance)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+ os=-dynix
+ ;;
+ c90)
+ basic_machine=c90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ convex-c1)
+ basic_machine=c1-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c2)
+ basic_machine=c2-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c32)
+ basic_machine=c32-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c34)
+ basic_machine=c34-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c38)
+ basic_machine=c38-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ cray | j90)
+ basic_machine=j90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ craynv)
+ basic_machine=craynv-cray
+ os=-unicosmp
+ ;;
+ cr16c)
+ basic_machine=cr16c-unknown
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ crds | unos)
+ basic_machine=m68k-crds
+ ;;
+ crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
+ basic_machine=crisv32-axis
+ ;;
+ cris | cris-* | etrax*)
+ basic_machine=cris-axis
+ ;;
+ crx)
+ basic_machine=crx-unknown
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ da30 | da30-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-da30
+ ;;
+ decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+ basic_machine=mips-dec
+ ;;
+ decsystem10* | dec10*)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+ os=-tops10
+ ;;
+ decsystem20* | dec20*)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+ basic_machine=m68k-motorola
+ ;;
+ delta88)
+ basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ djgpp)
+ basic_machine=i586-pc
+ os=-msdosdjgpp
+ ;;
+ dpx20 | dpx20-*)
+ basic_machine=rs6000-bull
+ os=-bosx
+ ;;
+ dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
+ basic_machine=m68k-bull
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ ebmon29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-ebmon
+ ;;
+ elxsi)
+ basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ encore | umax | mmax)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-encore
+ ;;
+ es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
+ basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ fx2800)
+ basic_machine=i860-alliant
+ ;;
+ genix)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-ns
+ ;;
+ gmicro)
+ basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ go32)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-go32
+ ;;
+ h3050r* | hiux*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ h8300hms)
+ basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ h8300xray)
+ basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+ os=-xray
+ ;;
+ h8500hms)
+ basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ harris)
+ basic_machine=m88k-harris
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ hp300-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ ;;
+ hp300bsd)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ hp300hpux)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ os=-hpux
+ ;;
+ hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+ basic_machine=m68000-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
+ # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
+ # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hppa-next)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ hppaosf)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ hppro)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ i370-ibm* | ibm*)
+ basic_machine=i370-ibm
+ ;;
+# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
+ i*86v32)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv32
+ ;;
+ i*86v4*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ i*86v)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ i*86sol2)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ i386mach)
+ basic_machine=i386-mach
+ os=-mach
+ ;;
+ i386-vsta | vsta)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-vsta
+ ;;
+ iris | iris4d)
+ basic_machine=mips-sgi
+ case $os in
+ -irix*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-irix4
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ isi68 | isi)
+ basic_machine=m68k-isi
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ m88k-omron*)
+ basic_machine=m88k-omron
+ ;;
+ magnum | m3230)
+ basic_machine=mips-mips
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ merlin)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ mingw32)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-mingw32
+ ;;
+ miniframe)
+ basic_machine=m68000-convergent
+ ;;
+ *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-atari
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ mips3*-*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
+ ;;
+ mips3*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
+ ;;
+ monitor)
+ basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ morphos)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+ os=-morphos
+ ;;
+ msdos)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-msdos
+ ;;
+ mvs)
+ basic_machine=i370-ibm
+ os=-mvs
+ ;;
+ ncr3000)
+ basic_machine=i486-ncr
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ netbsd386)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-netbsd
+ ;;
+ netwinder)
+ basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ news1000)
+ basic_machine=m68030-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ news-3600 | risc-news)
+ basic_machine=mips-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ necv70)
+ basic_machine=v70-nec
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ next | m*-next )
+ basic_machine=m68k-next
+ case $os in
+ -nextstep* )
+ ;;
+ -ns2*)
+ os=-nextstep2
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ nh3000)
+ basic_machine=m68k-harris
+ os=-cxux
+ ;;
+ nh[45]000)
+ basic_machine=m88k-harris
+ os=-cxux
+ ;;
+ nindy960)
+ basic_machine=i960-intel
+ os=-nindy
+ ;;
+ mon960)
+ basic_machine=i960-intel
+ os=-mon960
+ ;;
+ nonstopux)
+ basic_machine=mips-compaq
+ os=-nonstopux
+ ;;
+ np1)
+ basic_machine=np1-gould
+ ;;
+ nsr-tandem)
+ basic_machine=nsr-tandem
+ ;;
+ op50n-* | op60c-*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ openrisc | openrisc-*)
+ basic_machine=or32-unknown
+ ;;
+ os400)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+ os=-os400
+ ;;
+ OSE68000 | ose68000)
+ basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ os68k)
+ basic_machine=m68k-none
+ os=-os68k
+ ;;
+ pa-hitachi)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ paragon)
+ basic_machine=i860-intel
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ pbd)
+ basic_machine=sparc-tti
+ ;;
+ pbb)
+ basic_machine=m68k-tti
+ ;;
+ pc532 | pc532-*)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
+ ;;
+ pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
+ basic_machine=i586-pc
+ ;;
+ pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ ;;
+ pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ ;;
+ pentium4)
+ basic_machine=i786-pc
+ ;;
+ pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
+ basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
+ basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
+ basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentium4-*)
+ basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pn)
+ basic_machine=pn-gould
+ ;;
+ power) basic_machine=power-ibm
+ ;;
+ ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
+ basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+ basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
+ basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
+ basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ps2)
+ basic_machine=i386-ibm
+ ;;
+ pw32)
+ basic_machine=i586-unknown
+ os=-pw32
+ ;;
+ rom68k)
+ basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ rm[46]00)
+ basic_machine=mips-siemens
+ ;;
+ rtpc | rtpc-*)
+ basic_machine=romp-ibm
+ ;;
+ s390 | s390-*)
+ basic_machine=s390-ibm
+ ;;
+ s390x | s390x-*)
+ basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+ ;;
+ sa29200)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ sb1)
+ basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
+ ;;
+ sb1el)
+ basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
+ ;;
+ sei)
+ basic_machine=mips-sei
+ os=-seiux
+ ;;
+ sequent)
+ basic_machine=i386-sequent
+ ;;
+ sh)
+ basic_machine=sh-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ sh64)
+ basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+ ;;
+ sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
+ basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ sps7)
+ basic_machine=m68k-bull
+ os=-sysv2
+ ;;
+ spur)
+ basic_machine=spur-unknown
+ ;;
+ st2000)
+ basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+ ;;
+ stratus)
+ basic_machine=i860-stratus
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ sun2)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ ;;
+ sun2os3)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun2os4)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun3os3)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun3os4)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun4os3)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun4os4)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun4sol2)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ sun3 | sun3-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ ;;
+ sun4)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ ;;
+ sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+ basic_machine=i386-sun
+ ;;
+ sv1)
+ basic_machine=sv1-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ symmetry)
+ basic_machine=i386-sequent
+ os=-dynix
+ ;;
+ t3e)
+ basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ t90)
+ basic_machine=t90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ tic54x | c54x*)
+ basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tic55x | c55x*)
+ basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tic6x | c6x*)
+ basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tx39)
+ basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
+ ;;
+ tx39el)
+ basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
+ ;;
+ toad1)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ tower | tower-32)
+ basic_machine=m68k-ncr
+ ;;
+ tpf)
+ basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+ os=-tpf
+ ;;
+ udi29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ ultra3)
+ basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+ os=-sym1
+ ;;
+ v810 | necv810)
+ basic_machine=v810-nec
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ vaxv)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ vms)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ os=-vms
+ ;;
+ vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+ basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
+ ;;
+ vxworks960)
+ basic_machine=i960-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ vxworks68)
+ basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ vxworks29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ w65*)
+ basic_machine=w65-wdc
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ w89k-*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ xbox)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ os=-mingw32
+ ;;
+ xps | xps100)
+ basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
+ ;;
+ ymp)
+ basic_machine=ymp-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ z8k-*-coff)
+ basic_machine=z8k-unknown
+ os=-sim
+ ;;
+ none)
+ basic_machine=none-none
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+
+# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
+# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+ w89k)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+ ;;
+ op50n)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ ;;
+ op60c)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ ;;
+ romp)
+ basic_machine=romp-ibm
+ ;;
+ mmix)
+ basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+ ;;
+ rs6000)
+ basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+ ;;
+ vax)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ ;;
+ pdp10)
+ # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
+ basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
+ ;;
+ pdp11)
+ basic_machine=pdp11-dec
+ ;;
+ we32k)
+ basic_machine=we32k-att
+ ;;
+ sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+ basic_machine=sh-unknown
+ ;;
+ sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ ;;
+ cydra)
+ basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
+ ;;
+ orion)
+ basic_machine=orion-highlevel
+ ;;
+ orion105)
+ basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
+ ;;
+ mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apple
+ ;;
+ pmac | pmac-mpw)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-apple
+ ;;
+ *-unknown)
+ # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $basic_machine in
+ *-digital*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
+ ;;
+ *-commodore*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
+then
+case $os in
+ # First match some system type aliases
+ # that might get confused with valid system types.
+ # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+ -solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+ ;;
+ -solaris)
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ -svr4*)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -unixware*)
+ os=-sysv4.2uw
+ ;;
+ -gnu/linux*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
+ ;;
+ # First accept the basic system types.
+ # The portable systems comes first.
+ # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
+ # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
+ -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
+ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
+ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
+ | -aos* \
+ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
+ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
+ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* \
+ | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
+ | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
+ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
+ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
+ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-uclibc* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
+ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
+ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
+ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
+ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
+ | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
+ | -skyos* | -haiku*)
+ # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
+ ;;
+ -qnx*)
+ case $basic_machine in
+ x86-* | i*86-*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-nto$os
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ -nto-qnx*)
+ ;;
+ -nto*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
+ ;;
+ -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
+ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
+ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
+ ;;
+ -mac*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+ ;;
+ -linux-dietlibc)
+ os=-linux-dietlibc
+ ;;
+ -linux*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
+ ;;
+ -sunos5*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+ ;;
+ -sunos6*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+ ;;
+ -opened*)
+ os=-openedition
+ ;;
+ -os400*)
+ os=-os400
+ ;;
+ -wince*)
+ os=-wince
+ ;;
+ -osfrose*)
+ os=-osfrose
+ ;;
+ -osf*)
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ -utek*)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -dynix*)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -acis*)
+ os=-aos
+ ;;
+ -atheos*)
+ os=-atheos
+ ;;
+ -syllable*)
+ os=-syllable
+ ;;
+ -386bsd)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -ctix* | -uts*)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ -nova*)
+ os=-rtmk-nova
+ ;;
+ -ns2 )
+ os=-nextstep2
+ ;;
+ -nsk*)
+ os=-nsk
+ ;;
+ # Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+ -sinix5.*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+ ;;
+ -sinix*)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -tpf*)
+ os=-tpf
+ ;;
+ -triton*)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -oss*)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -svr4)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -svr3)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -sysvr4)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ # This must come after -sysvr4.
+ -sysv*)
+ ;;
+ -ose*)
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ -es1800*)
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ -xenix)
+ os=-xenix
+ ;;
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ -aros*)
+ os=-aros
+ ;;
+ -kaos*)
+ os=-kaos
+ ;;
+ -zvmoe)
+ os=-zvmoe
+ ;;
+ -none)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
+ os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+case $basic_machine in
+ *-acorn)
+ os=-riscix1.2
+ ;;
+ arm*-rebel)
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ arm*-semi)
+ os=-aout
+ ;;
+ c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ # This must come before the *-dec entry.
+ pdp10-*)
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ pdp11-*)
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ *-dec | vax-*)
+ os=-ultrix4.2
+ ;;
+ m68*-apollo)
+ os=-domain
+ ;;
+ i386-sun)
+ os=-sunos4.0.2
+ ;;
+ m68000-sun)
+ os=-sunos3
+ # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
+ # default.
+ # os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ m68*-cisco)
+ os=-aout
+ ;;
+ mips*-cisco)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ mips*-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ or32-*)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ sparc-* | *-sun)
+ os=-sunos4.1.1
+ ;;
+ *-be)
+ os=-beos
+ ;;
+ *-haiku)
+ os=-haiku
+ ;;
+ *-ibm)
+ os=-aix
+ ;;
+ *-knuth)
+ os=-mmixware
+ ;;
+ *-wec)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-winbond)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-oki)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-hp)
+ os=-hpux
+ ;;
+ *-hitachi)
+ os=-hiux
+ ;;
+ i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ *-cbm)
+ os=-amigaos
+ ;;
+ *-dg)
+ os=-dgux
+ ;;
+ *-dolphin)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ m68k-ccur)
+ os=-rtu
+ ;;
+ m88k-omron*)
+ os=-luna
+ ;;
+ *-next )
+ os=-nextstep
+ ;;
+ *-sequent)
+ os=-ptx
+ ;;
+ *-crds)
+ os=-unos
+ ;;
+ *-ns)
+ os=-genix
+ ;;
+ i370-*)
+ os=-mvs
+ ;;
+ *-next)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ *-gould)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ *-highlevel)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ *-encore)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ *-sgi)
+ os=-irix
+ ;;
+ *-siemens)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ *-masscomp)
+ os=-rtu
+ ;;
+ f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
+ os=-uxpv
+ ;;
+ *-rom68k)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-*bug)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-apple)
+ os=-macos
+ ;;
+ *-atari*)
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
+vendor=unknown
+case $basic_machine in
+ *-unknown)
+ case $os in
+ -riscix*)
+ vendor=acorn
+ ;;
+ -sunos*)
+ vendor=sun
+ ;;
+ -aix*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -beos*)
+ vendor=be
+ ;;
+ -hpux*)
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ -mpeix*)
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ -hiux*)
+ vendor=hitachi
+ ;;
+ -unos*)
+ vendor=crds
+ ;;
+ -dgux*)
+ vendor=dg
+ ;;
+ -luna*)
+ vendor=omron
+ ;;
+ -genix*)
+ vendor=ns
+ ;;
+ -mvs* | -opened*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -os400*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -ptx*)
+ vendor=sequent
+ ;;
+ -tpf*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
+ vendor=wrs
+ ;;
+ -aux*)
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+ -hms*)
+ vendor=hitachi
+ ;;
+ -mpw* | -macos*)
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+ vendor=atari
+ ;;
+ -vos*)
+ vendor=stratus
+ ;;
+ esac
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
+ ;;
+esac
+
+echo $basic_machine$os
+exit
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/configure b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/configure
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..2c8598822f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,2924 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59 for texi2html 1.76.
+#
+# Report bugs to <users@texi2html.cvshome.org>.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ set -o posix
+fi
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_unset=unset
+else
+ as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+for as_var in \
+ LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+ LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+ LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+ if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+ eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+ else
+ $as_unset $as_var
+ fi
+done
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_expr=expr
+else
+ as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+ as_basename=basename
+else
+ as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X/"$0" |
+ sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+
+
+# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
+ chmod +x conf$$.sh
+ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+ else
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+ fi
+ rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+
+ as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+ test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
+ # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all
+ # relative or not.
+ case $0 in
+ *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+ *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+ # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+ if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+ as_myself=$0
+ fi
+ if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+ { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi
+ case $CONFIG_SHELL in
+ '')
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+ case $as_dir in
+ /*)
+ if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
+ as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+ test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
+ $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
+ $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
+ CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
+ export CONFIG_SHELL
+ exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ done
+done
+;;
+ esac
+
+ # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+ # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a
+ # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
+ # work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
+ # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
+ # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
+ # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+ # second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-)
+ sed '=' <$as_myself |
+ sed '
+ N
+ s,$,-,
+ : loop
+ s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
+ t loop
+ s,-$,,
+ s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
+ ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+ chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
+ { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+ # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+ # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+ # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
+ . ./$as_me.lineno
+ # Exit status is that of the last command.
+ exit
+}
+
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+ *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T=' ' ;;
+ *c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+ *) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_expr=expr
+else
+ as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+ # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+ if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+ # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ else
+ as_ln_s='ln -s'
+ fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_ln_s=ln
+else
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+ test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+ as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" $as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+# This variable seems obsolete. It should probably be removed, and
+# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
+: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME='texi2html'
+PACKAGE_TARNAME='texi2html'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='1.76'
+PACKAGE_STRING='texi2html 1.76'
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='users@texi2html.cvshome.org'
+
+ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS INSTALL_PROGRAM INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_DATA CYGPATH_W PACKAGE VERSION ACLOCAL AUTOCONF AUTOMAKE AUTOHEADER MAKEINFO install_sh STRIP ac_ct_STRIP INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM mkdir_p AWK SET_MAKE am__leading_dot AMTAR am__tar am__untar MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE MAINT PACKAGE_DATE USE_UNICODE PERL build build_cpu build_vendor build_os host host_cpu host_vendor host_os LIBOBJS LTLIBOBJS'
+ac_subst_files='INIT MYSIMPLE T2H_I18N T2H_L2H_FILE T2H_TRANSLATIONS_FILE'
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+ # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+ if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+ ac_prev=
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+
+ # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+ case $ac_option in
+
+ -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+ ac_prev=bindir ;;
+ -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+ bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+ ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+ -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+ build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+ ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+ -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+ cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ --config-cache | -C)
+ cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+ -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+ ac_prev=datadir ;;
+ -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+ | --da=*)
+ datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -disable-* | --disable-*)
+ ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;
+
+ -enable-* | --enable-*)
+ ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case $ac_option in
+ *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+ | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+ ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+ -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+ exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+ with_gas=yes ;;
+
+ -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+ ac_init_help=long ;;
+ -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+ ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+ -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+ ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+ -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+ ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+ -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+ host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+ ac_prev=includedir ;;
+ -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+ includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+ ac_prev=infodir ;;
+ -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+ infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+ ac_prev=libdir ;;
+ -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+ libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+ | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+ ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+ -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+ libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+ | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+ ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+ -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+ | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+ localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+ ac_prev=mandir ;;
+ -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+ mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+ # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+ with_fp=no ;;
+
+ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+ no_create=yes ;;
+
+ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+ no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+ -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+ ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+ -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+ oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+ ac_prev=prefix ;;
+ -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+ prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+ ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+ -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+ program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+ ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+ -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+ program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+ | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+ ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+ -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+ program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+ silent=yes ;;
+
+ -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+ ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+ -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+ | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+ sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+ | --sha | --sh)
+ ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+ -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+ | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+ sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -site | --site | --sit)
+ ac_prev=site ;;
+ -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+ site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+ ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+ -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+ srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+ ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+ -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+ sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+ ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+ -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+ target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+ verbose=yes ;;
+
+ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+ ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+ -with-* | --with-*)
+ ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case $ac_option in
+ *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -without-* | --without-*)
+ ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;
+
+ --x)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+ with_x=yes ;;
+
+ -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+ ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+ -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+ x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+ ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+ -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+ x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ;;
+
+ *=*)
+ ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
+ eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
+ export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+ *)
+ # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+ echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+ expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+ : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+ { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+# Be sure to have absolute paths.
+for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix
+do
+ eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+ case $ac_val in
+ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;;
+ *) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+ esac
+done
+
+# Be sure to have absolute paths.
+for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
+ localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir
+do
+ eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+ case $ac_val in
+ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
+ *) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+ esac
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+ if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+ cross_compiling=maybe
+ echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
+ If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
+ elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+ cross_compiling=yes
+ fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+ # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+ ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$0" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ srcdir=$ac_confdir
+ if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ srcdir=..
+ fi
+else
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+ { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ else
+ { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi
+fi
+(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null ||
+ { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
+ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_env_PERL_set=${PERL+set}
+ac_env_PERL_value=$PERL
+ac_cv_env_PERL_set=${PERL+set}
+ac_cv_env_PERL_value=$PERL
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+ # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+ # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+ cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures texi2html 1.76 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ --help=short display options specific to this package
+ --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages
+ -V, --version display version information and exit
+ -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages
+ --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+ -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+ -n, --no-create do not create output files
+ --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+_ACEOF
+
+ cat <<_ACEOF
+Installation directories:
+ --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+ [$ac_default_prefix]
+ --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+ [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+ --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+ --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+ --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+ --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
+ --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+ --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+ --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+ --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+ --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include]
+ --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+ --infodir=DIR info documentation [PREFIX/info]
+ --mandir=DIR man documentation [PREFIX/man]
+_ACEOF
+
+ cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Program names:
+ --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+ --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+ --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+
+System types:
+ --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
+ --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+ case $ac_init_help in
+ short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of texi2html 1.76:";;
+ esac
+ cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+ --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+ --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+ --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful
+ (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer
+ --enable-multiplatform put executables in bin/PLATFORM
+
+Optional Packages:
+ --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+ --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+ --with-encode use encode (default: detected)
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+ PERL The path to the `perl' executable.
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+Report bugs to <users@texi2html.cvshome.org>.
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+ # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+ ac_popdir=`pwd`
+ for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+ test -d $ac_dir || continue
+ ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+ ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+ # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+ ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+ ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+ .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place.
+ ac_srcdir=.
+ if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+ ac_top_srcdir=.
+ else
+ ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+ fi ;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path.
+ ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+ ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+ *) # Relative path.
+ ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+ case "$ac_dir" in
+ .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+ *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+ case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+ .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+ *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+ case $ac_srcdir in
+ .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+ *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+ case $ac_top_srcdir in
+ .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+ *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+
+ cd $ac_dir
+ # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
+ if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
+ echo
+ $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu --help=recursive
+ elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then
+ echo
+ $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure --help=recursive
+ elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac ||
+ test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then
+ echo
+ $ac_configure --help
+ else
+ echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+ fi
+ cd $ac_popdir
+ done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
+if $ac_init_version; then
+ cat <<\_ACEOF
+texi2html configure 1.76
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59
+
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+ exit 0
+fi
+exec 5>config.log
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by texi2html $as_me 1.76, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was
+
+ $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+done
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_sep=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+ for ac_arg
+ do
+ case $ac_arg in
+ -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+ continue ;;
+ *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
+ ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+ esac
+ case $ac_pass in
+ 1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
+ 2)
+ ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
+ if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+ ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+ else
+ case $ac_arg in
+ *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+ case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+ "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
+ # Get rid of the leading space.
+ ac_sep=" "
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+done
+$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
+$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells,
+# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+ # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+ {
+ echo
+
+ cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+ echo
+ # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+{
+ (set) 2>&1 |
+ case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+ *ac_space=\ *)
+ sed -n \
+ "s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
+ s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ sed -n \
+ "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+ ;;
+ esac;
+}
+ echo
+
+ cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+ echo
+ for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+ do
+ eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+ echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
+ done | sort
+ echo
+
+ if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+ cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------- ##
+## Output files. ##
+## ------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+ echo
+ for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+ do
+ eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+ echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
+ done | sort
+ echo
+ fi
+
+ if test -s confdefs.h; then
+ cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##
+_ASBOX
+ echo
+ sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort
+ echo
+ fi
+ test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+ echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+ echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+ } >&5
+ rm -f core *.core &&
+ rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+ exit $exit_status
+ ' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+ trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo >confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+ if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+ CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+ else
+ CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+ fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+ if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+ sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+ . "$ac_site_file"
+ fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+ # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
+ # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
+ if test -f "$cache_file"; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+ case $cache_file in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
+ *) . ./$cache_file;;
+ esac
+ fi
+else
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+ >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
+ sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
+ eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+ eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+ eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
+ eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
+ case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+ set,)
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+ ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+ ,set)
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+ ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+ ,);;
+ *)
+ if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: $ac_old_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me: former value: $ac_old_val" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me: current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
+ ac_cache_corrupted=:
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+ if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+ case $ac_new_val in
+ *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
+ ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+ *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+ esac
+ case " $ac_configure_args " in
+ *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+ *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+am__api_version="1.9"
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+ if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+ break
+ elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+ break
+ elif test -f $ac_dir/shtool; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+ break
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for a BSD-compatible install... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in
+ ./ | .// | /cC/* | \
+ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+ ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \
+ /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+ *)
+ # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+ # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+ # by default.
+ for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ if test $ac_prog = install &&
+ grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention.
+ :
+ elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+ grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+ :
+ else
+ ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+ break 3
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ ;;
+esac
+done
+
+
+fi
+ if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+ INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+ else
+ # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a
+ # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+ # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+ # removed, or if the path is relative.
+ INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+ fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$INSTALL" >&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether build environment is sane... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftest.file
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+ set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+ if test "$*" = "X"; then
+ # -L didn't work.
+ set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file`
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.file
+ if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+ # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
+ # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+ # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
+ # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi
+
+ test "$2" = conftest.file
+ )
+then
+ # Ok.
+ :
+else
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+ program_transform_name="s,^,$program_prefix,;$program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+ program_transform_name="s,\$,$program_suffix,;$program_transform_name"
+# Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes.
+# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless.
+cat <<\_ACEOF >conftest.sed
+s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//
+_ACEOF
+program_transform_name=`echo $program_transform_name | sed -f conftest.sed`
+rm conftest.sed
+
+# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
+am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+
+test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
+ am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+else
+ am_missing_run=
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;}
+fi
+
+if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then
+ # We used to keeping the `.' as first argument, in order to
+ # allow $(mkdir_p) to be used without argument. As in
+ # $(mkdir_p) $(somedir)
+ # where $(somedir) is conditionally defined. However this is wrong
+ # for two reasons:
+ # 1. if the package is installed by a user who cannot write `.'
+ # make install will fail,
+ # 2. the above comment should most certainly read
+ # $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir)
+ # so it does not work when $(somedir) is undefined and
+ # $(DESTDIR) is not.
+ # To support the latter case, we have to write
+ # test -z "$(somedir)" || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(somedir),
+ # so the `.' trick is pointless.
+ mkdir_p='mkdir -p --'
+else
+ # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not
+ # recognize any option. It will interpret all options as
+ # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already
+ # exists.
+ for d in ./-p ./--version;
+ do
+ test -d $d && rmdir $d
+ done
+ # $(mkinstalldirs) is defined by Automake if mkinstalldirs exists.
+ if test -f "$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"; then
+ mkdir_p='$(mkinstalldirs)'
+ else
+ mkdir_p='$(install_sh) -d'
+ fi
+fi
+
+for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk
+do
+ # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$AWK"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK
+if test -n "$AWK"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AWK" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$AWK" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ test -n "$AWK" && break
+done
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6
+set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'`
+if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
+all:
+ @echo 'ac_maketemp="$(MAKE)"'
+_ACEOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
+eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
+if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then
+ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
+else
+ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.make
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+ SET_MAKE=
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+ SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+ am__leading_dot=.
+else
+ am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+
+# test to see if srcdir already configured
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" &&
+ test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+ if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+ else
+ CYGPATH_W=echo
+ fi
+fi
+
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+ PACKAGE='texi2html'
+ VERSION='1.76'
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define VERSION "$VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+
+ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"}
+
+
+AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"}
+
+
+MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"}
+
+install_sh=${install_sh-"$am_aux_dir/install-sh"}
+
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
+# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
+if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$STRIP" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
+ ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
+ # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+ test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP=":"
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
+else
+ STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
+fi
+
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\${SHELL} \$(install_sh) -c -s"
+
+# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on
+# some platforms.
+# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
+
+AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"}
+
+am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'
+
+
+
+
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ # Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode or --disable-maintainer-mode was given.
+if test "${enable_maintainer_mode+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_maintainer_mode"
+ USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval
+else
+ USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no
+fi;
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" >&6
+
+
+if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then
+ MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE=
+ MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE='#'
+else
+ MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE='#'
+ MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE=
+fi
+
+ MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
+
+
+
+PACKAGE_DATE=`"$srcdir"/mdate-sh "$srcdir"/configure.ac`
+
+INIT=$srcdir/texi2html.init
+
+MYSIMPLE=$srcdir/MySimple.pm
+
+T2H_I18N=$srcdir/T2h_i18n.pm
+
+T2H_L2H_FILE=$srcdir/l2h.init
+
+T2H_TRANSLATIONS_FILE=$srcdir/translations.pl
+
+
+# Check whether --with-encode or --without-encode was given.
+if test "${with_encode+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_encode"
+ if test $withval = 'no'; then
+ USE_UNICODE=0
+ else
+ USE_UNICODE=1
+ fi
+else
+
+ if perl -e "use Encode; use Unicode::Normalize;" > /dev/null 2>&1;
+ then USE_UNICODE=1
+ else
+ USE_UNICODE=0
+ fi
+
+fi;
+
+
+
+# Extract the first word of "perl", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy perl; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_path_PERL+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ case $PERL in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+ ac_cv_path_PERL="$PERL" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+as_dummy="/opt/perl5/bin:"$PATH""
+for as_dir in $as_dummy
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_path_PERL="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_PERL" && ac_cv_path_PERL="/usr/bin/env perl"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+PERL=$ac_cv_path_PERL
+
+if test -n "$PERL"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $PERL" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$PERL" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+
+# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for a BSD-compatible install... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in
+ ./ | .// | /cC/* | \
+ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+ ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \
+ /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+ *)
+ # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+ # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+ # by default.
+ for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ if test $ac_prog = install &&
+ grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention.
+ :
+ elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+ grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+ :
+ else
+ ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+ break 3
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ ;;
+esac
+done
+
+
+fi
+ if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+ INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+ else
+ # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a
+ # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+ # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+ # removed, or if the path is relative.
+ INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+ fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$INSTALL" >&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+
+
+
+# For teTeX and TeX Live.
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+$ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run $ac_config_sub" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot run $ac_config_sub" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking build system type" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking build system type... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_cv_build_alias=$build_alias
+test -z "$ac_cv_build_alias" &&
+ ac_cv_build_alias=`$ac_config_guess`
+test -z "$ac_cv_build_alias" &&
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ac_cv_build=`$ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias` ||
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias failed" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias failed" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_build" >&6
+build=$ac_cv_build
+build_cpu=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+build_vendor=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+build_os=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking host system type" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking host system type... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_cv_host_alias=$host_alias
+test -z "$ac_cv_host_alias" &&
+ ac_cv_host_alias=$ac_cv_build_alias
+ac_cv_host=`$ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias` ||
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias failed" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias failed" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_host" >&6
+host=$ac_cv_host
+host_cpu=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-multiplatform or --disable-multiplatform was given.
+if test "${enable_multiplatform+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_multiplatform"
+
+fi;
+test "x$enable_multiplatform" = xyes \
+&& test "x$bindir" = 'x${exec_prefix}/bin' \
+&& bindir="$bindir/$host"
+
+ ac_config_files="$ac_config_files texi2html:texi2html.pl"
+
+ ac_config_files="$ac_config_files check_texinfo.pl"
+
+
+ ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile Tests/Makefile doc/Makefile texi2html.1 texi2html.spec"
+
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+{
+ (set) 2>&1 |
+ case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+ *ac_space=\ *)
+ # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
+ # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+ sed -n \
+ "s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+ s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+ sed -n \
+ "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+ ;;
+ esac;
+} |
+ sed '
+ t clear
+ : clear
+ s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+ t end
+ /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+ : end' >>confcache
+if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+ if test -w $cache_file; then
+ test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+ cat confcache >$cache_file
+ else
+ echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+ fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+ ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{
+s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
+s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
+s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
+s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/;
+s/:*$//;
+s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$//;
+}'
+fi
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+#
+# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
+# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section. Otherwise,
+# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
+cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF
+t clear
+: clear
+s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
+t quote
+s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
+t quote
+d
+: quote
+s,[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g
+s,\[,\\&,g
+s,\],\\&,g
+s,\$,$$,g
+p
+_ACEOF
+# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character.
+# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing
+# line-breaks from the sub-command output. A line-break within
+# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a
+# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr
+# would break.
+ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .`
+DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'`
+rm -f confdef2opt.sed
+
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+ # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+ ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" |
+ sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'`
+ # 2. Add them.
+ ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+ ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+if test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE}" && test -z "${MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE}"; then
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"MAINTAINER_MODE\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ set -o posix
+fi
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_unset=unset
+else
+ as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+for as_var in \
+ LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+ LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+ LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+ if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+ eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+ else
+ $as_unset $as_var
+ fi
+done
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_expr=expr
+else
+ as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+ as_basename=basename
+else
+ as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X/"$0" |
+ sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+
+
+# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
+ chmod +x conf$$.sh
+ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+ else
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+ fi
+ rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+
+ as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+ test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
+ # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all
+ # relative or not.
+ case $0 in
+ *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+ *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+ # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+ if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+ as_myself=$0
+ fi
+ if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi
+ case $CONFIG_SHELL in
+ '')
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+ case $as_dir in
+ /*)
+ if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
+ as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+ test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
+ $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
+ $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
+ CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
+ export CONFIG_SHELL
+ exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ done
+done
+;;
+ esac
+
+ # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+ # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a
+ # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
+ # work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
+ # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
+ # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
+ # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+ # second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-)
+ sed '=' <$as_myself |
+ sed '
+ N
+ s,$,-,
+ : loop
+ s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
+ t loop
+ s,-$,,
+ s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
+ ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+ chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+ # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+ # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+ # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
+ . ./$as_me.lineno
+ # Exit status is that of the last command.
+ exit
+}
+
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+ *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T=' ' ;;
+ *c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+ *) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_expr=expr
+else
+ as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+ # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+ if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+ # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ else
+ as_ln_s='ln -s'
+ fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_ln_s=ln
+else
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+ test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+ as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" $as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling. Logging --version etc. is OK.
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+ echo
+ sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+} >&5
+cat >&5 <<_CSEOF
+
+This file was extended by texi2html $as_me 1.76, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was
+
+ CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES
+ CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+ CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS
+ CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+ $ $0 $@
+
+_CSEOF
+echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5
+echo >&5
+_ACEOF
+
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
+ echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
+ echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
+ echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
+ echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
+current configuration.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
+
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -V, --version print version number, then exit
+ -q, --quiet do not print progress messages
+ -d, --debug don't remove temporary files
+ --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+ --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+ instantiate the configuration file FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+ac_cs_version="\\
+texi2html config.status 1.76
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59,
+ with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+srcdir=$srcdir
+INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
+# value. By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+ case $1 in
+ --*=*)
+ ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+ ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+ ac_shift=:
+ ;;
+ -*)
+ ac_option=$1
+ ac_optarg=$2
+ ac_shift=shift
+ ;;
+ *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
+ # arguments.
+ ac_option=$1
+ ac_need_defaults=false;;
+ esac
+
+ case $ac_option in
+ # Handling of the options.
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+ -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+ ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+ --version | --vers* | -V )
+ echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
+ --he | --h)
+ # Conflict between --help and --header
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+ --help | --hel | -h )
+ echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ --debug | --d* | -d )
+ debug=: ;;
+ --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+ $ac_shift
+ CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
+ ac_need_defaults=false;;
+ --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
+ $ac_shift
+ CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
+ ac_need_defaults=false;;
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+ ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+ # This is an error.
+ -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+
+ *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;
+
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+ exec 6>/dev/null
+ ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+ echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
+ exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+ case "$ac_config_target" in
+ # Handling of arguments.
+ "texi2html" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES texi2html:texi2html.pl" ;;
+ "check_texinfo.pl" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES check_texinfo.pl" ;;
+ "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
+ "Tests/Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Tests/Makefile" ;;
+ "doc/Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/Makefile" ;;
+ "texi2html.1" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES texi2html.1" ;;
+ "texi2html.spec" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES texi2html.spec" ;;
+ *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+ esac
+done
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+ test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.
+$debug ||
+{
+ trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0
+ trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
+}
+
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+ tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+ test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
+} ||
+{
+ tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
+ (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
+} ||
+{
+ echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+
+#
+# CONFIG_FILES section.
+#
+
+# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
+if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+ # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+ sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
+s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
+s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
+s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
+s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t
+s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
+s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t
+s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
+s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
+s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t
+s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
+s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
+s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t
+s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t
+s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t
+s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
+s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t
+s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t
+s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t
+s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t
+s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t
+s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
+s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
+s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
+s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
+s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_PROGRAM@,$INSTALL_PROGRAM,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_SCRIPT@,$INSTALL_SCRIPT,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_DATA@,$INSTALL_DATA,;t t
+s,@CYGPATH_W@,$CYGPATH_W,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE@,$PACKAGE,;t t
+s,@VERSION@,$VERSION,;t t
+s,@ACLOCAL@,$ACLOCAL,;t t
+s,@AUTOCONF@,$AUTOCONF,;t t
+s,@AUTOMAKE@,$AUTOMAKE,;t t
+s,@AUTOHEADER@,$AUTOHEADER,;t t
+s,@MAKEINFO@,$MAKEINFO,;t t
+s,@install_sh@,$install_sh,;t t
+s,@STRIP@,$STRIP,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_STRIP@,$ac_ct_STRIP,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@,$INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM,;t t
+s,@mkdir_p@,$mkdir_p,;t t
+s,@AWK@,$AWK,;t t
+s,@SET_MAKE@,$SET_MAKE,;t t
+s,@am__leading_dot@,$am__leading_dot,;t t
+s,@AMTAR@,$AMTAR,;t t
+s,@am__tar@,$am__tar,;t t
+s,@am__untar@,$am__untar,;t t
+s,@MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@,$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE,;t t
+s,@MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@,$MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE,;t t
+s,@MAINT@,$MAINT,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_DATE@,$PACKAGE_DATE,;t t
+s,@USE_UNICODE@,$USE_UNICODE,;t t
+s,@PERL@,$PERL,;t t
+s,@build@,$build,;t t
+s,@build_cpu@,$build_cpu,;t t
+s,@build_vendor@,$build_vendor,;t t
+s,@build_os@,$build_os,;t t
+s,@host@,$host,;t t
+s,@host_cpu@,$host_cpu,;t t
+s,@host_vendor@,$host_vendor,;t t
+s,@host_os@,$host_os,;t t
+s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t
+s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t
+/@INIT@/r $INIT
+s,@INIT@,,;t t
+/@MYSIMPLE@/r $MYSIMPLE
+s,@MYSIMPLE@,,;t t
+/@T2H_I18N@/r $T2H_I18N
+s,@T2H_I18N@,,;t t
+/@T2H_L2H_FILE@/r $T2H_L2H_FILE
+s,@T2H_L2H_FILE@,,;t t
+/@T2H_TRANSLATIONS_FILE@/r $T2H_TRANSLATIONS_FILE
+s,@T2H_TRANSLATIONS_FILE@,,;t t
+CEOF
+
+_ACEOF
+
+ cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+ # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+ # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ ac_max_sed_lines=48
+ ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
+ ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
+ ac_more_lines=:
+ ac_sed_cmds=
+ while $ac_more_lines; do
+ if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+ sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+ else
+ sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+ fi
+ if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
+ ac_more_lines=false
+ else
+ # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
+ # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
+ # is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
+ # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
+ (echo ':t
+ /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
+ if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+ else
+ ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+ fi
+ ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
+ ac_beg=$ac_end
+ ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds=cat
+ fi
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+ case $ac_file in
+ - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
+ cat >$tmp/stdin
+ ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+ *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+ * ) ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
+ ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$ac_file" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ { if $as_mkdir_p; then
+ mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
+ else
+ as_dir="$ac_dir"
+ as_dirs=
+ while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
+ as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
+ as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$as_dir" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ done
+ test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
+ fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+ ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+ ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+ # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+ ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+ ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+ .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place.
+ ac_srcdir=.
+ if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+ ac_top_srcdir=.
+ else
+ ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+ fi ;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path.
+ ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+ ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+ *) # Relative path.
+ ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+ case "$ac_dir" in
+ .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+ *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+ case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+ .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+ *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+ case $ac_srcdir in
+ .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+ *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+ case $ac_top_srcdir in
+ .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+ *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+
+
+ case $INSTALL in
+ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+ *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_builddir$INSTALL ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+ rm -f "$ac_file"
+ fi
+ # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+ # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+ # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */
+ if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
+ configure_input=
+ else
+ configure_input="$ac_file. "
+ fi
+ configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
+ sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."
+
+ # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
+ # src tree.
+ ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
+ for f in $ac_file_in; do
+ case $f in
+ -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
+ [\\/$]*)
+ # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
+ test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ echo "$f";;
+ *) # Relative
+ if test -f "$f"; then
+ # Build tree
+ echo "$f"
+ elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
+ # Source tree
+ echo "$srcdir/$f"
+ else
+ # /dev/null tree
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+ sed "$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t
+s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
+s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
+s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
+s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
+s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
+s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
+s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t
+s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t
+s,@INSTALL@,$ac_INSTALL,;t t
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
+ rm -f $tmp/stdin
+ if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+ mv $tmp/out $ac_file
+ else
+ cat $tmp/out
+ rm -f $tmp/out
+ fi
+
+ # Run the commands associated with the file.
+ case $ac_file in
+ texi2html ) chmod +x texi2html ;;
+ check_texinfo.pl ) chmod +x check_texinfo.pl ;;
+ esac
+done
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
+_ACEOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+ ac_cs_success=:
+ ac_config_status_args=
+ test "$silent" = yes &&
+ ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+ exec 5>/dev/null
+ $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+ exec 5>>config.log
+ # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+ # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+ $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/configure.ac b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/configure.ac
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ed55ad2166c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/configure.ac
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_PREREQ(2.53)
+AC_INIT([texi2html], [1.76], [users@texi2html.cvshome.org])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([gnu 1.7 dist-bzip2])
+
+dnl Disable Autoconf, Automake, and some other maintainer tools without the
+dnl --enable-maintainer-mode argument.
+AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
+
+dnl Misc variable settings
+PACKAGE_DATE=`"$srcdir"/mdate-sh "$srcdir"/configure.ac`
+AC_SUBST([PACKAGE_DATE])
+INIT=$srcdir/texi2html.init
+AC_SUBST_FILE([INIT])
+MYSIMPLE=$srcdir/MySimple.pm
+AC_SUBST_FILE([MYSIMPLE])
+T2H_I18N=$srcdir/T2h_i18n.pm
+AC_SUBST_FILE([T2H_I18N])
+T2H_L2H_FILE=$srcdir/l2h.init
+AC_SUBST_FILE([T2H_L2H_FILE])
+T2H_TRANSLATIONS_FILE=$srcdir/translations.pl
+AC_SUBST_FILE([T2H_TRANSLATIONS_FILE])
+AC_ARG_WITH([encode],
+ AC_HELP_STRING([--with-encode],
+ [use encode (default: detected)]),
+ [if test $withval = 'no'; then
+ USE_UNICODE=0
+ else
+ USE_UNICODE=1
+ fi],
+ [
+ if perl -e "use Encode; use Unicode::Normalize;" > /dev/null 2>&1;
+ then USE_UNICODE=1
+ else
+ USE_UNICODE=0
+ fi
+ ])
+AC_SUBST([USE_UNICODE])
+
+dnl Checks for programs.
+AC_ARG_VAR([PERL], [The path to the `perl' executable.])
+AC_PATH_PROG([PERL], [perl], [/usr/bin/env perl], [/opt/perl5/bin:"$PATH"])
+
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+dnl Checks for libraries.
+
+dnl Checks for header files.
+
+dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
+
+dnl Checks for library functions.
+# For teTeX and TeX Live.
+
+AC_CANONICAL_HOST
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(multiplatform,
+ [ --enable-multiplatform put executables in bin/PLATFORM])
+test "x$enable_multiplatform" = xyes \
+&& test "x$bindir" = 'x${exec_prefix}/bin' \
+&& bindir="$bindir/$host"
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([texi2html:texi2html.pl], [chmod +x texi2html])
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([check_texinfo.pl], [chmod +x check_texinfo.pl])
+
+dnl The bulk config files.
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([\
+ Makefile \
+ Tests/Makefile \
+ doc/Makefile \
+ texi2html.1 \
+ texi2html.spec \
+ ])
+AC_OUTPUT
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/Makefile.am b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..817fef7bc7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#
+info_TEXINFOS = texi2html.texi
+
+#CLEANFILES = texi2html.ps texi2html.pdf texi2html.html \
+# texi2html.ascii
+#
+texinfodata = $(datadir)/texinfo
+texinfohtmldir = $(texinfodata)/html
+texinfohtml_DATA = texi2html.html
+
+# use the script out of the distribution NOT
+# an old one which is installed on the client.
+TEXI2HTML = $(top_builddir)/texi2html
+
+EXTRA_DIST = texi2html.html
+
+texi2html.html: texi2html.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+ $(top_builddir)/texi2html.pl $(top_builddir)/texi2html.init \
+ $(top_builddir)/MySimple.pm $(top_builddir)/T2h_i18n.pm \
+ $(top_builddir)/translations.pl
+ TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir)::$$TEXINPUTS \
+ $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/missing-texi2html --run $(TEXI2HTML) -V $<
+
+txt: texi2html.txt
+
+SUFFIXES = .txt
+
+check-local: $(TEXI2HTML)
+ TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir)::$$TEXINPUTS \
+ $(PERL) $(TEXI2HTML) -V $(srcdir)/texi2html.texi
+
+# texinfo based targets automake neglects to include
+.texinfo.txt:
+ $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
+ --no-headers -o $@ `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+.txi.txt:
+ $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
+ --no-headers -o $@ `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+.texi.txt:
+ $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
+ --no-headers -o $@ `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/Makefile.in b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..295c7ee22f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.3 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+subdir = doc
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
+ $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi TODO mdate-sh \
+ texinfo.tex
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+INFO_DEPS = $(srcdir)/texi2html.info
+am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(srcdir)
+DVIS = texi2html.dvi
+PDFS = texi2html.pdf
+PSS = texi2html.ps
+HTMLS = texi2html.html
+TEXINFOS = texi2html.texi
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch
+MAKEINFOHTML = $(MAKEINFO) --html
+AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS)
+DVIPS = dvips
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(texinfohtmldir)"
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ *) f=$$p;; \
+ esac;
+am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+texinfohtmlDATA_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+DATA = $(texinfohtml_DATA)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@
+MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE = @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_DATE = @PACKAGE_DATE@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_UNICODE = @USE_UNICODE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+
+#
+info_TEXINFOS = texi2html.texi
+
+#CLEANFILES = texi2html.ps texi2html.pdf texi2html.html \
+# texi2html.ascii
+#
+texinfodata = $(datadir)/texinfo
+texinfohtmldir = $(texinfodata)/html
+texinfohtml_DATA = texi2html.html
+
+# use the script out of the distribution NOT
+# an old one which is installed on the client.
+TEXI2HTML = $(top_builddir)/texi2html
+EXTRA_DIST = texi2html.html
+SUFFIXES = .txt
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .txt .dvi .html .info .pdf .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
+ @for dep in $?; do \
+ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+ *$$dep*) \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
+ && exit 0; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile'; \
+ cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ @case '$?' in \
+ *config.status*) \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+ *) \
+ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+ esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+.texi.info:
+ restore=: && backupdir="$(am__leading_dot)am$$$$" && \
+ am__cwd=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && \
+ rm -rf $$backupdir && mkdir $$backupdir && \
+ for f in $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9][0-9]; do \
+ if test -f $$f; then mv $$f $$backupdir; restore=mv; else :; fi; \
+ done; \
+ cd "$$am__cwd"; \
+ if $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
+ -o $@ $<; \
+ then \
+ rc=0; \
+ cd $(srcdir); \
+ else \
+ rc=$$?; \
+ cd $(srcdir) && \
+ $$restore $$backupdir/* `echo "./$@" | sed 's|[^/]*$$||'`; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -rf $$backupdir; exit $$rc
+
+.texi.dvi:
+ TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
+ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
+ $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.texi.pdf:
+ TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
+ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
+ $(TEXI2PDF) $<
+
+.texi.html:
+ rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp)
+ if $(MAKEINFOHTML) $(AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
+ -o $(@:.html=.htp) $<; \
+ then \
+ rm -rf $@; \
+ if test ! -d $(@:.html=.htp) && test -d $(@:.html=); then \
+ mv $(@:.html=) $@; else mv $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \
+ else \
+ if test ! -d $(@:.html=.htp) && test -d $(@:.html=); then \
+ rm -rf $(@:.html=); else rm -Rf $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi
+$(srcdir)/texi2html.info: texi2html.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+texi2html.dvi: texi2html.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+texi2html.pdf: texi2html.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
+$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: texi2html.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure
+ @(dir=.; test -f ./texi2html.texi || dir=$(srcdir); \
+ set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $$dir/texi2html.texi`; \
+ echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \
+ echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \
+ echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \
+ echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp
+ @cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+ || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
+ cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
+ -@rm -f vti.tmp
+ @cp $(srcdir)/version.texi $@
+
+mostlyclean-vti:
+ -rm -f vti.tmp
+
+maintainer-clean-vti:
+@MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ -rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
+.dvi.ps:
+ $(DVIPS) -o $@ $<
+
+uninstall-info-am:
+ $(PRE_UNINSTALL)
+ @if (install-info --version && \
+ install-info --version 2>&1 | sed 1q | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+ for file in $$list; do \
+ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' --remove '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \
+ install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" --remove "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \
+ done; \
+ else :; fi
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+ for file in $$list; do \
+ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ relfile_i=`echo "$$relfile" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
+ (if cd "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"; then \
+ echo " rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9])"; \
+ rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]; \
+ else :; fi); \
+ done
+
+dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+ for base in $$list; do \
+ case $$base in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) base=`echo "$$base" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$base; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ for file in $$d/$$base*; do \
+ relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$relfile || \
+ cp -p $$file $(distdir)/$$relfile; \
+ done; \
+ done
+
+mostlyclean-aminfo:
+ -rm -rf texi2html.aux texi2html.cp texi2html.cps texi2html.fn texi2html.fns \
+ texi2html.ky texi2html.kys texi2html.log texi2html.op \
+ texi2html.ops texi2html.pg texi2html.pgs texi2html.tmp \
+ texi2html.toc texi2html.tp texi2html.tps texi2html.vr \
+ texi2html.vrs texi2html.dvi texi2html.pdf texi2html.ps
+
+maintainer-clean-aminfo:
+ @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \
+ i_i=`echo "$$i" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
+ echo " rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]"; \
+ rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]; \
+ done
+install-texinfohtmlDATA: $(texinfohtml_DATA)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(texinfohtmldir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(texinfohtmldir)"
+ @list='$(texinfohtml_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+ echo " $(texinfohtmlDATA_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(texinfohtmldir)/$$f'"; \
+ $(texinfohtmlDATA_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(texinfohtmldir)/$$f"; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-texinfohtmlDATA:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(texinfohtml_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(texinfohtmldir)/$$f'"; \
+ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(texinfohtmldir)/$$f"; \
+ done
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+ case $$file in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+ dir="/$$dir"; \
+ $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+ else \
+ dir=''; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
+ dist-info
+check-am: all-am
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-local
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(DATA)
+installdirs:
+ for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(texinfohtmldir)"; do \
+ test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
+ done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am: $(HTMLS)
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+
+install-data-am: install-info-am install-texinfohtmlDATA
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(infodir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+ for file in $$list; do \
+ case $$file in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ file_i=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
+ for ifile in $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9] \
+ $$d/$$file_i[0-9] $$d/$$file_i[0-9][0-9] ; do \
+ if test -f $$ifile; then \
+ relfile=`echo "$$ifile" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$ifile' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$ifile" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \
+ else : ; fi; \
+ done; \
+ done
+ @$(POST_INSTALL)
+ @if (install-info --version && \
+ install-info --version 2>&1 | sed 1q | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+ for file in $$list; do \
+ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'";\
+ install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || :;\
+ done; \
+ else : ; fi
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am: $(PDFS)
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am: $(PSS)
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-texinfohtmlDATA
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
+ dist-info distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-strip \
+ install-texinfohtmlDATA installcheck installcheck-am \
+ installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean \
+ mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti pdf \
+ pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
+ uninstall-texinfohtmlDATA
+
+
+texi2html.html: texi2html.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+ $(top_builddir)/texi2html.pl $(top_builddir)/texi2html.init \
+ $(top_builddir)/MySimple.pm $(top_builddir)/T2h_i18n.pm \
+ $(top_builddir)/translations.pl
+ TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir)::$$TEXINPUTS \
+ $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/missing-texi2html --run $(TEXI2HTML) -V $<
+
+txt: texi2html.txt
+
+check-local: $(TEXI2HTML)
+ TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir)::$$TEXINPUTS \
+ $(PERL) $(TEXI2HTML) -V $(srcdir)/texi2html.texi
+
+# texinfo based targets automake neglects to include
+.texinfo.txt:
+ $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
+ --no-headers -o $@ `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+.txi.txt:
+ $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
+ --no-headers -o $@ `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+.texi.txt:
+ $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
+ --no-headers -o $@ `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/TODO b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9cad5c458b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+- use hightlighter perl script (change code2html.pl
+ let it produce Texinfo code instead of HTML)
+- More reference parts.
+- Examples on how to make customizations to HTML
+ output.
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/mdate-sh b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/mdate-sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..37171f21fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/mdate-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Prevent date giving response in another language.
+LANG=C
+export LANG
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LC_TIME=C
+export LC_TIME
+
+# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
+# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
+if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ set - x`ls -L -l -d $1`
+else
+ set - x`ls -l -d $1`
+fi
+# The month is at least the fourth argument
+# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop).
+shift
+shift
+shift
+
+# Find the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
+month=
+until test $month
+do
+ shift
+ case $1 in
+ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+ May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+ esac
+done
+
+day=$2
+
+# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
+# the time of day or the year.
+case $3 in
+ *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
+ case $2 in
+ Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
+ Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
+ Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
+ Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
+ May) nummonthtod=5;;
+ Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
+ Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
+ Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
+ Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
+ Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
+ Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
+ Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
+ esac
+ # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
+ # be used for files modified in the last year.
+ if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
+ then
+ year=`expr $year - 1`
+ fi;;
+ *) year=$3;;
+esac
+
+# The result.
+echo $day $month $year
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/stamp-vti b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/stamp-vti
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..103d48daaa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/stamp-vti
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+@set UPDATED 1 February 2005
+@set UPDATED-MONTH February 2005
+@set EDITION 1.76
+@set VERSION 1.76
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.html b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d55c003b90f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.html
@@ -0,0 +1,6072 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd">
+<html>
+<!--Copyright C 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Portions of texi2html
+ Copyright C 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
+ Copyright C 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
+ Copyright C 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
+ Copyright C 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
+ Copyright C 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
+ Copyright C many others.
+
+
+ Portions of this manual
+ Copyright C 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
+ Copyright C 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
+ Copyright C 2003 Derek Price (manual)
+
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
+copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
+this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
+versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim
+copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is
+distributed under the terms of a permission notice
+identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations
+of this manual into another language, under the above
+conditions for modified versions, except that this
+permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+-->
+<!-- Created on February, 3 2005 by texi2html 1.76 -->
+<!--
+Written by: Lionel Cons <Lionel.Cons@cern.ch> (original author)
+ Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+ Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+ and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people <dev@texi2html.cvshome.org>
+Send bugs and suggestions to <users@texi2html.cvshome.org>
+
+-->
+<head>
+<title>Texi2HTML - Texinfo to HTML v1.76: Texi2HTML</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="Texi2HTML - Texinfo to HTML v1.76: Texi2HTML">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Texi2HTML - Texinfo to HTML v1.76: Texi2HTML">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="texi2html 1.76">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=us-ascii">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+pre.display {font-family: serif}
+pre.format {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: serif; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;}
+ul.toc {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
+</head>
+
+<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
+
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="settitle">Texi2HTML</h1>
+<p>Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+</p>
+<table>
+<tr><td><p> Portions of <code>texi2html</code>
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons<br>
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Karl Berry<br>
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann<br>
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas<br>
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price<br>
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; many others.<br>
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td> </td><td>
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td> </td><td>
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td><p> Portions of this manual
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)<br>
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)<br>
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td> </td><td><p> Copyright &copy; 2003 Derek Price (manual)<br>
+</p></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
+copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
+this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
+</p>
+<p>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
+versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim
+copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is
+distributed under the terms of a permission notice
+identical to this one.
+</p>
+<p>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations
+of this manual into another language, under the above
+conditions for modified versions, except that this
+permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+</p>
+
+
+
+<a name="Top"></a>
+<a name="SEC_Top"></a>
+
+
+<p>This manual, last updated 1 February 2005, describes version 1.76
+of the <code>texi2html</code> Perl script which converts
+<a href="http://www.texinfo.org">Texinfo</a> into <a href="http://w3c.org">HTML</a>.
+</p>
+<p>Please send bug reports concerning this manual to the Texi2HTML user
+discussion list <a href="mailto:user@texi2html.cvshome.org">user@texi2html.cvshome.org</a>. Please state the exact
+version of the manual which contains the bug, as given above.
+</p>
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example"><strong>This manual is currently under construction and of course incomplete. ;-)</strong>
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+ Obtaining a copy of the <code>texi2html</code>
+ source code distribution
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Installing <code>texi2html</code>
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Description of the command line options
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC14">5. Overview of initialization files content and loading</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> What kind of variables and subroutines appear
+ in init files and how they are called
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC17">6. Fine tuning of the page layout</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC47">7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Fine tuning of the <acronym>HTML</acronym> elements
+ associated with the texinfo constructs
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC84">A. Internationalization</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Help translating !
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC87">B. Command Line Option Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC88">C. Variable Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC89">D. Concept Index</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">
+</pre></th></tr></table>
+<hr size="1">
+<a name="Overview"></a>
+<a name="SEC1"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC2" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &lt;&lt; ]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 1. Overview </h1>
+
+
+<p><a href="http://www.texinfo.org">Texinfo</a> is the official
+documentation format of the <a href="http://www.gnu.org">GNU</a>
+project. It uses a single source file to produce both
+online information and printed output.
+</p>
+<p>It is often desirable to have a way to produce
+<acronym>HTML</acronym> from Texinfo sources, as GNU-Info files are
+produced. It is much simpler to run a converter than it is to
+rewrite all the documentation in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, especially
+considering that there is so much Texinfo documentation in
+the world.
+</p>
+<p>Some time ago <code>makeinfo</code> wasn't able to produce
+<acronym>HTML</acronym> output format, but people still wanted documentation in
+<acronym>HTML</acronym>. This was the birthing hour for
+<code>texi2html</code>. The basic purpose of <code>texi2html</code>
+is to convert Texinfo documents into <acronym>HTML</acronym>.
+</p>
+<p>Since then, <acronym>HTML</acronym> support in <code>makeinfo</code> has improved, but
+<code>texi2html</code> is still stronger in many areas, including the degree to
+which it allows customization. With <code>texi2html</code>, some important
+aspects of the resulting <acronym>HTML</acronym> files may be specified via command
+line options, and configuration files provide an even finer degree of control
+over the final output, allowing most every aspect of the final output not
+specified in the Texinfo input file to be specified. Configuration files are
+written in <code>perl</code>, like the main program, and anything which may be
+specified on the command line may also be specified within a configuration
+file.
+</p>
+<p>For an example of the kind of pages <code>texi2html</code> is capable of
+producing, have a look at the following sites:
+<a href="http://www.singular.uni-kl.de/Manual/html/">the Singular Manual</a>,
+<a href="http://ccvs.cvshome.org/docs/manual">the Cederqvist (CVS Manual)</a>.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>?</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="whytexi2html"></a>
+<a name="SEC2"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>? </h2>
+
+
+<p>You would like to produce <acronym>HTML</acronym> files from your existing Texinfo
+files? There are two programs you can use to do this. The first is
+<code>makeinfo</code> (see <a href="texinfo.html#Generating-HTML">(texinfo)Generating HTML</a>).
+The second is <code>texi2html</code>.
+</p>
+<p>The design goal of <code>makeinfo</code>'s <acronym>HTML</acronym> output was to produce
+readable <acronym>HTML</acronym> output. It is now possible to use <acronym>CSS</acronym>
+for <acronym>HTML</acronym> customization. Another possibility is to use intermediate
+formats, like docbook or <code>mekeinfo</code> <acronym>XML</acronym>
+and <acronym>XSL</acronym> stylesheets to customize the resulting document. Still the
+output produced by <code>makeinfo</code> isn't customizable.
+</p>
+<p>The current development of <code>texi2html</code> tries to
+provide for producing the more interesting and sophisticated <acronym>HTML</acronym>
+pages that today's Internet users have come to expect.
+The goal behind <code>texi2html</code> is to generate attractive <acronym>HTML</acronym> by
+default but also to allow users considerable freedom to affect the final
+style and design of the output <acronym>HTML</acronym> pages. This is achieved via
+command line options and flexible configuration files.
+</p>
+
+<p>In contrast to the <acronym>HTML</acronym> produced by <code>makeinfo --html</code> (the
+<code>makeinfo</code> program is part of the Texinfo distribution), the
+<code>texi2html</code> program, among other differences, allows for the
+customization of the entire page layout, including headers, footers, style
+sheets, etc., allows for customization of the low level <acronym>HTML</acronym>
+formatting, provides for splitting documents at various levels, and provides
+for using the <code>latex2html</code> program to convert <code>@tex</code> sections of
+the Texinfo source.
+</p>
+<p>The focus on <acronym>HTML</acronym> is still present but with the help of the
+customization files it is now possible to use <code>texi2html</code> to
+produce other formats as well. <code>texi2html</code> may for example be
+turned into a texinfo to roff translator with the help of a customization file
+provided with the distribution.
+</p>
+<p><code>texi2html</code> should reasonably convert all Texinfo
+4.8 constructs. If you find it does not, please send a bug report to the
+<a href="mailto:users@texi2html.cvshome.org">users@texi2html.cvshome.org</a> email list.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Obtaining-texi2html"></a>
+<a name="SEC3"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC2" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC1" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code> </h1>
+
+<p>The latest version of the source code for <code>texi2html</code> should be
+available from <a href="http://texi2html.cvshome.org">texi2html.cvshome.org</a>.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Installation"></a>
+<a name="SEC4"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC3" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code> </h1>
+
+<p>To install <code>texi2html</code>, you must first obtain a copy of the
+source distribution. See section <a href="#SEC3">Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p><code>texi2html</code> also requires <code>perl</code> version
+5.004 or above. The current version has not been tested
+extensively on versions of <code>perl</code> below 5.6, however.
+</p>
+<p><code>texi2html</code> is a standard Automake-based distribution.
+If you have a source version, you should run <code>./configure</code>
+to regenerate the executable <tt>`texi2html'</tt> file. <code>./configure</code>
+accepts options to select the installation directory for the <tt>`texi2html'</tt>
+file, the default directories <code>texi2html</code> will use to look for
+configuration files, and other details. Run <code>./configure --help</code> for
+more information.
+</p>
+<p>Running <code>./configure</code> combines four files into the final
+<tt>`texi2html'</tt> program file:
+</p><ul class="toc">
+<li> <tt>`texi2html.pl'</tt> contains the base program,
+</li><li> <tt>`MySimple.pm'</tt> handles the command line options,
+</li><li> <tt>`texi2html.init'</tt> is the default configuration file, and
+</li><li> <tt>`T2h_i18n.pm'</tt> is used for internationalization.
+</li><li> <tt>`translations.pl'</tt> contains the translations of the strings used in
+documents.
+</li></ul>
+
+<p>Running <code>./configure</code> also builds the <code>make</code> configuration
+files (<tt>`Makefile'</tt>s). To make the documentation run <code>make</code>.
+</p>
+<p><code>make install</code> performs the installation to the locations specified to
+the <code>./configure</code> script. This usually involves placing the actual
+<tt>`texi2html'</tt> file someplace in your path, such as <tt>`/usr/local/bin'</tt> or
+<tt>`/usr/bin'</tt>.
+</p>
+<p>Installing <code>texi2html</code> in your path should be sufficient
+to run it. To use default initialization files, or a configuration file for
+LaTeX2HTML when using <code>latex2html</code> to convert <code>@tex</code> sections
+(see section <a href="#SEC12">Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a>), install them in the package data directory
+specified to configure. This is <tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/'</tt> by default,
+but depends on the value of the <a name="IDX1"></a>
+<samp>`--pkgdatadir=<var>dir</var>'</samp> option passed to
+the <code>./configure</code> script. Files used for strings customization and
+internationalization are also searched for in the <tt>`i18n'</tt> directory
+of this directory. See section <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a> for more.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Invoking-texi2html"></a>
+<a name="SEC5"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC6" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC4" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code> </h1>
+
+<p>To produce an <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual, run <code>texi2html</code> with a Texinfo
+file as an argument. For example, this manual is created with:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$ texi2html texi2html.texi
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>The behaviour of <code>texi2html</code> may be changed with command line
+options. These command line options are always associated with corresponding
+<code>perl</code> variables which may appear in init files, and these
+variables are presented in this chapter each time a switch is described.
+</p>
+<p>Boolean command line switches always have a corresponding negated switch,
+obtained by prepending <samp>`no'</samp> or <samp>`no-'</samp> to the switch name. For example
+<a name="IDX2"></a>
+<samp>`--nomenu'</samp> does the reverse of <a name="IDX3"></a>
+<samp>`--menu'</samp>.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> The <acronym>HTML</acronym> output may be split at
+ different levels
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Customizing page layout
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Specifying initialization files for fine tuning
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Splitting-output"></a>
+<a name="SEC6"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC7" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document </h2>
+
+<p>The <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual resulting from the processing of the Texinfo source
+may be split into files at different levels. This is specified with the
+option <a name="IDX4"></a>
+<samp>`--split'</samp> which takes an argument, namely the level of splitting
+(variable: <a name="IDX5"></a>
+<code>$SPLIT</code>). This level may be:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <samp>`chapter'</samp></dt>
+<dd><p>The document is split at <code>@chapter</code>, <code>@appendix</code>, or <code>@unnumbered</code>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <samp>`section'</samp></dt>
+<dd><p>The document is split at the same places as it is using the <samp>`chapter'</samp>
+argument, and also at <code>@section</code>, <code>@appendixsec</code> or
+<code>@unnumberedsec</code>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <samp>`node'</samp></dt>
+<dd><p>The document is split at every sectioning command. It is not necessarily
+split at each node, if the <code>@node</code> structure doesn't correspond with
+the sectioning command structure (see below).
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <samp>`none'</samp></dt>
+<dd><p>The document isn't split. This is the default.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>There are two kinds of commands which may be used to define sectioning
+elements in Texinfo: <code>@node</code> and the structuring commands (<code>@top</code>,
+<code>@section</code>, <code>@appendixsubsec</code>, and so on). A node just preceding
+a structuring command is considered to be part of the same sectioning element
+as that command. If the <code>@node Top</code> isn't associated with a structuring
+command it also defines a sectioning element.
+</p>
+<p>By default, nodes which aren't associated with a structuring command are not
+considered to be sectioning commands. They are always considered to be part
+of a sectioning element defined by a structuring command. It is possible to
+change this behaviour via the <a name="IDX6"></a>
+<samp>`--use-nodes'</samp> option (variable
+<a name="IDX7"></a>
+<code>$USE_NODES</code>). In this case, nodes not associated with structuring
+commands are also considered to be sectioning commands defining a sectioning
+element.
+</p>
+<p>This default behaviour mimics <code>texi2dvi</code> behaviour, which ignores
+<code>@node</code> commands for the purprose of sectioning, while the second
+looks like <code>makeinfo</code> behaviour (see <a href="texinfo.html#Two-Paths">(texinfo)Two Paths</a>).
+</p>
+<p>As an illustration, the following table shows how a sample Texinfo document is
+divided into sectioning elements when <a name="IDX8"></a>
+<samp>`--use-nodes'</samp> is used and not:
+</p>
+<table>
+<tr><td><p> Texinfo code
+</p></td><td>
+</td><td>
+<p>default case
+</p></td><td>
+</td><td>
+<p>with <a name="IDX9"></a>
+<samp>`--use-nodes'</samp>
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td>
+<br>
+<br>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node1
+@chapter node 1
+node1 text
+
+@node node2
+node2 text
+
+@node node3
+node3 text
+@chapter node 3
+chapter text
+</pre></td></tr></table></td><td>
+</td><td>
+<p>first element:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node1
+@chapter node 1
+node1 text
+
+@node node2
+node2 text
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>second element:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node3
+node3 text
+@chapter node 3
+chapter text
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+</td><td>
+</td><td>
+<p>first element:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node1
+@chapter node 1
+node1 text
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>second element:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node2
+node2 text
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>third element:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@node node3
+node3 text
+@chapter node 3
+chapter text
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Output-files"></a>
+<a name="SEC7"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC6" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 4.2 Setting output file and directory names </h2>
+
+<p>The manual name is constructed by stripping the <samp>`.texi'</samp>,
+<samp>`.txi'</samp>, <samp>`.texinfo'</samp>, or <samp>`.txinfo'</samp> extension from the Texinfo file
+name.
+</p>
+<p>By default, <code>texi2html</code> generates the manual file in the current
+directory if the manual isn't split. A <samp>`.html'</samp> file extension is appended
+to the manual name.
+</p>
+<p>If the manual is split the files are put in a directory named after the
+manual name. The file name is constructed using the manual name as basename.
+An underscore followed by a number is appended
+to the basename for each files corresponding with sectioning elements, with the
+exception of the top element. For the top element there nothing appended.
+The files containing special elements pages
+have an underscore and a 3 letter code corresponding to their content
+(<samp>`toc'</samp> for table of contents, <samp>`abt'</samp> for about, <samp>`ovr'</samp> for
+overview) appended. Lastly, an <samp>`.html'</samp> file extension is appended.
+</p>
+<p>Thus, if the texinfo file <tt>`afile.texi'</tt> is processed and split at chapters
+into 3 files, the generated files (in directory <tt>`afile'</tt>) will be:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">afile.html --&gt; <code>@node Top</code> or <code>@top</code> section
+afile_1.html --&gt; Chapter 1
+afile_2.html --&gt; Chapter 2
+afile_toc.html --&gt; Table of Contents
+afile_abt.html --&gt; About Page
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>This default behavior may be modified by several command line options. If the
+output isn't split, the prefix file name may be overrided by the
+<a name="IDX10"></a>
+<samp>`--output'</samp> command line option (variable <a name="IDX11"></a>
+<code>$OUT</code>). If the output
+is split, and <a name="IDX12"></a>
+<samp>`--output'</samp> is set, the files are placed in the directory
+specified by the argument to the option.
+</p>
+<p>The basename may be overridden with <a name="IDX13"></a>
+<samp>`--prefix'</samp> (variable
+<a name="IDX14"></a>
+<code>$PREFIX</code>). If <a name="IDX15"></a>
+<samp>`--short-ext'</samp> is given, <samp>`.htm'</samp> is appended
+instead of <samp>`.html'</samp> in the final step (variable <a name="IDX16"></a>
+<code>$SHORTEXTN</code>).
+The <a name="IDX17"></a>
+<samp>`--top-file'</samp> option
+overrides the top element file name (variable <a name="IDX18"></a>
+<code>$TOP_FILE</code>). This can
+be used to name the top element file <samp>`index.html'</samp>. Similarly,
+<a name="IDX19"></a>
+<samp>`--toc-file'</samp> changes the name of the table of contents file (variable
+<a name="IDX20"></a>
+<code>$TOC_FILE</code>).
+</p>
+<p>Reusing the example above, but this time calling <code>texi2html</code> like so:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$ texi2html -split chapter -prefix manual -short-ext -top-file index.htm -toc-file contents.htm afile.texi
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>we get, in <tt>`manual'</tt>:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">index.htm --&gt; <code>@node Top</code> or <code>@top</code> section
+manual_1.htm --&gt; Chapter 1
+manual_2.htm --&gt; Chapter 2
+contents.htm --&gt; Table of Contents
+manual_abt.htm --&gt; About Page
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>The file names generated by <code>texi2html</code> differ from those generated
+by <code>makeinfo</code>. <code>makeinfo</code> uses the node name to construct
+the file names while splitting at nodes. It is possible to get the same
+behaviour out of <code>texi2html</code> by specifying the
+<a name="IDX21"></a>
+<samp>`--node-files'</samp> option (variable <a name="IDX22"></a>
+<code>$NODE_FILES</code>). If the output
+isn't split at nodes, <code>texi2html</code> will still output files named after
+the nodes, without real content but redirecting to the right file.
+The default is false for this option.
+This trick enables the generated <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual to be a
+target for the cross-references of other manuals generated by
+<code>makeinfo</code> or <code>texi2html</code>.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Expansion"></a>
+<a name="SEC8"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC7" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC9" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded </h2>
+
+<p>The default for <code>texi2html</code> is to expand the <code>@ifhtml</code>,
+<code>@html</code>, and <code>@menu</code> regions, all the <code>@ifnot</code> regions
+except <code>@ifnothtml</code>, and no other <code>@if</code> regions.
+</p>
+<p>It is possible to expand other regions by setting <a name="IDX23"></a>
+<samp>`--if&lt;region&gt;'</samp>,
+where <samp>`&lt;region&gt;'</samp> is replaced by the literal name of the region (for
+example, <samp>`--iftex'</samp>). Symetrically, if <a name="IDX24"></a>
+<samp>`--no-if&lt;region&gt;'</samp> is
+specified, the <samp>`&lt;region&gt;'</samp> region is ignored. The configuration file
+array, <a name="IDX25"></a>
+<code>@EXPAND</code>, holds the names of regions which should be
+expanded. The only region name present in <code>@EXPAND</code> in the default case
+is <samp>`html'</samp>.
+</p>
+<p>If <a name="IDX26"></a>
+<samp>`--nomenu'</samp> is set, the <code>@menu</code> sections are not expanded
+(variable <a name="IDX27"></a>
+<code>$SHOW_MENU</code>). The default is to expand <code>@menu</code>
+sections.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Texinfo-related-options"></a>
+<a name="SEC9"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC8" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC10" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features </h2>
+
+<p>Miscalleneous Texinfo related things may be specified via command line options.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <a name="IDX28"></a>
+<p><samp>`--lang=<var>lang</var>'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>Sets the document language similar to the Texinfo directive,
+<code>@documentlanguage <var>lang</var></code> (variable <a name="IDX29"></a>
+<code>$LANG</code>).
+The default is <samp>`en'</samp>, that is, use the english language strings.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <a name="IDX30"></a>
+<p><samp>`-D<var>var</var>'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>Sets <var>var</var>. Equivalent to, <code>@set <var>var</var> 1</code>, in Texinfo.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <a name="IDX31"></a>
+<p><samp>`-U<var>var</var>'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>Clears <var>var</var>. Equivalent to, <code>@clear <var>var</var></code>, in Texinfo.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <a name="IDX32"></a>
+<p><samp>`-P<var>dir</var>'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>Prepend <var>dir</var> to the list of directories to search for
+<code>@include</code> files (the associated array is <a name="IDX33"></a>
+<code>@PREPEND_DIRS</code>,
+empty in the default case).
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <a name="IDX34"></a>
+<p><samp>`-I<var>dir</var>'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>Append <var>dir</var> to the list of directories to search for
+<code>@include</code> files (the associated array is <a name="IDX35"></a>
+<code>@INCLUDE_DIRS</code>,
+empty in the default case).
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>The include files are always searched for in the current directory.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Page-layout-options"></a>
+<a name="SEC10"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC9" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC11" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 4.5 Page layout related command line options </h2>
+
+<p>If the <a name="IDX36"></a>
+<samp>`--frames'</samp> option is specified, <acronym>HTML</acronym> frames
+are used. A file describing the frame layout is generated, and the
+document page is associated with a frame where the short table of
+content appears (variable <a name="IDX37"></a>
+<code>$FRAMES</code>). The default is not
+to use frames.
+</p>
+<p>It is also possible to suppress the section navigation panel with
+<a name="IDX38"></a>
+<samp>`--nosec-nav'</samp> (variable <a name="IDX39"></a>
+<code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code>, the default
+is to output all the navigation panels), and to specify
+whether footnotes should appear at the foot of the same page which contains
+the reference to the note or on a separate page with
+<a name="IDX40"></a>
+<samp>`--separated-footnotes'</samp> (variable <a name="IDX41"></a>
+<code>$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES</code>).
+The default is to have separated footnotes.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Style-options"></a>
+<a name="SEC11"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC10" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC12" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style </h2>
+
+<p>Miscalleneous style changes may be achieved with command line options.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <a name="IDX42"></a>
+<p><samp>`--doctype=<var>DTD</var>'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dt> <a name="IDX43"></a>
+<p><samp>`--frameset-doctype=<var>DTD</var>'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>You can specify the document DTD by setting these options.
+<a name="IDX44"></a>
+<samp>`--frameset-doctype'</samp> applies to the file describing the frames when
+frames are used (corresponding variables are <a name="IDX45"></a>
+<code>$DOCTYPE</code> and
+<a name="IDX46"></a>
+<code>$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE</code>).
+</p>
+<p>The default for the document doctype is:
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC &quot;-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN&quot; &quot;http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd&quot;&gt;
+</pre></td></tr></table><p>And for the frameset doctype:
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC &quot;-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//EN&quot; &quot;http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/frameset.dtd&quot;&gt;
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+</dd>
+<dt> <a name="IDX47"></a>
+<p><samp>`--iso'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>If this option is set, ISO8859 entities are used for some special symbols,
+like Copyright &copy; (variable <a name="IDX48"></a>
+<code>$USE_ISO</code>). It is the default.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <a name="IDX49"></a>
+<p><samp>`--css-include=<var>file</var>'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>This command line switch provides for the inclusion of an external
+Cascading Style Sheet (<acronym>CSS</acronym>) file. More than one file may be
+specified, and <samp>`-'</samp> stands for the standard input (array
+<a name="IDX50"></a>
+<code>@CSS_FILES</code>).
+</p>
+<p>The option use is the same than for <code>makeinfo</code> and is described
+extensively in <a href="texinfo.html#HTML-CSS">(texinfo)HTML CSS</a>.
+Briefly, the <acronym>CSS</acronym> <code>@import</code> lines from the external file
+<acronym>CSS</acronym> file are pasted before the
+<code>texi2html</code> <acronym>CSS</acronym> rules, and the external file <acronym>CSS</acronym>
+rules are pasted after the <code>texi2html</code> <acronym>CSS</acronym> rules.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <a name="IDX51"></a>
+<p><samp>`--html-xref-prefix=<var>path</var>'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>This option sets the base directory for external <acronym>HTML</acronym> texinfo manuals
+(variable <a name="IDX52"></a>
+<code>$EXTERNAL_DIR</code>). Defaults to <samp>`../'</samp>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <a name="IDX53"></a>
+<p><samp>`--def-table'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>If this option is set, <acronym>HTML</acronym> tables are used to format definition
+commands, rather than <acronym>HTML</acronym> definition tables (variable
+<a name="IDX54"></a>
+<code>$DEF_TABLE</code>). Default is false.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <a name="IDX55"></a>
+<p><samp>`--short-ref'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>If this option is set, cross-references are given without section numbers
+(variable <a name="IDX56"></a>
+<code>$SHORT_REF</code>). Default is false.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <a name="IDX57"></a>
+<p><samp>`--number'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>If this option is set, sections are numbered (variable
+<a name="IDX58"></a>
+<code>$NUMBER_SECTIONS</code>). This is the default.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <a name="IDX59"></a>
+<p><samp>`--toc-links'</samp>
+</p></dt>
+<dd><p>If this option is set, links from headings to <acronym>TOC</acronym> entries are
+created (variable <a name="IDX60"></a>
+<code>$TOC_LINKS</code>). Default is false.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Expanding-TeX-regions"></a>
+<a name="SEC12"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC11" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML </h2>
+
+<p>It is possible to use <a href="http://www.latex2html.org/">LaTeX2HTML</a>
+to process <code>@tex</code> regions and <code>@math{}</code> commands. This is an
+attractive way to display mathematical constructs in the <acronym>HTML</acronym>
+manual. The <a name="IDX61"></a>
+<samp>`--l2h'</samp> option activates this feature (variable
+<var>$L2H</var>). It is usually desirable to expand <code>@tex</code> sections when this
+option is specified (see section <a href="#SEC8">Specifying which regions get expanded</a>). The default is not to use this
+feature.
+</p>
+<p>The <a name="IDX62"></a>
+<samp>`--l2h-l2h=<var>program</var>'</samp> option enables changing the name/location
+of the LaTeX2HTML program processing TeX regions (variable
+<a name="IDX63"></a>
+<code>$L2H_L2H</code>). The default is <code>latex2html</code>.
+</p>
+<a name="IDX64"></a>
+<p><samp>`--l2h-tmp'</samp> sets the directory used for temporary
+files, this name shouldn't contain a dot <samp>`.'</samp>
+(variable is <a name="IDX65"></a>
+<code>$L2H_TMP</code>). Defaults to the current dir.
+</p>
+<p>The file specified by <a name="IDX66"></a>
+<samp>`--l2h-file'</samp> is
+used as LaTeX2HTML init file. It is searched at the same places than
+init files (see section <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a>), and the default is <tt>`l2h.init'</tt>.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Using-init-files"></a>
+<a name="SEC13"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC12" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning </h2>
+
+
+<p>Initialization variables are read first from
+<tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/Config'</tt> (the exact location being
+changeable with the <a name="IDX67"></a>
+<samp>`--pkgdatadir=dir'</samp> option of the
+<code>configure</code> script, see <a href="#SEC4">Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a>),
+<tt>`/usr/local/etc/texi2html/Config'</tt> (the exact location being
+changeable with the <a name="IDX68"></a>
+<samp>`--sysconfdir=dir'</samp> option of the
+<code>configure</code> script, see <a href="#SEC4">Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a>), from <tt>`./Config'</tt>
+then from <tt>`$HOME/.texi2html/Config'</tt>. Any command-line option
+can override the corresponding option set in init file, and the
+option <a name="IDX69"></a>
+<samp>`--init-file'</samp> specifies an init file to be loaded, with
+later settings overriding earlier ones.
+</p>
+<p>The init files specified with <a name="IDX70"></a>
+<samp>`--init-file'</samp> are searched
+first in the current directory, then in the <tt>`$HOME/.texi2html/'</tt>
+directory, in the <tt>`/usr/local/etc/texi2html/'</tt> directory and lastly
+in the <tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/'</tt> directory.
+</p>
+<p>A file is also included based on the language selected,
+by <a name="IDX71"></a>
+<code>$LANG</code>, <a name="IDX72"></a>
+<samp>`--lang'</samp> or <code>@documentlanguage</code>.
+If no language was selected <samp>`en'</samp> is considered to be
+the language. All the files with name the language name in
+<tt>`/usr/local/share/texi2html/i18n/'</tt>,
+<tt>`/usr/local/etc/texi2html/i18n/'</tt>,
+<tt>`$HOME/.texi2html/i18n/'</tt> and then <tt>`./i18n/'</tt> are included.
+</p>
+<p>The default initialization options are defined in the
+<tt>`texi2html.init'</tt> file contained in the <code>texi2html</code>
+distribution (which gets included near the beginning of the
+<code>texi2html</code> script that gets installed).
+</p>
+<p>To customize <code>texi2html</code> it is best if you copy the
+appropriate sections from the <tt>`texi2html.init'</tt>
+contents into an appropriate local initialization file,
+make the necessary changes there, and then have
+<code>texi2html</code> read this initialization file by one of
+the means described above.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Initialization-files"></a>
+<a name="SEC14"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC13" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC15" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC5" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 5. Overview of initialization files content and loading </h1>
+
+<p>The initialization files are <code>perl</code> files, read as explained
+in <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a>. You don't need to know much of <code>perl</code>
+to do some simple changes in variable values, however, to be able to
+really take advantage of all the features of the initialization file,
+a good knowledge of <code>perl</code> is required.
+</p>
+<p>In initialization file two kind of variables appear. These are normal
+variables (including arrays and hashes) and references on functions.
+The later permits the dynamic redefinition of functions used to produce
+the <acronym>HTML</acronym> manual. You should be able to change the value of some
+normal variables without a deep knowledge of <code>perl</code>, by looking
+at the existing examples. The possible mistakes in that case could be
+omitted <samp>`;'</samp>, and bad quoting.
+</p>
+<p>Initialization file are loaded from the main program by
+the mean of a <code>require</code>, while in the <code>Texi2HTML::Config</code>
+namespace. This means that the namespace of the main program and
+the namespace of inititalization files are distinct, which ensures
+that no name clash should happen. The variables are declared with the
+<code>our</code> specifier, such that it should be possible to use the
+<code>use strict</code> pragma in the initialization file code.
+</p>
+<p>To avoid messing with the variables in the <code>main</code> namespace
+all the global variables which could be of use in the init files
+are in the <code>Texi2HTML</code> namespace. Notice that the functions
+of the main program are still in the <code>main</code> namespace.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC15">5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Function redefinition is achieved with
+ redefinition of references on functions.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC16">5.2 Conventions used for function prototypes</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Conventions used in that manual for function
+ reference prototypes display.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Redefining-functions"></a>
+<a name="SEC15"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC16" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files </h2>
+
+<p>To redefine a function you must replace the corresponding funtion
+reference with a reference on your function.
+Thus you should write your function, give it a name you
+are certain it is unique in the <code>Texi2HTML::Config</code> namespace,
+and override the value of the function reference with your own
+function reference. When another function from the main program
+(or from another functions of an initialization file) calls the reference,
+your function will be used.
+</p>
+<p>For example the function
+reference corresponding with the function called when doing an
+anchor is called <a name="IDX73"></a>
+<code>$anchor</code>. Thus if you want to override the
+corresponding function
+you could write:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example"># override the function reference
+$anchor = \&amp;my_own_function;
+
+# the function reference now refers to
+sub my_own_function {
+# process arguments and return an html anchor
+}
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Function-prototypes"></a>
+<a name="SEC16"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC15" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 5.2 Conventions used for function prototypes </h2>
+
+<p>As the functions are defined by a reference name, we will always
+use the reference name in function prototypes. For the function arguments
+we will use <code>\@array</code> for a reference on an array and similarly
+<code>\%hash</code> for a reference on a hash.
+</p>
+<p>Thus, the prototype for the function associated with the function
+reference <samp>`$formatting_function'</samp> will be:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>formatting_function</b><i> $arg1 \@arg2</i>
+<a name="IDX74"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><code>formatting_function</code> takes as first argument <var>$arg2</var>,
+as second argument a reference on an array <var>\@arg2</var>
+and returns the formatted text <var>$text</var>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>To redefined the corresponding function, you should write:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$formatting_function = \&amp;my_formatting_function
+
+sub my_formatting_function($ $)
+{
+ my $arg1 = shift;
+ my $arg2 = shift;
+ # prepare $formatted_text
+ .....
+ return $formatted_text
+}
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Changing-the-page-layout"></a>
+<a name="SEC17"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC16" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC18" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC14" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 6. Fine tuning of the page layout </h1>
+
+<p>Some features of the page layout might be specified with command line
+options, the corresponding variables are described in
+<a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>.
+Fine tuning of the page layout may be achieved
+with redefinition of other variables and function references in the
+initialization files.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC18">6.1 The different categories of pages and sectioning elements</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> The different categories of pages.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> The elements of a page.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC21">6.3 Customization of the navigation panels buttons</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> How to change the navigation panel.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC25">6.4 Main program variables and usefull functions</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> The available main program variables and some
+ usefull functions from the main program.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Setting variables before the document
+ production but after the texinfo parsing.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC33">6.6 Finalizing the output</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Cleaning after document generation.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Customizing css lines.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC36">6.9 Customizing the sections</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC38">6.11 Special pages formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Customizing table of contents, top, about page.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC46">6.13 Generation of external files for index entries</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Putting index entries in external files.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="The-different-pages"></a>
+<a name="SEC18"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC19" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.1 The different categories of pages and sectioning elements </h2>
+
+<p>The following sectioning elements can be associated with pages:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <em>Normal elements</em></dt>
+<dd><p>These are normal sections or nodes. Their association with pages is
+determined by the splitting of the document. See section <a href="#SEC6">Specifying where to split the generated document</a>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Top element</em></dt>
+<dd><p>The top element is the higher element in the document structure.
+If there is a <code>@top</code> section it is the element associated with
+that section. Otherwise it is the element associated with the
+<code>@node Top</code>. If there is no <code>@node Top</code> the first element is the
+top element.
+</p>
+<p>The top element is formatted differently than a normal element if there
+is a <code>@top</code> section or the <code>@node Top</code> isn't associated
+with a sectioning command.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Misc elements</em></dt>
+<dd><p>These elements are associated with pages if the document is split.
+There are four misc elements:
+</p><ol>
+<li> Table of contents
+</li><li> Short table of contents, also called Overview
+</li><li> Footnotes page
+</li><li> About page
+</li></ol>
+
+<p>The <em>About page</em> shouldn't be present for documents consisting
+in only one sectioning element. The <em>Footnote page</em> should only
+be present if the footnotes appear on a separated page
+(see section <a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>), however a footnote element is present if
+the document isn't split. The <em>Table of contents</em> should only
+be formatted if <code>@contents</code> is present in the document.
+Similarly the <em>Overview</em> should only appear if <code>@shortcontents</code>
+or <code>@summarycontents</code> is present.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="The-page-layout"></a>
+<a name="SEC19"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC18" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview </h2>
+
+<p>A page is broken up in three parts. A page header, the sections
+and a page footer. A common element in the page layout is a navigation
+panel with icons or text linking to other sections or pages. Another
+common element is a rule, separating sections or footer. The navigation
+panel and the rules may be part of the sections or part of headers or
+footers. You may use the variables <a name="IDX75"></a>
+<code>$SMALL_RULE</code>,
+<a name="IDX76"></a>
+<code>$DEFAULT_RULE</code>, <a name="IDX77"></a>
+<code>$MIDDLE_RULE</code> and <a name="IDX78"></a>
+<code>$BIG_RULE</code>
+for rules of different sizes.
+The defaults are
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$SMALL_RULE = '&lt;hr size=&quot;1&quot;&gt;';
+$DEFAULT_RULE = '&lt;hr&gt;';
+$MIDDLE_RULE = '&lt;hr size=&quot;2&quot;&gt;';
+$BIG_RULE = '&lt;hr size=&quot;6&quot;&gt;';
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+
+<p>In the header some important meta data may be defined, like the
+title or style information, and textual informations may be present
+in comments. All this doesn't appear directly in the displayed
+<acronym>HTML</acronym>, though.
+</p>
+<p>The page layout is mainly controlled by functions, the precise functions
+called depending on the document splitting. The navigation panel, however,
+can be customized with variables.
+</p>
+<a name="SEC20"></a>
+<h3 class="subheading"> Element labels </h3>
+<p><a name="Element-labels"></a>
+</p>
+<p>There are 19 items associated with elements. Each of these
+is associated with a name and a reference to the
+element they represent, when such an element exists.
+The element is either a global element or an element relative to the current
+element. The relative elements are found with respect with the document
+structure defined by the section structuring commands (<code>@chapter</code>,
+<code>@unnumbered</code>&hellip;) or by the nodes (in that case the node
+directions are specified on node line or in menu organization).
+These items are called <em>element labels</em>. They may be associated with
+a button (see section <a href="#SEC23">Specifying the buttons formatting</a>), and used in the formatting functions
+(see section <a href="#SEC25">Main program variables and usefull functions</a>).
+</p>
+<p>Here is the list:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <em><samp>`&nbsp;'</samp></em></dt>
+<dd><p>An empty button
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Top</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Top element. The associated name is <a name="IDX79"></a>
+<code>$TOP_HEADING</code> if that variable is
+defined. This variable is not set by default.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Contents</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Table of contents
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>About</em></dt>
+<dd><p>About (help) page
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Overview</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Overview, short table of contents
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>First</em></dt>
+<dd><p>First element in reading order
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Last</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Last element in reading order
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Index</em></dt>
+<dd><p>The first chapter with <code>@printindex</code>. The associated name
+is <a name="IDX80"></a>
+<code>$INDEX_CHAPTER</code>, if the variable is set. This variable is not set
+by default.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>This</em></dt>
+<dd><p>The current element
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Back</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Preceding element in reading order
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>FastBack</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter if the element is a chapter
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Prev</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Previous section on the same level
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>NodePrev</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Previous node
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Forward</em> </dt>
+<dd><p>Next element in reading order
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>FastForward</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Next chapter
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Next</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Next section on the same level
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>NodeNext</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Next node
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Following</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Next node in node reading order
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>Up</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Up section
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>NodeUp</em></dt>
+<dd><p>Up node
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Navigation-panel"></a>
+<a name="SEC21"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC19" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC22" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.3 Customization of the navigation panels buttons </h2>
+
+<p>A lot of customization of the navigation panel may be achieved without
+redefining functions, with variables redefinition.
+In case it isn't enough, it is also possible to redefine the function
+doing the navigation panel formatting.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Variables controlling the navigation panel
+ at a global level
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC24">6.3.3 Changing the navigation panel formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="General-purpose-variables"></a>
+<a name="SEC22"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC23" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level </h3>
+
+<p>The global formatting of the navigation panels may be
+changed with the following variables:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>$VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION</code>
+<a name="IDX81"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>A vertical navigation panel will be used for the header navigation
+panel if this variable is true.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$ICONS</code>
+<a name="IDX82"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Icons are used instead of
+textual buttons if this variable is true.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code>
+<a name="IDX83"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>If this variable is false there is no section navigation, no navigation
+panels for the elements within the pages, only at
+the beginning and the end of the page (see section <a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>).
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Button-specifications"></a>
+<a name="SEC23"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC22" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC24" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting </h3>
+
+<p>Several arrays and hashes enable a precise control on the buttons and
+their display.
+The following arrays determine the buttons present in navigation panels:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>@SECTION_BUTTONS</code>
+<a name="IDX84"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the begining
+of sectioning elements. If split at node or section they are also used
+at the page footer, and in the case of section navigation at the page header.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code>
+<a name="IDX85"></a>
+</dt>
+<dt> <code>@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code>
+<a name="IDX86"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the footer
+of pages when split at node or at section.
+</p>
+<p>If <a name="IDX87"></a>
+<code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code> is set and the output is split at nodes, these
+buttons are only present if there are more than <a name="IDX88"></a>
+<code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code>
+words in the sectioning element text. This counting is very rough and include
+punctuation marks, html elements, numbers. The default is to include the
+buttons after 300 words.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>@CHAPTER_BUTTONS</code>
+<a name="IDX89"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This array is used for the buttons appearing at the page footer if split at
+chapter, and at the page header if split at chapter and there is no section
+navigation.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>@MISC_BUTTONS</code>
+<a name="IDX90"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>These buttons appear at the beginning of special and sections
+and at the end of these section pages if the output is split.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>The array specify the buttons displayed in navigation panels,
+and how the button is displayed.
+Each element is associated with
+a button of the navigation panel from left to right.
+The signification of the array element value is the following:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <em>reference on a function</em></dt>
+<dd><p>The function is called with first argument a filehandle reference on the
+current file and second argument a boolean true if the navigation
+panel should be vertical.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>reference on a scalar</em></dt>
+<dd><p>The scalar value is printed. For some possibly
+usefull scalars, <a href="#SEC26">Accessing elements informations</a>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>reference on an array</em></dt>
+<dd><p>In this case the first array element should be a reference on text and the
+second element an element label. In that case a link to the
+element associated with the element label with the scalar value
+text is generated.
+</p>
+<p>For example if the buttons array element is
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">[ 'Next', \$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next} ]
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>The button will be a link to the next section with text
+<a name="IDX91"></a>
+<code>$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next}</code>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <em>element label</em></dt>
+<dd><p>If icons are not used, the button is a link to the corresponding
+element which text is defined by the value associated with the
+element label in the <a name="IDX92"></a>
+<code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code> hash, surrounded
+by <samp>`['</samp> and <samp>`]'</samp>. If the element label is <samp>` '</samp>, there is
+no <samp>`['</samp> and <samp>`]'</samp>.
+The element of the <code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code> hash are defined
+dynamically, in the <code>init_out</code> function reference
+(see section <a href="#SEC32">Preparing the output</a>).
+</p>
+<p>If icons are used, the button is an image with file determined by
+the value associated with the element label in the <a name="IDX93"></a>
+<code>%ACTIVE_ICONS</code>
+hash if the the link really leads to an element, or in the <a name="IDX94"></a>
+<code>%PASSIVE_ICONS</code>
+hash if there is no element to link to. Of course if there is a link to the
+element the icon links to that element.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Panel-formatting-function"></a>
+<a name="SEC24"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC23" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC21" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 6.3.3 Changing the navigation panel formatting </h3>
+
+<p>If you are not satisfied with this scheme, it is possible to
+control exactly the formatting of navigation panels by redefining a function
+reference. The function controlling the display of navigation panel is
+associated with the following function reference:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_navigation</b><i> $filehandle \@buttons $vertical</i>
+<a name="IDX95"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+<var>\@buttons</var> is an array reference which should hold the specification of
+the buttons for that navigation panel. <var>$vertical</var> is true if the
+navigation panel should be vertical.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Program-variables"></a>
+<a name="SEC25"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC24" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC26" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.4 Main program variables and usefull functions </h2>
+
+<p>In the functions
+controlling the page layout some global variables set by the main
+program are available, with value corresponding with the current
+layout element.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Accessing information related with the
+ different elements
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC27">6.4.2 Accessing global informations</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Accessing global informations, like date,
+ title&hellip;
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> main program usefull functions
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Elements-hashes"></a>
+<a name="SEC26"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC27" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 6.4.1 Accessing elements informations </h3>
+
+<p>Four hashes are available, with key the elements labels (as described
+in <a href="#Element-labels">Element labels</a>) and values:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::NAME</code>
+<a name="IDX96"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The formatted element name
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::HREF</code>
+<a name="IDX97"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The element hypertext reference
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::NODE</code>
+<a name="IDX98"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The element node name
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>%Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI</code>
+<a name="IDX99"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The element name after removal of texi commands
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Global-informations"></a>
+<a name="SEC27"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC26" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC31" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 6.4.2 Accessing global informations </h3>
+
+<p>Three kinds of global informations are available, miscalleneous global
+strings, flags set by <code>@set</code> and special flags and section lines.
+</p>
+<a name="SEC28"></a>
+<h4 class="subsubheading"> Global strings </h4>
+<p>The <a name="IDX100"></a>
+<code>%Texi2HTML::THISDOC</code> hash holds some global informations:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>fulltitle</code></dt>
+<dd><p>title set by <code>@title</code>. If there is no <code>@title</code> other
+possibilities are tried (<code>@settitle</code>, <code>@shorttitlepage</code>&hellip;).
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>title</code></dt>
+<dd><p>title set by <code>@settitle</code>, or <code>fulltitle</code>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>title_no_texi</code></dt>
+<dd><p>title without texi formatting
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>title_texi</code></dt>
+<dd><p>title with texi commands
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>author</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Authors list set by <code>@author</code>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>authors</code></dt>
+<dd><p>A reference on an array containing each author set by <code>@author</code>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>copying</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Text appearing in <code>@copying</code> with all the texinfo commands removed,
+put in comments.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>program</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The name and version of <code>texi2html</code>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>program_homepage</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Homepage for <code>texi2html</code>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>program_authors</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Authors of <code>texi2html</code>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>file_base_name</code></dt>
+<dd><p>base name of the texinfo manual file.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>destination_directory</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Destination directory for the resulting files.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>toc_file</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The file name of the table of contents.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>today</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The date.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>It also holds the arg of the following commands, associated with the command
+name: kbdinputstyle, paragraphindent, setchapternewpage, headings,
+footnotestyle,
+ exampleindent, firstparagraphindent, everyheading, everyfooting,
+ evenheading, evenfooting, oddheading, oddfooting.
+</p>
+
+<a name="SEC29"></a>
+<h4 class="subsubheading"> Flags </h4>
+<p>Flags defined by <code>@set</code> may be accessed through the
+<a name="IDX101"></a>
+<code>%main::value</code> hash. The key is the flag name, the value is the
+flag value at the end of the document.
+</p>
+<p>Special flags are set by the main program. They correspond with a texinfo
+command, like <code>@setfilename</code>, or <code>@settitle</code>,
+<code>@author</code>&hellip; The corresponding flag is the command name with
+<samp>`_'</samp> appended, for example, <code>_titlefont</code> corresponds with
+<code>@titlefont</code>. Like other flags they are available in
+<a name="IDX102"></a>
+<code>%main::value</code>.
+</p>
+
+<a name="SEC30"></a>
+<h4 class="subsubheading"> Section lines </h4>
+
+<p>The following array references or arrays holds formatted lines:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code>
+<a name="IDX103"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Lines of the current element.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER</code>
+<a name="IDX104"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Lines of the current element appearing before the element label (anchors).
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code>
+<a name="IDX105"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Lines of short table of contents. See section <a href="#SEC38">Special pages formatting</a>.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code>
+<a name="IDX106"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Lines of table of contents. See section <a href="#SEC38">Special pages formatting</a>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Global-functions"></a>
+<a name="SEC31"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC27" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC32" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC25" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting </h3>
+
+<p>The usefull function is a function used to print an array of lines, which
+also counts the number of words in the array, if needed.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function:</u> $words_number <b>main::print_lines</b><i> $filehandle \@lines_array</i>
+<a name="IDX107"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+<var>\@lines_array</var> is the array line the function should write to the file.
+If this argument is omitted, the function uses <a name="IDX108"></a>
+<code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code>.
+<var>$words_number</var> is the number of words in the array, only defined if
+split at nodes and <a name="IDX109"></a>
+<code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code> is defined.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Output-initialization"></a>
+<a name="SEC32"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC31" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC33" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.5 Preparing the output </h2>
+
+<p>After the texinfo file has been parsed, some information is available
+which can be used to modify some variables and prepare the outputting.
+For example the document language, the document encoding,
+values set with <code>@set</code> or <code>@setfilename</code> and other similar
+@-commands are not known before the texinfo parsing.
+</p>
+<p>The following function reference may be redefined to be called after
+texinfo processing and before document generation:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $encoding <b>init_out</b>
+<a name="IDX110"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function perform the initialization of variables and any other
+task before document outputting. It returns the encoding used for the
+output files.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>In the default case the <a name="IDX111"></a>
+<code>$BODYTEXT</code> (see section <a href="#SEC35">Customizing the page header</a>)
+and the hashes <a name="IDX112"></a>
+<code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code> (see section <a href="#SEC23">Specifying the buttons formatting</a>) and
+<a name="IDX113"></a>
+<code>%BUTTONS_GOTO</code> (see section <a href="#SEC43">Formatting of about text</a>) are initialized.
+</p>
+<p>To perform the default initializations and also add more code, you could
+do as in the following example (save the default function reference and call
+it in your own function) :
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">my $default_init_out = $init_out;
+$init_out = \&amp;makeinfo_like_init_out;
+sub makeinfo_like_init_out()
+{
+ my $encoding = &amp;$default_init_out();
+ $NAVIGATION_TEXT{'Following'} = ' &amp;gt; ';
+ return $encoding;
+}
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Output-finalization"></a>
+<a name="SEC33"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC32" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC34" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.6 Finalizing the output </h2>
+
+<p>If you want to do some cleaning after the document was generated (close
+files, write at the end of files and so on), the following function
+reference may be redefined:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>finish_out</b>
+<a name="IDX114"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function is called after the document generation.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>The default is to do nothing.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="css"></a>
+<a name="SEC34"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC33" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC35" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines </h2>
+
+<p>It is possible to modify the <code>texi2html</code> css lines by modifying
+the entries or adding to the <a name="IDX115"></a>
+<code>%css_map</code> hash. Each key is a css
+selector, the corresponding value is a style string.
+</p>
+<p>The whole css text is in the variable <a name="IDX116"></a>
+<code>$CSS_LINES</code>. If this
+variable is defined the variable value is used instead of being
+constructed using the <a name="IDX117"></a>
+<code>%css_map</code> entries. For example if you don't
+want any css entries, set
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$CSS_LINES = '';
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>It is also possible to change completely the way <a name="IDX118"></a>
+<code>$CSS_LINES</code> are
+generated by redefining the following function reference:
+</p>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>css_lines</b><i> \@import_lines \@rule_lines</i>
+<a name="IDX119"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function should be used to construct the <a name="IDX120"></a>
+<code>$CSS_LINES</code>.
+<var>\@import_lines</var> are the <code>@import</code> lines of the
+files specified with <a name="IDX121"></a>
+<samp>`--include-css'</samp>,
+and <var>\@rule_lines</var> are the css commands lines of these files.
+See section <a href="#SEC11">Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Customizing-header"></a>
+<a name="SEC35"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC34" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC36" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.8 Customizing the page header </h2>
+
+<p>It is possible to add lines to the text within the <code>&lt;head&gt;</code>
+<acronym>HTML</acronym> elements, by defining the variable <a name="IDX122"></a>
+<code>$EXTRA_HEAD</code>.
+Similarly it is possible to add text just after the <code>&lt;body&gt;</code>
+element with the variable <a name="IDX123"></a>
+<code>$AFTER_BODY_OPEN</code>.
+These variables are empty by default.
+</p>
+<p>The encoding of the texinfo file is defined by <a name="IDX124"></a>
+<code>$DOCUMENT_ENCODING</code>
+if no <code>@documentencoding</code> appears in the document.
+The default is a <samp>`en-ascii'</samp> encoding.
+The encoding of the resulting document is defined by
+<a name="IDX125"></a>
+<code>$ENCODING</code>. The default is the <code>$DOCUMENT_ENCODING</code>.
+</p>
+<p>The description of the document may be specified in
+<a name="IDX126"></a>
+<code>$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION</code>. If this variable is undef, the text
+associated with <code>@documentdescription</code> is used, and if there isn't
+such test a default description is constructed using the document title and
+the name of the first section of the file.
+</p>
+<p>The <code>&lt;body&gt;</code> element attributes may be set by defining the
+variable <a name="IDX127"></a>
+<code>$BODYTEXT</code>. If you want to define that variable
+dynamically, you should use the <code>init_out</code> function reference
+(see section <a href="#SEC32">Preparing the output</a>).
+</p>
+<p>The default functions call the function associated with
+<a name="IDX128"></a>
+<code>$print_head_navigation</code> to format the navigation panel for the
+page header. Thus you can control parts of the formatting by
+redefining the function reference.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_head_navigation</b><i> $filehandle \@buttons</i>
+<a name="IDX129"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+<var>\@buttons</var> is an array reference which should hold the specification of
+the buttons for the navigation panel.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>If you want even more control, you can have full control over the page header
+formatting by redefining three function references. The function associated
+with <a name="IDX130"></a>
+<code>$print_page_head</code> is called for all the pages, and after that,
+the function associated with <a name="IDX131"></a>
+<code>$print_chapter_header</code> is called
+if the document is split at chapters, or the function associated with
+<a name="IDX132"></a>
+<code>$print_section_header</code> is called if the document is split at sections.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_page_head</b><i> $filehandle</i>
+<a name="IDX133"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function should print the page head, including the <code>&lt;body&gt;</code>
+element.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_chapter_header</b><i> $filehandle</i>
+<a name="IDX134"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function is called if the document is split at chapters, after
+<code>print_page_head</code>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_section_header</b><i> $filehandle</i>
+<a name="IDX135"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function is called if the document is split at sections, after
+<code>print_page_head</code>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Customizing-section"></a>
+<a name="SEC36"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC35" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC37" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.9 Customizing the sections </h2>
+
+<p>The functions associated with the following function references are used for
+the formatting of sections:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_section</b><i> $filehandle $first_in_page $previous_is_top</i>
+<a name="IDX136"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+<var>$first_in_page</var> is true if this section is the first section in the page.
+<var>$previous_is_top</var> is true if this section is the section following the
+Top section.
+This function should print the current section.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>end_section</b><i> $filehandle $last_element_or_before_top</i>
+<a name="IDX137"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+<var>$last_element_or_before_top</var> is true if this section precedes the top
+element or is the last one in page, or before the special elements.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Customizing-footer"></a>
+<a name="SEC37"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC36" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.10 Customizing the page footer </h2>
+
+<p>It is possible to add text just before the <code>&lt;/body&gt;</code>
+element with the variable <a name="IDX138"></a>
+<code>$PRE_BODY_CLOSE</code>. Nothing is added
+by default.
+</p>
+
+<p>The default functions call the function associated with
+<a name="IDX139"></a>
+<code>$print_foot_navigation</code> to format the navigation panel for the
+page footer. Thus you can control parts of the formatting by
+redefining the function reference.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_foot_navigation</b><i> $filehandle \@buttons</i>
+<a name="IDX140"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+<var>\@buttons</var> is an array reference which should hold the specification of
+the buttons for the navigation panel.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>If you want even more control, you can have full control the page footer
+formatting by redefining three function references.
+The function associated with <a name="IDX141"></a>
+<code>$print_chapter_footer</code> is called
+if the document is split at chapters, or the function associated with
+<a name="IDX142"></a>
+<code>$print_section_footer</code> is called if the document is split at sections.
+ After that the function associated
+with <a name="IDX143"></a>
+<code>$print_page_foot</code> is called.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_page_foot</b><i> $filehandle</i>
+<a name="IDX144"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function should print the page foot, including the <code>&lt;/body&gt;</code>
+element.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_chapter_footer</b><i> $filehandle</i>
+<a name="IDX145"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function is called if the document is split at chapters, before
+<code>print_page_foot</code>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_section_footer</b><i> $filehandle</i>
+<a name="IDX146"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function is called if the document is split at sections, before
+<code>print_page_foot</code>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Special-pages"></a>
+<a name="SEC38"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC37" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.11 Special pages formatting </h2>
+
+<p>For the special elements, two things must be formatted: the content
+and the page layout
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC39">6.11.1 Customizing the content of the special pages</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Special-pages-content"></a>
+<a name="SEC39"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC40" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 6.11.1 Customizing the content of the special pages </h3>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC40">6.11.1.1 Top element text formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC42">6.11.1.3 Formatting of footnotes text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC43">6.11.1.4 Formatting of about text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Top-element-text"></a>
+<a name="SEC40"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC41" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.1 Top element text formatting </h4>
+<p>The top element formatting is controlled by three function which also
+controls the layout of the top element page or section. The associated
+function references are:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_Top_header</b><i> $filehandle $begin_page</i>
+<a name="IDX147"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+<var>$begin_page</var> is true if the element is the first in a page.
+This function should begin the Top element. At the time this function is called
+the top element text hasn't been parsed.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_Top</b><i> $filehandle $has_top_heading</i>
+<a name="IDX148"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+<var>$has_top_heading</var> is true if there is a <code>@heading</code> command or
+<code>@titlefont</code> command appearing in the Top element text.
+This function should be used to format the Top element text and navigation
+panel.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>print_Top_footer</b><i> $filehandle $end_page</i>
+<a name="IDX149"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$filehandle</var> is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+<var>$end_page</var> is true if the element is the last in a page.
+This function should end the Top element.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Contents-and-Overview-text"></a>
+<a name="SEC41"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC40" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC42" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents </h4>
+<p>Several variables may be used to control the formatting of table of contents
+and short table of contents:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>$DO_CONTENTS</code>
+<a name="IDX150"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>If the variable is true a table of contents is done even if there is no
+<code>@contents</code> command.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$DO_SCONTENTS</code>
+<a name="IDX151"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>If the variable is true a short table of contents is done even if there is no
+<code>@summarycontents</code> command.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$BEFORE_OVERVIEW</code>
+<a name="IDX152"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The variable value is inserted before the short table of contents text.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$AFTER_OVERVIEW</code>
+<a name="IDX153"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The variable value is inserted after the short table of contents text.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$BEFORE_TOC_LINES</code>
+<a name="IDX154"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The variable value is inserted before the table of contents text.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$AFTER_TOC_LINES</code>
+<a name="IDX155"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The variable value is inserted after the table of contents text.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$TOC_LIST_STYLE</code>
+<a name="IDX156"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This should contain a css style used for the list style if the tables of
+content are formatted with a list.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE</code>
+<a name="IDX157"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This should contain an attribute text used for the list element if the tables of
+content are formatted with a list.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>More control on the table of contents and short table of contents formatting
+may be achieved by redefining a function with the following associated
+function reference:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>toc_body</b><i> \@elements </i>
+<a name="IDX158"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>\@elements</var> is an array reference contining informations about
+all the elements of the document. Each of the entry of this array is an hash
+reference which entries correspond with different informations
+about the element. Interesting keys have the following meaning:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>top</code></dt>
+<dd><p>true if the element is the top element,
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>index_page</code></dt>
+<dd><p>true if the element is an index page added because of index splitting,
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>toc_level</code></dt>
+<dd><p>level of the element in the table of content. Highest level
+is 1 for the top element and for chapters, appendix and so on,
+2 for section, unnumberedsec and so on...
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>tocid</code></dt>
+<dd><p>label used for reference linking to the element in table of
+contents,
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>file</code> </dt>
+<dd><p>the file containing the element, usefull to do href to that file
+in case the document is split,
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>text</code></dt>
+<dd><p>text of the element, with section number,
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>name</code></dt>
+<dd><p>text of the element, without section number.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>This function doesn't return anything but should fill the array corresponding
+with the
+<a name="IDX159"></a>
+<code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code> and
+<a name="IDX160"></a>
+<code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code> references with the table of contents and short
+table of contents.
+</p>
+</dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Footnotes-text"></a>
+<a name="SEC42"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC41" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC43" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.3 Formatting of footnotes text </h4>
+
+<p>The footnotes text is allready formatting when <code>@footnote</code> commands
+are expanded. See section <a href="#SEC82">Customizing the footnotes formatting</a>.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="About-text"></a>
+<a name="SEC43"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC42" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC44" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC39" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h4 class="subsubsection"> 6.11.1.4 Formatting of about text </h4>
+
+<p>The default about element contains an explaination of the buttons used
+in the document (<code>@SECTION_BUTTONS</code>, <a href="#SEC23">Specifying the buttons formatting</a>) and
+an example locating the buttons targets in an example.
+The formatting of this text may be influenced by the following
+hashes and variables:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>$PRE_ABOUT</code> </dt>
+<dt> <code>$AFTER_ABOUT</code></dt>
+<dd><p>This variable may be a scalar or a function reference.
+If it is a scalar, the value is used.
+If this is a function reference it is expanded and the returned text is
+used. The text is added before or after the main about text.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>%BUTTONS_GOTO</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The keys of this hash are element labels (see <a href="#Element-labels">Element labels</a>). The value
+is the text associated with the element label in the about text.
+The element of the hash are defined
+dynamically, you should in the <code>init_out</code> function reference
+(see section <a href="#SEC32">Preparing the output</a>).
+</p>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>%BUTTONS_EXAMPLE</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The keys of this hash are element labels (see <a href="#Element-labels">Element labels</a>). The value
+is the text associated with the element label in the about example,
+typically a section number.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>If this is not enough and you want to control exactly the formatting of
+the about text, you can redefine the function associated with the following
+function reference:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $about_text <b>print_about</b>
+<a name="IDX161"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function should return the about text.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Special-pages-layout"></a>
+<a name="SEC44"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC43" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC45" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC38" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages </h3>
+
+<p>The formatting of each of the special pages, or section in case
+the document is not split, is controlled by a function.
+The associated function reference is called accordingly:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>print_Top</code>
+<a name="IDX162"></a>
+</dt>
+<dt> <code>print_Top_header</code>
+<a name="IDX163"></a>
+</dt>
+<dt> <code>print_Top_footer</code>
+<a name="IDX164"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Formatting of top element page or section. It is also used for the formatting
+of the top element text (see section <a href="#SEC40">Top element text formatting</a>).
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>print_Toc</code>
+<a name="IDX165"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Formatting of table of contents page or section
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>print_Overview</code>
+<a name="IDX166"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Formatting of short table of contents page or section
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>print_About</code>
+<a name="IDX167"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Formatting of about (help) page or section
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>print_Footnotes</code>
+<a name="IDX168"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>Formatting of footnotes section or page in case footnotes are on a
+separated page or the document isn't split.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>In the default case, <a name="IDX169"></a>
+<code>$print_Top</code> calls <a name="IDX170"></a>
+<code>$print_Top_header</code> for
+the header and <a name="IDX171"></a>
+<code>$print_Top_footer</code> for the footer of top element.
+All the other function call <a name="IDX172"></a>
+<code>$print_misc</code> which in turn calls
+<a name="IDX173"></a>
+<code>$print_misc_header</code> for the headers and <a name="IDX174"></a>
+<code>$print_misc_footer</code>
+for the footers.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="File-names"></a>
+<a name="SEC45"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC44" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC46" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.12 Customizing the file names </h2>
+
+<p>It is possible to specify the file names with more control than with the
+command line options (see section <a href="#SEC7">Setting output file and directory names</a>).
+First the extension may be overrided by the variable <a name="IDX175"></a>
+<code>$EXTENSION</code>
+value.
+Two function references enable
+further customization. One is usefull in case <a name="IDX176"></a>
+<code>$NODE_FILES</code> is true
+and it is used to customize the node file name itself and is also used
+to produce a file name with a redirection leading to the node file.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> ($node_file $redirection_node_file) <b>node_file_name</b><i> $node</i>
+<a name="IDX177"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$node</var> is a hash reference with the following interesting keys (there
+are much more keys):
+</p><dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The texinfo node name.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>with_section</code></dt>
+<dd><p>True if associated with a section.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+<p>The result is the node file name <var>$node_file</var>, and the file containing
+a redirection to the node <var>$redirection_node_file</var>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>The other is usefull if <code>$NODE_FILES</code> isn't true. It is used to
+customize the file associated with each element.
+</p><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $file <b>element_file_name</b><i> $element $is_top $docu_name</i>
+<a name="IDX178"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$element</var> is a hash reference with the following interesting keys (there
+are much more keys):
+</p><dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The texinfo element name.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>number</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The number associated with a section.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>doc_nr</code></dt>
+<dd><p>A number incremented whenever a new file should begin, based on how the
+document is split (see section <a href="#SEC6">Specifying where to split the generated document</a>).
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>text</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The element text.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>name</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The element text without section number.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+<p><var>$is_top</var> is true if the element is considered as the top element.
+<var>$docu_name</var> is the basename of the texinfo manual.
+The result is the element file name.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="External-index-files"></a>
+<a name="SEC46"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC45" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 6.13 Generation of external files for index entries </h2>
+
+<p>Within the document, <code>@printindex</code> commands are expanded as explained
+in <a href="#SEC78">Customizing the formatting of index lists</a>. In case you want to do something special with index
+entries, outside of the document, you should first set the variable
+<a name="IDX179"></a>
+<code>$IDX_SUMMARY</code> true. After that some function reference will be called
+for each non empty index. For each index there are 3 function
+references, one called for initialization, one called for each index entry
+and the last one called for finalazation.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>index_summary_file_begin</b><i> $index_name $is_printed</i>
+<a name="IDX180"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$index_name</var> is the two letters name for the index.
+This function
+is called for each index
+appearing in the document, before
+<code>index_summary_file_entry</code>.
+<var>$is_printed</var> is true if there is a <code>@printindex</code> for that index.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>index_summary_file_entry</b><i> $index_name $entry_text $entry_reference $formatted_entry $texi_entry $entry_element_reference $entry_element_header $is_printed</i>
+<a name="IDX181"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function is called for each entry of an index. <var>index_name</var> is the
+name of the index. <var>$entry_text</var> is the entry in plain text,
+<var>$formatted_entry</var> is the index entry formatted, <var>$texi_entry</var> is the
+entry with texinfo commands. <var>$entry_reference</var> is the reference placed
+at the index entry place, in the form <samp>`file#id'</samp>.
+<var>$entry_element_header</var> is the formatted header of the element containing
+the index entry. <var>entry_element_header</var> is the reference to the
+beginning of the element containing the index entry, in the form
+<samp>`file#id'</samp>.
+<var>$is_printed</var> is true if there is a <code>@printindex</code> for that index.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>index_summary_file_end</b><i> $index_name $is_printed</i>
+<a name="IDX182"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$index_name</var> is the two letters name for the index. This function
+is called for each index appearing in the document, after
+<code>index_summary_file_entry</code>.
+<var>$is_printed</var> is true if there is a <code>@printindex</code> for that index.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Customizing-HTML"></a>
+<a name="SEC47"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC46" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC48" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC17" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="chapter"> 7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files </h1>
+
+<p>Some simple customization may be achieved with the redefinition of the
+variables
+associated with the command line options. For the description and an
+explanation of the meaning of these variables, <a href="#SEC11">Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a>.
+</p>
+<p>Other variables and hash entries can be modified in initialization file
+to achieve more customization.
+Lastly, functions references corresponding with functions called from
+the main program and initialization files may
+be redefined.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC48">7.1 Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> there are three different contexts for command
+ expansion: normal text, preformatted text and
+ strings.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC54">7.4 Formatting of special simple commands</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Formatting of <code>@anchor</code>, <code>@image</code>, <code>@sp</code>, <code>@acronym</code>, <code>@abbr</code>
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC55">7.5 Processing special characters in text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Some characters are processed specially
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> <code>texi2html</code> write some strings in the output
+ different for each languages
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC57">7.7 References</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> <code>@center</code>, <code>@flushleft</code>&hellip;
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC61">7.9 Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> <code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC65">7.11 Customizing the formatting of lists and tables</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC68">7.12 Definition commands formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC71">7.13 Customizing headings formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC72">7.14 Formatting of special regions (<code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>)</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> <code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC73">7.15 Menu formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC76">7.16 Indices formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC79">7.17 Floats and lists of floats</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> <code>@float</code> and <code>@listoffloats</code>
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC82">7.18 Customizing the footnotes formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> You can handle specifically other commands
+</td></tr>
+<tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">
+</pre></th></tr></table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Three-contexts"></a>
+<a name="SEC48"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC49" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.1 Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string </h2>
+
+<p>There are three contexts of interest, one is the normal context, the other
+is a special context, called the <em>preformatted</em> context and the last is
+the string context. The preformatted
+context occurs when the spacing between words is kept. This is the
+case, for example, in <code>@display</code> or <code>@example</code> regions, and in
+menu comments (see section <a href="#SEC73">Menu formatting</a>). The preformatted regions are usually
+rendered in <code>&lt;pre&gt;</code> elements in <acronym>HTML</acronym>.
+The string context occurs when rendering strings without formatting elements,
+in comments or titles for example.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Commands-without-argument"></a>
+<a name="SEC49"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC48" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument </h2>
+
+<p>This includes the commands whose name is a nonletter character like <code>@@</code>,
+the commands with lettered characters and braces
+but whose braces should be empty, like <code>@TeX{}</code>, or some commands
+associated with accentted letters like <code>@AA{}</code>. If there happens to
+be something within the braces, it is put after the command, thus
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@TeX{something}
+</pre></td></tr></table><p>leads to the same than
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@TeX{} something
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>Each of these categories of commands have three associated hashes, one
+for normal
+context, the other for preformatted context and the last in strings. The
+keys of the hashes are the
+command names, the associated value is the text replacing the command.
+</p>
+<p>The hashes are:
+</p><table>
+<tr><td><p> command type </p></td><td><p> normal text </p></td><td><p> preformatted text </p></td><td><p> string
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td><p> one nonlettered character </p></td><td> <a name="IDX183"></a>
+<p><code>%simple_map</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX184"></a>
+<p><code>%simple_map_pre</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX185"></a>
+<p><code>%simple_map_texi</code>
+</p></td></tr>
+<tr><td><p> nothing in braces </p></td><td> <a name="IDX186"></a>
+<p><code>%things_map</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX187"></a>
+<p><code>%pre_map</code> </p></td><td> <a name="IDX188"></a>
+<p><code>%texi_map</code>
+</p></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To change the <acronym>HTML</acronym> resulting from these constructs, just change the
+value. For example, if you want <code>&amp;shy;</code> to be outputted for <code>@-</code>
+in normal and preformatted context, write in your init file:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$simple_map{'-'} = '&amp;shy;';
+$simple_map_pre{'-'} = '&amp;shy;';
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Style-and-accent-commands"></a>
+<a name="SEC50"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC49" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC51" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands </h2>
+
+<p>The formatting of the <acronym>HTML</acronym> produced by style and indicatric
+commands (<code>@tt</code>, <code>@code</code>,
+<code>@email</code>, <code>@titlefont</code>), the accentuation related
+commands taking argument (<code>@'</code>, <code>@udotaccent</code>, <code>@dotless</code>)
+and miscalleneous commands (<code>@email</code>, <code>@verb</code>, <code>@w</code>,
+<code>@uref</code>, <code>@math</code>, <code>@asis</code>) is controlled by two hash in the
+default case,
+<a name="IDX189"></a>
+<code>%style_map</code> for normal context, <a name="IDX190"></a>
+<code>%style_map_pre</code> for
+preformatted context and <a name="IDX191"></a>
+<code>%style_map_texi</code> in string context.
+</p>
+<p>The key of the hashes are the command names. There are two possibilities for
+the values corresponding with two interfaces. The values may be strings or
+hash references, and you can chose the interface depending on the one you
+prefer. The interface with hash reference is a bit more flexible but might also
+be regarded as more complex. If you don't like either of these interfaces you
+can define your own.
+</p>
+<p>Some remarks are in order:
+</p>
+<ul class="toc">
+<li>
+The nonlettered accent commands which following character is considered
+to be the argument (like in <code>@`a</code>) should be keys of the
+hash <a name="IDX192"></a>
+<code>%accent_map</code> hash, even if no value is associated.
+</li><li>
+<code>@math</code> is handled differently if LaTeX2HTML is used.
+</li></ul>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC53">7.3.3 Defining the style and indicatric commands interface</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Hash-reference-interface"></a>
+<a name="SEC51"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC52" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference </h3>
+
+<p>The key of the hashes are the command names. The value determine how the command argument
+is formatted. This value is a reference on a hash. In this hash each key
+corresponds with a type of information for the formatting, and the value is
+the corresponding information. For example, in
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$style_map{'command'} = { 'args' =&gt; ['code'], 'attribute' =&gt; 'code'};
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>the arguments for <code>@command</code> are interpreted as specified by
+the values associated with the <samp>`args'</samp> key while the attribute associated
+with that command is <samp>`code'</samp>.
+</p>
+<p>The following keys in the hashes associated with each command have the
+following meaning:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <samp>`args'</samp></dt>
+<dd><p><a name="Reference-hash-args"></a>
+The value associated is a reference on an array. Each element of the array
+defines how the arguments (separated by <samp>`,'</samp> in the texinfo code) for
+the @-command should be
+formatted. The possibilities are
+</p><dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>normal</code></dt>
+<dd><p>for normal text,
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>code</code></dt>
+<dd><p>for text with <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>`'''</samp> and <samp>```'</samp> kept as is,
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>keep</code></dt>
+<dd><p>if the texinfo should be kept as is, without interpretation of the @-commands.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>For example, we have
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$style_map{'email'}-&gt;{'args'} = ['code', 'normal'];
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>because <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>`'''</samp> and <samp>```'</samp> should be kept as is in
+the first argument of <code>@email</code>.
+</p>
+<p>The default is <samp>`['normal']'</samp>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <samp>`attribute'</samp></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>If the associated value is a word, it is considered to be an <acronym>HTML</acronym>
+element name, and the argument is enclosed between the element opening
+and the element closing. For example, if the value is <code>elem</code>, the
+resulting <acronym>HTML</acronym> is <code>&lt;elem&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
+</p>
+<p>If the text is a word followed by some text,
+the word and is interpreted as above, and the
+text is considered to be the attributes text of the element.
+Thus <code>elem class=&quot;elem&quot;</code> leads to
+<code>&lt;elem class=&quot;elem&quot;&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
+</p>
+<p>This works only if there is only one argument.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <samp>`begin'</samp></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The associated value is added in front of the text.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <samp>`begin'</samp></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The associated value is added after the text.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <samp>`quotes'</samp></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>If the corresponding value is true, the result is
+enclosed in quotes <a name="IDX193"></a>
+<code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code> and
+<a name="IDX194"></a>
+<code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code>, with defaults
+<samp>``'</samp> and <samp>`''</samp>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt> <samp>`function'</samp> </dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The corresponding value should be a function reference. The corresponding
+function is called with the following arguments:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>$command</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The @-command name
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$args</code></dt>
+<dd><p>A reference on an array containing the arguments of the @-command.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$style_stack</code></dt>
+<dd><p>A reference on an array containing the name of the @-commands containing
+the @-command being formatted.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$state</code></dt>
+<dd><p>A reference on a hash containing a lot of informations about the context
+of the @-command.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>$line_nr</code></dt>
+<dd><p>An opaque structure containing the information about the line number of the
+@-command. It can be used to call <code>main::echo_error</code> or
+<code>main::echo_warning</code> with first argument a message, and second argument
+<code>$line_nr</code>.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="String-interface"></a>
+<a name="SEC52"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC51" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC53" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string </h3>
+
+<p>The keys of the hashes are the command names. The value determine
+how the command argument
+is formatted. If the value begins with <samp>`&quot;'</samp>, the result is
+enclosed in quotes <a name="IDX195"></a>
+<code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code> and
+<a name="IDX196"></a>
+<code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code>, with defaults
+<samp>``'</samp> and <samp>`''</samp>.
+</p>
+<p>The command argument is allready formatted as <acronym>HTML</acronym>.
+The remaining of the value text
+(or the value text if there were no <samp>`&quot;'</samp>) is interpreted as follow:
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
+If the text is empty the argument of the command is left as is.
+</li><li>
+If the text is a <samp>`&amp;'</samp> followed by a name,
+like <samp>`&amp;function'</samp>, the name is considered to be a function name,
+and this function is called to format the argument of the command. The
+first argument of the function is the command name, the second is
+the command argument. For example, if the value associated with the
+(fictituous) command <code>@foo</code> is <code>&amp;my_func</code>
+and we have:
+
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">sub my_func
+{
+ my @args = split /,\s*/ $_[1];
+ return &quot;$_[0]: $args[0]&quot; if ($args[1] = 1);
+ return &quot;$args[0]&quot;;
+}
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>The result of
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@foo{truc, 1}
+@foo{truc, bidule}
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>will be
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">foo: truc
+truc
+</pre></td></tr></table></li><li>
+If the text is a word, it is considered to be an <acronym>HTML</acronym> element
+name, and the argument is enclosed between the element opening
+and the element closing. For example, if the value is <code>elem</code>, the
+resulting <acronym>HTML</acronym> is <code>&lt;elem&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
+Similarly <code>&quot;quoted</code> leads to
+<code>`&lt;quoted&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/quoted&gt;'</code>.
+</li><li>
+If the text is a word followed by some text,
+the word and is interpreted as above, and the
+text is considered to be the attributes text of the element.
+Thus <code>elem class=&quot;elem&quot;</code> leads to
+<code>&lt;elem class=&quot;elem&quot;&gt;<var>arg</var>&lt;/elem&gt;</code>.
+</li></ul>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Define-your-own-interface"></a>
+<a name="SEC53"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC52" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC54" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC50" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.3.3 Defining the style and indicatric commands interface </h3>
+
+<p>If you don't like this scheme, it is possible to change how those commands
+are processed by redefining the following function reference:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $resulting_text <b>style</b><i> $style $command $text $args $no_close $no_open $line_nr $state $style_stack</i>
+<a name="IDX197"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$style</var> is the value associated with
+the <var>$command</var> in the <code>%style_map</code>, <code>%style_map_pre</code>
+or <code>%style_map_texi</code> hashes.
+The <var>$text</var> is the text appearing within the @-command braces.
+<var>args</var> is a reference on an array contening the command arguments
+formatted according to the same conventions than with the reference hash style
+(provided the value associated with the @-command is a hash reference with a
+<var>$arg</var> key as described in <a href="#Reference-hash-args">Reference hash args</a>).
+If <var>$text</var> is split in paragraphs each paragraph is passed through
+the function, and <var>$no_close</var> is true if it is not the last paragraph,
+while <var>$no_open</var> is true if it is not the first paragraph.
+<var>$line_nr</var>
+is an opaque structure containing the information about the line number of the
+@-command. It can be used to call <code>main::echo_error</code> or
+<code>main::echo_warning</code> with first argument a message, and second argument
+<code>$line_nr</code>.
+<var>$state</var>
+is a reference on a hash containing a lot of informations about the context
+of the @-command.
+<var>$style_stack</var>
+is a reference on an array containing the name of the @-commands containing
+the @-command being formatted.
+</p>
+</dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Anchors-images-and-spaces"></a>
+<a name="SEC54"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC53" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC55" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.4 Formatting of special simple commands </h2>
+
+<p>The formatting of special simple commands is controlled by functions. To
+customize the output, the corresponding function references should be
+redefined. All these functions return a formatted text.
+</p>
+<p>The formatting of anchors is controlled by <a name="IDX198"></a>
+<code>$anchor</code>, but the function
+associated with the function reference does more, it is usefull
+to produce a reference target or link.
+</p><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $anchor <b>anchor</b><i> $identifier $href $text $attributes</i>
+<a name="IDX199"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>If <var>$identifier</var> is not empty, this value should be used to create
+a target for links (typically associated with a name or id
+attribute in <acronym>HTML</acronym>).
+The <var>$href</var> argument specifies a hpertextual reference which should be
+used to link to a target.
+In case both <var>$identifier</var> and <var>$href</var> are given the text produced
+should be both a target for <var>$identifier</var> and a link to <var>$href</var>.
+<var>$text</var> is the text to be displayed.
+<var>$attributes</var> are additional attributes.
+It should be reasonable to assume that the attributes are for a <code>&lt;a&gt;</code>
+<acronym>HTML</acronym> element.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>The formatting of <code>@image</code> is controlled by:
+</p><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $image <b>image</b><i> $file_path $basename $preformatted $file_name</i>
+<a name="IDX200"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$file_path</var> is the image file name with the path, <var>$basename</var> is the
+alternate text or the file name without extension if no alternate text is
+given. <var>$preformatted</var> is true if the image
+appears in preformatted text. <var>$file_name</var> is the file name without path
+but with extension.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>The formatting of <code>@sp</code> is controlled by:
+</p><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $sp <b>sp</b><i> $number $preformatted</i>
+<a name="IDX201"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$number</var> is the numeric argument of <code>@sp</code>.
+<var>$preformatted</var> is true if the <code>@sp</code> appears in preformatted text.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>The formatting of <code>@acronym</code> and <code>@abbr</code> is controlled by:
+</p><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $acronym <b>acronym_like</b><i> $acronym_texi $acronym_text $with_explanation \@explanation_lines $explanation_text $explanation_simply_formatted</i>
+<a name="IDX202"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$acronym_texi</var> is the acronym argument with texinfo @-commands,
+<var>$acronym_text</var> is formatted.
+</p>
+<p>The other arguments are related with
+the explanation, the second arg of the acronym. <var>$with_explanation</var> is
+true if the second argument of the acronym command is present. If an
+explanation exists, coming from previous <code>@acronym</code> or as an arg of this
+command, the other args are defined: <var>\@explanation_lines</var> is a
+reference on an array containing the unformatted explanation lines,
+<var>$explanation_text</var> is the explanation text formatted,
+<var>$explanation_simply_formatted</var> is the explanation with a light formatting,
+unabling in <acronym>HTML</acronym> (or <acronym>XML</acronym>) the explanation to be in an
+attribute.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Text"></a>
+<a name="SEC55"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC54" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC56" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.5 Processing special characters in text </h2>
+
+<p>Some characters are processed especially in text: <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>,
+<samp>```'</samp> and <samp>`'''</samp>. This is done only if in normal text and not in
+some commands (<code>@code</code>, <code>@env</code>&hellip;). A function reference
+is called to process those characters in text
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $processed_text <b>normal_text</b><i> $text</i>
+<a name="IDX203"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The function processes <samp>`---'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>```'</samp> and <samp>`'''</samp>
+in <var>$text</var> and returns <var>$processed_text</var>. The default is to
+change <samp>`---'</samp> to <samp>`--'</samp>, <samp>`--'</samp> to <samp>`-'</samp>, and <samp>```'</samp> and
+<samp>`'''</samp> to <samp>`&quot;'</samp>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>Some characters are special in <acronym>HTML</acronym> (<samp>`&amp;'</samp>, <samp>`&quot;'</samp>,
+<samp>`&lt;'</samp> and <samp>`&gt;'</samp>) and should be protected.
+This is done by the function associated with the function reference
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $protected_text <b>protect_text</b><i> $text</i>
+<a name="IDX204"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The function processes the unprotected text <var>$text</var> and returns
+the resulting protected text <var>$protected_text</var>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>Empty lines are processed by the following function reference, which could
+be usefull if empty lines are to be removed for example
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $resulting_text <b>empty_line</b><i> $empty_line</i>
+<a name="IDX205"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function processes an <var>$empty_line</var> and returns the resulting
+text <var>$resulting_text</var>. Empty lines are left as is by default.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Strings"></a>
+<a name="SEC56"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC55" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code> </h2>
+
+
+<p><code>texi2html</code> writes some strings in the generated document at
+various places, at the page footers, on the help page, for special
+section headings, buttons alt text and so on. These strings are
+customizable. The string chosen depends on the language of the
+document (set by <a name="IDX206"></a>
+<samp>`--lang'</samp>, <a name="IDX207"></a>
+<code>$LANG</code> or
+<code>@documentlanguage</code>). This is the basis for internationalization
+as it allows for strings translations.
+</p>
+<p>The strings are found in a hash reference, <a name="IDX208"></a>
+<code>$LANGUAGES</code>.
+Each key is a language code. The associated value is also a hash
+reference. The key is an english string and the associated value
+is the string replacing the english string, if present. For example,
+we have
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$LANGUAGES-&gt;{'fr'} = {
+ ' Up ' =&gt; 'Plus haut',
+};
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>It means that whenever the string <samp>`&nbsp;Up&nbsp;'</samp> is to be written
+and the language is <samp>`fr'</samp>, <samp>`Plus haut'</samp> is written. It is possible
+to customize the english strings by redefining the <samp>`en'</samp> language hash.
+</p>
+<p>When a string contains a <samp>`%'</samp> followed by <samp>`{'</samp> <var>name</var> <samp>`}'</samp>
+it means that the string will be expanded by <code>texi2html</code>. For
+example, if we have
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$LANGUAGES-&gt;{'fr'} = {
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' =&gt; 'Voir %{node_file_href}',
+};
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p><samp>`%{node_file_href}'</samp> will be expanded to an href for a node in a
+file by <code>texi2html</code> in the string. A <samp>`%%'</samp> will be expanded
+as <samp>`%'</samp>.
+</p>
+<p>For more on internationalization, see <a href="#SEC84">Internationalization</a>.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="References"></a>
+<a name="SEC57"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC56" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC58" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.7 References </h2>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC58">7.7.1 Reference to external manual</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC59">7.7.2 Reference to an internal node</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Reference-to-external-manual"></a>
+<a name="SEC58"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC59" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.7.1 Reference to external manual </h3>
+
+<p>The references are produced with two function references, one for the
+hypertextual reference construction, the other for the full reference to
+external manual.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $href <b>external_href</b><i> $node $node_identifier $xml_node_identifier $manual_file_name</i>
+<a name="IDX209"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$node</var> is the node name, with @-commands. <var>$node_identifer</var> is the
+node name mapped to an identifier acceptable as a file name.
+<var>$xml_node_identifier</var> is the
+node name mapped to an identifier acceptable as an <acronym>XML</acronym> identifier.
+Those identifiers are built as explained in <a href="texinfo.html#HTML-Xref">(texinfo)HTML Xref</a>,
+thus allowing for cross references to external manuals. <var>$file</var> is the
+manual or file name of the external reference. This function should return an
+href leading to the external manual.
+</p>
+<p>The default for this function is to make a reference compatible with
+<code>makeinfo</code> (see <a href="texinfo.html#HTML-Xref">(texinfo)HTML Xref</a>).
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>external_ref</b><i> $command $section $book $node_and_file $href $cross_ref_name</i>
+<a name="IDX210"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function formats a reference to an external texinfo manual.
+The <var>$command</var> is the ref command (<code>ref</code>, <code>xref</code> or
+<code>pxref</code>, in text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis).
+The optionnal <var>$section</var> argument is the section in the book and
+ <var>book</var> is the book title.
+<var>$node_and_file</var> is the node and file name formatted according to the
+convention used in info: <samp>`(file)node'</samp>. <var>$href</var> it an hypertextual
+reference to the distant manual constructed using the above function.
+<var>$cross_ref_name</var> is an optionnal cross
+reference name appearing in the reference command. This function returns
+the text corresponding with the external html manual reference.
+This function returns the full formatted text of the external reference.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Internal-reference"></a>
+<a name="SEC59"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC58" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC60" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC57" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.7.2 Reference to an internal node </h3>
+
+<p>A function reference is available for internal references.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>internal_ref</b><i> $command $href $short_name $name $is_section</i>
+<a name="IDX211"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function formats a reference to a node in the current manual.
+The <var>$command</var> is the ref command (<code>ref</code>, <code>xref</code> or
+<code>pxref</code>, in text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis).
+<var>$href</var> it an hypertextual reference linking to the corresponding
+node or section. <var>$short_name</var> and <var>$name</var> hold the text for the
+reference but <var>$short_name</var> can be the node name which is assumed to
+be shorter than the section name.
+<var>$is_section</var> is a boolean true if the reference is a reference to a
+section. This function returns the full formatted text of the internal
+reference.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Alignement-commands"></a>
+<a name="SEC60"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC59" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text </h2>
+
+
+<p>When a command controlling the alignement of text is used (<code>@center</code>,
+<code>@flushleft</code> and <code>@flushright</code>), the main program takes
+care of opening and closing paragraphs. The alignement commands are the
+key of the <a name="IDX212"></a>
+<code>%paragraph_style</code> hash.
+The value is used in the function doing the formatting of the paragraphs.
+See section <a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>.
+</p>
+<p>A function references allows for a customization of the formatting of the text
+appearing in the command block.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $result <b>paragraph_style_command</b><i> $command $text</i>
+<a name="IDX213"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the command name, <var>$text</var> is the text appearing within
+the command. This function returns a formatted text.
+The default is to return the text unmodified.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Paragraph-and-preformatted-region"></a>
+<a name="SEC61"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC60" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC62" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.9 Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region </h2>
+
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Paragraph-and-preformatted-formatting"></a>
+<a name="SEC62"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC63" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting </h3>
+
+
+<p>The formatting of a paragraph region or a preformatted region, is controlled
+by function references:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $paragraph_text <b>paragraph</b><i> $text $alignement $formatting_command $formatting_command_formatted \$paragraph_number $format $item_number $enumerate_style $number</i>
+<a name="IDX214"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function formats a paragraph. <var>$text</var> is the text of the paragraph,
+<var>$alignement</var> is the empty string when no alignement command has
+been seen, otherwise it is the current alignement command name.
+See section <a href="#SEC60">Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a>.
+</p>
+<p>The remaining arguments are usefull when the paragraph appears within a
+list or table. It is usefull whenever the paragraph has to be formatted
+differently when appearing in such environments.
+Moreover in that case the format command (<code>@itemize</code>&hellip;)
+may have
+an associated formatting command.
+<var>$formatting_command</var> is this formatting command
+(like <code>@minus</code>).
+<var>$formatting_command_formatted</var> is the command formatted in html
+in case the formatting command is a leading command (like <code>@minus</code>)
+which should be leading the first paragraph.
+<var>\$paragraph_number</var> is a reference on the number of
+paragraphs in that format command. The corresponding variable should be
+increased when a paragraph is added. <var>$format</var> is the format command.
+See section <a href="#SEC66">Formatting individual table and list items</a>.
+</p>
+<p>If the <var>$format</var> is an enumerate, <var>$item_number</var> is the number of
+the item in the list, <var>$enumerate_style</var> is the argument of the enumerate,
+<var>$number</var> is the number or letter corresponding with this item.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $preformatted_text <b>preformatted</b><i> $text $style $region_name $formatting_command $formatting_command_formatted \$preformatted_number $format $item_number $enumerate_style $number</i>
+<a name="IDX215"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function formats a preformatted region. <var>$text</var> is the text of the
+preformatted region, <var>$style</var> is the css style associated with that
+preformatted region (See section <a href="#SEC34">Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a>). <var>$region_name</var> is the
+name of the command opening
+the preformatted region (<code>example</code>&hellip;, see <a href="#SEC64">Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a>)
+or a identifier for the preformatted context (for example
+<code>menu-comment</code>, see <a href="#SEC73">Menu formatting</a>).
+The alignment commands are not taken into account, as the spaces are
+preserved in preformatted regions, you should flush and center by hand.
+</p>
+<p>The remaining arguments are usefull when the preformatted region appears
+within a list or table. It is usefull whenever the preformatted region
+has to be formatted
+differently when appearing in such environments.
+Moreover in that case the format command (<code>@itemize</code>&hellip;)
+may have
+an associated formatting command.
+<var>$formatting_command</var> is this formatting command
+(like <code>@minus</code>).
+<var>$formatting_command_formatted</var> is the command formatted in html
+in case the formatting command is a leading command (like <code>@minus</code>)
+which should be leading the first preformatted region.
+<var>\$preformatted_number</var> is a reference on the number of
+preformatted regions in that format command. The corresponding variable
+should be increased when a preformatted region is added. <var>$format</var> is the
+format command.
+See section <a href="#SEC66">Formatting individual table and list items</a>.
+</p>
+<p>If the <var>$format</var> is an enumerate, <var>$item_number</var> is the number of
+the item in the list, <var>$enumerate_style</var> is the argument of the enumerate,
+<var>$number</var> is the number or letter corresponding with this item.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Avoiding-paragraphs"></a>
+<a name="SEC63"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC62" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC64" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC61" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats </h3>
+
+
+<p>It is possible to avoid that a format closes the previous paragraph or
+preformatted region and reopens one, by putting the format command in a
+hash, <a name="IDX216"></a>
+<code>%format_in_paragraph</code> with a true value.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Complex-formats"></a>
+<a name="SEC64"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC63" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;) </h2>
+
+
+<p>Here we see how a whole complex format is formatted. For the formatting
+of the text, see <a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>.
+</p>
+<p>The formatting of the complex formats is ultimately controlled by a
+function, however the default for this function uses a hash reference and
+changing the hash reference values should be enough in most cases. This
+hash reference is called <a name="IDX217"></a>
+<code>$complex_format_map</code>. It has a key for each
+of the complex format commands (<code>example</code>, <code>smallexample</code>,
+<code>lisp</code>, <code>smalllisp</code>, <code>display</code>, <code>smalldisplay</code>,
+<code>format</code>, <code>smallformat</code>).
+</p>
+<p>The associated value is also a reference on a hash. The keys are <code>begin</code>
+and <code>end</code>. An eval of <code>begin</code> should lead to the beginning of the
+formatted <acronym>HTML</acronym>, an eval of <code>end</code> should lead to the end of the
+formatted <acronym>HTML</acronym>. The enclosed text will be formatted as described in
+<a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>, and the name of the complex
+format will be available to the function formatting the text.
+</p>
+<p>If you aren't satisfied with this scheme, you can redefine the following
+function reference for a better control over the complex format formatting:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $complex_format_text <b>complex_format</b><i> $format_name $preformatted_text</i>
+<a name="IDX218"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$format_name</var> is the complex format name, <var>$preformatted_text</var> is the
+text allready formatted as described in <a href="#SEC61">Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>.
+This function returns the whole complex format.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Lists-tables"></a>
+<a name="SEC65"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC64" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC66" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.11 Customizing the formatting of lists and tables </h2>
+
+<p>The formatting of lists and tables is done at two levels:
+</p><ul class="toc">
+<li>
+At the level of the whole region (table or list),
+</li><li>
+At the level of the individual items, rows or cells of the list or table.
+</li></ul>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Table-and-list-items"></a>
+<a name="SEC66"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC67" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items </h3>
+
+<p>In texinfo it is possible to give <code>@itemize</code> or table command (hereafter
+called a <em>format command</em>) a <em>formatting command</em>.
+For example <code>@minus</code> is the formatting command here:
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@table @minus
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>The default is to apply the command to the text item, however it is possible
+to avoid it.
+The hash <a name="IDX219"></a>
+<code>%special_list_commands</code> has an entry for each of the
+format command. Each of these entries is a hash reference. If a formatting
+command is a key of the hash reference, then the formatting command is not
+applied to the text item for that format command. For example, if we have:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$special_list_commands{'itemize'} = { 'bullet' =&gt; '' };
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>and we have the following <code>@itemize</code>:
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@itemize @bullet
+@item an item
+@end itemize
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>then <code>@bullet</code> will not be applied to <code>an item</code>.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <em>lists</em></dt>
+<dd><p>The items of lists are formatted using the following function reference:
+</p><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $list_item <b>list_item</b><i> $text $format $command $formatted_command $item_number $enumerate_style $number</i>
+<a name="IDX220"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function formats the text between <code>@item</code> commands. <var>$text</var>
+is the text corresponding with the item. <var>$format</var> is the type of format,
+<samp>`itemize'</samp> or <samp>`enumerate'</samp>. <var>$command</var> is the formatting command
+given in argument to <code>@itemize</code>, <var>$formatted_command</var> is this command
+formatted if it is a leading command, like <code>@minus</code>.
+</p>
+<p>If the <var>$format</var> is an enumerate, <var>$item_number</var> is the number of
+the item in the list, <var>$enumerate_style</var> is the argument of the enumerate,
+<var>$number</var> is the number or letter corresponding with this item.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <em>two column tables</em></dt>
+<dd><p>The two columns tables (<code>@table</code>, <code>@ftable</code> and <code>@vtable</code>),
+items are formatted using two function references,
+one for the first line located on the <code>@item</code> line corresponding
+with the first column, the other for the text appearing on the
+following lines, corresponding with the second column text.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $table_item <b>table_item</b><i> $item_text $index_label_text $format $command $formatted_command</i>
+<a name="IDX221"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function is used to format the text on the <code>@item</code> line.
+<var>$text_item</var> is the text line. In case there is an index entry
+associated with the <code>@item</code> (as with <code>@ftable</code> and
+<code>@vtable</code>), <var>$index_label_text</var> is the text inserted at
+the place where an index entry appears. See section <a href="#SEC77">Formatting of index entries</a>.
+<var>$format</var> is the type of format,
+<samp>`table'</samp>, <samp>`ftable'</samp> or <samp>`vtable'</samp>. <var>$command</var> is the formatting command
+given in argument to the table format command, <var>$formatted_command</var> is
+this command formatted if it is a leading command, like <code>@minus</code>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $table_line <b>table_line</b><i> $text</i>
+<a name="IDX222"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function is used to format the text on the lines following
+the <code>@item</code> line. <var>$text</var> is the corresponding text.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <em>multitable</em></dt>
+<dd><p>The multitable elements formatting is controlled by the functions associated
+with two function references. One for a cell, and the other for a row.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $multitable_cell <b>cell</b><i> $text</i>
+<a name="IDX223"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function is used to format the text of a multitable cell, the text
+following a <code>@item</code> or a <code>@tab</code>.
+<var>$text</var> is the corresponding text.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $multitable_row <b>row</b><i> $text $item_command</i>
+<a name="IDX224"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function is used to format a multitable row. <var>$text</var> is
+the row text, with cells allready formatted with the <a name="IDX225"></a>
+<code>$cell</code>
+function reference. <var>$item_command</var> is the command used to introduce
+the row, such that it is possible to distinguish between <code>@item</code> and
+<code>@headitem</code>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Whole-table-list"></a>
+<a name="SEC67"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC66" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC65" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list </h3>
+
+<p>If the Texinfo command is a key of the <a name="IDX226"></a>
+<code>%format_map</code>, the associated
+value is used to specify the formatting of the construct, otherwise a function
+is called.
+The value in <code>%format_map</code> associated with a command is interpreted
+similarly with values associated with more simpler commands:
+</p>
+<ul class="toc">
+<li>
+If the text is a word, it is considered to be an <acronym>HTML</acronym> element
+name, and the whole table or list is enclosed between the element opening
+and the element closing.
+</li><li>
+If the text is a word followed by some text,
+the word and is interpreted as above, and the
+text is considered to be the attributes text of the element.
+</li><li>
+If the text is empty nothing is added to the text.
+</li></ul>
+
+<p>In case the <code>%format_map</code> isn't used, a function reference called
+<code>$table_list</code>
+should be redefined, the associated function will be called each time
+a command isn't found in <code>%format_map</code>.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $whole_table_list <b>table_list</b><i> $command $text</i>
+<a name="IDX227"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the Texinfo command name, <var>$text</var> is the formatted
+items.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>If you still want to use <a name="IDX228"></a>
+<code>%format_map</code> but differently from
+the default, it is possible to redefine the following function reference:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $whole_table_list <b>format</b><i> $command $format $text</i>
+<a name="IDX229"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$format</var> is the entry associated with
+<var>$command</var> in <code>%format_map</code>. <var>$text</var> is the formatted items.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Definitions"></a>
+<a name="SEC68"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC67" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC69" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.12 Definition commands formatting </h2>
+
+<p>The formatting of definition commands is controlled by a hash and four
+functions. The hash describes how the text on the definition line is
+interpreted, the functions control the formatting of the definition line
+and the definition function text.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC69">7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC70">7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Definition-line"></a>
+<a name="SEC69"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC70" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line </h3>
+
+<p>The keys of the hash <a name="IDX230"></a>
+<code>%def_map</code> are definition command names.
+There are two types of entries:
+</p>
+<ul class="toc">
+<li> If the command is a shortcut for
+another definition command the value is a text and the definition
+command is replaced by the text.
+
+<p>For example if we have:
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$def_map{'deftruc'} = '@defvr {A truc}';
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>and a line like
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@deftruc var
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>the line will be transformed in
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@defvr {A truc} var
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+</li><li>
+If the command isn't a shortcut, it is associated with an array
+reference. The first element is <samp>`f'</samp>, <samp>`v'</samp> or <samp>`t'</samp> corresponding
+with the index type (<samp>`f'</samp> for function, <samp>`v'</samp> for variable,
+<samp>`t'</samp> for type).
+
+<p>The remaining of the array describes how to interpret the text following
+the definition command on the definition command line.
+The entry item specify what corresponds
+with the next bracketed item or word. Currently the possibilities are
+<samp>`category'</samp>, <samp>`name'</samp>, <samp>`type'</samp>, <samp>`class'</samp> and <samp>`arg'</samp>.
+</p>
+<p>For example if we have
+</p><table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">def_map{'defvr'} = [ 'v', 'category', 'name' ];
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>The first bracketed item following <code>@defvr</code> is considered
+to be the category and the next one is the name. The index associated
+with the definition line is the variables index.
+</p></li></ul>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Definition-formatting"></a>
+<a name="SEC70"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC69" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC71" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC68" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting </h3>
+
+<p>Four functions are used when formatting a definition command:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> category name</dt>
+<dd><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $category <b>definition_category</b><i> $category_or_name $class $style</i>
+<a name="IDX231"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function precise a category or an index entry name associating a class
+<var>$class</var> (if given) with <var>$category_or_name</var>. The <var>$style</var> of the
+definition may be <samp>`f'</samp>, for function, <samp>`v'</samp>, for variable or <samp>`t'</samp>,
+for type.
+</p></dd></dl>
+</dd>
+<dt> formatting of the definition line</dt>
+<dd><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $line <b>def_line</b><i> $category $name $type $arguments $index_label</i>
+<a name="IDX232"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function formats the definition line. <var>$category</var> is the category
+formatted with <a name="IDX233"></a>
+<code>$definition_category</code>, <var>$name</var>, <var>$type</var> and
+<var>arguments</var> are the element of the definition line. <var>$index_label</var> is
+the text inserted at the place where an index entry appears.
+See section <a href="#SEC77">Formatting of index entries</a>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> definition text</dt>
+<dd><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $definition_text <b>def_item</b><i> $text</i>
+<a name="IDX234"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function formats the definition text, <var>$text</var>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> the whole definition</dt>
+<dd><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $definition <b>def</b><i> $text</i>
+<a name="IDX235"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function formats the whole definition. The definition line and text
+formatted by the above functions are in <var>$text</var>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Headings"></a>
+<a name="SEC71"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC70" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC72" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.13 Customizing headings formatting </h2>
+
+<p>A function controls the formatting of sectioning element headings,
+with the corresponding function reference:
+</p><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $heading_text <b>heading</b><i> \%element_reference</i>
+<a name="IDX236"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>The <var>\%element_reference</var> is a reference on a hash corresponding
+with the sectioning element. The following keys are of interest:
+</p><dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>text</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The heading text
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>name</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The heading text without section number
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>node</code></dt>
+<dd><p>true if the sectioning element is a node without associated structuring command
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>level</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The level of the element in the document tree. <samp>`0'</samp> is for <code>@top</code>,
+<samp>`1'</samp> for <code>@chapter</code> and so on
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>tag_level</code></dt>
+<dd><p>the sectioning element name, with <code>@raisesections</code> and
+<code>@lowersections</code> taken into account
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+</dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Special-regions"></a>
+<a name="SEC72"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC71" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.14 Formatting of special regions (<code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>) </h2>
+
+<p>Regions corresponding with raw text, like <code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@html</code>
+or <code>@tex</code> are formatted according to the following function reference:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $raw_region <b>raw</b><i> $command $text</i>
+<a name="IDX237"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the command name, <var>$text</var> is the raw text.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>If LaTeX2HTML is used, <code>@tex</code> regions are handled differently,
+from within the main program.
+</p>
+<p>The <code>@cartouche</code> command formatting is controlled by the
+function reference:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $cartouche <b>cartouche</b><i> $text</i>
+<a name="IDX238"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$text</var> is the text appearing within the cartouche.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>The formatting of <code>@quotation</code> is controlled by two function references.
+The first one is usefull in case the <code>@quotation</code> has an argument, as
+it allows to prepend a string to the quotation text:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $prepended_string <b>quotation_prepend_text</b><i> $style $text</i>
+<a name="IDX239"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$style</var> is the first argument of the <code>@quotation</code> if there are
+two arguments. <var>$text</var> is the second argument or the first if there is
+one argument. There are still @-commands in these strings. This function
+can return a string which will be prepended to the quotation text.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>The whole quotation is formatted by:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $quotation <b>quotation</b><i> $quotation_text $argument_text $argument_style_texi $argument_style_id</i>
+<a name="IDX240"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$quotation_text</var> is the quotation text, formatted, with the text
+prepended by the function above. <var>$argument_text</var> is the second argument
+of the <code>@quotation</code> or the first if there is one argument, formatted.
+The other arguments are defiend if there are two arguments for the
+<code>@quotation</code>, <var>$argument_style_texi</var> is this argument, with
+@-commands, and <var>$argument_style_id</var> is this argument transformed in
+an identifier which can be used as an <acronym>XML</acronym> identifier.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Menus"></a>
+<a name="SEC73"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC72" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC74" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.15 Menu formatting </h2>
+
+<p>To understand how the formatting of menus is controlled, the different
+parts of a menu are first described, then how to control the formatting
+of each of these parts.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC74">7.15.1 The structure of a menu</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> A menu consists in menu entry and menu
+ comments
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Menu-parts"></a>
+<a name="SEC74"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC75" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.15.1 The structure of a menu </h3>
+
+<p>In <code>texi2html</code>, a menu is considered to be composed of 2 parts, the
+<em>menu entries</em> and the <em>menu comments</em>. Menu entries are further
+divided in an <em>entry link</em> and optionnaly an <em>entry description</em>.
+The entry link consists in a node name and an optionnal menu entry
+name.
+</p>
+<p>A menu entry begins with <samp>`*'</samp> at the beginning of the line. It begins
+with the entry link, followed by the description. The description spans until
+the next menu entry, or some text begining at the first character of a line
+or an empty line, not contained within a command block which begun in the
+description. An empty line or a line with text at the first character
+starts a menu comment, which spans until the next menu entry.
+</p>
+<p>Here is an illustration of these rules:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">@menu
+* node name: entry name. description begins
+ description continues
+* another menu entry::
+ description begins
+ description continues
+
+ A menu comment, after an empty line
+
+* node:: description begins
+A menu comment. The line starts at the first character
+
+* last entry:: description begins <em>text
+of the description, even if the line begins at the first character,
+because we are in @emph</em>.
+@end menu
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Menu-formatting"></a>
+<a name="SEC75"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC74" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC73" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components </h3>
+
+<p>In the default case, the name of the section corresponding with the
+node is used instead of the node name. If <a name="IDX241"></a>
+<code>$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU</code> is
+true, however, node names are used. If <a name="IDX242"></a>
+<code>$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY</code>
+is true and menu entry equal menu description the description isn't printed.
+This is the default. Likewise, if node or section name equal entry name,
+do not print entry name.
+</p>
+<p>A symbol, <a name="IDX243"></a>
+<code>$MENU_SYMBOL</code> is put at the beginning of menu entries
+when the node name is used. The default is <samp>`&amp;bull;'</samp>.
+If <a name="IDX244"></a>
+<code>$UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU</code> is true it is
+also put at the beginning of unnumbered section names. This is not
+done by default.
+</p>
+<p>The menu comments are considered to be preformatted text. The style
+associated with this preformatted text is determined by
+<a name="IDX245"></a>
+<code>$MENU_PRE_STYLE</code>. Default is <samp>`font-family: serif'</samp>.
+The css class associated with menu comments is <code>menu-comments</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Three function references are associated with the formatting of the
+different parts of a menu:
+</p><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $link <b>menu_link</b><i> $section \%state $href $node $name $ending</i>
+<a name="IDX246"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$section</var> is the section name corresponding with the link, <var>$href</var>
+is the link hypertextual reference. <var>$href</var> may be absent. <var>\%state</var>
+holds informations about the current context. The only key which could be
+of interest is <code>preformatted</code>, true if the context is a preformatted
+context. See section <a href="#SEC48">Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string</a>.
+<var>$node</var> is the node name, <var>$name</var> is the
+name of the node, and <var>$ending</var> is the text ending the link entry.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $description <b>menu_description</b><i> $description_text \%state</i>
+<a name="IDX247"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$description_text</var> is the text of the menu description. <var>\%state</var>
+should be used similarly than for the menu link.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $menu_comment <b>menu_comment</b><i> $text</i>
+<a name="IDX248"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$text</var> is the text of the menu comment. It is in a preformatted
+environment.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>The following function reference controls the formatting of a wole menu:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $menu <b>menu</b><i> $menu_components_text</i>
+<a name="IDX249"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$menu_components_text</var> is the formatted menu components text, obtained
+as explained above.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>The last function reference corresponds with a special case. It
+is used when a menu entry appears within another block command, to
+avoid the possibilities of invalid <acronym>HTML</acronym> production.
+In that case the menu description and menu comments are not formatted
+specially, but treated like normal text.
+</p><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $link <b>simple_menu_link</b><i> $link_text $href $node $name $ending</i>
+<a name="IDX250"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$link_text</var> is the text corresponding with the link name, <var>$href</var>
+is the link hypertextual reference.
+<var>$node</var> is the node name, <var>$name</var> is the
+name of the node, and <var>$ending</var> is the text ending the link entry.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Indices"></a>
+<a name="SEC76"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC75" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC77" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.16 Indices formatting </h2>
+
+<p>Two different things needs to be handled for indices formatting, the place
+where the index term appears, the index entry, and the index list itself.
+The indexing commands like <code>@cindex</code> determines where index entries
+appear, and the index list is printed with a <code>@printindex</code> command.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC77">7.16.1 Formatting of index entries</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Index entries in the main document are
+ targets for hypertext references
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC78">7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Customizing the formatting of the index list
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Index-entry-place"></a>
+<a name="SEC77"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC78" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.16.1 Formatting of index entries </h3>
+
+<p>Index entry places in the main text may be the target for hypertext
+references. Their formatting
+is controlled by the function associated with the following function
+reference:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $target <b>index_entry_label</b><i> $identifier $preformatted</i>
+<a name="IDX251"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$identifier</var> should be used to create
+a target for links (typically associated with a name or id
+attribute in <acronym>HTML</acronym>).
+<var>$preformatted</var> is true if the index entry appeared in preformatted text.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Index-list"></a>
+<a name="SEC78"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC77" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC76" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists </h3>
+
+<p>The index entries are sorted alphabetically. A whole index list is
+considered to be composed of letter entries. A letter entry is composed
+by all the index entries beginning with that letter. A letter may
+be a non alphabetical character, but we call it letter here.
+</p>
+<p>An index summary appears at the beginning and at the end of an index list,
+and should be used to jump directly to a letter entry. Indices lists
+may be split across pages, thus the different letters may appear on different
+files. The number of index entries appearing on each page is determined
+by a variable <a name="IDX252"></a>
+<code>$SPLIT_INDEX</code> if set. The default is to split
+indices after 100 entries.
+</p>
+<p>The formatting of all these elements is controlled by the following
+function references:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <em>formatting of a letter in a summary</em></dt>
+<dd><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $letter <b>summary_letter</b><i> $letter $file $identifier</i>
+<a name="IDX253"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function is used to format a letter appearing in a summary, refering
+to a letter entry in the index list.
+<var>$letter</var> is the letter. <var>$file</var> is the file name where the letter
+entry appears. More precisely, it is empty when the letter entry is on the
+same page than the summary, it contains the file name when the index page
+is split accross page. <var>$identifier</var> is an identifier for the target
+letter entry.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <em>formatting of a summary</em></dt>
+<dd><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $summary <b>index_summary</b><i> \@alphabetical_letters \@nonalphabetical_letters</i>
+<a name="IDX254"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>\@alphabetical_letters</var> and <var>\@nonalphabetical_letters</var> contain the
+formatted summary letters, formatted with the above function.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <em>formatting of an index entry</em></dt>
+<dd><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $entry <b>index_entry</b><i> $entry_href $entry_text $section_href $section_heading</i>
+<a name="IDX255"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$entry_href</var> is a reference to the place where the index entry
+appeared, <var>$entry_text</var> is the corresponding text. <var>$section_href</var>
+is a reference to the beginning of the sectioning element containing
+the index entry, <var>$section_heading</var> is the heading of the element.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <em>formatting of letter entry</em></dt>
+<dd><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $letter_entry <b>index_letter</b><i> $letter $identifier $index_entries_text</i>
+<a name="IDX256"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function formats a letter entry, consisting in all the index entries
+beginning with this letter. <var>$letter</var> is the letter, <var>$identifier</var>
+should be used to create a target for links (typically links from summaries),
+and <var>$index_entries_text</var> is the text of the index entries formatted as
+described above.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <em>formatting of whole index</em></dt>
+<dd><dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $index <b>print_index</b><i> $index_text $index_name</i>
+<a name="IDX257"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$index_text</var> is the text of all the index entries grouped by letter
+appearing in that page formatted as above. <var>index_name</var> is the name of
+the index, the argument of <code>@printindex</code>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Floats-and-lists-of-floats"></a>
+<a name="SEC79"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC78" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC80" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.17 Floats and lists of floats </h2>
+
+<p>Floats appear in the <code>@float</code> environment, optionaly with a style
+and a label, and with optionnal <code>@caption</code> and <code>@shortcaption</code>.
+Their list appear after a <code>@listoffloats</code>.
+</p>
+<p>A hash reference is associated with each float, it is available in some
+formatting functions. The keys are:
+</p><dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>caption_texi</code></dt>
+<dt> <code>shortcaption_texi</code></dt>
+<dd><p>A reference on an array containing the caption or shortcaption lines,
+unformatted.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>style_texi</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The style with texi @-commands.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>style_id</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The unique identifier associated with the style.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>nr</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The number with the same conventions than makeinfo (use the chapter number a
+dot and then the number of the float of that style in the chapter, or an
+absolute number if in unnumbered).
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>chapter_nr</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The number of the chapter containing the float.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>nr_in_chapter</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The number of the float in the chapter.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>absolut_nr</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The number of the float in the document.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The label with @-commands.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>id</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The unique identifier associated with the label. Usefull to make an anchor
+or a reference.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>element</code></dt>
+<dd><p>A reference on a structure representing the element the float appear in.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC80">7.17.1 Formatting a float</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Formatting of floats
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC81">7.17.2 Formatting lists of floats</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top"> Formatting the lists of floats
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Floats"></a>
+<a name="SEC80"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC81" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.17.1 Formatting a float </h3>
+
+<p>First there is an occasion to construct a texinfo text for the caption, using
+the caption texinfo lines and the informations in the float structure.
+The returned lines will be formatted in the main program. A function reference
+is used here:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> (\@caption_lines_returned, \@shortcaption_lines_returned) <b>caption_shortcaption</b><i> \%float \@caption_lines \@shortcaption_lines</i>
+<a name="IDX258"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>\%float</var> is the structure defined above. <var>\@caption_lines</var> and
+<var>\@shortcaption_lines</var> are references on arrays containing the
+texinfo lines for caption and short caption. <var>\@caption_lines_returned</var>
+and <var>\@shortcaption_lines_returned</var> are references on an array
+containing the texinfo lines for the caption and shortcaption.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>Then the float is formatted with the following function reference:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $text <b>float</b><i> $float_text \%float $caption_text $shortcaption_text</i>
+<a name="IDX259"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$float_text</var> is the text appearing within the <code>@float</code>, formatted.
+<var>\%float</var> is still the structure defined above. <var>$caption_text</var> and
+<var>$shortcaption_text</var> are the caption and short caption build with the
+above function and formatted.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Lists-of-floats"></a>
+<a name="SEC81"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC80" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC82" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC79" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h3 class="subsection"> 7.17.2 Formatting lists of floats </h3>
+
+<p>A list of floats is introduced by <code>@listoffloats</code>. The argument of
+<code>@listoffloats</code> is the <em>style</em>. First the style texinfo can be
+modified with the following function reference:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $style_texi_returned <b>listoffloats_style</b><i> $style_texi</i>
+<a name="IDX260"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the <code>@listoffloats</code> argument with texinfo
+@-commands kept. It is possible to make changes to the <var>$style_texi</var> and
+return a modified string, still with @-commands. The modified string
+is formatted in the main program.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>After that, for each of the floats with that style, first there is a
+possibility to modify the float style and the float caption before they
+are formatted in the main program, with the following function references:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $float_style_texi_returned <b>listoffloats_float_style</b><i> $style_texi \%float</i>
+<a name="IDX261"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the style, and <var>\%float</var> is the structure described
+above. This function reference returns a style to be formatted in the
+main program.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $caption_texi_returned <b>listoffloats_caption</b><i> \%float</i>
+<a name="IDX262"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>\%float</var> is the structure described
+above. This function reference returns a caption to be formatted in the
+main program.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>Each entry is formatted by:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $listoffloats_entry <b>listoffloats_entry</b><i> $style_texi \%float $float_style $caption $href</i>
+<a name="IDX263"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the style with @-commands, <var>$float_style</var> is the
+style returned by the above function and formatted. <var>$caption</var> is the
+caption returned by the above function formatted. <var>\%float</var> is the
+structure corresponding with the float, and <var>$href</var> is an href pointing to
+the float location.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>Lastly, the whole <code>@listoffloats</code> is formatted by:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> $listoffloats <b>listoffloats</b><i> $style_texi $style \@listoffloats_entries</i>
+<a name="IDX264"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$style_texi</var> is the style with @-commands, <var>$style</var> is the
+style returned by the above function and formatted. The array reference
+<var>\@listoffloats_entries</var> holds the entries formatted by the above
+function.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Footnotes"></a>
+<a name="SEC82"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC81" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC83" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.18 Customizing the footnotes formatting </h2>
+
+<p>Each footnote is associated with a footnote entry. Several footnote entries
+are grouped in a footnote section. When a footnote appears, two things must
+be formatted: in the main text the place where the footnote appear
+and the footnote text.
+</p>
+<p>Two functions, with corresponding function references control the formatting
+of the footnotes:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> (\@lines $text_for_document) <b>foot_line_and_ref</b><i> $number_in_doc $number_in_page $footnote_id $place_id $document_file $footnote_file \@lines \%state</i>
+<a name="IDX265"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$number_in_doc</var> is the footnote number in the whole document,
+<var>$number_in_page</var> is the footnote number in the current page.
+<var>$footnote_id</var> is an identifier for the footnote in the footnote text
+which should be used to make target for references to that footnote,
+while <var>$place_id</var> is an identifier for the location of the footnote
+in the main document. Similarly, <var>$document_file</var> is the file name
+of the file containing the text where the footnote appears in the main
+document, while <var>$footnote_file</var> is the file name of the file where
+the footnote text appears.
+</p>
+<p><var>\@lines</var> is a reference on an array containing the footnote text
+lines, allready formatted.
+And <var>\%state</var> holds informations about the context at the footnote
+place in the main document. As usual the most usefull entry is
+<code>preformatted</code> which is true if the footnote appears in a preformatted
+context.
+</p>
+<p>This function returns a reference on an array, <var>\@lines</var> containing
+the updated footnote text for the footnote entry, and <var>$text_for_document</var>,
+the text appearing at the footnote place in the main document, linking
+to the footnote entry.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>The following function is only used when footnotes are at the bottom
+of a page and the document is split.
+For customization of the footnotes page in case they are on a separated
+page or section, <a href="#SEC44">Customizing the layout of the special pages</a>. For
+the determination of the footnote locations, <a href="#SEC10">Page layout related command line options</a>.
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> <b>foot_section</b><i> \@footnotes_lines</i>
+<a name="IDX266"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p>This function formats a group of footnotes. <var>\@footnotes_lines</var> is a
+reference on an array holding the lines of all the footnote entries
+formatted as explained above. This function modifies the reference.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Other-and-unknown-commands"></a>
+<a name="SEC83"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC82" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="section"> 7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands </h2>
+
+
+
+<p>Many commands without braces are available in texinfo, sometimes with
+a specific syntax. For example we have <code>@sp</code>, <code>@noindent</code>,
+<code>@documentlanguage</code>, <code>@oddheading</code>, <code>@headings</code>,
+<code>@shortcontents</code>, <code>@shorttitlepage</code> or <code>@comment</code>.
+<code>texi2html</code> interprets
+some of these commands and some functions or variables are used for
+their formatting or to access their information.
+In the default case, however, most of these constructs are ignored.
+</p>
+<p>It is possible to change how the things following these commands
+on the line are handled, what is considered to be an arg for those
+commands and it is also possible to keep them instead of discarding
+them such that it is possible to handle them specially, with the
+same function than the one used for unknown commands.
+</p>
+<p>Those special commands without braces are the key of a hash:
+<a name="IDX267"></a>
+<code>%misc_command</code>. The associated value is a reference on a
+hash enabling to set the properties of these commands. The
+keys of this hash reference is the name of a property, the value
+is the value of the property. For example here we have <code>line</code>
+for the <code>arg</code> property for the <code>command</code> @-command.
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">$misc_command{'command'} = {'arg' =&gt; 'line', 'skip' =&gt; 'space'};
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>The properties and possible values are:
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>skip</code></dt>
+<dd><p>This property enables to set what is skipped after the command arguments.
+Here are the possible values:
+</p><dl compact="compact">
+<dt> <code>line</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The remaining of the line is skipped.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>space</code> </dt>
+<dd><p>Spaces are skipped but not newline.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>whitespace</code> </dt>
+<dd><p>Spaces are skipped
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>linewhitespace</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Spaces are skipped if there are only spaces remaining on the line.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>linespace</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Spaces are skipped, but not newline if
+there are only spaces remaining on the line
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+</dd>
+<dt> <code>arg</code></dt>
+<dd><p>If the associated value is <code>line</code> the line is considered to be the
+argument. If it is a number it is the number of args (separated by spaces).
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>texi</code></dt>
+<dd><p>If true the arguments are considered to real texinfo, therefore
+ <code>@value</code> and <code>@macro</code> are expanded.
+</p></dd>
+<dt> <code>keep</code></dt>
+<dd><p>If true the args and the macro are kept, otherwise they are discarded.
+The defaut is to have <code>keep</code> undef for all the commands.
+If <code>keep</code> is true for <code>@verbatiminclude</code> the default
+action for this macro isn't done.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+
+<p>Commands which don't appear in the hashes
+<a name="IDX268"></a>
+<code>%simple_map</code>, <a name="IDX269"></a>
+<code>%simple_map_pre</code>,
+<a name="IDX270"></a>
+<code>%simple_map_texi</code> and <code>%misc_command</code>, or that appear in
+<code>%misc_command</code> but with <code>keep</code> true are processed by the
+following function reference:
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> ($result_line, $result, $result_text, $message) <b>unknown</b><i> $command $line</i>
+<a name="IDX271"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$line</var> is the line following the
+<var>$command</var>. <var>$result</var> is a boolean. If it is true then the other return
+values are taken into account otherwise the default actions are
+used. In case <var>$result</var> is true, <var>$result_line</var> is the new line
+to be processed further, <var>$result_text</var> is the resulting formatted text
+and <var>$message</var>, if defined is a message outputted to the output
+with line number added by <code>texi2html</code>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+<p>Commands with braces not specified above
+nor in <a name="IDX272"></a>
+<code>%style_map</code>, <a name="IDX273"></a>
+<code>%style_map_pre</code> and
+<a name="IDX274"></a>
+<code>%style_map_texi</code> are processed
+by the following function reference
+</p>
+<dl>
+<dt><u>Function Reference:</u> ($result, $result_text, $message) <b>unknown_style</b><i> $command $text</i>
+<a name="IDX275"></a>
+</dt>
+<dd><p><var>$command</var> is the @-command, <var>$text</var> is the text appearing within
+the braces (allready formatted). <var>$result</var> is a boolean. If it is true then
+the other return
+values are taken into account otherwise the default actions are
+used. In case <var>$result</var> is true, <var>$result_text</var> is the resulting
+formatted text
+and <var>$message</var>, if defined is a message outputted to the output
+with line number added by <code>texi2html</code>.
+</p></dd></dl>
+
+
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Internationalization"></a>
+<a name="SEC84"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC83" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC85" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC47" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="appendix"> A. Internationalization </h1>
+
+<p>The strings written in the document are selected based on the
+document language. This can be used to customize the strings,
+as described in <a href="#SEC56">Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a>. This also enables translation of the
+strings.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Translating-strings"></a>
+<a name="SEC85"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC86" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="appendixsec"> A.1 Translating strings </h2>
+
+
+<p>If the language is allready supported, then there will be a file
+in the <tt>`i18n'</tt> directory with name the two-letter
+ISO-639 language code. In that case you can enhance the translations by
+editing this file. There is a <code>$LANGUAGES-&gt;{'<var>language</var>'}</code>
+hash in that file. The keys are the english strings, in <code>''</code>, the
+values (in <code>''</code> after <code>=&gt;</code>) are the translations.
+When a string contains a <samp>`%'</samp> followed by <samp>`{'</samp> <var>name</var> <samp>`}'</samp>
+it means that the string will be expanded by <code>texi2html</code>. For
+an example, see <a href="#SEC56">Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a>.
+</p>
+<p>After that you should run the command <code>./manage_i18n.pl all</code> in
+the top directory, it should merge your file with the existing files in
+<tt>`translations.pl'</tt>, which is incorporated to the <tt>`texi2html'</tt> script
+by <code>./configure</code>.
+</p>
+<p>If the language isn't currently supported, copy the <tt>`en'</tt> file in
+<tt>`i18n'</tt> to a file with name the two-letter ISO-639
+language code of your language
+ and then add your translations to the strings. You could also add your
+two-letter language code in the <tt>`manage_i18n.pl'</tt> file in the
+<code>@known_languages</code> array.
+</p>
+<p>After that you should similarly run the command
+<code>./manage_i18n.pl all</code> in
+the top directory.
+</p>
+<p>Obsoleted strings are not removed from the files, they are still present
+in the <code>$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS-&gt;{'<var>language</var>'}</code> hash in case
+the string is reused later.
+</p>
+<p>If you made change to strings specified in installed files
+(see section <a href="#SEC4">Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a>)
+you will have to reinstall them otherwise the installated files will
+take precedence (see section <a href="#SEC13">Use initialization files for fine tuning</a>).
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Adding-new-strings"></a>
+<a name="SEC86"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC85" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h2 class="appendixsec"> A.2 Adding new strings written to document </h2>
+
+
+<p>If you need to write strings, for example the new string <var>a string</var>
+to the resulting document, call <code>&amp;$I('a string')</code>. Use simple quotes.
+If you want to substitute a value in the string put
+<code>%{<var>string_value</var>}</code>, in the string, and give a second argument
+to <code>&amp;$I</code>, a hash reference with key <var>string_value</var> and value
+the what you want to substitute.
+Here is an example:
+</p>
+<table><tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td><pre class="example">return &amp;$I('%{name} of %{class}', { 'name' =&gt; $name, 'class' =&gt; $class });
+</pre></td></tr></table>
+<p>In that case <code>%{name}</code> is substituted by <code>$name</code> in the translated
+string.
+</p>
+<p>After that you should run the command <code>./manage_i18n.pl all</code> in the top
+directory, it should add your new strings to all the files in the <tt>`i18n'</tt>
+directory.
+</p>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Indexop"></a>
+<a name="SEC87"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC86" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC84" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="appendix"> B. Command Line Option Index </h1>
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC87_0" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_1" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_2" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_3" class="summary-letter"><b>H</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_4" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_5" class="summary-letter"><b>L</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_6" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_7" class="summary-letter"><b>N</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_8" class="summary-letter"><b>O</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_9" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+</td></tr></table>
+<table border="0" class="index-op">
+<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_0">C</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX49">css-include=<var>file</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_1">D</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX53">def-table</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX42">doctype=<var>DTD</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX30">D<var>var</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_2">F</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX36">frames</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX44">frameset-doctype</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX43">frameset-doctype=<var>DTD</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_3">H</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX51">html-xref-prefix=<var>path</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_4">I</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX34">I<var>dir</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX23">if&lt;region&gt;</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX121">include-css</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX69">init-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX70">init-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX47">iso</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_5">L</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX61">l2h</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX66">l2h-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX62">l2h-l2h=<var>program</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX64">l2h-tmp</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX72">lang</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX206">lang</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX28">lang=<var>lang</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_6">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX3">menu</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_7">N</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX24">no-if&lt;region&gt;</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX21">node-files</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX2">nomenu</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX26">nomenu</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX38">nosec-nav</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX57">number</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_8">O</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX10">output</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX12">output</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_9">P</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX32">P<var>dir</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX1">pkgdatadir=<var>dir</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX67">pkgdatadir=dir</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX13">prefix</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_10">S</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX40">separated-footnotes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX15">short-ext</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX55">short-ref</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX4">split</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX68">sysconfdir=dir</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_11">T</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX19">toc-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX59">toc-links</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX17">top-file</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC87_12">U</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX6">use-nodes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX8">use-nodes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX9">use-nodes</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX31">U<var>var</var></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+</table>
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC87_0" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_1" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_2" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_3" class="summary-letter"><b>H</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_4" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_5" class="summary-letter"><b>L</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_6" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_7" class="summary-letter"><b>N</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_8" class="summary-letter"><b>O</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_9" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC87_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+</td></tr></table>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Indexvr"></a>
+<a name="SEC88"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC89" title="Next section in reading order"> &gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC89" title="Next chapter"> &gt;&gt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="appendix"> C. Variable Index </h1>
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC88_0" class="summary-letter"><b>$</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC88_1" class="summary-letter"><b>%</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC88_2" class="summary-letter"><b>@</b></a>
+</td></tr></table>
+<table border="0" class="index-vr">
+<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC88_0">$</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX123"><code>$AFTER_BODY_OPEN</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX153"><code>$AFTER_OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX155"><code>$AFTER_TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX73"><code>$anchor</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC15">5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX198"><code>$anchor</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC54">7.4 Formatting of special simple commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX242"><code>$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX152"><code>$BEFORE_OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX154"><code>$BEFORE_TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX78"><code>$BIG_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX111"><code>$BODYTEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX127"><code>$BODYTEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX225"><code>$cell</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX194"><code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX196"><code>$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX217"><code>$complex_format_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX116"><code>$CSS_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX118"><code>$CSS_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX120"><code>$CSS_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX54"><code>$DEF_TABLE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX76"><code>$DEFAULT_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX233"><code>$definition_category</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC70">7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX150"><code>$DO_CONTENTS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX151"><code>$DO_SCONTENTS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX45"><code>$DOCTYPE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX126"><code>$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX124"><code>$DOCUMENT_ENCODING</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX125"><code>$ENCODING</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX175"><code>$EXTENSION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX52"><code>$EXTERNAL_DIR</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX122"><code>$EXTRA_HEAD</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX37"><code>$FRAMES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX46"><code>$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX82"><code>$ICONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX179"><code>$IDX_SUMMARY</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC46">6.13 Generation of external files for index entries</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX80"><code>$INDEX_CHAPTER</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC20">Element labels</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX63"><code>$L2H_L2H</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX65"><code>$L2H_TMP</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX29"><code>$LANG</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX71"><code>$LANG</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX207"><code>$LANG</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX208"><code>$LANGUAGES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85"><code>$LANGUAGES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX245"><code>$MENU_PRE_STYLE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX243"><code>$MENU_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX77"><code>$MIDDLE_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX22"><code>$NODE_FILES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX176"><code>$NODE_FILES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX241"><code>$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX58"><code>$NUMBER_SECTIONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX193"><code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX195"><code>$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX11"><code>$OUT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX138"><code>$PRE_BODY_CLOSE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX14"><code>$PREFIX</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX141"><code>$print_chapter_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX131"><code>$print_chapter_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX139"><code>$print_foot_navigation</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX128"><code>$print_head_navigation</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX172"><code>$print_misc</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX174"><code>$print_misc_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX173"><code>$print_misc_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX143"><code>$print_page_foot</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX130"><code>$print_page_head</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX142"><code>$print_section_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX132"><code>$print_section_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX169"><code>$print_Top</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX171"><code>$print_Top_footer</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX170"><code>$print_Top_header</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX39"><code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX83"><code>$SECTION_NAVIGATION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX41"><code>$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX56"><code>$SHORT_REF</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX16"><code>$SHORTEXTN</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX27"><code>$SHOW_MENU</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX75"><code>$SMALL_RULE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX5"><code>$SPLIT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX252"><code>$SPLIT_INDEX</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC78">7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85"><code>$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX91"><code>$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next}</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX105"><code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX160"><code>$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX104"><code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX103"><code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX108"><code>$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX106"><code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC30">Section lines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX159"><code>$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX20"><code>$TOC_FILE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX60"><code>$TOC_LINKS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX157"><code>$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX156"><code>$TOC_LIST_STYLE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX18"><code>$TOP_FILE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX79"><code>$TOP_HEADING</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC20">Element labels</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX244"><code>$UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX48"><code>$USE_ISO</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX7"><code>$USE_NODES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX81"><code>$VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX87"><code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX88"><code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX109"><code>$WORDS_IN_PAGE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC88_1">%</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX192"><code>%accent_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX93"><code>%ACTIVE_ICONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX113"><code>%BUTTONS_GOTO</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX115"><code>%css_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX117"><code>%css_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX230"><code>%def_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC69">7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX216"><code>%format_in_paragraph</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX226"><code>%format_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX228"><code>%format_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX101"><code>%main::value</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC29">Flags</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX102"><code>%main::value</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC29">Flags</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX267"><code>%misc_command</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX92"><code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX112"><code>%NAVIGATION_TEXT</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX212"><code>%paragraph_style</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX94"><code>%PASSIVE_ICONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX187"><code>%pre_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX183"><code>%simple_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX268"><code>%simple_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX184"><code>%simple_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX269"><code>%simple_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX185"><code>%simple_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX270"><code>%simple_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX219"><code>%special_list_commands</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX189"><code>%style_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX272"><code>%style_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX190"><code>%style_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX273"><code>%style_map_pre</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX191"><code>%style_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX274"><code>%style_map_texi</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX97"><code>%Texi2HTML::HREF</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX96"><code>%Texi2HTML::NAME</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX99"><code>%Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX98"><code>%Texi2HTML::NODE</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX100"><code>%Texi2HTML::THISDOC</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC28">Global strings</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX188"><code>%texi_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX186"><code>%things_map</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC88_2">@</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX89"><code>@CHAPTER_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX50"><code>@CSS_FILES</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX25"><code>@EXPAND</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX35"><code>@INCLUDE_DIRS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX90"><code>@MISC_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX86"><code>@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX33"><code>@PREPEND_DIRS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX84"><code>@SECTION_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#IDX85"><code>@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+</table>
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC88_0" class="summary-letter"><b>$</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC88_1" class="summary-letter"><b>%</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC88_2" class="summary-letter"><b>@</b></a>
+</td></tr></table>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="Indexcp"></a>
+<a name="SEC89"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Previous section in reading order"> &lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &gt; ]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC88" title="Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter"> &lt;&lt; </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Up section"> Up </a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[ &gt;&gt; ]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left"> &nbsp; </td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1 class="appendix"> D. Concept Index </h1>
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC89_0" class="summary-letter"><b>A</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_1" class="summary-letter"><b>B</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_2" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_3" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_4" class="summary-letter"><b>E</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_5" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_6" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_7" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_8" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_9" class="summary-letter"><b>R</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+</td></tr></table>
+<table border="0" class="index-cp">
+<tr><td></td><th align="left">Index Entry</th><th align="left"> Section</th></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_0">A</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">Avoid paragraph opening</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_1">B</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC_Top">bug report</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC_Top">Texi2HTML</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_2">C</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">centering</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">complex format</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13"><tt>`Config'</tt></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">configure</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_3">D</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">downloading <code>texi2html</code> source</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_4">E</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">examples of manuals</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC58">external manual</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC58">7.7.1 Reference to external manual</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_5">F</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">flushing text</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_6">I</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">i18n</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">i18n</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">Installation</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">internationalization</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">internationalized strings</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_7">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">makeinfo</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC2">1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>?</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86"><code>manage_i18n.pl</code></a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_8">P</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">paragraph</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">preformatted region</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_9">R</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC57">reference</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC57">7.7 References</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_10">S</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">skipped command</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">source code for <code>texi2html</code>, downloading</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_11">T</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3"><code>texi2html</code> source, downloading</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">Texinfo</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">text alignement</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">Translation</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+<tr><th><a name="SEC89_12">U</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">unknown command</a></td><td valign="top"><a href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3"> <hr></td></tr>
+</table>
+<table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td><a href="#SEC89_0" class="summary-letter"><b>A</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_1" class="summary-letter"><b>B</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_2" class="summary-letter"><b>C</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_3" class="summary-letter"><b>D</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_4" class="summary-letter"><b>E</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_5" class="summary-letter"><b>F</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_6" class="summary-letter"><b>I</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_7" class="summary-letter"><b>M</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_8" class="summary-letter"><b>P</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_9" class="summary-letter"><b>R</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_10" class="summary-letter"><b>S</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_11" class="summary-letter"><b>T</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+<a href="#SEC89_12" class="summary-letter"><b>U</b></a>
+ &nbsp;
+</td></tr></table>
+<hr size="6">
+<a name="SEC_Contents"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1>Table of Contents</h1>
+<div class="contents">
+
+<ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC1" href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC2" href="#SEC2">1.1 Why <code>texi2html</code> and not <code>makeinfo</code>?</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC3" href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC4" href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC5" href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC6" href="#SEC6">4.1 Specifying where to split the generated document</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC7" href="#SEC7">4.2 Setting output file and directory names</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC8" href="#SEC8">4.3 Specifying which regions get expanded</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC9" href="#SEC9">4.4 Command line options related to Texinfo language features</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC10" href="#SEC10">4.5 Page layout related command line options</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC11" href="#SEC11">4.6 Customizing the <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC12" href="#SEC12">4.7 Expanding <code>@tex</code> and <code>@math</code> regions using LaTeX2HTML</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC13" href="#SEC13">4.8 Use initialization files for fine tuning</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC14" href="#SEC14">5. Overview of initialization files content and loading</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC15" href="#SEC15">5.1 Redefining functions in initialization files</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC16" href="#SEC16">5.2 Conventions used for function prototypes</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC17" href="#SEC17">6. Fine tuning of the page layout</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC18" href="#SEC18">6.1 The different categories of pages and sectioning elements</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC19" href="#SEC19">6.2 Page layout and navigation panel overview</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC20" href="#SEC21">6.3 Customization of the navigation panels buttons</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC21" href="#SEC22">6.3.1 Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC22" href="#SEC23">6.3.2 Specifying the buttons formatting</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC23" href="#SEC24">6.3.3 Changing the navigation panel formatting</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC24" href="#SEC25">6.4 Main program variables and usefull functions</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC25" href="#SEC26">6.4.1 Accessing elements informations</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC26" href="#SEC27">6.4.2 Accessing global informations</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC27" href="#SEC31">6.4.3 Function usefull in page formatting</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC28" href="#SEC32">6.5 Preparing the output</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC29" href="#SEC33">6.6 Finalizing the output</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC30" href="#SEC34">6.7 Customizing the <code>texi2html</code> css lines</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC31" href="#SEC35">6.8 Customizing the page header</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC32" href="#SEC36">6.9 Customizing the sections</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC33" href="#SEC37">6.10 Customizing the page footer</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC34" href="#SEC38">6.11 Special pages formatting</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC35" href="#SEC39">6.11.1 Customizing the content of the special pages</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC36" href="#SEC40">6.11.1.1 Top element text formatting</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC37" href="#SEC41">6.11.1.2 Table of contents and Short table of contents</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC38" href="#SEC42">6.11.1.3 Formatting of footnotes text</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC39" href="#SEC43">6.11.1.4 Formatting of about text</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC40" href="#SEC44">6.11.2 Customizing the layout of the special pages</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC41" href="#SEC45">6.12 Customizing the file names</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC42" href="#SEC46">6.13 Generation of external files for index entries</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC43" href="#SEC47">7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC44" href="#SEC48">7.1 Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC45" href="#SEC49">7.2 Customizing the formatting of commands without argument</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC46" href="#SEC50">7.3 Customizing accent, style and other simple commands</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC47" href="#SEC51">7.3.1 An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC48" href="#SEC52">7.3.2 An interface for commands formatting with a string</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC49" href="#SEC53">7.3.3 Defining the style and indicatric commands interface</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC50" href="#SEC54">7.4 Formatting of special simple commands</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC51" href="#SEC55">7.5 Processing special characters in text</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC52" href="#SEC56">7.6 Customizing strings written by <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC53" href="#SEC57">7.7 References</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC54" href="#SEC58">7.7.1 Reference to external manual</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC55" href="#SEC59">7.7.2 Reference to an internal node</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC56" href="#SEC60">7.8 Commands used for centering and flushing of text</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC57" href="#SEC61">7.9 Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC58" href="#SEC62">7.9.1 Paragraph and preformatted region formatting</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC59" href="#SEC63">7.9.2 Avoiding paragraphs in formats</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC60" href="#SEC64">7.10 Formatting of complex formats (<code>@example</code>, <code>@display</code>&hellip;)</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC61" href="#SEC65">7.11 Customizing the formatting of lists and tables</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC62" href="#SEC66">7.11.1 Formatting individual table and list items</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC63" href="#SEC67">7.11.2 Formatting of a whole table or list</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC64" href="#SEC68">7.12 Definition commands formatting</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC65" href="#SEC69">7.12.1 Customizing the interpretation of a definition line</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC66" href="#SEC70">7.12.2 Customization of the definition formatting</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC67" href="#SEC71">7.13 Customizing headings formatting</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC68" href="#SEC72">7.14 Formatting of special regions (<code>@verbatim</code>, <code>@cartouche</code>, <code>@quotation</code>)</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC69" href="#SEC73">7.15 Menu formatting</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC70" href="#SEC74">7.15.1 The structure of a menu</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC71" href="#SEC75">7.15.2 The formatting of the different menu components</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC72" href="#SEC76">7.16 Indices formatting</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC73" href="#SEC77">7.16.1 Formatting of index entries</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC74" href="#SEC78">7.16.2 Customizing the formatting of index lists</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC75" href="#SEC79">7.17 Floats and lists of floats</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC76" href="#SEC80">7.17.1 Formatting a float</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC77" href="#SEC81">7.17.2 Formatting lists of floats</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC78" href="#SEC82">7.18 Customizing the footnotes formatting</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC79" href="#SEC83">7.19 Customizing other commands, and unknown commands</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC80" href="#SEC84">A. Internationalization</a>
+ <ul class="toc">
+ <li><a name="TOC81" href="#SEC85">A.1 Translating strings</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC82" href="#SEC86">A.2 Adding new strings written to document</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC83" href="#SEC87">B. Command Line Option Index</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC84" href="#SEC88">C. Variable Index</a></li>
+ <li><a name="TOC85" href="#SEC89">D. Concept Index</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<hr size="1">
+<a name="SEC_Overview"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1>Short Table of Contents</h1>
+<div class="shortcontents">
+<ul class="toc">
+<li><a name="TOC1" href="#SEC1">1. Overview</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC3" href="#SEC3">2. Obtaining <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC4" href="#SEC4">3. Installation of <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC5" href="#SEC5">4. Invoking <code>texi2html</code></a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC14" href="#SEC14">5. Overview of initialization files content and loading</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC17" href="#SEC17">6. Fine tuning of the page layout</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC43" href="#SEC47">7. Customizing <acronym>HTML</acronym> and text style in init files</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC80" href="#SEC84">A. Internationalization</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC83" href="#SEC87">B. Command Line Option Index</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC84" href="#SEC88">C. Variable Index</a></li>
+<li><a name="TOC85" href="#SEC89">D. Concept Index</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<hr size="1">
+<a name="SEC_About"></a>
+<table cellpadding="1" cellspacing="1" border="0">
+<tr><td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Top" title="Cover (top) of document">Top</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents">Contents</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC87" title="Index">Index</a>]</td>
+<td valign="middle" align="left">[<a href="#SEC_About" title="About (help)"> ? </a>]</td>
+</tr></table>
+<h1>About This Document</h1>
+<p>
+ This document was generated by <em>Derek R. Price</em> on <em>February, 3 2005</em> using <a href="http://texi2html.cvshome.org/"><em>texi2html 1.76</em></a>.
+</p>
+<p>
+ The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:
+</p>
+<table border="1">
+ <tr>
+ <th> Button </th>
+ <th> Name </th>
+ <th> Go to </th>
+ <th> From 1.2.3 go to</th>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td align="center"> [ &lt; ] </td>
+ <td align="center">Back</td>
+ <td>previous section in reading order</td>
+ <td>1.2.2</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td align="center"> [ &gt; ] </td>
+ <td align="center">Forward</td>
+ <td>next section in reading order</td>
+ <td>1.2.4</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td align="center"> [ &lt;&lt; ] </td>
+ <td align="center">FastBack</td>
+ <td>beginning of this chapter or previous chapter</td>
+ <td>1</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td align="center"> [ Up ] </td>
+ <td align="center">Up</td>
+ <td>up section</td>
+ <td>1.2</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td align="center"> [ &gt;&gt; ] </td>
+ <td align="center">FastForward</td>
+ <td>next chapter</td>
+ <td>2</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td align="center"> [Top] </td>
+ <td align="center">Top</td>
+ <td>cover (top) of document</td>
+ <td> &nbsp; </td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td align="center"> [Contents] </td>
+ <td align="center">Contents</td>
+ <td>table of contents</td>
+ <td> &nbsp; </td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td align="center"> [Index] </td>
+ <td align="center">Index</td>
+ <td>index</td>
+ <td> &nbsp; </td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td align="center"> [ ? ] </td>
+ <td align="center">About</td>
+ <td>about (help)</td>
+ <td> &nbsp; </td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>
+ where the <strong> Example </strong> assumes that the current position is at <strong> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </strong> of a document of the following structure:
+</p>
+
+<ul>
+ <li> 1. Section One
+ <ul>
+ <li>1.1 Subsection One-One
+ <ul>
+ <li>...</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>1.2 Subsection One-Two
+ <ul>
+ <li>1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One</li>
+ <li>1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two</li>
+ <li>1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three &nbsp; &nbsp;
+ <strong>&lt;== Current Position </strong></li>
+ <li>1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>1.3 Subsection One-Three
+ <ul>
+ <li>...</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+ <li>1.4 Subsection One-Four</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+
+<hr size="1">
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+ This document was generated by <em>Derek R. Price</em> on <em>February, 3 2005</em> using <a href="http://texi2html.cvshome.org/"><em>texi2html 1.76</em></a>.
+ </font>
+ <br>
+
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d791b234206
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+This is texi2html.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.5 from
+texi2html.texi.
+
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Portions
+of
+`texi2html'
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
+ Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
+ Copyright (C) many others.
+
+
+Portions
+of this
+manual
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Texinfo documentation system
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Texi2HTML: (texi2html). Texinfo to HTML Converter.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+ This file, last updated 1 February 2005, documents the `texi2html'
+script which converts Texinfo (http://www.texinfo.org) into HTML
+(http://w3c.org). This edition is for `texi2html' version 1.76.
+
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Portions
+of
+`texi2html'
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
+ Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
+ Copyright (C) many others.
+
+
+Portions
+of this
+manual
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+Indirect:
+texi2html.info-1: 2995
+texi2html.info-2: 51146
+texi2html.info-3: 101110
+
+Tag Table:
+(Indirect)
+Node: Top2995
+Node: Overview5644
+Node: whytexi2html7433
+Node: Obtaining texi2html9512
+Node: Installation9794
+Node: Invoking texi2html11983
+Node: Splitting output13162
+Node: Output files16491
+Node: Expansion19748
+Node: Texinfo related options20652
+Node: Page layout options21714
+Node: Style options22607
+Node: Expanding TeX regions24932
+Node: Using init files26073
+Node: Initialization files27957
+Node: Redefining functions29903
+Node: Function prototypes30969
+Node: Changing the page layout32044
+Node: The different pages33401
+Node: The page layout35114
+Ref: Element labels36393
+Node: Navigation panel38129
+Node: General purpose variables38787
+Node: Button specifications39555
+Node: Panel formatting function42887
+Node: Program variables43676
+Node: Elements hashes44381
+Node: Global informations44891
+Node: Global functions47411
+Node: Output initialization48152
+Node: Output finalization49609
+Node: css50080
+Node: Customizing header51146
+Node: Customizing section53951
+Node: Customizing footer54948
+Node: Special pages56815
+Node: Special pages content57142
+Node: Top element text57432
+Node: Contents and Overview text58703
+Node: Footnotes text61441
+Node: About text61734
+Node: Special pages layout63238
+Node: File names64428
+Node: External index files66300
+Node: Customizing HTML68420
+Node: Three contexts70141
+Node: Commands without argument70910
+Node: Style and accent commands72327
+Node: Hash reference interface73815
+Ref: Reference hash args74682
+Node: String interface77052
+Node: Define your own interface79028
+Node: Anchors images and spaces80738
+Node: Text83603
+Node: Strings84931
+Node: References86516
+Node: Reference to external manual86715
+Node: Internal reference88708
+Node: Alignement commands89634
+Node: Paragraph and preformatted region90592
+Node: Paragraph and preformatted formatting90920
+Node: Avoiding paragraphs94646
+Node: Complex formats95042
+Node: Lists tables96731
+Node: Table and list items97196
+Node: Whole table list101110
+Node: Definitions102651
+Node: Definition line103126
+Node: Definition formatting104568
+Node: Headings106005
+Node: Special regions106964
+Node: Menus108991
+Node: Menu parts109436
+Node: Menu formatting110869
+Node: Indices113760
+Node: Index entry place114430
+Node: Index list115041
+Node: Floats and lists of floats118130
+Node: Floats119608
+Node: Lists of floats120911
+Node: Footnotes123124
+Node: Other and unknown commands125630
+Node: Internationalization129570
+Node: Translating strings129981
+Node: Adding new strings131634
+Node: Indexop132506
+Node: Indexvr135109
+Node: Indexcp143811
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-1 b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-1
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1b2eaccb006
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-1
@@ -0,0 +1,1299 @@
+This is texi2html.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.5 from
+texi2html.texi.
+
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Portions
+of
+`texi2html'
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
+ Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
+ Copyright (C) many others.
+
+
+Portions
+of this
+manual
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Texinfo documentation system
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Texi2HTML: (texi2html). Texinfo to HTML Converter.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+ This file, last updated 1 February 2005, documents the `texi2html'
+script which converts Texinfo (http://www.texinfo.org) into HTML
+(http://w3c.org). This edition is for `texi2html' version 1.76.
+
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Portions
+of
+`texi2html'
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
+ Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
+ Copyright (C) many others.
+
+
+Portions
+of this
+manual
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Top, Next: Overview, Up: (dir)
+
+Texi2HTML
+*********
+
+ This manual, last updated 1 February 2005, describes version 1.76 of
+the `texi2html' Perl script which converts Texinfo (*note Texinfo:
+(Texinfo)Top.) into HTML.
+
+ Please send bug reports concerning this manual to the Texi2HTML user
+discussion list <user@texi2html.cvshome.org>. Please state the exact
+version of the manual which contains the bug, as given above.
+
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Portions
+of
+`texi2html'
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
+ Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
+ Copyright (C) many others.
+
+
+Portions
+of this
+manual
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *This manual is currently under construction and of course incomplete. ;-)*
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Overview::
+* Obtaining texi2html::
+ Obtaining a copy of the `texi2html'
+ source code distribution
+* Installation:: Installing `texi2html'
+* Invoking texi2html:: Description of the command line options
+* Initialization files:: What kind of variables and subroutines appear
+ in init files and how they are called
+* Changing the page layout:: Fine tuning of the page layout
+* Customizing HTML:: Fine tuning of the HTML elements
+ associated with the texinfo constructs
+* Internationalization:: Help translating !
+* Indexop:: Command Line Option Index
+* Indexvr:: Variable Index
+* Indexcp:: Concept Index
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Overview, Next: Obtaining texi2html, Prev: Top, Up: Top
+
+Overview
+********
+
+ Texinfo (http://www.texinfo.org) is the official documentation
+format of the GNU (http://www.gnu.org) project. It uses a single
+source file to produce both online information and printed output.
+
+ It is often desirable to have a way to produce HTML from Texinfo
+sources, as GNU-Info files are produced. It is much simpler to run a
+converter than it is to rewrite all the documentation in HTML,
+especially considering that there is so much Texinfo documentation in
+the world.
+
+ Some time ago `makeinfo' wasn't able to produce HTML output format,
+but people still wanted documentation in HTML. This was the birthing
+hour for `texi2html'. The basic purpose of `texi2html' is to convert
+Texinfo documents into HTML.
+
+ Since then, HTML support in `makeinfo' has improved, but `texi2html'
+is still stronger in many areas, including the degree to which it
+allows customization. With `texi2html', some important aspects of the
+resulting HTML files may be specified via command line options, and
+configuration files provide an even finer degree of control over the
+final output, allowing most every aspect of the final output not
+specified in the Texinfo input file to be specified. Configuration
+files are written in `perl', like the main program, and anything which
+may be specified on the command line may also be specified within a
+configuration file.
+
+ For an example of the kind of pages `texi2html' is capable of
+producing, have a look at the following sites: the Singular Manual
+(http://www.singular.uni-kl.de/Manual/html/), the Cederqvist (CVS
+Manual) (http://ccvs.cvshome.org/docs/manual).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* whytexi2html:: Why `texi2html' and not `makeinfo'?.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: whytexi2html, Up: Overview
+
+Why `texi2html' and not `makeinfo'?
+===================================
+
+ You would like to produce HTML files from your existing Texinfo
+files? There are two programs you can use to do this. The first is
+`makeinfo' (*note Generating HTML: (texinfo)Generating HTML.). The
+second is `texi2html'.
+
+ The design goal of `makeinfo''s HTML output was to produce readable
+HTML output. It is now possible to use CSS for HTML customization.
+Another possibility is to use intermediate formats, like docbook or
+`mekeinfo' XML and XSL stylesheets to customize the resulting document.
+Still the output produced by `makeinfo' isn't customizable.
+
+ The current development of `texi2html' tries to provide for
+producing the more interesting and sophisticated HTML pages that
+today's Internet users have come to expect. The goal behind
+`texi2html' is to generate attractive HTML by default but also to allow
+users considerable freedom to affect the final style and design of the
+output HTML pages. This is achieved via command line options and
+flexible configuration files.
+
+ In contrast to the HTML produced by `makeinfo --html' (the
+`makeinfo' program is part of the Texinfo distribution), the
+`texi2html' program, among other differences, allows for the
+customization of the entire page layout, including headers, footers,
+style sheets, etc., allows for customization of the low level HTML
+formatting, provides for splitting documents at various levels, and
+provides for using the `latex2html' program to convert `@tex' sections
+of the Texinfo source.
+
+ The focus on HTML is still present but with the help of the
+customization files it is now possible to use `texi2html' to produce
+other formats as well. `texi2html' may for example be turned into a
+texinfo to roff translator with the help of a customization file
+provided with the distribution.
+
+ `texi2html' should reasonably convert all Texinfo 4.8 constructs.
+If you find it does not, please send a bug report to the
+<users@texi2html.cvshome.org> email list.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Obtaining texi2html, Next: Installation, Prev: Overview, Up: Top
+
+Obtaining `texi2html'
+*********************
+
+ The latest version of the source code for `texi2html' should be
+available from texi2html.cvshome.org (http://texi2html.cvshome.org).
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Installation, Next: Invoking texi2html, Prev: Obtaining texi2html, Up: Top
+
+Installation of `texi2html'
+***************************
+
+ To install `texi2html', you must first obtain a copy of the source
+distribution. *Note Obtaining texi2html::.
+
+ `texi2html' also requires `perl' version 5.004 or above. The
+current version has not been tested extensively on versions of `perl'
+below 5.6, however.
+
+ `texi2html' is a standard Automake-based distribution. If you have
+a source version, you should run `./configure' to regenerate the
+executable `texi2html' file. `./configure' accepts options to select
+the installation directory for the `texi2html' file, the default
+directories `texi2html' will use to look for configuration files, and
+other details. Run `./configure --help' for more information.
+
+ Running `./configure' combines four files into the final `texi2html'
+program file:
+ * `texi2html.pl' contains the base program,
+
+ * `MySimple.pm' handles the command line options,
+
+ * `texi2html.init' is the default configuration file, and
+
+ * `T2h_i18n.pm' is used for internationalization.
+
+ * `translations.pl' contains the translations of the strings used in
+ documents.
+
+ Running `./configure' also builds the `make' configuration files
+(`Makefile's). To make the documentation run `make'.
+
+ `make install' performs the installation to the locations specified
+to the `./configure' script. This usually involves placing the actual
+`texi2html' file someplace in your path, such as `/usr/local/bin' or
+`/usr/bin'.
+
+ Installing `texi2html' in your path should be sufficient to run it.
+To use default initialization files, or a configuration file for
+LaTeX2HTML when using `latex2html' to convert `@tex' sections (*note
+Expanding TeX regions::), install them in the package data directory
+specified to configure. This is `/usr/local/share/texi2html/' by
+default, but depends on the value of the `--pkgdatadir=DIR' option
+passed to the `./configure' script. Files used for strings
+customization and internationalization are also searched for in the
+`i18n' directory of this directory. *Note Using init files:: for more.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Invoking texi2html, Next: Initialization files, Prev: Installation, Up: Top
+
+Invoking `texi2html'
+********************
+
+ To produce an HTML manual, run `texi2html' with a Texinfo file as an
+argument. For example, this manual is created with:
+
+ $ texi2html texi2html.texi
+
+ The behaviour of `texi2html' may be changed with command line
+options. These command line options are always associated with
+corresponding `perl' variables which may appear in init files, and these
+variables are presented in this chapter each time a switch is described.
+
+ Boolean command line switches always have a corresponding negated
+switch, obtained by prepending `no' or `no-' to the switch name. For
+example `--nomenu' does the reverse of `--menu'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Splitting output:: The HTML output may be split at
+ different levels
+* Output files::
+* Expansion::
+* Texinfo related options::
+* Page layout options:: Customizing page layout
+* Style options:: Customizing the HTML and text style
+* Expanding TeX regions::
+* Using init files:: Specifying initialization files for fine tuning
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Splitting output, Next: Output files, Up: Invoking texi2html
+
+Specifying where to split the generated document
+================================================
+
+ The HTML manual resulting from the processing of the Texinfo source
+may be split into files at different levels. This is specified with the
+option `--split' which takes an argument, namely the level of splitting
+(variable: `$SPLIT'). This level may be:
+
+`chapter'
+ The document is split at `@chapter', `@appendix', or `@unnumbered'.
+
+`section'
+ The document is split at the same places as it is using the
+ `chapter' argument, and also at `@section', `@appendixsec' or
+ `@unnumberedsec'.
+
+`node'
+ The document is split at every sectioning command. It is not
+ necessarily split at each node, if the `@node' structure doesn't
+ correspond with the sectioning command structure (see below).
+
+`none'
+ The document isn't split. This is the default.
+
+ There are two kinds of commands which may be used to define
+sectioning elements in Texinfo: `@node' and the structuring commands
+(`@top', `@section', `@appendixsubsec', and so on). A node just
+preceding a structuring command is considered to be part of the same
+sectioning element as that command. If the `@node Top' isn't
+associated with a structuring command it also defines a sectioning
+element.
+
+ By default, nodes which aren't associated with a structuring command
+are not considered to be sectioning commands. They are always
+considered to be part of a sectioning element defined by a structuring
+command. It is possible to change this behaviour via the `--use-nodes'
+option (variable `$USE_NODES'). In this case, nodes not associated
+with structuring commands are also considered to be sectioning commands
+defining a sectioning element.
+
+ This default behaviour mimics `texi2dvi' behaviour, which ignores
+`@node' commands for the purprose of sectioning, while the second looks
+like `makeinfo' behaviour (*note Two Paths: (texinfo)Two Paths.).
+
+ As an illustration, the following table shows how a sample Texinfo
+document is divided into sectioning elements when `--use-nodes' is used
+and not:
+
+Texinfo code default case with
+ `--use-nodes'
+ @node node1 first element: first element:
+ @chapter node 1
+ node1 text @node node1 @node node1
+ @chapter node 1 @chapter node 1
+ @node node2 node1 text node1 text
+ node2 text second
+ @node node2 element:
+ @node node3 node2 text
+ node3 text second @node node2
+ @chapter node 3 element: node2 text
+ chapter text third
+ @node node3 element:
+ node3 text
+ @chapter node 3 @node node3
+ chapter text node3 text
+ @chapter node 3
+ chapter text
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Output files, Next: Expansion, Prev: Splitting output, Up: Invoking texi2html
+
+Setting output file and directory names
+=======================================
+
+ The manual name is constructed by stripping the `.texi', `.txi',
+`.texinfo', or `.txinfo' extension from the Texinfo file name.
+
+ By default, `texi2html' generates the manual file in the current
+directory if the manual isn't split. A `.html' file extension is
+appended to the manual name.
+
+ If the manual is split the files are put in a directory named after
+the manual name. The file name is constructed using the manual name as
+basename. An underscore followed by a number is appended to the
+basename for each files corresponding with sectioning elements, with the
+exception of the top element. For the top element there nothing
+appended. The files containing special elements pages have an
+underscore and a 3 letter code corresponding to their content (`toc'
+for table of contents, `abt' for about, `ovr' for overview) appended.
+Lastly, an `.html' file extension is appended.
+
+ Thus, if the texinfo file `afile.texi' is processed and split at
+chapters into 3 files, the generated files (in directory `afile') will
+be:
+
+ afile.html --> `@node Top' or `@top' section
+ afile_1.html --> Chapter 1
+ afile_2.html --> Chapter 2
+ afile_toc.html --> Table of Contents
+ afile_abt.html --> About Page
+
+ This default behavior may be modified by several command line
+options. If the output isn't split, the prefix file name may be
+overrided by the `--output' command line option (variable `$OUT'). If
+the output is split, and `--output' is set, the files are placed in the
+directory specified by the argument to the option.
+
+ The basename may be overridden with `--prefix' (variable `$PREFIX').
+If `--short-ext' is given, `.htm' is appended instead of `.html' in
+the final step (variable `$SHORTEXTN'). The `--top-file' option
+overrides the top element file name (variable `$TOP_FILE'). This can
+be used to name the top element file `index.html'. Similarly,
+`--toc-file' changes the name of the table of contents file (variable
+`$TOC_FILE').
+
+ Reusing the example above, but this time calling `texi2html' like so:
+
+ $ texi2html -split chapter -prefix manual -short-ext -top-file index.htm -toc-file contents.htm afile.texi
+
+ we get, in `manual':
+
+ index.htm --> `@node Top' or `@top' section
+ manual_1.htm --> Chapter 1
+ manual_2.htm --> Chapter 2
+ contents.htm --> Table of Contents
+ manual_abt.htm --> About Page
+
+ The file names generated by `texi2html' differ from those generated
+by `makeinfo'. `makeinfo' uses the node name to construct the file
+names while splitting at nodes. It is possible to get the same
+behaviour out of `texi2html' by specifying the `--node-files' option
+(variable `$NODE_FILES'). If the output isn't split at nodes,
+`texi2html' will still output files named after the nodes, without real
+content but redirecting to the right file. The default is false for
+this option. This trick enables the generated HTML manual to be a
+target for the cross-references of other manuals generated by
+`makeinfo' or `texi2html'.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Expansion, Next: Texinfo related options, Prev: Output files, Up: Invoking texi2html
+
+Specifying which regions get expanded
+=====================================
+
+ The default for `texi2html' is to expand the `@ifhtml', `@html', and
+`@menu' regions, all the `@ifnot' regions except `@ifnothtml', and no
+other `@if' regions.
+
+ It is possible to expand other regions by setting `--if<region>',
+where `<region>' is replaced by the literal name of the region (for
+example, `--iftex'). Symetrically, if `--no-if<region>' is specified,
+the `<region>' region is ignored. The configuration file array,
+`@EXPAND', holds the names of regions which should be expanded. The
+only region name present in `@EXPAND' in the default case is `html'.
+
+ If `--nomenu' is set, the `@menu' sections are not expanded
+(variable `$SHOW_MENU'). The default is to expand `@menu' sections.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Texinfo related options, Next: Page layout options, Prev: Expansion, Up: Invoking texi2html
+
+Command line options related to Texinfo language features
+=========================================================
+
+ Miscalleneous Texinfo related things may be specified via command
+line options.
+
+`--lang=LANG'
+ Sets the document language similar to the Texinfo directive,
+ `@documentlanguage LANG' (variable `$LANG'). The default is `en',
+ that is, use the english language strings.
+
+`-DVAR'
+ Sets VAR. Equivalent to, `@set VAR 1', in Texinfo.
+
+`-UVAR'
+ Clears VAR. Equivalent to, `@clear VAR', in Texinfo.
+
+`-PDIR'
+ Prepend DIR to the list of directories to search for `@include'
+ files (the associated array is `@PREPEND_DIRS', empty in the
+ default case).
+
+`-IDIR'
+ Append DIR to the list of directories to search for `@include'
+ files (the associated array is `@INCLUDE_DIRS', empty in the
+ default case).
+
+ The include files are always searched for in the current directory.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Page layout options, Next: Style options, Prev: Texinfo related options, Up: Invoking texi2html
+
+Page layout related command line options
+========================================
+
+ If the `--frames' option is specified, HTML frames are used. A file
+describing the frame layout is generated, and the document page is
+associated with a frame where the short table of content appears
+(variable `$FRAMES'). The default is not to use frames.
+
+ It is also possible to suppress the section navigation panel with
+`--nosec-nav' (variable `$SECTION_NAVIGATION', the default is to output
+all the navigation panels), and to specify whether footnotes should
+appear at the foot of the same page which contains the reference to the
+note or on a separate page with `--separated-footnotes' (variable
+`$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES'). The default is to have separated footnotes.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Style options, Next: Expanding TeX regions, Prev: Page layout options, Up: Invoking texi2html
+
+Customizing the HTML and text style
+===================================
+
+ Miscalleneous style changes may be achieved with command line
+options.
+
+`--doctype=DTD'
+`--frameset-doctype=DTD'
+ You can specify the document DTD by setting these options.
+ `--frameset-doctype' applies to the file describing the frames when
+ frames are used (corresponding variables are `$DOCTYPE' and
+ `$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE').
+
+ The default for the document doctype is:
+ <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd">
+ And for the frameset doctype:
+ <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/frameset.dtd">
+
+`--iso'
+ If this option is set, ISO8859 entities are used for some special
+ symbols, like Copyright (C) (variable `$USE_ISO'). It is the
+ default.
+
+`--css-include=FILE'
+ This command line switch provides for the inclusion of an external
+ Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) file. More than one file may be
+ specified, and `-' stands for the standard input (array
+ `@CSS_FILES').
+
+ The option use is the same than for `makeinfo' and is described
+ extensively in *Note HTML CSS: (texinfo)HTML CSS. Briefly, the
+ CSS `@import' lines from the external file CSS file are pasted
+ before the `texi2html' CSS rules, and the external file CSS rules
+ are pasted after the `texi2html' CSS rules.
+
+`--html-xref-prefix=PATH'
+ This option sets the base directory for external HTML texinfo
+ manuals (variable `$EXTERNAL_DIR'). Defaults to `../'.
+
+`--def-table'
+ If this option is set, HTML tables are used to format definition
+ commands, rather than HTML definition tables (variable
+ `$DEF_TABLE'). Default is false.
+
+`--short-ref'
+ If this option is set, cross-references are given without section
+ numbers (variable `$SHORT_REF'). Default is false.
+
+`--number'
+ If this option is set, sections are numbered (variable
+ `$NUMBER_SECTIONS'). This is the default.
+
+`--toc-links'
+ If this option is set, links from headings to TOC entries are
+ created (variable `$TOC_LINKS'). Default is false.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Expanding TeX regions, Next: Using init files, Prev: Style options, Up: Invoking texi2html
+
+Expanding `@tex' and `@math' regions using LaTeX2HTML
+=====================================================
+
+ It is possible to use LaTeX2HTML (http://www.latex2html.org/) to
+process `@tex' regions and `@math{}' commands. This is an attractive
+way to display mathematical constructs in the HTML manual. The `--l2h'
+option activates this feature (variable $L2H). It is usually desirable
+to expand `@tex' sections when this option is specified (*note
+Expansion::). The default is not to use this feature.
+
+ The `--l2h-l2h=PROGRAM' option enables changing the name/location of
+the LaTeX2HTML program processing TeX regions (variable `$L2H_L2H').
+The default is `latex2html'.
+
+ `--l2h-tmp' sets the directory used for temporary files, this name
+shouldn't contain a dot `.' (variable is `$L2H_TMP'). Defaults to the
+current dir.
+
+ The file specified by `--l2h-file' is used as LaTeX2HTML init file.
+It is searched at the same places than init files (*note Using init
+files::), and the default is `l2h.init'.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Using init files, Prev: Expanding TeX regions, Up: Invoking texi2html
+
+Use initialization files for fine tuning
+========================================
+
+ Initialization variables are read first from
+`/usr/local/share/texi2html/Config' (the exact location being
+changeable with the `--pkgdatadir=dir' option of the `configure'
+script, see *Note Installation::), `/usr/local/etc/texi2html/Config'
+(the exact location being changeable with the `--sysconfdir=dir' option
+of the `configure' script, see *Note Installation::), from `./Config'
+then from `$HOME/.texi2html/Config'. Any command-line option can
+override the corresponding option set in init file, and the option
+`--init-file' specifies an init file to be loaded, with later settings
+overriding earlier ones.
+
+ The init files specified with `--init-file' are searched first in
+the current directory, then in the `$HOME/.texi2html/' directory, in
+the `/usr/local/etc/texi2html/' directory and lastly in the
+`/usr/local/share/texi2html/' directory.
+
+ A file is also included based on the language selected, by `$LANG',
+`--lang' or `@documentlanguage'. If no language was selected `en' is
+considered to be the language. All the files with name the language
+name in `/usr/local/share/texi2html/i18n/',
+`/usr/local/etc/texi2html/i18n/', `$HOME/.texi2html/i18n/' and then
+`./i18n/' are included.
+
+ The default initialization options are defined in the
+`texi2html.init' file contained in the `texi2html' distribution (which
+gets included near the beginning of the `texi2html' script that gets
+installed).
+
+ To customize `texi2html' it is best if you copy the appropriate
+sections from the `texi2html.init' contents into an appropriate local
+initialization file, make the necessary changes there, and then have
+`texi2html' read this initialization file by one of the means described
+above.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Initialization files, Next: Changing the page layout, Prev: Invoking texi2html, Up: Top
+
+Overview of initialization files content and loading
+****************************************************
+
+ The initialization files are `perl' files, read as explained in
+*Note Using init files::. You don't need to know much of `perl' to do
+some simple changes in variable values, however, to be able to really
+take advantage of all the features of the initialization file, a good
+knowledge of `perl' is required.
+
+ In initialization file two kind of variables appear. These are normal
+variables (including arrays and hashes) and references on functions.
+The later permits the dynamic redefinition of functions used to produce
+the HTML manual. You should be able to change the value of some normal
+variables without a deep knowledge of `perl', by looking at the
+existing examples. The possible mistakes in that case could be omitted
+`;', and bad quoting.
+
+ Initialization file are loaded from the main program by the mean of
+a `require', while in the `Texi2HTML::Config' namespace. This means
+that the namespace of the main program and the namespace of
+inititalization files are distinct, which ensures that no name clash
+should happen. The variables are declared with the `our' specifier,
+such that it should be possible to use the `use strict' pragma in the
+initialization file code.
+
+ To avoid messing with the variables in the `main' namespace all the
+global variables which could be of use in the init files are in the
+`Texi2HTML' namespace. Notice that the functions of the main program
+are still in the `main' namespace.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Redefining functions:: Function redefinition is achieved with
+ redefinition of references on functions.
+* Function prototypes:: Conventions used in that manual for function
+ reference prototypes display.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Redefining functions, Next: Function prototypes, Up: Initialization files
+
+Redefining functions in initialization files
+============================================
+
+ To redefine a function you must replace the corresponding funtion
+reference with a reference on your function. Thus you should write
+your function, give it a name you are certain it is unique in the
+`Texi2HTML::Config' namespace, and override the value of the function
+reference with your own function reference. When another function from
+the main program (or from another functions of an initialization file)
+calls the reference, your function will be used.
+
+ For example the function reference corresponding with the function
+called when doing an anchor is called `$anchor'. Thus if you want to
+override the corresponding function you could write:
+
+ # override the function reference
+ $anchor = \&my_own_function;
+
+ # the function reference now refers to
+ sub my_own_function {
+ # process arguments and return an html anchor
+ }
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Function prototypes, Prev: Redefining functions, Up: Initialization files
+
+Conventions used for function prototypes
+========================================
+
+ As the functions are defined by a reference name, we will always use
+the reference name in function prototypes. For the function arguments
+we will use `\@array' for a reference on an array and similarly
+`\%hash' for a reference on a hash.
+
+ Thus, the prototype for the function associated with the function
+reference `$formatting_function' will be:
+
+ - Function Reference: $text formatting_function $arg1 \@arg2
+ `formatting_function' takes as first argument $ARG2, as second
+ argument a reference on an array \@ARG2 and returns the formatted
+ text $TEXT.
+
+ To redefined the corresponding function, you should write:
+
+ $formatting_function = \&my_formatting_function
+
+ sub my_formatting_function($ $)
+ {
+ my $arg1 = shift;
+ my $arg2 = shift;
+ # prepare $formatted_text
+ .....
+ return $formatted_text
+ }
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Changing the page layout, Next: Customizing HTML, Prev: Initialization files, Up: Top
+
+Fine tuning of the page layout
+******************************
+
+ Some features of the page layout might be specified with command line
+options, the corresponding variables are described in *Note Page layout
+options::. Fine tuning of the page layout may be achieved with
+redefinition of other variables and function references in the
+initialization files.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* The different pages:: The different categories of pages.
+* The page layout:: The elements of a page.
+* Navigation panel:: How to change the navigation panel.
+* Program variables:: The available main program variables and some
+ usefull functions from the main program.
+* Output initialization:: Setting variables before the document
+ production but after the texinfo parsing.
+* Output finalization:: Cleaning after document generation.
+* css:: Customizing css lines.
+* Customizing header::
+* Customizing section::
+* Customizing footer::
+* Special pages:: Customizing table of contents, top, about page.
+* File names:: Customizing the file names.
+* External index files:: Putting index entries in external files.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: The different pages, Next: The page layout, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+The different categories of pages and sectioning elements
+=========================================================
+
+ The following sectioning elements can be associated with pages:
+
+_Normal elements_
+ These are normal sections or nodes. Their association with pages is
+ determined by the splitting of the document. *Note Splitting
+ output::.
+
+_Top element_
+ The top element is the higher element in the document structure.
+ If there is a `@top' section it is the element associated with
+ that section. Otherwise it is the element associated with the
+ `@node Top'. If there is no `@node Top' the first element is the
+ top element.
+
+ The top element is formatted differently than a normal element if
+ there is a `@top' section or the `@node Top' isn't associated with
+ a sectioning command.
+
+_Misc elements_
+ These elements are associated with pages if the document is split.
+ There are four misc elements:
+ 1. Table of contents
+
+ 2. Short table of contents, also called Overview
+
+ 3. Footnotes page
+
+ 4. About page
+
+ The _About page_ shouldn't be present for documents consisting in
+ only one sectioning element. The _Footnote page_ should only be
+ present if the footnotes appear on a separated page (*note Page
+ layout options::), however a footnote element is present if the
+ document isn't split. The _Table of contents_ should only be
+ formatted if `@contents' is present in the document. Similarly
+ the _Overview_ should only appear if `@shortcontents' or
+ `@summarycontents' is present.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: The page layout, Next: Navigation panel, Prev: The different pages, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Page layout and navigation panel overview
+=========================================
+
+ A page is broken up in three parts. A page header, the sections and
+a page footer. A common element in the page layout is a navigation
+panel with icons or text linking to other sections or pages. Another
+common element is a rule, separating sections or footer. The navigation
+panel and the rules may be part of the sections or part of headers or
+footers. You may use the variables `$SMALL_RULE', `$DEFAULT_RULE',
+`$MIDDLE_RULE' and `$BIG_RULE' for rules of different sizes. The
+defaults are
+ $SMALL_RULE = '<hr size="1">';
+ $DEFAULT_RULE = '<hr>';
+ $MIDDLE_RULE = '<hr size="2">';
+ $BIG_RULE = '<hr size="6">';
+
+ In the header some important meta data may be defined, like the
+title or style information, and textual informations may be present in
+comments. All this doesn't appear directly in the displayed HTML,
+though.
+
+ The page layout is mainly controlled by functions, the precise
+functions called depending on the document splitting. The navigation
+panel, however, can be customized with variables.
+
+Element labels
+--------------
+
+ There are 19 items associated with elements. Each of these is
+associated with a name and a reference to the element they represent,
+when such an element exists. The element is either a global element or
+an element relative to the current element. The relative elements are
+found with respect with the document structure defined by the section
+structuring commands (`@chapter', `@unnumbered'...) or by the nodes (in
+that case the node directions are specified on node line or in menu
+organization). These items are called "element labels". They may be
+associated with a button (*note Button specifications::), and used in
+the formatting functions (*note Program variables::).
+
+ Here is the list:
+
+_` '_
+ An empty button
+
+_Top_
+ Top element. The associated name is `$TOP_HEADING' if that
+ variable is defined. This variable is not set by default.
+
+_Contents_
+ Table of contents
+
+_About_
+ About (help) page
+
+_Overview_
+ Overview, short table of contents
+
+_First_
+ First element in reading order
+
+_Last_
+ Last element in reading order
+
+_Index_
+ The first chapter with `@printindex'. The associated name is
+ `$INDEX_CHAPTER', if the variable is set. This variable is not set
+ by default.
+
+_This_
+ The current element
+
+_Back_
+ Preceding element in reading order
+
+_FastBack_
+ Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter if the element is a
+ chapter
+
+_Prev_
+ Previous section on the same level
+
+_NodePrev_
+ Previous node
+
+_Forward_
+ Next element in reading order
+
+_FastForward_
+ Next chapter
+
+_Next_
+ Next section on the same level
+
+_NodeNext_
+ Next node
+
+_Following_
+ Next node in node reading order
+
+_Up_
+ Up section
+
+_NodeUp_
+ Up node
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Navigation panel, Next: Program variables, Prev: The page layout, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Customization of the navigation panels buttons
+==============================================
+
+ A lot of customization of the navigation panel may be achieved
+without redefining functions, with variables redefinition. In case it
+isn't enough, it is also possible to redefine the function doing the
+navigation panel formatting.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* General purpose variables:: Variables controlling the navigation panel
+ at a global level
+* Button specifications::
+* Panel formatting function::
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: General purpose variables, Next: Button specifications, Up: Navigation panel
+
+Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+ The global formatting of the navigation panels may be changed with
+the following variables:
+
+`$VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION'
+ A vertical navigation panel will be used for the header navigation
+ panel if this variable is true.
+
+`$ICONS'
+ Icons are used instead of textual buttons if this variable is true.
+
+`$SECTION_NAVIGATION'
+ If this variable is false there is no section navigation, no
+ navigation panels for the elements within the pages, only at the
+ beginning and the end of the page (*note Page layout options::).
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Button specifications, Next: Panel formatting function, Prev: General purpose variables, Up: Navigation panel
+
+Specifying the buttons formatting
+---------------------------------
+
+ Several arrays and hashes enable a precise control on the buttons and
+their display. The following arrays determine the buttons present in
+navigation panels:
+
+`@SECTION_BUTTONS'
+ This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the
+ begining of sectioning elements. If split at node or section they
+ are also used at the page footer, and in the case of section
+ navigation at the page header.
+
+`@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS'
+`@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS'
+ This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the
+ footer of pages when split at node or at section.
+
+ If `$WORDS_IN_PAGE' is set and the output is split at nodes, these
+ buttons are only present if there are more than `$WORDS_IN_PAGE'
+ words in the sectioning element text. This counting is very rough
+ and include punctuation marks, html elements, numbers. The
+ default is to include the buttons after 300 words.
+
+`@CHAPTER_BUTTONS'
+ This array is used for the buttons appearing at the page footer if
+ split at chapter, and at the page header if split at chapter and
+ there is no section navigation.
+
+`@MISC_BUTTONS'
+ These buttons appear at the beginning of special and sections and
+ at the end of these section pages if the output is split.
+
+ The array specify the buttons displayed in navigation panels, and
+how the button is displayed. Each element is associated with a button
+of the navigation panel from left to right. The signification of the
+array element value is the following:
+
+_reference on a function_
+ The function is called with first argument a filehandle reference
+ on the current file and second argument a boolean true if the
+ navigation panel should be vertical.
+
+_reference on a scalar_
+ The scalar value is printed. For some possibly usefull scalars,
+ *Note Elements hashes::.
+
+_reference on an array_
+ In this case the first array element should be a reference on text
+ and the second element an element label. In that case a link to the
+ element associated with the element label with the scalar value
+ text is generated.
+
+ For example if the buttons array element is
+ [ 'Next', \$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next} ]
+
+ The button will be a link to the next section with text
+ `$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next}'.
+
+_element label_
+ If icons are not used, the button is a link to the corresponding
+ element which text is defined by the value associated with the
+ element label in the `%NAVIGATION_TEXT' hash, surrounded by `['
+ and `]'. If the element label is ` ', there is no `[' and `]'.
+ The element of the `%NAVIGATION_TEXT' hash are defined
+ dynamically, in the `init_out' function reference (*note Output
+ initialization::).
+
+ If icons are used, the button is an image with file determined by
+ the value associated with the element label in the `%ACTIVE_ICONS'
+ hash if the the link really leads to an element, or in the
+ `%PASSIVE_ICONS' hash if there is no element to link to. Of course
+ if there is a link to the element the icon links to that element.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Panel formatting function, Prev: Button specifications, Up: Navigation panel
+
+Changing the navigation panel formatting
+----------------------------------------
+
+ If you are not satisfied with this scheme, it is possible to control
+exactly the formatting of navigation panels by redefining a function
+reference. The function controlling the display of navigation panel is
+associated with the following function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: print_navigation $filehandle \@buttons $vertical
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ \@BUTTONS is an array reference which should hold the
+ specification of the buttons for that navigation panel. $VERTICAL
+ is true if the navigation panel should be vertical.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Program variables, Next: Output initialization, Prev: Navigation panel, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Main program variables and usefull functions
+============================================
+
+ In the functions controlling the page layout some global variables
+set by the main program are available, with value corresponding with
+the current layout element.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Elements hashes:: Accessing information related with the
+ different elements
+* Global informations:: Accessing global informations, like date,
+ title...
+* Global functions:: main program usefull functions
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Elements hashes, Next: Global informations, Up: Program variables
+
+Accessing elements informations
+-------------------------------
+
+ Four hashes are available, with key the elements labels (as described
+in *Note Element labels::) and values:
+
+`%Texi2HTML::NAME'
+ The formatted element name
+
+`%Texi2HTML::HREF'
+ The element hypertext reference
+
+`%Texi2HTML::NODE'
+ The element node name
+
+`%Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI'
+ The element name after removal of texi commands
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Global informations, Next: Global functions, Prev: Elements hashes, Up: Program variables
+
+Accessing global informations
+-----------------------------
+
+ Three kinds of global informations are available, miscalleneous
+global strings, flags set by `@set' and special flags and section lines.
+
+Global strings
+..............
+
+ The `%Texi2HTML::THISDOC' hash holds some global informations:
+
+`fulltitle'
+ title set by `@title'. If there is no `@title' other possibilities
+ are tried (`@settitle', `@shorttitlepage'...).
+
+`title'
+ title set by `@settitle', or `fulltitle'.
+
+`title_no_texi'
+ title without texi formatting
+
+`title_texi'
+ title with texi commands
+
+`author'
+ Authors list set by `@author'.
+
+`authors'
+ A reference on an array containing each author set by `@author'.
+
+`copying'
+ Text appearing in `@copying' with all the texinfo commands removed,
+ put in comments.
+
+`program'
+ The name and version of `texi2html'.
+
+`program_homepage'
+ Homepage for `texi2html'.
+
+`program_authors'
+ Authors of `texi2html'.
+
+`file_base_name'
+ base name of the texinfo manual file.
+
+`destination_directory'
+ Destination directory for the resulting files.
+
+`toc_file'
+ The file name of the table of contents.
+
+`today'
+ The date.
+
+ It also holds the arg of the following commands, associated with the
+command name: kbdinputstyle, paragraphindent, setchapternewpage,
+headings, footnotestyle, exampleindent, firstparagraphindent,
+everyheading, everyfooting, evenheading, evenfooting, oddheading,
+oddfooting.
+
+Flags
+.....
+
+ Flags defined by `@set' may be accessed through the `%main::value'
+hash. The key is the flag name, the value is the flag value at the end
+of the document.
+
+ Special flags are set by the main program. They correspond with a
+texinfo command, like `@setfilename', or `@settitle', `@author'... The
+corresponding flag is the command name with `_' appended, for example,
+`_titlefont' corresponds with `@titlefont'. Like other flags they are
+available in `%main::value'.
+
+Section lines
+.............
+
+ The following array references or arrays holds formatted lines:
+
+`$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION'
+ Lines of the current element.
+
+`$Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER'
+ Lines of the current element appearing before the element label
+ (anchors).
+
+`$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW'
+ Lines of short table of contents. *Note Special pages::.
+
+`$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES'
+ Lines of table of contents. *Note Special pages::.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Global functions, Prev: Global informations, Up: Program variables
+
+Function usefull in page formatting
+-----------------------------------
+
+ The usefull function is a function used to print an array of lines,
+which also counts the number of words in the array, if needed.
+
+ - Function: $words_number main::print_lines $filehandle \@lines_array
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ \@LINES_ARRAY is the array line the function should write to the
+ file. If this argument is omitted, the function uses
+ `$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION'. $WORDS_NUMBER is the number of words
+ in the array, only defined if split at nodes and `$WORDS_IN_PAGE'
+ is defined.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Output initialization, Next: Output finalization, Prev: Program variables, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Preparing the output
+====================
+
+ After the texinfo file has been parsed, some information is available
+which can be used to modify some variables and prepare the outputting.
+For example the document language, the document encoding, values set
+with `@set' or `@setfilename' and other similar @-commands are not
+known before the texinfo parsing.
+
+ The following function reference may be redefined to be called after
+texinfo processing and before document generation:
+
+ - Function Reference: $encoding init_out
+ This function perform the initialization of variables and any other
+ task before document outputting. It returns the encoding used for
+ the output files.
+
+ In the default case the `$BODYTEXT' (*note Customizing header::) and
+the hashes `%NAVIGATION_TEXT' (*note Button specifications::) and
+`%BUTTONS_GOTO' (*note About text::) are initialized.
+
+ To perform the default initializations and also add more code, you
+could do as in the following example (save the default function
+reference and call it in your own function) :
+
+ my $default_init_out = $init_out;
+ $init_out = \&makeinfo_like_init_out;
+ sub makeinfo_like_init_out()
+ {
+ my $encoding = &$default_init_out();
+ $NAVIGATION_TEXT{'Following'} = ' &gt; ';
+ return $encoding;
+ }
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Output finalization, Next: css, Prev: Output initialization, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Finalizing the output
+=====================
+
+ If you want to do some cleaning after the document was generated
+(close files, write at the end of files and so on), the following
+function reference may be redefined:
+
+ - Function Reference: finish_out
+ This function is called after the document generation.
+
+ The default is to do nothing.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: css, Next: Customizing header, Prev: Output finalization, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Customizing the `texi2html' css lines
+=====================================
+
+ It is possible to modify the `texi2html' css lines by modifying the
+entries or adding to the `%css_map' hash. Each key is a css selector,
+the corresponding value is a style string.
+
+ The whole css text is in the variable `$CSS_LINES'. If this variable
+is defined the variable value is used instead of being constructed
+using the `%css_map' entries. For example if you don't want any css
+entries, set
+
+ $CSS_LINES = '';
+
+ It is also possible to change completely the way `$CSS_LINES' are
+generated by redefining the following function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: css_lines \@import_lines \@rule_lines
+ This function should be used to construct the `$CSS_LINES'.
+ \@IMPORT_LINES are the `@import' lines of the files specified with
+ `--include-css', and \@RULE_LINES are the css commands lines of
+ these files. *Note Style options::.
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-2 b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7ca7887deb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-2
@@ -0,0 +1,1262 @@
+This is texi2html.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.5 from
+texi2html.texi.
+
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Portions
+of
+`texi2html'
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
+ Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
+ Copyright (C) many others.
+
+
+Portions
+of this
+manual
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Texinfo documentation system
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Texi2HTML: (texi2html). Texinfo to HTML Converter.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+ This file, last updated 1 February 2005, documents the `texi2html'
+script which converts Texinfo (http://www.texinfo.org) into HTML
+(http://w3c.org). This edition is for `texi2html' version 1.76.
+
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Portions
+of
+`texi2html'
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
+ Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
+ Copyright (C) many others.
+
+
+Portions
+of this
+manual
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Customizing header, Next: Customizing section, Prev: css, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Customizing the page header
+===========================
+
+ It is possible to add lines to the text within the `<head>' HTML
+elements, by defining the variable `$EXTRA_HEAD'. Similarly it is
+possible to add text just after the `<body>' element with the variable
+`$AFTER_BODY_OPEN'. These variables are empty by default.
+
+ The encoding of the texinfo file is defined by `$DOCUMENT_ENCODING'
+if no `@documentencoding' appears in the document. The default is a
+`en-ascii' encoding. The encoding of the resulting document is defined
+by `$ENCODING'. The default is the `$DOCUMENT_ENCODING'.
+
+ The description of the document may be specified in
+`$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION'. If this variable is undef, the text associated
+with `@documentdescription' is used, and if there isn't such test a
+default description is constructed using the document title and the
+name of the first section of the file.
+
+ The `<body>' element attributes may be set by defining the variable
+`$BODYTEXT'. If you want to define that variable dynamically, you
+should use the `init_out' function reference (*note Output
+initialization::).
+
+ The default functions call the function associated with
+`$print_head_navigation' to format the navigation panel for the page
+header. Thus you can control parts of the formatting by redefining the
+function reference.
+
+ - Function Reference: print_head_navigation $filehandle \@buttons
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ \@BUTTONS is an array reference which should hold the
+ specification of the buttons for the navigation panel.
+
+ If you want even more control, you can have full control over the
+page header formatting by redefining three function references. The
+function associated with `$print_page_head' is called for all the
+pages, and after that, the function associated with
+`$print_chapter_header' is called if the document is split at chapters,
+or the function associated with `$print_section_header' is called if
+the document is split at sections.
+
+ - Function Reference: print_page_head $filehandle
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ This function should print the page head, including the `<body>'
+ element.
+
+ - Function Reference: print_chapter_header $filehandle
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ This function is called if the document is split at chapters, after
+ `print_page_head'.
+
+ - Function Reference: print_section_header $filehandle
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ This function is called if the document is split at sections, after
+ `print_page_head'.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Customizing section, Next: Customizing footer, Prev: Customizing header, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Customizing the sections
+========================
+
+ The functions associated with the following function references are
+used for the formatting of sections:
+
+ - Function Reference: print_section $filehandle $first_in_page
+ $previous_is_top
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ $FIRST_IN_PAGE is true if this section is the first section in the
+ page. $PREVIOUS_IS_TOP is true if this section is the section
+ following the Top section. This function should print the current
+ section.
+
+ - Function Reference: end_section $filehandle
+ $last_element_or_before_top
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ $LAST_ELEMENT_OR_BEFORE_TOP is true if this section precedes the
+ top element or is the last one in page, or before the special
+ elements.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Customizing footer, Next: Special pages, Prev: Customizing section, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Customizing the page footer
+===========================
+
+ It is possible to add text just before the `</body>' element with
+the variable `$PRE_BODY_CLOSE'. Nothing is added by default.
+
+ The default functions call the function associated with
+`$print_foot_navigation' to format the navigation panel for the page
+footer. Thus you can control parts of the formatting by redefining the
+function reference.
+
+ - Function Reference: print_foot_navigation $filehandle \@buttons
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ \@BUTTONS is an array reference which should hold the
+ specification of the buttons for the navigation panel.
+
+ If you want even more control, you can have full control the page
+footer formatting by redefining three function references. The
+function associated with `$print_chapter_footer' is called if the
+document is split at chapters, or the function associated with
+`$print_section_footer' is called if the document is split at sections.
+After that the function associated with `$print_page_foot' is called.
+
+ - Function Reference: print_page_foot $filehandle
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ This function should print the page foot, including the `</body>'
+ element.
+
+ - Function Reference: print_chapter_footer $filehandle
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ This function is called if the document is split at chapters,
+ before `print_page_foot'.
+
+ - Function Reference: print_section_footer $filehandle
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ This function is called if the document is split at sections,
+ before `print_page_foot'.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Special pages, Next: File names, Prev: Customizing footer, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Special pages formatting
+========================
+
+ For the special elements, two things must be formatted: the content
+and the page layout
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Special pages content::
+* Special pages layout::
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Special pages content, Next: Special pages layout, Up: Special pages
+
+Customizing the content of the special pages
+--------------------------------------------
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Top element text::
+* Contents and Overview text::
+* Footnotes text::
+* About text::
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Top element text, Next: Contents and Overview text, Up: Special pages content
+
+Top element text formatting
+...........................
+
+ The top element formatting is controlled by three function which also
+controls the layout of the top element page or section. The associated
+function references are:
+
+ - Function Reference: print_Top_header $filehandle $begin_page
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ $BEGIN_PAGE is true if the element is the first in a page. This
+ function should begin the Top element. At the time this function
+ is called the top element text hasn't been parsed.
+
+ - Function Reference: print_Top $filehandle $has_top_heading
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ $HAS_TOP_HEADING is true if there is a `@heading' command or
+ `@titlefont' command appearing in the Top element text. This
+ function should be used to format the Top element text and
+ navigation panel.
+
+ - Function Reference: print_Top_footer $filehandle $end_page
+ $FILEHANDLE is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+ $END_PAGE is true if the element is the last in a page. This
+ function should end the Top element.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Contents and Overview text, Next: Footnotes text, Prev: Top element text, Up: Special pages content
+
+Table of contents and Short table of contents
+.............................................
+
+ Several variables may be used to control the formatting of table of
+contents and short table of contents:
+
+`$DO_CONTENTS'
+ If the variable is true a table of contents is done even if there
+ is no `@contents' command.
+
+`$DO_SCONTENTS'
+ If the variable is true a short table of contents is done even if
+ there is no `@summarycontents' command.
+
+`$BEFORE_OVERVIEW'
+ The variable value is inserted before the short table of contents
+ text.
+
+`$AFTER_OVERVIEW'
+ The variable value is inserted after the short table of contents
+ text.
+
+`$BEFORE_TOC_LINES'
+ The variable value is inserted before the table of contents text.
+
+`$AFTER_TOC_LINES'
+ The variable value is inserted after the table of contents text.
+
+`$TOC_LIST_STYLE'
+ This should contain a css style used for the list style if the
+ tables of content are formatted with a list.
+
+`$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE'
+ This should contain an attribute text used for the list element if
+ the tables of content are formatted with a list.
+
+ More control on the table of contents and short table of contents
+formatting may be achieved by redefining a function with the following
+associated function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: toc_body \@elements
+ \@ELEMENTS is an array reference contining informations about all
+ the elements of the document. Each of the entry of this array is
+ an hash reference which entries correspond with different
+ informations about the element. Interesting keys have the
+ following meaning:
+
+ `top'
+ true if the element is the top element,
+
+ `index_page'
+ true if the element is an index page added because of index
+ splitting,
+
+ `toc_level'
+ level of the element in the table of content. Highest level
+ is 1 for the top element and for chapters, appendix and so on,
+ 2 for section, unnumberedsec and so on...
+
+ `tocid'
+ label used for reference linking to the element in table of
+ contents,
+
+ `file'
+ the file containing the element, usefull to do href to that
+ file in case the document is split,
+
+ `text'
+ text of the element, with section number,
+
+ `name'
+ text of the element, without section number.
+
+ This function doesn't return anything but should fill the array
+ corresponding with the `$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES' and
+ `$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW' references with the table of contents and
+ short table of contents.
+
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Footnotes text, Next: About text, Prev: Contents and Overview text, Up: Special pages content
+
+Formatting of footnotes text
+............................
+
+ The footnotes text is allready formatting when `@footnote' commands
+are expanded. *Note Footnotes::.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: About text, Prev: Footnotes text, Up: Special pages content
+
+Formatting of about text
+........................
+
+ The default about element contains an explaination of the buttons
+used in the document (`@SECTION_BUTTONS', *Note Button
+specifications::) and an example locating the buttons targets in an
+example. The formatting of this text may be influenced by the following
+hashes and variables:
+
+`$PRE_ABOUT'
+`$AFTER_ABOUT'
+ This variable may be a scalar or a function reference. If it is a
+ scalar, the value is used. If this is a function reference it is
+ expanded and the returned text is used. The text is added before
+ or after the main about text.
+
+`%BUTTONS_GOTO'
+ The keys of this hash are element labels (*note Element labels::).
+ The value is the text associated with the element label in the
+ about text. The element of the hash are defined dynamically, you
+ should in the `init_out' function reference (*note Output
+ initialization::).
+
+`%BUTTONS_EXAMPLE'
+ The keys of this hash are element labels (*note Element
+ labels::). The value is the text associated with the element label
+ in the about example, typically a section number.
+
+
+ If this is not enough and you want to control exactly the formatting
+of the about text, you can redefine the function associated with the
+following function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: $about_text print_about
+ This function should return the about text.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Special pages layout, Prev: Special pages content, Up: Special pages
+
+Customizing the layout of the special pages
+-------------------------------------------
+
+ The formatting of each of the special pages, or section in case the
+document is not split, is controlled by a function. The associated
+function reference is called accordingly:
+
+`print_Top'
+
+`print_Top_header'
+
+`print_Top_footer'
+ Formatting of top element page or section. It is also used for the
+ formatting of the top element text (*note Top element text::).
+
+`print_Toc'
+ Formatting of table of contents page or section
+
+`print_Overview'
+ Formatting of short table of contents page or section
+
+`print_About'
+ Formatting of about (help) page or section
+
+`print_Footnotes'
+ Formatting of footnotes section or page in case footnotes are on a
+ separated page or the document isn't split.
+
+ In the default case, `$print_Top' calls `$print_Top_header' for the
+header and `$print_Top_footer' for the footer of top element. All the
+other function call `$print_misc' which in turn calls
+`$print_misc_header' for the headers and `$print_misc_footer' for the
+footers.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: File names, Next: External index files, Prev: Special pages, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Customizing the file names
+==========================
+
+ It is possible to specify the file names with more control than with
+the command line options (*note Output files::). First the extension
+may be overrided by the variable `$EXTENSION' value. Two function
+references enable further customization. One is usefull in case
+`$NODE_FILES' is true and it is used to customize the node file name
+itself and is also used to produce a file name with a redirection
+leading to the node file.
+
+ - Function Reference: ($node_file $redirection_node_file)
+node_file_name $node
+ $NODE is a hash reference with the following interesting keys
+ (there are much more keys):
+ `texi'
+ The texinfo node name.
+
+ `with_section'
+ True if associated with a section.
+ The result is the node file name $NODE_FILE, and the file
+ containing a redirection to the node $REDIRECTION_NODE_FILE.
+
+ The other is usefull if `$NODE_FILES' isn't true. It is used to
+customize the file associated with each element.
+
+ - Function Reference: $file element_file_name $element $is_top
+ $docu_name
+ $ELEMENT is a hash reference with the following interesting keys
+ (there are much more keys):
+ `texi'
+ The texinfo element name.
+
+ `number'
+ The number associated with a section.
+
+ `doc_nr'
+ A number incremented whenever a new file should begin, based
+ on how the document is split (*note Splitting output::).
+
+ `text'
+ The element text.
+
+ `name'
+ The element text without section number.
+ $IS_TOP is true if the element is considered as the top element.
+ $DOCU_NAME is the basename of the texinfo manual. The result is
+ the element file name.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: External index files, Prev: File names, Up: Changing the page layout
+
+Generation of external files for index entries
+==============================================
+
+ Within the document, `@printindex' commands are expanded as explained
+in *Note Index list::. In case you want to do something special with
+index entries, outside of the document, you should first set the
+variable `$IDX_SUMMARY' true. After that some function reference will
+be called for each non empty index. For each index there are 3 function
+references, one called for initialization, one called for each index
+entry and the last one called for finalazation.
+
+ - Function Reference: index_summary_file_begin $index_name $is_printed
+ $INDEX_NAME is the two letters name for the index. This function
+ is called for each index appearing in the document, before
+ `index_summary_file_entry'. $IS_PRINTED is true if there is a
+ `@printindex' for that index.
+
+ - Function Reference: index_summary_file_entry $index_name $entry_text
+ $entry_reference $formatted_entry $texi_entry
+ $entry_element_reference $entry_element_header $is_printed
+ This function is called for each entry of an index. INDEX_NAME is
+ the name of the index. $ENTRY_TEXT is the entry in plain text,
+ $FORMATTED_ENTRY is the index entry formatted, $TEXI_ENTRY is the
+ entry with texinfo commands. $ENTRY_REFERENCE is the reference
+ placed at the index entry place, in the form `file#id'.
+ $ENTRY_ELEMENT_HEADER is the formatted header of the element
+ containing the index entry. ENTRY_ELEMENT_HEADER is the reference
+ to the beginning of the element containing the index entry, in the
+ form `file#id'. $IS_PRINTED is true if there is a `@printindex'
+ for that index.
+
+ - Function Reference: index_summary_file_end $index_name $is_printed
+ $INDEX_NAME is the two letters name for the index. This function
+ is called for each index appearing in the document, after
+ `index_summary_file_entry'. $IS_PRINTED is true if there is a
+ `@printindex' for that index.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Customizing HTML, Next: Internationalization, Prev: Changing the page layout, Up: Top
+
+Customizing HTML and text style in init files
+*********************************************
+
+ Some simple customization may be achieved with the redefinition of
+the variables associated with the command line options. For the
+description and an explanation of the meaning of these variables, *Note
+Style options::.
+
+ Other variables and hash entries can be modified in initialization
+file to achieve more customization. Lastly, functions references
+corresponding with functions called from the main program and
+initialization files may be redefined.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Three contexts:: there are three different contexts for command
+ expansion: normal text, preformatted text and
+ strings.
+* Commands without argument::
+* Style and accent commands::
+* Anchors images and spaces:: Formatting of `@anchor', `@image', `@sp', `@acronym', `@abbr'
+* Text:: Some characters are processed specially
+* Strings:: `texi2html' write some strings in the output
+ different for each languages
+* References::
+* Alignement commands:: `@center', `@flushleft'...
+* Paragraph and preformatted region::
+* Complex formats:: `@example', `@display'...
+* Lists tables::
+* Definitions::
+* Headings::
+* Special regions:: `@verbatim', `@cartouche', `@quotation'
+* Menus::
+* Indices::
+* Floats and lists of floats:: `@float' and `@listoffloats'
+* Footnotes::
+* Other and unknown commands:: You can handle specifically other commands
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Three contexts, Next: Commands without argument, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string
+==============================================================
+
+ There are three contexts of interest, one is the normal context, the
+other is a special context, called the "preformatted" context and the
+last is the string context. The preformatted context occurs when the
+spacing between words is kept. This is the case, for example, in
+`@display' or `@example' regions, and in menu comments (*note Menus::).
+The preformatted regions are usually rendered in `<pre>' elements in
+HTML. The string context occurs when rendering strings without
+formatting elements, in comments or titles for example.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Commands without argument, Next: Style and accent commands, Prev: Three contexts, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Customizing the formatting of commands without argument
+=======================================================
+
+ This includes the commands whose name is a nonletter character like
+`@@', the commands with lettered characters and braces but whose braces
+should be empty, like `@TeX{}', or some commands associated with
+accentted letters like `@AA{}'. If there happens to be something within
+the braces, it is put after the command, thus
+ @TeX{something}
+ leads to the same than
+ @TeX{} something
+
+ Each of these categories of commands have three associated hashes,
+one for normal context, the other for preformatted context and the last
+in strings. The keys of the hashes are the command names, the
+associated value is the text replacing the command.
+
+ The hashes are:
+command type normal text preformatted text string
+one nonlettered character `%simple_map' `%simple_map_pre' `%simple_map_texi'
+nothing in braces `%things_map' `%pre_map' `%texi_map'
+
+ To change the HTML resulting from these constructs, just change the
+value. For example, if you want `&shy;' to be outputted for `@-' in
+normal and preformatted context, write in your init file:
+
+ $simple_map{'-'} = '&shy;';
+ $simple_map_pre{'-'} = '&shy;';
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Style and accent commands, Next: Anchors images and spaces, Prev: Commands without argument, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Customizing accent, style and other simple commands
+===================================================
+
+ The formatting of the HTML produced by style and indicatric commands
+(`@tt', `@code', `@email', `@titlefont'), the accentuation related
+commands taking argument (`@'', `@udotaccent', `@dotless') and
+miscalleneous commands (`@email', `@verb', `@w', `@uref', `@math',
+`@asis') is controlled by two hash in the default case, `%style_map'
+for normal context, `%style_map_pre' for preformatted context and
+`%style_map_texi' in string context.
+
+ The key of the hashes are the command names. There are two
+possibilities for the values corresponding with two interfaces. The
+values may be strings or hash references, and you can chose the
+interface depending on the one you prefer. The interface with hash
+reference is a bit more flexible but might also be regarded as more
+complex. If you don't like either of these interfaces you can define
+your own.
+
+ Some remarks are in order:
+
+ * The nonlettered accent commands which following character is
+ considered to be the argument (like in `@`a') should be keys of the
+ hash `%accent_map' hash, even if no value is associated.
+
+ * `@math' is handled differently if LaTeX2HTML is used.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Hash reference interface::
+* String interface::
+* Define your own interface::
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Hash reference interface, Next: String interface, Up: Style and accent commands
+
+An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference
+----------------------------------------------------------
+
+ The key of the hashes are the command names. The value determine how
+the command argument is formatted. This value is a reference on a hash.
+In this hash each key corresponds with a type of information for the
+formatting, and the value is the corresponding information. For
+example, in
+
+ $style_map{'command'} = { 'args' => ['code'], 'attribute' => 'code'};
+
+ the arguments for `@command' are interpreted as specified by the
+values associated with the `args' key while the attribute associated
+with that command is `code'.
+
+ The following keys in the hashes associated with each command have
+the following meaning:
+
+`args'
+ The value associated is a reference on an array. Each element of
+ the array defines how the arguments (separated by `,' in the
+ texinfo code) for the @-command should be formatted. The
+ possibilities are
+ `normal'
+ for normal text,
+
+ `code'
+ for text with `---', `--', `''' and ```' kept as is,
+
+ `keep'
+ if the texinfo should be kept as is, without interpretation
+ of the @-commands.
+
+ For example, we have
+ $style_map{'email'}->{'args'} = ['code', 'normal'];
+
+ because `---', `--', `''' and ```' should be kept as is in the
+ first argument of `@email'.
+
+ The default is `['normal']'.
+
+`attribute'
+ If the associated value is a word, it is considered to be an HTML
+ element name, and the argument is enclosed between the element
+ opening and the element closing. For example, if the value is
+ `elem', the resulting HTML is `<elem>ARG</elem>'.
+
+ If the text is a word followed by some text, the word and is
+ interpreted as above, and the text is considered to be the
+ attributes text of the element. Thus `elem class="elem"' leads to
+ `<elem class="elem">ARG</elem>'.
+
+ This works only if there is only one argument.
+
+`begin'
+ The associated value is added in front of the text.
+
+`begin'
+ The associated value is added after the text.
+
+`quotes'
+ If the corresponding value is true, the result is enclosed in
+ quotes `$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL' and `$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL', with
+ defaults ``' and `''.
+
+`function'
+ The corresponding value should be a function reference. The
+ corresponding function is called with the following arguments:
+
+ `$command'
+ The @-command name
+
+ `$args'
+ A reference on an array containing the arguments of the
+ @-command.
+
+ `$style_stack'
+ A reference on an array containing the name of the @-commands
+ containing the @-command being formatted.
+
+ `$state'
+ A reference on a hash containing a lot of informations about
+ the context of the @-command.
+
+ `$line_nr'
+ An opaque structure containing the information about the line
+ number of the @-command. It can be used to call
+ `main::echo_error' or `main::echo_warning' with first
+ argument a message, and second argument `$line_nr'.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: String interface, Next: Define your own interface, Prev: Hash reference interface, Up: Style and accent commands
+
+An interface for commands formatting with a string
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+ The keys of the hashes are the command names. The value determine
+how the command argument is formatted. If the value begins with `"',
+the result is enclosed in quotes `$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL' and
+`$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL', with defaults ``' and `''.
+
+ The command argument is allready formatted as HTML. The remaining
+of the value text (or the value text if there were no `"') is
+interpreted as follow:
+
+ * If the text is empty the argument of the command is left as is.
+
+ * If the text is a `&' followed by a name, like `&function', the
+ name is considered to be a function name, and this function is
+ called to format the argument of the command. The first argument
+ of the function is the command name, the second is the command
+ argument. For example, if the value associated with the
+ (fictituous) command `@foo' is `&my_func' and we have:
+
+ sub my_func
+ {
+ my @args = split /,\s*/ $_[1];
+ return "$_[0]: $args[0]" if ($args[1] = 1);
+ return "$args[0]";
+ }
+
+ The result of
+ @foo{truc, 1}
+ @foo{truc, bidule}
+ will be
+ foo: truc
+ truc
+
+ * If the text is a word, it is considered to be an HTML element
+ name, and the argument is enclosed between the element opening and
+ the element closing. For example, if the value is `elem', the
+ resulting HTML is `<elem>ARG</elem>'. Similarly `"quoted' leads to
+ ``<quoted>ARG</quoted>''.
+
+ * If the text is a word followed by some text, the word and is
+ interpreted as above, and the text is considered to be the
+ attributes text of the element. Thus `elem class="elem"' leads to
+ `<elem class="elem">ARG</elem>'.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Define your own interface, Prev: String interface, Up: Style and accent commands
+
+Defining the style and indicatric commands interface
+----------------------------------------------------
+
+ If you don't like this scheme, it is possible to change how those
+commands are processed by redefining the following function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: $resulting_text style $style $command $text
+ $args $no_close $no_open $line_nr $state $style_stack
+ $COMMAND is the @-command, $STYLE is the value associated with the
+ $COMMAND in the `%style_map', `%style_map_pre' or
+ `%style_map_texi' hashes. The $TEXT is the text appearing within
+ the @-command braces. ARGS is a reference on an array contening
+ the command arguments formatted according to the same conventions
+ than with the reference hash style (provided the value associated
+ with the @-command is a hash reference with a $ARG key as
+ described in *Note Reference hash args::). If $TEXT is split in
+ paragraphs each paragraph is passed through the function, and
+ $NO_CLOSE is true if it is not the last paragraph, while $NO_OPEN
+ is true if it is not the first paragraph. $LINE_NR is an opaque
+ structure containing the information about the line number of the
+ @-command. It can be used to call `main::echo_error' or
+ `main::echo_warning' with first argument a message, and second
+ argument `$line_nr'. $STATE is a reference on a hash containing a
+ lot of informations about the context of the @-command.
+ $STYLE_STACK is a reference on an array containing the name of the
+ @-commands containing the @-command being formatted.
+
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Anchors images and spaces, Next: Text, Prev: Style and accent commands, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Formatting of special simple commands
+=====================================
+
+ The formatting of special simple commands is controlled by
+functions. To customize the output, the corresponding function
+references should be redefined. All these functions return a formatted
+text.
+
+ The formatting of anchors is controlled by `$anchor', but the
+function associated with the function reference does more, it is usefull
+to produce a reference target or link.
+
+ - Function Reference: $anchor anchor $identifier $href $text
+ $attributes
+ If $IDENTIFIER is not empty, this value should be used to create a
+ target for links (typically associated with a name or id attribute
+ in HTML). The $HREF argument specifies a hpertextual reference
+ which should be used to link to a target. In case both
+ $IDENTIFIER and $HREF are given the text produced should be both
+ a target for $IDENTIFIER and a link to $HREF. $TEXT is the text
+ to be displayed. $ATTRIBUTES are additional attributes. It
+ should be reasonable to assume that the attributes are for a `<a>'
+ HTML element.
+
+ The formatting of `@image' is controlled by:
+
+ - Function Reference: $image image $file_path $basename $preformatted
+ $file_name
+ $FILE_PATH is the image file name with the path, $BASENAME is the
+ alternate text or the file name without extension if no alternate
+ text is given. $PREFORMATTED is true if the image appears in
+ preformatted text. $FILE_NAME is the file name without path but
+ with extension.
+
+ The formatting of `@sp' is controlled by:
+
+ - Function Reference: $sp sp $number $preformatted
+ $NUMBER is the numeric argument of `@sp'. $PREFORMATTED is true
+ if the `@sp' appears in preformatted text.
+
+ The formatting of `@acronym' and `@abbr' is controlled by:
+
+ - Function Reference: $acronym acronym_like $acronym_texi
+ $acronym_text $with_explanation \@explanation_lines
+ $explanation_text $explanation_simply_formatted
+ $ACRONYM_TEXI is the acronym argument with texinfo @-commands,
+ $ACRONYM_TEXT is formatted.
+
+ The other arguments are related with the explanation, the second
+ arg of the acronym. $WITH_EXPLANATION is true if the second
+ argument of the acronym command is present. If an explanation
+ exists, coming from previous `@acronym' or as an arg of this
+ command, the other args are defined: \@EXPLANATION_LINES is a
+ reference on an array containing the unformatted explanation lines,
+ $EXPLANATION_TEXT is the explanation text formatted,
+ $EXPLANATION_SIMPLY_FORMATTED is the explanation with a light
+ formatting, unabling in HTML (or XML) the explanation to be in an
+ attribute.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Text, Next: Strings, Prev: Anchors images and spaces, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Processing special characters in text
+=====================================
+
+ Some characters are processed especially in text: `---', `--', ```'
+and `'''. This is done only if in normal text and not in some commands
+(`@code', `@env'...). A function reference is called to process those
+characters in text
+
+ - Function Reference: $processed_text normal_text $text
+ The function processes `---', `--', ```' and `''' in $TEXT and
+ returns $PROCESSED_TEXT. The default is to change `---' to `--',
+ `--' to `-', and ```' and `''' to `"'.
+
+ Some characters are special in HTML (`&', `"', `<' and `>') and
+should be protected. This is done by the function associated with the
+function reference
+
+ - Function Reference: $protected_text protect_text $text
+ The function processes the unprotected text $TEXT and returns the
+ resulting protected text $PROTECTED_TEXT.
+
+ Empty lines are processed by the following function reference, which
+could be usefull if empty lines are to be removed for example
+
+ - Function Reference: $resulting_text empty_line $empty_line
+ This function processes an $EMPTY_LINE and returns the resulting
+ text $RESULTING_TEXT. Empty lines are left as is by default.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Strings, Next: References, Prev: Text, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Customizing strings written by `texi2html'
+==========================================
+
+ `texi2html' writes some strings in the generated document at various
+places, at the page footers, on the help page, for special section
+headings, buttons alt text and so on. These strings are customizable.
+The string chosen depends on the language of the document (set by
+`--lang', `$LANG' or `@documentlanguage'). This is the basis for
+internationalization as it allows for strings translations.
+
+ The strings are found in a hash reference, `$LANGUAGES'. Each key
+is a language code. The associated value is also a hash reference. The
+key is an english string and the associated value is the string
+replacing the english string, if present. For example, we have
+
+ $LANGUAGES->{'fr'} = {
+ ' Up ' => 'Plus haut',
+ };
+
+ It means that whenever the string ` Up ' is to be written and the
+language is `fr', `Plus haut' is written. It is possible to customize
+the english strings by redefining the `en' language hash.
+
+ When a string contains a `%' followed by `{' NAME `}' it means that
+the string will be expanded by `texi2html'. For example, if we have
+
+ $LANGUAGES->{'fr'} = {
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => 'Voir %{node_file_href}',
+ };
+
+ `%{node_file_href}' will be expanded to an href for a node in a file
+by `texi2html' in the string. A `%%' will be expanded as `%'.
+
+ For more on internationalization, see *Note Internationalization::.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: References, Next: Alignement commands, Prev: Strings, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+References
+==========
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Reference to external manual::
+* Internal reference::
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Reference to external manual, Next: Internal reference, Up: References
+
+Reference to external manual
+----------------------------
+
+ The references are produced with two function references, one for the
+hypertextual reference construction, the other for the full reference to
+external manual.
+
+ - Function Reference: $href external_href $node $node_identifier
+ $xml_node_identifier $manual_file_name
+ $NODE is the node name, with @-commands. $NODE_IDENTIFER is the
+ node name mapped to an identifier acceptable as a file name.
+ $XML_NODE_IDENTIFIER is the node name mapped to an identifier
+ acceptable as an XML identifier. Those identifiers are built as
+ explained in *Note HTML Xref: (texinfo)HTML Xref, thus allowing
+ for cross references to external manuals. $FILE is the manual or
+ file name of the external reference. This function should return an
+ href leading to the external manual.
+
+ The default for this function is to make a reference compatible
+ with `makeinfo' (*note HTML Xref: (texinfo)HTML Xref.).
+
+ - Function Reference: $text external_ref $command $section $book
+ $node_and_file $href $cross_ref_name
+ This function formats a reference to an external texinfo manual.
+ The $COMMAND is the ref command (`ref', `xref' or `pxref', in
+ text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis). The optionnal
+ $SECTION argument is the section in the book and BOOK is the book
+ title. $NODE_AND_FILE is the node and file name formatted
+ according to the convention used in info: `(file)node'. $HREF it
+ an hypertextual reference to the distant manual constructed using
+ the above function. $CROSS_REF_NAME is an optionnal cross
+ reference name appearing in the reference command. This function
+ returns the text corresponding with the external html manual
+ reference. This function returns the full formatted text of the
+ external reference.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Internal reference, Prev: Reference to external manual, Up: References
+
+Reference to an internal node
+-----------------------------
+
+ A function reference is available for internal references.
+
+ - Function Reference: $text internal_ref $command $href $short_name
+ $name $is_section
+ This function formats a reference to a node in the current manual.
+ The $COMMAND is the ref command (`ref', `xref' or `pxref', in
+ text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis). $HREF it an
+ hypertextual reference linking to the corresponding node or
+ section. $SHORT_NAME and $NAME hold the text for the reference but
+ $SHORT_NAME can be the node name which is assumed to be shorter
+ than the section name. $IS_SECTION is a boolean true if the
+ reference is a reference to a section. This function returns the
+ full formatted text of the internal reference.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Alignement commands, Next: Paragraph and preformatted region, Prev: References, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Commands used for centering and flushing of text
+================================================
+
+ When a command controlling the alignement of text is used (`@center',
+`@flushleft' and `@flushright'), the main program takes care of opening
+and closing paragraphs. The alignement commands are the key of the
+`%paragraph_style' hash. The value is used in the function doing the
+formatting of the paragraphs. *Note Paragraph and preformatted
+region::.
+
+ A function references allows for a customization of the formatting
+of the text appearing in the command block.
+
+ - Function Reference: $result paragraph_style_command $command $text
+ $COMMAND is the command name, $TEXT is the text appearing within
+ the command. This function returns a formatted text. The default
+ is to return the text unmodified.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Paragraph and preformatted region, Next: Complex formats, Prev: Alignement commands, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region
+======================================================
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Paragraph and preformatted formatting::
+* Avoiding paragraphs::
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Paragraph and preformatted formatting, Next: Avoiding paragraphs, Up: Paragraph and preformatted region
+
+Paragraph and preformatted region formatting
+--------------------------------------------
+
+ The formatting of a paragraph region or a preformatted region, is
+controlled by function references:
+
+ - Function Reference: $paragraph_text paragraph $text $alignement
+ $formatting_command $formatting_command_formatted
+ \$paragraph_number $format $item_number $enumerate_style
+ $number
+ This function formats a paragraph. $TEXT is the text of the
+ paragraph, $ALIGNEMENT is the empty string when no alignement
+ command has been seen, otherwise it is the current alignement
+ command name. *Note Alignement commands::.
+
+ The remaining arguments are usefull when the paragraph appears
+ within a list or table. It is usefull whenever the paragraph has
+ to be formatted differently when appearing in such environments.
+ Moreover in that case the format command (`@itemize'...) may have
+ an associated formatting command. $FORMATTING_COMMAND is this
+ formatting command (like `@minus'). $FORMATTING_COMMAND_FORMATTED
+ is the command formatted in html in case the formatting command is
+ a leading command (like `@minus') which should be leading the
+ first paragraph. \$PARAGRAPH_NUMBER is a reference on the number
+ of paragraphs in that format command. The corresponding variable
+ should be increased when a paragraph is added. $FORMAT is the
+ format command. *Note Table and list items::.
+
+ If the $FORMAT is an enumerate, $ITEM_NUMBER is the number of the
+ item in the list, $ENUMERATE_STYLE is the argument of the
+ enumerate, $NUMBER is the number or letter corresponding with this
+ item.
+
+ - Function Reference: $preformatted_text preformatted $text $style
+ $region_name $formatting_command
+ $formatting_command_formatted \$preformatted_number $format
+ $item_number $enumerate_style $number
+ This function formats a preformatted region. $TEXT is the text of
+ the preformatted region, $STYLE is the css style associated with
+ that preformatted region (*Note css::). $REGION_NAME is the name
+ of the command opening the preformatted region (`example'..., see
+ *Note Complex formats::) or a identifier for the preformatted
+ context (for example `menu-comment', see *Note Menus::). The
+ alignment commands are not taken into account, as the spaces are
+ preserved in preformatted regions, you should flush and center by
+ hand.
+
+ The remaining arguments are usefull when the preformatted region
+ appears within a list or table. It is usefull whenever the
+ preformatted region has to be formatted differently when appearing
+ in such environments. Moreover in that case the format command
+ (`@itemize'...) may have an associated formatting command.
+ $FORMATTING_COMMAND is this formatting command (like `@minus').
+ $FORMATTING_COMMAND_FORMATTED is the command formatted in html in
+ case the formatting command is a leading command (like `@minus')
+ which should be leading the first preformatted region.
+ \$PREFORMATTED_NUMBER is a reference on the number of preformatted
+ regions in that format command. The corresponding variable should
+ be increased when a preformatted region is added. $FORMAT is the
+ format command. *Note Table and list items::.
+
+ If the $FORMAT is an enumerate, $ITEM_NUMBER is the number of the
+ item in the list, $ENUMERATE_STYLE is the argument of the
+ enumerate, $NUMBER is the number or letter corresponding with this
+ item.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Avoiding paragraphs, Prev: Paragraph and preformatted formatting, Up: Paragraph and preformatted region
+
+Avoiding paragraphs in formats
+------------------------------
+
+ It is possible to avoid that a format closes the previous paragraph
+or preformatted region and reopens one, by putting the format command
+in a hash, `%format_in_paragraph' with a true value.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Complex formats, Next: Lists tables, Prev: Paragraph and preformatted region, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Formatting of complex formats (`@example', `@display'...)
+=========================================================
+
+ Here we see how a whole complex format is formatted. For the
+formatting of the text, see *Note Paragraph and preformatted region::.
+
+ The formatting of the complex formats is ultimately controlled by a
+function, however the default for this function uses a hash reference
+and changing the hash reference values should be enough in most cases.
+This hash reference is called `$complex_format_map'. It has a key for
+each of the complex format commands (`example', `smallexample', `lisp',
+`smalllisp', `display', `smalldisplay', `format', `smallformat').
+
+ The associated value is also a reference on a hash. The keys are
+`begin' and `end'. An eval of `begin' should lead to the beginning of
+the formatted HTML, an eval of `end' should lead to the end of the
+formatted HTML. The enclosed text will be formatted as described in
+*Note Paragraph and preformatted region::, and the name of the complex
+format will be available to the function formatting the text.
+
+ If you aren't satisfied with this scheme, you can redefine the
+following function reference for a better control over the complex
+format formatting:
+
+ - Function Reference: $complex_format_text complex_format $format_name
+ $preformatted_text
+ $FORMAT_NAME is the complex format name, $PREFORMATTED_TEXT is the
+ text allready formatted as described in *Note Paragraph and
+ preformatted region::. This function returns the whole complex
+ format.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Lists tables, Next: Definitions, Prev: Complex formats, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Customizing the formatting of lists and tables
+==============================================
+
+ The formatting of lists and tables is done at two levels:
+ * At the level of the whole region (table or list),
+
+ * At the level of the individual items, rows or cells of the list or
+ table.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Table and list items::
+* Whole table list::
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Table and list items, Next: Whole table list, Up: Lists tables
+
+Formatting individual table and list items
+------------------------------------------
+
+ In texinfo it is possible to give `@itemize' or table command
+(hereafter called a "format command") a "formatting command". For
+example `@minus' is the formatting command here:
+ @table @minus
+
+ The default is to apply the command to the text item, however it is
+possible to avoid it. The hash `%special_list_commands' has an entry
+for each of the format command. Each of these entries is a hash
+reference. If a formatting command is a key of the hash reference, then
+the formatting command is not applied to the text item for that format
+command. For example, if we have:
+
+ $special_list_commands{'itemize'} = { 'bullet' => '' };
+
+ and we have the following `@itemize':
+ @itemize @bullet
+ @item an item
+ @end itemize
+
+ then `@bullet' will not be applied to `an item'.
+
+_lists_
+ The items of lists are formatted using the following function
+ reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: $list_item list_item $text $format $command
+ $formatted_command $item_number $enumerate_style $number
+ This function formats the text between `@item' commands. $TEXT
+ is the text corresponding with the item. $FORMAT is the type
+ of format, `itemize' or `enumerate'. $COMMAND is the
+ formatting command given in argument to `@itemize',
+ $FORMATTED_COMMAND is this command formatted if it is a
+ leading command, like `@minus'.
+
+ If the $FORMAT is an enumerate, $ITEM_NUMBER is the number of
+ the item in the list, $ENUMERATE_STYLE is the argument of the
+ enumerate, $NUMBER is the number or letter corresponding with
+ this item.
+
+_two column tables_
+ The two columns tables (`@table', `@ftable' and `@vtable'), items
+ are formatted using two function references, one for the first
+ line located on the `@item' line corresponding with the first
+ column, the other for the text appearing on the following lines,
+ corresponding with the second column text.
+
+ - Function Reference: $table_item table_item $item_text
+ $index_label_text $format $command $formatted_command
+ This function is used to format the text on the `@item' line.
+ $TEXT_ITEM is the text line. In case there is an index entry
+ associated with the `@item' (as with `@ftable' and
+ `@vtable'), $INDEX_LABEL_TEXT is the text inserted at the
+ place where an index entry appears. *Note Index entry place::.
+ $FORMAT is the type of format, `table', `ftable' or `vtable'.
+ $COMMAND is the formatting command given in argument to the
+ table format command, $FORMATTED_COMMAND is this command
+ formatted if it is a leading command, like `@minus'.
+
+ - Function Reference: $table_line table_line $text
+ This function is used to format the text on the lines
+ following the `@item' line. $TEXT is the corresponding text.
+
+_multitable_
+ The multitable elements formatting is controlled by the functions
+ associated with two function references. One for a cell, and the
+ other for a row.
+
+ - Function Reference: $multitable_cell cell $text
+ This function is used to format the text of a multitable
+ cell, the text following a `@item' or a `@tab'. $TEXT is the
+ corresponding text.
+
+ - Function Reference: $multitable_row row $text $item_command
+ This function is used to format a multitable row. $TEXT is
+ the row text, with cells allready formatted with the `$cell'
+ function reference. $ITEM_COMMAND is the command used to
+ introduce the row, such that it is possible to distinguish
+ between `@item' and `@headitem'.
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-3 b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..29fade237c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.info-3
@@ -0,0 +1,1085 @@
+This is texi2html.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.5 from
+texi2html.texi.
+
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Portions
+of
+`texi2html'
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
+ Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
+ Copyright (C) many others.
+
+
+Portions
+of this
+manual
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Texinfo documentation system
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Texi2HTML: (texi2html). Texinfo to HTML Converter.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+ This file, last updated 1 February 2005, documents the `texi2html'
+script which converts Texinfo (http://www.texinfo.org) into HTML
+(http://w3c.org). This edition is for `texi2html' version 1.76.
+
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Portions
+of
+`texi2html'
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Berry
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann
+ Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas
+ Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price
+ Copyright (C) many others.
+
+
+Portions
+of this
+manual
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Derek Price (manual)
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Whole table list, Prev: Table and list items, Up: Lists tables
+
+Formatting of a whole table or list
+-----------------------------------
+
+ If the Texinfo command is a key of the `%format_map', the associated
+value is used to specify the formatting of the construct, otherwise a
+function is called. The value in `%format_map' associated with a
+command is interpreted similarly with values associated with more
+simpler commands:
+
+ * If the text is a word, it is considered to be an HTML element
+ name, and the whole table or list is enclosed between the element
+ opening and the element closing.
+
+ * If the text is a word followed by some text, the word and is
+ interpreted as above, and the text is considered to be the
+ attributes text of the element.
+
+ * If the text is empty nothing is added to the text.
+
+ In case the `%format_map' isn't used, a function reference called
+`$table_list' should be redefined, the associated function will be
+called each time a command isn't found in `%format_map'.
+
+ - Function Reference: $whole_table_list table_list $command $text
+ $COMMAND is the Texinfo command name, $TEXT is the formatted items.
+
+ If you still want to use `%format_map' but differently from the
+default, it is possible to redefine the following function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: $whole_table_list format $command $format $text
+ $COMMAND is the @-command, $FORMAT is the entry associated with
+ $COMMAND in `%format_map'. $TEXT is the formatted items.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Definitions, Next: Headings, Prev: Lists tables, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Definition commands formatting
+==============================
+
+ The formatting of definition commands is controlled by a hash and
+four functions. The hash describes how the text on the definition line
+is interpreted, the functions control the formatting of the definition
+line and the definition function text.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Definition line::
+* Definition formatting::
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Definition line, Next: Definition formatting, Up: Definitions
+
+Customizing the interpretation of a definition line
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+ The keys of the hash `%def_map' are definition command names. There
+are two types of entries:
+
+ * If the command is a shortcut for another definition command the
+ value is a text and the definition command is replaced by the text.
+
+ For example if we have:
+ $def_map{'deftruc'} = '@defvr {A truc}';
+
+ and a line like
+ @deftruc var
+
+ the line will be transformed in
+ @defvr {A truc} var
+
+ * If the command isn't a shortcut, it is associated with an array
+ reference. The first element is `f', `v' or `t' corresponding with
+ the index type (`f' for function, `v' for variable, `t' for type).
+
+ The remaining of the array describes how to interpret the text
+ following the definition command on the definition command line.
+ The entry item specify what corresponds with the next bracketed
+ item or word. Currently the possibilities are `category', `name',
+ `type', `class' and `arg'.
+
+ For example if we have
+ def_map{'defvr'} = [ 'v', 'category', 'name' ];
+
+ The first bracketed item following `@defvr' is considered to be
+ the category and the next one is the name. The index associated
+ with the definition line is the variables index.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Definition formatting, Prev: Definition line, Up: Definitions
+
+Customization of the definition formatting
+------------------------------------------
+
+ Four functions are used when formatting a definition command:
+
+category name
+ - Function Reference: $category definition_category
+ $category_or_name $class $style
+ This function precise a category or an index entry name
+ associating a class $CLASS (if given) with $CATEGORY_OR_NAME.
+ The $STYLE of the definition may be `f', for function, `v',
+ for variable or `t', for type.
+
+formatting of the definition line
+ - Function Reference: $line def_line $category $name $type
+ $arguments $index_label
+ This function formats the definition line. $CATEGORY is the
+ category formatted with `$definition_category', $NAME, $TYPE
+ and ARGUMENTS are the element of the definition line.
+ $INDEX_LABEL is the text inserted at the place where an index
+ entry appears. *Note Index entry place::.
+
+definition text
+ - Function Reference: $definition_text def_item $text
+ This function formats the definition text, $TEXT.
+
+the whole definition
+ - Function Reference: $definition def $text
+ This function formats the whole definition. The definition
+ line and text formatted by the above functions are in $TEXT.
+
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Headings, Next: Special regions, Prev: Definitions, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Customizing headings formatting
+===============================
+
+ A function controls the formatting of sectioning element headings,
+with the corresponding function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: $heading_text heading \%element_reference
+ The \%ELEMENT_REFERENCE is a reference on a hash corresponding
+ with the sectioning element. The following keys are of interest:
+ `text'
+ The heading text
+
+ `name'
+ The heading text without section number
+
+ `node'
+ true if the sectioning element is a node without associated
+ structuring command
+
+ `level'
+ The level of the element in the document tree. `0' is for
+ `@top', `1' for `@chapter' and so on
+
+ `tag_level'
+ the sectioning element name, with `@raisesections' and
+ `@lowersections' taken into account
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Special regions, Next: Menus, Prev: Headings, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Formatting of special regions (`@verbatim', `@cartouche', `@quotation')
+=======================================================================
+
+ Regions corresponding with raw text, like `@verbatim', `@html' or
+`@tex' are formatted according to the following function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: $raw_region raw $command $text
+ $COMMAND is the command name, $TEXT is the raw text.
+
+ If LaTeX2HTML is used, `@tex' regions are handled differently, from
+within the main program.
+
+ The `@cartouche' command formatting is controlled by the function
+reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: $cartouche cartouche $text
+ $TEXT is the text appearing within the cartouche.
+
+ The formatting of `@quotation' is controlled by two function
+references. The first one is usefull in case the `@quotation' has an
+argument, as it allows to prepend a string to the quotation text:
+
+ - Function Reference: $prepended_string quotation_prepend_text $style
+ $text
+ $STYLE is the first argument of the `@quotation' if there are two
+ arguments. $TEXT is the second argument or the first if there is
+ one argument. There are still @-commands in these strings. This
+ function can return a string which will be prepended to the
+ quotation text.
+
+ The whole quotation is formatted by:
+
+ - Function Reference: $quotation quotation $quotation_text
+ $argument_text $argument_style_texi $argument_style_id
+ $QUOTATION_TEXT is the quotation text, formatted, with the text
+ prepended by the function above. $ARGUMENT_TEXT is the second
+ argument of the `@quotation' or the first if there is one
+ argument, formatted. The other arguments are defiend if there are
+ two arguments for the `@quotation', $ARGUMENT_STYLE_TEXI is this
+ argument, with @-commands, and $ARGUMENT_STYLE_ID is this
+ argument transformed in an identifier which can be used as an XML
+ identifier.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Menus, Next: Indices, Prev: Special regions, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Menu formatting
+===============
+
+ To understand how the formatting of menus is controlled, the
+different parts of a menu are first described, then how to control the
+formatting of each of these parts.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Menu parts:: A menu consists in menu entry and menu
+ comments
+* Menu formatting::
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Menu parts, Next: Menu formatting, Up: Menus
+
+The structure of a menu
+-----------------------
+
+ In `texi2html', a menu is considered to be composed of 2 parts, the
+"menu entries" and the "menu comments". Menu entries are further
+divided in an "entry link" and optionnaly an "entry description". The
+entry link consists in a node name and an optionnal menu entry name.
+
+ A menu entry begins with `*' at the beginning of the line. It begins
+with the entry link, followed by the description. The description spans
+until the next menu entry, or some text begining at the first character
+of a line or an empty line, not contained within a command block which
+begun in the description. An empty line or a line with text at the
+first character starts a menu comment, which spans until the next menu
+entry.
+
+ Here is an illustration of these rules:
+
+ @menu
+ * node name: entry name. description begins
+ description continues
+ * another menu entry::
+ description begins
+ description continues
+
+ A menu comment, after an empty line
+
+ * node:: description begins
+ A menu comment. The line starts at the first character
+
+ * last entry:: description begins _text
+ of the description, even if the line begins at the first character,
+ because we are in @emph_.
+ @end menu
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Menu formatting, Prev: Menu parts, Up: Menus
+
+The formatting of the different menu components
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+ In the default case, the name of the section corresponding with the
+node is used instead of the node name. If `$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU' is true,
+however, node names are used. If `$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY' is true and
+menu entry equal menu description the description isn't printed. This
+is the default. Likewise, if node or section name equal entry name, do
+not print entry name.
+
+ A symbol, `$MENU_SYMBOL' is put at the beginning of menu entries
+when the node name is used. The default is `&bull;'. If
+`$UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU' is true it is also put at the beginning of
+unnumbered section names. This is not done by default.
+
+ The menu comments are considered to be preformatted text. The style
+associated with this preformatted text is determined by
+`$MENU_PRE_STYLE'. Default is `font-family: serif'. The css class
+associated with menu comments is `menu-comments'.
+
+ Three function references are associated with the formatting of the
+different parts of a menu:
+
+ - Function Reference: $link menu_link $section \%state $href $node
+ $name $ending
+ $SECTION is the section name corresponding with the link, $HREF is
+ the link hypertextual reference. $HREF may be absent. \%STATE
+ holds informations about the current context. The only key which
+ could be of interest is `preformatted', true if the context is a
+ preformatted context. *Note Three contexts::. $NODE is the node
+ name, $NAME is the name of the node, and $ENDING is the text
+ ending the link entry.
+
+ - Function Reference: $description menu_description $description_text
+ \%state
+ $DESCRIPTION_TEXT is the text of the menu description. \%STATE
+ should be used similarly than for the menu link.
+
+ - Function Reference: $menu_comment menu_comment $text
+ $TEXT is the text of the menu comment. It is in a preformatted
+ environment.
+
+ The following function reference controls the formatting of a wole
+menu:
+
+ - Function Reference: $menu menu $menu_components_text
+ $MENU_COMPONENTS_TEXT is the formatted menu components text,
+ obtained as explained above.
+
+ The last function reference corresponds with a special case. It is
+used when a menu entry appears within another block command, to avoid
+the possibilities of invalid HTML production. In that case the menu
+description and menu comments are not formatted specially, but treated
+like normal text.
+
+ - Function Reference: $link simple_menu_link $link_text $href $node
+ $name $ending
+ $LINK_TEXT is the text corresponding with the link name, $HREF is
+ the link hypertextual reference. $NODE is the node name, $NAME is
+ the name of the node, and $ENDING is the text ending the link
+ entry.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Indices, Next: Floats and lists of floats, Prev: Menus, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Indices formatting
+==================
+
+ Two different things needs to be handled for indices formatting, the
+place where the index term appears, the index entry, and the index list
+itself. The indexing commands like `@cindex' determines where index
+entries appear, and the index list is printed with a `@printindex'
+command.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Index entry place:: Index entries in the main document are
+ targets for hypertext references
+* Index list:: Customizing the formatting of the index list
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Index entry place, Next: Index list, Up: Indices
+
+Formatting of index entries
+---------------------------
+
+ Index entry places in the main text may be the target for hypertext
+references. Their formatting is controlled by the function associated
+with the following function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: $target index_entry_label $identifier
+ $preformatted
+ $IDENTIFIER should be used to create a target for links (typically
+ associated with a name or id attribute in HTML). $PREFORMATTED is
+ true if the index entry appeared in preformatted text.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Index list, Prev: Index entry place, Up: Indices
+
+Customizing the formatting of index lists
+-----------------------------------------
+
+ The index entries are sorted alphabetically. A whole index list is
+considered to be composed of letter entries. A letter entry is composed
+by all the index entries beginning with that letter. A letter may be a
+non alphabetical character, but we call it letter here.
+
+ An index summary appears at the beginning and at the end of an index
+list, and should be used to jump directly to a letter entry. Indices
+lists may be split across pages, thus the different letters may appear
+on different files. The number of index entries appearing on each page
+is determined by a variable `$SPLIT_INDEX' if set. The default is to
+split indices after 100 entries.
+
+ The formatting of all these elements is controlled by the following
+function references:
+
+_formatting of a letter in a summary_
+ - Function Reference: $letter summary_letter $letter $file
+ $identifier
+ This function is used to format a letter appearing in a
+ summary, refering to a letter entry in the index list.
+ $LETTER is the letter. $FILE is the file name where the letter
+ entry appears. More precisely, it is empty when the letter
+ entry is on the same page than the summary, it contains the
+ file name when the index page is split accross page.
+ $IDENTIFIER is an identifier for the target letter entry.
+
+_formatting of a summary_
+ - Function Reference: $summary index_summary
+ \@alphabetical_letters \@nonalphabetical_letters
+ \@ALPHABETICAL_LETTERS and \@NONALPHABETICAL_LETTERS contain
+ the formatted summary letters, formatted with the above
+ function.
+
+_formatting of an index entry_
+ - Function Reference: $entry index_entry $entry_href $entry_text
+ $section_href $section_heading
+ $ENTRY_HREF is a reference to the place where the index entry
+ appeared, $ENTRY_TEXT is the corresponding text. $SECTION_HREF
+ is a reference to the beginning of the sectioning element
+ containing the index entry, $SECTION_HEADING is the heading
+ of the element.
+
+_formatting of letter entry_
+ - Function Reference: $letter_entry index_letter $letter
+ $identifier $index_entries_text
+ This function formats a letter entry, consisting in all the
+ index entries beginning with this letter. $LETTER is the
+ letter, $IDENTIFIER should be used to create a target for
+ links (typically links from summaries), and
+ $INDEX_ENTRIES_TEXT is the text of the index entries
+ formatted as described above.
+
+_formatting of whole index_
+ - Function Reference: $index print_index $index_text $index_name
+ $INDEX_TEXT is the text of all the index entries grouped by
+ letter appearing in that page formatted as above. INDEX_NAME
+ is the name of the index, the argument of `@printindex'.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Floats and lists of floats, Next: Footnotes, Prev: Indices, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Floats and lists of floats
+==========================
+
+ Floats appear in the `@float' environment, optionaly with a style
+and a label, and with optionnal `@caption' and `@shortcaption'. Their
+list appear after a `@listoffloats'.
+
+ A hash reference is associated with each float, it is available in
+some formatting functions. The keys are:
+`caption_texi'
+`shortcaption_texi'
+ A reference on an array containing the caption or shortcaption
+ lines, unformatted.
+
+`style_texi'
+ The style with texi @-commands.
+
+`style_id'
+ The unique identifier associated with the style.
+
+`nr'
+ The number with the same conventions than makeinfo (use the
+ chapter number a dot and then the number of the float of that
+ style in the chapter, or an absolute number if in unnumbered).
+
+`chapter_nr'
+ The number of the chapter containing the float.
+
+`nr_in_chapter'
+ The number of the float in the chapter.
+
+`absolut_nr'
+ The number of the float in the document.
+
+`texi'
+ The label with @-commands.
+
+`id'
+ The unique identifier associated with the label. Usefull to make
+ an anchor or a reference.
+
+`element'
+ A reference on a structure representing the element the float
+ appear in.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Floats:: Formatting of floats
+* Lists of floats:: Formatting the lists of floats
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Floats, Next: Lists of floats, Up: Floats and lists of floats
+
+Formatting a float
+------------------
+
+ First there is an occasion to construct a texinfo text for the
+caption, using the caption texinfo lines and the informations in the
+float structure. The returned lines will be formatted in the main
+program. A function reference is used here:
+
+ - Function Reference: (\@caption_lines_returned,
+\@shortcaption_lines_returned) caption_shortcaption \%float
+ \@caption_lines \@shortcaption_lines
+ \%FLOAT is the structure defined above. \@CAPTION_LINES and
+ \@SHORTCAPTION_LINES are references on arrays containing the
+ texinfo lines for caption and short caption.
+ \@CAPTION_LINES_RETURNED and \@SHORTCAPTION_LINES_RETURNED are
+ references on an array containing the texinfo lines for the
+ caption and shortcaption.
+
+ Then the float is formatted with the following function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: $text float $float_text \%float $caption_text
+ $shortcaption_text
+ $FLOAT_TEXT is the text appearing within the `@float', formatted.
+ \%FLOAT is still the structure defined above. $CAPTION_TEXT and
+ $SHORTCAPTION_TEXT are the caption and short caption build with the
+ above function and formatted.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Lists of floats, Prev: Floats, Up: Floats and lists of floats
+
+Formatting lists of floats
+--------------------------
+
+ A list of floats is introduced by `@listoffloats'. The argument of
+`@listoffloats' is the "style". First the style texinfo can be modified
+with the following function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: $style_texi_returned listoffloats_style
+ $style_texi
+ $STYLE_TEXI is the `@listoffloats' argument with texinfo
+ @-commands kept. It is possible to make changes to the $STYLE_TEXI
+ and return a modified string, still with @-commands. The modified
+ string is formatted in the main program.
+
+ After that, for each of the floats with that style, first there is a
+possibility to modify the float style and the float caption before they
+are formatted in the main program, with the following function
+references:
+
+ - Function Reference: $float_style_texi_returned
+listoffloats_float_style $style_texi \%float
+ $STYLE_TEXI is the style, and \%FLOAT is the structure described
+ above. This function reference returns a style to be formatted in
+ the main program.
+
+ - Function Reference: $caption_texi_returned listoffloats_caption
+ \%float
+ \%FLOAT is the structure described above. This function reference
+ returns a caption to be formatted in the main program.
+
+ Each entry is formatted by:
+
+ - Function Reference: $listoffloats_entry listoffloats_entry
+ $style_texi \%float $float_style $caption $href
+ $STYLE_TEXI is the style with @-commands, $FLOAT_STYLE is the
+ style returned by the above function and formatted. $CAPTION is the
+ caption returned by the above function formatted. \%FLOAT is the
+ structure corresponding with the float, and $HREF is an href
+ pointing to the float location.
+
+ Lastly, the whole `@listoffloats' is formatted by:
+
+ - Function Reference: $listoffloats listoffloats $style_texi $style
+ \@listoffloats_entries
+ $STYLE_TEXI is the style with @-commands, $STYLE is the style
+ returned by the above function and formatted. The array reference
+ \@LISTOFFLOATS_ENTRIES holds the entries formatted by the above
+ function.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Footnotes, Next: Other and unknown commands, Prev: Floats and lists of floats, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Customizing the footnotes formatting
+====================================
+
+ Each footnote is associated with a footnote entry. Several footnote
+entries are grouped in a footnote section. When a footnote appears, two
+things must be formatted: in the main text the place where the footnote
+appear and the footnote text.
+
+ Two functions, with corresponding function references control the
+formatting of the footnotes:
+
+ - Function Reference: (\@lines $text_for_document) foot_line_and_ref
+ $number_in_doc $number_in_page $footnote_id $place_id
+ $document_file $footnote_file \@lines \%state
+ $NUMBER_IN_DOC is the footnote number in the whole document,
+ $NUMBER_IN_PAGE is the footnote number in the current page.
+ $FOOTNOTE_ID is an identifier for the footnote in the footnote text
+ which should be used to make target for references to that
+ footnote, while $PLACE_ID is an identifier for the location of the
+ footnote in the main document. Similarly, $DOCUMENT_FILE is the
+ file name of the file containing the text where the footnote
+ appears in the main document, while $FOOTNOTE_FILE is the file
+ name of the file where the footnote text appears.
+
+ \@LINES is a reference on an array containing the footnote text
+ lines, allready formatted. And \%STATE holds informations about
+ the context at the footnote place in the main document. As usual
+ the most usefull entry is `preformatted' which is true if the
+ footnote appears in a preformatted context.
+
+ This function returns a reference on an array, \@LINES containing
+ the updated footnote text for the footnote entry, and
+ $TEXT_FOR_DOCUMENT, the text appearing at the footnote place in
+ the main document, linking to the footnote entry.
+
+ The following function is only used when footnotes are at the bottom
+of a page and the document is split. For customization of the
+footnotes page in case they are on a separated page or section, *Note
+Special pages layout::. For the determination of the footnote
+locations, *Note Page layout options::.
+
+ - Function Reference: foot_section \@footnotes_lines
+ This function formats a group of footnotes. \@FOOTNOTES_LINES is a
+ reference on an array holding the lines of all the footnote entries
+ formatted as explained above. This function modifies the reference.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Other and unknown commands, Prev: Footnotes, Up: Customizing HTML
+
+Customizing other commands, and unknown commands
+================================================
+
+ Many commands without braces are available in texinfo, sometimes with
+a specific syntax. For example we have `@sp', `@noindent',
+`@documentlanguage', `@oddheading', `@headings', `@shortcontents',
+`@shorttitlepage' or `@comment'. `texi2html' interprets some of these
+commands and some functions or variables are used for their formatting
+or to access their information. In the default case, however, most of
+these constructs are ignored.
+
+ It is possible to change how the things following these commands on
+the line are handled, what is considered to be an arg for those
+commands and it is also possible to keep them instead of discarding
+them such that it is possible to handle them specially, with the same
+function than the one used for unknown commands.
+
+ Those special commands without braces are the key of a hash:
+`%misc_command'. The associated value is a reference on a hash enabling
+to set the properties of these commands. The keys of this hash
+reference is the name of a property, the value is the value of the
+property. For example here we have `line' for the `arg' property for
+the `command' @-command.
+
+ $misc_command{'command'} = {'arg' => 'line', 'skip' => 'space'};
+
+ The properties and possible values are:
+
+`skip'
+ This property enables to set what is skipped after the command
+ arguments. Here are the possible values:
+ `line'
+ The remaining of the line is skipped.
+
+ `space'
+ Spaces are skipped but not newline.
+
+ `whitespace'
+ Spaces are skipped
+
+ `linewhitespace'
+ Spaces are skipped if there are only spaces remaining on the
+ line.
+
+ `linespace'
+ Spaces are skipped, but not newline if there are only spaces
+ remaining on the line
+
+`arg'
+ If the associated value is `line' the line is considered to be the
+ argument. If it is a number it is the number of args (separated by
+ spaces).
+
+`texi'
+ If true the arguments are considered to real texinfo, therefore
+ `@value' and `@macro' are expanded.
+
+`keep'
+ If true the args and the macro are kept, otherwise they are
+ discarded. The defaut is to have `keep' undef for all the
+ commands. If `keep' is true for `@verbatiminclude' the default
+ action for this macro isn't done.
+
+ Commands which don't appear in the hashes `%simple_map',
+`%simple_map_pre', `%simple_map_texi' and `%misc_command', or that
+appear in `%misc_command' but with `keep' true are processed by the
+following function reference:
+
+ - Function Reference: ($result_line, $result, $result_text, $message)
+unknown $command $line
+ $COMMAND is the @-command, $LINE is the line following the
+ $COMMAND. $RESULT is a boolean. If it is true then the other return
+ values are taken into account otherwise the default actions are
+ used. In case $RESULT is true, $RESULT_LINE is the new line to be
+ processed further, $RESULT_TEXT is the resulting formatted text
+ and $MESSAGE, if defined is a message outputted to the output with
+ line number added by `texi2html'.
+
+ Commands with braces not specified above nor in `%style_map',
+`%style_map_pre' and `%style_map_texi' are processed by the following
+function reference
+
+ - Function Reference: ($result, $result_text, $message) unknown_style
+ $command $text
+ $COMMAND is the @-command, $TEXT is the text appearing within the
+ braces (allready formatted). $RESULT is a boolean. If it is true
+ then the other return values are taken into account otherwise the
+ default actions are used. In case $RESULT is true, $RESULT_TEXT is
+ the resulting formatted text and $MESSAGE, if defined is a message
+ outputted to the output with line number added by `texi2html'.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Internationalization, Next: Indexop, Prev: Customizing HTML, Up: Top
+
+Internationalization
+********************
+
+ The strings written in the document are selected based on the
+document language. This can be used to customize the strings, as
+described in *Note Strings::. This also enables translation of the
+strings.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Translating strings::
+* Adding new strings::
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Translating strings, Next: Adding new strings, Up: Internationalization
+
+Translating strings
+===================
+
+ If the language is allready supported, then there will be a file in
+the `i18n' directory with name the two-letter ISO-639 language code. In
+that case you can enhance the translations by editing this file. There
+is a `$LANGUAGES->{'LANGUAGE'}' hash in that file. The keys are the
+english strings, in `''', the values (in `''' after `=>') are the
+translations. When a string contains a `%' followed by `{' NAME `}' it
+means that the string will be expanded by `texi2html'. For an example,
+see *Note Strings::.
+
+ After that you should run the command `./manage_i18n.pl all' in the
+top directory, it should merge your file with the existing files in
+`translations.pl', which is incorporated to the `texi2html' script by
+`./configure'.
+
+ If the language isn't currently supported, copy the `en' file in
+`i18n' to a file with name the two-letter ISO-639 language code of your
+language and then add your translations to the strings. You could also
+add your two-letter language code in the `manage_i18n.pl' file in the
+`@known_languages' array.
+
+ After that you should similarly run the command `./manage_i18n.pl
+all' in the top directory.
+
+ Obsoleted strings are not removed from the files, they are still
+present in the `$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'LANGUAGE'}' hash in case the
+string is reused later.
+
+ If you made change to strings specified in installed files (*note
+Installation::) you will have to reinstall them otherwise the
+installated files will take precedence (*note Using init files::).
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Adding new strings, Prev: Translating strings, Up: Internationalization
+
+Adding new strings written to document
+======================================
+
+ If you need to write strings, for example the new string A STRING to
+the resulting document, call `&$I('a string')'. Use simple quotes. If
+you want to substitute a value in the string put `%{STRING_VALUE}', in
+the string, and give a second argument to `&$I', a hash reference with
+key STRING_VALUE and value the what you want to substitute. Here is an
+example:
+
+ return &$I('%{name} of %{class}', { 'name' => $name, 'class' => $class });
+
+ In that case `%{name}' is substituted by `$name' in the translated
+string.
+
+ After that you should run the command `./manage_i18n.pl all' in the
+top directory, it should add your new strings to all the files in the
+`i18n' directory.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Indexop, Next: Indexvr, Prev: Internationalization, Up: Top
+
+Command Line Option Index
+*************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* css-include=FILE: Style options.
+* def-table: Style options.
+* doctype=DTD: Style options.
+* DVAR: Texinfo related options.
+* frames: Page layout options.
+* frameset-doctype: Style options.
+* frameset-doctype=DTD: Style options.
+* html-xref-prefix=PATH: Style options.
+* IDIR: Texinfo related options.
+* if<region>: Expansion.
+* include-css: css.
+* init-file: Using init files.
+* iso: Style options.
+* l2h: Expanding TeX regions.
+* l2h-file: Expanding TeX regions.
+* l2h-l2h=PROGRAM: Expanding TeX regions.
+* l2h-tmp: Expanding TeX regions.
+* lang <1>: Strings.
+* lang: Using init files.
+* lang=LANG: Texinfo related options.
+* menu: Invoking texi2html.
+* no-if<region>: Expansion.
+* node-files: Output files.
+* nomenu <1>: Expansion.
+* nomenu: Invoking texi2html.
+* nosec-nav: Page layout options.
+* number: Style options.
+* output: Output files.
+* PDIR: Texinfo related options.
+* pkgdatadir=dir: Using init files.
+* pkgdatadir=DIR: Installation.
+* prefix: Output files.
+* separated-footnotes: Page layout options.
+* short-ext: Output files.
+* short-ref: Style options.
+* split: Splitting output.
+* sysconfdir=dir: Using init files.
+* toc-file: Output files.
+* toc-links: Style options.
+* top-file: Output files.
+* use-nodes: Splitting output.
+* UVAR: Texinfo related options.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Indexvr, Next: Indexcp, Prev: Indexop, Up: Top
+
+Variable Index
+**************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* $AFTER_BODY_OPEN: Customizing header.
+* $AFTER_OVERVIEW: Contents and Overview text.
+* $AFTER_TOC_LINES: Contents and Overview text.
+* $anchor <1>: Anchors images and spaces.
+* $anchor: Redefining functions.
+* $AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY: Menu formatting.
+* $BEFORE_OVERVIEW: Contents and Overview text.
+* $BEFORE_TOC_LINES: Contents and Overview text.
+* $BIG_RULE: The page layout.
+* $BODYTEXT <1>: Customizing header.
+* $BODYTEXT: Output initialization.
+* $cell: Table and list items.
+* $CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL <1>: String interface.
+* $CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL: Hash reference interface.
+* $complex_format_map: Complex formats.
+* $CSS_LINES: css.
+* $DEF_TABLE: Style options.
+* $DEFAULT_RULE: The page layout.
+* $definition_category: Definition formatting.
+* $DO_CONTENTS: Contents and Overview text.
+* $DO_SCONTENTS: Contents and Overview text.
+* $DOCTYPE: Style options.
+* $DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION: Customizing header.
+* $DOCUMENT_ENCODING: Customizing header.
+* $ENCODING: Customizing header.
+* $EXTENSION: File names.
+* $EXTERNAL_DIR: Style options.
+* $EXTRA_HEAD: Customizing header.
+* $FRAMES: Page layout options.
+* $FRAMESET_DOCTYPE: Style options.
+* $ICONS: General purpose variables.
+* $IDX_SUMMARY: External index files.
+* $INDEX_CHAPTER: The page layout.
+* $L2H_L2H: Expanding TeX regions.
+* $L2H_TMP: Expanding TeX regions.
+* $LANG <1>: Strings.
+* $LANG <2>: Using init files.
+* $LANG: Texinfo related options.
+* $LANGUAGES <1>: Translating strings.
+* $LANGUAGES: Strings.
+* $MENU_PRE_STYLE: Menu formatting.
+* $MENU_SYMBOL: Menu formatting.
+* $MIDDLE_RULE: The page layout.
+* $NODE_FILES <1>: File names.
+* $NODE_FILES: Output files.
+* $NODE_NAME_IN_MENU: Menu formatting.
+* $NUMBER_SECTIONS: Style options.
+* $OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL <1>: String interface.
+* $OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL: Hash reference interface.
+* $OUT: Output files.
+* $PRE_BODY_CLOSE: Customizing footer.
+* $PREFIX: Output files.
+* $print_chapter_footer: Customizing footer.
+* $print_chapter_header: Customizing header.
+* $print_foot_navigation: Customizing footer.
+* $print_head_navigation: Customizing header.
+* $print_misc: Special pages layout.
+* $print_misc_footer: Special pages layout.
+* $print_misc_header: Special pages layout.
+* $print_page_foot: Customizing footer.
+* $print_page_head: Customizing header.
+* $print_section_footer: Customizing footer.
+* $print_section_header: Customizing header.
+* $print_Top: Special pages layout.
+* $print_Top_footer: Special pages layout.
+* $print_Top_header: Special pages layout.
+* $SECTION_NAVIGATION <1>: General purpose variables.
+* $SECTION_NAVIGATION: Page layout options.
+* $SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES: Page layout options.
+* $SHORT_REF: Style options.
+* $SHORTEXTN: Output files.
+* $SHOW_MENU: Expansion.
+* $SMALL_RULE: The page layout.
+* $SPLIT: Splitting output.
+* $SPLIT_INDEX: Index list.
+* $T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS: Translating strings.
+* $Texi2HTML::NODE{Next}: Button specifications.
+* $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW <1>: Contents and Overview text.
+* $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW: Global informations.
+* $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER: Global informations.
+* $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION <1>: Global functions.
+* $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION: Global informations.
+* $Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES <1>: Contents and Overview text.
+* $Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES: Global informations.
+* $TOC_FILE: Output files.
+* $TOC_LINKS: Style options.
+* $TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE: Contents and Overview text.
+* $TOC_LIST_STYLE: Contents and Overview text.
+* $TOP_FILE: Output files.
+* $TOP_HEADING: The page layout.
+* $UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU: Menu formatting.
+* $USE_ISO: Style options.
+* $USE_NODES: Splitting output.
+* $VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION: General purpose variables.
+* $WORDS_IN_PAGE <1>: Global functions.
+* $WORDS_IN_PAGE: Button specifications.
+* %accent_map: Style and accent commands.
+* %ACTIVE_ICONS: Button specifications.
+* %BUTTONS_GOTO: Output initialization.
+* %css_map: css.
+* %def_map: Definition line.
+* %format_in_paragraph: Avoiding paragraphs.
+* %format_map: Whole table list.
+* %main::value: Global informations.
+* %misc_command: Other and unknown commands.
+* %NAVIGATION_TEXT <1>: Output initialization.
+* %NAVIGATION_TEXT: Button specifications.
+* %paragraph_style: Alignement commands.
+* %PASSIVE_ICONS: Button specifications.
+* %pre_map: Commands without argument.
+* %simple_map <1>: Other and unknown commands.
+* %simple_map: Commands without argument.
+* %simple_map_pre <1>: Other and unknown commands.
+* %simple_map_pre: Commands without argument.
+* %simple_map_texi <1>: Other and unknown commands.
+* %simple_map_texi: Commands without argument.
+* %special_list_commands: Table and list items.
+* %style_map <1>: Other and unknown commands.
+* %style_map: Style and accent commands.
+* %style_map_pre <1>: Other and unknown commands.
+* %style_map_pre: Style and accent commands.
+* %style_map_texi <1>: Other and unknown commands.
+* %style_map_texi: Style and accent commands.
+* %Texi2HTML::HREF: Elements hashes.
+* %Texi2HTML::NAME: Elements hashes.
+* %Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI: Elements hashes.
+* %Texi2HTML::NODE: Elements hashes.
+* %Texi2HTML::THISDOC: Global informations.
+* %texi_map: Commands without argument.
+* %things_map: Commands without argument.
+* @CHAPTER_BUTTONS: Button specifications.
+* @CSS_FILES: Style options.
+* @EXPAND: Expansion.
+* @INCLUDE_DIRS: Texinfo related options.
+* @MISC_BUTTONS: Button specifications.
+* @NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS: Button specifications.
+* @PREPEND_DIRS: Texinfo related options.
+* @SECTION_BUTTONS: Button specifications.
+* @SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS: Button specifications.
+
+
+File: texi2html.info, Node: Indexcp, Prev: Indexvr, Up: Top
+
+Concept Index
+*************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Avoid paragraph opening: Avoiding paragraphs.
+* bug report: Top.
+* centering: Alignement commands.
+* complex format: Complex formats.
+* Config: Using init files.
+* configure: Installation.
+* downloading texi2html source: Obtaining texi2html.
+* examples of manuals: Overview.
+* external manual: Reference to external manual.
+* flushing text: Alignement commands.
+* i18n <1>: Translating strings.
+* i18n: Strings.
+* Installation: Installation.
+* internationalization: Using init files.
+* internationalized strings: Adding new strings.
+* makeinfo: whytexi2html.
+* manage_i18n.pl: Adding new strings.
+* paragraph: Paragraph and preformatted formatting.
+* preformatted region: Paragraph and preformatted formatting.
+* reference: References.
+* skipped command: Other and unknown commands.
+* source code for texi2html, downloading: Obtaining texi2html.
+* texi2html source, downloading: Obtaining texi2html.
+* Texinfo: Overview.
+* text alignement: Alignement commands.
+* Translation: Translating strings.
+* unknown command: Other and unknown commands.
+
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.texi b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.texi
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b4e2662badb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texi2html.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,3426 @@
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c This is the ``Texinfo to HTML Converter'' manual which
+@c which is part of the ``texi2html'' distribution.
+@setfilename texi2html.info
+
+@c @macro copyleftnotice
+@copying
+Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .12 .88
+@item Portions of @command{texi2html}
+@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000 Lionel Cons@*
+@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000 Karl Berry@*
+@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000 Olaf Bachmann@*
+@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 2002, 2003 Patrice Dumas@*
+@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 2001, 2002, 2003 Derek Price@*
+@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} many others.@*
+@item @tab
+@item @tab
+@item Portions of this manual
+@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)@*
+@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 2003 Patrice Dumas (manual)@*
+@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 2003 Derek Price (manual)@*
+@end multitable
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
+copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
+this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and
+print the results, provided the printed document carries
+copying permission notice identical to this one except for
+the removal of this paragraph (this paragraph not being
+relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
+versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim
+copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is
+distributed under the terms of a permission notice
+identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations
+of this manual into another language, under the above
+conditions for modified versions, except that this
+permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end copying
+@c @end macro
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@c This file is part of the Texi2HTML distribution.
+@c
+@c Texi2HTML is free software; you can redistribute it
+@c and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+@c License as published by the Free Software Foundation;
+@c either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any
+@c later version.
+@c
+@c Texi2HTML is distributed in the hope that it will be
+@c useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+@c warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+@c PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
+@c details.
+@c
+@c You should have received a copy of the GNU General
+@c Public License along with this program; if not, write to
+@c the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite
+@c 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+@c
+@c Author:
+@c Karl Heinz Marbaise <khmarbaise@gmx.de>
+@c Patrice Dumas
+@c Derek Price
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@c Get the version of the script and the last update time
+@c of this manual.
+@c
+@c version.texi is automatically generated through
+@c configure/autoconf.
+@include version.texi
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@c Define an index for command line options
+@defindex op
+
+@c Define some macros which affect markup and add to the
+@c index simultaneously.
+@macro longopt {arg}
+@opindex \arg\
+@option{--\arg\}
+@end macro
+
+@macro shortopt {arg}
+@opindex \arg\
+@option{-\arg\}
+@end macro
+
+@macro variable {arg}
+@vindex \arg\
+@code{\arg\}
+@end macro
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+
+@settitle Texi2HTML -- Texinfo to HTML v@value{VERSION}
+@setchapternewpage odd
+@footnotestyle separate
+@ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
+@shorttitlepage Texi2HTML -- Texinfo to HTML v@value{VERSION}
+@end ifset
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@c support old style Info Dir entries.
+@ifset OLDSTYLE-INFO-DIR
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Texi2HTML: (texi2html). Texinfo 2 HTML Converter (texi2html).
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+@end ifset
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@c Informations for install-info.
+@c I think the conversion script should be found
+@c where the documentation system lives.
+@c What do you think?
+@dircategory Texinfo documentation system
+@direntry
+* Texi2HTML: (texi2html). Texinfo to HTML Converter.
+@end direntry
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+
+@ifnottex
+@ifnothtml
+This file, last updated @value{UPDATED}, documents the @command{texi2html}
+script which converts @uref{http://www.texinfo.org,Texinfo} into
+@uref{http://w3c.org,HTML}. This edition is for @command{texi2html} version
+@value{VERSION}.
+@end ifnothtml
+
+@c @copyleftnotice
+@insertcopying
+@end ifnottex
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@titlepage
+@title Texi2HTML -- Texinfo to HTML v@value{VERSION}
+@subtitle Last Update: @value{UPDATED}
+@subtitle for Version @value{VERSION} of the @command{texi2html} script.
+@author Lionel Cons
+@author Karl Berry
+@author Olaf Bachmann
+@author Patrice Dumas
+@author Derek Price
+@author and many others.
+@author Karl Heinz Marbaise (manual)
+@author Patrice Dumas (manual)
+@author Derek Price (manual)
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@c @copyleftnotice
+@insertcopying
+@end titlepage
+
+@comment ========================================================
+@comment The real text starts here.
+@comment ========================================================
+
+@summarycontents
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@c ========================================================
+@node Top
+@top Texi2HTML
+
+@cindex bug report
+
+This manual, last updated @value{UPDATED}, describes version @value{VERSION}
+of the @command{texi2html} Perl script which converts
+@c The following construct allows me to get
+@c real URL link in HTML and working refs in
+@c info.
+@c
+@c pertusus: support for html cross manual now
+@c exists in texi2html, but it implies having Texinfo's
+@c HTML manual at the right place, which isn't usually the case.
+@c The resulting ref is also less pretty in info.
+@ifnotinfo
+@uref{http://www.texinfo.org,Texinfo} into @uref{http://w3c.org,HTML}.
+@end ifnotinfo
+@ifinfo
+Texinfo (@pxref{Top,,Texinfo,Texinfo}) into @acronym{HTML}.
+@end ifinfo
+
+Please send bug reports concerning this manual to the Texi2HTML user
+discussion list @email{user@@texi2html.cvshome.org}. Please state the exact
+version of the manual which contains the bug, as given above.
+
+@ifinfo
+@c @copyleftnotice
+@insertcopying
+@end ifinfo
+
+@example
+@strong{This manual is currently under construction and of course incomplete. ;-)}
+@end example
+
+@menu
+@c * MenuName:NodeName. Description
+* Overview::
+* Obtaining texi2html::
+ Obtaining a copy of the @command{texi2html}
+ source code distribution
+* Installation:: Installing @command{texi2html}
+* Invoking texi2html:: Description of the command line options
+* Initialization files:: What kind of variables and subroutines appear
+ in init files and how they are called
+* Changing the page layout:: Fine tuning of the page layout
+* Customizing HTML:: Fine tuning of the @acronym{HTML} elements
+ associated with the texinfo constructs
+* Internationalization:: Help translating !
+* Indexop:: Command Line Option Index
+* Indexvr:: Variable Index
+* Indexcp:: Concept Index
+
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+@c ========================================================
+@node Overview
+@chapter Overview
+
+@cindex Texinfo
+@cindex examples of manuals
+
+@uref{http://www.texinfo.org,Texinfo} is the official
+documentation format of the @uref{http://www.gnu.org,GNU}
+project. It uses a single source file to produce both
+online information and printed output.
+
+It is often desirable to have a way to produce
+@acronym{HTML} from Texinfo sources, as GNU-Info files are
+produced. It is much simpler to run a converter than it is to
+rewrite all the documentation in @acronym{HTML}, especially
+considering that there is so much Texinfo documentation in
+the world.
+
+Some time ago @command{makeinfo} wasn't able to produce
+@acronym{HTML} output format, but people still wanted documentation in
+@acronym{HTML}. This was the birthing hour for
+@command{texi2html}. The basic purpose of @command{texi2html}
+is to convert Texinfo documents into @acronym{HTML}.
+
+Since then, @acronym{HTML} support in @command{makeinfo} has improved, but
+@command{texi2html} is still stronger in many areas, including the degree to
+which it allows customization. With @command{texi2html}, some important
+aspects of the resulting @acronym{HTML} files may be specified via command
+line options, and configuration files provide an even finer degree of control
+over the final output, allowing most every aspect of the final output not
+specified in the Texinfo input file to be specified. Configuration files are
+written in @command{perl}, like the main program, and anything which may be
+specified on the command line may also be specified within a configuration
+file.
+
+For an example of the kind of pages @command{texi2html} is capable of
+producing, have a look at the following sites:
+@uref{http://www.singular.uni-kl.de/Manual/html/,the Singular Manual},
+@uref{http://ccvs.cvshome.org/docs/manual,the Cederqvist (CVS Manual)}.
+
+@menu
+* whytexi2html:: Why @command{texi2html} and not @command{makeinfo}?.
+@end menu
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node whytexi2html
+@section Why @command{texi2html} and not @command{makeinfo}?
+
+@cindex makeinfo
+
+You would like to produce @acronym{HTML} files from your existing Texinfo
+files? There are two programs you can use to do this. The first is
+@command{makeinfo} (@pxref{Generating HTML,,,texinfo}).
+The second is @command{texi2html}.
+
+The design goal of @command{makeinfo}'s @acronym{HTML} output was to produce
+readable @acronym{HTML} output. It is now possible to use @acronym{CSS}
+for @acronym{HTML} customization. Another possibility is to use intermediate
+formats, like docbook or @command{mekeinfo} @acronym{XML}
+and @acronym{XSL} stylesheets to customize the resulting document. Still the
+output produced by @command{makeinfo} isn't customizable.
+
+The current development of @command{texi2html} tries to
+provide for producing the more interesting and sophisticated @acronym{HTML}
+pages that today's Internet users have come to expect.
+The goal behind @command{texi2html} is to generate attractive @acronym{HTML} by
+default but also to allow users considerable freedom to affect the final
+style and design of the output @acronym{HTML} pages. This is achieved via
+command line options and flexible configuration files.
+
+@c The main disadvantage of @command{makeinfo}'s
+@c @acronym{HTML} output is that it is only available as one big file.
+@c This is of course readable but not very usable. This would be hard to
+@c remedy in @command{makeinfo}, as the Texinfo source has to be read in at
+@c least twice to implement split nodes. This would require a major
+@c rewrite of the @command{makeinfo} source.
+
+@c think more about this????
+In contrast to the @acronym{HTML} produced by @command{makeinfo --html} (the
+@command{makeinfo} program is part of the Texinfo distribution), the
+@command{texi2html} program, among other differences, allows for the
+customization of the entire page layout, including headers, footers, style
+sheets, etc., allows for customization of the low level @acronym{HTML}
+formatting, provides for splitting documents at various levels, and provides
+for using the @command{latex2html} program to convert @code{@@tex} sections of
+the Texinfo source.
+
+The focus on @acronym{HTML} is still present but with the help of the
+customization files it is now possible to use @command{texi2html} to
+produce other formats as well. @command{texi2html} may for example be
+turned into a texinfo to roff translator with the help of a customization file
+provided with the distribution.
+
+@command{texi2html} should reasonably convert all Texinfo
+4.8 constructs. If you find it does not, please send a bug report to the
+@email{users@@texi2html.cvshome.org} email list.
+
+@c ========================================================
+@node Obtaining texi2html
+@chapter Obtaining @command{texi2html}
+@cindex downloading @command{texi2html} source
+@cindex @command{texi2html} source, downloading
+@cindex source code for @command{texi2html}, downloading
+
+The latest version of the source code for @command{texi2html} should be
+available from @uref{http://texi2html.cvshome.org,texi2html.cvshome.org}.
+
+@c ========================================================
+@node Installation
+@chapter Installation of @command{texi2html}
+@cindex Installation
+@cindex configure
+
+To install @command{texi2html}, you must first obtain a copy of the
+source distribution. @xref{Obtaining texi2html}.
+
+@command{texi2html} also requires @command{perl} version
+5.004 or above. The current version has not been tested
+extensively on versions of @command{perl} below 5.6, however.
+
+@command{texi2html} is a standard Automake-based distribution.
+If you have a source version, you should run @command{./configure}
+to regenerate the executable @file{texi2html} file. @command{./configure}
+accepts options to select the installation directory for the @file{texi2html}
+file, the default directories @command{texi2html} will use to look for
+configuration files, and other details. Run @command{./configure --help} for
+more information.
+
+Running @command{./configure} combines four files into the final
+@file{texi2html} program file:
+@itemize
+@item @file{texi2html.pl} contains the base program,
+@item @file{MySimple.pm} handles the command line options,
+@item @file{texi2html.init} is the default configuration file, and
+@item @file{T2h_i18n.pm} is used for internationalization.
+@item @file{translations.pl} contains the translations of the strings used in
+documents.
+@end itemize
+
+Running @command{./configure} also builds the @command{make} configuration
+files (@file{Makefile}s). To make the documentation run @command{make}.
+
+@command{make install} performs the installation to the locations specified to
+the @command{./configure} script. This usually involves placing the actual
+@file{texi2html} file someplace in your path, such as @file{/usr/local/bin} or
+@file{/usr/bin}.
+
+Installing @command{texi2html} in your path should be sufficient
+to run it. To use default initialization files, or a configuration file for
+La@TeX{}2HTML when using @command{latex2html} to convert @code{@@tex} sections
+(@pxref{Expanding TeX regions}), install them in the package data directory
+specified to configure. This is @file{/usr/local/share/texi2html/} by default,
+but depends on the value of the @longopt{pkgdatadir=@var{dir}} option passed to
+the @command{./configure} script. Files used for strings customization and
+internationalization are also searched for in the @file{i18n} directory
+of this directory. @xref{Using init files} for more.
+
+@c ========================================================
+@node Invoking texi2html
+@chapter Invoking @command{texi2html}
+
+To produce an @acronym{HTML} manual, run @command{texi2html} with a Texinfo
+file as an argument. For example, this manual is created with:
+
+@example
+$ texi2html texi2html.texi
+@end example
+
+The behaviour of @command{texi2html} may be changed with command line
+options. These command line options are always associated with corresponding
+@command{perl} variables which may appear in init files, and these
+variables are presented in this chapter each time a switch is described.
+
+Boolean command line switches always have a corresponding negated switch,
+obtained by prepending @samp{no} or @samp{no-} to the switch name. For example
+@c PAT maybe it should be better to have @option{--nomenu} and @option{--menu}
+@c as it is not needed and maybe harmfull to have an index entry for these
+@c options here
+@longopt{nomenu} does the reverse of @longopt{menu}.
+
+@menu
+* Splitting output:: The @acronym{HTML} output may be split at
+ different levels
+* Output files::
+* Expansion::
+* Texinfo related options::
+* Page layout options:: Customizing page layout
+* Style options:: Customizing the @acronym{HTML} and text style
+* Expanding TeX regions::
+* Using init files:: Specifying initialization files for fine tuning
+@end menu
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Splitting output
+@section Specifying where to split the generated document
+
+The @acronym{HTML} manual resulting from the processing of the Texinfo source
+may be split into files at different levels. This is specified with the
+option @longopt{split} which takes an argument, namely the level of splitting
+(variable: @variable{$SPLIT}). This level may be:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{chapter}
+The document is split at @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@appendix}, or @code{@@unnumbered}.
+@item @samp{section}
+The document is split at the same places as it is using the @samp{chapter}
+argument, and also at @code{@@section}, @code{@@appendixsec} or
+@code{@@unnumberedsec}.
+@item @samp{node}
+The document is split at every sectioning command. It is not necessarily
+split at each node, if the @code{@@node} structure doesn't correspond with
+the sectioning command structure (see below).
+@item @samp{none}
+The document isn't split. This is the default.
+@end table
+
+There are two kinds of commands which may be used to define sectioning
+elements in Texinfo: @code{@@node} and the structuring commands (@code{@@top},
+@code{@@section}, @code{@@appendixsubsec}, and so on). A node just preceding
+a structuring command is considered to be part of the same sectioning element
+as that command. If the @code{@@node Top} isn't associated with a structuring
+command it also defines a sectioning element.
+
+By default, nodes which aren't associated with a structuring command are not
+considered to be sectioning commands. They are always considered to be part
+of a sectioning element defined by a structuring command. It is possible to
+change this behaviour via the @longopt{use-nodes} option (variable
+@variable{$USE_NODES}). In this case, nodes not associated with structuring
+commands are also considered to be sectioning commands defining a sectioning
+element.
+
+This default behaviour mimics @command{texi2dvi} behaviour, which ignores
+@code{@@node} commands for the purprose of sectioning, while the second
+looks like @command{makeinfo} behaviour (@pxref{Two Paths,,, texinfo}).
+
+As an illustration, the following table shows how a sample Texinfo document is
+divided into sectioning elements when @longopt{use-nodes} is used and not:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .2 .1 .2 .1 .2
+@item Texinfo code
+@tab
+@tab
+default case
+@tab
+@tab
+with @longopt{use-nodes}
+@item
+@*
+@*
+@example
+@@node node1
+@@chapter node 1
+node1 text
+
+@@node node2
+node2 text
+
+@@node node3
+node3 text
+@@chapter node 3
+chapter text
+@end example
+@tab
+@tab
+first element:
+
+@example
+@@node node1
+@@chapter node 1
+node1 text
+
+@@node node2
+node2 text
+@end example
+
+second element:
+
+@example
+@@node node3
+node3 text
+@@chapter node 3
+chapter text
+@end example
+
+@tab
+@tab
+first element:
+
+@example
+@@node node1
+@@chapter node 1
+node1 text
+@end example
+
+second element:
+
+@example
+@@node node2
+node2 text
+@end example
+
+third element:
+
+@example
+@@node node3
+node3 text
+@@chapter node 3
+chapter text
+@end example
+
+@end multitable
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Output files
+@section Setting output file and directory names
+
+The manual name is constructed by stripping the @samp{.texi},
+@samp{.txi}, @samp{.texinfo}, or @samp{.txinfo} extension from the Texinfo file
+name.
+
+By default, @command{texi2html} generates the manual file in the current
+directory if the manual isn't split. A @samp{.html} file extension is appended
+to the manual name.
+
+If the manual is split the files are put in a directory named after the
+manual name. The file name is constructed using the manual name as basename.
+An underscore followed by a number is appended
+to the basename for each files corresponding with sectioning elements, with the
+exception of the top element. For the top element there nothing appended.
+The files containing special elements pages
+have an underscore and a 3 letter code corresponding to their content
+(@samp{toc} for table of contents, @samp{abt} for about, @samp{ovr} for
+overview) appended. Lastly, an @samp{.html} file extension is appended.
+
+Thus, if the texinfo file @file{afile.texi} is processed and split at chapters
+into 3 files, the generated files (in directory @file{afile}) will be:
+
+@example
+afile.html --> @code{@@node Top} or @code{@@top} section
+afile_1.html --> Chapter 1
+afile_2.html --> Chapter 2
+afile_toc.html --> Table of Contents
+afile_abt.html --> About Page
+@end example
+
+This default behavior may be modified by several command line options. If the
+output isn't split, the prefix file name may be overrided by the
+@longopt{output} command line option (variable @variable{$OUT}). If the output
+is split, and @longopt{output} is set, the files are placed in the directory
+specified by the argument to the option.
+
+The basename may be overridden with @longopt{prefix} (variable
+@variable{$PREFIX}). If @longopt{short-ext} is given, @samp{.htm} is appended
+instead of @samp{.html} in the final step (variable @variable{$SHORTEXTN}).
+The @longopt{top-file} option
+overrides the top element file name (variable @variable{$TOP_FILE}). This can
+be used to name the top element file @samp{index.html}. Similarly,
+@longopt{toc-file} changes the name of the table of contents file (variable
+@variable{$TOC_FILE}).
+
+Reusing the example above, but this time calling @command{texi2html} like so:
+
+@example
+$ texi2html -split chapter -prefix manual -short-ext -top-file index.htm -toc-file contents.htm afile.texi
+@end example
+
+we get, in @file{manual}:
+
+@example
+index.htm --> @code{@@node Top} or @code{@@top} section
+manual_1.htm --> Chapter 1
+manual_2.htm --> Chapter 2
+contents.htm --> Table of Contents
+manual_abt.htm --> About Page
+@end example
+
+The file names generated by @command{texi2html} differ from those generated
+by @command{makeinfo}. @command{makeinfo} uses the node name to construct
+the file names while splitting at nodes. It is possible to get the same
+behaviour out of @command{texi2html} by specifying the
+@longopt{node-files} option (variable @variable{$NODE_FILES}). If the output
+isn't split at nodes, @command{texi2html} will still output files named after
+the nodes, without real content but redirecting to the right file.
+The default is false for this option.
+@c Is this true? It wasn't in the last version. -DRP
+This trick enables the generated @acronym{HTML} manual to be a
+target for the cross-references of other manuals generated by
+@command{makeinfo} or @command{texi2html}.
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Expansion
+@section Specifying which regions get expanded
+
+The default for @command{texi2html} is to expand the @code{@@ifhtml},
+@code{@@html}, and @code{@@menu} regions, all the @code{@@ifnot} regions
+except @code{@@ifnothtml}, and no other @code{@@if} regions.
+
+It is possible to expand other regions by setting @longopt{if<region>},
+where @samp{<region>} is replaced by the literal name of the region (for
+example, @samp{--iftex}). Symetrically, if @longopt{no-if<region>} is
+specified, the @samp{<region>} region is ignored. The configuration file
+array, @variable{@@EXPAND}, holds the names of regions which should be
+expanded. The only region name present in @code{@@EXPAND} in the default case
+is @samp{html}.
+
+If @longopt{nomenu} is set, the @code{@@menu} sections are not expanded
+(variable @variable{$SHOW_MENU}). The default is to expand @code{@@menu}
+sections.
+@c How is --no-ifhtml specified? -DRP
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Texinfo related options
+@section Command line options related to Texinfo language features
+
+Miscalleneous Texinfo related things may be specified via command line options.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @longopt{lang=@var{lang}}
+Sets the document language similar to the Texinfo directive,
+@code{@@documentlanguage @var{lang}} (variable @variable{$LANG}).
+The default is @samp{en}, that is, use the english language strings.
+@item @shortopt{D@var{var}}
+Sets @var{var}. Equivalent to, @code{@@set @var{var} 1}, in Texinfo.
+@item @shortopt{U@var{var}}
+Clears @var{var}. Equivalent to, @code{@@clear @var{var}}, in Texinfo.
+@item @shortopt{P@var{dir}}
+Prepend @var{dir} to the list of directories to search for
+@code{@@include} files (the associated array is @variable{@@PREPEND_DIRS},
+empty in the default case).
+@item @shortopt{I@var{dir}}
+Append @var{dir} to the list of directories to search for
+@code{@@include} files (the associated array is @variable{@@INCLUDE_DIRS},
+empty in the default case).
+@end table
+
+The include files are always searched for in the current directory.
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Page layout options
+@section Page layout related command line options
+
+If the @longopt{frames} option is specified, @acronym{HTML} frames
+are used. A file describing the frame layout is generated, and the
+document page is associated with a frame where the short table of
+content appears (variable @variable{$FRAMES}). The default is not
+to use frames.
+
+It is also possible to suppress the section navigation panel with
+@longopt{nosec-nav} (variable @variable{$SECTION_NAVIGATION}, the default
+is to output all the navigation panels), and to specify
+whether footnotes should appear at the foot of the same page which contains
+the reference to the note or on a separate page with
+@longopt{separated-footnotes} (variable @variable{$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES}).
+The default is to have separated footnotes.
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Style options
+@section Customizing the @acronym{HTML} and text style
+
+Miscalleneous style changes may be achieved with command line options.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @longopt{doctype=@var{DTD}}
+@itemx @longopt{frameset-doctype=@var{DTD}}
+You can specify the document DTD by setting these options.
+@longopt{frameset-doctype} applies to the file describing the frames when
+frames are used (corresponding variables are @variable{$DOCTYPE} and
+@variable{$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE}).
+
+The default for the document doctype is:
+@example
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd">
+@end example
+And for the frameset doctype:
+@example
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/frameset.dtd">
+@end example
+
+@item @longopt{iso}
+If this option is set, ISO8859 entities are used for some special symbols,
+like Copyright @copyright{} (variable @variable{$USE_ISO}). It is the default.
+
+@item @longopt{css-include=@var{file}}
+This command line switch provides for the inclusion of an external
+Cascading Style Sheet (@acronym{CSS}) file. More than one file may be
+specified, and @samp{-} stands for the standard input (array
+@variable{@@CSS_FILES}).
+
+The option use is the same than for @command{makeinfo} and is described
+extensively in @ref{HTML CSS,,,texinfo}.
+Briefly, the @acronym{CSS} @code{@@import} lines from the external file
+@acronym{CSS} file are pasted before the
+@c What does this mean? I don't think I clarified this one much. -DRP
+@c Is it better ? -PAT
+@command{texi2html} @acronym{CSS} rules, and the external file @acronym{CSS}
+rules are pasted after the @command{texi2html} @acronym{CSS} rules.
+
+@item @longopt{html-xref-prefix=@var{path}}
+This option sets the base directory for external @acronym{HTML} texinfo manuals
+(variable @variable{$EXTERNAL_DIR}). Defaults to @samp{../}.
+
+@item @longopt{def-table}
+If this option is set, @acronym{HTML} tables are used to format definition
+commands, rather than @acronym{HTML} definition tables (variable
+@variable{$DEF_TABLE}). Default is false.
+
+@item @longopt{short-ref}
+If this option is set, cross-references are given without section numbers
+(variable @variable{$SHORT_REF}). Default is false.
+
+@item @longopt{number}
+If this option is set, sections are numbered (variable
+@variable{$NUMBER_SECTIONS}). This is the default.
+
+@item @longopt{toc-links}
+If this option is set, links from headings to @acronym{TOC} entries are
+created (variable @variable{$TOC_LINKS}). Default is false.
+@end table
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Expanding TeX regions
+@section Expanding @code{@@tex} and @code{@@math} regions using La@TeX{}2HTML
+
+It is possible to use @uref{http://www.latex2html.org/,La@TeX{}2HTML}
+to process @code{@@tex} regions and @code{@@math@{@}} commands. This is an
+attractive way to display mathematical constructs in the @acronym{HTML}
+manual. The @longopt{l2h} option activates this feature (variable
+@var{$L2H}). It is usually desirable to expand @code{@@tex} sections when this
+option is specified (@pxref{Expansion}). The default is not to use this
+feature.
+
+The @longopt{l2h-l2h=@var{program}} option enables changing the name/location
+of the La@TeX{}2HTML program processing @TeX{} regions (variable
+@variable{$L2H_L2H}). The default is @command{latex2html}.
+
+@longopt{l2h-tmp} sets the directory used for temporary
+files, this name shouldn't contain a dot @samp{.}
+@c Why not? -DRP
+(variable is @variable{$L2H_TMP}). Defaults to the current dir.
+
+The file specified by @longopt{l2h-file} is
+used as La@TeX{}2HTML init file. It is searched at the same places than
+init files (@pxref{Using init files}), and the default is @file{l2h.init}.
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Using init files
+@section Use initialization files for fine tuning
+
+@cindex internationalization
+@cindex @file{Config}
+
+Initialization variables are read first from
+@file{/usr/local/share/texi2html/Config} (the exact location being
+changeable with the @longopt{pkgdatadir=dir} option of the
+@command{configure} script, see @ref{Installation}),
+@file{/usr/local/etc/texi2html/Config} (the exact location being
+changeable with the @longopt{sysconfdir=dir} option of the
+@command{configure} script, see @ref{Installation}), from @file{./Config}
+then from @file{$HOME/.texi2html/Config}. Any command-line option
+can override the corresponding option set in init file, and the
+option @longopt{init-file} specifies an init file to be loaded, with
+later settings overriding earlier ones.
+
+The init files specified with @longopt{init-file} are searched
+first in the current directory, then in the @file{$HOME/.texi2html/}
+directory, in the @file{/usr/local/etc/texi2html/} directory and lastly
+in the @file{/usr/local/share/texi2html/} directory.
+
+A file is also included based on the language selected,
+by @variable{$LANG}, @longopt{lang} or @code{@@documentlanguage}.
+If no language was selected @samp{en} is considered to be
+the language. All the files with name the language name in
+@file{/usr/local/share/texi2html/i18n/},
+@file{/usr/local/etc/texi2html/i18n/},
+@file{$HOME/.texi2html/i18n/} and then @file{./i18n/} are included.
+
+The default initialization options are defined in the
+@file{texi2html.init} file contained in the @command{texi2html}
+distribution (which gets included near the beginning of the
+@command{texi2html} script that gets installed).
+
+To customize @command{texi2html} it is best if you copy the
+appropriate sections from the @file{texi2html.init}
+contents into an appropriate local initialization file,
+make the necessary changes there, and then have
+@command{texi2html} read this initialization file by one of
+the means described above.
+
+@c ========================================================
+@node Initialization files
+@chapter Overview of initialization files content and loading
+
+The initialization files are @command{perl} files, read as explained
+in @ref{Using init files}. You don't need to know much of @command{perl}
+to do some simple changes in variable values, however, to be able to
+really take advantage of all the features of the initialization file,
+a good knowledge of @command{perl} is required.
+
+In initialization file two kind of variables appear. These are normal
+variables (including arrays and hashes) and references on functions.
+The later permits the dynamic redefinition of functions used to produce
+the @acronym{HTML} manual. You should be able to change the value of some
+normal variables without a deep knowledge of @command{perl}, by looking
+at the existing examples. The possible mistakes in that case could be
+omitted @samp{;}, and bad quoting.
+
+Initialization file are loaded from the main program by
+the mean of a @code{require}, while in the @code{Texi2HTML::Config}
+namespace. This means that the namespace of the main program and
+the namespace of inititalization files are distinct, which ensures
+that no name clash should happen. The variables are declared with the
+@code{our} specifier, such that it should be possible to use the
+@code{use strict} pragma in the initialization file code.
+
+To avoid messing with the variables in the @code{main} namespace
+all the global variables which could be of use in the init files
+are in the @code{Texi2HTML} namespace. Notice that the functions
+of the main program are still in the @code{main} namespace.
+
+@menu
+* Redefining functions:: Function redefinition is achieved with
+ redefinition of references on functions.
+* Function prototypes:: Conventions used in that manual for function
+ reference prototypes display.
+@end menu
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Redefining functions
+@section Redefining functions in initialization files
+
+To redefine a function you must replace the corresponding funtion
+reference with a reference on your function.
+Thus you should write your function, give it a name you
+are certain it is unique in the @code{Texi2HTML::Config} namespace,
+and override the value of the function reference with your own
+function reference. When another function from the main program
+(or from another functions of an initialization file) calls the reference,
+your function will be used.
+
+For example the function
+reference corresponding with the function called when doing an
+anchor is called @variable{$anchor}. Thus if you want to override the
+corresponding function
+you could write:
+
+@example
+# override the function reference
+$anchor = \&my_own_function;
+
+# the function reference now refers to
+sub my_own_function @{
+# process arguments and return an html anchor
+@}
+@end example
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Function prototypes
+@section Conventions used for function prototypes
+
+As the functions are defined by a reference name, we will always
+use the reference name in function prototypes. For the function arguments
+we will use @code{\@@array} for a reference on an array and similarly
+@code{\%hash} for a reference on a hash.
+
+Thus, the prototype for the function associated with the function
+reference @samp{$formatting_function} will be:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $text formatting_function $arg1 \@@arg2
+@code{formatting_function} takes as first argument @var{$arg2},
+as second argument a reference on an array @var{\@@arg2}
+and returns the formatted text @var{$text}.
+@end deftypefn
+
+To redefined the corresponding function, you should write:
+
+@example
+$formatting_function = \&my_formatting_function
+
+sub my_formatting_function($ $)
+@{
+ my $arg1 = shift;
+ my $arg2 = shift;
+ # prepare $formatted_text
+ .....
+ return $formatted_text
+@}
+@end example
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@c ========================================================
+@c @include custpage.texi
+@node Changing the page layout
+@chapter Fine tuning of the page layout
+
+Some features of the page layout might be specified with command line
+options, the corresponding variables are described in
+@ref{Page layout options}.
+Fine tuning of the page layout may be achieved
+with redefinition of other variables and function references in the
+initialization files.
+
+@menu
+* The different pages:: The different categories of pages.
+* The page layout:: The elements of a page.
+* Navigation panel:: How to change the navigation panel.
+* Program variables:: The available main program variables and some
+ usefull functions from the main program.
+* Output initialization:: Setting variables before the document
+ production but after the texinfo parsing.
+* Output finalization:: Cleaning after document generation.
+* css:: Customizing css lines.
+* Customizing header::
+* Customizing section::
+* Customizing footer::
+* Special pages:: Customizing table of contents, top, about page.
+* File names:: Customizing the file names.
+* External index files:: Putting index entries in external files.
+@end menu
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node The different pages
+@section The different categories of pages and sectioning elements
+
+The following sectioning elements can be associated with pages:
+
+@table @emph
+@item Normal elements
+These are normal sections or nodes. Their association with pages is
+determined by the splitting of the document. @xref{Splitting output}.
+@item Top element
+The top element is the higher element in the document structure.
+If there is a @code{@@top} section it is the element associated with
+that section. Otherwise it is the element associated with the
+@code{@@node Top}. If there is no @code{@@node Top} the first element is the
+top element.
+
+The top element is formatted differently than a normal element if there
+is a @code{@@top} section or the @code{@@node Top} isn't associated
+with a sectioning command.
+@item Misc elements
+These elements are associated with pages if the document is split.
+There are four misc elements:
+@enumerate
+@item Table of contents
+@item Short table of contents, also called Overview
+@item Footnotes page
+@item About page
+@end enumerate
+
+The @emph{About page} shouldn't be present for documents consisting
+in only one sectioning element. The @emph{Footnote page} should only
+be present if the footnotes appear on a separated page
+(@pxref{Page layout options}), however a footnote element is present if
+the document isn't split. The @emph{Table of contents} should only
+be formatted if @code{@@contents} is present in the document.
+Similarly the @emph{Overview} should only appear if @code{@@shortcontents}
+or @code{@@summarycontents} is present.
+@end table
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node The page layout
+@section Page layout and navigation panel overview
+
+A page is broken up in three parts. A page header, the sections
+and a page footer. A common element in the page layout is a navigation
+panel with icons or text linking to other sections or pages. Another
+common element is a rule, separating sections or footer. The navigation
+panel and the rules may be part of the sections or part of headers or
+footers. You may use the variables @variable{$SMALL_RULE},
+@variable{$DEFAULT_RULE}, @variable{$MIDDLE_RULE} and @variable{$BIG_RULE}
+for rules of different sizes.
+The defaults are
+@example
+$SMALL_RULE = '<hr size="1">';
+$DEFAULT_RULE = '<hr>';
+$MIDDLE_RULE = '<hr size="2">';
+$BIG_RULE = '<hr size="6">';
+@end example
+
+In the header some important meta data may be defined, like the
+title or style information, and textual informations may be present
+in comments. All this doesn't appear directly in the displayed
+@acronym{HTML}, though.
+
+The page layout is mainly controlled by functions, the precise functions
+called depending on the document splitting. The navigation panel, however,
+can be customized with variables.
+
+@subheading Element labels
+@anchor{Element labels}
+
+There are 19 items associated with elements. Each of these
+is associated with a name and a reference to the
+element they represent, when such an element exists.
+The element is either a global element or an element relative to the current
+element. The relative elements are found with respect with the document
+structure defined by the section structuring commands (@code{@@chapter},
+@code{@@unnumbered}@dots{}) or by the nodes (in that case the node
+directions are specified on node line or in menu organization).
+These items are called @dfn{element labels}. They may be associated with
+a button (@pxref{Button specifications}), and used in the formatting functions
+(@pxref{Program variables}).
+
+Here is the list:
+
+@table @emph
+@item @samp{@ }
+An empty button
+@item Top
+Top element. The associated name is @variable{$TOP_HEADING} if that variable is
+defined. This variable is not set by default.
+@item Contents
+Table of contents
+@item About
+About (help) page
+@item Overview
+Overview, short table of contents
+@item First
+First element in reading order
+@item Last
+Last element in reading order
+@item Index
+The first chapter with @code{@@printindex}. The associated name
+is @variable{$INDEX_CHAPTER}, if the variable is set. This variable is not set
+by default.
+@item This
+The current element
+@item Back
+Preceding element in reading order
+@item FastBack
+Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter if the element is a chapter
+@item Prev
+Previous section on the same level
+@item NodePrev
+Previous node
+@item Forward
+Next element in reading order
+@item FastForward
+Next chapter
+@item Next
+Next section on the same level
+@item NodeNext
+Next node
+@item Following
+Next node in node reading order
+@item Up
+Up section
+@item NodeUp
+Up node
+@end table
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Navigation panel
+@section Customization of the navigation panels buttons
+
+A lot of customization of the navigation panel may be achieved without
+redefining functions, with variables redefinition.
+In case it isn't enough, it is also possible to redefine the function
+doing the navigation panel formatting.
+
+@menu
+* General purpose variables:: Variables controlling the navigation panel
+ at a global level
+* Button specifications::
+* Panel formatting function::
+@end menu
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node General purpose variables
+@subsection Controlling the navigation panel panel at a high level
+
+The global formatting of the navigation panels may be
+changed with the following variables:
+
+@vtable @code
+@item $VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION
+A vertical navigation panel will be used for the header navigation
+panel if this variable is true.
+@item $ICONS
+Icons are used instead of
+textual buttons if this variable is true.
+@item $SECTION_NAVIGATION
+If this variable is false there is no section navigation, no navigation
+panels for the elements within the pages, only at
+the beginning and the end of the page (@pxref{Page layout options}).
+@end vtable
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Button specifications
+@subsection Specifying the buttons formatting
+
+Several arrays and hashes enable a precise control on the buttons and
+their display.
+The following arrays determine the buttons present in navigation panels:
+
+@vtable @code
+@item @@SECTION_BUTTONS
+This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the begining
+of sectioning elements. If split at node or section they are also used
+at the page footer, and in the case of section navigation at the page header.
+@item @@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS
+@itemx @@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS
+This array is used for the navigation panel buttons present at the footer
+of pages when split at node or at section.
+
+If @variable{$WORDS_IN_PAGE} is set and the output is split at nodes, these
+buttons are only present if there are more than @variable{$WORDS_IN_PAGE}
+words in the sectioning element text. This counting is very rough and include
+punctuation marks, html elements, numbers. The default is to include the
+buttons after 300 words.
+@item @@CHAPTER_BUTTONS
+This array is used for the buttons appearing at the page footer if split at
+chapter, and at the page header if split at chapter and there is no section
+navigation.
+@item @@MISC_BUTTONS
+These buttons appear at the beginning of special and sections
+and at the end of these section pages if the output is split.
+@end vtable
+
+The array specify the buttons displayed in navigation panels,
+and how the button is displayed.
+Each element is associated with
+a button of the navigation panel from left to right.
+The signification of the array element value is the following:
+
+@table @emph
+@item reference on a function
+The function is called with first argument a filehandle reference on the
+current file and second argument a boolean true if the navigation
+panel should be vertical.
+@item reference on a scalar
+The scalar value is printed. For some possibly
+usefull scalars, @ref{Elements hashes}.
+@item reference on an array
+In this case the first array element should be a reference on text and the
+second element an element label. In that case a link to the
+element associated with the element label with the scalar value
+text is generated.
+
+For example if the buttons array element is
+@example
+[ 'Next', \$Texi2HTML::NODE@{Next@} ]
+@end example
+
+The button will be a link to the next section with text
+@variable{$Texi2HTML::NODE@{Next@}}.
+@item element label
+If icons are not used, the button is a link to the corresponding
+element which text is defined by the value associated with the
+element label in the @variable{%NAVIGATION_TEXT} hash, surrounded
+by @samp{[} and @samp{]}. If the element label is @samp{ }, there is
+no @samp{[} and @samp{]}.
+The element of the @code{%NAVIGATION_TEXT} hash are defined
+dynamically, in the @code{init_out} function reference
+(@pxref{Output initialization}).
+
+If icons are used, the button is an image with file determined by
+the value associated with the element label in the @variable{%ACTIVE_ICONS}
+hash if the the link really leads to an element, or in the @variable{%PASSIVE_ICONS}
+hash if there is no element to link to. Of course if there is a link to the
+element the icon links to that element.
+@end table
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Panel formatting function
+@subsection Changing the navigation panel formatting
+
+If you are not satisfied with this scheme, it is possible to
+control exactly the formatting of navigation panels by redefining a function
+reference. The function controlling the display of navigation panel is
+associated with the following function reference:
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_navigation $filehandle \@@buttons $vertical
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+@var{\@@buttons} is an array reference which should hold the specification of
+the buttons for that navigation panel. @var{$vertical} is true if the
+navigation panel should be vertical.
+@end deffn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Program variables
+@section Main program variables and usefull functions
+
+In the functions
+controlling the page layout some global variables set by the main
+program are available, with value corresponding with the current
+layout element.
+
+@menu
+* Elements hashes:: Accessing information related with the
+ different elements
+* Global informations:: Accessing global informations, like date,
+ title@dots{}
+* Global functions:: main program usefull functions
+@end menu
+
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Elements hashes
+@subsection Accessing elements informations
+
+Four hashes are available, with key the elements labels (as described
+in @ref{Element labels}) and values:
+
+@vtable @code
+@item %Texi2HTML::NAME
+The formatted element name
+@item %Texi2HTML::HREF
+The element hypertext reference
+@item %Texi2HTML::NODE
+The element node name
+@item %Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI
+The element name after removal of texi commands
+@end vtable
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Global informations
+@subsection Accessing global informations
+
+Three kinds of global informations are available, miscalleneous global
+strings, flags set by @code{@@set} and special flags and section lines.
+
+@subsubheading Global strings
+The @variable{%Texi2HTML::THISDOC} hash holds some global informations:
+
+@table @code
+@item fulltitle
+title set by @code{@@title}. If there is no @code{@@title} other
+possibilities are tried (@code{@@settitle}, @code{@@shorttitlepage}@dots{}).
+@item title
+title set by @code{@@settitle}, or @code{fulltitle}.
+@item title_no_texi
+title without texi formatting
+@item title_texi
+title with texi commands
+@item author
+Authors list set by @code{@@author}.
+@item authors
+A reference on an array containing each author set by @code{@@author}.
+@item copying
+Text appearing in @code{@@copying} with all the texinfo commands removed,
+put in comments.
+@item program
+The name and version of @command{texi2html}.
+@item program_homepage
+Homepage for @command{texi2html}.
+@item program_authors
+Authors of @command{texi2html}.
+@item file_base_name
+base name of the texinfo manual file.
+@item destination_directory
+Destination directory for the resulting files.
+@item toc_file
+The file name of the table of contents.
+@item today
+The date.
+@end table
+
+It also holds the arg of the following commands, associated with the command
+name: kbdinputstyle, paragraphindent, setchapternewpage, headings,
+footnotestyle,
+ exampleindent, firstparagraphindent, everyheading, everyfooting,
+ evenheading, evenfooting, oddheading, oddfooting.
+
+
+@subsubheading Flags
+Flags defined by @code{@@set} may be accessed through the
+@variable{%main::value} hash. The key is the flag name, the value is the
+flag value at the end of the document.
+
+Special flags are set by the main program. They correspond with a texinfo
+command, like @code{@@setfilename}, or @code{@@settitle},
+@code{@@author}@dots{} The corresponding flag is the command name with
+@samp{_} appended, for example, @code{_titlefont} corresponds with
+@code{@@titlefont}. Like other flags they are available in
+@variable{%main::value}.
+
+
+@subsubheading Section lines
+
+The following array references or arrays holds formatted lines:
+
+@vtable @code
+@item $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION
+Lines of the current element.
+@item $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER
+Lines of the current element appearing before the element label (anchors).
+@item $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW
+Lines of short table of contents. @xref{Special pages}.
+@item $Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES
+Lines of table of contents. @xref{Special pages}.
+@end vtable
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Global functions
+@subsection Function usefull in page formatting
+
+The usefull function is a function used to print an array of lines, which
+also counts the number of words in the array, if needed.
+
+@deftypefun $words_number main::print_lines $filehandle \@@lines_array
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+@var{\@@lines_array} is the array line the function should write to the file.
+If this argument is omitted, the function uses @variable{$Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION}.
+@var{$words_number} is the number of words in the array, only defined if
+split at nodes and @variable{$WORDS_IN_PAGE} is defined.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Output initialization
+@section Preparing the output
+
+After the texinfo file has been parsed, some information is available
+which can be used to modify some variables and prepare the outputting.
+For example the document language, the document encoding,
+values set with @code{@@set} or @code{@@setfilename} and other similar
+@@-commands are not known before the texinfo parsing.
+
+The following function reference may be redefined to be called after
+texinfo processing and before document generation:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $encoding init_out
+This function perform the initialization of variables and any other
+task before document outputting. It returns the encoding used for the
+output files.
+@end deftypefn
+
+In the default case the @variable{$BODYTEXT} (@pxref{Customizing header})
+and the hashes @variable{%NAVIGATION_TEXT} (@pxref{Button specifications}) and
+@variable{%BUTTONS_GOTO} (@pxref{About text}) are initialized.
+
+To perform the default initializations and also add more code, you could
+do as in the following example (save the default function reference and call
+it in your own function) :
+
+@example
+my $default_init_out = $init_out;
+$init_out = \&makeinfo_like_init_out;
+sub makeinfo_like_init_out()
+@{
+ my $encoding = &$default_init_out();
+ $NAVIGATION_TEXT@{'Following'@} = ' &gt; ';
+ return $encoding;
+@}
+@end example
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Output finalization
+@section Finalizing the output
+
+If you want to do some cleaning after the document was generated (close
+files, write at the end of files and so on), the following function
+reference may be redefined:
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} finish_out
+This function is called after the document generation.
+@end deffn
+
+The default is to do nothing.
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node css
+@section Customizing the @command{texi2html} css lines
+
+It is possible to modify the @command{texi2html} css lines by modifying
+the entries or adding to the @variable{%css_map} hash. Each key is a css
+selector, the corresponding value is a style string.
+
+The whole css text is in the variable @variable{$CSS_LINES}. If this
+variable is defined the variable value is used instead of being
+constructed using the @variable{%css_map} entries. For example if you don't
+want any css entries, set
+
+@example
+$CSS_LINES = '';
+@end example
+
+It is also possible to change completely the way @variable{$CSS_LINES} are
+generated by redefining the following function reference:
+
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} css_lines \@@import_lines \@@rule_lines
+This function should be used to construct the @variable{$CSS_LINES}.
+@var{\@@import_lines} are the @code{@@import} lines of the
+files specified with @longopt{include-css},
+and @var{\@@rule_lines} are the css commands lines of these files.
+@xref{Style options}.
+@end deffn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Customizing header
+@section Customizing the page header
+
+It is possible to add lines to the text within the @code{<head>}
+@acronym{HTML} elements, by defining the variable @variable{$EXTRA_HEAD}.
+Similarly it is possible to add text just after the @code{<body>}
+element with the variable @variable{$AFTER_BODY_OPEN}.
+These variables are empty by default.
+
+The encoding of the texinfo file is defined by @variable{$DOCUMENT_ENCODING}
+if no @code{@@documentencoding} appears in the document.
+The default is a @samp{en-ascii} encoding.
+The encoding of the resulting document is defined by
+@variable{$ENCODING}. The default is the @code{$DOCUMENT_ENCODING}.
+
+The description of the document may be specified in
+@variable{$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION}. If this variable is undef, the text
+associated with @code{@@documentdescription} is used, and if there isn't
+such test a default description is constructed using the document title and
+the name of the first section of the file.
+
+The @code{<body>} element attributes may be set by defining the
+variable @variable{$BODYTEXT}. If you want to define that variable
+dynamically, you should use the @code{init_out} function reference
+(@pxref{Output initialization}).
+
+The default functions call the function associated with
+@variable{$print_head_navigation} to format the navigation panel for the
+page header. Thus you can control parts of the formatting by
+redefining the function reference.
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_head_navigation $filehandle \@@buttons
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+@var{\@@buttons} is an array reference which should hold the specification of
+the buttons for the navigation panel.
+@end deffn
+
+If you want even more control, you can have full control over the page header
+formatting by redefining three function references. The function associated
+with @variable{$print_page_head} is called for all the pages, and after that,
+the function associated with @variable{$print_chapter_header} is called
+if the document is split at chapters, or the function associated with
+@variable{$print_section_header} is called if the document is split at sections.
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_page_head $filehandle
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function should print the page head, including the @code{<body>}
+element.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_chapter_header $filehandle
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function is called if the document is split at chapters, after
+@code{print_page_head}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_section_header $filehandle
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function is called if the document is split at sections, after
+@code{print_page_head}.
+@end deffn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Customizing section
+@section Customizing the sections
+
+The functions associated with the following function references are used for
+the formatting of sections:
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_section $filehandle $first_in_page $previous_is_top
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+@var{$first_in_page} is true if this section is the first section in the page.
+@var{$previous_is_top} is true if this section is the section following the
+Top section.
+This function should print the current section.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} end_section $filehandle $last_element_or_before_top
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+@var{$last_element_or_before_top} is true if this section precedes the top
+element or is the last one in page, or before the special elements.
+@end deffn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Customizing footer
+@section Customizing the page footer
+
+It is possible to add text just before the @code{</body>}
+element with the variable @variable{$PRE_BODY_CLOSE}. Nothing is added
+by default.
+
+@ignore
+The footer text may be influenced by @variable{$ADDRESS} which should hold
+information about who created the document and how.
+If you want to define that variable
+dynamically, you could redefine the following function reference:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $address_text address $user $date
+This function should return the address. @var{$user} is the user name
+of the user running @command{texi2html}, @var{$date} is the date of the day.
+@end deftypefn
+@end ignore
+
+The default functions call the function associated with
+@variable{$print_foot_navigation} to format the navigation panel for the
+page footer. Thus you can control parts of the formatting by
+redefining the function reference.
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_foot_navigation $filehandle \@@buttons
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+@var{\@@buttons} is an array reference which should hold the specification of
+the buttons for the navigation panel.
+@end deffn
+
+If you want even more control, you can have full control the page footer
+formatting by redefining three function references.
+The function associated with @variable{$print_chapter_footer} is called
+if the document is split at chapters, or the function associated with
+@variable{$print_section_footer} is called if the document is split at sections.
+ After that the function associated
+with @variable{$print_page_foot} is called.
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_page_foot $filehandle
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function should print the page foot, including the @code{</body>}
+element.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_chapter_footer $filehandle
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function is called if the document is split at chapters, before
+@code{print_page_foot}.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_section_footer $filehandle
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+This function is called if the document is split at sections, before
+@code{print_page_foot}.
+@end deffn
+
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Special pages
+@section Special pages formatting
+
+For the special elements, two things must be formatted: the content
+and the page layout
+
+@menu
+* Special pages content::
+* Special pages layout::
+@end menu
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Special pages content
+@subsection Customizing the content of the special pages
+
+@menu
+* Top element text::
+* Contents and Overview text::
+* Footnotes text::
+* About text::
+@end menu
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Top element text
+@subsubsection Top element text formatting
+The top element formatting is controlled by three function which also
+controls the layout of the top element page or section. The associated
+function references are:
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_Top_header $filehandle $begin_page
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+@var{$begin_page} is true if the element is the first in a page.
+This function should begin the Top element. At the time this function is called
+the top element text hasn't been parsed.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_Top $filehandle $has_top_heading
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+@var{$has_top_heading} is true if there is a @code{@@heading} command or
+@code{@@titlefont} command appearing in the Top element text.
+This function should be used to format the Top element text and navigation
+panel.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} print_Top_footer $filehandle $end_page
+@var{$filehandle} is the opened filehandle the function should write to.
+@var{$end_page} is true if the element is the last in a page.
+This function should end the Top element.
+@end deffn
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Contents and Overview text
+@subsubsection Table of contents and Short table of contents
+Several variables may be used to control the formatting of table of contents
+and short table of contents:
+
+@vtable @code
+@item $DO_CONTENTS
+If the variable is true a table of contents is done even if there is no
+@code{@@contents} command.
+@item $DO_SCONTENTS
+If the variable is true a short table of contents is done even if there is no
+@code{@@summarycontents} command.
+@item $BEFORE_OVERVIEW
+The variable value is inserted before the short table of contents text.
+@item $AFTER_OVERVIEW
+The variable value is inserted after the short table of contents text.
+@item $BEFORE_TOC_LINES
+The variable value is inserted before the table of contents text.
+@item $AFTER_TOC_LINES
+The variable value is inserted after the table of contents text.
+@item $TOC_LIST_STYLE
+This should contain a css style used for the list style if the tables of
+content are formatted with a list.
+@item $TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE
+This should contain an attribute text used for the list element if the tables of
+content are formatted with a list.
+@end vtable
+
+More control on the table of contents and short table of contents formatting
+may be achieved by redefining a function with the following associated
+function reference:
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} toc_body \@@elements
+@var{\@@elements} is an array reference contining informations about
+all the elements of the document. Each of the entry of this array is an hash
+reference which entries correspond with different informations
+about the element. Interesting keys have the following meaning:
+
+@table @code
+@item top
+true if the element is the top element,
+@item index_page
+true if the element is an index page added because of index splitting,
+@item toc_level
+level of the element in the table of content. Highest level
+is 1 for the top element and for chapters, appendix and so on,
+2 for section, unnumberedsec and so on...
+@item tocid
+label used for reference linking to the element in table of
+contents,
+@item file
+the file containing the element, usefull to do href to that file
+in case the document is split,
+@item text
+text of the element, with section number,
+@item name
+text of the element, without section number.
+@end table
+
+This function doesn't return anything but should fill the array corresponding
+with the
+@variable{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES} and
+@variable{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW} references with the table of contents and short
+table of contents.
+
+@end deffn
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Footnotes text
+@subsubsection Formatting of footnotes text
+
+The footnotes text is allready formatting when @code{@@footnote} commands
+are expanded. @xref{Footnotes}.
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node About text
+@subsubsection Formatting of about text
+
+The default about element contains an explaination of the buttons used
+in the document (@code{@@SECTION_BUTTONS}, @ref{Button specifications}) and
+an example locating the buttons targets in an example.
+The formatting of this text may be influenced by the following
+hashes and variables:
+
+@table @code
+@item $PRE_ABOUT
+@itemx $AFTER_ABOUT
+This variable may be a scalar or a function reference.
+If it is a scalar, the value is used.
+If this is a function reference it is expanded and the returned text is
+used. The text is added before or after the main about text.
+@item %BUTTONS_GOTO
+
+The keys of this hash are element labels (@pxref{Element labels}). The value
+is the text associated with the element label in the about text.
+The element of the hash are defined
+dynamically, you should in the @code{init_out} function reference
+(@pxref{Output initialization}).
+
+
+@item %BUTTONS_EXAMPLE
+
+The keys of this hash are element labels (@pxref{Element labels}). The value
+is the text associated with the element label in the about example,
+typically a section number.
+
+@end table
+
+If this is not enough and you want to control exactly the formatting of
+the about text, you can redefine the function associated with the following
+function reference:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $about_text print_about
+This function should return the about text.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Special pages layout
+@subsection Customizing the layout of the special pages
+
+The formatting of each of the special pages, or section in case
+the document is not split, is controlled by a function.
+The associated function reference is called accordingly:
+
+@ftable @code
+@item print_Top
+@item print_Top_header
+@item print_Top_footer
+Formatting of top element page or section. It is also used for the formatting
+of the top element text (@pxref{Top element text}).
+@item print_Toc
+Formatting of table of contents page or section
+@item print_Overview
+Formatting of short table of contents page or section
+@item print_About
+Formatting of about (help) page or section
+@item print_Footnotes
+Formatting of footnotes section or page in case footnotes are on a
+separated page or the document isn't split.
+@end ftable
+
+In the default case, @variable{$print_Top} calls @variable{$print_Top_header} for
+the header and @variable{$print_Top_footer} for the footer of top element.
+All the other function call @variable{$print_misc} which in turn calls
+@variable{$print_misc_header} for the headers and @variable{$print_misc_footer}
+for the footers.
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node File names
+@section Customizing the file names
+
+It is possible to specify the file names with more control than with the
+command line options (@pxref{Output files}).
+First the extension may be overrided by the variable @variable{$EXTENSION}
+value.
+Two function references enable
+further customization. One is usefull in case @variable{$NODE_FILES} is true
+and it is used to customize the node file name itself and is also used
+to produce a file name with a redirection leading to the node file.
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} {($node_file $redirection_node_file)} node_file_name $node
+@var{$node} is a hash reference with the following interesting keys (there
+are much more keys):
+@table @code
+@item texi
+The texinfo node name.
+@item with_section
+True if associated with a section.
+@end table
+The result is the node file name @var{$node_file}, and the file containing
+a redirection to the node @var{$redirection_node_file}.
+@end deftypefn
+
+The other is usefull if @code{$NODE_FILES} isn't true. It is used to
+customize the file associated with each element.
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $file element_file_name $element $is_top $docu_name
+@var{$element} is a hash reference with the following interesting keys (there
+are much more keys):
+@table @code
+@item texi
+The texinfo element name.
+@item number
+The number associated with a section.
+@item doc_nr
+A number incremented whenever a new file should begin, based on how the
+document is split (@pxref{Splitting output}).
+@item text
+The element text.
+@item name
+The element text without section number.
+@end table
+@var{$is_top} is true if the element is considered as the top element.
+@var{$docu_name} is the basename of the texinfo manual.
+The result is the element file name.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node External index files
+@section Generation of external files for index entries
+
+Within the document, @code{@@printindex} commands are expanded as explained
+in @ref{Index list}. In case you want to do something special with index
+entries, outside of the document, you should first set the variable
+@variable{$IDX_SUMMARY} true. After that some function reference will be called
+for each non empty index. For each index there are 3 function
+references, one called for initialization, one called for each index entry
+and the last one called for finalazation.
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} index_summary_file_begin $index_name $is_printed
+@var{$index_name} is the two letters name for the index.
+This function
+is called for each index
+appearing in the document, before
+@code{index_summary_file_entry}.
+@var{$is_printed} is true if there is a @code{@@printindex} for that index.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} index_summary_file_entry $index_name $entry_text $entry_reference $formatted_entry $texi_entry $entry_element_reference $entry_element_header $is_printed
+This function is called for each entry of an index. @var{index_name} is the
+name of the index. @var{$entry_text} is the entry in plain text,
+@var{$formatted_entry} is the index entry formatted, @var{$texi_entry} is the
+entry with texinfo commands. @var{$entry_reference} is the reference placed
+at the index entry place, in the form @samp{file#id}.
+@var{$entry_element_header} is the formatted header of the element containing
+the index entry. @var{entry_element_header} is the reference to the
+beginning of the element containing the index entry, in the form
+@samp{file#id}.
+@var{$is_printed} is true if there is a @code{@@printindex} for that index.
+@end deffn
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} index_summary_file_end $index_name $is_printed
+@var{$index_name} is the two letters name for the index. This function
+is called for each index appearing in the document, after
+@code{index_summary_file_entry}.
+@var{$is_printed} is true if there is a @code{@@printindex} for that index.
+@end deffn
+
+@c ========================================================
+@node Customizing HTML
+@chapter Customizing @acronym{HTML} and text style in init files
+
+Some simple customization may be achieved with the redefinition of the
+variables
+associated with the command line options. For the description and an
+explanation of the meaning of these variables, @ref{Style options}.
+
+Other variables and hash entries can be modified in initialization file
+to achieve more customization.
+Lastly, functions references corresponding with functions called from
+the main program and initialization files may
+be redefined.
+
+@menu
+* Three contexts:: there are three different contexts for command
+ expansion: normal text, preformatted text and
+ strings.
+* Commands without argument::
+* Style and accent commands::
+* Anchors images and spaces:: Formatting of @code{@@anchor}, @code{@@image}, @code{@@sp}, @code{@@acronym}, @code{@@abbr}
+* Text:: Some characters are processed specially
+* Strings:: @command{texi2html} write some strings in the output
+ different for each languages
+@c * Skipped commands::
+* References::
+* Alignement commands:: @code{@@center}, @code{@@flushleft}@dots{}
+* Paragraph and preformatted region::
+* Complex formats:: @code{@@example}, @code{@@display}@dots{}
+* Lists tables::
+* Definitions::
+* Headings::
+* Special regions:: @code{@@verbatim}, @code{@@cartouche}, @code{@@quotation}
+* Menus::
+* Indices::
+* Floats and lists of floats:: @code{@@float} and @code{@@listoffloats}
+* Footnotes::
+* Other and unknown commands:: You can handle specifically other commands
+
+@end menu
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Three contexts
+@section Three contexts for expansions: preformatted, normal and string
+
+There are three contexts of interest, one is the normal context, the other
+is a special context, called the @dfn{preformatted} context and the last is
+the string context. The preformatted
+context occurs when the spacing between words is kept. This is the
+case, for example, in @code{@@display} or @code{@@example} regions, and in
+menu comments (@pxref{Menus}). The preformatted regions are usually
+rendered in @code{<pre>} elements in @acronym{HTML}.
+The string context occurs when rendering strings without formatting elements,
+in comments or titles for example.
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Commands without argument
+@section Customizing the formatting of commands without argument
+
+This includes the commands whose name is a nonletter character like @code{@@@@},
+the commands with lettered characters and braces
+but whose braces should be empty, like @code{@@TeX@{@}}, or some commands
+associated with accentted letters like @code{@@AA@{@}}. If there happens to
+be something within the braces, it is put after the command, thus
+@example
+@@TeX@{something@}
+@end example
+leads to the same than
+@example
+@@TeX@{@} something
+@end example
+
+Each of these categories of commands have three associated hashes, one
+for normal
+context, the other for preformatted context and the last in strings. The
+keys of the hashes are the
+command names, the associated value is the text replacing the command.
+
+The hashes are:
+@multitable {one nonlettered character} {normal text} {preformatted text} {string}
+@item command type @tab normal text @tab preformatted text @tab string
+@item one nonlettered character @tab @variable{%simple_map} @tab @variable{%simple_map_pre} @tab @variable{%simple_map_texi}
+@item nothing in braces @tab @variable{%things_map} @tab @variable{%pre_map} @tab @variable{%texi_map}
+@end multitable
+
+To change the @acronym{HTML} resulting from these constructs, just change the
+value. For example, if you want @code{&shy;} to be outputted for @code{@@-}
+in normal and preformatted context, write in your init file:
+
+@example
+$simple_map@{'-'@} = '&shy;';
+$simple_map_pre@{'-'@} = '&shy;';
+@end example
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Style and accent commands
+@section Customizing accent, style and other simple commands
+
+The formatting of the @acronym{HTML} produced by style and indicatric
+commands (@code{@@tt}, @code{@@code},
+@code{@@email}, @code{@@titlefont}), the accentuation related
+commands taking argument (@code{@@'}, @code{@@udotaccent}, @code{@@dotless})
+and miscalleneous commands (@code{@@email}, @code{@@verb}, @code{@@w},
+@code{@@uref}, @code{@@math}, @code{@@asis}) is controlled by two hash in the
+default case,
+@variable{%style_map} for normal context, @variable{%style_map_pre} for
+preformatted context and @variable{%style_map_texi} in string context.
+
+The key of the hashes are the command names. There are two possibilities for
+the values corresponding with two interfaces. The values may be strings or
+hash references, and you can chose the interface depending on the one you
+prefer. The interface with hash reference is a bit more flexible but might also
+be regarded as more complex. If you don't like either of these interfaces you
+can define your own.
+
+Some remarks are in order:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+The nonlettered accent commands which following character is considered
+to be the argument (like in @code{@@`a}) should be keys of the
+hash @variable{%accent_map} hash, even if no value is associated.
+@item
+@code{@@math} is handled differently if La@TeX{}2HTML is used.
+@end itemize
+
+@menu
+* Hash reference interface::
+* String interface::
+* Define your own interface::
+@end menu
+
+@node Hash reference interface
+@subsection An interface for commands formatting with a hash reference
+
+The key of the hashes are the command names. The value determine how the command argument
+is formatted. This value is a reference on a hash. In this hash each key
+corresponds with a type of information for the formatting, and the value is
+the corresponding information. For example, in
+
+@example
+$style_map@{'command'@} = @{ 'args' => ['code'], 'attribute' => 'code'@};
+@end example
+
+the arguments for @code{@@command} are interpreted as specified by
+the values associated with the @samp{args} key while the attribute associated
+with that command is @samp{code}.
+
+The following keys in the hashes associated with each command have the
+following meaning:
+
+@table @samp
+@item args
+@anchor{Reference hash args}
+The value associated is a reference on an array. Each element of the array
+defines how the arguments (separated by @samp{,} in the texinfo code) for
+the @@-command should be
+formatted. The possibilities are
+@table @code
+@item normal
+for normal text,
+@item code
+for text with @samp{---}, @samp{--}, @samp{''} and @samp{``} kept as is,
+@item keep
+if the texinfo should be kept as is, without interpretation of the @@-commands.
+@end table
+
+For example, we have
+@example
+$style_map@{'email'@}->@{'args'@} = ['code', 'normal'];
+@end example
+
+because @samp{---}, @samp{--}, @samp{''} and @samp{``} should be kept as is in
+the first argument of @code{@@email}.
+
+The default is @samp{['normal']}.
+
+@item attribute
+
+If the associated value is a word, it is considered to be an @acronym{HTML}
+element name, and the argument is enclosed between the element opening
+and the element closing. For example, if the value is @code{elem}, the
+resulting @acronym{HTML} is @code{<elem>@var{arg}</elem>}.
+
+If the text is a word followed by some text,
+the word and is interpreted as above, and the
+text is considered to be the attributes text of the element.
+Thus @code{elem class="elem"} leads to
+@code{<elem class="elem">@var{arg}</elem>}.
+
+This works only if there is only one argument.
+
+@item begin
+
+The associated value is added in front of the text.
+
+@item begin
+
+The associated value is added after the text.
+
+@item quotes
+
+If the corresponding value is true, the result is
+enclosed in quotes @variable{$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL} and
+@variable{$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL}, with defaults
+@samp{`} and @samp{'}.
+
+@item function
+
+The corresponding value should be a function reference. The corresponding
+function is called with the following arguments:
+
+@table @code
+@item $command
+The @@-command name
+@item $args
+A reference on an array containing the arguments of the @@-command.
+@item $style_stack
+A reference on an array containing the name of the @@-commands containing
+the @@-command being formatted.
+@item $state
+A reference on a hash containing a lot of informations about the context
+of the @@-command.
+@item $line_nr
+An opaque structure containing the information about the line number of the
+@@-command. It can be used to call @code{main::echo_error} or
+@code{main::echo_warning} with first argument a message, and second argument
+@code{$line_nr}.
+@end table
+@end table
+
+@node String interface
+@subsection An interface for commands formatting with a string
+
+The keys of the hashes are the command names. The value determine
+how the command argument
+is formatted. If the value begins with @samp{"}, the result is
+enclosed in quotes @variable{$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL} and
+@variable{$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL}, with defaults
+@samp{`} and @samp{'}.
+
+The command argument is allready formatted as @acronym{HTML}.
+The remaining of the value text
+(or the value text if there were no @samp{"}) is interpreted as follow:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+If the text is empty the argument of the command is left as is.
+@item
+If the text is a @samp{&} followed by a name,
+like @samp{&function}, the name is considered to be a function name,
+and this function is called to format the argument of the command. The
+first argument of the function is the command name, the second is
+the command argument. For example, if the value associated with the
+(fictituous) command @code{@@foo} is @code{&my_func}
+and we have:
+
+@example
+sub my_func
+@{
+ my @@args = split /,\s*/ $_[1];
+ return "$_[0]: $args[0]" if ($args[1] = 1);
+ return "$args[0]";
+@}
+@end example
+
+The result of
+@example
+@@foo@{truc, 1@}
+@@foo@{truc, bidule@}
+@end example
+will be
+@example
+foo: truc
+truc
+@end example
+@item
+If the text is a word, it is considered to be an @acronym{HTML} element
+name, and the argument is enclosed between the element opening
+and the element closing. For example, if the value is @code{elem}, the
+resulting @acronym{HTML} is @code{<elem>@var{arg}</elem>}.
+Similarly @code{"quoted} leads to
+@code{`<quoted>@var{arg}</quoted>'}.
+@item
+If the text is a word followed by some text,
+the word and is interpreted as above, and the
+text is considered to be the attributes text of the element.
+Thus @code{elem class="elem"} leads to
+@code{<elem class="elem">@var{arg}</elem>}.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Define your own interface
+@subsection Defining the style and indicatric commands interface
+
+If you don't like this scheme, it is possible to change how those commands
+are processed by redefining the following function reference:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $resulting_text style $style $command $text $args $no_close $no_open $line_nr $state $style_stack
+@var{$command} is the @@-command, @var{$style} is the value associated with
+the @var{$command} in the @code{%style_map}, @code{%style_map_pre}
+or @code{%style_map_texi} hashes.
+The @var{$text} is the text appearing within the @@-command braces.
+@var{args} is a reference on an array contening the command arguments
+formatted according to the same conventions than with the reference hash style
+(provided the value associated with the @@-command is a hash reference with a
+@var{$arg} key as described in @ref{Reference hash args}).
+If @var{$text} is split in paragraphs each paragraph is passed through
+the function, and @var{$no_close} is true if it is not the last paragraph,
+while @var{$no_open} is true if it is not the first paragraph.
+@var{$line_nr}
+is an opaque structure containing the information about the line number of the
+@@-command. It can be used to call @code{main::echo_error} or
+@code{main::echo_warning} with first argument a message, and second argument
+@code{$line_nr}.
+@var{$state}
+is a reference on a hash containing a lot of informations about the context
+of the @@-command.
+@var{$style_stack}
+is a reference on an array containing the name of the @@-commands containing
+the @@-command being formatted.
+
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Anchors images and spaces
+@section Formatting of special simple commands
+
+The formatting of special simple commands is controlled by functions. To
+customize the output, the corresponding function references should be
+redefined. All these functions return a formatted text.
+
+The formatting of anchors is controlled by @variable{$anchor}, but the function
+associated with the function reference does more, it is usefull
+to produce a reference target or link.
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $anchor anchor $identifier $href $text $attributes
+If @var{$identifier} is not empty, this value should be used to create
+a target for links (typically associated with a name or id
+attribute in @acronym{HTML}).
+The @var{$href} argument specifies a hpertextual reference which should be
+used to link to a target.
+In case both @var{$identifier} and @var{$href} are given the text produced
+should be both a target for @var{$identifier} and a link to @var{$href}.
+@var{$text} is the text to be displayed.
+@var{$attributes} are additional attributes.
+It should be reasonable to assume that the attributes are for a @code{<a>}
+@acronym{HTML} element.
+@end deftypefn
+
+The formatting of @code{@@image} is controlled by:
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $image image $file_path $basename $preformatted $file_name
+@var{$file_path} is the image file name with the path, @var{$basename} is the
+alternate text or the file name without extension if no alternate text is
+given. @var{$preformatted} is true if the image
+appears in preformatted text. @var{$file_name} is the file name without path
+but with extension.
+@end deftypefn
+
+The formatting of @code{@@sp} is controlled by:
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $sp sp $number $preformatted
+@var{$number} is the numeric argument of @code{@@sp}.
+@var{$preformatted} is true if the @code{@@sp} appears in preformatted text.
+@end deftypefn
+
+The formatting of @code{@@acronym} and @code{@@abbr} is controlled by:
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $acronym acronym_like $acronym_texi $acronym_text $with_explanation \@@explanation_lines $explanation_text $explanation_simply_formatted
+@var{$acronym_texi} is the acronym argument with texinfo @@-commands,
+@var{$acronym_text} is formatted.
+
+The other arguments are related with
+the explanation, the second arg of the acronym. @var{$with_explanation} is
+true if the second argument of the acronym command is present. If an
+explanation exists, coming from previous @code{@@acronym} or as an arg of this
+command, the other args are defined: @var{\@@explanation_lines} is a
+reference on an array containing the unformatted explanation lines,
+@var{$explanation_text} is the explanation text formatted,
+@var{$explanation_simply_formatted} is the explanation with a light formatting,
+unabling in @acronym{HTML} (or @acronym{XML}) the explanation to be in an
+attribute.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Text
+@section Processing special characters in text
+
+Some characters are processed especially in text: @samp{---}, @samp{--},
+@samp{``} and @samp{''}. This is done only if in normal text and not in
+some commands (@code{@@code}, @code{@@env}@dots{}). A function reference
+is called to process those characters in text
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $processed_text normal_text $text
+The function processes @samp{---}, @samp{--}, @samp{``} and @samp{''}
+in @var{$text} and returns @var{$processed_text}. The default is to
+change @samp{---} to @samp{--}, @samp{--} to @samp{-}, and @samp{``} and
+@samp{''} to @samp{"}.
+@end deftypefn
+
+Some characters are special in @acronym{HTML} (@samp{&}, @samp{"},
+@samp{<} and @samp{>}) and should be protected.
+This is done by the function associated with the function reference
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $protected_text protect_text $text
+The function processes the unprotected text @var{$text} and returns
+the resulting protected text @var{$protected_text}.
+@end deftypefn
+
+Empty lines are processed by the following function reference, which could
+be usefull if empty lines are to be removed for example
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $resulting_text empty_line $empty_line
+This function processes an @var{$empty_line} and returns the resulting
+text @var{$resulting_text}. Empty lines are left as is by default.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Strings
+@section Customizing strings written by @command{texi2html}
+
+@cindex i18n
+
+@command{texi2html} writes some strings in the generated document at
+various places, at the page footers, on the help page, for special
+section headings, buttons alt text and so on. These strings are
+customizable. The string chosen depends on the language of the
+document (set by @longopt{lang}, @variable{$LANG} or
+@code{@@documentlanguage}). This is the basis for internationalization
+as it allows for strings translations.
+
+The strings are found in a hash reference, @variable{$LANGUAGES}.
+Each key is a language code. The associated value is also a hash
+reference. The key is an english string and the associated value
+is the string replacing the english string, if present. For example,
+we have
+
+@example
+$LANGUAGES->@{'fr'@} = @{
+ ' Up ' => 'Plus haut',
+@};
+@end example
+
+It means that whenever the string @samp{@ Up@ } is to be written
+and the language is @samp{fr}, @samp{Plus haut} is written. It is possible
+to customize the english strings by redefining the @samp{en} language hash.
+
+When a string contains a @samp{%} followed by @samp{@{} @var{name} @samp{@}}
+it means that the string will be expanded by @command{texi2html}. For
+example, if we have
+
+@example
+$LANGUAGES->@{'fr'@} = @{
+ 'See %@{node_file_href@}' => 'Voir %@{node_file_href@}',
+@};
+@end example
+
+@samp{%@{node_file_href@}} will be expanded to an href for a node in a
+file by @command{texi2html} in the string. A @samp{%%} will be expanded
+as @samp{%}.
+
+For more on internationalization, see @ref{Internationalization}.
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node References
+@section References
+@cindex reference
+
+@menu
+* Reference to external manual::
+* Internal reference::
+@end menu
+
+@node Reference to external manual
+@subsection Reference to external manual
+@cindex external manual
+
+The references are produced with two function references, one for the
+hypertextual reference construction, the other for the full reference to
+external manual.
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $href external_href $node $node_identifier $xml_node_identifier $manual_file_name
+@var{$node} is the node name, with @@-commands. @var{$node_identifer} is the
+node name mapped to an identifier acceptable as a file name.
+@var{$xml_node_identifier} is the
+node name mapped to an identifier acceptable as an @acronym{XML} identifier.
+Those identifiers are built as explained in @ref{HTML Xref,,,texinfo},
+thus allowing for cross references to external manuals. @var{$file} is the
+manual or file name of the external reference. This function should return an
+href leading to the external manual.
+
+The default for this function is to make a reference compatible with
+@command{makeinfo} (@pxref{HTML Xref,,,texinfo}).
+@end deftypefn
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $text external_ref $command $section $book $node_and_file $href $cross_ref_name
+This function formats a reference to an external texinfo manual.
+The @var{$command} is the ref command (@code{ref}, @code{xref} or
+@code{pxref}, in text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis).
+The optionnal @var{$section} argument is the section in the book and
+ @var{book} is the book title.
+@var{$node_and_file} is the node and file name formatted according to the
+convention used in info: @samp{(file)node}. @var{$href} it an hypertextual
+reference to the distant manual constructed using the above function.
+@var{$cross_ref_name} is an optionnal cross
+reference name appearing in the reference command. This function returns
+the text corresponding with the external html manual reference.
+This function returns the full formatted text of the external reference.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@node Internal reference
+@subsection Reference to an internal node
+
+A function reference is available for internal references.
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $text internal_ref $command $href $short_name $name $is_section
+This function formats a reference to a node in the current manual.
+The @var{$command} is the ref command (@code{ref}, @code{xref} or
+@code{pxref}, in text, at sentence beginning or in parenthesis).
+@var{$href} it an hypertextual reference linking to the corresponding
+node or section. @var{$short_name} and @var{$name} hold the text for the
+reference but @var{$short_name} can be the node name which is assumed to
+be shorter than the section name.
+@var{$is_section} is a boolean true if the reference is a reference to a
+section. This function returns the full formatted text of the internal
+reference.
+@end deftypefn
+
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Alignement commands
+@section Commands used for centering and flushing of text
+
+@cindex centering
+@cindex flushing text
+@cindex text alignement
+
+When a command controlling the alignement of text is used (@code{@@center},
+@code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright}), the main program takes
+care of opening and closing paragraphs. The alignement commands are the
+key of the @variable{%paragraph_style} hash.
+The value is used in the function doing the formatting of the paragraphs.
+@xref{Paragraph and preformatted region}.
+
+A function references allows for a customization of the formatting of the text
+appearing in the command block.
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $result paragraph_style_command $command $text
+@var{$command} is the command name, @var{$text} is the text appearing within
+the command. This function returns a formatted text.
+The default is to return the text unmodified.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Paragraph and preformatted region
+@section Formatting or not a paragraph or a preformatted region
+
+
+@menu
+* Paragraph and preformatted formatting::
+* Avoiding paragraphs::
+@end menu
+
+@node Paragraph and preformatted formatting
+@subsection Paragraph and preformatted region formatting
+
+@cindex paragraph
+@cindex preformatted region
+
+The formatting of a paragraph region or a preformatted region, is controlled
+by function references:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $paragraph_text paragraph $text $alignement $formatting_command $formatting_command_formatted \$paragraph_number $format $item_number $enumerate_style $number
+This function formats a paragraph. @var{$text} is the text of the paragraph,
+@var{$alignement} is the empty string when no alignement command has
+been seen, otherwise it is the current alignement command name.
+@xref{Alignement commands}.
+
+The remaining arguments are usefull when the paragraph appears within a
+list or table. It is usefull whenever the paragraph has to be formatted
+differently when appearing in such environments.
+Moreover in that case the format command (@code{@@itemize}@dots{})
+may have
+an associated formatting command.
+@var{$formatting_command} is this formatting command
+(like @code{@@minus}).
+@var{$formatting_command_formatted} is the command formatted in html
+in case the formatting command is a leading command (like @code{@@minus})
+which should be leading the first paragraph.
+@var{\$paragraph_number} is a reference on the number of
+paragraphs in that format command. The corresponding variable should be
+increased when a paragraph is added. @var{$format} is the format command.
+@xref{Table and list items}.
+
+If the @var{$format} is an enumerate, @var{$item_number} is the number of
+the item in the list, @var{$enumerate_style} is the argument of the enumerate,
+@var{$number} is the number or letter corresponding with this item.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $preformatted_text preformatted $text $style $region_name $formatting_command $formatting_command_formatted \$preformatted_number $format $item_number $enumerate_style $number
+This function formats a preformatted region. @var{$text} is the text of the
+preformatted region, @var{$style} is the css style associated with that
+preformatted region (@xref{css}). @var{$region_name} is the
+name of the command opening
+the preformatted region (@code{example}@dots{}, see @ref{Complex formats})
+or a identifier for the preformatted context (for example
+@code{menu-comment}, see @ref{Menus}).
+The alignment commands are not taken into account, as the spaces are
+preserved in preformatted regions, you should flush and center by hand.
+
+The remaining arguments are usefull when the preformatted region appears
+within a list or table. It is usefull whenever the preformatted region
+has to be formatted
+differently when appearing in such environments.
+Moreover in that case the format command (@code{@@itemize}@dots{})
+may have
+an associated formatting command.
+@var{$formatting_command} is this formatting command
+(like @code{@@minus}).
+@var{$formatting_command_formatted} is the command formatted in html
+in case the formatting command is a leading command (like @code{@@minus})
+which should be leading the first preformatted region.
+@var{\$preformatted_number} is a reference on the number of
+preformatted regions in that format command. The corresponding variable
+should be increased when a preformatted region is added. @var{$format} is the
+format command.
+@xref{Table and list items}.
+
+If the @var{$format} is an enumerate, @var{$item_number} is the number of
+the item in the list, @var{$enumerate_style} is the argument of the enumerate,
+@var{$number} is the number or letter corresponding with this item.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@node Avoiding paragraphs
+@subsection Avoiding paragraphs in formats
+
+@cindex Avoid paragraph opening
+
+It is possible to avoid that a format closes the previous paragraph or
+preformatted region and reopens one, by putting the format command in a
+hash, @variable{%format_in_paragraph} with a true value.
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Complex formats
+@section Formatting of complex formats (@code{@@example}, @code{@@display}@dots{})
+
+@cindex complex format
+
+Here we see how a whole complex format is formatted. For the formatting
+of the text, see @ref{Paragraph and preformatted region}.
+
+The formatting of the complex formats is ultimately controlled by a
+function, however the default for this function uses a hash reference and
+changing the hash reference values should be enough in most cases. This
+hash reference is called @variable{$complex_format_map}. It has a key for each
+of the complex format commands (@code{example}, @code{smallexample},
+@code{lisp}, @code{smalllisp}, @code{display}, @code{smalldisplay},
+@code{format}, @code{smallformat}).
+
+The associated value is also a reference on a hash. The keys are @code{begin}
+and @code{end}. An eval of @code{begin} should lead to the beginning of the
+formatted @acronym{HTML}, an eval of @code{end} should lead to the end of the
+formatted @acronym{HTML}. The enclosed text will be formatted as described in
+@ref{Paragraph and preformatted region}, and the name of the complex
+format will be available to the function formatting the text.
+
+If you aren't satisfied with this scheme, you can redefine the following
+function reference for a better control over the complex format formatting:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $complex_format_text complex_format $format_name $preformatted_text
+
+@var{$format_name} is the complex format name, @var{$preformatted_text} is the
+text allready formatted as described in @ref{Paragraph and preformatted region}.
+This function returns the whole complex format.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Lists tables
+@section Customizing the formatting of lists and tables
+
+The formatting of lists and tables is done at two levels:
+@itemize
+@item
+At the level of the whole region (table or list),
+@item
+At the level of the individual items, rows or cells of the list or table.
+@end itemize
+
+@menu
+* Table and list items::
+* Whole table list::
+@end menu
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Table and list items
+@subsection Formatting individual table and list items
+
+In texinfo it is possible to give @code{@@itemize} or table command (hereafter
+called a @dfn{format command}) a @dfn{formatting command}.
+For example @code{@@minus} is the formatting command here:
+@example
+@@table @@minus
+@end example
+
+The default is to apply the command to the text item, however it is possible
+to avoid it.
+The hash @variable{%special_list_commands} has an entry for each of the
+format command. Each of these entries is a hash reference. If a formatting
+command is a key of the hash reference, then the formatting command is not
+applied to the text item for that format command. For example, if we have:
+
+@example
+$special_list_commands@{'itemize'@} = @{ 'bullet' => '' @};
+@end example
+
+and we have the following @code{@@itemize}:
+@example
+@@itemize @@bullet
+@@item an item
+@@end itemize
+@end example
+
+then @code{@@bullet} will not be applied to @code{an item}.
+
+@table @emph
+@item lists
+The items of lists are formatted using the following function reference:
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $list_item list_item $text $format $command $formatted_command $item_number $enumerate_style $number
+This function formats the text between @code{@@item} commands. @var{$text}
+is the text corresponding with the item. @var{$format} is the type of format,
+@samp{itemize} or @samp{enumerate}. @var{$command} is the formatting command
+given in argument to @code{@@itemize}, @var{$formatted_command} is this command
+formatted if it is a leading command, like @code{@@minus}.
+
+If the @var{$format} is an enumerate, @var{$item_number} is the number of
+the item in the list, @var{$enumerate_style} is the argument of the enumerate,
+@var{$number} is the number or letter corresponding with this item.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@item two column tables
+The two columns tables (@code{@@table}, @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}),
+items are formatted using two function references,
+one for the first line located on the @code{@@item} line corresponding
+with the first column, the other for the text appearing on the
+following lines, corresponding with the second column text.
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $table_item table_item $item_text $index_label_text $format $command $formatted_command
+This function is used to format the text on the @code{@@item} line.
+@var{$text_item} is the text line. In case there is an index entry
+associated with the @code{@@item} (as with @code{@@ftable} and
+@code{@@vtable}), @var{$index_label_text} is the text inserted at
+the place where an index entry appears. @xref{Index entry place}.
+@var{$format} is the type of format,
+@samp{table}, @samp{ftable} or @samp{vtable}. @var{$command} is the formatting command
+given in argument to the table format command, @var{$formatted_command} is
+this command formatted if it is a leading command, like @code{@@minus}.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $table_line table_line $text
+This function is used to format the text on the lines following
+the @code{@@item} line. @var{$text} is the corresponding text.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@item multitable
+The multitable elements formatting is controlled by the functions associated
+with two function references. One for a cell, and the other for a row.
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $multitable_cell cell $text
+This function is used to format the text of a multitable cell, the text
+following a @code{@@item} or a @code{@@tab}.
+@var{$text} is the corresponding text.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $multitable_row row $text $item_command
+This function is used to format a multitable row. @var{$text} is
+the row text, with cells allready formatted with the @variable{$cell}
+function reference. @var{$item_command} is the command used to introduce
+the row, such that it is possible to distinguish between @code{@@item} and
+@code{@@headitem}.
+@end deftypefn
+@end table
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Whole table list
+@subsection Formatting of a whole table or list
+
+If the Texinfo command is a key of the @variable{%format_map}, the associated
+value is used to specify the formatting of the construct, otherwise a function
+is called.
+The value in @code{%format_map} associated with a command is interpreted
+similarly with values associated with more simpler commands:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+If the text is a word, it is considered to be an @acronym{HTML} element
+name, and the whole table or list is enclosed between the element opening
+and the element closing.
+@item
+If the text is a word followed by some text,
+the word and is interpreted as above, and the
+text is considered to be the attributes text of the element.
+@item
+If the text is empty nothing is added to the text.
+@end itemize
+
+In case the @code{%format_map} isn't used, a function reference called
+@code{$table_list}
+should be redefined, the associated function will be called each time
+a command isn't found in @code{%format_map}.
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $whole_table_list table_list $command $text
+@var{$command} is the Texinfo command name, @var{$text} is the formatted
+items.
+@end deftypefn
+
+If you still want to use @variable{%format_map} but differently from
+the default, it is possible to redefine the following function reference:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $whole_table_list format $command $format $text
+@var{$command} is the @@-command, @var{$format} is the entry associated with
+@var{$command} in @code{%format_map}. @var{$text} is the formatted items.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Definitions
+@section Definition commands formatting
+
+The formatting of definition commands is controlled by a hash and four
+functions. The hash describes how the text on the definition line is
+interpreted, the functions control the formatting of the definition line
+and the definition function text.
+
+@menu
+* Definition line::
+* Definition formatting::
+@end menu
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Definition line
+@subsection Customizing the interpretation of a definition line
+
+The keys of the hash @variable{%def_map} are definition command names.
+There are two types of entries:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item If the command is a shortcut for
+another definition command the value is a text and the definition
+command is replaced by the text.
+
+For example if we have:
+@example
+$def_map@{'deftruc'@} = '@@defvr @{A truc@}';
+@end example
+
+and a line like
+@example
+@@deftruc var
+@end example
+
+the line will be transformed in
+@example
+@@defvr @{A truc@} var
+@end example
+
+@item
+If the command isn't a shortcut, it is associated with an array
+reference. The first element is @samp{f}, @samp{v} or @samp{t} corresponding
+with the index type (@samp{f} for function, @samp{v} for variable,
+@samp{t} for type).
+
+The remaining of the array describes how to interpret the text following
+the definition command on the definition command line.
+The entry item specify what corresponds
+with the next bracketed item or word. Currently the possibilities are
+@samp{category}, @samp{name}, @samp{type}, @samp{class} and @samp{arg}.
+
+For example if we have
+@example
+def_map@{'defvr'@} = [ 'v', 'category', 'name' ];
+@end example
+
+The first bracketed item following @code{@@defvr} is considered
+to be the category and the next one is the name. The index associated
+with the definition line is the variables index.
+@end itemize
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Definition formatting
+@subsection Customization of the definition formatting
+
+Four functions are used when formatting a definition command:
+
+@table @asis
+@item category name
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $category definition_category $category_or_name $class $style
+This function precise a category or an index entry name associating a class
+@var{$class} (if given) with @var{$category_or_name}. The @var{$style} of the
+definition may be @samp{f}, for function, @samp{v}, for variable or @samp{t},
+for type.
+@end deftypefn
+@item formatting of the definition line
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $line def_line $category $name $type $arguments $index_label
+This function formats the definition line. @var{$category} is the category
+formatted with @variable{$definition_category}, @var{$name}, @var{$type} and
+@var{arguments} are the element of the definition line. @var{$index_label} is
+the text inserted at the place where an index entry appears.
+@xref{Index entry place}.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@item definition text
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $definition_text def_item $text
+This function formats the definition text, @var{$text}.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@item the whole definition
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $definition def $text
+This function formats the whole definition. The definition line and text
+formatted by the above functions are in @var{$text}.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@end table
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Headings
+@section Customizing headings formatting
+
+A function controls the formatting of sectioning element headings,
+with the corresponding function reference:
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $heading_text heading \%element_reference
+The @var{\%element_reference} is a reference on a hash corresponding
+with the sectioning element. The following keys are of interest:
+@table @code
+@item text
+The heading text
+@item name
+The heading text without section number
+@item node
+true if the sectioning element is a node without associated structuring command
+@item level
+The level of the element in the document tree. @samp{0} is for @code{@@top},
+@samp{1} for @code{@@chapter} and so on
+@item tag_level
+the sectioning element name, with @code{@@raisesections} and
+@code{@@lowersections} taken into account
+@end table
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Special regions
+@section Formatting of special regions (@code{@@verbatim}, @code{@@cartouche}, @code{@@quotation})
+
+Regions corresponding with raw text, like @code{@@verbatim}, @code{@@html}
+or @code{@@tex} are formatted according to the following function reference:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $raw_region raw $command $text
+@var{$command} is the command name, @var{$text} is the raw text.
+@end deftypefn
+
+If La@TeX{}2HTML is used, @code{@@tex} regions are handled differently,
+from within the main program.
+
+The @code{@@cartouche} command formatting is controlled by the
+function reference:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $cartouche cartouche $text
+@var{$text} is the text appearing within the cartouche.
+@end deftypefn
+
+The formatting of @code{@@quotation} is controlled by two function references.
+The first one is usefull in case the @code{@@quotation} has an argument, as
+it allows to prepend a string to the quotation text:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $prepended_string quotation_prepend_text $style $text
+@var{$style} is the first argument of the @code{@@quotation} if there are
+two arguments. @var{$text} is the second argument or the first if there is
+one argument. There are still @@-commands in these strings. This function
+can return a string which will be prepended to the quotation text.
+@end deftypefn
+
+The whole quotation is formatted by:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $quotation quotation $quotation_text $argument_text $argument_style_texi $argument_style_id
+@var{$quotation_text} is the quotation text, formatted, with the text
+prepended by the function above. @var{$argument_text} is the second argument
+of the @code{@@quotation} or the first if there is one argument, formatted.
+The other arguments are defiend if there are two arguments for the
+@code{@@quotation}, @var{$argument_style_texi} is this argument, with
+@@-commands, and @var{$argument_style_id} is this argument transformed in
+an identifier which can be used as an @acronym{XML} identifier.
+@end deftypefn
+
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Menus
+@section Menu formatting
+
+To understand how the formatting of menus is controlled, the different
+parts of a menu are first described, then how to control the formatting
+of each of these parts.
+
+@menu
+* Menu parts:: A menu consists in menu entry and menu
+ comments
+* Menu formatting::
+@end menu
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Menu parts
+@subsection The structure of a menu
+
+In @command{texi2html}, a menu is considered to be composed of 2 parts, the
+@dfn{menu entries} and the @dfn{menu comments}. Menu entries are further
+divided in an @dfn{entry link} and optionnaly an @dfn{entry description}.
+The entry link consists in a node name and an optionnal menu entry
+name.
+
+A menu entry begins with @samp{*} at the beginning of the line. It begins
+with the entry link, followed by the description. The description spans until
+the next menu entry, or some text begining at the first character of a line
+or an empty line, not contained within a command block which begun in the
+description. An empty line or a line with text at the first character
+starts a menu comment, which spans until the next menu entry.
+
+Here is an illustration of these rules:
+
+@example
+@@menu
+* node name: entry name. description begins
+ description continues
+* another menu entry::
+ description begins
+ description continues
+
+ A menu comment, after an empty line
+
+* node:: description begins
+A menu comment. The line starts at the first character
+
+* last entry:: description begins @emph{text
+of the description, even if the line begins at the first character,
+because we are in @@emph}.
+@@end menu
+@end example
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Menu formatting
+@subsection The formatting of the different menu components
+
+In the default case, the name of the section corresponding with the
+node is used instead of the node name. If @variable{$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU} is
+true, however, node names are used. If @variable{$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY}
+is true and menu entry equal menu description the description isn't printed.
+This is the default. Likewise, if node or section name equal entry name,
+do not print entry name.
+
+A symbol, @variable{$MENU_SYMBOL} is put at the beginning of menu entries
+when the node name is used. The default is @samp{&bull;}.
+If @variable{$UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU} is true it is
+also put at the beginning of unnumbered section names. This is not
+done by default.
+
+The menu comments are considered to be preformatted text. The style
+associated with this preformatted text is determined by
+@variable{$MENU_PRE_STYLE}. Default is @samp{font-family: serif}.
+The css class associated with menu comments is @code{menu-comments}.
+
+Three function references are associated with the formatting of the
+different parts of a menu:
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $link menu_link $section \%state $href $node $name $ending
+@var{$section} is the section name corresponding with the link, @var{$href}
+is the link hypertextual reference. @var{$href} may be absent. @var{\%state}
+holds informations about the current context. The only key which could be
+of interest is @code{preformatted}, true if the context is a preformatted
+context. @xref{Three contexts}.
+@var{$node} is the node name, @var{$name} is the
+name of the node, and @var{$ending} is the text ending the link entry.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $description menu_description $description_text \%state
+@var{$description_text} is the text of the menu description. @var{\%state}
+should be used similarly than for the menu link.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $menu_comment menu_comment $text
+@var{$text} is the text of the menu comment. It is in a preformatted
+environment.
+@end deftypefn
+
+The following function reference controls the formatting of a wole menu:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $menu menu $menu_components_text
+@var{$menu_components_text} is the formatted menu components text, obtained
+as explained above.
+@end deftypefn
+
+The last function reference corresponds with a special case. It
+is used when a menu entry appears within another block command, to
+avoid the possibilities of invalid @acronym{HTML} production.
+In that case the menu description and menu comments are not formatted
+specially, but treated like normal text.
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $link simple_menu_link $link_text $href $node $name $ending
+@var{$link_text} is the text corresponding with the link name, @var{$href}
+is the link hypertextual reference.
+@var{$node} is the node name, @var{$name} is the
+name of the node, and @var{$ending} is the text ending the link entry.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Indices
+@section Indices formatting
+
+Two different things needs to be handled for indices formatting, the place
+where the index term appears, the index entry, and the index list itself.
+The indexing commands like @code{@@cindex} determines where index entries
+appear, and the index list is printed with a @code{@@printindex} command.
+
+@menu
+* Index entry place:: Index entries in the main document are
+ targets for hypertext references
+* Index list:: Customizing the formatting of the index list
+@end menu
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Index entry place
+@subsection Formatting of index entries
+
+Index entry places in the main text may be the target for hypertext
+references. Their formatting
+is controlled by the function associated with the following function
+reference:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $target index_entry_label $identifier $preformatted
+@var{$identifier} should be used to create
+a target for links (typically associated with a name or id
+attribute in @acronym{HTML}).
+@var{$preformatted} is true if the index entry appeared in preformatted text.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Index list
+@subsection Customizing the formatting of index lists
+
+The index entries are sorted alphabetically. A whole index list is
+considered to be composed of letter entries. A letter entry is composed
+by all the index entries beginning with that letter. A letter may
+be a non alphabetical character, but we call it letter here.
+
+An index summary appears at the beginning and at the end of an index list,
+and should be used to jump directly to a letter entry. Indices lists
+may be split across pages, thus the different letters may appear on different
+files. The number of index entries appearing on each page is determined
+by a variable @variable{$SPLIT_INDEX} if set. The default is to split
+indices after 100 entries.
+
+The formatting of all these elements is controlled by the following
+function references:
+
+@table @emph
+@item formatting of a letter in a summary
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $letter summary_letter $letter $file $identifier
+This function is used to format a letter appearing in a summary, refering
+to a letter entry in the index list.
+@var{$letter} is the letter. @var{$file} is the file name where the letter
+entry appears. More precisely, it is empty when the letter entry is on the
+same page than the summary, it contains the file name when the index page
+is split accross page. @var{$identifier} is an identifier for the target
+letter entry.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@item formatting of a summary
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $summary index_summary \@@alphabetical_letters \@@nonalphabetical_letters
+@var{\@@alphabetical_letters} and @var{\@@nonalphabetical_letters} contain the
+formatted summary letters, formatted with the above function.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@item formatting of an index entry
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $entry index_entry $entry_href $entry_text $section_href $section_heading
+@var{$entry_href} is a reference to the place where the index entry
+appeared, @var{$entry_text} is the corresponding text. @var{$section_href}
+is a reference to the beginning of the sectioning element containing
+the index entry, @var{$section_heading} is the heading of the element.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@item formatting of letter entry
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $letter_entry index_letter $letter $identifier $index_entries_text
+This function formats a letter entry, consisting in all the index entries
+beginning with this letter. @var{$letter} is the letter, @var{$identifier}
+should be used to create a target for links (typically links from summaries),
+and @var{$index_entries_text} is the text of the index entries formatted as
+described above.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@item formatting of whole index
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $index print_index $index_text $index_name
+@var{$index_text} is the text of all the index entries grouped by letter
+appearing in that page formatted as above. @var{index_name} is the name of
+the index, the argument of @code{@@printindex}.
+@end deftypefn
+@end table
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Floats and lists of floats
+@section Floats and lists of floats
+
+Floats appear in the @code{@@float} environment, optionaly with a style
+and a label, and with optionnal @code{@@caption} and @code{@@shortcaption}.
+Their list appear after a @code{@@listoffloats}.
+
+A hash reference is associated with each float, it is available in some
+formatting functions. The keys are:
+@table @code
+@item caption_texi
+@itemx shortcaption_texi
+A reference on an array containing the caption or shortcaption lines,
+unformatted.
+@item style_texi
+The style with texi @@-commands.
+@item style_id
+The unique identifier associated with the style.
+@item nr
+The number with the same conventions than makeinfo (use the chapter number a
+dot and then the number of the float of that style in the chapter, or an
+absolute number if in unnumbered).
+@item chapter_nr
+The number of the chapter containing the float.
+@item nr_in_chapter
+The number of the float in the chapter.
+@item absolut_nr
+The number of the float in the document.
+@item texi
+The label with @@-commands.
+@item id
+The unique identifier associated with the label. Usefull to make an anchor
+or a reference.
+@item element
+A reference on a structure representing the element the float appear in.
+@end table
+
+@menu
+* Floats:: Formatting of floats
+* Lists of floats:: Formatting the lists of floats
+@end menu
+
+@node Floats
+@subsection Formatting a float
+
+First there is an occasion to construct a texinfo text for the caption, using
+the caption texinfo lines and the informations in the float structure.
+The returned lines will be formatted in the main program. A function reference
+is used here:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} {(\@@caption_lines_returned, \@@shortcaption_lines_returned)} caption_shortcaption \%float \@@caption_lines \@@shortcaption_lines
+@var{\%float} is the structure defined above. @var{\@@caption_lines} and
+@var{\@@shortcaption_lines} are references on arrays containing the
+texinfo lines for caption and short caption. @var{\@@caption_lines_returned}
+and @var{\@@shortcaption_lines_returned} are references on an array
+containing the texinfo lines for the caption and shortcaption.
+@end deftypefn
+
+Then the float is formatted with the following function reference:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $text float $float_text \%float $caption_text $shortcaption_text
+@var{$float_text} is the text appearing within the @code{@@float}, formatted.
+@var{\%float} is still the structure defined above. @var{$caption_text} and
+@var{$shortcaption_text} are the caption and short caption build with the
+above function and formatted.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@node Lists of floats
+@subsection Formatting lists of floats
+
+A list of floats is introduced by @code{@@listoffloats}. The argument of
+@code{@@listoffloats} is the @dfn{style}. First the style texinfo can be
+modified with the following function reference:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $style_texi_returned listoffloats_style $style_texi
+@var{$style_texi} is the @code{@@listoffloats} argument with texinfo
+@@-commands kept. It is possible to make changes to the @var{$style_texi} and
+return a modified string, still with @@-commands. The modified string
+is formatted in the main program.
+@end deftypefn
+
+After that, for each of the floats with that style, first there is a
+possibility to modify the float style and the float caption before they
+are formatted in the main program, with the following function references:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $float_style_texi_returned listoffloats_float_style $style_texi \%float
+@var{$style_texi} is the style, and @var{\%float} is the structure described
+above. This function reference returns a style to be formatted in the
+main program.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $caption_texi_returned listoffloats_caption \%float
+@var{\%float} is the structure described
+above. This function reference returns a caption to be formatted in the
+main program.
+@end deftypefn
+
+Each entry is formatted by:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $listoffloats_entry listoffloats_entry $style_texi \%float $float_style $caption $href
+@var{$style_texi} is the style with @@-commands, @var{$float_style} is the
+style returned by the above function and formatted. @var{$caption} is the
+caption returned by the above function formatted. @var{\%float} is the
+structure corresponding with the float, and @var{$href} is an href pointing to
+the float location.
+@end deftypefn
+
+Lastly, the whole @code{@@listoffloats} is formatted by:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} $listoffloats listoffloats $style_texi $style \@@listoffloats_entries
+@var{$style_texi} is the style with @@-commands, @var{$style} is the
+style returned by the above function and formatted. The array reference
+@var{\@@listoffloats_entries} holds the entries formatted by the above
+function.
+@end deftypefn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Footnotes
+@section Customizing the footnotes formatting
+
+Each footnote is associated with a footnote entry. Several footnote entries
+are grouped in a footnote section. When a footnote appears, two things must
+be formatted: in the main text the place where the footnote appear
+and the footnote text.
+
+Two functions, with corresponding function references control the formatting
+of the footnotes:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} {(\@@lines $text_for_document)} foot_line_and_ref $number_in_doc $number_in_page $footnote_id $place_id $document_file $footnote_file \@@lines \%state
+@var{$number_in_doc} is the footnote number in the whole document,
+@var{$number_in_page} is the footnote number in the current page.
+@var{$footnote_id} is an identifier for the footnote in the footnote text
+which should be used to make target for references to that footnote,
+while @var{$place_id} is an identifier for the location of the footnote
+in the main document. Similarly, @var{$document_file} is the file name
+of the file containing the text where the footnote appears in the main
+document, while @var{$footnote_file} is the file name of the file where
+the footnote text appears.
+
+@var{\@@lines} is a reference on an array containing the footnote text
+lines, allready formatted.
+And @var{\%state} holds informations about the context at the footnote
+place in the main document. As usual the most usefull entry is
+@code{preformatted} which is true if the footnote appears in a preformatted
+context.
+
+This function returns a reference on an array, @var{\@@lines} containing
+the updated footnote text for the footnote entry, and @var{$text_for_document},
+the text appearing at the footnote place in the main document, linking
+to the footnote entry.
+@end deftypefn
+
+The following function is only used when footnotes are at the bottom
+of a page and the document is split.
+For customization of the footnotes page in case they are on a separated
+page or section, @ref{Special pages layout}. For
+the determination of the footnote locations, @ref{Page layout options}.
+
+@deffn {Function Reference} foot_section \@@footnotes_lines
+This function formats a group of footnotes. @var{\@@footnotes_lines} is a
+reference on an array holding the lines of all the footnote entries
+formatted as explained above. This function modifies the reference.
+@end deffn
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+
+@node Other and unknown commands
+@section Customizing other commands, and unknown commands
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@c @node Skipped commands
+@c @section Customizing ignored commands and text
+
+@cindex skipped command
+@cindex unknown command
+
+Many commands without braces are available in texinfo, sometimes with
+a specific syntax. For example we have @code{@@sp}, @code{@@noindent},
+@code{@@documentlanguage}, @code{@@oddheading}, @code{@@headings},
+@code{@@shortcontents}, @code{@@shorttitlepage} or @code{@@comment}.
+@command{texi2html} interprets
+some of these commands and some functions or variables are used for
+their formatting or to access their information.
+In the default case, however, most of these constructs are ignored.
+
+It is possible to change how the things following these commands
+on the line are handled, what is considered to be an arg for those
+commands and it is also possible to keep them instead of discarding
+them such that it is possible to handle them specially, with the
+same function than the one used for unknown commands.
+
+Those special commands without braces are the key of a hash:
+@variable{%misc_command}. The associated value is a reference on a
+hash enabling to set the properties of these commands. The
+keys of this hash reference is the name of a property, the value
+is the value of the property. For example here we have @code{line}
+for the @code{arg} property for the @code{command} @@-command.
+
+@example
+$misc_command@{'command'@} = @{'arg' => 'line', 'skip' => 'space'@};
+@end example
+
+The properties and possible values are:
+
+@table @code
+@item skip
+This property enables to set what is skipped after the command arguments.
+Here are the possible values:
+@table @code
+@item line
+The remaining of the line is skipped.
+@item space
+Spaces are skipped but not newline.
+@item whitespace
+Spaces are skipped
+@item linewhitespace
+Spaces are skipped if there are only spaces remaining on the line.
+@item linespace
+Spaces are skipped, but not newline if
+there are only spaces remaining on the line
+@end table
+
+@item arg
+If the associated value is @code{line} the line is considered to be the
+argument. If it is a number it is the number of args (separated by spaces).
+@item texi
+If true the arguments are considered to real texinfo, therefore
+ @code{@@value} and @code{@@macro} are expanded.
+@item keep
+If true the args and the macro are kept, otherwise they are discarded.
+The defaut is to have @code{keep} undef for all the commands.
+If @code{keep} is true for @code{@@verbatiminclude} the default
+action for this macro isn't done.
+@end table
+
+
+Commands which don't appear in the hashes
+@c @variable{%things_map} @variable{%pre_map}
+@variable{%simple_map}, @variable{%simple_map_pre},
+@variable{%simple_map_texi} and @code{%misc_command}, or that appear in
+@code{%misc_command} but with @code{keep} true are processed by the
+following function reference:
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} {($result_line, $result, $result_text, $message)} unknown $command $line
+@var{$command} is the @@-command, @var{$line} is the line following the
+@var{$command}. @var{$result} is a boolean. If it is true then the other return
+values are taken into account otherwise the default actions are
+used. In case @var{$result} is true, @var{$result_line} is the new line
+to be processed further, @var{$result_text} is the resulting formatted text
+and @var{$message}, if defined is a message outputted to the output
+with line number added by @command{texi2html}.
+@end deftypefn
+
+Commands with braces not specified above
+nor in @variable{%style_map}, @variable{%style_map_pre} and
+@variable{%style_map_texi} are processed
+by the following function reference
+
+@deftypefn {Function Reference} {($result, $result_text, $message)} unknown_style $command $text
+@var{$command} is the @@-command, @var{$text} is the text appearing within
+the braces (allready formatted). @var{$result} is a boolean. If it is true then
+the other return
+values are taken into account otherwise the default actions are
+used. In case @var{$result} is true, @var{$result_text} is the resulting
+formatted text
+and @var{$message}, if defined is a message outputted to the output
+with line number added by @command{texi2html}.
+@end deftypefn
+
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@c ========================================================
+@c ========================================================
+
+@node Internationalization
+@appendix Internationalization
+
+The strings written in the document are selected based on the
+document language. This can be used to customize the strings,
+as described in @ref{Strings}. This also enables translation of the
+strings.
+
+@menu
+* Translating strings::
+* Adding new strings::
+@end menu
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Translating strings
+@appendixsec Translating strings
+
+@cindex Translation
+@cindex i18n
+@vindex $LANGUAGES
+@vindex $T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS
+
+If the language is allready supported, then there will be a file
+in the @file{i18n} directory with name the two-letter
+ISO-639 language code. In that case you can enhance the translations by
+editing this file. There is a @code{$LANGUAGES->@{'@var{language}'@}}
+hash in that file. The keys are the english strings, in @code{''}, the
+values (in @code{''} after @code{=>}) are the translations.
+When a string contains a @samp{%} followed by @samp{@{} @var{name} @samp{@}}
+it means that the string will be expanded by @command{texi2html}. For
+an example, see @ref{Strings}.
+
+After that you should run the command @command{./manage_i18n.pl all} in
+the top directory, it should merge your file with the existing files in
+@file{translations.pl}, which is incorporated to the @file{texi2html} script
+by @command{./configure}.
+
+If the language isn't currently supported, copy the @file{en} file in
+@file{i18n} to a file with name the two-letter ISO-639
+language code of your language
+ and then add your translations to the strings. You could also add your
+two-letter language code in the @file{manage_i18n.pl} file in the
+@code{@@known_languages} array.
+
+After that you should similarly run the command
+@command{./manage_i18n.pl all} in
+the top directory.
+
+Obsoleted strings are not removed from the files, they are still present
+in the @code{$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->@{'@var{language}'@}} hash in case
+the string is reused later.
+
+If you made change to strings specified in installed files
+(@pxref{Installation})
+you will have to reinstall them otherwise the installated files will
+take precedence (@pxref{Using init files}).
+
+@c -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+@node Adding new strings
+@appendixsec Adding new strings written to document
+
+@cindex internationalized strings
+@cindex @command{manage_i18n.pl}
+
+If you need to write strings, for example the new string @var{a string}
+to the resulting document, call @code{&$I('a string')}. Use simple quotes.
+If you want to substitute a value in the string put
+@code{%@{@var{string_value}@}}, in the string, and give a second argument
+to @code{&$I}, a hash reference with key @var{string_value} and value
+the what you want to substitute.
+Here is an example:
+
+@example
+return &$I('%@{name@} of %@{class@}', @{ 'name' => $name, 'class' => $class @});
+@end example
+
+In that case @code{%@{name@}} is substituted by @code{$name} in the translated
+string.
+
+After that you should run the command @command{./manage_i18n.pl all} in the top
+directory, it should add your new strings to all the files in the @file{i18n}
+directory.
+
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@c commandline option index.
+@node Indexop
+@appendix Command Line Option Index
+@printindex op
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Indexvr
+@appendix Variable Index
+@printindex vr
+@c --------------------------------------------------------
+@node Indexcp
+@appendix Concept Index
+@printindex cp
+@bye
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texinfo.tex b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texinfo.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b88e12dec42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/texinfo.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,6882 @@
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{2004-02-06.08}
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
+% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
+% Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+% your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+%
+% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
+% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
+% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
+% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
+% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+% tex foo.texi
+% texindex foo.??
+% tex foo.texi
+% tex foo.texi
+% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% full Texinfo distribution.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
+ \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+\message{Basics,}
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+\let\ptexgtr=>
+\let\ptexhat=^
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexindent=\indent
+\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
+\let\ptexinsert=\insert
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptext=\t
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+ \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+ \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+
+% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
+% in some cases the escape char.
+\chardef\colonChar = `\:
+\chardef\commaChar = `\,
+\chardef\dotChar = `\.
+\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\questChar = `\?
+\chardef\semiChar = `\;
+\chardef\underChar = `\_
+
+\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
+\chardef\spacecat = 10
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode\spaceChar=\spacecat}
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+% The following is used inside several \edef's.
+\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
+\hyphenation{eshell}
+\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
+\hyphenation{time-stamp}
+\hyphenation{white-space}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
+% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+%
+\def\|{%
+ % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+ \leavevmode
+ %
+ % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+ \vadjust{%
+ % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+ % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+ \vskip-\baselineskip
+ %
+ % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
+ % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+ \llap{%
+ %
+ % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+ \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+ %
+ % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+ \hskip 12pt
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
+% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
+% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\def\loggingall{%
+ \tracingstats2
+ \tracingpages1
+ \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
+ \tracingparagraphs1
+ \tracingoutput1
+ \tracingmacros2
+ \tracingrestores1
+ \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+ \tracingscantokens1
+ \tracingifs1
+ \tracinggroups1
+ \tracingnesting2
+ \tracingassigns1
+ \fi
+ \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
+ \errorcontextlines16
+}%
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
+% For @cropmarks command.
+% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%
+\newif\ifcropmarks
+\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
+%
+% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
+% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+%
+\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
+\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
+\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
+\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
+
+% Main output routine.
+\chardef\PAGE = 255
+\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
+% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+ \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+ \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+ %
+ % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
+ % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+ \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+ \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+ %
+ {%
+ % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
+ % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
+ % before the \shipout runs.
+ %
+ \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
+ \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
+ \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
+ % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+ \shipout\vbox{%
+ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
+ \hsize = \outerhsize
+ \vskip-\topandbottommargin
+ \vtop to0pt{%
+ \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ }%
+ \vss}%
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin
+ \line\bgroup
+ \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
+ \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \fi
+ %
+ \unvbox\headlinebox
+ \pagebody{#1}%
+ \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+ % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+ % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+ % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+ \vskip 2\baselineskip
+ \unvbox\footlinebox
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks
+ \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
+ \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+ \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
+ \vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
+ }%
+ \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
+ \fi
+ }% end of \shipout\vbox
+ }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive
+ \advancepageno
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+ \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
+\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
+\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
+% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
+% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
+%
+\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
+\def\nstop{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
+\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
+\def\nsbot{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+%
+\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
+\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
+ \def\next{#2}%
+ \begingroup
+ \obeylines
+ \spaceisspace
+ #1%
+ \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
+}
+
+{\obeylines %
+ \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+ \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+ \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
+ }%
+}
+
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
+
+% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
+%
+% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
+% @end itemize @c foo
+% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
+% by \finishparsearg.
+%
+\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
+ \def\temp{#3}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run;
+ % thus we reuse \temp.
+ \let\temp\finishparsearg
+ \else
+ \let\temp\argcheckspaces
+ \fi
+ % Put the space token in:
+ \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
+}
+
+% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
+% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
+% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
+% just before passing the control to \next.
+% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
+% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
+% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
+%
+% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
+%
+\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}}
+
+% \parseargdef\foo{...}
+% is roughly equivalent to
+% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
+% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
+%
+% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
+% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
+
+\def\parseargdef#1{%
+ \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
+}
+\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
+ \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
+ \def#1##1%
+}
+
+% Several utility definitions with active space:
+{
+ \obeyspaces
+ \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
+
+ % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+ % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+ % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+ % should produce a line of output anyway.
+ %
+ \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
+
+ % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+ % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+ % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+ \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
+}
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
+%
+% \envdef\foo{...}
+% \def\Efoo{...}
+%
+% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
+% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
+% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
+% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
+% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
+%
+% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
+% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The
+% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
+% special case.)
+
+
+% At runtime, environments start with this:
+\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
+% initialize
+\let\thisenv\empty
+
+% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
+\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+
+% Check whether we're in the right environment:
+\def\checkenv#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\thisenv\temp
+ \else
+ \badenverr
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected:
+\def\badenverr{%
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
+ not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+}
+\def\inenvironment#1{%
+ \ifx#1\empty
+ out of any environment%
+ \else
+ in environment \expandafter\string#1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
+%
+\parseargdef\end{%
+ \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
+ \else
+ % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
+ \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
+ \csname E#1\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
+
+%% Simple single-character @ commands
+
+% @@ prints an @
+% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
+\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
+
+% This is turned off because it was never documented
+% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
+%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
+%% but suppressing ligatures.
+%\def\`{{`}}
+%\def\'{{'}}
+
+% Used to generate quoted braces.
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace
+\let\}=\myrbrace
+\begingroup
+ % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
+ % and @{ and @} for the aux file.
+ \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
+ \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+ \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
+ !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
+ !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
+ !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
+ !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
+!endgroup
+
+% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \c
+\let\dotaccent = \.
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \t
+\let\ubaraccent = \b
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
+ \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
+ \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
+% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
+%
+\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
+% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
+% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
+% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle).
+%
+\def\LaTeX{%
+ L\kern-.36em
+ {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
+ \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
+ \kern-.15em
+ \TeX
+}
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @/ allows a line break.
+\let\/=\allowbreak
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
+% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
+% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
+% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
+% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
+%
+\newbox\groupbox
+\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
+%
+\envdef\group{%
+ \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
+ \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+ \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+ \fi
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
+ % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+ % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+ % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
+ % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
+ % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+ % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+ \comment
+}
+%
+% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
+% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
+% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+% above. But it's pretty close.
+\def\Egroup{%
+ % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
+ % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
+ \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
+ \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
+ \egroup % End the \vtop.
+ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+ \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+ % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+ \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+ % group, force a page break.
+ \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+ \page
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \box\groupbox
+ \prevdepth = \dimen1
+ \checkinserts
+}
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
+
+% Old definition--didn't work.
+%\parseargdef\need{\par %
+%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
+%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
+%{\baselineskip=0pt%
+%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
+%\prevdepth=-1000pt
+%}}
+
+\parseargdef\need{%
+ % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+ % paragraph.
+ \par
+ %
+ % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+ \dimen0 = #1\mil
+ \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+ \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+ \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+ %
+ % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
+ % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
+ % And a page break here is fine.
+ \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
+ %
+ % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+ % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
+ % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+ % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+ % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
+ %
+ % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+ % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+ % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+ % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+ % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
+ % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+ % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+ \penalty9999
+ %
+ % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+ \kern -#1\mil
+ %
+ % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @page forces the start of a new page.
+%
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+ \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+ \nobreak
+ \kern-\strutdepth
+ \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+ \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+ \vss
+ % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+ % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+ \ifx#1l%
+ \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+ \else
+ \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+ \fi
+ \null
+ }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
+ \def\righttext{#2}%
+ \else
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
+ \def\righttext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno
+ \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+}
+
+% @include file insert text of that file as input.
+%
+\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
+\def\includezzz#1{%
+ \pushthisfilestack
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \def\temp{\input #1 }%
+ \expandafter
+ }\temp
+ \popthisfilestack
+}
+\def\filenamecatcodes{%
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`~=\other
+ \catcode`^=\other
+ \catcode`_=\other
+ \catcode`|=\other
+ \catcode`<=\other
+ \catcode`>=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other
+ \catcode`-=\other
+}
+
+\def\pushthisfilestack{%
+ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
+ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
+ \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
+}
+
+\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
+\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
+ the stack of filenames is empty.}}
+
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line
+% outputs that line, centered.
+%
+\parseargdef\center{%
+ \ifhmode
+ \let\next\centerH
+ \else
+ \let\next\centerV
+ \fi
+ \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+}
+\def\centerH#1{%
+ {%
+ \hfil\break
+ \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \line{#1}%
+ \break
+ }%
+}
+\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
+
+% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
+
+\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
+
+\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\commentxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+
+\let\c=\comment
+
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
+% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \defaultparindent = 0pt
+ \else
+ \defaultparindent = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+ \else
+ \lispnarrowing = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @firstparagraphindent WORD
+% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
+% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
+% paragraphs.
+%
+% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
+% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
+% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
+% By default, we suppress indentation.
+%
+\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\newdimen\currentparindent
+%
+\def\insertword{insert}
+%
+\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
+ \else\ifx\temp\insertword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
+% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
+%
+% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
+% paragraph.
+%
+\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
+ \gdef\indent{%
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ \indent
+ }%
+ \gdef\noindent{%
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ \noindent
+ }%
+ \global\everypar = {%
+ \kern -\parindent
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ }%
+}
+
+\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
+ \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
+ \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
+ \global \everypar = {}%
+}
+
+
+% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
+% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% which is what @var uses.
+{
+ \catcode\underChar = \active
+ \gdef\mathunderscore{%
+ \catcode\underChar=\active
+ \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+ }
+}
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
+% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
+% otherwise define @\.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+ \tex
+ \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ $\finishmath
+}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
+% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+ \catcode`^ = \active
+ \catcode`< = \active
+ \catcode`> = \active
+ \catcode`+ = \active
+ \gdef\mathactive{%
+ \let^ = \ptexhat
+ \let< = \ptexless
+ \let> = \ptexgtr
+ \let+ = \ptexplus
+ }
+}
+
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
+\def\minus{$-$}
+
+% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
+% font as three actual period characters.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \hbox to 1.5em{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil
+ .\hfil.\hfil.%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil
+ }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+ \dots
+ \spacefactor=3000
+}
+
+% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
+% Texinfo's parsing.
+%
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+ \iflinks
+ \tryauxfile
+ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+ \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+ \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+ \openindices
+ \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+ %
+ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+ \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
+ \closein 1
+ %
+ \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
+}
+
+% Called from \setfilename.
+%
+\def\openindices{%
+ \newindex{cp}%
+ \newcodeindex{fn}%
+ \newcodeindex{vr}%
+ \newcodeindex{tp}%
+ \newcodeindex{ky}%
+ \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+ \pdffalse
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\linkcolor = \relax
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\else
+ \pdftrue
+ \pdfoutput = 1
+ \input pdfcolor
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+ \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\imagewidth{#2}%
+ \def\imageheight{#3}%
+ % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+ % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \immediate\pdfimage
+ \else
+ \immediate\pdfximage
+ \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+ #1.pdf%
+ \else
+ {#1.pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+ \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+ \fi}
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title
+ % aren't expanded.
+ \atdummies
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \pdfdest name{#1} xyz%
+ }}
+ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
+ \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
+ \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+ % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+ % come from Petr Olsak
+ \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+ \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+ \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+ \advance\tempnum by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+ %
+ % #1 is the section text. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+ % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node
+ % text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no
+ % corresponding node. #4 is the page number.
+ %
+ \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+ % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
+ % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
+ % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
+ % seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured.
+ \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+ \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi
+ %
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+ \begingroup
+ % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
+ \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
+ \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
+ %
+ % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \def\thischapnum{##2}%
+ \let\thissecnum\empty
+ \let\thissubsecnum\empty
+ }%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
+ \def\thissecnum{##2}%
+ \let\thissubsecnum\empty
+ }%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
+ }%
+ \let\thischapnum\empty
+ \let\thissecnum\empty
+ \let\thissubsecnum\empty
+ %
+ % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
+ % al. a second time, below.
+ \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ %
+ % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
+ % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
+ % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
+ %
+ % We use the node names as the destinations.
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
+ %
+ % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
+ % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
+ % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
+ % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
+ % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
+ %
+ % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
+ % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right
+ % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ %
+ \def\makelinks #1,{%
+ \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
+ \ifx\params\E
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
+ \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
+ \picknum{#1}%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
+ \linkcolor #1%
+ \advance\lnkcount by 1%
+ \endlink
+ \fi
+ \nextmakelinks
+ }
+ \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
+ \def\pn#1{%
+ \def\p{#1}%
+ \ifx\p\lbrace
+ \let\nextpn=\ppn
+ \else
+ \let\nextpn=\ppnn
+ \def\first{#1}
+ \fi
+ \nextpn
+ }
+ \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
+ \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
+ \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+ \else
+ \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \leavevmode\Red
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+ % #1
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+ \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+
+\message{fonts,}
+
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+ \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+ \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
+}
+
+% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
+%
+\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
+% Default leading.
+\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+ \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+ \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+ \normalbaselines
+ \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+ \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+ depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+ }%
+}
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
+
+% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
+\newcount\mainmagstep
+\ifx\bigger\relax
+ % not really supported.
+ \mainmagstep=\magstep1
+ \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+ \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+\else
+ \mainmagstep=\magstephalf
+ \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+ \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\fi
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\authortt{\sectt}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi10
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
+% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
+% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+ \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
+ \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
+ \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+}
+
+% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
+% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
+% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
+% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
+%
+% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
+% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+%
+% This all needs generalizing, badly.
+%
+\def\textfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
+ \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
+ \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+ \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
+\def\titlefonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
+ \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
+ \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
+ \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+ \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\def\chapfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
+ \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
+ \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+ \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
+\def\secfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
+ \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
+ \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+ \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
+\def\subsecfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
+ \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
+ \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+ \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
+\def\reducedfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
+ \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
+ \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
+ \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
+ \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+ \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallerfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
+ \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+ \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
+
+% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
+
+% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
+% can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
+% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
+% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
+% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
+%
+% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
+% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
+%
+% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
+% --karl, 24jan03.
+
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\textfonts \rm
+
+% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+
+%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
+%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+
+% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
+% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
+ \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
+% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
+\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
+% ttsl for book titles, do we?
+\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\var=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
+% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
+% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
+%
+\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
+\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
+% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+ \def\frenchspacing{%
+ \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
+ \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+ }
+\catcode`@=\other
+
+\def\t#1{%
+ {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
+ \null
+}
+\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\font\keysy=cmsy9
+\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+ \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+ \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+ \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+ \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+ \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+% The old definition, with no lozenge:
+%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+
+% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
+\let\file=\samp
+\let\option=\samp
+
+% @code is a modification of @t,
+% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+ {%
+ % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+ \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+ %
+ % Switch to typewriter.
+ \tt
+ %
+ % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+ \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+ %
+ % Turn off hyphenation.
+ \nohyphenation
+ %
+ \rawbackslash
+ \frenchspacing
+ #1%
+ }%
+ \null
+}
+
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+
+% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
+% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
+% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
+% -- rms.
+{
+ \catcode`\-=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ %
+ \global\def\code{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
+ \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
+ \codex
+ }
+}
+
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{%
+ % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
+ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
+ % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
+ % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
+ \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
+ \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
+ \else\normalunderscore \fi
+ \discretionary{}{}{}}%
+ {\_}%
+}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+ \def\arg{#1}%
+ \ifx\arg\worddistinct
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+ \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct.'
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\url=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \ifpdf
+ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ \else
+ \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\ifpdf
+ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+ \endlink
+ \endgroup}
+\else
+ \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
+
+% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
+% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
+% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
+%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
+
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
+
+\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
+\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+ {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which is in the CM italic font.
+%
+\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
+% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
+% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
+%
+\def\registeredsymbol{%
+ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
+ \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+ }$%
+}
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
+% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
+%
+\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+
+\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+ \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+
+\envdef\titlepage{%
+ % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+ % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+ \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+ % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+ %
+ % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+ % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+ \let\oldpage = \page
+ \def\page{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ \let\page = \oldpage
+ \page
+ \null
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+ % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+ % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+ % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+ \oldpage
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+ % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+ \HEADINGSon
+ %
+ % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+ \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \shortcontents
+ \contents
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \contents
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+ \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
+
+\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
+
+\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
+ \let\tt=\authortt}
+
+\parseargdef\title{%
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
+ % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+ \finishedtitlepagefalse
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
+}
+
+\parseargdef\subtitle{%
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
+}
+
+% @author should come last, but may come many times.
+\parseargdef\author{%
+ \def\temp{\quotation}%
+ \ifx\thisenv\temp
+ This edition of the manual is dedicated to Karl Berry who should
+ really make affiliations work.
+ \else
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
+ {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make TeX use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
+ \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
+ \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what @headings on does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+ \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+ %
+ % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
+ % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+ \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
+ \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+}
+
+\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+
+
+% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off turns them off.
+% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{%
+\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
+\HEADINGSoff
+% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
+
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
+\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+ \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+ \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+ \fi
+ \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
+ \itemindex{#1}%
+ \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+ %
+ % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+ % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+ % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+ % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+ % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+ \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+ %
+ % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+ % but leave it ragged-right.
+ \begingroup
+ \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+ \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+ \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+ \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+ % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+ \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately
+ % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
+ % \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment
+ % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then
+ % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to
+ % crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal
+ % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all.
+ % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by
+ % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or
+ % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be
+ % penalty 10001...)
+ \penalty 10001
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+ \else
+ % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
+ % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+ \noindent
+ % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+ % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+ % eventually be printed.
+ \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+ \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+ \unhbox0
+ \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\envdef\table{%
+ \let\itemindex\gobble
+ \tablex
+}
+\envdef\ftable{%
+ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
+ \tablex
+}
+\envdef\vtable{%
+ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
+ \tablex
+}
+\def\tablex#1{%
+ \def\itemindicate{#1}%
+ \parsearg\tabley
+}
+\def\tabley#1{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
+ \expandafter
+ }\temp \endtablez
+}
+\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
+ \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
+ \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
+ \itemmax=\tableindent
+ \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
+ \exdentamount=\tableindent
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \parskip = \smallskipamount
+ \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ \let\item = \internalBitem
+ \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
+}
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
+\let\Eftable\Etable
+\let\Evtable\Etable
+\let\Eitemize\Etable
+\let\Eenumerate\Etable
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
+
+\def\doitemize#1{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \itemmax=\itemindent
+ \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
+ \exdentamount=\itemindent
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \parskip=\smallskipamount
+ \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ \def\itemcontents{#1}%
+ % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
+ \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+ \let\item=\itemizeitem
+}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
+%
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+ \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
+ {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
+ {%
+ % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
+ % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
+ % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
+ % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
+ % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
+ % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
+ % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
+ % that's the theory.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
+ \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
+ \flushcr
+}
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+ % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+ \def\thearg{#1}%
+ \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+ %
+ % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
+ % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+ % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+ % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+ % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+ \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+ \ifx\rest\empty
+ % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
+ % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+ % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+ % not equal to itself.
+ % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+ %
+ % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+ % continuing to look for a <number>.
+ %
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+ \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+ \else
+ % It's a letter.
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+ \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+ \else
+ \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
+ \numericenumerate
+ \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \thearg
+ \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}%
+ \fi
+ \char\lccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}
+ \fi
+ \char\uccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+ \advance\itemno by -1
+ \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
+}
+
+% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
+% to @enumerate.
+%
+\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
+\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
+\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+
+
+% @multitable macros
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
+%
+% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
+% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
+% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
+
+% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
+
+% To make preamble:
+%
+% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
+% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
+% @item ...
+%
+% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
+% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
+% columns as desired.
+
+
+% Or use a template:
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item ...
+% using the widest term desired in each column.
+
+% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
+% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
+% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
+% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
+
+% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
+% if they are.
+
+% Sample multitable:
+
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
+% @item
+% first col stuff
+% @tab
+% second col stuff
+% @tab
+% third col
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
+% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
+%
+% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
+% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
+% @end multitable
+
+% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
+% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
+% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
+% to baseline.
+% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
+%
+\newskip\multitableparskip
+\newskip\multitableparindent
+\newdimen\multitablecolspace
+\newskip\multitablelinespace
+\multitableparskip=0pt
+\multitableparindent=6pt
+\multitablecolspace=12pt
+\multitablelinespace=0pt
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
+% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
+% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
+% percent of \hsize for this column.
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
+ \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+ \def\firstarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+ \let\go = \relax
+ \else
+ \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+ \global\setpercenttrue
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent
+ \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+ \else
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+ % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+ % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+ % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+ \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+ \else
+ \let\go = \setuptable
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \go
+}
+
+% multitable-only commands.
+%
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
+% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
+% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
+\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
+%
+% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
+% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
+% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
+% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
+
+% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
+%
+\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
+%
+\envdef\multitable{%
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
+ \let\item\crcr
+ %
+ \tolerance=9500
+ \hbadness=9500
+ \setmultitablespacing
+ \parskip=\multitableparskip
+ \parindent=\multitableparindent
+ \overfullrule=0pt
+ \global\colcount=0
+ %
+ \everycr = {%
+ \noalign{%
+ \global\everytab={}%
+ \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
+ % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
+ \checkinserts
+ % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+ %\filbreak
+ % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
+ % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
+ % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+ }%
+ }%
+ %
+ \parsearg\domultitable
+}
+\def\domultitable#1{%
+ % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+ \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+ %
+ % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+ % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+ % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+ % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+ \halign\bgroup &%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \multistrut
+ \vtop{%
+ % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
+ \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+ %
+ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+ % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+ % the first one.
+ %
+ % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+ % to the width of each template entry.
+ %
+ % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+ % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+ % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
+ % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+ %
+ % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+ \rightskip=0pt
+ \ifnum\colcount=1
+ % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+ \advance\hsize by\leftskip
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent \else
+ % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+ % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+ \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+ \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+ % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+ % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+ % For example:
+ % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+ % @item @code{#}
+ % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+ % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
+ % marking characters.
+ \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
+ }\cr
+}
+\def\Emultitable{%
+ \crcr
+ \egroup % end the \halign
+ \global\setpercentfalse
+}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
+% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
+% current baselineskip.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
+%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
+%% to keep lines equally spaced
+\let\multistrut = \strut
+\else
+%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
+\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
+width0pt\relax} \fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
+% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
+% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
+% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
+% attempt to close an environment group.
+%
+\def\makecond#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
+ \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
+}
+\makecond{iftex}
+\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
+\makecond{ifnothtml}
+\makecond{ifnotinfo}
+\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
+\makecond{ifnotxml}
+
+% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
+%
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
+\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
+%
+% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
+\newcount\doignorecount
+
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+ % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
+ \catcode`\@ = \other
+ \catcode`\{ = \other
+ \catcode`\} = \other
+ %
+ % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+ \spaceisspace
+ %
+ % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
+ \doignorecount = 0
+ %
+ % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
+ \dodoignore {#1}%
+}
+
+{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
+ \obeylines %
+ %
+ \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
+ % #1 contains the string `ifinfo'.
+ %
+ % Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line
+ % by itself.
+ \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
+ % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
+ % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
+ % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
+ \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
+ %
+ % And now expand that command.
+ \obeylines %
+ \doignoretext ^^M%
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
+ \let\next\doignoretextzzz
+ \else % Found a nested condition, ...
+ \advance\doignorecount by 1
+ \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
+ % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
+ \fi
+ \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
+}
+
+% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
+%
+\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
+ \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
+ \let\next\enddoignore
+ \else % Still inside a nested condition.
+ \advance\doignorecount by -1
+ \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+% Finish off ignored text.
+\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it.
+% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
+%
+\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ \next{}%
+ \else
+ \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\parseargdef\clear{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
+ }%
+}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+{
+ \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
+ %
+ \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
+ \let\value = \expandablevalue
+ % We don't want these characters active, ...
+ \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+ % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
+ % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
+ % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
+ \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
+ }
+}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
+% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
+% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
+% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
+% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
+% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+ \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
+%
+\makecond{ifset}
+\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
+\def\doifset#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \let\next=\empty
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
+ #1% If not set, redefine \next.
+ \fi
+ \expandafter
+ }\next
+}
+\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
+% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
+% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
+%
+\makecond{ifclear}
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory=\comment
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
+
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
+
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
+% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
+% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
+% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
+% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
+% for the sake of vms.
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
+ \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
+%
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+%
+% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+ % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+ % closing the target index.
+ \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+ % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+ % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+ \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+ \fi
+ % redefine \fooindfile:
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+ % redefine \fooindex:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
+
+% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
+% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
+\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
+\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
+% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
+% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
+%
+\def\indexdummies{%
+ \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
+ \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+ % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+ % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+ % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+ \let\{ = \mylbrace
+ \let\} = \myrbrace
+ %
+ % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus
+ % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control
+ % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect
+ % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+ % from whatever follows.
+ %
+ % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+ % space.
+ %
+ % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+ % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+ % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+ %
+ \def\definedummyword##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}%
+ }%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine
+% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses
+% @, this will be simpler.
+%
+\def\atdummies{%
+ \def\@{@@}%
+ \def\ {@ }%
+ \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
+ \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+ %
+ % (See comments in \indexdummies.)
+ \def\definedummyword##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}%
+ }%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and
+% \definedummyletter must be defined first.
+%
+\def\commondummies{%
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ %
+ \commondummiesnofonts
+ %
+ \definedummyletter{_}%
+ %
+ % Non-English letters.
+ \definedummyword{AA}%
+ \definedummyword{AE}%
+ \definedummyword{L}%
+ \definedummyword{OE}%
+ \definedummyword{O}%
+ \definedummyword{aa}%
+ \definedummyword{ae}%
+ \definedummyword{l}%
+ \definedummyword{oe}%
+ \definedummyword{o}%
+ \definedummyword{ss}%
+ \definedummyword{exclamdown}%
+ \definedummyword{questiondown}%
+ \definedummyword{ordf}%
+ \definedummyword{ordm}%
+ %
+ % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+ \definedummyword{bf}%
+ \definedummyword{gtr}%
+ \definedummyword{hat}%
+ \definedummyword{less}%
+ \definedummyword{sf}%
+ \definedummyword{sl}%
+ \definedummyword{tclose}%
+ \definedummyword{tt}%
+ %
+ \definedummyword{LaTeX}%
+ \definedummyword{TeX}%
+ %
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ \definedummyword{bullet}%
+ \definedummyword{copyright}%
+ \definedummyword{registeredsymbol}%
+ \definedummyword{dots}%
+ \definedummyword{enddots}%
+ \definedummyword{equiv}%
+ \definedummyword{error}%
+ \definedummyword{expansion}%
+ \definedummyword{minus}%
+ \definedummyword{pounds}%
+ \definedummyword{point}%
+ \definedummyword{print}%
+ \definedummyword{result}%
+ %
+ % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
+ % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ %
+ % Normal spaces, not active ones.
+ \unsepspaces
+ %
+ % No macro expansion.
+ \turnoffmacros
+}
+
+% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
+%
+% Better have this without active chars.
+{
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \gdef\commondummiesnofonts{%
+ % Control letters and accents.
+ \definedummyletter{!}%
+ \definedummyletter{"}%
+ \definedummyletter{'}%
+ \definedummyletter{*}%
+ \definedummyletter{,}%
+ \definedummyletter{.}%
+ \definedummyletter{/}%
+ \definedummyletter{:}%
+ \definedummyletter{=}%
+ \definedummyletter{?}%
+ \definedummyletter{^}%
+ \definedummyletter{`}%
+ \definedummyletter{~}%
+ \definedummyword{u}%
+ \definedummyword{v}%
+ \definedummyword{H}%
+ \definedummyword{dotaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{ringaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{tieaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{ubaraccent}%
+ \definedummyword{udotaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{dotless}%
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \definedummyword{b}%
+ \definedummyword{i}%
+ \definedummyword{r}%
+ \definedummyword{sc}%
+ \definedummyword{t}%
+ %
+ % Commands that take arguments.
+ \definedummyword{acronym}%
+ \definedummyword{cite}%
+ \definedummyword{code}%
+ \definedummyword{command}%
+ \definedummyword{dfn}%
+ \definedummyword{emph}%
+ \definedummyword{env}%
+ \definedummyword{file}%
+ \definedummyword{kbd}%
+ \definedummyword{key}%
+ \definedummyword{math}%
+ \definedummyword{option}%
+ \definedummyword{samp}%
+ \definedummyword{strong}%
+ \definedummyword{tie}%
+ \definedummyword{uref}%
+ \definedummyword{url}%
+ \definedummyword{var}%
+ \definedummyword{verb}%
+ \definedummyword{w}%
+ }
+}
+
+% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
+% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
+% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
+% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
+%
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+ \def\definedummyword##1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname ##1\endcsname\asis
+ }%
+ \let\definedummyletter=\definedummyword
+ %
+ \commondummiesnofonts
+ %
+ % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+ % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+ % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+ %\let\tt=\asis
+ %
+ \def\ { }%
+ \def\@{@}%
+ % how to handle braces?
+ \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+ %
+ % Non-English letters.
+ \def\AA{AA}%
+ \def\AE{AE}%
+ \def\L{L}%
+ \def\OE{OE}%
+ \def\O{O}%
+ \def\aa{aa}%
+ \def\ae{ae}%
+ \def\l{l}%
+ \def\oe{oe}%
+ \def\o{o}%
+ \def\ss{ss}%
+ \def\exclamdown{!}%
+ \def\questiondown{?}%
+ \def\ordf{a}%
+ \def\ordm{o}%
+ %
+ \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
+ \def\TeX{TeX}%
+ %
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
+ \def\bullet{bullet}%
+ \def\copyright{copyright}%
+ \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
+ \def\dots{...}%
+ \def\enddots{...}%
+ \def\equiv{==}%
+ \def\error{error}%
+ \def\expansion{==>}%
+ \def\minus{-}%
+ \def\pounds{pounds}%
+ \def\point{.}%
+ \def\print{-|}%
+ \def\result{=>}%
+}
+
+\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
+
+% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
+% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
+
+% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
+% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
+% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
+%
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
+ \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+ \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \ifvmode
+ \dosubindsanitize
+ \else
+ \dosubindwrite
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
+%
+\def\dosubindwrite{%
+ % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
+ \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+ \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Remember, we are within a group.
+ \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+ % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+ %
+ % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
+ % get the string to sort by.
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
+ \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+ % the original text, including any font commands. We write
+ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+ % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+ % sorted result.
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\writeto{%
+ \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+ }%
+ \temp
+}
+
+% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
+%
+% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
+% like this:
+% @end defun
+% @tindex whatever
+% @defun ...
+% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+% the previous defun.
+%
+% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
+% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+%
+% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+%
+% But wait, there is a catch there:
+% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
+% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
+% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
+% representation of the skip.
+%
+% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
+% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
+%
+\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
+%
+% ..., ready, GO:
+%
+\def\dosubindsanitize{%
+ % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
+ \skip0 = \lastskip
+ \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
+ \count255 = \lastpenalty
+ %
+ % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
+ % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
+ % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
+ % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
+ % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
+ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+ \else
+ \vskip-\skip0
+ \fi
+ %
+ \dosubindwrite
+ %
+ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+ % if \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a
+ % penalty, and perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.
+ % In that case, we want to re-insert the penalty; since we
+ % just inserted a non-discardable item, any following glue
+ % (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
+ % @deffn deffn-whatever
+ % @vindex index-whatever
+ % Description.
+ % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
+ % and the "Description." paragraph.
+ \ifnum\count255>9999 \nobreak \fi
+ \else
+ % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
+ % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
+ % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
+ \nobreak\vskip\skip0
+ \fi
+}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+% \initial {c}
+% before the first topic whose initial is c
+% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+% for a topic that is used without subtopics
+% \primary {topic}
+% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+% for each subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
+{\obeylines %
+\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
+\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
+\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
+ \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ \tolerance = 9500
+ \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
+ %
+ % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+ % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
+ % \initial {@}
+ % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
+ % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
+ \catcode`\@ = 11
+ \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+ \ifeof 1
+ % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+ % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+ % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+ % there is some text.
+ \putwordIndexNonexistent
+ \else
+ %
+ % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+ % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+ % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+ \read 1 to \temp
+ \ifeof 1
+ \putwordIndexIsEmpty
+ \else
+ % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
+ % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
+ % to make right now.
+ \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
+ \catcode`\\ = 0
+ \escapechar = `\\
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \input \jobname.#1s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+\endgroup}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+\def\initial#1{{%
+ % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
+ \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+ %
+ % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+ \removelastskip
+ %
+ % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+ \penalty -300
+ %
+ % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
+ % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+ % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+ % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+ %
+ % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
+ \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+ \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+ %
+ % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+ \nobreak
+}}
+
+% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
+% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
+% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
+% \def\entry#1#2{...
+% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
+% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
+% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
+%
+% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
+% --kasal, 21nov03
+\def\entry{%
+ \begingroup
+ %
+ % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+ % affect previous text.
+ \par
+ %
+ % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+ \parfillskip = 0in
+ %
+ % No extra space above this paragraph.
+ \parskip = 0in
+ %
+ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+ \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+ %
+ % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+ % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
+ % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
+ % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+ % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+ %
+ % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+ % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+ \hangindent = 2em
+ %
+ % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+ % with blank space.
+ \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+ %
+ % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
+ % columns.
+ \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+ %
+ % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
+ \afterassignment\doentry
+ \let\temp =
+}
+\def\doentry{%
+ \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
+ \noindent
+ \aftergroup\finishentry
+ % And now comes the text of the entry.
+}
+\def\finishentry#1{%
+ % #1 is the page number.
+ %
+ % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+ % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
+ % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+ \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
+ \def\tempb{#1}%
+ \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
+ \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
+ \ifx\tempc\tempd
+ \ %
+ \else
+ %
+ % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+ % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+ % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+ \hfil\penalty50
+ \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ %
+ % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+ % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
+ % \hbox ensues.
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#1.\ \the\toksA
+ \else
+ \ #1%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+ \parfillskip=0in
+ \parskip=0in
+ \hangindent=1in
+ \hangafter=1
+ \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ #2
+ \fi
+ \par
+}}
+
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
+\catcode`\@=11
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+ % Grab any single-column material above us.
+ \output = {%
+ %
+ % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
+ % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
+ % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
+ % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
+ % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+ % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+ % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
+ \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+ \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+ % Unvbox the main output page.
+ \unvbox\PAGE
+ \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+ }%
+ }%
+ \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+ %
+ % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+ \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
+ %
+ % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
+ % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+ % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
+ % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+ % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
+ %
+ % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+ % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+ % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
+ % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+ % as it did when we hard-coded it.
+ %
+ % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+ % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+ % been clobbered.
+ %
+ \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+ \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ %
+ % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
+ % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+ \vsize = 2\vsize
+}
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last.
+%
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+ \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+ % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+ % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+ % previous page.
+ \dimen@ = \vsize
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2
+ \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
+ %
+ % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
+ \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+ \onepageout\pagesofar
+ \unvbox255
+ \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
+\def\pagesofar{%
+ \unvbox\partialpage
+ %
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+ \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+ \output = {%
+ % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
+ % current page, no automatic page break.
+ \balancecolumns
+ %
+ % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
+ % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
+ % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+ % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+ % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
+ % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
+ % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+ \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
+ }%
+ \eject
+ \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+ %
+ % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+ % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
+ % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
+ % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
+ \pagegoal = \vsize
+}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+ \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+ \dimen@ = \ht0
+ \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+ %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
+ {%
+ \vbadness = 10000
+ \loop
+ \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
+ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+ \repeat
+ }%
+ %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
+ \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+ %
+ \pagesofar
+}
+\catcode`\@ = \other
+
+
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
+
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered
+% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
+% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
+% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
+% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
+\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
+%
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
+% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+%
+\def\appendixletter{%
+ \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+ % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+ % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
+ % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+ % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+ \else\char\the\appendixno
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
+% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
+% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thissection{}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
+
+% Choose a numbered-heading macro
+% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
+% #2 is text for heading
+\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \chapterzzz{#2}%
+ \or \seczzz{#2}%
+ \or \numberedsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \chapterzzz{#2}%
+ \else \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
+\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \appendixzzz{#2}%
+ \or \appendixsectionzzz{#2}%
+ \or \appendixsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \appendixzzz{#2}%
+ \else \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
+\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
+ \or \unnumberedseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
+ \else \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
+% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
+%
+% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
+% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
+\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz#1{%
+ % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
+ % as an @include file.
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\chapno by 1
+ %
+ % Used for \float.
+ \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % Write the actual heading.
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
+ \global\let\section = \numberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\def\appendixzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\appendixno by 1
+ \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
+ \message{\appendixnum}%
+ %
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
+ %
+ \global\let\section = \appendixsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{{\unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
+ %
+ % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
+ \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+ % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+ % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+ % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+ % to be executed, not expanded).
+ %
+ % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+ % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
+ % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+ % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
+ % the toc entries.)
+ \toks0 = {#1}%
+ \message{(\the\toks0)}%
+ %
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
+ %
+ \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\let\top\unnumbered
+
+% Sections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
+}
+\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+% Subsections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
+ {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
+% Actually, they are now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
+\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
+\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
+\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\let\section = \numberedsec
+\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
+% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
+% overlong headings to fold.
+% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
+% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
+% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
+% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
+
+
+\def\majorheading{%
+ {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+ \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
+}
+
+\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
+ {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}%
+ \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
+\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+
+%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+
+\newskip\chapheadingskip
+
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+
+\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\CHAPPAGon
+
+\def\CHAPFplain{%
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
+
+% Normal chapter opening.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
+% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+%
+% To test against our argument.
+\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
+\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+%
+\def\chfplain#1#2#3{%
+ \pchapsepmacro
+ {%
+ \chapfonts \rm
+ %
+ % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
+ % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
+ % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+ %
+ % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
+ % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
+ \def\temptype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unnchap}%
+ \def\thischapter{#1}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \xdef\thischapter{}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
+ % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't
+ % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
+ %
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{numchap}%
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
+ % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
+ % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
+ %
+ % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
+ % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
+ % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
+ % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
+ % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
+ \donoderef{#2}%
+ %
+ % Typeset the actual heading.
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+ \unhbox0 #1\par}%
+ }%
+ \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
+\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
+ \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
+ \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+ \leftskip = \rightskip
+ \parfillskip = 0pt
+ }%
+ \chfplain{#1}{Ynothing}{}%
+}}
+
+\CHAPFplain % The default
+
+% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
+% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
+%
+\def\unnchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
+\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
+\par\penalty 5000 %
+}
+
+\def\centerchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\CHAPFopen{%
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+
+
+% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
+% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
+%
+\newskip\secheadingskip
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
+
+% Subsection titles.
+\newskip\subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
+
+% Subsubsection titles.
+\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
+\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
+
+
+% Print any size, any type, section title.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
+% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
+% section number.
+%
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
+ {%
+ % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+ \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+ %
+ % Insert space above the heading.
+ \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
+ %
+ % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
+ \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+ \def\temptype{#3}%
+ %
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unn}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
+ % and don't redefine \thissection.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \let\sectionlevel=\empty
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{num}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
+ %
+ % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
+ % Again, see comments in \chfplain.
+ \donoderef{#3}%
+ %
+ % Output the actual section heading.
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
+ \unhbox0 #1}%
+ }%
+ % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
+ % Don't allow stretch, though.
+ \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
+ %
+ % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
+ % was followed by glue.
+ \nobreak
+ %
+ % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
+ % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
+ % discardable item.)
+ \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % This \nobreak is purely so the last item on the list is a \penalty
+ % of 10000. This is so other code, for instance \parsebodycommon, can
+ % check for and avoid allowing breakpoints. Otherwise, it would
+ % insert a valid breakpoint between:
+ % @section sec-whatever
+ % @deffn def-whatever
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+
+\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.
+%
+% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
+% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
+% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
+% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
+% destination to jump to.
+%
+% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
+% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
+% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
+%
+\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
+ \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
+ \iftocfileopened\else
+ \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+ \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+ \fi
+ %
+ \iflinks
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ \toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}%
+ \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}%
+ {\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+ \temp
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
+ % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
+ % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
+ % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
+ % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
+ % `1', and two named `2'.
+ \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
+% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
+%
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+ % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+ % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
+ % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+ % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
+ \contentsalignmacro
+ \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+ %
+ % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+ % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+ \def\thischapter{}%
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+ %
+ \savepageno = \pageno
+ \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+ \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11
+ % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
+ % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
+ %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
+ \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+ \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ %
+ % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+ \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+}
+
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+\def\contents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \pdfmakeoutlines
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\def\summarycontents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+ %
+ \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+ % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+ \secfonts
+ \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+ \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+ \rm
+ \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+ \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+ \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+ % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+ % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+ % But use \hss just in case.
+ % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+ % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+ %
+ % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
+ % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
+ % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
+ % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
+ % there are before deciding ...
+ \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
+}
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Chapters, in the main contents.
+\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+%
+% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
+}
+
+% Appendices, in the main contents.
+% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
+%
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+ % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
+ \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
+%
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+
+% Unnumbered chapters.
+\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
+\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+% Same as \defaultparindent.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+ \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
+ \begingroup
+ \chapentryfonts
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+ \endgroup
+ \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
+\let\tocentry = \entry
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+ \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+ \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+ \vbox{%
+ \hrule height\dimen2
+ \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
+ \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+ \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+ \hrule height\dimen2}
+ \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+
+\envdef\tex{%
+ \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+ \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+ \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
+ \catcode `\%=14
+ \catcode `\+=\other
+ \catcode `\"=\other
+ \catcode `\|=\other
+ \catcode `\<=\other
+ \catcode `\>=\other
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ %
+ \let\b=\ptexb
+ \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+ \let\c=\ptexc
+ \let\,=\ptexcomma
+ \let\.=\ptexdot
+ \let\dots=\ptexdots
+ \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+ \let\!=\ptexexclam
+ \let\i=\ptexi
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+ \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+ \let\+=\tabalign
+ \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+ \let\/=\ptexslash
+ \let\*=\ptexstar
+ \let\t=\ptext
+ %
+ \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+ \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+ \def\@{@}%
+}
+% There is no need to define \Etex.
+
+% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
+ % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
+ % or better ...
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
+
+\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
+\font\circle=lcircle10
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+\envdef\cartouche{%
+ \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+ \startsavinginserts
+ \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+ \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
+ \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+ \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+ \cartouter=\hsize
+ \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+ % side, and for 6pt waste from
+ % each corner char, and rule thickness
+ \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+ % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+ \let\nonarrowing=\comment
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+ \carttop
+ \hbox\bgroup
+ \hskip\lskip
+ \vrule\kern3pt
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \kern3pt
+ \hsize=\cartinner
+ \baselineskip=\normbskip
+ \lineskip=\normlskip
+ \parskip=\normpskip
+ \vskip -\parskip
+ \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
+}
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+ \ifhmode\par\fi
+ \kern3pt
+ \egroup
+ \kern3pt\vrule
+ \hskip\rskip
+ \egroup
+ \cartbot
+ \egroup
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+ \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+ \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+ \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+ \parskip = 0pt
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
+ % at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+ \fi
+ \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+}
+
+% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
+% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
+% This affects the following displayed environments:
+% @example, @display, @format, @lisp
+%
+\def\smallword{small}
+\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
+\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
+\def\setnormaldispenv{%
+ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \fi
+}
+\def\setsmalldispenv{%
+ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
+ \else
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \fi
+}
+
+% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
+% Let's do it by one command:
+\def\makedispenv #1#2{
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
+ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+ \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+}
+
+% Define two synonyms:
+\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
+ \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
+ \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
+}
+
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
+%
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+%
+\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \tt
+ \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+ \gobble % eat return
+}
+
+% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\makedispenv {display}{%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
+}
+
+% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\makedispenv{format}{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
+}
+
+% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
+\envdef\flushleft{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
+
+% @flushright.
+%
+\envdef\flushright{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins.
+%
+\envdef\quotation{%
+ {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+ \parindent=0pt
+ %
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+ \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+ \fi
+ \parsearg\quotationlabel
+}
+
+% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+% doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
+\def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \afterenvbreak}
+
+% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
+\def\quotationlabel#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ {\bf #1: }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
+% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
+% verbatim line.
+\def\dospecials{%
+ \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
+ \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
+}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabeightspaces
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabexpand{%
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+ \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+ \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+ \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+ \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+ \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+ }%
+ }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \tt
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabexpand
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+ \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
+ \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \obeylines %
+ % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
+ % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
+ % line in the output.
+ \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
+ % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
+ % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
+\endgroup
+%
+\envdef\verbatim{%
+ \setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \setupverbatim
+ \input #1
+ \afterenvbreak
+ }%
+}
+
+% @copying ... @end copying.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be
+% allowed in this context, but that's ok.
+%
+% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
+% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
+% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
+% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
+% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
+% possible is very desirable.
+%
+\def\copying{\begingroup
+ % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'.
+ % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the
+ % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read
+ % it, but that doesn't matter.
+ \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}%
+ %
+ % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below.
+ \catcode`\^^M = \active
+ \docopying
+}
+
+% What we do to finish off the copying text.
+%
+\def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+
+% @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand,
+% we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they
+% must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every
+% end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active
+% definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still
+% generate a \par.
+%
+% Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally;
+% then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually
+% do \par.
+%
+% This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine
+% it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc
+% manual for man page generation.)
+%
+% Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably
+% fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which
+% should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok.
+%
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active %
+\gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup %
+ \parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page
+ \def^^M{%
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 %
+ \par %
+ \else %
+ \space \penalty 1 %
+ \fi %
+ }%
+ %
+ % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's.
+ \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}%
+ \let\comment = \c %
+ %
+ % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it
+ % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set.
+ \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}%
+ %
+ \copyingtext %
+\endgroup}%
+}
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+
+% Start the processing of @deffn:
+\def\startdefun{%
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+ \medbreak
+ \else
+ % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+ % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+ % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
+ % break somewhere. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by
+ % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+ % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break
+ % between a section heading and a defun.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
+ %
+ % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
+ % But do insert the glue.
+ \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
+ \fi
+ %
+ \parindent=0in
+ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+}
+
+\def\dodefunx#1{%
+ % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
+ \checkenv#1%
+ %
+ % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
+ % It's not a great place, though.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
+ %
+ % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
+ \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
+}
+\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
+
+% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
+%
+\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ % call \deffnheader:
+ #1#2 \endheader
+ % common ending:
+ \interlinepenalty = 10000
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+ \endgraf
+ \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+ \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
+ % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
+ % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
+ \checkparencounts
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
+
+% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
+% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
+%
+\def\makedefun#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
+ \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
+ \temp
+}
+
+% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
+%
+% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
+% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
+%
+\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
+ \envdef#1{%
+ \startdefun
+ \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
+ }%
+ \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
+ \def#3%
+}
+
+%%% Untyped functions:
+
+% @deffn category name args
+\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
+
+% @deffn category class name args
+\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+
+% \defopon {category on}class name args
+\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
+%
+\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+ % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
+ \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Typed functions:
+
+% @deftypefn category type name args
+\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
+
+% @deftypeop category class type name args
+\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+
+% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
+\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
+%
+\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Typed variables:
+
+% @deftypevr category type var args
+\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
+
+% @deftypecv category class type var args
+\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+
+% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
+\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
+%
+\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Untyped variables:
+
+% @defvr category var args
+\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
+
+% @defcv category class var args
+\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+
+% \defcvof {category of}class var args
+\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
+
+%%% Type:
+% @deftp category name args
+\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+ \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
+ \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
+\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
+\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
+\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
+\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+
+% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
+% #2 is the return type, if any.
+% #3 is the function name.
+%
+% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
+%
+\def\defname#1#2#3{%
+ % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ %
+ % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
+ % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+ % just below it.
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
+ %
+ % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
+ % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
+ % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
+ \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
+ % The continuations:
+ \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
+ % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
+ \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
+ %
+ % Put the type name to the right margin.
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 0pt{%
+ \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
+ % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
+ \kern\leftskip
+ % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
+ }%
+ %
+ % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+ \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ {%
+ % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
+ % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
+ % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
+ % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
+ % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
+ % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
+ % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
+ % one has made identifiers using them :).
+ \df \tt
+ \def\temp{#2}% return value type
+ \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
+ #3% output function name
+ }%
+ {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
+ %
+ \boldbrax
+ % arguments will be output next, if any.
+}
+
+% Print arguments in slanted typewriter, prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
+%
+\def\defunargs#1{%
+ % use sl by default (not ttsl), inconsistently with using tt for the
+ % name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in the
+ % argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
+ % distinguishable.
+ % tt for the names.
+ \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
+ % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
+ % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
+ \let\var=\ttslanted
+ #1%
+ \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
+}
+
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
+%
+\def\activeparens{%
+ \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+ \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+ \catcode`\&=\active
+}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+{
+ \activeparens
+ \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+ \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+ \global\let& = \&
+
+ \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+ \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
+}
+
+\newcount\parencount
+
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\newif\ifampseen
+\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\&#1 }}
+
+\def\parenfont{%
+ \ifampseen
+ % At the first level, print parens in roman,
+ % otherwise use the default font.
+ \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
+ \else
+ % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
+ % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
+ \sf
+ \fi
+}
+\def\infirstlevel#1{%
+ \ifampseen
+ \ifnum\parencount=1
+ #1%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
+
+\def\opnr{%
+ \global\advance\parencount by 1
+ {\parenfont(}%
+ \infirstlevel \bfafterword
+}
+\def\clnr{%
+ {\parenfont)}%
+ \infirstlevel \sl
+ \global\advance\parencount by -1
+}
+
+\newcount\brackcount
+\def\lbrb{%
+ \global\advance\brackcount by 1
+ {\bf[}%
+}
+\def\rbrb{%
+ {\bf]}%
+ \global\advance\brackcount by -1
+}
+
+\def\checkparencounts{%
+ \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
+ \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
+}
+\def\badparencount{%
+ \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
+ \global\parencount=0
+}
+\def\badbrackcount{%
+ \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
+ \global\brackcount=0
+}
+
+
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+ \newwrite\macscribble
+ \def\scantokens#1{%
+ \toks0={#1\endinput}%
+ \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+ \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+ \input \jobname.tmp
+ }
+\fi
+
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \newlinechar`\^^M
+ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
+ % ... and \example
+ \spaceisspace
+ %
+ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+ %
+ % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
+ % --kasal, 29nov03
+ \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
+\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
+ % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
+
+% Utility routines.
+% This does \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\expandafter\let
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\csname#1\endcsname
+\csname#2\endcsname}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
+}
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
+
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+ \usembodybackslash}
+
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\\=\other}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+
+{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
+ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
+ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+ \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
+ \paramno=0%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+ \fi
+ \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+ \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+ \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
+ \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+ % Add the macroname to \macrolist
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
+ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
+ \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+ \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+ \fi}
+
+\parseargdef\unmacro{%
+ \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+ \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+ \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+ \let\do\unmacrodo
+ \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
+% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
+%
+\def\unmacrodo#1{%
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ % remove this
+ \else
+ \noexpand\do \noexpand #1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
+% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
+% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+
+% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
+% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
+% it to # just before using the token list produced.
+%
+% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
+% the macro is used.
+
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+ \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+ \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+ \advance\paramno by 1%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+ {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
+ \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+ \fi\next}
+
+% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
+% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+
+\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+
+% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+\def\defmacro{%
+ \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+ \ifrecursive
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
+% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
+% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+ \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
+ \expandafter\parsearg
+ \fi \next}
+
+% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
+% expanded by \write.
+\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
+ \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
+ \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
+ }%
+ \next
+}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+
+\newwrite\auxfile
+
+\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+ node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
+% cross-references.
+\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+\let\nwnode=\node
+\let\lastnode=\empty
+
+% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
+% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
+%
+\def\donoderef#1{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
+ \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\empty
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+%
+\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% anchor), which consists of three parts:
+% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection,
+% or the anchor name.
+% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
+% empty for anchors.
+% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
+%
+% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
+% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
+% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{%
+ \pdfmkdest{#1}%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+ \turnoffactive
+ \otherbackslash
+ \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
+ \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
+ ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
+ }%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
+ \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
+ \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
+ \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
+ \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+ % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
+ % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
+ % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+ \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+ \else
+ % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Make link in pdf output.
+ \ifpdf
+ \leavevmode
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
+ \else
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \linkcolor
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+ % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
+ % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
+ {%
+ % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
+ % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \otherbackslash
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
+ \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
+ }%
+ \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
+ % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
+ % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
+ \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
+ \refx{#1-snt}%
+ \else
+ \printedrefname
+ \fi
+ %
+ % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
+ % "in MANUALNAME".
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % node/anchor (non-float) references.
+ %
+ % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+ % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+ % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
+ % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+ % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+ % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \else
+ % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+ % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+ % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+ % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+ % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+ {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+ % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+ }%
+ % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
+ \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
+ %
+ % But we always want a comma and a space:
+ ,\space
+ %
+ % output the `page 3'.
+ \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
+% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
+% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
+% one that Bob is working on :).
+%
+\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
+
+% Things referred to by \setref.
+%
+\def\Ynothing{}
+\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
+\def\Ynumbered{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\Yappendix{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie
+ @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
+%
+\def\refx#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \otherbackslash
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
+ \csname XR#1\endcsname
+ }%
+ \ifx\thisrefX\relax
+ % If not defined, say something at least.
+ \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+ \iflinks
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+ \else
+ \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+ \global\warnedxrefstrue
+ \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % It's defined, so just use it.
+ \thisrefX
+ \fi
+ #2% Output the suffix in any case.
+}
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
+% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
+% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
+%
+\def\xrdef#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value.
+ %
+ % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
+ \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname
+ % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
+ \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
+ %
+ % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
+ \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
+ \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
+ \else
+ % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
+ % for later use in \listoffloats.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
+%
+\def\tryauxfile{%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readauxfile
+ \global\havexrefstrue
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+}
+
+\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^A=\other
+ \catcode`\^^B=\other
+ \catcode`\^^C=\other
+ \catcode`\^^D=\other
+ \catcode`\^^E=\other
+ \catcode`\^^F=\other
+ \catcode`\^^G=\other
+ \catcode`\^^H=\other
+ \catcode`\^^K=\other
+ \catcode`\^^L=\other
+ \catcode`\^^N=\other
+ \catcode`\^^P=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+ \catcode`\^^R=\other
+ \catcode`\^^S=\other
+ \catcode`\^^T=\other
+ \catcode`\^^U=\other
+ \catcode`\^^V=\other
+ \catcode`\^^W=\other
+ \catcode`\^^X=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Z=\other
+ \catcode`\^^[=\other
+ \catcode`\^^\=\other
+ \catcode`\^^]=\other
+ \catcode`\^^^=\other
+ \catcode`\^^_=\other
+ % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
+ % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
+ % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
+ % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
+ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
+ % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
+ % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
+ % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
+ %
+ % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
+ % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
+ % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
+ %
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ %
+ % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\[=\other
+ \catcode`\]=\other
+ \catcode`\"=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\$=\other
+ \catcode`\#=\other
+ \catcode`\&=\other
+ \catcode`\%=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
+ %
+ % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
+ % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
+ % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
+ % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
+ % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
+ % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
+ % now. --karl, 15jan04.
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ %
+ % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
+ {%
+ \count 1=128
+ \def\loop{%
+ \catcode\count 1=\other
+ \advance\count 1 by 1
+ \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ %
+ % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
+ \catcode`\{=1
+ \catcode`\}=2
+ \catcode`\@=0
+ %
+ \input \jobname.aux
+\endgroup}
+
+
+\message{insertions,}
+% including footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
+% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+{\catcode `\@=11
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+ \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
+ \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+ %
+ % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+ % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+ \let\@sf\empty
+ \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
+ %
+ % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+ \unskip
+ \thisfootno\@sf
+ \dofootnote
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
+%
+\gdef\dofootnote{%
+ \insert\footins\bgroup
+ % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+ % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+ % So reset some parameters.
+ \hsize=\pagewidth
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+ \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+ \floatingpenalty\@MM
+ \leftskip\z@skip
+ \rightskip\z@skip
+ \spaceskip\z@skip
+ \xspaceskip\z@skip
+ \parindent\defaultparindent
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ %
+ % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+ % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
+ % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
+ % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
+ \let\noindent = \relax
+ %
+ % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
+ % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
+ \everypar = {\hang}%
+ \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+ %
+ % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
+ % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+ % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+ \footstrut
+ \futurelet\next\fo@t
+}
+}%end \catcode `\@=11
+
+% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
+% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
+% would be lost.
+% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
+% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
+
+% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
+% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
+% out prematurely.
+%
+\def\startsavinginserts{%
+ \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
+ \let\insert\saveinsert
+ \else
+ \let\checkinserts\relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
+% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
+%
+\def\saveinsert#1{%
+ \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
+ \afterassignment\next
+ % swallow the left brace
+ \let\temp =
+}
+\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
+\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
+
+\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
+
+\def\placesaveins#1{%
+ \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
+ {\box#1}%
+}
+
+% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
+{
+ \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
+ \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
+}
+
+% initialization:
+\def\newsaveins #1{%
+ \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
+ \next
+}
+\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
+ \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
+ \checksaveins #1}%
+}
+
+% initialize:
+\let\checkinserts\empty
+\newsaveins\footins
+\newsaveins\margin
+
+
+% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+ % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+ % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
+ \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+ \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+\closein 1
+%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+ work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+ it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+%
+\def\image#1{%
+ \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+ \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+ \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+ \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+ \global\warnednoepsftrue
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
+ \fi
+}
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+\newif\ifimagevmode
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+ \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
+ % If the image is by itself, center it.
+ \ifvmode
+ \imagevmodetrue
+ \nobreak\bigskip
+ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+ % above and below.
+ \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+ \nobreak
+ \line\bgroup\hss
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Output the image.
+ \ifpdf
+ \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \else
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% @float FLOATTYPE,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, etc.
+% We don't actually implement floating yet, we just plop the float "here".
+% But it seemed the best name for the future.
+%
+\envparseargdef\float{\dofloat #1,,,\finish}
+
+% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
+% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
+% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
+%
+% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
+% be referable.
+%
+% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
+% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
+%
+% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
+% chapter-level command.
+\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
+%
+\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+ % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ \vtop\bgroup
+ \def\floattype{#1}%
+ \def\floatlabel{#2}%
+ \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
+ %
+ \ifx\floattype\empty
+ \let\safefloattype=\empty
+ \else
+ {%
+ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
+ % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
+ %
+ \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
+ \global\advance\floatno by 1
+ %
+ {%
+ % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
+ % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
+ % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
+ % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
+ % lists of floats.
+ %
+ \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
+ \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% we have these possibilities:
+% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
+% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
+% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
+% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
+% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
+% @float & no caption:
+%
+\def\Efloat{%
+ \let\printedsomething = \empty
+ %
+ \ifx\floattype\empty \else
+ \vskip.5\parskip % space above caption
+ %
+ % Print the float number preceded by the chapter-level number
+ % (empty in the case of unnumbered), as in "Figure 1.1". Although
+ % there are other styles of float numbering, we hardwire this one.
+ \def\floatident{\floattype\tie\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+ \floatident
+ \let\printedsomething = t%
+ %
+ % Write the text that goes in the list of floats to the aux file
+ % as \floatlabel-lof. Besides the float ident, we include the
+ % short caption if specified, else the full caption if specified,
+ % else nothing.
+ {%
+ \atdummies \turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{%
+ \floatident
+ \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+ \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
+ : \thiscaption
+ \fi
+ \else
+ : \thisshortcaption
+ \fi
+ }}%
+ }%
+ \fi % end have xref label for this float
+ %
+ \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
+ \ifx\printedsomething\empty
+ \vskip.5\parskip % space above caption
+ \else
+ :\space % had a number, so print a colon before the caption.
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Print caption text.
+ \thiscaption
+ \let\printedsomething = t%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Space below caption, if we printed anything.
+ \ifx\printedsomething\empty \else \vskip\parskip \fi
+ \egroup % end of \vtop
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+\def\caption#1{\checkenv\float \def\thiscaption{#1}}
+\def\shortcaption#1{\checkenv\float \def\thisshortcaption{#1}}
+\let\thiscaption=\empty
+\let\thisshortcaption=\empty
+
+% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
+% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
+\def\getfloatno#1{%
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ % Haven't seen this figure type before.
+ \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
+ %
+ % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
+ \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
+ \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
+ \fi
+ \let\floatno#1%
+}
+
+% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
+% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
+% first read the @float command.
+%
+\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+
+% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
+% distinguish floats from other xref types.
+\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
+
+% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
+% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
+% \thissection value which we \setref above.
+%
+\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
+%
+% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
+% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
+%
+\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \def\iffloattype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\floatmagic
+}
+
+% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
+%
+\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
+ \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
+ {%
+ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
+ \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \begingroup
+ \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
+ \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
+ \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
+% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
+% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
+% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
+%
+% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
+% they won't appear in the aux file).
+%
+\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
+\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{%
+ % use the same \entry we use for the TOC.
+ \entry{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}%
+}
+
+\message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
+ \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+ % Read the file if it exists.
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof 1
+ \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+ \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+ \else
+ \input txi-#1.tex
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+
+\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
+\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 2000
+
+% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+ \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+ % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+ \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+ \else
+ \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
+% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8)
+% physical page width.
+%
+% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+ \voffset = #3\relax
+ \topskip = #6\relax
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ %
+ \vsize = #1\relax
+ \advance\vsize by \topskip
+ \outervsize = \vsize
+ \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
+ \pageheight = \vsize
+ %
+ \hsize = #2\relax
+ \outerhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+ \pagewidth = \hsize
+ %
+ \normaloffset = #4\relax
+ \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+ %
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \setleading{\textleading}
+ %
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+ \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+ \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+ {11in}{8.5in}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+ \textleading = 12pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+ {9.25in}{7in}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = .5cm
+}}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
+ % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
+ % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
+ % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
+ % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
+ % your texinfo source file like this:
+ % @tex
+ % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
+ % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
+ % @end tex
+ \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 5mm
+}}
+
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+ \textleading = 12.5pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+ {210mm}{148mm}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+ \tolerance = 800
+ \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 2mm
+ \tableindent = 12mm
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+ {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+ {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \globaldefs = 1
+ %
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \setleading{\textleading}%
+ %
+ \dimen0 = #1
+ \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
+ %
+ \dimen2 = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
+ {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other
+\catcode`\~=\other
+\catcode`\^=\other
+\catcode`\_=\other
+\catcode`\|=\other
+\catcode`\<=\other
+\catcode`\>=\other
+\catcode`\+=\other
+\catcode`\$=\other
+\def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\def\normaltilde{~}
+\def\normalcaret{^}
+\def\normalunderscore{_}
+\def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\def\normalless{<}
+\def\normalgreater{>}
+\def\normalplus{+}
+\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
+% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
+% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
+%
+% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
+% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
+% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
+% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Turn off all special characters except @
+% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active
+\def~{{\tt\char126}}
+\chardef\hat=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active
+\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+% Subroutine for the previous macro.
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+
+\catcode`\|=\active
+\def|{{\tt\char124}}
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active
+\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
+\catcode`\+=\active
+\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
+% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
+\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+\catcode`\@=0
+
+% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
+\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
+
+% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\active
+ @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
+ @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
+}
+
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
+
+% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
+\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\backslashcurfont}}
+
+\catcode`\\=\active
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
+% even after parsing them.
+@def@turnoffactive{%
+ @let"=@normaldoublequote
+ @let\=@realbackslash
+ @let~=@normaltilde
+ @let^=@normalcaret
+ @let_=@normalunderscore
+ @let|=@normalverticalbar
+ @let<=@normalless
+ @let>=@normalgreater
+ @let+=@normalplus
+ @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+ @unsepspaces
+}
+
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
+% effect.)
+%
+@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash}
+
+% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
+% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
+@otherifyactive
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
+% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
+% a backslash.
+%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
+@global@let\ = @eatinput
+
+% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
+% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
+% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
+% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+%
+@gdef@fixbackslash{%
+ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+ @catcode`+=@active
+ @catcode`@_=@active
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
+
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+@catcode`@& = @other
+@catcode`@# = @other
+@catcode`@% = @other
+
+
+@c Local variables:
+@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
+@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+@c time-stamp-end: "}"
+@c End:
+
+@c vim:sw=2:
+
+@ignore
+ arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
+@end ignore
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/version.texi b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/version.texi
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..103d48daaa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/doc/version.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+@set UPDATED 1 February 2005
+@set UPDATED-MONTH February 2005
+@set EDITION 1.76
+@set VERSION 1.76
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/book.init b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/book.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a4147a38305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/book.init
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+# This is based on the scriptbasic style
+
+$DO_CONTENTS = 1;
+
+@SECTION_BUTTONS =
+ (
+ 'Back', 'Forward', ' ', 'Contents', 'Index', 'About'
+ );
+
+@CHAPTER_BUTTONS =
+ (
+ 'Back', 'Forward', ' ', 'Contents', 'Index', 'About'
+ );
+
+@MISC_BUTTONS = ('Contents', 'Index', 'About');
+
+@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS = ('Contents', 'Index', 'About');
+
+@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS = ('Back', 'Forward');
+
+$WORDS_IN_PAGE = undef;
+$SHOW_MENU = 0;
+
+$BIG_RULE = '<hr size="2">';
+
+sub print_sub_toc($$);
+
+sub print_sub_toc($$)
+{
+ my $parent_element = shift;
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $result = &$anchor('', main::href($element, $parent_element->{'file'}), $element->{'text'}) . " <br>\n";
+#print STDERR "SUB_TOC $element->{'text'}\n"; #sleep 1;
+ if (exists($element->{'child'}))
+ {
+#print STDERR "SUB_TOC child $element->{'child'}->{'text'}\n";
+ $result .= "<ul>\n". print_sub_toc($parent_element, $element->{'child'}) ."</ul>\n";
+ }
+ if (exists($element->{'next'}))
+ {
+#print STDERR "SUB_TOC next($element->{'text'}) $element->{'next'}->{'text'}\n";
+ $result .= print_sub_toc($parent_element, $element->{'next'});
+ }
+ return $result;
+}
+
+sub print_up_toc($$)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $current_element = $element;
+ my @elements;
+ while (defined($current_element->{'up'}) and ($current_element->{'up'} ne $current_element))
+ {
+ unshift (@elements, $current_element->{'up'});
+ $current_element = $current_element->{'up'};
+ }
+ #print $fh "<ul>" . &$anchor('', $Texi2HTML::HREF{Contents}, '[' . $Texi2HTML::NAME{Contents} . ']') . " <br>\n";
+ foreach my $elem (@elements)
+ {
+ print $fh "<ul>" . &$anchor('', main::href($elem, $element->{'file'}), $elem->{'text'}) . " <br>\n";
+ }
+ foreach my $elem (@elements)
+ {
+ print $fh "</ul>\n";
+ }
+ print $fh "</ul>\n";
+}
+
+$print_section = \&book_print_section;
+$print_Top = \&book_print_Top;
+$print_Toc = \&book_print_Toc;
+$element_file_name = \&book_element_file_name;
+
+sub book_print_section($$$)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $first_in_page = shift;
+ my $previous_is_top = shift;
+ my $buttons = \@SECTION_BUTTONS;
+
+ if ($first_in_page and $SECTION_NAVIGATION)
+ {
+ #print_up_toc($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_ELEMENT) if ($SPLIT eq 'node');
+ print_up_toc($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_ELEMENT);
+ &$print_head_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+ }
+ else
+ { # got to do this here, as it isn't done in print_head_navigation
+ main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER);
+ &$print_navigation($fh, $buttons) if ($SECTION_NAVIGATION);
+ }
+ my $nw = main::print_lines($fh);
+ if (defined $SPLIT
+ and (($SPLIT eq 'node') && $SECTION_NAVIGATION))
+ {
+ &$print_foot_navigation($fh);
+ print $fh "$SMALL_RULE\n";
+ &$print_navigation($fh, \@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS) if (!defined($WORDS_IN_PAGE) or (defined ($nw)
+ and $nw >= $WORDS_IN_PAGE));
+ }
+}
+
+sub book_print_Top($$)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $has_top_heading = shift;
+
+ my $buttons = \@MISC_BUTTONS;
+ &$print_head_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+ print $fh $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE;
+ print $fh "<h1 class=\"settitle\">$Texi2HTML::NAME{Top}</h1>\n"
+ unless ($has_top_heading);
+ main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION);
+ print $fh '<h2> ' . $Texi2HTML::NAME{'Contents'} . "</h2>\n" ;
+ main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES);
+}
+
+sub book_print_Toc
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ &$print_page_head($fh) if $SPLIT;
+ #print $fh $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE;
+ print $fh '<h2> ' . $Texi2HTML::NAME{'Contents'} . "</h2>\n" ;
+ main::print_lines($fh);
+ &$print_misc_footer($fh, \@MISC_BUTTONS);
+}
+
+my $unumbered_nr = -1;
+my $previous_nr;
+my $previous_file_name;
+
+sub book_element_file_name($$$)
+{
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $is_top = shift;
+ my $prefix = shift;
+
+ if (defined($previous_nr) and ($element->{'doc_nr'} == $previous_nr))
+ {
+ return $previous_file_name;
+ }
+ if ($is_top)
+ {
+ $previous_file_name = "${prefix}_top.html";
+ }
+ elsif (defined($element->{'number'}) and ($element->{'number'} ne ''))
+ {
+ my $number = $element->{'number'};
+ $number .= '.' unless ($number =~ /\.$/);
+ $previous_file_name = "${prefix}_$number" . 'html';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $unumbered_nr++;
+ $previous_file_name = "${prefix}_U." . $unumbered_nr . '.html';
+ }
+ $previous_nr = $element->{'doc_nr'};
+ return $previous_file_name;
+}
+
+$heading = \&book_heading;
+
+sub book_heading($)
+{
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $level = 3;
+ if (!$element->{'node'})
+ {
+ $level = $element->{'level'};
+ }
+ $level = 1 if ($level == 0);
+ my $text = $element->{'text'};
+ if (!$element->{'node'} and (!$NUMBER_SECTIONS))
+ {
+ $text = $element->{'name'};
+ }
+ return '' if ($text !~ /\S/);
+ my $class = $element->{'tag_level'};
+ $class = 'unnumbered' if ($class eq 'top');
+ if (defined($element->{'tocid'}) and $TOC_LINKS)
+ {
+ $text = &$anchor ('', "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'toc_file'}#$element->{'tocid'}", $text);
+ }
+ $text = "<h$level class=\"$class\"> $text </h$level>\n";
+ #if (defined($SPLIT) and ($SPLIT eq 'node')
+ if (exists($element->{'child'})
+ and ($element->{'tag_level'} !~ /heading/))
+ {
+ $text .= "<ul>\n";
+ $text .= "" . print_sub_toc($element, $element->{'child'});
+ $text .= "</ul>\n";
+ }
+ return $text;
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/chm.init b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/chm.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a809ec87704
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/chm.init
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+# -*-perl-*-
+
+main::load_init_file('', 'noheaders.init');
+
+$SHOW_MENU = 0;
+$SPLIT = 'node';
+$DO_CONTENT = 1;
+$SPLIT_INDEX = undef;
+$IDX_SUMMARY = 1;
+
+$SMALL_RULE = '';
+$DEFAULT_RULE = '';
+$MIDDLE_RULE = '';
+$BIG_RULE = '';
+
+$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION = '';
+$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES = 0;
+
+$index_summary_file_entry = \&chm_index_summary_file_entry;
+$index_summary_file_begin = \&chm_index_summary_file_begin;
+$index_summary_file_end = \&chm_index_summary_file_end;
+
+$print_page_foot = \&chm_print_page_foot;
+
+my $default_toc_body = $toc_body;
+$toc_body = \&chm_toc_body;
+
+$finish_out = \&chm_finish_out;
+my $default_init_out = $init_out;
+
+$init_out = \&chm_init_out;
+
+my %chm_languages = (
+ 'en' => '0x409 English (United States)',
+ 'sq' => '0x041c Albanian',
+# 'ar' => '0x1401 Arabic (ALGERIA)',
+# 'es' => '0x2c0a Spanish (ARGENTINA)',
+# 'en' => '0x0c09 English (AUSTRALIA)',
+# 'de' => '0x0c07 German (AUSTRIA)',
+# 'ar' => '0x3c01 Arabic (BAHRAIN)',
+ 'be' => '0x0423 Byelorussian',
+# 'fr' => '0x080c French (BELGIUM)',
+# 'en' => '0x2809 English (BELIZE)',
+# 'es' => '0x400a Spanish (BOLIVIA)',
+# 'pt' => '0x0416 Portuguese (BRAZIL)',
+# 'ms' => '0x083e Malay (BRUNEI DARUSSALAM)',
+ 'bg' => '0x0402 Bulgarian',
+# 'fr' => '0x0c0c French (CANADA)',
+# 'es' => '0x340a Spanish (CHILE)',
+ 'zh' => '0x0804 Chinese (CHINA)',
+# 'es' => '0x240a Spanish (COLOMBIA)',
+# 'es' => '0x140a Spanish (COSTA RICA)',
+ 'hr' => '0x041a Croatian',
+ 'cs' => '0x0405 Czech',
+ 'da' => '0x0406 Danish',
+# 'es' => '0x1c0a Spanish (DOMINICAN REPUBLIC)',
+# 'es' => '0x300a Spanish (ECUADOR)',
+# 'ar' => '0x0c01 Arabic (EGYPT)',
+# 'es' => '0x440a Spanish (EL SALVADOR)',
+ 'et' => '0x0425 Estonian',
+ 'fo' => '0x0438 Faeroese',
+ 'fi' => '0x040b Finnish',
+ 'fr' => '0x040c French (FRANCE)',
+ 'de' => '0x0407 German (GERMANY)',
+ 'el' => '0x0408 Greek',
+# 'es' => '0x100a Spanish (GUATEMALA)',
+# 'es' => '0x480a Spanish (HONDURAS)',
+# 'zh' => '0x0c04 Chinese (HONG KONG)',
+ 'hu' => '0x040e Hungarian',
+ 'is' => '0x040f Icelandic',
+ 'hi' => '0x0439 Hindi',
+ 'in' => '0x04',
+ 'fa' => '0x0429 Farsi',
+# 'ar' => '0x0801 Arabic (IRAQ)',
+# 'en' => '0x1809 English (IRELAND)',
+ 'iw' => '0x04',
+ 'it' => '0x0410 Italian',
+# 'en' => '0x2009 English (JAMAICA)',
+ 'ja' => '0x0411 Japanese',
+# 'ar' => '0x2c01 Arabic (JORDAN)',
+ 'sw' => '0x0441 Swahili',
+ 'ko' => '0x0412 Korean',
+# 'ar' => '0x3401 Arabic (KUWAIT)',
+ 'al' => '0x0426 Latvian (Lettish)',
+# 'ar' => '0x3001 Arabic (LEBANON)',
+# 'ar' => '0x1001 Arabic (LIBYAN ARAB JAMAHIRIYA)',
+# 'de' => '0x1407 German (LIECHTENSTEIN)',
+ 'lt' => '0x0427 Lithuanian',
+# 'de' => '0x1007 German (LUXEMBOURG)',
+# 'zh' => '0x1404 Chinese (MACAU)',
+ 'mk' => '0x042f Macedonian',
+# 'ms' => '0x043e Malay (MALAYSIA)',
+# 'es' => '0x080a Spanish (MEXICO)',
+# 'fr' => '0x180c French (MONACO)',
+# 'ar' => '0x1801 Arabic (MOROCCO)',
+ 'nl' => '0x0413 Dutch',
+# 'en' => '0x1409 English (NEW ZEALAND)',
+# 'es' => '0x4c0a Spanish (NICARAGUA)',
+ 'no' => '0x0414 Norwegian',
+# 'ar' => '0x2001 Arabic (OMAN)',
+ 'ur' => '0x0420 Urdu',
+# 'es' => '0x180a Spanish (PANAMA)',
+# 'es' => '0x3c0a Spanish (PARAGUAY)',
+# 'es' => '0x280a Spanish (PERU)',
+# 'en' => '0x3409 English (PHILIPPINES)',
+ 'pl' => '0x0415 Polish',
+ 'pt' => '0x0816 Portuguese (PORTUGAL)',
+# 'es' => '0x500a Spanish (PUERTO RICO)',
+# 'ar' => '0x4001 Arabic (QATAR)',
+ 'ro' => '0x0418 Romanian',
+ 'ru' => '0x0419 Russian',
+ 'ar' => '0x0401 Arabic (SAUDI ARABIA)',
+# 'zh' => '0x1004 Chinese (SINGAPORE)',
+ 'sk' => '0x041b Slovak',
+ 'sl' => '0x0424 Slovenian',
+ 'af' => '0x0436 Afrikaans',
+ 'ca' => '0x0403 Catalan',
+ 'sv' => '0x041d Swedish',
+# 'de' => '0x0807 German (SWITZERLAND)',
+# 'ar' => '0x2801 Arabic (SYRIAN ARAB REPUBLIC)',
+# 'zh' => '0x0404 Chinese (TAIWAN, PROVINCE OF CHINA)',
+ 'th' => '0x041e Thai',
+# 'en' => '0x2c09 English (TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO)',
+# 'ar' => '0x1c01 Arabic (TUNISIA)',
+ 'tr' => '0x041f Turkish',
+ 'uk' => '0x0422 Ukrainian',
+# 'ar' => '0x3801 Arabic (UNITED ARAB EMIRATES)',
+# 'en' => '0x0809 English (UNITED KINGDOM)',
+# 'en' => '0x0409 English (UNITED STATES)',
+# 'es' => '0x380a Spanish (URUGUAY)',
+# 'es' => '0x200a Spanish (VENEZUELA)',
+ 'vi' => '0x242a Vietnamese',
+# 'ar' => '0x2401 Arabic (YEMEN)',
+# 'en' => '0x3009 English (ZIMBABWE)',
+ #'' => '',
+);
+
+my %hhk_global_property = (
+ 'ImageType' => 'Folder',
+);
+
+my %hhc_global_property = (
+ 'ImageType' => 'Folder',
+);
+
+# We prepare a environment for conversion of texi to unicode (maybe this
+# could be in utf8.init ?)
+my %chm_texi_map = %texi_map;
+my %chm_simple_map_texi = %simple_map_texi;
+my %chm_style_map_texi = ();
+
+foreach my $command (keys(%style_map_texi))
+{
+ $chm_style_map_texi{$command} = {};
+ foreach my $key (keys (%{$style_map_texi{$command}}))
+ {
+#print STDERR "$command, $key, $style_map_texi{$command}->{$key}\n";
+ $chm_style_map_texi{$command}->{$key} =
+ $style_map_texi{$command}->{$key};
+ }
+}
+
+foreach my $key (keys(%unicode_accents))
+{
+ $chm_style_map_texi{$key}->{'function'} = \&t2h_utf8_accent;
+}
+
+foreach my $key (%things_map)
+{
+ if (exists($unicode_map{$key}) and ($unicode_map{$key} ne ''))
+ {
+ $chm_texi_map{$key} = chr(hex($unicode_map{$key}));
+ }
+}
+
+$chm_simple_map_texi{"\n"} = ' ';
+
+my $hhp_lines = '';
+
+sub chm_init_out()
+{
+ my $encoding = &$default_init_out();
+ $TOC_FILE = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'}.'.hhc';
+ my $hhk_file = "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'destination_directory'}$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'}" . ".hhk";
+ open(IDXFILE, ">:encoding(utf8)", $hhk_file)
+ || die "Can't open $file_name for writing: $!\n";
+ print "# writing HTML Help index in $hhk_file...\n" if $VERBOSE;
+ print IDXFILE "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//IETF//DTD HTML//EN\">\n<HTML>\n";
+ print IDXFILE "<HEAD>\n<meta name=\"GENERATOR\" content=\"$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program}\">\n";
+ print IDXFILE "<!-- Sitemap 1.0 -->\n</HEAD>\n<BODY>\n";
+ print IDXFILE "<OBJECT type=\"text/site properties\">\n";
+ foreach my $property (keys(%hhk_global_property))
+ {
+ print IDXFILE "<param name=\"$property\" value=\"$hhk_global_property{$property}\">\n";
+
+ }
+ print IDXFILE "</OBJECT>\n";
+
+ my $hhp_file = "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'destination_directory'}$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'}.hhp";
+ print "# writing HTML Help project in $hhp_file...\n" if $VERBOSE;
+ open (HHPFILE, ">:encoding(utf8)", $hhp_file) or
+ die "Can't open $hhp_file for writing: $!\n";
+ my $language = $chm_languages{'en'};
+ if (exists ($chm_languages{$LANG}))
+ {
+ $language = $chm_languages{$LANG};
+ }
+ my $title = to_utf8($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_texi'});
+
+ print HHPFILE <<EOT;
+[OPTIONS]
+Compatibility=1.1 or later
+Compiled file=$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'}.chm
+Contents file=$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'}.hhc
+Default Window=Default
+Default topic=$TOP_FILE
+Display compile progress=No
+Full-text search=Yes
+Index file=$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'}.hhk
+Language=$language
+Title=$title
+
+[WINDOWS]
+Default=,"$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'}.hhc","$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'}.hhk","$TOP_FILE","$TOP_FILE",,,,,0x22520,,0x384e,,,,,,,,0
+
+[FILES]
+EOT
+ return $encoding;
+}
+sub chm_print_page_foot($)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+<p>
+$PRE_BODY_CLOSE
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>
+EOT
+}
+
+# Convert texi to string with utf8
+sub to_utf8($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ $main::simple_map_texi_ref = \%chm_simple_map_texi;
+ $main::style_map_texi_ref = \%chm_style_map_texi;
+ $main::texi_map_ref = \%chm_texi_map;
+ my $normal_text_kept = $normal_text;
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::normal_text = \&t2h_utf8_normal_text;
+
+ $text = main::remove_texi($text);
+
+ $normal_text = $normal_text_kept;
+ $main::simple_map_texi_ref = \%simple_map_texi;
+ $style_map_texi_ref = \%style_map_texi;
+ $main::texi_map_ref = \%texi_map;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+
+my @hhc_lines;
+my %chm_files;
+
+sub chm_toc_body($)
+{
+ my $elements_ref = shift;
+ &$default_toc_body($elements_ref);
+ my $level = 0;
+ foreach my $element (@$elements_ref)
+ {
+ while ($level != $element->{'toc_level'})
+ {
+ if ($level < $element->{'toc_level'})
+ {
+ push (@hhc_lines, "<UL>\n");
+ $level++;
+ }
+ elsif ($level > $element->{'toc_level'})
+ {
+ push (@hhc_lines, "</UL>\n");
+ $level--;
+ }
+ }
+ my $text = '';
+ if ($NUMBER_SECTIONS)
+ {
+ $text .= $element->{'number'} . " ";
+
+ }
+ $text .= to_utf8($element->{'texi'});
+ $text =~ s/^\s*//;
+ push (@hhc_lines, "<LI> <OBJECT type=\"text/sitemap\">\n<param name=\"Name\" value=\"$text\">\n<param name=\"Local\" value=\"$element->{'file'}#$element->{'id'}\">\n</OBJECT> </LI>\n");
+ if (!$chm_files{$element->{'file'}})
+ {
+ $hhp_lines .= "$element->{'file'}\n";
+ $chm_files{$element->{'file'}} = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ while ($level > 0)
+ {
+ push (@hhc_lines, "</UL>\n");
+ $level--;
+ }
+}
+
+# key:
+# origin_href:
+# entry:
+# texi entry:
+# element_href:
+# element_text:
+sub chm_index_summary_file_entry ($$$$$$$$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $key = shift;
+ my $origin_href = shift;
+ my $entry = shift;
+ my $text = '';
+ #$entry = &$protect_text($key);
+ my $texi_entry = shift;
+ my $element_href = shift;
+ my $element_text = shift;
+ my $is_printed = shift;
+ $entry = to_utf8($texi_entry);
+ print IDXFILE "<LI> <OBJECT type=\"text/sitemap\">\n<param name=\"Name\" value=\"$entry\">\n<param name=\"Local\" value=\"$origin_href\">\n</OBJECT> </LI>\n";
+}
+
+sub chm_index_summary_file_begin($$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $is_printed = shift;
+}
+
+# file is not closed here but in finish_out.
+sub chm_index_summary_file_end($$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $is_printed = shift;
+}
+
+sub chm_finish_out()
+{
+ print IDXFILE "</BODY>\n</HTML>\n";
+ close (IDXFILE);
+ my $hhc_file = "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'destination_directory'}$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'}.hhc";
+ open (HHCFILE, ">:encoding(utf8)", $hhc_file) or
+ die "Can't open $hhc_file for writing: $!\n";
+
+ print HHCFILE "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//IETF//DTD HTML//EN\">\n<HTML>\n";
+ print HHCFILE "<HEAD>\n<meta name=\"GENERATOR\" content=\"$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program}\">\n";
+ print HHCFILE "<!-- Sitemap 1.0 -->\n</HEAD>\n<BODY>\n";
+ print HHCFILE "<OBJECT type=\"text/site properties\">\n";
+ foreach my $property (keys(%hhc_global_property))
+ {
+ print HHCFILE "<param name=\"$property\" value=\"$hhc_global_property{$property}\">\n";
+
+ }
+ print HHCFILE "</OBJECT>\n";
+ main::print_lines(\*HHCFILE, \@hhc_lines);
+ print HHCFILE "</HTML>\n</BODY>\n";
+ print HHPFILE $hhp_lines;
+ close (HHPFILE);
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/html32.init b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/html32.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4e69eafd7d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/html32.init
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+# -*-perl-*-
+# APA: Add SystemLiteral to identify the canonical DTD.
+# [Definition:] The SystemLiteral is called the entity's system
+# identifier. It is a URI, which may be used to retrieve the entity.
+# See http://www.xml.com/axml/target.html#NT-ExternalID
+$DOCTYPE = '<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html32/loose.dtd">';
+
+$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE = $DOCTYPE;
+
+$BODYTEXT = 'bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000"';
+# this controls the pre style for menus
+$MENU_PRE_STYLE = '';
+
+$TOC_LIST_STYLE ='';
+
+$USE_ISO = 0;
+$MENU_SYMBOL = '*';
+
+# This lines are inserted before and after the shortcontents
+$BEFORE_OVERVIEW = "";
+$AFTER_OVERVIEW = '';
+
+# This lines are inserted before and after the contents
+$BEFORE_TOC_LINES = "";
+$AFTER_TOC_LINES = '';
+
+# html version for latex2html
+$L2H_HTML_VERSION = "3.2";
+
+# no css
+$CSS_LINES = "";
+%css_map = ();
+
+$things_map{'oe'} = '&#156;';
+$things_map{'OE'} = '&#140;';
+$things_map{'dots'} = '<small>...</small>';
+$things_map{'enddots'} = '<small>....</small>';
+$things_map{'euro'} = 'Euro';
+$style_map{'sansserif'} = {};
+
+# formatting functions
+
+$summary_letter = \&t2h_html32_summary_letter;
+$protect_text = \&t2h_html32_protect_text;
+$heading = \&t2h_html32_heading;
+$preformatted = \&t2h_html32_preformatted;
+$raw = \&t2h_html32_raw;
+$menu = \&t2h_html32_menu;
+$foot_section = \&t2h_html32_foot_section;
+$cartouche = \&t2h_html32_cartouche;
+$listoffloats = \&t2h_html32_listoffloats;
+$float = \&t2h_html32_float;
+
+# &quot; is not in html 3.2
+sub t2h_html32_protect_text($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ $text =~ s/&/&amp;/g;
+ $text =~ s/</&lt;/g;
+ $text =~ s/>/&gt;/g;
+ #$text =~ s/\"/&quot;/g;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+# a preformatted section
+sub t2h_html32_preformatted($$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $pre_style = shift;
+ my $class = shift;
+
+ return '' if ($text eq '');
+ return "<pre>$text</pre>";
+}
+
+# a heading for an element
+sub t2h_html32_heading($)
+{
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $level = 3;
+ if (!$element->{'node'})
+ {
+ $level = $element->{'level'};
+ }
+ $level = 1 if ($level == 0);
+ my $text = $element->{'text'};
+ if (!$element->{'node'} and (!$NUMBER_SECTIONS))
+ {
+ $text = $element->{'name'};
+ }
+ return '' if ($text !~ /\S/);
+ if (defined($element->{'tocid'}) and $TOC_LINKS)
+ {
+ $text = &$anchor ('', "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'toc_file'}#$element->{'tocid'}", $text);
+ }
+ return "<h$level> $text </h$level>\n";
+}
+
+# formatting of raw regions
+# ih L2H is true another mechanism is used for tex
+sub t2h_html32_raw($$)
+{
+ my $style = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ if ($style eq 'verbatim' or $style eq 'tex')
+ {
+ return "<pre>" . &$protect_text($text) . '</pre>';
+ }
+ elsif ($style eq 'html')
+ {
+ return $text;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "$WARN (bug) unknown style $style\n";
+ return &$protect_text($text);
+ }
+}
+
+# a whole menu
+sub t2h_html32_menu($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ return "<table border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\">\n"
+ . $text . "</table>\n";
+ }
+}
+
+# a simple menu entry ref in case we aren't in a standard menu context
+sub t2h_html32_foot_section($)
+{
+ my $lines = shift;
+ unshift (@$lines, "<hr>\n", "<h3>Footnotes</h3>\n");
+ return $lines;
+}
+
+# a cartouche
+sub t2h_html32_cartouche($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ return "<table border=\"1\"><tr><td>\n" . $text . "</td></tr></table>\n";
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+
+# no style
+sub t2h_html32_summary_letter($$$)
+{
+ my $letter = shift;
+ my $file = shift;
+ my $identifier = shift;
+ return &$anchor('', $file . '#' . $identifier, '<b>' . &$protect_text($letter) . '</b>');
+}
+
+sub t2h_html32_float($$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $float = shift;
+ my $caption = shift;
+ my $shortcaption = shift;
+
+ my $label = '';
+ if (exists($float->{'id'}))
+ {
+ $label = &$anchor($float->{'id'});
+ }
+ my $caption_text = '';
+
+ if (defined($float->{'caption_texi'}))
+ {
+ $caption_text = $caption;
+ }
+ elsif (defined($float->{'shortcaption_texi'}))
+ {
+ $caption_text = $shortcaption;
+ }
+ elsif (defined($caption))
+ {
+ $caption_text = $caption;
+ }
+
+ return "$label\n" . $text . $caption_text;
+}
+
+sub t2h_html32_listoffloats($$$)
+{
+ my $style_texi = shift;
+ my $style = shift;
+ my $float_entries = shift;
+
+ my $result = "<dl>\n" ;
+ foreach my $float_entry (@$float_entries)
+ {
+ $result .= $float_entry;
+ }
+ return $result . "</dl>\n";
+}
+
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/inlinestyle.init b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/inlinestyle.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ecd8c63e4fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/inlinestyle.init
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+
+$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE = $TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE . " style=\"$TOC_LIST_STYLE\"";
+
+# we empty CSS_LINES as all styles are inlined
+$CSS_LINES = "";
+
+$style_map{'sansserif'} =
+ { 'attribute' => "span style=\"$css_map{'sansserif'}\""};
+
+# formatting functions
+
+$preformatted = \&t2h_inlinestyle_preformatted;
+$summary_letter = \&t2h_inline_summary_letter;
+
+sub t2h_inlinestyle_preformatted($$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $pre_style = shift;
+ my $class = shift;
+
+ return '' if ($text eq '');
+ my $open = '<pre';
+ if ($pre_style)
+ {
+ $open .= " style=\"$pre_style\"";
+ }
+ return $open .= " class=\"$class\">$text</pre>";
+}
+
+sub t2h_inline_summary_letter($$$)
+{
+ my $letter = shift;
+ my $file = shift;
+ my $identifier = shift;
+ return &$anchor('', $file . '#' . $identifier, '<b>' . &$protect_html($letter) . '</b>', 'class="summary-letter" style="text-decoration: none"');
+
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/makeinfo.init b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/makeinfo.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ec3cb92264f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/makeinfo.init
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+# -*-perl-*-
+$TOP_FILE = 'index.html';
+
+$SHOW_MENU = 1;
+
+$USE_NODES = 1;
+
+$SPLIT = 'node';
+
+$SECTION_NAVIGATION = 1;
+
+$SHORT_REF = 1;
+
+$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU = 1;
+
+$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY = 0;
+
+$SPLIT_INDEX = 0;
+
+$MENU_SYMBOL = '*';
+
+$WORDS_IN_PAGE = 200;
+
+$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES = 0;
+
+@SECTION_BUTTONS =
+ (
+ \"node: ", \$Texi2HTML::NODE{This}, [ 'NodeNext', \$Texi2HTML::NODE{Next} ] , \",", [ 'NodePrev', \$Texi2HTML::NODE{Prev} ], \",", [ 'NodeUp', \$Texi2HTML::NODE{NodeUp} ], 'Following'
+ );
+
+my $default_init_out = $init_out;
+$init_out = \&makeinfo_like_init_out;
+
+sub makeinfo_like_init_out()
+{
+ my $encoding = &$default_init_out();
+ $NAVIGATION_TEXT{'Following'} = ' &gt; ';
+ return $encoding;
+}
+
+
+@MISC_BUTTONS = @SECTION_BUTTONS;
+
+$foot_line_and_ref = \&makeinfo_like_foot_line_and_ref;
+$foot_lines = \&makeinfo_like_foot_lines;
+$index_summary = \&makeinfo_like_index_summary;
+$summary_letter = \&makeinfo_like_summary_letter;
+$index_entry = \&makeinfo_like_index_entry;
+$index_letter = \&makeinfo_like_index_letter;
+$print_index = \&makeinfo_like_print_index;
+$listoffloats = \&makeinfo_like_listoffloats;
+$listoffloats_entry = \&makeinfo_like_listoffloats_entry;
+
+sub makeinfo_like_foot_line_and_ref($$$$$$$$)
+{
+ my $foot_num = shift;
+ my $relative_num = shift;
+ my $footid = shift;
+ my $docid = shift;
+ my $from_file = shift;
+ my $footnote_file = shift;
+ my $lines = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+
+ my $foot_anchor = "<sup>" . &$anchor($docid, "$footnote_file#$footid", $relative_num) . "</sup>";
+ $foot_anchor = &$anchor($docid, "$footnote_file#$footid", "($relative_num)") if ($state->{'preformatted'});
+ unshift @$lines, "<li>";
+ push @$lines, "</li>\n";
+ return ($lines, $foot_anchor);
+}
+
+sub makeinfo_like_foot_lines($)
+{
+ my $lines = shift;
+ unshift @$lines, "<hr>\n<h4>$Texi2HTML::I18n::WORDS->{'Footnotes_Title'}</h4>\n<ol type=\"1\">\n";
+ push @$lines, "</ol>";
+ return $lines;
+}
+
+
+sub makeinfo_like_index_summary
+{
+ return '';
+}
+
+sub makeinfo_like_summary_letter
+{
+ return '';
+}
+
+sub makeinfo_like_index_entry($$$$)
+{
+ my $text_href = shift;
+ my $entry = shift;
+ my $element_href = shift;
+ my $element_text = shift;
+
+ return '<li>' . $entry . ': ' . &$anchor('', $element_href, $element_text)
+ . "</li>\n";
+}
+
+sub makeinfo_like_index_letter($$$)
+{
+ my $letter = shift;
+ my $id = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub makeinfo_like_print_index($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ return "<ul class=\"index-$name\" compact>\n" . $text . "</ul>\n";
+}
+
+sub makeinfo_like_listoffloats_entry($$$$)
+{
+ my $style_texi = shift;
+ my $float = shift;
+ my $float_style = shift;
+ my $caption = shift;
+ my $href = shift;
+
+ if ($caption ne '')
+ {
+ return '<li>' . &$I('%{href}: %{caption}', { 'href' => &$anchor('', $href, $float_style), 'caption' => $caption }) . "</li>\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return '<li>' . &$anchor('', $href, $float_style) . "</li>\n";
+ }
+}
+
+sub makeinfo_like_listoffloats($$$)
+{
+ my $style_texi = shift;
+ my $style = shift;
+ my $float_entries = shift;
+
+ my $result = "<ul class=\"listoffloats\">\n" ;
+ foreach my $float_entry (@$float_entries)
+ {
+ $result .= $float_entry;
+ }
+ return $result . "</ul>\n";
+}
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/noheaders.init b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/noheaders.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1daf77a8459
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/noheaders.init
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+# -*-perl-*-
+
+$SPLIT = 'none';
+
+$print_section = \&T2H_NOHEAD_print_section;
+$end_section = \&T2H_NOHEAD_end_section;
+$one_section = \&T2H_NOHEAD_one_section;
+#$print_Top_header = \&T2H_NOHEAD_print_Top_header;
+$print_Top_footer = \&T2H_NOHEAD_print_Top_footer;
+$print_Top = \&T2H_NOHEAD_print_Top;
+$print_misc_header = \&T2H_NOHEAD_print_misc_header;
+$print_misc_footer = \&T2H_NOHEAD_print_misc_footer;
+$print_misc = \&T2H_NOHEAD_print_misc;
+$print_head_navigation = \&T2H_NOHEAD_print_head_navigation;
+$about_body = \&T2H_NOHEAD_about_body;
+#$toc_body = \&T2H_NOHEAD_toc_body;
+
+########################################################################
+# Layout for html for every sections
+#
+sub T2H_NOHEAD_print_section
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $first_in_page = shift;
+ my $previous_is_top = shift;
+
+ if ($first_in_page)
+ {
+ &$print_head_navigation($fh);
+ }
+ else
+ { # got to do this here, as it isn't done in print_head_navigation
+ main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER);
+ }
+ my $nw = main::print_lines($fh);
+}
+
+sub T2H_NOHEAD_one_section($)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ main::print_lines($fh);
+ print $fh "$SMALL_RULE\n";
+ &$print_page_foot($fh);
+}
+
+###################################################################
+# Layout of top-page I recommend that you use @ifnothtml, @ifhtml,
+# @html within the Top texinfo node to specify content of top-level
+# page.
+#
+# If you enclose everything in @ifnothtml, then title, subtitle,
+# author and overview is printed
+# Texi2HTML::HREF of Next, Prev, Up, Forward, Back are not defined
+# if $T2H_SPLIT then Top page is in its own html file
+sub T2H_NOHEAD_print_Top_footer($$)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ print $fh "$SMALL_RULE\n";
+}
+sub T2H_NOHEAD_print_Top
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $has_top_heading = shift;
+
+ &$print_head_navigation($fh,[]);
+ if ($Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION)
+ {
+ # if top-level node has content, then print it with extra header
+ #print $fh "<h1>$Texi2HTML::NAME{Top}</h1>\n"
+ print $fh "<h1 class=\"settitle\">$Texi2HTML::NAME{Top}</h1>\n"
+ unless ($has_top_heading);
+ main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # top-level node is fully enclosed in @ifnothtml
+ # print fulltitle, subtitle, author, Overview
+ print $fh $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE;
+ if (@{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW})
+ {
+ print $fh '<h2> ' . &$I('Overview:') . "</h2>\n" . "<blockquote>\n";
+ my $nw = main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW);
+ print $fh "</blockquote>\n";
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+###################################################################
+# Layout of Toc, Overview, and Footnotes pages
+# By default, we use "normal" layout
+# Texi2HTML::HREF of Next, Prev, Up, Forward, Back, etc are not defined
+# use: my $buttons = [...] to redefine navigation buttons
+sub T2H_NOHEAD_print_misc_header
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ &$print_page_head($fh) if $SPLIT;
+ &$print_head_navigation($fh);
+}
+sub T2H_NOHEAD_print_misc_footer
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ print $fh "$SMALL_RULE\n";
+ if ($SPLIT)
+ {
+ &$print_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+ &$print_page_foot($fh);
+ }
+
+}
+sub T2H_NOHEAD_print_misc
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ &$print_misc_header($fh);
+ print $fh "<h1>$Texi2HTML::NAME{This}</h1>\n";
+ main::print_lines($fh);
+ &$print_misc_footer($fh);
+}
+
+sub T2H_NOHEAD_end_section($)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ print $fh "$MIDDLE_RULE\n";
+}
+
+###################################################################
+# Layout of navigation panel
+
+sub T2H_NOHEAD_print_head_navigation
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER);
+}
+
+sub T2H_NOHEAD_about_body
+{
+}
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/roff.init b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/roff.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..221cb214cbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/roff.init
@@ -0,0 +1,1165 @@
+# -*-perl-*-
+
+main::load_init_file('', 'noheaders.init');
+
+$SPLIT = 'none';
+@EXPAND = ('info');
+$USE_ISO = 0;
+#$SHOW_MENU = 0;
+$SMALL_RULE = '';
+$DEFAULT_RULE = '';
+$MIDDLE_RULE = '';
+$BIG_RULE = '';
+$NODE_FILE_EXTENSION = "roff";
+$EXTENSION = "roff";
+$MENU_SYMBOL = '*';
+$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY = 0;
+
+$print_Top = \&T2H_ROFF_print_Top;
+$print_misc = \&T2H_ROFF_print_misc;
+$print_page_head = \&T2H_ROFF_print_page_head;
+$print_page_foot = \&T2H_ROFF_print_page_foot;
+$toc_body = \&T2H_ROFF_toc_body;
+$titlepage = \&T2H_ROFF_titlepage;
+
+sub T2H_ROFF_print_page_head
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+.nr _- 0
+.tr \\(is'
+.tr \\(if`
+.tr \\(pd"
+
+$AFTER_BODY_OPEN
+
+EOT
+ print $fh $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'copying'} . "\n";
+ print $fh "" . &$comment("Created on $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{today} by $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program}\n");
+ print $fh "" . &$comment($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program_authors});
+ print $fh ".ds St " . protect_spaces($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title'}) . "\n";
+ print $fh '.oh \'\\\\*(St\'\'%\'' ."\n".'.eh \'%\'\'\\\\*(St\'' . "\n";
+}
+
+sub T2H_ROFF_print_page_foot
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $program_string = program_string();
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+.br
+.pp
+$program_string
+EOT
+}
+
+sub T2H_ROFF_print_Top($$)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $has_top_heading = shift;
+
+ my $buttons = \@MISC_BUTTONS;
+ &$print_head_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+ print $fh $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE;
+ main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION);
+}
+
+sub T2H_ROFF_print_misc
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ &$print_misc_header($fh);
+ main::print_lines($fh);
+ &$print_misc_footer($fh);
+}
+
+sub T2H_ROFF_titlepage ()
+{
+ my $result = '';
+ if (@{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'titles'}}
+ or @{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'subtitles'}}
+ or @{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'authors'}})
+ {
+ foreach my $title (@{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'titles'}})
+ {
+ $result .= ".sz +10\n.ce\n" . protect_spaces($title) . "\n.sz -10\n";
+ }
+ foreach my $subtitle (@{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'subtitles'}})
+ {
+ $result .= ".sz +4\n.ce\n" . protect_spaces($subtitle) . "\n.sz -4\n";
+ }
+ $result .= ".sp 4\n" if ($result ne '');
+ foreach my $author (@{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'authors'}})
+ {
+ $result .= protect_spaces($author) . "\n.br\n";
+ }
+ $result .= ".sp 2\n" if (@{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'authors'}});
+ }
+ if (($result ne '') or ($Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE ne ''))
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE = ".tp\n" . $result . $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE . ".++ C\n";
+ }
+}
+
+########################################################################
+# Control of formatting:
+# 1.) For some changes, it is often enough to change the value of
+# some global map. It might necessitate building a little
+# function along with the change in hash, if the change is the use
+# of another function (in style_map).
+# 2.) For other changes, reimplement one of the t2h_default_<fnc>* routines,
+# give them another name, and assign them to the respective
+# $<fnc> variable (below).
+
+
+#
+# This hash should have keys corresponding with the nonletter command accent
+# whose following character is considered to be the argument
+# This hash associates an accent macro to the ISO name for the accent if any.
+# The customary use of this map is to find the ISO name appearing in html
+# entity (like &eacute;) associated with a texinfo accent macro.
+#
+# The keys of the hash are
+# ": umlaut
+# ~: tilda accent
+# ^: circumflex accent
+# `: grave accent
+# ': acute accent
+# =: macron accent
+%accent_map = (
+ '"', ':',
+ '~', '~',
+ '^', '^',
+ '`', '`',
+ "'", "'",
+ '=', '',
+ );
+
+#
+# texinfo "simple things" (@foo) to HTML ones
+#
+%simple_map = (
+# "*", "\n.br\n",
+ ' ', '\ ',
+ "\t", "\\\t",
+ "\n", "\\\n",
+ # "&#173;" or "&shy;" could also be possible for @-, but it seems
+ # that some browser will consider this as an always visible hyphen mark
+ # which is not what we want (see http://www.cs.tut.fi/~jkorpela/shy.html)
+ '-', '', # hyphenation hint
+ '|', '', # used in formatting commands @evenfooting and friends
+ '/', '',
+ # spacing commands
+ ':', '',
+ '!', '!',
+ '?', '?',
+ '.', '\&.',
+ '@', '@',
+ '}', '}',
+ '{', '{',
+ );
+
+# this map is used in preformatted text
+%simple_map_pre = %simple_map;
+
+#
+# texinfo "things" (@foo{}) to HTML ones
+#
+%things_map = (
+ 'TeX' => 'TeX',
+ 'LaTeX' => 'LaTeX',
+ 'bullet' => '\(bu',
+ 'copyright' => '\(co',
+ 'registeredsymbol' => '\(rg',
+ 'dots' => '\&...',
+ 'enddots' => '\&....',
+ 'equiv' => '\(==',
+# i18n
+ 'error' => 'error->',
+ 'expansion' => '\(->',
+ 'minus' => '\-',
+ 'point' => '*',
+ 'print' => '-|',
+ 'result' => '\(rh',
+ # set in code using the language
+ # 'today', &pretty_date,
+ 'aa' => '\(oa',
+ 'AA' => '\(oA',
+ 'ae' => '\(ae',
+ 'oe' => '\(oe',
+ 'AE' => '\(AE',
+ 'OE' => '\(OE',
+ 'o' => '\(/o',
+ 'O' => '\(/O',
+ 'ss' => '\(ss',
+ 'l' => '\(/l',
+ 'L' => '\(/L',
+ 'exclamdown' => '\(r!',
+ 'questiondown' => '\(r?',
+ 'pounds' => '\(Po',
+ 'ordm' => '\(Om',
+ 'ordf' => '\(Of',
+ 'euro' => '\(eu',
+ );
+
+# This map is used in preformatted environments
+%pre_map = %things_map;
+
+#%style_map = (
+# 'acronym', '',
+# 'asis', '',
+# 'b', ['\fB', '\fR'],
+# 'cite', ['\fI', '\fR'],
+# 'code', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR'],
+# 'command', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR'],
+# 'ctrl', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR'],
+# 'dfn', ['\fI', '\fR'],
+# 'dmn', '',
+# 'email', ['\fB', '\fR'],
+# 'emph', ['\fI', '\fR'],
+# 'env', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR'],
+# 'file', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR', '"'],
+# 'i', ['\fI', '\fR'],
+# 'kbd', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR'],
+# 'key', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR'],
+# 'math', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR'],
+# 'option', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR', '"'],
+# 'r', ['\fR', ''],
+# 'samp', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR', '"'],
+# 'sc', '&roff_sc',
+# 'strong', ['\fB', '\fR'],
+# 't', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR'],
+# 'uref', '&default_uref',
+# 'url', '&default_url',
+# 'var', ['\fI', '\fR'],
+# 'verb', ['\fR\&\f(CW', '\fR'],
+# 'titlefont', ["\n.sz +10\n.ce\n", "\n.sz -10\n"],
+# 'w', '',
+# 'H', '&roff_accent',
+# 'dotaccent', '&roff_accent',
+# 'ringaccent', '&roff_accent',
+# 'tieaccent', '&roff_accent',
+# 'u', '&roff_accent',
+# 'ubaraccent', '&roff_accent',
+# 'udotaccent', '&roff_accent',
+# 'v', '&roff_accent',
+# ',', '&roff_accent',
+# 'dotless', ''
+# );
+
+my @bold_commands = ('strong', 'b', 'email');
+my @italic_commands = ('cite', 'dfn', 'emph', 'i', 'var', 'slanted');
+my @fixed_command = ('code', 'command', 'ctrl', 'env', 'file', 'kbd', 'key',
+ 'math', 'option', 'samp', 't', 'verb');
+
+foreach my $accent_command ('tieaccent', 'dotless', keys(%unicode_accents), keys(%accent_map))
+{
+ #$style_map{$accent_command} = { 'function' => \&t2h_roff_accent };
+ $style_map{$accent_command} = '&roff_accent';
+}
+#foreach my $accent (keys(%accent_map))
+#{
+# $style_map{$accent} = '&roff_accent';
+#}
+
+foreach my $command (keys(%style_map))
+{
+ delete $style_map{$command}->{'attribute'} if (exists($style_map{$command}->{'attribute'}));
+ if (grep {$_ eq $command} @bold_commands)
+ {
+ delete $style_map{$command}->{'function'} if (exists($style_map{$command}->{'function'}));
+ $style_map{$command}->{'begin'} = '\fB';
+ $style_map{$command}->{'end'} = '\fR';
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif (grep {$_ eq $command} @italic_commands)
+ {
+ delete $style_map{$command}->{'function'} if (exists($style_map{$command}->{'function'}));
+ $style_map{$command}->{'begin'} = '\fI';
+ $style_map{$command}->{'end'} = '\fR';
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif (grep {$_ eq $command} @fixed_commands)
+ {
+ delete $style_map{$command}->{'function'} if (exists($style_map{$command}->{'function'}));
+ $style_map{$command}->{'begin'} = '\fR\&\f(CW';
+ $style_map{$command}->{'end'} = '\fR';
+ next;
+ }
+}
+
+delete $style_map{'titlefont'}->{'function'} if (exists($style_map{'titlefont'}->{'function'}));
+$style_map{'titlefont'}->{'begin'} = "\n.sz +10\n.ce\n";
+$style_map{'titlefont'}->{'end'} = "\n.sz -10\n";
+
+delete $style_map{'r'}->{'function'} if (exists($style_map{'r'}->{'function'}));
+$style_map{'r'}->{'begin'} = '\r';
+#$style_map{'r'}->{'end'} = '';
+
+$style_map{'sc'} = '&roff_sc';
+
+$style_map{'indicateurl'}->{'begin'} = '<';
+$style_map{'indicateurl'}->{'end'} = '>';
+
+foreach my $command (keys(%style_map))
+{
+ if (ref($style_map{$command}) ne 'HASH')
+ {
+ $style_map_pre{$command} = $style_map{$command};
+ next;
+ }
+ $style_map_pre{$command} = {};
+ foreach my $key (keys(%{$style_map{$command}}))
+ {
+ $style_map_pre{$command}->{$key} = $style_map{$command}->{$key};
+ }
+}
+
+%special_accents = (
+ 'ringaccent' => 'aA',
+ "'" => 'aeiouyAEIOUY',
+ ',' => 'cC',
+ '^' => 'aeiouAEIOU',
+ '`' => 'aeiouAEIOU',
+ '~' => 'nNaoAO',
+ '"' => 'aeiouyAEIOUY',
+ 'v' => 'sSzZ',
+);
+
+sub roff_accent($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $accent = shift;
+ return $text if ($accent eq 'dotless');
+ return "\\($accent_map{$accent}${text}" if (defined($accent_map{$accent}) and defined($special_accents{$accent}) and ($text =~ /^[$special_accents{$accent}]$/));
+ return "\\(o${text}" if (($accent eq 'ringaccent') and (defined($special_accents{$accent})) and ($text =~ /^[$special_accents{$accent}]$/));
+ return "\\(v${text}" if (($accent eq 'v') and (defined($special_accents{$accent})) and ($text =~ /^[$special_accents{$accent}]$/));
+ return "\\(,${text}" if (($accent eq ',') and (defined($special_accents{$accent})) and ($text =~ /^[$special_accents{$accent}]$/));
+#FIXME maybe we should protect the symbols such that they look like strings and
+# not ponctuation marks ? Like it is done in texi2roff ?
+# otherwise we should use
+# return ascii_accents($text, $accent);
+ return $text . $accent if (defined($accent_map{$accent}));
+ return $text . "''" if ($accent eq 'H');
+ return $text . '\\&.' if ($accent eq 'dotaccent');
+ return $text . '*' if ($accent eq 'ringaccent');
+ return $text . '[' if ($accent eq 'tieaccent');
+ return $text . '(' if ($accent eq 'u');
+ return $text . '_' if ($accent eq 'ubaraccent');
+ return '\\&.' . $text if ($accent eq 'udotaccent');
+ return $text . '<' if ($accent eq 'v');
+ return $text . ',' if ($accent eq ',');
+}
+
+sub roff_sc($$)
+{
+ return "\n.sz -6\n" . uc($_[0]) . "\n.sz +6\n" ;
+}
+
+sub roff_ctrl($$)
+{
+ return "\\*^$_[0]";
+}
+
+$format = \&T2H_ROFF_format;
+
+sub T2H_ROFF_format($$$)
+{
+ my $tag = shift;
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ return '' if (!defined($element) or ($text !~ /\S/));
+ return $element->[0] . $text . $element->[1];
+}
+
+%format_map = (
+ 'quotation' => [ ".(q\n", ".)q\n" ],
+ # lists
+ 'itemize' => [ ".(l L F\n.ba +5\n", ".ba -5\n.)l\n" ],
+ 'enumerate' => [ ".(l L F\n.ba +5\n", ".ba -5\n.)l\n" ],
+ 'multitable' => [ ".(l M\n.nh\n", ".hy\n.)l\n" ],
+ 'table' => [ ".(l L F\n.ba +5\n", ".ba -5\n.)l\n" ],
+ 'vtable' => [ ".(l L F\n.ba +5\n", ".ba -5\n.)l\n" ],
+ 'ftable' => [ ".(l L F\n.ba +5\n", ".ba -5\n.)l\n" ],
+ );
+
+%special_list_commands = (
+ 'table' => {},
+ 'vtable' => {},
+ 'ftable' => {},
+ 'itemize' => {}
+ );
+
+# an eval of these $complex_format_map->{what}->{'begin'} yields beginning
+# an eval of these $complex_format_map->{what}->{'end'} yields end
+# $EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL and SMALL_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL can be usefull here
+$complex_format_map =
+{
+ 'example' =>
+ {
+ 'begin' => q{""},
+ 'end' => q{""},
+ 'begin_region' => ".(l I\n\\&\\fR\\f(CW",
+ 'end_region' => "\\&\\fR\n.)l\n"
+ },
+ 'smallexample' =>
+ {
+ 'begin' => q{""},
+ 'end' => q{""},
+ 'begin_region' => ".(l I\n.size -2\n\\&\\fR\\f(CW",
+ 'end_region' => "\\&\\fR\n.size +2\n.)l\n"
+ },
+ 'display' =>
+ {
+ 'begin' => q{""},
+ 'end' => q{""},
+ 'begin_region' => ".(l I\n\\&\\fR\\f(CW",
+ 'end_region' => "\\&\\fR\n.)l\n"
+ },
+ 'smalldisplay' =>
+ {
+ 'begin' => q{""},
+ 'end' => q{""},
+ 'begin_region' => ".(l I\n.size -2\n\\&\\fR\\f(CW",
+ 'end_region' => "\\&\\fR\n.size +2\n.)l\n"
+ },
+ 'menu-comment' =>
+ {
+ 'begin' => q{""},
+ 'end' => q{""},
+ 'begin_region' => "",
+ 'end_region' => "\n"
+ },
+ 'menu-preformatted' =>
+ {
+ 'begin' => q{""},
+ 'end' => q{""},
+ 'begin_region' => "",
+ 'end_region' => "\n"
+ }
+};
+
+# format shouldn't narrow the margins
+
+$complex_format_map->{'lisp'} = $complex_format_map->{'example'};
+$complex_format_map->{'smalllisp'} = $complex_format_map->{'smallexample'};
+$complex_format_map->{'format'} = $complex_format_map->{'display'};
+$complex_format_map->{'smallformat'} = $complex_format_map->{'smalldisplay'};
+
+sub protect_spaces($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $result = '';
+ while($text)
+ {
+ if ($text =~ s/^([^\\]*)\\//o)
+ {
+ my $leading = $1;
+ if (defined($leading))
+ {
+ $leading =~ s/([\t ])/\\$1/go;
+ $result .= $leading . '\\';
+ }
+ if (($text =~ s/^(\s)//o) or ($text =~ s/^(.)//o))
+ {
+ $result .= $1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $text =~ s/([\t ])/\\$1/go;
+ $result .= $text;
+ $text = '';
+ }
+ }
+ return $result;
+}
+
+# formatting functions
+
+$anchor = \&t2h_roff_anchor;
+$def_item = \&t2h_roff_def_item;
+$def = \&t2h_roff_def;
+$menu = \&t2h_roff_menu;
+$menu_link = \&t2h_roff_menu_link;
+$menu_comment = \&t2h_roff_menu_comment;
+$menu_description = \&t2h_roff_menu_description;
+$simple_menu_link = \&t2h_roff_simple_menu_link;
+$table_item = \&t2h_roff_table_item;
+$table_line = \&t2h_roff_table_line;
+$row = \&t2h_roff_row;
+$cell = \&t2h_roff_cell;
+$list_item = \&t2h_roff_list_item;
+$comment = \&t2h_roff_comment;
+$def_line = \&t2h_roff_def_line;
+$raw = \&t2h_roff_raw;
+$heading = \&t2h_roff_heading;
+$paragraph = \&t2h_roff_paragraph;
+$preformatted = \&t2h_roff_preformatted;
+$foot_line_and_ref = \&t2h_roff_foot_line_and_ref;
+$foot_section = \&t2h_roff_foot_section;
+$image = \&t2h_roff_image;
+$index_entry_label = \&t2h_roff_index_entry_label;
+$index_summary = \&t2h_roff_index_summary;
+$print_index = \&t2h_roff_print_index;
+$protect_text = \&t2h_roff_protect_text;
+$cartouche = \&t2h_roff_cartouche;
+$sp = \&t2h_roff_sp;
+$normal_text = \&t2h_roff_normal_text;
+$empty_line = \&t2h_roff_empty_line;
+$unknown = \&t2h_roff_unknown;
+$float = \&t2h_roff_float;
+$listoffloats = \&t2h_roff_listoffloats;
+$listoffloats_entry = \&t2h_roff_listoffloats_entry;
+
+# This function is used to protect characters which are special in html
+# in inline text: &, ", <, and >.
+#
+# argument:
+# text to be protected
+sub t2h_roff_protect_text($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ $text =~ s/\\/\\e/g;
+ $text =~ s/$;---$;/\\(em/g;
+ $text =~ s/$;--$;/-/g;
+ $text =~ s/$;-$;/\\-/g;
+ $text =~ s/^\./\\&./;
+ $text =~ s/([\s])\./$1\\&./g;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub t2h_roff_normal_text($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ #$text =~ s/---/\\(em/g;
+ $text =~ s/(--?-?)/$;$1$;/go;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub t2h_roff_unknown($$)
+{
+ my $macro = shift;
+ my $line = shift;
+
+ if ($macro eq '*')
+ {
+ $line = '' if ($line =~ /^\s*$/);
+ return ($line, 1, "\n.br\n", undef);
+ }
+ return ($line, 0, undef, undef);
+}
+
+
+# This function produces an anchor
+#
+# arguments:
+# $name : anchor name
+# $href : anchor href
+# text : text displayed
+# extra_attribs : added to anchor attributes list
+sub t2h_roff_anchor($;$$$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $href = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $attributes = shift;
+ $href = '' if (!defined($href) or ($href !~ /\S/));
+ $text = '' if (!defined($text));
+ return $text if ($text ne '');
+ return "[$href]" if ($href ne '');
+ return '';
+}
+
+# This function is used to format the text associated with a @deff/@end deff
+#
+# argument:
+# text
+sub t2h_roff_def_item($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ {
+ #return ".ba +5\n.(l L F\n" . $text . ".)l\n.ba -5\n";
+ return ".(l L F\n.ba +5\n" . $text . ".ba -5\n.)l\n";
+ }
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+# format the container for the @deffn line and text
+#
+# argument
+# text of the whole @def, line and associated text.
+sub t2h_roff_def($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+# a whole menu
+#
+# argument:
+# the whole menu text (entries and menu comments)
+#
+# argument:
+# whole menu text.
+sub t2h_roff_menu($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ chomp $text;
+ return ".(l M\n\\&\\s8" . &$I('Menu:') . "\n" . $text . "\\&\\s0\n.)l\n";
+}
+
+# a simple menu entry ref in case we aren't in a standard menu context
+sub t2h_roff_simple_menu_link($$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $href = shift;
+ my $node = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $ending = shift;
+ $name .= ':' if ($name ne '');
+ return "$MENU_SYMBOL$name$node$ending";
+}
+
+# formats a menu entry link pointing to a node or section
+#
+# arguments:
+# the entry text
+# the state, a hash reference holding informations about the context, with a
+# usefull entry, 'preformatted', true if we are in a preformatted format
+# (a format keeping space between words). In that case a function
+# of the main program, main::do_preformatted($text, $state) might
+# be used to format the text with the current format style.
+# href is optionnal. It is the reference to the section or the node anchor
+# which should be used to make the link (typically it is the argument
+# of a href= attribute in a <a> element).
+sub t2h_roff_menu_link($$$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $href = shift;
+ my $node = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $ending = shift;
+ $name .= ':' if ($name ne '');
+ return "$MENU_SYMBOL$name$node$ending";
+}
+
+# formats a menu entry description, ie the text appearing after the node
+# specification in a menu entry an spanning until there is another
+# menu entry, an empty line or some text at the very beginning of the line
+# (we consider that text at the beginning of the line begins a menu comment)
+#
+# arguments:
+# the description text
+# the state. See menu_entry.
+sub t2h_roff_menu_description($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+# a menu comment (between menu lines)
+# formats the container of a menu comment. A menu comment is any text
+# appearing between menu lines, either separated by an empty line from
+# the preceding menu entry, or a text beginning at the first character
+# of the line (text not at the very beginning of the line is considered to
+# be the continuation of a menu entry description text).
+#
+# The text itself is considered to be in a preformatted environment
+# with name 'menu-commment' and with style $MENU_PRE_STYLE.
+#
+# argument
+# text contained in the menu comment.
+sub t2h_roff_menu_comment($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+# text after @item in table, vtable and ftable
+sub t2h_roff_table_item($$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $index_label = shift;
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $formatted_command = shift;
+ $formatted_command = '' if (!defined($formatted_command) or
+ exists($special_list_commands{$format}->{$command}));
+ $text = '.ip ' . $formatted_command . protect_spaces($text) . "\n";
+ $text .= $index_label if (defined($index_label));
+ return $text;
+}
+
+# format text on the line following @item (in table, vtable and ftable)
+sub t2h_roff_table_line($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+# row in multitable
+sub t2h_roff_row($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ return $text ."\n" ;
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+# cell in multitable
+sub t2h_roff_cell($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ chomp $text;
+ return protect_spaces($text) . "\\\t";
+}
+
+# format an item in a list
+#
+# argument:
+# text of the item
+sub t2h_roff_list_item($$$$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $formatted_command = shift;
+ my $item_nr = shift;
+ my $enumerate_style = shift;
+ my $number = shift;
+ $formatted_command = '' if (!defined($formatted_command) or
+ exists($special_list_commands{$format}->{$command}));
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ #return $formatted_command . $text;
+ return $text . "\n";
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+# an comment
+sub t2h_roff_comment($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $result = '';
+ while ($text)
+ {
+ $text =~ s/$;---$;/--/g;
+ $text =~ s/$;--$;/-/g;
+ $text =~ s/$;-$;/-/g;
+ $text =~ s/^(.*)//;
+ $result .= ".\\\"$1";
+ $result .= "\n" if ($text =~ s/^\n//);
+ }
+ return $result;
+}
+
+# a paragraph
+sub t2h_roff_paragraph($$$$$$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $align = shift;
+ my $paragraph_command = shift;
+ my $paragraph_command_formatted = shift;
+ my $paragraph_number = shift;
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $item_nr = shift;
+ my $enumerate_style = shift;
+ my $number = shift;
+ return '' if ($text =~ /^\s*$/);
+ if (defined($paragraph_number) and defined($$paragraph_number))
+ {
+ $$paragraph_number++;
+ $paragraph_command_formatted = undef if ($$paragraph_number > 1);
+ }
+ $paragraph_command_formatted = '' if (!defined($paragraph_command_formatted) or
+ exists($special_list_commands{$format}->{$paragraph_command}));
+ #return $text if (defined($format) and $format eq 'multitable');
+ return $text if (defined($format) and (($format eq 'multitable') or ($format eq 'quotation')));
+ my $open = ".pp\n";
+ if (defined($format) and (($format eq 'itemize') or ($format eq 'enumerate')) and
+ defined($paragraph_number) and defined($$paragraph_number) and ($$paragraph_number == 1))
+ {
+ $open = ".lp\n";
+ }
+ my $close = '';
+ if ($align)
+ {
+ if ($align eq 'flushleft')
+ {
+ $open .= ".ad l\n";
+ $close .= ".ad b\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($align eq 'flushright')
+ {
+ $open .= ".ad r\n";
+ $close .= ".ad b\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($align eq 'center')
+ {
+ $open .= ".ce\n";
+ }
+ }
+ if (defined($format) and ($format eq 'enumerate') and
+ defined($paragraph_number) and defined($$paragraph_number) and ($$paragraph_number == 1) and defined($number) and ($number ne ''))
+ {
+ $open .= "$number.";
+ }
+ chomp ($text);
+ return $open. $paragraph_command_formatted . $text . "\n" . $close;
+}
+
+# a preformatted region
+sub t2h_roff_preformatted($$$$$$$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $pre_style = shift;
+ my $class = shift;
+ my $leading_command = shift;
+ my $leading_command_formatted = shift;
+ my $preformatted_number = shift;
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $item_nr = shift;
+ my $enumerate_style = shift;
+ my $number = shift;
+ $leading_command_formatted = '' if (!defined($leading_command_formatted) or
+ exists($special_list_commands{$format}->{$leading_command}));
+
+ if (defined($format) and $format eq 'multitable')
+ {
+ my $chomped = chomp($text);
+ my $result = '\&\fR\f(CW' . $text . '\&\fR';
+ $result .= "\n" if ($chomped);
+ return $result;
+ }
+ return '' if ($text eq '');
+ if (defined($preformatted_number) and defined($$preformatted_number))
+ {
+ $$preformatted_number++;
+ $leading_command_formatted = undef if ($$preformatted_number > 1);
+ }
+ $leading_command_formatted = '' if (!defined($leading_command_formatted));
+ chomp $text;
+ my $open = '';
+ if (defined($format) and ($format eq 'enumerate') and
+ defined($paragraph_number) and defined($$paragraph_number) and ($$paragraph_number == 1) and defined($number) and ($number ne ''))
+ {
+ $open = "$number. ";
+ }
+ return $complex_format_map->{$class}->{'begin_region'} . $leading_command_formatted . $open . $text . $complex_format_map->{$class}->{'end_region'};
+}
+
+# This function formats a heading for an element
+#
+# argument:
+# an element. It is a hash reference for a node or a sectionning command.
+# The interesting keys are:
+# 'text': the heading text
+# 'name': the heading text without section number
+# 'node': true if it is a node
+# 'level': level of the element. 0 for @top, 1 for chapter, heading,
+# appendix..., 2 for section and so on...
+# 'tag_level': the sectionning element name, raisesections and lowersections
+# taken into account
+#
+# relevant configuration variable:
+# $NUMBER_SECTIONS
+sub t2h_roff_heading($)
+{
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $name = $element->{'text'};
+ if (!$element->{'node'})
+ {
+ $name = $element->{'name'};
+ }
+ return '' if ($element->{'name'} !~ /\S/);
+ my $class = $element->{'tag_level'};
+ $class = 'unnumbered' if ($class eq 'top');
+ $level = $element->{'level'};
+ $level = 3 if (!defined($level));
+ $level = 1 if ($level == 0);
+ my $heading = '';
+ $heading = ".bp\n" if ($level == 1);
+ $heading .= '.if !\n(_- \{\\' . "\n.nr _- 1\n.nr \$1 0 1\n" . '.af $1 A\}' . "\n"
+ if ($class =~ /^appendix/);
+ $name = protect_spaces($name);
+ my $toc_entry = '\&';
+ if ($class =~ /^unnumbered/ or ($class eq 'node'))
+ {
+ $heading .= ".uh $name\n";
+ $toc_entry .= ' ';
+ }
+ elsif (($class =~ /section$/) or ($class eq 'chapter') or ($class =~ /^appendix/))
+ {
+ $heading .= ".sh $level $name\n";
+ my $number = 1;
+ while ($number < $level)
+ {
+ $toc_entry .= "\\n(\$$number.";
+ $number++;
+ }
+ $toc_entry .= "\\n(\$$number ";
+ }
+ $toc_entry .= $name;
+ return $heading . "\n" if ($class eq 'node');
+ return $heading . ".(x\n" . $toc_entry . "\n.)x\n\\&\\fR\n";
+}
+
+sub T2H_ROFF_toc_body($$$)
+{
+ my $elements_list = shift;
+ my $do_contents = shift;
+ my $do_scontents = shift;
+ if ($do_contents or $do_scontents)
+ {
+ my $lines = ".pp\n.nr % 0 1\n.af % i\n.bp \\n%+1\n.ce\n\\&\\fB" . &$I('Table of Contents') . "\\fR\n.sp 2\n.xp\n";
+ if (!$do_contents)
+ {
+ push @{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW}, $lines;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES}, $lines;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# formatting of raw regions
+# ih L2H is true another mechanism is used for tex
+sub t2h_roff_raw($$)
+{
+ my $style = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ if ($style eq 'verbatim' or $style eq 'tex' or $style eq 'html')
+ {
+ chomp ($text);
+ return ".(l M\n\\fR\\&\\f(CW" . &$protect_text($text) . "\\fR\n.)l\n" ;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "$WARN (bug) unknown style $style\n";
+ return &$protect_text($text);
+ }
+}
+
+# This function formats a footnote reference and the footnote text associated
+# with a given footnote.
+# The footnote reference is the text appearing in the main document pointing
+# to the footnote text.
+#
+# arguments:
+# absolute number of the footnote (in the document)
+# relative number of the footnote (in the page)
+# identifier for the footnote
+# identifier for the footnote reference in the main document
+# main document file
+# footnote text file
+# array with the footnote text lines
+# the state. See menu entry.
+#
+# returns:
+# reference on an array containing the footnote text lines which should
+# have been updated
+# the text for the reference pointing on the footnote text
+sub t2h_roff_foot_line_and_ref($$$$$$$)
+{
+ my $number_in_doc = shift;
+ my $number_in_page = shift;
+ my $footnote_id = shift;
+ my $place_id = shift;
+ my $document_file = shift;
+ my $footnote_file = shift;
+ my $lines = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+
+ my $text = '';
+ my $line;
+ while (@$lines)
+ {
+ $line = shift @$lines;
+ $text .= $line;
+ }
+ chomp $text;
+ return ([], "\n.(f\n" . $text . "\n.)f\n" );
+}
+
+# formats a group of footnotes.
+#
+# argument:
+# array reference on the footnotes texts lines
+#
+# returns an array reference on the group of footnotes lines
+sub t2h_roff_foot_section($)
+{
+ my $lines = shift;
+ @$lines = ();
+}
+
+# format an image
+#
+# arguments:
+# image file name
+# image basename
+# a boolean true if we are in a preformatted format
+sub t2h_roff_image($$$$)
+{
+ my $file = shift;
+ my $base = shift;
+ my $preformatted = shift;
+ my $file_name = shift;
+ return "[$base src=$file_name]" if ($base ne $file_name);
+ return "[$base]";
+}
+
+# format a target in the main document for an index entry.
+#
+# arguments:
+# target identifier
+# boolean true if in preformatted format
+sub t2h_roff_index_entry_label($$$$)
+{
+ my $identifier = shift;
+ my $preformatted = shift;
+ my $label = shift;
+ my $index_name = shift;
+ return ".(x $index_name\n" . protect_spaces($label) . "\n.)x\n";
+}
+
+# process definition commands line @deffn for example
+sub t2h_roff_def_line($$$$$)
+{
+ my $category = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $type = shift;
+ my $arguments = shift;
+ my $index_label = shift;
+ $index_label = '' if (!defined($index_label));
+ $name = '' if (!defined($name) or ($name =~ /^\s*$/));
+ $type = '' if (!defined($type) or $type =~ /^\s*$/);
+ if (!defined($arguments) or $arguments =~ /^\s*$/)
+ {
+ $arguments = '';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $arguments = '\fI' . protect_spaces($arguments) . '\fR';
+ }
+ my $type_name = ' ';
+ $type_name = " $type" if ($type ne '');
+
+ $type_name .= '\fB' . protect_spaces($name) . '\fR' if ($name ne '');
+ $type_name .= $arguments . "\n";
+ return '\fI' . protect_spaces($category) . ':\fR' . $type_name . $index_label;
+}
+
+# a cartouche
+sub t2h_roff_cartouche($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub t2h_roff_sp($$)
+{
+ my $number = shift;
+ my $preformatted = shift;
+ return "\n.sp $number\n";
+}
+
+# format a whole index
+#
+# argument:
+# index text
+# index name
+sub t2h_roff_print_index($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ return ".xp $name\n";
+}
+
+# format an index summary. This is a list of letters linking to the letter
+# entries.
+#
+# arguments:
+# array reference containing the formatted alphabetical letters
+# array reference containing the formatted non lphabetical letters
+sub t2h_roff_index_summary($$)
+{
+ my $alpha = shift;
+ my $nonalpha = shift;
+ my $join = '';
+ my $nonalpha_text = '';
+ my $alpha_text = '';
+ return '';
+}
+
+# FIXME the following construct leads to something wrong ?
+# something @c a comment
+#
+# other thing
+sub t2h_roff_empty_line($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ return '';
+}
+
+sub t2h_roff_listoffloats_entry($$$$)
+{
+ my $style_texi = shift;
+ my $float = shift;
+ my $float_style = shift;
+ my $caption = shift;
+ my $href = shift;
+ chomp ($caption);
+
+ return '.ip ' . protect_spaces($float_style) . "\n" . $caption . "\n";
+}
+
+sub t2h_roff_listoffloats($$$)
+{
+ my $style_texi = shift;
+ my $style = shift;
+ my $float_entries = shift;
+
+ my $result = ".(l L F\n.ba +5\n";
+ foreach my $float_entry (@$float_entries)
+ {
+ $result .= $float_entry;
+ }
+ return $result . ".ba -5\n.)l\n";
+}
+
+sub t2h_roff_float($$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $float = shift;
+ my $caption = shift;
+ my $shortcaption = shift;
+
+ my $caption_text = '';
+
+ if (defined($float->{'caption_texi'}))
+ {
+ $caption_text = $caption;
+ }
+ elsif (defined($float->{'shortcaption_texi'}))
+ {
+ $caption_text = $shortcaption;
+ }
+ elsif (defined($caption))
+ {
+ $caption_text = $caption;
+ }
+ chomp ($caption_text);
+ return ".(b L F\n" . $text . $caption_text . "\n.b)\n";
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/utf8.init b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/utf8.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2d231e30a8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/utf8.init
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# -*-perl-*-
+$USE_ISO = 0;
+$ENCODING = 'utf-8';
+
+# if the encoding isn't utf-8, we should convert to utf-8 characters.
+
+use Encode;
+use Unicode::Normalize;
+
+foreach my $key (keys(%unicode_accents))
+{
+ $style_map{$key}->{'function'} = \&t2h_utf8_accent;
+ $style_map_texi{$key}->{'function'} = \&t2h_utf8_accent;
+}
+
+foreach my $key (%things_map)
+{
+ if (exists($unicode_map{$key}) and ($unicode_map{$key} ne ''))
+ {
+ $things_map{$key} = chr(hex($unicode_map{$key}));
+ $texi_map{$key} = chr(hex($unicode_map{$key}));
+ }
+}
+
+$normal_text = \&t2h_utf8_normal_text;
+
+1;
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/xhtml.init b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/xhtml.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3343a95c935
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/examples/xhtml.init
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+# -*-perl-*-
+
+# APA: Add SystemLiteral to identify the canonical DTD.
+# [Definition:] The SystemLiteral is called the entity's system
+# identifier. It is a URI, which may be used to retrieve the entity.
+# See http://www.xml.com/axml/target.html#NT-ExternalID
+$DOCTYPE = '<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">';
+
+$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE = '<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Frameset//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/xhtml1-frameset.dtd">';
+
+# -iso
+# if set, ISO8859 characters are used for special symbols (like copyright, etc)
+$USE_ISO = 1;
+
+# horizontal rules
+$SMALL_RULE = '<hr size="1"/>';
+$DEFAULT_RULE = '<hr/>';
+$MIDDLE_RULE = '<hr size="2"/>';
+$BIG_RULE = '<hr size="6"/>';
+
+# this is added inside <head></head> after <title> and some <meta name>
+# stuff, it can be used for eg. <style>, <script>, <meta> etc. tags.
+$EXTRA_HEAD = '';
+
+$print_page_head = \&T2H_XHTML_print_page_head;
+$print_page_foot = \&T2H_XHTML_print_page_foot;
+$print_frame = \&T2H_XHTML_print_frame;
+$button_icon_img = \&T2H_XHTML_button_icon_img;
+
+#FIXME update once it is more stabilized in texi2html.init
+sub T2H_XHTML_print_page_head
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $longtitle = "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_no_texi'}";
+ $longtitle .= ": $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{'This'}" if exists $T2H_NO_TEXI{'This'};
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+$T2H_DOCTYPE
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="$T2H_LANG" lang="$T2H_LANG">
+$T2H_THISDOC{'copying'}<!-- Created on $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{today} by $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program} -->
+<!--
+$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program_authors}
+-->
+<head>
+<title>$longtitle</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="$longtitle"/>
+<meta name="keywords" content="$longtitle"/>
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document"/>
+<meta name="distribution" content="global"/>
+<meta name="Generator" content="$T2H_THISDOC{program}"/>
+$EXTRA_HEAD
+</head>
+
+<body $T2H_BODYTEXT>
+$AFTER_BODY_OPEN
+EOT
+}
+
+# <span> instead of <font>
+sub T2H_XHTML_print_page_foot
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+<p>
+ <span style="font-size: smaller">
+ This document was generated $ADDRESS
+ using <a href="$T2H_THISDOC{program_homepage}"><i>$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program}</i></a>.
+ </span>
+ <br/>
+$PRE_BODY_CLOSE
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>
+EOT
+}
+
+sub T2H_XHTML_print_frame
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $toc_file = shift;
+ my $main_file = shift;
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE
+<html>
+<head><title>$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{title}</title></head>
+<frameset cols="140,*">
+ <frame name="toc" src="$toc_file"/>
+ <frame name="main" src="$main_file"/>
+</frameset>
+</html>
+EOT
+}
+
+# / in <img>
+sub T2H_XHTML_button_icon_img
+{
+ my $button = shift;
+ my $icon = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ return '' if (!defined($icon));
+ if (defined($name) && $name)
+ {
+ $name = ": $name";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $name = '';
+ }
+ $button = "" if (!defined ($button));
+ return qq{<img src="$icon" border="0" alt="$button$name" align="middle"/>};
+}
+
+$simple_map{'*'} = '<br/>';
+
+# formatting functions
+
+$def_line = \&t2h_xhtml_def_line;
+$index_summary = \&t2h_xhtml_index_summary;
+$image = \&t2h_xhtml_image;
+
+# need / in <img>
+sub t2h_xhtml_image($$$)
+{
+ my $file = shift;
+ my $base = shift;
+ my $preformatted = shift;
+ return "[ $base ]" if ($preformatted);
+ return "<img src=\"$file\" alt=\"$base\"/>";
+}
+
+# process definition commands line @deffn for example
+# <u> replaced by <span>
+sub t2h_xhtml_def_line($$$$$)
+{
+ my $category = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $type = shift;
+ my $arguments = shift;
+ my $index_label = shift;
+ $index_label = '' if (!defined($index_label));
+ $name = '' if (!defined($name) or ($name =~ /^\s*$/));
+ $type = '' if (!defined($type) or $type =~ /^\s*$/);
+ if (!defined($arguments) or $arguments =~ /^\s*$/)
+ {
+ $arguments = '';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $arguments = '<i>' . $arguments . '</i>';
+ }
+ my $type_name = '';
+ $type_name = " $type" if ($type ne '');
+ $type_name .= ' <b>' . $name . '</b>' if ($name ne '');
+ $type_name .= $arguments . "\n";
+ if (! $DEF_TABLE)
+ {
+ return '<dt>'. '<span style="text-decoration: underline">' . $category . ':</span>' . $type_name . $index_label . "</dt>\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ return "<tr>\n<td align=\"left\">" . $type_name .
+ "</td>\n<td align=\"right\">" . $category . $index_label . "</td>\n" . "</tr>\n";
+ }
+}
+
+# There is a br which needs /
+sub t2h_xhtml_index_summary($$)
+{
+ my $alpha = shift;
+ my $nonalpha = shift;
+ my $join = '';
+ my $nonalpha_text = '';
+ my $alpha_text = '';
+ $join = " &nbsp; \n<br/>\n" if (@$nonalpha and @$alpha);
+ if (@$nonalpha)
+ {
+ $nonalpha_text = join("\n &nbsp; \n", @$nonalpha) . "\n";
+ }
+ if (@$alpha)
+ {
+ $alpha_text = join("\n &nbsp; \n", @$alpha) . "\n &nbsp; \n";
+ }
+ #I18n
+ return "<table><tr><th valign=\"top\">Jump to: &nbsp; </th><td>" .
+ $nonalpha_text . $join . $alpha_text . '</td></tr></table>';
+}
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/de b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/de
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fae7f1b8af8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/de
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+$LANGUAGES->{'de'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => '@"Uber dieses Dokument',
+ 'April' => 'April',
+ 'August' => 'August',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => 'Dezember',
+ 'February' => 'Februar',
+ 'Footnotes' => 'Fu@ss{}noten',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => 'Index',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => 'Januar',
+ 'July' => 'Juli',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => 'Juni',
+ 'March' => 'M@"arz',
+ 'May' => 'Mai',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => 'November',
+ 'October' => 'Oktober',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => 'September',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Kurzes Inhaltsverzeichniss',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '',
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Inhaltsverzeichniss',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'de'} = {
+ 'See' => 'Siehe',
+ 'section' => 'Abschnitt',
+ 'see' => 'siehe'
+ };
+
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/en b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/en
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4f4939fdade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/en
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+$LANGUAGES->{'en'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => '',
+ 'April' => '',
+ 'August' => '',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => '',
+ 'February' => '',
+ 'Footnotes' => '',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => '',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => '',
+ 'July' => '',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => '',
+ 'March' => '',
+ 'May' => '',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => '',
+ 'October' => '',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => '',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '%s, %d %d',
+ 'Table of Contents' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'en'} = {};
+
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/es b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/es
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..88d75f42777
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/es
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+$LANGUAGES->{'es'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => '',
+ 'April' => 'abril',
+ 'August' => 'agosto',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => 'diciembre',
+ 'February' => 'febrero',
+ 'Footnotes' => '',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => 'Index',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => 'enero',
+ 'July' => 'julio',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => 'junio',
+ 'March' => 'marzo',
+ 'May' => 'mayo',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => 'noviembre',
+ 'October' => 'octubre',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => 'septiembre',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Resumen del Contenido',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '',
+ 'Table of Contents' => '@\'{@dotless{I}}ndice General',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'es'} = {
+ 'See' => 'V@\'ease',
+ 'section' => 'secci@\'on',
+ 'see' => 'v@\'ase'
+ };
+
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/fr b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/fr
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8ab8a3164b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/fr
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+$LANGUAGES->{'fr'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => ' Les boutons de navigation ont la signification suivante :',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => ' Dans cet exemple on est @`a @strong{ Sous section un-deux-trois } dans un document dont la structure est :',
+ ' Up ' => 'Plus haut',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => 'le %{day} %{month} %{year}',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '%{name} de %{class}',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '%{name} de %{class}',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans @cite{%{book}}',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => 'A propos de ce document',
+ 'April' => 'Avril',
+ 'August' => 'Ao@^ut',
+ 'Button' => 'Bouton',
+ 'Contents' => 'Table des mati@`eres',
+ 'Current Position' => 'Position',
+ 'December' => 'D@\'ecembre',
+ 'February' => 'F@\'evrier',
+ 'Footnotes' => 'Notes de bas de page',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => 'Depuis 1.2.3 aller @`a',
+ 'Go to' => 'Aller @`a',
+ 'Index' => 'Index',
+ 'Index Entry' => 'Entr@\'ee d\'index',
+ 'January' => 'Janvier',
+ 'July' => 'Juillet',
+ 'Jump to' => 'Aller @`a',
+ 'June' => 'Juin',
+ 'March' => 'Mars',
+ 'May' => 'Mai',
+ 'Menu:' => 'Menu@ :',
+ 'Name' => 'Nom',
+ 'Next' => 'Suivant',
+ 'November' => 'Novembre',
+ 'October' => 'Octobre',
+ 'Overview' => 'Vue d\'ensemble',
+ 'Overview:' => 'Vue d\'ensemble@ :',
+ 'Prev' => 'Pr@\'ec@\'edent',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => 'Section un',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => 'Voir %{node_file_href}',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'Voir %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Voir %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => 'Voir %{reference_name}',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => 'Voir @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => 'Voir la section %{reference_name}',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Voir la section `%{section}\' dans @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'September' => 'Septembre',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'R@\'esum@\'e du contenu',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => 'Sous section un-quatre',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => 'Sous section un-un',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => 'Sous section un-trois',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => 'Sous section un-deux',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => 'Sous sous section un-deux-quatre',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => 'Sous sous section un-deux-un',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => 'Sous sous section un-deux-trois',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => 'Sous sous section un-deux-deux',
+ 'T2H_today' => 'le %2$d %1$s %3$d',
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Table des mati@`eres',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e par @emph{%{user}} @emph{%{date}} en utilisant @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e par @emph{%{user}} en utilisant @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e en utilisant @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => 'Document sans titre',
+ 'about (help)' => '@`a propos (page d\'aide)',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => 'd@\'ebut de ce chapitre ou chapitre pr@\'ec@\'edent',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => 'par @emph{%{user}}',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => 'par @emph{%{user}} @emph{%{date}}',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => 'couverture (top) du document',
+ 'current' => 'courante',
+ 'current section' => 'section actuelle',
+ 'first section in reading order' => 'premi@`e section dans l\'ordre de lecture',
+ 'following node' => 'node suivant',
+ 'index' => 'index',
+ 'last section in reading order' => 'derni@`ere section dans l\'ordre de lecture',
+ 'next chapter' => 'chapitre suivant',
+ 'next node' => 'node suivant',
+ 'next section in reading order' => 'section suivante dans l\'ordre de lecture',
+ 'next section on same level' => 'section suivante au m@^eme niveau',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => 'node suivant dans l\'ordre des nodes',
+ 'node up' => 'node au dessus',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '@emph{%{date}}',
+ 'previous node' => 'node pr@\'ec@\'edent',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => 'section pr@\'ec@\'edente dans l\'ordre de lecture',
+ 'previous section on same level' => 'section pr@\'ec@\'edente au m@^eme niveau',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'section `%{section}\' dans @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => 'voir %{node_file_href}',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'voir %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'voir %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => 'voir %{reference_name}',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => 'voir @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => 'voir la section %{reference_name}',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'voir la section `%{section}\' dans @cite{{book}}',
+ 'short table of contents' => 'table des mati@`eres r@\'esum@\'ee',
+ 'table of contents' => 'table des mati@`eres',
+ 'unknown' => 'inconnu',
+ 'up node' => 'node au dessus',
+ 'up section' => 'section sup@\'erieure'
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'fr'} = {
+ ' This document was generated %{who_and_when_generated} using %{program_homepage_href}.' => ' Ce document a &eacute;t&eacute; g&eacute;n&eacute;r&eacute; %{who_and_when_generated} en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ ' where the <strong> Example </strong> assumes that the current position is at <strong> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </strong> of a document of the following structure:' => ' Dans cet exemple on est &agrave; <strong> Sous section un-deux-trois </strong> dans un document dont la structure est :',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'See' => 'Voir',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'Voir %{node_file_href} <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'Voir %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'See <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'Voir <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'Voir la section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'This document was generated by <i>%{user}</i> on <i>%{date}</i> using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a &eacute;t&eacute; g&eacute;n&eacute;r&eacute; par <i>%{user}</i> <i>%{date}</i> en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated by <i>%{user}</i> using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a &eacute;t&eacute; g&eacute;n&eacute;r&eacute; par <i>%{user}</i> en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e par @emph{%{user}} @emph{%{date}} en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e par @emph{%{user}} en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated on <i>%{date}</i> using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a &eacute;t&eacute; g&eacute;n&eacute;r&eacute; <i>%{date}</i> en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated on @emph{%{date}} using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e @emph{%{date}} en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e @emph{%{date}} en utilisant @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.',
+ 'This document was generated using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'about (this page)' => 'a propos (cette page)',
+ 'by <i>%{user}</i>' => 'par <i>%{user}</i>',
+ 'by <i>%{user}</i> on <i>%{date}</i>' => 'par <i>%{user}</i> <i>%{date}</i>',
+ 'concept index' => 'index',
+ 'on <i>%{date}</i>' => '<i>%{date}</i>',
+ 'section' => 'section',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'see' => 'voir',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'voir %{node_file_href} <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'voir %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'see <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'voir <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'voir la section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>'
+ };
+
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/nl b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/nl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b9e9d7b30a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/nl
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+$LANGUAGES->{'nl'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => 'No translation available!',
+ 'April' => 'April',
+ 'August' => 'Augustus',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => 'December',
+ 'February' => 'Februari',
+ 'Footnotes' => 'No translation available!',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => 'Index',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => 'Januari',
+ 'July' => 'Juli',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => 'Juni',
+ 'March' => 'Maart',
+ 'May' => 'Mei',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => 'November',
+ 'October' => 'Oktober',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => 'September',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Korte inhoudsopgave',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '',
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Inhoudsopgave',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'nl'} = {
+ 'See' => 'Zie',
+ 'section' => 'sectie',
+ 'see' => 'zie'
+ };
+
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/no b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/no
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..62b6632d6ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/no
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+$LANGUAGES->{'no'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => 'No translation available!',
+ 'April' => 'april',
+ 'August' => 'august',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => 'desember',
+ 'February' => 'februar',
+ 'Footnotes' => 'No translation available!',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => 'Indeks',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => 'januar',
+ 'July' => 'juli',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => 'juni',
+ 'March' => 'mars',
+ 'May' => 'mai',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => 'november',
+ 'October' => 'oktober',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => 'september',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Kort innholdsfortegnelse',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '',
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Innholdsfortegnelse',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'no'} = {
+ 'See' => 'Se',
+ 'section' => 'avsnitt',
+ 'see' => 'se'
+ };
+
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/pt b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/pt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..79cb65afda7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/i18n/pt
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+$LANGUAGES->{'pt'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => '',
+ 'April' => 'Abril',
+ 'August' => 'Agosto',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => 'Dezembro',
+ 'February' => 'Fevereiro',
+ 'Footnotes' => '',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => '@\'Indice',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => 'Janeiro',
+ 'July' => 'Julho',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => 'Junho',
+ 'March' => 'Mar@,{c}o',
+ 'May' => 'Maio',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => 'Novembro',
+ 'October' => 'Outubro',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => 'Setembro',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Breve Sum@\'ario',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '',
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Sum@\'ario',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'pt'} = {
+ 'See' => 'Veja',
+ 'section' => 'Se@,{c}@~ao',
+ 'see' => 'veja'
+ };
+
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/COPYING b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd6b4c19032
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+These images are licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike
+License. To view a copy of this license, visit
+http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/1.0/
+or send a letter to Creative Commons, 559 Nathan Abbott Way, Stanford,
+California 94305, USA.
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/Mybg.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/Mybg.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2d95e205845
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/Mybg.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_begin.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_begin.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..63c80099ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_begin.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_begin_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_begin_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..cff097f9e18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_begin_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_document.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_document.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..7f5576bd322
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_document.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_document_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_document_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..faf92d8c45e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_document_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_empty.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_empty.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..5843e432264
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_empty.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_end.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_end.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..6900869902a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_end.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_end_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_end_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..818fe6c9a5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_end_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_help.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_help.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..dcb99fa904c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_help.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_help_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_help_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..2dd565df0a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_help_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_index.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_index.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..b1306b1c3cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_index.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_index_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_index_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..c3f663ca1cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_index_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_left.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_left.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..0a28d9671cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_left.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_left_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_left_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..00ef49ff78a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_left_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_leftdouble.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_leftdouble.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..6221b203c59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_leftdouble.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_leftdouble_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_leftdouble_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..ffb2857df8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_leftdouble_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_page.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_page.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..7d744f9129a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_page.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_page_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_page_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..8e97093765f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_page_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_right.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_right.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..80596f8f042
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_right.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_right_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_right_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..b4a217b89a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_right_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_rightdouble.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_rightdouble.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..a539dd712ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_rightdouble.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_rightdouble_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_rightdouble_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..0f4f4e9284a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_rightdouble_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_search.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_search.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..4ba1c159b8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_search.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_search_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_search_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..7339e8df3e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_search_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_searchdoc.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_searchdoc.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..c378f8467dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_searchdoc.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_searchdoc_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_searchdoc_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..fb761ed471d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_searchdoc_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_tableofcon.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_tableofcon.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..3ea3b2e8ee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_tableofcon.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_tableofcon_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_tableofcon_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..dba67d35eb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_tableofcon_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_top.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_top.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..467b36e6837
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_top.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_top_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_top_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..51fe09a5ee1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_top_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_up.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_up.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..44bc961ba74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_up.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_up_na.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_up_na.gif
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..2744a57818d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/a_up_na.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg.jpg b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..409df67444a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg_left.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg_left.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3a03de5c986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg_left.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg_right.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg_right.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..89e5e4f5da8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/bg_right.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_dir.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_dir.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6b687bd946c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_dir.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_down.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_down.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..384430222ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_down.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_grab.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_grab.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8a4f23875dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_grab.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_help.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_help.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fb08df470b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_help.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_next.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_next.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1c8c97edbb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_next.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_nnext.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_nnext.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..12cf4aab438
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_nnext.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_pprev.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_pprev.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0a80d24a5d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_pprev.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_prev.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_prev.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..07e88e65375
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_prev.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_readme.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_readme.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..787758a0472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_readme.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_top.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_top.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e222a4eb07f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_top.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_up.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_up.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4867dd3c079
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_up.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_uup.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_uup.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2cbce64ee0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/blue_uup.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/contents_motif.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/contents_motif.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b3c904b289
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/contents_motif.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/index_motif.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/index_motif.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b9b3108aa82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/index_motif.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/next_motif.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/next_motif.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7a2dbe955e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/next_motif.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/next_motif_gr.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/next_motif_gr.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1416b1c10d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/next_motif_gr.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/previous_motif.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/previous_motif.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..aef90f1fc49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/previous_motif.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/previous_motif_gr.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/previous_motif_gr.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c6acaabc97d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/previous_motif_gr.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/spacer3.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/spacer3.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0f7d451a9f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/spacer3.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_contents.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_contents.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2864102d4af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_contents.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_foot.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_foot.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..04a365bf56a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_foot.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_next.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_next.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..945aaf05e70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_next.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_next_gr.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_next_gr.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8289ed154cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_next_gr.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_nextsection.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_nextsection.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8a7bb0a3681
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_nextsection.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_nextsection_gr.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_nextsection_gr.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..adb336b45fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_nextsection_gr.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previous.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previous.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..43a8db284a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previous.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previous_gr.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previous_gr.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..979831742d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previous_gr.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previoussection.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previoussection.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..736fffec195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previoussection.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previoussection_gr.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previoussection_gr.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c0de3e3495a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_previoussection_gr.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_up.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_up.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..56c8bae0fe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_up.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_up_gr.gif b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_up_gr.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6da635ac7b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/images/xy_up_gr.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/install-sh b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/install-sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..e9de23842dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+ case $1 in
+ -c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -d) dir_arg=true
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ *) if [ x"$src" = x ]
+ then
+ src=$1
+ else
+ # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+ :
+ dst=$1
+ fi
+ shift
+ continue;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+ echo "install: no input file specified"
+ exit 1
+else
+ true
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+ dst=$src
+ src=""
+
+ if [ -d $dst ]; then
+ instcmd=:
+ chmodcmd=""
+ else
+ instcmd=mkdir
+ fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+ if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+ then
+ true
+ else
+ echo "install: $src does not exist"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+ then
+ echo "install: no destination specified"
+ exit 1
+ else
+ true
+ fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+ if [ -d $dst ]
+ then
+ dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+ else
+ true
+ fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='
+'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+ pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+ shift
+
+ if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+ then
+ $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+ else
+ true
+ fi
+
+ pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+ $doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+ if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+ if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
+ then
+ dstfile=`basename $dst`
+ else
+ dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
+ sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+ fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+ if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
+ then
+ dstfile=`basename $dst`
+ else
+ true
+ fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+ dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+ $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+ trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+ if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+ if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+ if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+ if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+ $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+ $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/l2h.init b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/l2h.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6ee3c32387d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/l2h.init
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+
+######################################################################
+# from here on, its l2h init stuff
+#
+
+## initialization for latex2html as for Singular manual generation
+## obachman 3/99
+
+#
+# Options controlling Titles, File-Names, Tracing and Sectioning
+#
+$TITLE = '';
+
+$SHORTEXTN = 0;
+
+$LONG_TITLES = 0;
+
+$DESTDIR = '';
+
+$NO_SUBDIR = 1;
+
+$PREFIX = '';
+
+$AUTO_PREFIX = 0;
+
+$AUTO_LINK = 0;
+
+$SPLIT = 0;
+
+$MAX_LINK_DEPTH = 0;
+
+$TMP = '';
+
+$DEBUG = 0;
+
+$VERBOSE = 1;
+
+#
+# Options controlling Extensions and Special Features
+#
+#$HTML_VERSION = "3.2"; # set by command line
+
+$TEXDEFS = 1; # we absolutely need that
+
+$EXTERNAL_FILE = '';
+
+$SCALABLE_FONTS = 1;
+
+$NO_SIMPLE_MATH = 1;
+
+$LOCAL_ICONS = 1;
+
+$SHORT_INDEX = 0;
+
+$NO_FOOTNODE = 1;
+
+$ADDRESS = '';
+
+$INFO = '';
+
+#
+# Switches controlling Image Generation
+#
+$ASCII_MODE = 0;
+
+$NOLATEX = 0;
+
+$EXTERNAL_IMAGES = 0;
+
+$PS_IMAGES = 0;
+
+$NO_IMAGES = 0;
+
+$IMAGES_ONLY = 0;
+
+$REUSE = 2;
+
+$ANTI_ALIAS = 1;
+
+$ANTI_ALIAS_TEXT = 1;
+
+#
+#Switches controlling Navigation Panels
+#
+$NO_NAVIGATION = 1;
+$ADDRESS = '';
+$INFO = 0; # 0 = do not make a "About this document..." section
+
+#
+#Switches for Linking to other documents
+#
+# currently -- we don't care
+
+$MAX_SPLIT_DEPTH = 0; # Stop making separate files at this depth
+
+$MAX_LINK_DEPTH = 0; # Stop showing child nodes at this depth
+
+$NOLATEX = 0; # 1 = do not pass unknown environments to Latex
+
+$EXTERNAL_IMAGES = 0; # 1 = leave the images outside the document
+
+$ASCII_MODE = 0; # 1 = do not use any icons or internal images
+
+# 1 = use links to external postscript images rather than inlined bitmap
+# images.
+$PS_IMAGES = 0;
+$SHOW_SECTION_NUMBERS = 0;
+
+### Other global variables ###############################################
+$CHILDLINE = "";
+
+# This is the line width measured in pixels and it is used to right justify
+# equations and equation arrays;
+$LINE_WIDTH = 500;
+
+# Used in conjunction with AUTO_NAVIGATION
+$WORDS_IN_PAGE = 300;
+
+# The value of this variable determines how many words to use in each
+# title that is added to the navigation panel (see below)
+#
+$WORDS_IN_NAVIGATION_PANEL_TITLES = 0;
+
+# This number will determine the size of the equations, special characters,
+# and anything which will be converted into an inlined image
+# *except* "image generating environments" such as "figure", "table"
+# or "minipage".
+# Effective values are those greater than 0.
+# Sensible values are between 0.1 - 4.
+$MATH_SCALE_FACTOR = 1.5;
+
+# This number will determine the size of
+# image generating environments such as "figure", "table" or "minipage".
+# Effective values are those greater than 0.
+# Sensible values are between 0.1 - 4.
+$FIGURE_SCALE_FACTOR = 1.6;
+
+
+# If both of the following two variables are set then the "Up" button
+# of the navigation panel in the first node/page of a converted document
+# will point to $EXTERNAL_UP_LINK. $EXTERNAL_UP_TITLE should be set
+# to some text which describes this external link.
+$EXTERNAL_UP_LINK = "";
+$EXTERNAL_UP_TITLE = "";
+
+# If this is set then the resulting HTML will look marginally better if viewed
+# with Netscape.
+$NETSCAPE_HTML = 1;
+
+# Valid paper sizes are "letter", "legal", "a4","a3","a2" and "a0"
+# Paper sizes has no effect other than in the time it takes to create inlined
+# images and in whether large images can be created at all ie
+# - larger paper sizes *MAY* help with large image problems
+# - smaller paper sizes are quicker to handle
+$PAPERSIZE = "a4";
+
+# Replace "english" with another language in order to tell LaTeX2HTML that you
+# want some generated section titles (eg "Table of Contents" or "References")
+# to appear in a different language. Currently only "english" and "french"
+# is supported but it is very easy to add your own. See the example in the
+# file "latex2html.config"
+$TITLES_LANGUAGE = "english";
+
+1; # This must be the last non-comment line
+
+# End File l2h.init
+######################################################################
+
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/manage_i18n.pl b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/manage_i18n.pl
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..8b9621d6af6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/manage_i18n.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+#! /usr/bin/perl -w
+#+##############################################################################
+#
+# manage_i18n.pl: manage translation files
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+#
+#-##############################################################################
+
+# This requires perl version 5 or higher
+require 5.0;
+
+use strict;
+#use vars qw(
+# $T2H_LANGUAGES
+#);
+
+use File::Copy;
+use Data::Dumper;
+
+select(STDERR);
+$| = 1;
+select(STDOUT);
+$| = 1;
+
+my $language;
+my $i18n_dir = 'i18n'; # name of the directory containing the per language files
+my $translation_file = 'translations.pl'; # file containing all the translations
+my @known_languages = ('en', 'de', 'nl', 'es', 'no', 'pt', 'fr'); # The supported
+ # languages
+#my $template = 'template';
+my $template = 'en';
+my $template_file = "$i18n_dir/$template";
+my @source_files = ('texi2html.pl', 'texi2html.init', 'T2h_i18n.pm',
+ 'examples/roff.init', 'examples/noheaders.init');
+
+use vars qw(
+$LANGUAGES
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS
+);
+
+# Strings not in code
+my $template_strings =
+{
+ 'January' => '',
+ 'February' => '',
+ 'March' => '',
+ 'April' => '',
+ 'May' => '',
+ 'June' => '',
+ 'July' => '',
+ 'August' => '',
+ 'September' => '',
+ 'October' => '',
+ 'November' => '',
+ 'December' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '%s, %d %d',
+};
+
+# Handle per language files
+$Data::Dumper::Sortkeys = 1;
+
+if (@ARGV < 1)
+{
+ die "Need at least one arg\n";
+}
+
+my $command = shift @ARGV;
+
+sub update_language_file($);
+
+die "No suitable $i18n_dir directory\n" unless (-d $i18n_dir and -r $i18n_dir);
+
+sub get_languages
+{
+ unless (opendir DIR, $i18n_dir)
+ {
+ die "Cannot open dir $i18n_dir: $!\n";
+ }
+ my @languages = grep {
+ ! /^\./ &&
+ ! /\.(bak|orig|old|dpkg-old|rpmnew|rpmsave)$/ &&
+ ! /~$/ &&
+ ! /^#.*#$/ &&
+ -f $i18n_dir . '/' . $_
+ } readdir DIR;
+ closedir DIR;
+ my @known = @known_languages;
+ foreach my $lang (@languages)
+ {
+ if (grep {$_ eq $lang} @known)
+ {
+ @known = grep {$_ ne $lang} @known;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "Remark: you could update the known languages array for `$lang'\n";
+ }
+ }
+ warn "Remark: the following known languages have no corresponding file: @known\n" if (@known);
+ return @languages;
+}
+
+sub manage_i18n_files($)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ if ($command eq 'update')
+ {
+ update_i18n_files();
+ }
+ elsif ($command eq 'merge')
+ {
+ merge_i18n_files();
+ }
+ elsif ($command eq 'template')
+ {
+ update_template(@source_files);
+ }
+ elsif ($command eq 'all')
+ {
+ update_template(@source_files);
+ update_i18n_files();
+ merge_i18n_files();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "Unknown i18n command: $command\n";
+ }
+ exit 0;
+}
+
+sub merge_i18n_files
+{
+ my @languages = get_languages();
+ die "No languages found\n" unless (@languages);
+ if (-f $translation_file)
+ {
+ unless (File::Copy::copy ($translation_file, "$translation_file.old"))
+ {
+ die "Error copying $translation_file to $translation_file.old\n";
+ }
+ }
+ #foreach my $lang ($template, @known_languages)
+ die "open $translation_file failed" unless (open (TRANSLATIONS, ">$translation_file"));
+ foreach my $lang (@languages)
+ {
+ my $file = "$i18n_dir/$lang";
+ next unless (-r $file);
+ unless (open (FILE, $file))
+ {
+ warn "open $file failed: $!\n";
+ return;
+ }
+ while (<FILE>)
+ {
+ print TRANSLATIONS;
+ }
+ close FILE;
+ }
+}
+
+sub update_language_hash($$$)
+{
+ my $file = shift;
+ my $lang = shift;
+ my $reference = shift;
+ if (-f $file)
+ {
+ eval { require($file) ;};
+ if ($@)
+ {
+ warn "require $file failed: $@\n";
+ return;
+ }
+ unless (File::Copy::copy ($file, "$file.old"))
+ {
+ warn "Error copying $file to $file.old\n";
+ return;
+ }
+ if (!defined($LANGUAGES->{$lang}))
+ {
+ warn "LANGUAGES->{$lang} not defined in $file\n";
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!defined($T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{$lang}))
+ {
+ $T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{$lang} = {};
+ }
+ if (!defined($LANGUAGES->{$lang}))
+ {
+ $LANGUAGES->{$lang} = {};
+ }
+
+ foreach my $string (keys %{$LANGUAGES->{$lang}})
+ {
+ $T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{$lang}->{$string} = $LANGUAGES->{$lang}->{$string}
+ if (defined($LANGUAGES->{$lang}->{$string}) and ($LANGUAGES->{$lang}->{$string} ne ''));
+ }
+
+ $LANGUAGES->{$lang} = {};
+
+ foreach my $string (keys (%{$reference}))
+ {
+ if (exists($T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{$lang}->{$string}) and
+ defined($T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{$lang}->{$string}) and
+ ($T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{$lang}->{$string} ne ''))
+ {
+ $LANGUAGES->{$lang}->{$string} = $T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{$lang}->{$string};
+ delete $T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{$lang}->{$string};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $LANGUAGES->{$lang}->{$string} = '';
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+sub update_i18n_files
+{
+ die "No suitable $i18n_dir directory\n" unless (-d $i18n_dir and -w $i18n_dir);
+ #my @languages = @known_languages;
+ my @languages = get_languages();
+ if (@ARGV)
+ {
+ @languages = ();
+ foreach my $lang (@ARGV)
+ {
+ unless (grep {$lang eq $_} @known_languages)
+ {
+ #warn "Unsupported language `$lang'\n";
+ #next;
+ warn "Remark: you could update the known languages array for `$lang'\n";
+ }
+ push (@languages, $lang) unless (grep {$lang eq $_} @languages);
+ }
+ }
+ unless (@languages)
+ {
+ warn "No languages to update\n" ;
+ return;
+ }
+ die "$template_file not readable\n" unless (-r $template_file);
+ eval { require($template_file) ;};
+ if ($@)
+ {
+ die "require $template_file failed: $@\n";
+ }
+ die "LANGUAGE->{'en'} undef after require $template_file\n" unless
+ (defined($LANGUAGES) and defined($LANGUAGES->{'en'}));
+ foreach my $string (keys(%$template_strings))
+ {
+ die "template string $string undef" unless (defined($LANGUAGES->{'en'}->{$string}));
+ }
+ foreach my $lang (@languages)
+ {
+ update_language_file($lang);
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+sub update_language_file($)
+{
+ my $lang = shift;
+ #unless (grep {$lang eq $_} @known_languages)
+ #{
+ # print STDERR "Unsupported language `$lang'\n";
+ # return;
+ #}
+ my $file = "$i18n_dir/$lang";
+
+ return unless (update_language_hash($file, $lang, $LANGUAGES->{'en'}));
+
+ unless (open (FILE, ">$file"))
+ {
+ warn "open $file failed: $!\n";
+ return;
+ }
+
+
+ print FILE "" . Data::Dumper->Dump([$LANGUAGES->{$lang}], [ "LANGUAGES->{'$lang'}" ]);
+ print FILE "\n";
+ print FILE Data::Dumper->Dump([$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{$lang}], [ "T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'$lang'}"]);
+ print FILE "\n";
+ print FILE "\n";
+ close FILE;
+}
+
+sub update_template (@)
+{
+ my $source_strings = {};
+ foreach my $source_file (@_)
+ {
+ unless (-r $source_file)
+ {
+ warn "$source_file not readable\n";
+ next;
+ }
+ unless (open (FILE, "$source_file"))
+ {
+ warn "open $source_file failed: $!\n";
+ next;
+ }
+ my $line_nr = 0;
+ while (<FILE>)
+ {
+ $line_nr++;
+ my $string;
+ next if /^\s*#/;
+ while ($_)
+ {
+ if (defined($string))
+ {
+ if (s/^([^\\']*)(\\|')//)
+ {
+ $string .= $1 if (defined($1));
+ if ($2 eq "'")
+ {
+ $source_strings->{$string} = '' ;
+ $string = undef;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (s/^(.)//)
+ {
+ #$string .= '\\' . $1;
+ $string .= $1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "\\ at end of line, file $source_file, line nr $line_nr\n";
+ $source_strings->{$string} = '' ;
+ $string = undef;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "string not closed file $source_file, line nr $line_nr\n";
+ $source_strings->{$string} = '' ;
+ $string = undef;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (s/^.*?&\$I\s*\('//)
+ {
+ $string = '';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ close FILE;
+ }
+ foreach my $string (keys (%$template_strings))
+ {
+ $source_strings->{$string} = $template_strings->{$string};
+ }
+ die unless(update_language_hash($template_file, 'en', $source_strings));
+ foreach my $string (keys(%$template_strings))
+ { # use values in template_srings if it exists
+ $LANGUAGES->{'en'}->{$string} = $template_strings->{$string} if ($LANGUAGES->{'en'}->{$string} eq '');
+ }
+ unless (open (TEMPLATE, ">$template_file"))
+ {
+ die "open $template_file failed: $!\n";
+ }
+ print TEMPLATE "" . Data::Dumper->Dump([$LANGUAGES->{'en'}], [ "LANGUAGES->{'en'}" ]);
+ print TEMPLATE "\n";
+ if (keys(%{$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'en'}}))
+ {
+ print TEMPLATE Data::Dumper->Dump([$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'en'}], [ "T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'en'}"]);
+ print TEMPLATE "\n";
+ print TEMPLATE "\n";
+ }
+ close TEMPLATE;
+}
+
+manage_i18n_files($command);
+
+1;
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/mdate-sh b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/mdate-sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..0c88e758b8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/mdate-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
+# Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Prevent date giving response in another language.
+LANG=C
+export LANG
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LC_TIME=C
+export LC_TIME
+
+# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
+# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
+if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ set - x`ls -L -l -d $1`
+else
+ set - x`ls -l -d $1`
+fi
+# The month is at least the fourth argument
+# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop).
+shift
+shift
+shift
+
+# Find the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
+month=
+until test $month
+do
+ shift
+ case $1 in
+ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+ May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+ esac
+done
+
+day=$2
+
+# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
+# the time of day or the year.
+case $3 in
+ *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
+ case $2 in
+ Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
+ Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
+ Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
+ Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
+ May) nummonthtod=5;;
+ Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
+ Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
+ Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
+ Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
+ Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
+ Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
+ Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
+ esac
+ # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
+ # be used for files modified in the last year.
+ if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
+ then
+ year=`expr $year - 1`
+ fi;;
+ *) year=$3;;
+esac
+
+# The result.
+echo $day $month $year
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/missing b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/missing
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..5f9da90636f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/missing
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+# Copyright 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+run=:
+
+case "$1" in
+--run)
+ # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
+ run=
+ shift
+ "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
+# try to emulate it.
+case "$1" in
+
+ -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+ echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
+error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+
+Options:
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ -v, --version output version information and exit
+ --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+ aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
+ autoconf touch file \`configure'
+ autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
+ automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
+ bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+ flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ help2man touch the output file
+ lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ makeinfo touch the output file
+ tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
+ yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]"
+ ;;
+
+ -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+ echo "missing 0.3 - GNU automake"
+ ;;
+
+ -*)
+ echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+ aclocal)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'. You might want
+ to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
+ any GNU archive site."
+ touch aclocal.m4
+ ;;
+
+ autoconf)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`configure.in'. You might want to install the
+ \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
+ archive site."
+ touch configure
+ ;;
+
+ autoheader)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`configure.in'. You might want
+ to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
+ from any GNU archive site."
+ files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' configure.in`
+ test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
+ touch_files=
+ for f in $files; do
+ case "$f" in
+ *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
+ sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
+ *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
+ esac
+ done
+ touch $touch_files
+ ;;
+
+ automake)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'.
+ You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
+ Grab them from any GNU archive site."
+ find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
+ sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
+ while read f; do touch "$f"; done
+ ;;
+
+ bison|yacc)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
+ if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case "$LASTARG" in
+ *.y)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
+ if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
+ fi
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
+ if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
+ echo >y.tab.h
+ fi
+ if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ lex|flex)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f lex.yy.c
+ if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case "$LASTARG" in
+ *.l)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
+ if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ help2man)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
+ \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
+ effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
+
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ if test -z "$file"; then
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ fi
+ if [ -f "$file" ]; then
+ touch $file
+ else
+ test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+ echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ makeinfo)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
+ indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
+ call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
+ DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
+ the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ if test -z "$file"; then
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
+ file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
+ fi
+ touch $file
+ ;;
+
+ tar)
+ shift
+ if test -n "$run"; then
+ echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
+ # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
+ # messages.
+ if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gnutar ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
+ fi
+ if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gtar ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
+ fi
+ firstarg="$1"
+ if shift; then
+ case "$firstarg" in
+ *o*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
+ tar "$firstarg" ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case "$firstarg" in
+ *h*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
+ tar "$firstarg" ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
+ You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
+ command line arguments."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
+ system. You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
+ it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
+ this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
+ some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/missing-texi2html b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/missing-texi2html
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..f212eebf73d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/missing-texi2html
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+# Copyright 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+run=:
+
+case "$1" in
+--run)
+ # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
+ run=
+ shift
+ "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
+# try to emulate it.
+case "$1" in
+
+ -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+ echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
+error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+
+Options:
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ -v, --version output version information and exit
+ --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+ texi2html touch output file"
+ ;;
+
+ -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+ echo "missing 0.3 - GNU automake (modified in texi2html)"
+ ;;
+
+ -*)
+ echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+ */texi2html)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing or broken on your system. You should only
+ need it if you modified \`texi2html.info'. You might want to install
+ the \`Perl' package. Grab it from any GNU archive site."
+ if test -z "$2"; then
+ echo 1>&2 "ERROR: No output file specified!"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ while test -n "$3"; do
+ shift
+ done
+ file=`echo "$2" |sed 's/\.texi$/.html/'`
+ file=`echo "$file" |sed 's/\.texinfo$/.html/'`
+ touch "$file"
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
+ system. You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
+ it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
+ this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
+ some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/mkinstalldirs b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/mkinstalldirs
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..8fa2502116c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/mkinstalldirs
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
+# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
+# Created: 1993-05-16
+# Public domain
+
+# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.2 2001/05/01 21:33:44 dprice Exp $
+
+errstatus=0
+
+for file
+do
+ set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
+ shift
+
+ pathcomp=
+ for d
+ do
+ pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
+ case "$pathcomp" in
+ -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+ echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
+
+ mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+
+ if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+ errstatus=$lasterr
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
+ done
+done
+
+exit $errstatus
+
+# mkinstalldirs ends here
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.1.in b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.1.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8f270f6adee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.1.in
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+.TH TEXI2HTML 1 "@PACKAGE_DATE@"
+.AT 3
+.SH NAME
+texi2html \- a Texinfo to HTML converter
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B texi2html [options] file
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Texi2html
+converts the given Texinfo file to a set of HTML files. It tries to handle
+most of the Texinfo commands. It creates hypertext links for cross-references,
+footnotes...
+.PP
+.I Texi2html
+may furthermore use latex2html to generate HTML (code and/or images) for @math
+and @iftex tags (see the
+.B \-\-l2h
+option).
+.PP
+.I Texi2html
+creates several files depending on the contents of the Texinfo file and on
+the chosen options (see FILES).
+.PP
+The HTML files created by
+.I texi2html
+are closer to TeX than to Info.
+.SH OPTIONS
+Options may be abbreviated to th shortests unique prefix. The
+following is only an incomplete list of the available options:
+.TP 12
+.B \-\-help [1|2]
+Print usage instructions and list the most important, all relevant,
+or all recognised (including obsolete) command-line options, and exit.
+.TP
+.B \-\-ifinfo \-\-iftex \-\-ifxml \-\-ifplaintext \-\-ifhtml
+Expand @ifinfo, @iftex and @tex, @ifxml and @xml, @ifplaintext,
+@ifhtml and @html regions, and don't expand @ifnot
+corresponding regions (default: ifhtml).
+.TP
+.B \-\-no\-ifinfo \-\-no\-iftex \-\-no\-ifxml \-\-no\-ifplaintext \-\-no\-html
+Don't expand @ifinfo, @iftex, @ifxml, @ifplaintext regions and expand
+@ifnot corresponding regions.
+.TP
+.B \-I \fIdir\fP
+Append \fIdir\fP to the directory list searched for included files.
+.TP
+.B \-P \fIdir\fP
+Prepend \fIdir\fP to the directory list searched for included files.
+.TP
+.B \-\-no\-menu
+Don't show the Texinfo menus; by default they are shown.
+.TP
+.B \-\-no\-number
+Don't number the sections.
+.TP
+.B \-\-split chapter|section|node
+Split the output into several HTML files (one per main chapter/section or node).
+.TP
+.B \-\-l2h
+Use latex2html for content of @math and @tex tags. Content must be such that
+both, latex and tex, can translate it correctly. I.e., no tex-only constructs
+must be used.
+.TP
+.B \-\-l2h\-l2h \fIprog\fP
+Use \fIprog\fP as latex2html program (default \fIlatex2html\fP).
+Program must be executable.
+.TP
+.B \-\-l2h\-init \fIfile\fP
+Use \fIfile\fP as latex2html init file. \fIfile\fP should be used to specify in which way latex2html handles mathematical expressions and formulas.
+
+Note that latex2html locates
+(and uses) init-files in the following order (provided they exist):
+(1) global init file (usually in latex2html source dir)
+(2) $HOME/.latex2html_init
+(3) ./.latex2html_init
+(4) init file given on command line.
+.TP
+.B \-\-l2h\-tmp \fIdir\fP
+Use \fIdir\fP as tmp dir for latex2html. This directory (resp. its path)
+must not contain a dot (i.e., a ".").
+.TP
+.B \-\-l2h\-clean
+remove all intermediate files generated by latex2html (prevents caching!)
+.TP
+.B \-\-l2h\-skip
+Do not really run latex2html. Use (kept) files of previous runs, instead.
+.TP
+.B \-\-Verbose
+Give a verbose output.
+.TP
+.B \-\-version
+Print version and exit.
+.PP
+.SH FILES
+Initialisation options are read first from @sysconfdir@/texi2html/Config
+(the exact location being changeable with the
+.RI --sysconfdir= dir
+option to the configure script), then from $HOME/.texi2html/Config,
+then any command-line options including \-\-init\-file options;
+with later settings overriding earlier ones.
+.P
+By default
+.I texi2html
+my creates the following files (foo being the name of the Texinfo file):
+.TP 16
+.B foo_toc.html
+The table of contents (if @contents is present).
+.TP
+.B foo.html
+The document's contents or the Top element.
+.TP
+.B foo_fot.html
+The footnotes (if any).
+.TP
+.B foo_abt.html
+An help section.
+.TP
+.B foo_l2h_img*
+Images generated by latex2html (if any).
+.PP
+When used with the
+.B \-\-split
+option, it creates several files (one per chapter or node), named
+.B foo_n.html
+(n being the index of the chapter or node), and the
+.B foo.html
+file contains the Top element.
+.PP
+Otherwise it creates only one file:
+.B foo.html
+.SH VERSION
+This is \fItexi2html\fP version @PACKAGE_VERSION@, @PACKAGE_DATE@.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Texi2html was originally written by is Lionel Cons, CERN IT/DIS/OSE,
+Lionel.Cons@cern.ch. Over time, many other people around the net
+contributed to this program. Its current maintainer is Olaf Bachmann,
+obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de.
+.SH AVAILABILITY
+The latest version of this program, as well as support in the form of mailing
+lists with archives, bug tracking, documentation, and other tools can be found
+at:
+ http://texi2html.cvshome.org/
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright \(co 1999, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
+For more information about these matters, see the file named COPYING.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+GNU Texinfo Documentation Format
+.br
+http://texinfo.org/
+.br
+World Wide Web (WWW),
+HyperText Markup Language (HTML)
+.br
+http://www.w3.org
+.br
+LaTeX2HTML
+.br
+http://www-dsed.llnl.gov/files/programs/unix/latex2html
+.SH BUGS
+This man-page is not up-to-date and there exists no up-to-date documentation, yet.
+Until it exists, see the beginning of the texi2html.init file for remarks about
+command-line options and configurations.
+.ex
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.init b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.init
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7894da96c15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.init
@@ -0,0 +1,4254 @@
+# -*-perl-*-
+######################################################################
+# File: texi2html.init
+#
+# Default values for command-line arguments and for various customizable
+# procedures are set in this file.
+#
+# A copy of this file is pasted into the beginning of texi2html by
+# running './configure'.
+#
+# Copy this file, rename it and make changes to it, if you like.
+# Afterwards, load the file with command-line
+# option -init-file <your_init_file>
+#
+# $Id: texi2html.init,v 1.81 2005/02/01 21:20:28 pertusus Exp $
+
+######################################################################
+# The following variables can also be set by command-line options
+#
+#
+# The default values are set in this file, texi2html.init and the content
+# of this file is included at the beginning of the texi2html script file.
+# Those values may be overrided by values set in $sysconfdir/texi2htmlrc
+# and then by values set in $HOME/texi2htmlrc.
+#
+# command line switches may override these values, and values set in files
+# specified by -init-file are also taken into account.
+# values set in these files overwrite values set by the command-line
+# options appearing before -init-file and might still be overwritten by
+# command-line arguments following the -init-file option.
+
+# -debug
+# The integer value specifies what kind of debugging output is generated.
+$DEBUG = 0;
+
+# -doctype
+# The value is the 'SystemLiteral' which identifies the canonical DTD
+# for the document.
+# Definition: The SystemLiteral is called the entity's system
+# identifier. It is a URI, which may be used to retrieve the entity.
+# See http://www.xml.com/axml/target.html#NT-ExternalID
+$DOCTYPE = '<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/loose.dtd">';
+
+# -frameset-doctype
+# When frames are used, this SystemLiteral identifies the DTD used for
+# the file containing the frame description.
+$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE = '<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/frameset.dtd">';
+
+# -test
+# If this value is true, some variables which should be dynamically generated
+# (the date, the user running texi2html, the version of texi2html) are set to
+# fix and given values. This is usefull in case the resulting manual is
+# compared with a reference. For example this is used in the tests of test.sh.
+$TEST = 0;
+
+# -dump-texi
+# This value is usefull for debugging purposes. The result of the first pass is
+# put in <document name>.passtexi, the result of the second pass is put in
+# <document name>.passfirst.
+$DUMP_TEXI = 0;
+
+# -expand
+# the @EXPAND array contains the expanded section names.
+@EXPAND = ('html');
+
+# -invisible
+# This seems obsolete and is not used anywhere.
+# This was a workaround for a known bug of many WWW browsers, including
+# netscape. This was used to create invisible destination in anchors.
+$INVISIBLE_MARK = '';
+# $INVISIBLE_MARK = '&#160;';
+
+# -iso
+# if this value is true, ISO8859 characters are used for special symbols
+# (like copyright, etc).
+$USE_ISO = 1;
+
+# -I
+# add a directory to the list of directories where @include files are
+# searched for (besides the directory of the file). additional '-I'
+# args are appended to this list.
+# (APA: Don't implicitely search ., to conform with the docs!)
+# my @INCLUDE_DIRS = (".");
+@INCLUDE_DIRS = ();
+
+# -P
+# prepend a directory to the list of directories where @include files are
+# searched for before the directory of the file. additional '-P'
+# args are prepended to this list.
+@PREPEND_DIRS = ();
+
+# -top-file
+# This file name is used for the top-level file.
+# The extension is set appropriately, if necessary.
+# If empty, <basename of document>.html is used.
+# Typically, you would set this to "index.html".
+$TOP_FILE = '';
+
+# -toc-file
+# This file name is used for the table of contents. The
+# extension is set appropriately, if necessary.
+# If empty, <basename of document>_toc.html is used.
+$TOC_FILE = '';
+
+# -frames
+# if the value is true, HTML 4.0 "frames" are used.
+# A file describing the frame layout is generated, together with a file
+# with the short table of contents.
+$FRAMES = 0;
+
+# -menu | -nomenu
+# if the value is true the Texinfo menus are shown.
+$SHOW_MENU = 1;
+
+# -number | -nonumber
+# if this is set the sections are numbered, and section names and numbers
+# are used in references and menus (instead of node names).
+$NUMBER_SECTIONS = 1;
+
+# -use-nodes
+# if this is set the nodes are used as sectionning elements.
+# Otherwise the nodes are incorporated in sections.
+$USE_NODES = 0;
+
+# -node-files
+# if this is set one file per node is generated, which can be a target for
+# cross manual references.
+$NODE_FILES = 0;
+
+# -split section|chapter|node|none
+# if $SPLIT is set to 'section' (resp. 'chapter') one html file per section
+# (resp. chapter) is generated. If $SPLIT is set to 'node' one html file per
+# node or sectionning element is generated. In all these cases separate pages
+# for Top, Table of content (Toc), Overview and About are generated.
+# Otherwise a monolithic html file that contains the whole document is
+# created.
+#$SPLIT = 'section';
+$SPLIT = '';
+
+# -sec-nav|-nosec-nav
+# if this is set then navigation panels are printed at the beginning of each
+# section.
+# If the document is split at nodes then navigation panels are
+# printed at the end if there were more than $WORDS_IN_PAGE words on page.
+#
+# If the document is split at sections this is ignored.
+#
+# This is most useful if you do not want to have section navigation
+# with -split chapter. There will be chapter navigation panel at the
+# beginning and at the end of chapters anyway.
+$SECTION_NAVIGATION = 1;
+
+# -separated-footnotes
+# if this is set footnotes are on a separated page. Otherwise they are at
+# the end of each file (if the document is split).
+$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES = 1;
+
+# -toc-links
+# if this is set, links from headings to toc entries are created.
+$TOC_LINKS = 0;
+
+# -subdir
+# If this is set, then put result files into the specified directory.
+# If not set, then result files are put into the current directory.
+#$SUBDIR = 'html';
+$SUBDIR = '';
+
+# -short-extn
+# If this is set, then all HTML files will have extension ".htm" instead of
+# ".html". This is helpful when shipping the document to DOS-based systems.
+$SHORTEXTN = 0;
+
+# -prefix
+# This set the output file prefix, prepended to all .html, .gif and .pl files.
+# By default, this is the basename of the document.
+$PREFIX = '';
+
+# -o filename
+# If this is set a monolithic document is outputted into $filename.
+$OUT = '';
+
+# -no-validate
+# suppress node cross-reference validation
+$NOVALIDATE = 0;
+
+# -short-ref
+# if this is set cross-references are given without section numbers.
+$SHORT_REF = '';
+
+# -idx-sum
+# if value is set, then for each @printindex <index name>
+# <document name>_<index name>.idx is created which contains lines of the form
+# key ref sorted alphabetically (case matters).
+$IDX_SUMMARY = 0;
+
+# -def-table
+# If this is set a table construction for @def.... instead of definition
+# lists.
+# (New Option: 27.07.2000 Karl Heinz Marbaise)
+$DEF_TABLE = 0;
+
+# -verbose
+# if this is set chatter about what we are doing.
+$VERBOSE = '';
+
+# -lang
+# FIXME this has changed
+# For page titles use $Texi2HTML::I18n::WORDS->{$T2H_LANG}->{...} as title.
+# To add a new language, supply list of titles (see $Texi2HTML::I18n::WORDS).
+# and use ISO 639 language codes (see e.g. perl module Locale-Codes-1.02
+# for definitions).
+# Default's to 'en' if not set or no @documentlanguage is specified.
+$LANG = 'en';
+
+# -ignore-preamble-text
+# If this is set the text before @node and sectionning commands is ignored.
+$IGNORE_PREAMBLE_TEXT = 0;
+
+# -html-xref-prefix
+# base directory for external manuals.
+#$EXTERNAL_DIR = '../';
+$EXTERNAL_DIR = undef;
+
+# -l2h
+# if this is set, latex2html is used for generation of math content.
+$L2H = '';
+
+# -css-include
+# All the specified css files are used. More precisely the @import sections
+# are added to the beginning of the CSS_LINES the remaining is added at
+# the end of the CSS_LINES (after the css rules generated by texi2html).
+# cf texinfo manual for more info.
+# - means STDIN
+@CSS_FILES = ();
+
+######################
+# The following options are only relevant if $L2H is set
+#
+# -l2h-l2h
+# name/location of latex2html program
+$L2H_L2H = "latex2html";
+
+# -l2h-skip
+# If this is set the actual call to latex2html is skipped. The previously
+# generated content is reused, instead.
+$L2H_SKIP = '';
+
+# -l2h-tmp
+# If this is set l2h uses the specified directory for temporary files. The path
+# leading to this directory may not contain a dot (i.e., a ".");
+# otherwise, l2h will fail.
+$L2H_TMP = '';
+
+# -l2h-file
+# If set, l2h uses the file as latex2html init file
+$L2H_FILE = 'l2h.init';
+
+# -l2h-clean
+# if this is set the intermediate files generated by texi2html in relation with
+# latex2html are cleaned (they all have the prefix <document name>_l2h_).
+$L2H_CLEAN = 1;
+
+##############################################################################
+#
+# The following can only be set in the init file
+#
+##############################################################################
+
+# If true do table of contents even if there is no @content
+$DO_CONTENTS = 0;
+# If true do short table of contents even if there is no @shortcontent
+$DO_SCONTENTS = 0;
+
+# if set, then use node names in menu entries, instead of section names
+$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU = 0;
+
+# new style for crossrefs
+$NEW_CROSSREF_STYLE = 1;
+
+# if set and menu entry equals menu description, then do not print
+# menu description.
+# Likewise, if node name equals entry name, do not print entry name.
+$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY = 1;
+
+# if set, center @image by default
+# otherwise, do not center by default
+$CENTER_IMAGE = 1;
+
+# used as identation for block enclosing command @example, etc
+# If not empty, must be enclosed in <td></td>
+$EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL = '<td>&nbsp;</td>';
+
+# same as above, only for @small
+$SMALL_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL = '<td>&nbsp;</td>';
+
+# font size for @small
+$SMALL_FONT_SIZE = '-1';
+
+# horizontal rules
+$SMALL_RULE = '<hr size="1">';
+$DEFAULT_RULE = '<hr>';
+$MIDDLE_RULE = '<hr size="2">';
+$BIG_RULE = '<hr size="6">';
+
+# if non-empty, and no @..heading appeared in Top node, then
+# use this as header for top node/section, otherwise use value of
+# @settitle or @shorttitle (in that order)
+$TOP_HEADING = '';
+
+# if set, use this chapter for 'Index' button, else
+# use first chapter with @printindex
+$INDEX_CHAPTER = '';
+
+# if set and $SPLIT is set, then split index pages at the next letter
+# after they have more than that many entries
+$SPLIT_INDEX = 100;
+
+# symbol put at the beginning of nodes entry in menu (and optionnaly of
+# unnumbered in menus, see next variable)
+$MENU_SYMBOL = '&bull;';
+#$MENU_SYMBOL = '*';
+
+$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL = "\`";
+$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL = "'";
+
+# if true put a $MENU_SYMBOL before unnumbered in menus
+$UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU = 0;
+
+# extension for nodes files when NODE_FILES is true
+$NODE_FILE_EXTENSION = "html";
+
+# extension
+$EXTENSION = "html";
+
+# file name used for Top node when NODE_FILES is true
+$TOP_NODE_FILE = "index";
+
+# this controls the pre style for menus
+$MENU_PRE_STYLE = 'font-family: serif';
+
+# This controls the ul style for toc
+$TOC_LIST_STYLE = 'list-style: none';
+$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE = ' class="toc"';
+
+# These lines are inserted before and after the shortcontents
+$BEFORE_OVERVIEW = "<div class=\"shortcontents\">\n";
+$AFTER_OVERVIEW = "</div>\n";
+
+# These lines are inserted before and after the contents
+$BEFORE_TOC_LINES = "<div class=\"contents\">\n";
+$AFTER_TOC_LINES = "</div>\n";
+
+# if set (e.g., to index.html) replace hrefs to this file
+# (i.e., to index.html) by ./
+$HREF_DIR_INSTEAD_FILE = '';
+
+# text inserted after <body ...>
+$AFTER_BODY_OPEN = '';
+
+# text inserted before </body>, this will be automatically inside <p></p>
+$PRE_BODY_CLOSE = '';
+
+# this is added inside <head></head> after <title> and some <meta name>
+# stuff, it can be used for eg. <style>, <script>, <meta> etc. tags.
+$EXTRA_HEAD = '';
+
+# Specifies the minimum page length required before a navigation panel
+# is placed at the bottom of a page
+# FIXME this is not true:
+# THIS_WORDS_IN_PAGE holds number of words of current page
+$WORDS_IN_PAGE = 300;
+
+# if this is set a vertical navigation panel is used.
+$VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION = 0;
+
+# html version for latex2html
+$L2H_HTML_VERSION = "4.0";
+
+# specify in this array which "buttons" should appear in which order
+# in the navigation panel for sections; use ' ' for empty buttons (space)
+@SECTION_BUTTONS =
+ (
+ 'Back', 'Forward', ' ', 'FastBack', 'Up', 'FastForward',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ 'Top', 'Contents', 'Index', 'About',
+ );
+
+# buttons for misc stuff
+@MISC_BUTTONS = ('Top', 'Contents', 'Index', 'About');
+
+# buttons for chapter file footers
+# (and headers but only if SECTION_NAVIGATION is false)
+@CHAPTER_BUTTONS =
+ (
+ 'FastBack', 'FastForward', ' ',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ 'Top', 'Contents', 'Index', 'About',
+ );
+
+# buttons for section file footers
+@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS =
+ (
+ 'Back', 'Forward', ' ', 'FastBack', 'Up', 'FastForward'
+ );
+
+@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS =
+ (
+ 'Back', 'Forward', ' ', 'FastBack', 'Up', 'FastForward',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ 'Top', 'Contents', 'Index', 'About',
+# 'Back', 'Forward', ' ', 'FastBack', 'Up', 'FastForward'
+ );
+
+$ICONS = 0;
+
+# insert here name of icon images for buttons
+# Icons are used, if $ICONS and resp. value are set
+%ACTIVE_ICONS =
+ (
+ 'Top', '',
+ 'Contents', '',
+ 'Overview', '',
+ 'Index', '',
+ 'This', '',
+ 'Back', '',
+ 'FastBack', '',
+ 'Prev', '',
+ 'Up', '',
+ 'Next', '',
+ 'NodeUp', '',
+ 'NodeNext', '',
+ 'NodePrev', '',
+ 'Following', '',
+ 'Forward', '',
+ 'FastForward', '',
+ 'About' , '',
+ 'First', '',
+ 'Last', '',
+ ' ', ''
+ );
+
+# insert here name of icon images for these, if button is inactive
+%PASSIVE_ICONS =
+ (
+ 'Top', '',
+ 'Contents', '',
+ 'Overview', '',
+ 'Index', '',
+ 'This', '',
+ 'Back', '',
+ 'FastBack', '',
+ 'Prev', '',
+ 'Up', '',
+ 'Next', '',
+ 'NodeUp', '',
+ 'NodeNext', '',
+ 'NodePrev', '',
+ 'Following', '',
+ 'Forward', '',
+ 'FastForward', '',
+ 'About', '',
+ 'First', '',
+ 'Last', '',
+ );
+
+
+$init_out = \&t2h_default_init_out;
+$finish_out = \&t2h_default_finish_out;
+
+# We have to do this dynamically because of internationalization and because
+# in body $LANG could be used.
+sub t2h_default_init_out()
+{
+# Names of text as alternative for icons
+ %NAVIGATION_TEXT =
+ (
+ 'Top', &$I('Top'),
+ 'Contents', &$I('Contents'),
+ 'Overview', &$I('Overview'),
+ 'Index', &$I('Index'),
+ ' ', ' &nbsp; ',
+ 'This', &$I('current'),
+ 'Back', ' &lt; ',
+ 'FastBack', ' &lt;&lt; ',
+ 'Prev', &$I('Prev'),
+ 'Up', &$I(' Up '),
+ 'Next', &$I('Next'),
+ 'NodeUp', &$I('node up'),
+ 'NodeNext', &$I('next node'),
+ 'NodePrev', &$I('previous node'),
+ 'Following', &$I('following node'),
+ 'Forward', ' &gt; ',
+ 'FastForward', ' &gt;&gt; ',
+ 'About', ' ? ',
+ 'First', ' |&lt; ',
+ 'Last', ' &gt;| '
+ );
+
+ %BUTTONS_GOTO =
+ (
+ 'Top', &$I('cover (top) of document'),
+ 'Contents', &$I('table of contents'),
+ 'Overview', &$I('short table of contents'),
+ 'Index', &$I('index'),
+ 'This', &$I('current section'),
+ 'Back', &$I('previous section in reading order'),
+ 'FastBack', &$I('beginning of this chapter or previous chapter'),
+ 'Prev', &$I('previous section on same level'),
+ 'Up', &$I('up section'),
+ 'Next', &$I('next section on same level'),
+ 'NodeUp', &$I('up node'),
+ 'NodeNext', &$I('next node'),
+ 'NodePrev', &$I('previous node'),
+ 'Following', &$I('node following in node reading order'),
+ 'Forward', &$I('next section in reading order'),
+ 'FastForward', &$I('next chapter'),
+ 'About' , &$I('about (help)'),
+ 'First', &$I('first section in reading order'),
+ 'Last', &$I('last section in reading order'),
+ );
+ # Set the default body text, inserted between <body ... >
+ $BODYTEXT = 'lang="' . $LANG . '" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000"' unless (defined($BODYTEXT));
+ if (!defined($EXTERNAL_CROSSREF_SPLIT))
+ {
+ if ($SPLIT)
+ {
+ $EXTERNAL_CROSSREF_SPLIT = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $EXTERNAL_CROSSREF_SPLIT = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ $ENCODING = $DOCUMENT_ENCODING if (!defined($ENCODING));
+ my $to_encoding;
+ if (defined($ENCODING))
+ {
+ $to_encoding = main::set_encoding ($ENCODING);
+
+ if (defined($to_encoding) and defined($perl_charset_to_html{$to_encoding}))
+ {# FIXME is this really right ?
+ $ENCODING = $perl_charset_to_html{$to_encoding};
+ }
+ elsif (defined($to_encoding))
+ {# FIXME is this really right ?
+ $ENCODING = $to_encoding;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ #$ENCODING = 'iso-8859-1';
+ $ENCODING = 'us-ascii';
+ }
+ # FIXME default might be utf8 ?
+ $DOCUMENT_ENCODING = 'us-ascii' if (!defined($DOCUMENT_ENCODING));
+
+ return $to_encoding;
+};
+
+sub t2h_default_finish_out()
+{
+}
+
+#######################################################################
+#
+# Values guessed if not set here, set in init_out
+#
+#######################################################################
+
+$BODYTEXT = undef;
+
+# Formatted document encoding. If undef set to @documentencoding. If undef and
+# there is no @documentencoding, set in init_out
+$ENCODING = undef;
+
+# if undef set to @documentdescription. If there is no @documentdescription,
+# set in page_head
+$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION = undef;
+
+# if undef set 1 if SPLIT, to 0 otherwise
+$EXTERNAL_CROSSREF_SPLIT = undef;
+
+########################################################################
+# Control of Page layout:
+# You can make changes of the Page layout at two levels:
+# 1.) For small changes, it is often enough to change the value of
+# some global string/hash/array variables
+# 2.) For larger changes, reimplement one of the T2H_DEFAULT_<fnc>* routines,
+# give them another name, and assign them to the respective
+# $<fnc> variable.
+
+# As a general interface, the hashes Texi2HTML::HREF, Texi2HTML::NAME, Texi2HTML::NODE, Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI, hold
+# href, html-name, node-name, name after removal of texi commands of
+# This -- current section (resp. html page)
+# Top -- top page FIXME: ($T2H_TOP_FILE)
+# Contents -- Table of contents
+# Overview -- Short table of contents
+# Index -- Index page
+# About -- page which explain "navigation buttons"
+# First -- first node
+# Last -- last node
+#
+# Whether or not the following hash values are set, depends on the context
+# (all values are w.r.t. 'This' section)
+# Next -- next node of texinfo
+# Prev -- previous node of texinfo
+# NodeUp -- up node of texinfo
+# Following -- following node in node reading order, taking menu into account
+# Forward -- next node in reading order
+# Back -- previous node in reading order
+# Up -- parent given by sectionning commands
+# FastForward -- if leave node, up and next, else next node
+# FastBackward-- if leave node, up and prev, else prev node
+#
+# Furthermore, the following global variabels are set:
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{title} -- title as set by @setttile
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{title_no_texi} -- title without texi (without html elements)
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{title_texi} -- title with texinfo @-commands
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{fulltitle} -- full title as set by @title...
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{subtitle} -- subtitle as set by @subtitle
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{author} -- author as set by @author
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{copying} -- text of @copying and @end copying in comment
+#
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program} -- name and version of texi2html
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program_homepage} -- homepage for texi2html
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program_authors} -- authors of texi2html
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{today} -- date formatted with pretty_date
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{toc_file} -- table of contents file
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{file_base_name} -- base name of the texinfo manual file
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{destination_directory}
+ # -- directory for the resulting files
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{user} -- user running the script
+# other $Texi2HTML::THISDOC keys corresponds with texinfo commands, the value
+# being the command arg, for the following commands:
+# kbdinputstyle, paragraphindent, setchapternewpage, headings, footnotestyle,
+# exampleindent, firstparagraphindent, everyheading, everyfooting,
+# evenheading, evenfooting, oddheading, oddfooting
+#
+# and pointer to arrays of lines which need to be printed by main::print_lines
+# $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION -- lines of 'This' section
+# $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER -- lines preceding navigation panel of 'This' section
+# $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW -- lines of short table of contents
+# $Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES -- lines of table of contents
+# $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE -- lines of title page
+#
+# $Texi2HTML::THIS_ELEMENT holds the element reference.
+## FIXME: $T2H_TOP -- lines of Top texinfo node
+
+#
+# There are the following subs which control the layout:
+#
+$print_section = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_section;
+$end_section = \&T2H_DEFAULT_end_section;
+$one_section = \&T2H_DEFAULT_one_section;
+$print_Top_header = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top_header;
+$print_Top_footer = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top_footer;
+$print_Top = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top;
+$print_Toc = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Toc;
+$print_Overview = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Overview;
+$print_Footnotes = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_Footnotes;
+$print_About = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_About;
+$print_misc_header = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc_header;
+$print_misc_footer = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc_footer;
+$print_misc = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc;
+$print_section_footer = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_section_footer;
+$print_chapter_header = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_chapter_header;
+$print_section_header = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_section_header;
+$print_chapter_footer = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_chapter_footer;
+$print_page_head = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_head;
+$print_page_foot = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_foot;
+$print_head_navigation = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_head_navigation;
+$print_foot_navigation = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_foot_navigation;
+$button_icon_img = \&T2H_DEFAULT_button_icon_img;
+$print_navigation = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_navigation;
+$about_body = \&T2H_DEFAULT_about_body;
+$print_frame = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_frame;
+$print_toc_frame = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_toc_frame;
+#$toc_body = \&T2H_DEFAULT_toc_body;
+$titlepage = \&T2H_DEFAULT_titlepage;
+$css_lines = \&T2H_DEFAULT_css_lines;
+$print_redirection_page = \&T2H_DEFAULT_print_redirection_page;
+$node_file_name = \&T2H_DEFAULT_node_file_name;
+
+########################################################################
+# Layout for html for every sections
+#
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_section
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $first_in_page = shift;
+ my $previous_is_top = shift;
+ my $buttons = \@SECTION_BUTTONS;
+
+ if ($first_in_page and $SECTION_NAVIGATION)
+ {
+ &$print_head_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+ }
+ else
+ { # got to do this here, as it isn't done in print_head_navigation
+ main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER);
+ &$print_navigation($fh, $buttons) if ($SECTION_NAVIGATION);
+ }
+ my $nw = main::print_lines($fh);
+ if (defined $SPLIT
+ and (($SPLIT eq 'node') && $SECTION_NAVIGATION))
+ {
+ &$print_foot_navigation($fh);
+ print $fh "$SMALL_RULE\n";
+ &$print_navigation($fh, \@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS) if (!defined($WORDS_IN_PAGE) or (defined ($nw)
+ and $nw >= $WORDS_IN_PAGE));
+ }
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_one_section($)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER);
+ main::print_lines($fh);
+ print $fh "$SMALL_RULE\n";
+ &$print_foot_navigation($fh);
+ &$print_page_foot($fh);
+}
+
+###################################################################
+# Layout of top-page I recommend that you use @ifnothtml, @ifhtml,
+# @html within the Top texinfo node to specify content of top-level
+# page.
+#
+# If you enclose everything in @ifnothtml, then title, subtitle,
+# author and overview is printed
+# Texi2HTML::HREF of Next, Prev, Up, Forward, Back are not defined
+# if $T2H_SPLIT then Top page is in its own html file
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top_header($$)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $do_page_head = shift;
+ &$print_page_head($fh) if ($do_page_head);
+}
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top_footer($$)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $end_page = shift;
+ my $buttons = \@MISC_BUTTONS;
+ &$print_foot_navigation($fh);
+ print $fh "$SMALL_RULE\n";
+ if ($end_page)
+ {
+ &$print_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+ &$print_page_foot($fh);
+ }
+}
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Top
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $has_top_heading = shift;
+
+ # for redefining navigation buttons use:
+ # my $buttons = [...];
+ # as it is, 'Top', 'Contents', 'Index', 'About' are printed
+ my $buttons = \@MISC_BUTTONS;
+ &$print_head_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+ my $nw;
+ if ($Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION)
+ {
+ # if top-level node has content, then print it with extra header
+ #print $fh "<h1>$Texi2HTML::NAME{Top}</h1>\n"
+ print $fh "<h1 class=\"settitle\">$Texi2HTML::NAME{Top}</h1>\n"
+ unless ($has_top_heading);
+ $nw = main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # top-level node is fully enclosed in @ifnothtml
+ # print fulltitle, subtitle, author, Overview
+ print $fh $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE;
+ if (@{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW})
+ {
+ print $fh '<h2> ' . &$I('Overview:') . "</h2>\n" . "<blockquote>\n";
+ my $nw = main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW);
+ print $fh "</blockquote>\n";
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+###################################################################
+# Layout of Toc, Overview, and Footnotes pages
+# By default, we use "normal" layout
+# Texi2HTML::HREF of Next, Prev, Up, Forward, Back, etc are not defined
+# use: my $buttons = [...] to redefine navigation buttons
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Toc
+{
+ return &$print_misc(@_);
+}
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Overview
+{
+ return &$print_misc(@_);
+}
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_Footnotes
+{
+ return &$print_misc(@_);
+}
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_About
+{
+ return &$print_misc(@_);
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc_header
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $buttons = shift;
+ &$print_page_head($fh) if $SPLIT;
+ &$print_head_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc_footer
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $buttons = shift;
+ my $nwords = shift;
+ &$print_foot_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+ print $fh "$SMALL_RULE\n";
+ if ($SPLIT)
+ {
+ &$print_navigation($fh, $buttons);# if ($SPLIT ne 'node');
+ &$print_page_foot($fh);
+ }
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_misc
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $buttons = \@MISC_BUTTONS;
+ &$print_misc_header($fh, $buttons);
+ print $fh "<h1>$Texi2HTML::NAME{This}</h1>\n";
+ main::print_lines($fh);
+ &$print_misc_footer($fh, $buttons);
+}
+##################################################################
+# section_footer is only called if SPLIT eq 'section'
+# section_footer: after print_section of last section, before print_page_foot
+#
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_section_footer
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $buttons = \@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS;
+ &$end_section ($fh, 1);
+ &$print_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+}
+
+###################################################################
+# chapter_header and chapter_footer are only called if
+# SPLIT eq 'chapter'
+# chapter_header: after print_page_head, before print_section
+# chapter_footer: after print_section of last section, before print_page_foot
+#
+# If you want to get rid of navigation stuff after each section,
+# redefine print_section such that it does not call print_navigation,
+# and put print_navigation into print_chapter_header
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_chapter_header
+{
+ # nothing to do there, by default, the navigation panel
+ # is the section navigation panel
+ if (! $SECTION_NAVIGATION)
+ { # in this case print_navigation is called here.
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $buttons = \@CHAPTER_BUTTONS;
+ &$print_head_navigation($fh, $buttons); #do that instead ?
+ #&$print_head_navigation($fh, $buttons); # FIXME VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION ?
+ print $fh "\n$MIDDLE_RULE\n";
+ }
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_chapter_footer
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $buttons = \@CHAPTER_BUTTONS;
+ &$print_foot_navigation($fh);
+ print $fh "$BIG_RULE\n";
+ &$print_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_section_header
+{
+ # nothing to do there, by default
+ if (! $SECTION_NAVIGATION)
+ { # in this case print_navigation is called here.
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $buttons = \@SECTION_BUTTONS;
+ &$print_head_navigation($fh, $buttons);
+ }
+}
+
+###################################################################
+# Layout of standard header and footer
+#
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_head($)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $longtitle = "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_unformatted'}";
+ $longtitle .= ": $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'This'}" if exists $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'This'};
+ #my $longtitle = "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_no_texi'}";
+ #$longtitle .= ": $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{'This'}" if exists $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{'This'};
+ my $description = $DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION;
+ $description = $longtitle if (!defined($description));
+ $description = "<meta name=\"description\" content=\"$description\">" if
+ ($description ne '');
+ $description = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'documentdescription'} if (defined($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'documentdescription'}));
+ my $encoding = '';
+ $encoding = "<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=$ENCODING\">" if (defined($ENCODING) and ($ENCODING ne ''));
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+$DOCTYPE
+<html>
+$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'copying'}<!-- Created on $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{today} by $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program} -->
+<!--
+$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program_authors}
+-->
+<head>
+<title>$longtitle</title>
+
+$description
+<meta name="keywords" content="$longtitle">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program}">
+$encoding
+$CSS_LINES
+$EXTRA_HEAD
+</head>
+
+<body $BODYTEXT>
+$AFTER_BODY_OPEN
+EOT
+}
+
+sub program_string()
+{
+ my $user = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'user'};
+ my $date = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'today'};
+ $user = '' if (!defined($user));
+ $date = '' if (!defined($date));
+ if (($user ne '') and ($date ne ''))
+ {
+ return &$I('This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', {
+ 'user' => $user, 'date' => $date, 'program_homepage' => $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program_homepage'}, 'program' => $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program'} });
+ }
+ elsif ($user ne '')
+ {
+ return &$I('This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', {
+ 'user' => $user, 'program_homepage' => $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program_homepage'}, 'program' => $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program'} });
+ }
+ elsif ($date ne '')
+ {
+ return &$I('This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.', {
+ 'date' => $date, 'program_homepage' => $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program_homepage'}, 'program' => $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program'} });
+ }
+ return &$I('This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.', {
+ 'program_homepage' => $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program_homepage'}, 'program'
+=> $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program'} });
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_end_section($$)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $end_foot_navigation = shift;
+ &$print_foot_navigation($fh) if ($end_foot_navigation);
+ print $fh "$BIG_RULE\n";
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_page_foot($)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $program_string = program_string();
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+<p>
+ <font size="-1">
+ $program_string
+ </font>
+ <br>
+$PRE_BODY_CLOSE
+</p>
+</body>
+</html>
+EOT
+}
+
+###################################################################
+# Layout of navigation panel
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_head_navigation($$)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $buttons = shift;
+ if ($VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION)
+ {
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr valign="top">
+<td align="left">
+EOT
+ }
+ main::print_lines($fh, $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER);
+ &$print_navigation($fh, $buttons, $VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION);
+ if ($VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION)
+ {
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+</td>
+<td align="left">
+EOT
+ }
+ elsif (defined $SPLIT
+ and ($SPLIT eq 'node'))
+ {
+ print $fh "$SMALL_RULE\n";
+ }
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_foot_navigation
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ if ($VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION)
+ {
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+EOT
+ }
+}
+
+######################################################################
+# navigation panel
+#
+# how to create IMG tag
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_button_icon_img
+{
+ my $button = shift;
+ my $icon = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ return '' if (!defined($icon));
+ if (defined($name) && $name)
+ {
+ $name = ": $name";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $name = '';
+ }
+ $button = "" if (!defined ($button));
+ return qq{<img src="$icon" border="0" alt="$button$name" align="middle">};
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_navigation
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $buttons = shift;
+ my $vertical = shift;
+ my $spacing = 1;
+ print $fh '<table cellpadding="', $spacing, '" cellspacing="', $spacing,
+ "\" border=\"0\">\n";
+
+ print $fh "<tr>" unless $vertical;
+ for my $button (@$buttons)
+ {
+ print $fh qq{<tr valign="top" align="left">\n} if $vertical;
+ print $fh qq{<td valign="middle" align="left">};
+
+ if (ref($button) eq 'CODE')
+ {
+ &$button($fh, $vertical);
+ }
+ elsif (ref($button) eq 'SCALAR')
+ {
+ print $fh "$$button" if defined($$button);
+ }
+ elsif (ref($button) eq 'ARRAY')
+ {
+ my $text = $button->[1];
+ my $button_href = $button->[0];
+ if (defined($button_href) and !ref($button_href)
+ and defined($text) and (ref($text) eq 'SCALAR') and defined($$text))
+ { # use given text
+ if ($Texi2HTML::HREF{$button_href})
+ {
+ print $fh "" .
+ &$anchor('',
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{$button_href},
+ $$text
+ )
+ ;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print $fh $$text;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($button eq ' ')
+ { # handle space button
+ print $fh
+ $ICONS && $ACTIVE_ICONS{' '} ?
+ &$button_icon_img($button, $ACTIVE_ICONS{' '}) :
+ $NAVIGATION_TEXT{' '};
+ #next;
+ }
+ elsif ($Texi2HTML::HREF{$button})
+ { # button is active
+ my $btitle = $BUTTONS_GOTO{$button} ?
+ 'title="' . ucfirst($BUTTONS_GOTO{$button}) . '"' : '';
+ if ($ICONS && $ACTIVE_ICONS{$button})
+ { # use icon
+ print $fh '' .
+ &$anchor('',
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{$button},
+ &$button_icon_img($button,
+ $ACTIVE_ICONS{$button},
+ #$Texi2HTML::NAME{$button}),
+ $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{$button}),
+ $btitle
+ );
+ }
+ else
+ { # use text
+ print $fh
+ '[' .
+ &$anchor('',
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{$button},
+ $NAVIGATION_TEXT{$button},
+ $btitle
+ ) .
+ ']';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ { # button is passive
+ print $fh
+ $ICONS && $PASSIVE_ICONS{$button} ?
+ &$button_icon_img($button,
+ $PASSIVE_ICONS{$button},
+ #$Texi2HTML::NAME{$button}) :
+ $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{$button}) :
+
+ "[" . $NAVIGATION_TEXT{$button} . "]";
+ }
+ print $fh "</td>\n";
+ print $fh "</tr>\n" if $vertical;
+ }
+ print $fh "</tr>" unless $vertical;
+ print $fh "</table>\n";
+}
+
+######################################################################
+# Frames: this is from "Richard Y. Kim" <ryk@coho.net>
+# Should be improved to be more conforming to other _print* functions
+# FIXME pass toc_file and main_file as args or in $Texi2HTML::THISDOC ?
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_frame
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $toc_file = shift;
+ my $main_file = shift;
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE
+<html>
+<head><title>$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{title}</title></head>
+<frameset cols="140,*">
+ <frame name="toc" src="$toc_file">
+ <frame name="main" src="$main_file">
+</frameset>
+</html>
+EOT
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_toc_frame
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $stoc_lines = shift;
+ &$print_page_head($fh);
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+<h2>Content</h2>
+EOT
+ print $fh map {s/\bhref=/target="main" href=/; $_;} @$stoc_lines;
+ print $fh "</body></html>\n";
+}
+
+# This subroutine is intended to fill @Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES and
+# @Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW with the table of contents and short table of
+# contents.
+#
+# arguments:
+# ref on an array containing all the elements
+
+# each element is a reference on a hash. The following keys might be of
+# use:
+# 'top': true if this is the top element
+# 'index_page': true if the element is an index page added because of index
+# splitting
+# 'toc_level': level of the element in the table of content. Highest level
+# is 1 for the @top element and for chapters, appendix and so on,
+# 2 for section, unnumberedsec and so on...
+# 'tocid': label used for reference linking to the element in table of
+# contents
+# 'file': the file containing the element, usefull to do href to that file
+# in case the document is split.
+# 'text': text of the element, with section number
+# 'name': text of the element, without section number
+
+# Relevant configuration variables are:
+# $NUMBER_SECTIONS
+# $TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE: usefull in case a list is used
+# $FRAMES: @Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW is used in one of the frames.
+# $BEFORE_OVERVIEW
+# $AFTER_OVERVIEW
+# $BEFORE_TOC_LINES
+# $AFTER_TOC_LINES
+# $DO_CONTENTS
+# $DO_SCONTENTS
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_toc_body($)
+{
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_css_lines ($$)
+{
+ my $import_lines = shift;
+ my $rule_lines = shift;
+ return if (defined($CSS_LINES) or (!@$rule_lines and !@$import_lines and (! keys(%css_map))));
+ $CSS_LINES = "<style type=\"text/css\">\n<!--\n";
+ $CSS_LINES .= join('',@$import_lines) . "\n" if (@$import_lines);
+ foreach my $css_rule (sort(keys(%css_map)))
+ {
+ next unless ($css_map{$css_rule});
+ $CSS_LINES .= "$css_rule {$css_map{$css_rule}}\n";
+ }
+ $CSS_LINES .= join('',@$rule_lines) . "\n" if (@$rule_lines);
+ $CSS_LINES .= "-->\n</style>\n";
+}
+
+######################################################################
+# About page
+#
+
+# PRE_ABOUT can be a function reference or a scalar.
+# Note that if it is a scalar, T2H_InitGlobals has not been called,
+# and all global variables like $ADDRESS are not available.
+$PRE_ABOUT = sub
+{
+ return ' ' . program_string() . "\n";
+};
+
+# If customizing $AFTER_ABOUT, be sure to put the content inside <p></p>.
+$AFTER_ABOUT = '';
+
+%BUTTONS_EXAMPLE =
+ (
+ 'Top', ' &nbsp; ',
+ 'Contents', ' &nbsp; ',
+ 'Overview', ' &nbsp; ',
+ 'Index', ' &nbsp; ',
+ 'This', '1.2.3',
+ 'Back', '1.2.2',
+ 'FastBack', '1',
+ 'Prev', '1.2.2',
+ 'Up', '1.2',
+ 'Next', '1.2.4',
+ 'NodeUp', '1.2',
+ 'NodeNext', '1.2.4',
+ 'NodePrev', '1.2.2',
+ 'Following', '1.2.4',
+ 'Forward', '1.2.4',
+ 'FastForward', '2',
+ 'About', ' &nbsp; ',
+ 'First', '1.',
+ 'Last', '1.2.4',
+ );
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_about_body
+{
+ my $about = "<p>\n";
+ if (ref($PRE_ABOUT) eq 'CODE')
+ {
+ $about .= &$PRE_ABOUT();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $about .= $PRE_ABOUT;
+ }
+ $about .= <<EOT;
+</p>
+<p>
+EOT
+ $about .= &$I(' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:') . "\n";
+ $about .= <<EOT;
+</p>
+<table border="1">
+ <tr>
+EOT
+ $about .= ' <th> ' . &$I('Button') . " </th>\n" .
+' <th> ' . &$I('Name') . " </th>\n" .
+' <th> ' . &$I('Go to') . " </th>\n" .
+' <th> ' . &$I('From 1.2.3 go to') . "</th>\n" . " </tr>\n";
+
+ for my $button (@SECTION_BUTTONS)
+ {
+ next if $button eq ' ' || ref($button) eq 'CODE' || ref($button) eq 'SCALAR' || ref($button) eq 'ARRAY';
+ $about .= " <tr>\n <td align=\"center\">";
+ $about .=
+ ($ICONS && $ACTIVE_ICONS{$button} ?
+ &$button_icon_img($button, $ACTIVE_ICONS{$button}) :
+ ' [' . $NAVIGATION_TEXT{$button} . '] ');
+ $about .= "</td>\n";
+ $about .= <<EOT;
+ <td align="center">$button</td>
+ <td>$BUTTONS_GOTO{$button}</td>
+ <td>$BUTTONS_EXAMPLE{$button}</td>
+ </tr>
+EOT
+ }
+
+ $about .= <<EOT;
+</table>
+
+<p>
+EOT
+ $about .= &$I(' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:') . "\n";
+
+# where the <strong> Example </strong> assumes that the current position
+# is at <strong> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </strong> of a document of
+# the following structure:
+ $about .= <<EOT;
+</p>
+
+<ul>
+EOT
+ $about .= ' <li> 1. ' . &$I('Section One') . "\n" .
+" <ul>\n" .
+' <li>1.1 ' . &$I('Subsection One-One') . "\n";
+ $about .= <<EOT;
+ <ul>
+ <li>...</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+EOT
+ $about .= ' <li>1.2 ' . &$I('Subsection One-Two') . "\n" .
+" <ul>\n" .
+' <li>1.2.1 ' . &$I('Subsubsection One-Two-One') . "</li>\n" .
+' <li>1.2.2 ' . &$I('Subsubsection One-Two-Two') . "</li>\n" .
+' <li>1.2.3 ' . &$I('Subsubsection One-Two-Three') . " &nbsp; &nbsp;\n"
+.
+' <strong>&lt;== ' . &$I('Current Position') . " </strong></li>\n" .
+' <li>1.2.4 ' . &$I('Subsubsection One-Two-Four') . "</li>\n" .
+" </ul>\n" .
+" </li>\n" .
+' <li>1.3 ' . &$I('Subsection One-Three') . "\n";
+ $about .= <<EOT;
+ <ul>
+ <li>...</li>
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+EOT
+ $about .= ' <li>1.4 ' . &$I('Subsection One-Four') . "</li>\n";
+ $about .= <<EOT;
+ </ul>
+ </li>
+</ul>
+$AFTER_ABOUT
+EOT
+ return $about;
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_titlepage()
+{
+ my $result = '';
+ if (@{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'titles'}}
+ or @{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'subtitles'}}
+ or @{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'authors'}})
+ {
+ $result = "<div align=\"center\">\n";
+ foreach my $title (@{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'titles'}})
+ {
+ $result .= '<h1>' . $title . "</h1>\n";
+ }
+ foreach my $subtitle (@{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'subtitles'}})
+ {
+ $result .= '<h2>' . $subtitle . "</h2>\n";
+ }
+ foreach my $author (@{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'authors'}})
+ {
+ $result .= '<strong> ' . $author . " </strong><br>\n";
+ }
+ $result .= "</div>\n$DEFAULT_RULE\n";
+ }
+
+ $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE = $result . $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE;
+}
+
+# i18n
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_print_redirection_page($)
+{
+ my $fh = shift;
+ my $longtitle = "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_no_texi'}";
+ $longtitle .= ": $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{'This'}" if exists $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{'This'};
+ my $description = $longtitle;
+ $description = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'documentdescription'} if (defined($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'documentdescription'}));
+ my $href = &$anchor('', $Texi2HTML::HREF{'This'}, $Texi2HTML::NAME{'This'});
+ print $fh <<EOT;
+$DOCTYPE
+<html>
+<!-- Created on $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'today'} by $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program'} -->
+<!--
+$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program_authors'}
+-->
+<head>
+<title>$longtitle</title>
+
+<meta name="description" content="$description">
+<meta name="keywords" content="$longtitle">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{program}">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta http-equiv="Refresh" content="0; url=$Texi2HTML::HREF{'This'}">
+$EXTRA_HEAD
+</head>
+
+<body $BODYTEXT>
+$AFTER_BODY_OPEN
+<p>The node you are looking for is at $href.</p>
+</body>
+EOT
+}
+
+sub T2H_DEFAULT_node_file_name($)
+{
+ my $node = shift;
+ return (undef, undef) if ($node->{'external_node'} or $node->{'index_page'});
+ my $file;
+ my $node_file;
+
+ if ($NEW_CROSSREF_STYLE)
+ {
+ if (defined($node->{'file'}))
+ {
+ $file = $node->{'file'};
+ $node_file = $node->{'node_file'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $node_file = $node->{'cross_manual_target'} . ".$NODE_FILE_EXTENSION";
+ $file = $node_file if (($SPLIT eq 'node') and ($USE_NODES or $node->{'with_section'}));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return (undef, undef) if (defined($node->{'file'}));
+ my $name = main::remove_texi($node->{'texi'});
+ $name =~ s/[^\w\.\-]/-/g;
+ $name = "${name}.$NODE_FILE_EXTENSION";
+ $file = $name if (($SPLIT eq 'node') and ($USE_NODES or $node->{'with_section'}));
+ $node_file = $name;
+ }
+ return ($file, $node_file);
+}
+
+########################################################################
+# Control of formatting:
+# 1.) For some changes, it is often enough to change the value of
+# some global map. It might necessitate building a little
+# function along with the change in hash, if the change is the use
+# of another function (in style_map).
+# 2.) For other changes, reimplement one of the t2h_default_<fnc>* routines,
+# give them another name, and assign them to the respective
+# $<fnc> variable (below).
+
+
+#
+# This hash should have keys corresponding with the nonletter command accent
+# whose following character is considered to be the argument
+# This hash associates an accent macro to the ISO name for the accent if any.
+# The customary use of this map is to find the ISO name appearing in html
+# entity (like &eacute;) associated with a texinfo accent macro.
+#
+# The keys of the hash are
+# ": umlaut
+# ~: tilda accent
+# ^: circumflex accent
+# `: grave accent
+# ': acute accent
+# =: macron accent
+%accent_map = (
+ '"', 'uml',
+ '~', 'tilde',
+ '^', 'circ',
+ '`', 'grave',
+ "'", 'acute',
+ '=', '',
+ );
+
+#
+# texinfo "simple things" (@foo) to HTML ones
+#
+%simple_map = (
+ "*", "<br>", # HTML+
+ ' ', '&nbsp;',
+ "\t", '&nbsp;',
+ "\n", '&nbsp;',
+ # "&#173;" or "&shy;" could also be possible for @-, but it seems
+ # that some browser will consider this as an always visible hyphen mark
+ # which is not what we want (see http://www.cs.tut.fi/~jkorpela/shy.html)
+ '-', '', # hyphenation hint
+ '|', '', # used in formatting commands @evenfooting and friends
+ '/', '',
+ # spacing commands
+ ':', '',
+ '!', '!',
+ '?', '?',
+ '.', '.',
+ '@', '@',
+ '}', '}',
+ '{', '{',
+ );
+
+# this map is used in preformatted text
+%simple_map_pre = %simple_map;
+$simple_map_pre{'*'} = "\n";
+
+#
+# texinfo "things" (@foo{}) to HTML ones
+#
+%things_map = (
+ 'TeX' => 'TeX',
+ 'LaTeX' => 'LaTeX',
+# pertusus: unknown by makeinfo, not in texinfo manual (@* is the right thing)
+# 'br', '<br>', # paragraph break
+ 'bullet' => '*',
+# #'copyright' => '(C)',
+ 'copyright' => '&copy;',
+ 'registeredsymbol' => '&reg;',
+ 'dots' => '<small class="dots">...</small>',
+ 'enddots' => '<small class="enddots">....</small>',
+ 'equiv' => '==',
+# i18n
+ 'error' => 'error--&gt;',
+ 'expansion' => '==&gt;',
+ 'minus' => '-',
+ 'point' => '-!-',
+ 'print' => '-|',
+ 'result' => '=&gt;',
+ # set in code using the language
+ # 'today', &pretty_date,
+ 'today' => '',
+ 'aa' => '&aring;',
+ 'AA' => '&Aring;',
+ 'ae' => '&aelig;',
+ 'oe' => '&oelig;', #pertusus: also &#156;. &oelig; not in html 3.2
+ 'AE' => '&AElig;',
+ 'OE' => '&OElig;', #pertusus: also &#140;. &OElig; not in html 3.2
+ 'o' => '&oslash;',
+ 'O' => '&Oslash;',
+ 'ss' => '&szlig;',
+ 'l' => '/l',
+ 'L' => '/L',
+ 'exclamdown' => '&iexcl;',
+ 'questiondown' => '&iquest;',
+ 'pounds' => '&pound;',
+ 'ordf' => '&ordf;',
+ 'ordm' => '&ordm;',
+ 'comma' => ',',
+ 'euro' => '&euro;',
+ );
+
+# This map is used in preformatted environments
+%pre_map = %things_map;
+$pre_map{'dots'} = '...';
+$pre_map{'enddots'} = '....';
+#$pre_map{'br'} = "\n";
+
+# ascii representation of @-commands
+%ascii_simple_map = (
+ "*", "\n", # HTML+
+ ' ', ' ',
+ "\t", "\t",
+ "\n", "\n",
+ '-', '', # hyphenation hint
+ '|', '', # used in formatting commands @evenfooting and friends
+ '/', '',
+ ':', '',
+ '!', '!',
+ '?', '?',
+ '.', '.',
+ '@', '@',
+ '}', '}',
+ '{', '{',
+);
+
+%ascii_things_map = (
+ 'TeX' => 'TeX',
+ 'LaTeX' => 'LaTeX',
+ 'bullet' => '*',
+ 'copyright' => '(C)',
+ 'registeredsymbol' => '(R)',
+ 'dots' => '...',
+ 'enddots' => '....',
+ 'equiv' => '==',
+# i18n
+ 'error' => 'error-->',
+ 'expansion' => '==>',
+ 'minus' => '-',
+ 'point' => '-!-',
+ 'print' => '-|',
+ 'result' => '=>',
+ 'today' => '',
+ 'aa' => 'aa',
+ 'AA' => 'AA',
+ 'ae' => 'ae',
+ 'oe' => 'oe',
+ 'AE' => 'AE',
+ 'OE' => 'OE',
+ 'o' => '/o',
+ 'O' => '/O',
+ 'ss' => 'ss',
+ 'l' => '/l',
+ 'L' => '/L',
+ 'exclamdown' => '?',
+ 'questiondown' => '!',
+ 'pounds' => '#',
+ 'ordf' => 'a',
+ 'ordm' => 'o',
+ 'comma' => ',',
+ 'euro' => 'Euro',
+);
+
+#
+# This map is used when texi elements are removed and replaced
+# by simple text
+#
+%simple_map_texi = (
+ "*", "",
+ " ", " ",
+ "\t", " ",
+ "-", "-", # soft hyphen
+ "\n", "\n",
+ "|", "",
+ # spacing commands
+ ":", "",
+ "!", "!",
+ "?", "?",
+ ".", ".",
+ "-", "",
+ '@', '@',
+ '}', '}',
+ '{', '{',
+ );
+
+# text replacing macros when texi commands are removed and plain text is
+# produced
+%texi_map = (
+ 'TeX', 'TeX',
+ 'LaTeX', 'LaTeX',
+ 'bullet', '*',
+ 'copyright', 'C',
+ 'registeredsymbol', 'R',
+ 'dots', '...',
+ 'enddots', '....',
+ 'equiv', '==',
+ 'error', 'error-->',
+ 'expansion', '==>',
+ 'minus', '-',
+ 'point', '-!-',
+ 'print', '-|',
+ 'result', '=>',
+ 'today' => '',
+ 'aa', 'aa',
+ 'AA', 'AA',
+ 'ae', 'ae',
+ 'oe', 'oe',
+ 'AE', 'AE',
+ 'OE', 'OE',
+ 'o', 'o',
+ 'O', 'O',
+ 'ss', 'ss',
+ 'l', 'l',
+ 'L', 'L',
+ 'exclamdown', '! upside-down',
+ #'exclamdown', '&iexcl;',
+ 'questiondown', '? upside-down',
+ #'questiondown', '&iquest;',
+ 'pounds', 'pound sterling',
+ #'pounds', '&pound;'
+ 'ordf' => 'a',
+ 'ordm' => 'o',
+ 'comma' => ',',
+ 'euro' => 'Euro',
+ );
+
+# taken from
+#Latin extended additionnal
+#http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/latin_extended_additional.html
+#C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement
+#http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/latin_1_supplement.html
+#Latin Extended-A
+#http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/latin_extended_a.html
+#Latin Extended-B
+#http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/latin_extended_b.html
+#dotless i: 0131
+%unicode_map = (
+ 'bullet' => '2022',
+ 'copyright' => '00A9',
+ 'registeredsymbol' => '00AE',
+ 'dots' => '2026',
+ 'enddots' => '',
+ 'equiv' => '2261',
+ 'error' => '',
+ 'expansion' => '2192',
+ 'minus' => '2212', # in mathematical operators
+# 'minus' => '002D', # in latin1
+ 'point' => '2217',
+ 'print' => '',
+ 'result' => '21D2',
+ 'today' => '',
+ 'aa' => '00E5',
+ 'AA' => '00C5',
+ 'ae' => '00E6',
+ 'oe' => '0153',
+ 'AE' => '00C6',
+ 'OE' => '0152',
+ 'o' => '00F8',
+ 'O' => '00D8',
+ 'ss' => '00DF',
+ 'l' => '0142',
+ 'L' => '0141',
+ 'exclamdown' => '00A1',
+ 'questiondown' => '00BF',
+ 'pounds' => '00A3',
+ 'ordf' => '00AA',
+ 'ordm' => '00BA',
+ 'comma' => '002C',
+ 'euro' => '20AC',
+ );
+
+%ascii_character_map = (
+ ' ' => '0020',
+ '!' => '0021',
+ '"' => '0022',
+ '#' => '0023',
+ '$' => '0024',
+ '%' => '0025',
+ '&' => '0026',
+ "'" => '0027',
+ '(' => '0028',
+ ')' => '0029',
+ '*' => '002A',
+ '+' => '002B',
+ ',' => '002C',
+ '-' => '002D',
+ '.' => '002E',
+ '/' => '002F',
+ ':' => '003A',
+ ';' => '003B',
+ '<' => '003C',
+ '=' => '003D',
+ '>' => '003E',
+ '?' => '003F',
+ '@' => '0040',
+ '[' => '005B',
+ '\\' => '005C',
+ ']' => '005D',
+ '^' => '005E',
+ '_' => '005F',
+ '`' => '0060',
+ '{' => '007B',
+ '|' => '007C',
+ '}' => '007D',
+ '~' => '007E',
+);
+
+%perl_charset_to_html = (
+ 'utf8' => 'utf-8',
+ 'ascii' => 'us-ascii',
+);
+
+# symbols used for the commands if $USE-ISO is true.
+%iso_symbols = (
+ 'equiv' => '&equiv;',
+ 'dots' => '&hellip;',
+ 'bullet' => '&bull;',
+ 'result' => '&rArr;',
+ 'expansion' => '&rarr;',
+ 'point' => '&lowast;',
+ );
+
+# When the value begins with & the function with that name is used to do the
+# html. The first argument is the text enclosed within {}, the second is the
+# style name (which is also the key of the hash)
+#
+# Otherwithe the value is the html element used to enclose the text, and if
+# there is a " the resulting text is also enclosed within `'
+my %old_style_map = (
+ 'acronym', '',
+ 'asis', '',
+ 'b', 'b',
+ 'cite', 'cite',
+ 'code', 'code',
+ 'command', 'code',
+ 'ctrl', '&default_ctrl',
+ 'dfn', 'em',
+ 'dmn', '',
+ 'email', '&default_email',
+ 'emph', 'em',
+ 'env', 'code',
+ 'file', '"tt',
+ 'i', 'i',
+ 'kbd', 'kbd',
+ 'key', 'kbd',
+ 'math', 'em',
+ 'option', '"samp',
+ 'r', '',
+ 'samp', '"samp',
+ 'sc', '&default_sc',
+ 'strong', 'strong',
+ 't', 'tt',
+ 'uref', '&default_uref',
+ 'url', '&default_url',
+ 'var', 'var',
+ 'verb', 'tt',
+ 'titlefont', '&default_titlefont',
+ 'w', '',
+ );
+
+# default is {'args' => ['normal'], 'attribute' => ''},
+%style_map = (
+ 'asis', {},
+ 'b', {'attribute' => 'b'},
+ 'cite', {'attribute' => 'cite'},
+ 'code', {'args' => ['code'], 'attribute' => 'code'},
+ 'command', {'args' => ['code'], 'attribute' => 'code'},
+ 'ctrl', {'function' => \&t2h_default_ctrl},
+ 'dfn', {'attribute' => 'em'},
+ 'dmn', {},
+ 'email', {'args' => ['code', 'normal'],
+ 'function' => \&t2h_default_email},
+ #'email', {'args' => ['normal', 'normal'],
+ # 'function' => \&t2h_default_email},
+ 'emph', {'attribute' => 'em'},
+ 'env', {'args' => ['code'], 'attribute' => 'code'},
+ 'file', {'args' => ['code'], 'attribute' => 'tt', 'quote' => '"'},
+ 'i', {'attribute' => 'i'},
+ 'slanted', {'attribute' => 'i'},
+ 'sansserif', {'attribute' => 'span class="sansserif"'},
+ 'kbd', {'args' => ['code'], 'attribute' => 'kbd'},
+ 'key', {'attribute' => 'kbd'},
+ 'math', {'attribute' => 'em'},
+ 'option', {'args' => ['code'], 'attribute' => 'samp', 'quote' => '"'},
+ 'r', {},
+ 'samp', {'args' => ['code'], 'attribute' => 'samp', 'quote' => '"'},
+ 'sc', {'function' => \&t2h_default_sc},
+ 'strong', {'attribute' => 'strong'},
+ 't', {'attribute' => 'tt'},
+ 'uref', {'function' => \&t2h_default_uref,
+ 'args' => ['code', 'normal', 'normal']},
+ #'uref', {'function' => \&t2h_default_uref,
+ # 'args' => ['normal', 'normal', 'normal']},
+ 'url', {'function' => \&t2h_default_uref,
+ 'args' => ['code', 'normal', 'normal']},
+ 'indicateurl', {'args' => ['code'], 'begin' => '&lt;<code>', 'end' => '</code>&gt;'},
+ 'var', {'attribute' => 'var'},
+ 'verb', {'args' => ['code'], 'attribute' => 'tt'},
+ 'titlefont', {'function' => \&t2h_default_titlefont},
+ 'w', {},
+ );
+
+%unicode_diacritical = (
+ 'H' => '030B',
+ 'ringaccent' => '030A',
+ "'" => '0301',
+ 'v' => '030C',
+ ',' => '0327',
+ '^' => '0302',
+ 'dotaccent' => '0307',
+ '`' => '0300',
+ '=' => '0304',
+ '~' => '0303',
+ '"' => '0308',
+ 'udotaccent' => '0323',
+ 'ubaraccent' => '0332',
+ 'u' => '0306'
+);
+
+%unicode_accents = (
+ 'dotaccent' => { # dot above
+ 'A' => '0226', #C moz-1.2
+ 'a' => '0227', #c moz-1.2
+ 'B' => '1E02',
+ 'b' => '1E03',
+ 'C' => '010A',
+ 'c' => '010B',
+ 'D' => '1E0A',
+ 'd' => '1E0B',
+ 'E' => '0116',
+ 'e' => '0117',
+ 'F' => '1E1E',
+ 'f' => '1E1F',
+ 'G' => '0120',
+ 'g' => '0121',
+ 'H' => '1E22',
+ 'h' => '1E23',
+ 'i' => '0069',
+ 'I' => '0130',
+ 'N' => '1E44',
+ 'n' => '1E45',
+ 'O' => '022E', #Y moz-1.2
+ 'o' => '022F', #v moz-1.2
+ 'P' => '1E56',
+ 'p' => '1E57',
+ 'R' => '1E58',
+ 'r' => '1E59',
+ 'S' => '1E60',
+ 's' => '1E61',
+ 'T' => '1E6A',
+ 't' => '1E6B',
+ 'W' => '1E86',
+ 'w' => '1E87',
+ 'X' => '1E8A',
+ 'x' => '1E8B',
+ 'Y' => '1E8E',
+ 'y' => '1E8F',
+ 'Z' => '017B',
+ 'z' => '017C',
+ },
+ 'udotaccent' => { # dot below
+ 'B' => '1E04',
+ 'b' => '1E05',
+ 'D' => '1E0C',
+ 'd' => '1E0D',
+ 'E' => '1EB8',
+ 'e' => '1EB9',
+ 'H' => '1E24',
+ 'h' => '1E25',
+ 'I' => '1ECA',
+ 'i' => '1ECB',
+ 'K' => '1E32',
+ 'k' => '1E33',
+ 'L' => '1E36',
+ 'l' => '1E37',
+ 'M' => '1E42',
+ 'm' => '1E43',
+ 'N' => '1E46',
+ 'n' => '1E47',
+ 'O' => '1ECC',
+ 'o' => '1ECD',
+ 'R' => '1E5A',
+ 'r' => '1E5B',
+ 'S' => '1E62',
+ 's' => '1E63',
+ 'T' => '1E6C',
+ 't' => '1E6D',
+ 'U' => '1EE4',
+ 'u' => '1EE5',
+ 'V' => '1E7E',
+ 'v' => '1E7F',
+ 'W' => '1E88',
+ 'w' => '1E89',
+ 'Y' => '1EF4',
+ 'y' => '1EF5',
+ 'Z' => '1E92',
+ 'z' => '1E93',
+ },
+ 'ubaraccent' => { # line below
+ 'B' => '1E06',
+ 'b' => '1E07',
+ 'D' => '1E0E',
+ 'd' => '1E0F',
+ 'h' => '1E96',
+ 'K' => '1E34',
+ 'k' => '1E35',
+ 'L' => '1E3A',
+ 'l' => '1E3B',
+ 'N' => '1E48',
+ 'n' => '1E49',
+ 'R' => '1E5E',
+ 'r' => '1E5F',
+ 'T' => '1E6E',
+ 't' => '1E6F',
+ 'Z' => '1E94',
+ 'z' => '1E95',
+ },
+ ',' => { # cedilla
+ 'C' => '00C7',
+ 'c' => '00E7',
+ 'D' => '1E10',
+ 'd' => '1E11',
+ 'E' => '0228', #C moz-1.2
+ 'e' => '0229', #c moz-1.2
+ 'G' => '0122',
+ 'g' => '0123',
+ 'H' => '1E28',
+ 'h' => '1E29',
+ 'K' => '0136',
+ 'k' => '0137',
+ 'L' => '013B',
+ 'l' => '013C',
+ 'N' => '0145',
+ 'n' => '0146',
+ 'R' => '0156',
+ 'r' => '0157',
+ 'S' => '015E',
+ 's' => '015F',
+ 'T' => '0162',
+ 't' => '0163',
+ },
+ '=' => { # macron
+ 'A' => '0100',
+ 'a' => '0101',
+ 'E' => '0112',
+ 'e' => '0113',
+ 'I' => '012A',
+ 'i' => '012B',
+ 'G' => '1E20',
+ 'g' => '1E21',
+ 'O' => '014C',
+ 'o' => '014D',
+ 'U' => '016A',
+ 'u' => '016B',
+ 'Y' => '0232', #? moz-1.2
+ 'y' => '0233', #? moz-1.2
+ },
+ '"' => { # diaeresis
+ 'A' => '00C4',
+ 'a' => '00E4',
+ 'E' => '00CB',
+ 'e' => '00EB',
+ 'H' => '1E26',
+ 'h' => '1E27',
+ 'I' => '00CF',
+ 'i' => '00EF',
+ 'O' => '00D6',
+ 'o' => '00F6',
+ 't' => '1E97',
+ 'U' => '00DC',
+ 'u' => '00FC',
+ 'W' => '1E84',
+ 'w' => '1E85',
+ 'X' => '1E8C',
+ 'x' => '1E8D',
+ 'y' => '00FF',
+ 'Y' => '0178',
+ },
+ 'u' => { # breve
+ 'A' => '0101',
+ 'a' => '0102',
+ 'E' => '0114',
+ 'e' => '0115',
+ 'G' => '011E',
+ 'g' => '011F',
+ 'I' => '012C',
+ 'i' => '012D',
+ 'O' => '014E',
+ 'o' => '014F',
+ 'U' => '016C',
+ 'u' => '016D',
+ },
+ "'" => { # acute
+ 'A' => '00C1',
+ 'a' => '00E1',
+ 'C' => '0106',
+ 'c' => '0107',
+ 'E' => '00C9',
+ 'e' => '00E9',
+ 'G' => '01F4',
+ 'g' => '01F5',
+ 'I' => '00CD',
+ 'i' => '00ED',
+ 'K' => '1E30',
+ 'k' => '1E31',
+ 'L' => '0139',
+ 'l' => '013A',
+ 'M' => '1E3E',
+ 'm' => '1E3F',
+ 'N' => '0143',
+ 'n' => '0144',
+ 'O' => '00D3',
+ 'o' => '00F3',
+ 'P' => '1E54',
+ 'p' => '1E55',
+ 'R' => '0154',
+ 'r' => '0155',
+ 'S' => '015A',
+ 's' => '015B',
+ 'U' => '00DA',
+ 'u' => '00FA',
+ 'W' => '1E82',
+ 'w' => '1E83',
+ 'Y' => '00DD',
+ 'y' => '00FD',
+ 'Z' => '0179',
+ 'z' => '018A',
+ },
+ '~' => { # tilde
+ 'A' => '00C3',
+ 'a' => '00E3',
+ 'E' => '1EBC',
+ 'e' => '1EBD',
+ 'I' => '0128',
+ 'i' => '0129',
+ 'N' => '00D1',
+ 'n' => '00F1',
+ 'O' => '00D5',
+ 'o' => '00F5',
+ 'U' => '0168',
+ 'u' => '0169',
+ 'V' => '1E7C',
+ 'v' => '1E7D',
+ 'Y' => '1EF8',
+ 'y' => '1EF9',
+ },
+ '`' => { # grave
+ 'A' => '00C0',
+ 'a' => '00E0',
+ 'E' => '00C8',
+ 'e' => '00E8',
+ 'I' => '00CC',
+ 'i' => '00EC',
+ 'N' => '01F8',
+ 'n' => '01F9',
+ 'O' => '00D2',
+ 'o' => '00F2',
+ 'U' => '00D9',
+ 'u' => '00F9',
+ 'W' => '1E80',
+ 'w' => '1E81',
+ 'Y' => '1EF2',
+ 'y' => '1EF3',
+ },
+ '^' => { # circumflex
+ 'A' => '00C2',
+ 'a' => '00E2',
+ 'C' => '0108',
+ 'c' => '0109',
+ 'E' => '00CA',
+ 'e' => '00EA',
+ 'G' => '011C',
+ 'g' => '011D',
+ 'H' => '0124',
+ 'h' => '0125',
+ 'I' => '00CE',
+ 'i' => '00EE',
+ 'J' => '0134',
+ 'j' => '0135',
+ 'O' => '00D4',
+ 'o' => '00F4',
+ 'S' => '015C',
+ 's' => '015D',
+ 'U' => '00DB',
+ 'u' => '00FB',
+ 'W' => '0174',
+ 'w' => '0175',
+ 'Y' => '0176',
+ 'y' => '0177',
+ 'Z' => '1E90',
+ 'z' => '1E91',
+ },
+ 'ringaccent' => { # ring
+ 'A' => '00C5',
+ 'a' => '00E5',
+ 'U' => '016E',
+ 'u' => '016F',
+ 'w' => '1E98',
+ 'y' => '1E99',
+ },
+ 'v' => { # caron
+ 'A' => '01CD',
+ 'a' => '01CE',
+ 'C' => '010C',
+ 'c' => '010D',
+ 'D' => '010E',
+ 'd' => '010F',
+ 'E' => '011A',
+ 'e' => '011B',
+ 'G' => '01E6',
+ 'g' => '01E7',
+ 'H' => '021E', #K with moz-1.2
+ 'h' => '021F', #k with moz-1.2
+ 'I' => '01CF',
+ 'i' => '01D0',
+ 'K' => '01E8',
+ 'k' => '01E9',
+ 'L' => '013D', #L' with moz-1.2
+ 'l' => '013E', #l' with moz-1.2
+ 'N' => '0147',
+ 'n' => '0148',
+ 'O' => '01D1',
+ 'o' => '01D2',
+ 'R' => '0158',
+ 'r' => '0159',
+ 'S' => '0160',
+ 's' => '0161',
+ 'T' => '0164',
+ 't' => '0165',
+ 'U' => '01D3',
+ 'u' => '01D4',
+ 'Z' => '017D',
+ 'z' => '017E',
+ },
+ 'H' => { # double acute
+ 'O' => '0150',
+ 'o' => '0151',
+ 'U' => '0170',
+ 'u' => '0171',
+ },
+);
+
+%special_accents = (
+ 'ringaccent' => 'aA',
+ "'" => 'aeiouyAEIOUY',
+ ',' => 'cC',
+ '^' => 'aeiouAEIOU',
+ '`' => 'aeiouAEIOU',
+ '~' => 'nNaoAO',
+ '"' => 'aeiouyAEIOU',
+);
+
+#foreach my $accent_command ('tieaccent', 'dotless', keys(%unicode_accents), keys(%accent_map))
+foreach my $accent_command ('tieaccent', 'dotless', keys(%unicode_accents))
+{
+ $style_map{$accent_command} = { 'function' => \&t2h_default_accent };
+ $old_style_map{$accent_command} = '&default_accent';
+ $style_map_texi{$accent_command} = { 'function' => \&t2h_default_ascii_accent };
+}
+
+sub default_accent($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $accent = shift;
+ return "&${text}$accent_map{$accent};" if (defined($accent_map{$accent}) and defined($special_accents{$accent}) and ($text =~ /^[$special_accents{$accent}]$/));
+ return '&' . $text . 'ring;' if (($accent eq 'ringaccent') and (defined($special_accents{$accent})) and ($text =~ /^[$special_accents{$accent}]$/));
+ return $text . '&lt;' if ($accent eq 'v');
+ return "&${text}cedil;" if (($accent eq ',') and (defined($special_accents{$accent})) and ($text =~ /^[$special_accents{$accent}]$/));
+ return ascii_accents($text, $accent);
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_accent($$)
+{
+ my $accent = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+
+ my $text = $args->[0];
+
+ return "&${text}$accent_map{$accent};" if (defined($accent_map{$accent}) and defined($special_accents{$accent}) and ($text =~ /^[$special_accents{$accent}]$/));
+ return '&' . $text . 'ring;' if (($accent eq 'ringaccent') and (defined($special_accents{$accent})) and ($text =~ /^[$special_accents{$accent}]$/));
+ return $text . '&lt;' if ($accent eq 'v');
+ return "&${text}cedil;" if (($accent eq ',') and (defined($special_accents{$accent})) and ($text =~ /^[$special_accents{$accent}]$/));
+ return ascii_accents($text, $accent);
+}
+
+sub ascii_accents($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $accent = shift;
+ return $text if ($accent eq 'dotless');
+ return $text . $accent if (defined($accent_map{$accent}));
+ return $text . "''" if ($accent eq 'H');
+ return $text . '.' if ($accent eq 'dotaccent');
+ return $text . '*' if ($accent eq 'ringaccent');
+ return $text . '[' if ($accent eq 'tieaccent');
+ return $text . '(' if ($accent eq 'u');
+ return $text . '_' if ($accent eq 'ubaraccent');
+ return '.' . $text if ($accent eq 'udotaccent');
+ return $text . '<' if ($accent eq 'v');
+ return $text . ',' if ($accent eq ',');
+}
+
+sub default_sc($$)
+{
+ return '<small>' . uc($_[0]) . '</small>';
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_sc($$$)
+{
+ shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ return '<small>' . uc($args->[0]) . '</small>';
+}
+
+sub default_ctrl($$)
+{
+ return "^$_[0]";
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_ctrl($$$)
+{
+ shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ return "^$args->[0]";
+}
+
+sub default_sc_pre($$)
+{
+ return uc($_[0]);
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_sc_pre($$$)
+{
+ shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ return uc($args->[0]);
+}
+
+sub default_titlefont($$)
+{
+ return "<h1 class=\"titlefont\">$_[0]</h1>" if ($_[0] =~ /\S/);
+ return '';
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_titlefont($$$)
+{
+ shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ return "<h1 class=\"titlefont\">$args->[0]</h1>" if ($args->[0] =~ /\S/);
+ return '';
+}
+
+# According to the texinfo manual this shouldn't lead to a link
+# but rather be formatted like text. If we did like makeinfo do
+# it would be
+#sub url($$)
+#{
+# return '&lt;<code>' . $_[0] . '</code>&gt;';
+#}
+sub t2h_default_url ($$)
+{
+ shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $url = shift @$args;
+ #$url =~ s/\s*$//;
+ #$url =~ s/^\s*//;
+ $url = main::normalise_space($url);
+ return '' unless ($url =~ /\S/);
+ return &$anchor('', $url, $url);
+}
+
+sub default_url ($$)
+{
+ my $url = shift;
+ my $command = shift;
+ $url =~ s/\s*$//;
+ $url =~ s/^\s*//;
+ return '' unless ($url =~ /\S/);
+ return &$anchor('', $url, $url);
+}
+
+sub default_uref($$)
+{
+ my $arg = shift;
+ my $command = shift;
+ my ($url, $text, $replacement);
+ ($url, $text, $replacement) = split /,\s*/, $arg;
+ $url =~ s/\s*$//;
+ $url =~ s/^\s*//;
+ $text = $replacement if (defined($replacement));
+ $text = $url unless ($text);
+ return $text if ($url eq '');
+ return &$anchor('', $url, $text);
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_uref($$)
+{
+ shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $url = shift @$args;
+ my $text = shift @$args;
+ my $replacement = shift @$args;
+ #$url =~ s/\s*$//;
+ #$url =~ s/^\s*//;
+ $url = main::normalise_space($url);
+ $replacement = '' if (!defined($replacement));
+ $replacement = main::normalise_space($replacement);
+ $text = '' if (!defined($text));
+ $text = main::normalise_space($text);
+ $text = $replacement if ($replacement ne '');
+ $text = $url unless ($text ne '');
+ return $text if ($url eq '');
+ return &$anchor('', $url, $text);
+}
+
+sub default_email($$)
+{
+ my $arg = shift;
+ my $command = shift;
+ my ($mail, $text);
+ ($mail, $text) = split /,\s*/, $arg;
+ $mail =~ s/\s*$//;
+ $mail =~ s/^\s*//;
+ $text = $mail unless ($text);
+ return $text if ($mail eq '');
+ return &$anchor('', "mailto:$mail", $text);
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_email($$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $mail = shift @$args;
+ my $text = shift @$args;
+ $mail = main::normalise_space($mail);
+ #$mail =~ s/\s*$//;
+ #$mail =~ s/^\s*//;
+ $text = $mail unless (defined($text) and ($text ne ''));
+ $text = main::normalise_space($text);
+ return $text if ($mail eq '');
+ return &$anchor('', "mailto:$mail", $text);
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_ascii_accent($$$$)
+{
+ my $accent = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+
+ my $text = $args->[0];
+ return ascii_accents($text, $accent);
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_no_texi_email
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $mail = shift @$args;
+ my $text = shift @$args;
+ $mail = main::normalise_space($mail);
+ #$mail =~ s/\s*$//;
+ #$mail =~ s/^\s*//;
+ return $text if (defined($text) and ($text ne ''));
+ return $mail;
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_no_texi_image($$$$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $text = $args->[0];
+ $text = main::normalise_space($text);
+ my @args = split (/\s*,\s*/, $text);
+ return $args[0];
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_no_texi_acronym_like($$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $acronym_texi = $args->[0];
+ return (main::remove_texi($acronym_texi));
+}
+
+sub t2h_remove_command($$$$)
+{
+ return '';
+}
+
+# This is used for style in preformatted sections
+my %old_style_map_pre = %old_style_map;
+$old_style_map_pre{'sc'} = '&default_sc_pre';
+$old_style_map_pre{'titlefont'} = '';
+
+foreach my $command (keys(%style_map))
+{
+ $style_map_pre{$command} = {};
+ $style_map_texi{$command} = {} if (!exists($style_map_texi{$command}));
+ $style_map_texi{$command}->{'args'} = $style_map{$command}->{'args'}
+ if (exists($style_map{$command}->{'args'}));
+ #print STDERR "COMMAND $command";
+
+ foreach my $key (keys(%{$style_map{$command}}))
+ {
+ $style_map_pre{$command}->{$key} = $style_map{$command}->{$key};
+ }
+}
+
+$style_map_pre{'sc'}->{'function'} = \&t2h_default_sc_pre;
+$style_map_pre{'titlefont'} = {};
+
+$style_map_texi{'sc'}->{'function'} = \&t2h_default_sc_pre;
+$style_map_texi{'email'}->{'function'} = \&t2h_default_no_texi_email;
+
+####### special styles. You shouldn't need to change them
+my %special_style = (
+ #'xref' => ['keep','normal','normal','keep','normal'],
+ 'xref' => { 'args' => ['keep','keep','keep','keep','keep'],
+ 'function' => \&main::do_xref },
+ 'ref' => { 'args' => ['keep','keep','keep','keep','keep'],
+ 'function' => \&main::do_xref },
+ 'pxref' => { 'args' => ['keep','keep','keep','keep','keep'],
+ 'function' => \&main::do_xref },
+ 'inforef' => { 'args' => ['keep','keep','keep'],
+ 'function' => \&main::do_xref },
+ 'image' => { 'args' => ['keep'], 'function' => \&main::do_image },
+ 'anchor' => { 'args' => ['keep'], 'function' => \&main::do_anchor_label },
+ 'footnote' => { 'args' => ['keep'], 'function' => \&main::do_footnote },
+ 'shortcaption' => { 'args' => ['keep'], 'function' => \&main::do_caption_shortcaption },
+ 'caption' => { 'args' => ['keep'], 'function' => \&main::do_caption_shortcaption },
+ 'acronym', {'args' => ['keep','keep'], 'function' => \&main::do_acronym_like},
+ 'abbr', {'args' => ['keep','keep'], 'function' => \&main::do_acronym_like},
+);
+
+# FIXME the unless defined(.... are now unusefull because the user can
+# overwrite.
+
+# @image is replaced by the first arg in strings
+$style_map_texi{'image'} = { 'args' => ['keep'],
+ 'function' => \&t2h_default_no_texi_image }
+ unless (defined($style_map_texi{'image'}));
+
+$style_map_texi{'acronym'} = { 'args' => ['keep','keep'],
+ 'function' => \&t2h_default_no_texi_acronym_like };
+$style_map_texi{'abbr'} = { 'args' => ['keep','keep'],
+ 'function' => \&t2h_default_no_texi_acronym_like };
+
+foreach my $special (keys(%special_style))
+{
+ $style_map{$special} = $special_style{$special}
+ unless (defined($style_map{$special}));
+ $style_map_pre{$special} = $special_style{$special}
+ unless (defined($style_map_pre{$special}));
+ $style_map_texi{$special} = { 'args' => ['keep'],
+ 'function' => \&t2h_remove_command }
+ unless (defined($style_map_texi{$special}));
+}
+####### end special styles.
+
+
+#foreach my $command (keys(%style_map))
+#{
+# print STDERR "STYLE_MAP_TEXI $command($style_map_texi{$command}) ";
+# print STDERR "ARGS $style_map_texi{$command}->{'args'} " if (defined($style_map_texi{$command}->{'args'}));
+# print STDERR "FUN $style_map_texi{$command}->{'function'} " if (defined($style_map_texi{$command}->{'function'}));
+# print STDERR "\n";
+#}
+
+# uncomment to use the old interface
+#%style_map = %old_style_map;
+#%style_map_pre = %old_style_map_pre;
+
+#FIXME USE_ISO ?
+%unformatted_text_simple_map_texi = %simple_map_pre;
+%unformatted_text_texi_map = %pre_map;
+%unformatted_text_style_map_texi = ();
+
+foreach my $command (keys(%style_map_texi))
+{
+ #$unformatted_text_style_map_texi{$command} = {};
+ foreach my $key (keys (%{$style_map_texi{$command}}))
+ {
+ #print STDERR "$command, $key, $style_map_texi{$command}->{$key}\n";
+ $unformatted_text_style_map_texi{$command}->{$key} =
+ $style_map_texi{$command}->{$key};
+ }
+ $unformatted_text_style_map_texi{$command} = {} if (!defined($unformatted_text_style_map_texi{$command}));
+}
+
+foreach my $accent_command ('tieaccent', 'dotless', keys(%unicode_accents))
+{
+# $unformatted_text_style_map_texi{$accent_command}->{'args'} = ['normal'];
+ $unformatted_text_style_map_texi{$accent_command}->{'function'} = \&t2h_default_accent;
+}
+
+%format_map = (
+# 'quotation' => 'blockquote',
+ # lists
+# 'itemize' => 'ul',
+ 'enumerate' => 'ol',
+ 'multitable' => 'table',
+ 'table' => 'dl compact="compact"',
+ 'vtable' => 'dl compact="compact"',
+ 'ftable' => 'dl compact="compact"',
+ 'group' => '',
+ );
+
+%special_list_commands = (
+ 'table' => {},
+ 'vtable' => {},
+ 'ftable' => {},
+ 'itemize' => { 'bullet' => '' }
+ );
+#
+# texinfo format to align attribute of paragraphs
+#
+
+%paragraph_style = (
+ 'center' => 'center',
+ 'flushleft' => 'left',
+ 'flushright' => 'right',
+ );
+
+# an eval of these $complex_format_map->{what}->{'begin'} yields beginning
+# an eval of these $complex_format_map->{what}->{'end'} yields end
+# $EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL and SMALL_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL can be usefull here
+# FIXME add \n at the end ?
+$complex_format_map =
+{
+ 'example' =>
+ {
+ 'begin' => q{"<table><tr>$EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL<td>"},
+ 'end' => q{'</td></tr></table>'},
+ },
+ 'smallexample' =>
+ {
+ 'begin' => q{"<table><tr>$SMALL_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL<td>"},
+ 'end' => q{'</td></tr></table>'},
+ },
+ 'display' =>
+ {
+ 'begin' => q{"<table><tr>$EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL<td>"},
+ 'end' => q{'</td></tr></table>'},
+ },
+ 'smalldisplay' =>
+ {
+ 'begin' => q{"<table><tr>$SMALL_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL<td>"},
+ 'end' => q{'</td></tr></table>'},
+ }
+};
+
+# format shouldn't narrow the margins
+
+$complex_format_map->{'lisp'} = $complex_format_map->{'example'};
+$complex_format_map->{'smalllisp'} = $complex_format_map->{'smallexample'};
+$complex_format_map->{'format'} = $complex_format_map->{'display'};
+$complex_format_map->{'smallformat'} = $complex_format_map->{'smalldisplay'};
+
+%def_map = (
+ # basic commands
+ 'deffn', [ 'f', 'category', 'name', 'arg' ],
+ 'defvr', [ 'v', 'category', 'name' ],
+ 'deftypefn', [ 'f', 'category', 'type', 'name', 'arg' ],
+ 'deftypeop', [ 'f', 'category', 'class' , 'type', 'name', 'arg' ],
+ 'deftypevr', [ 'v', 'category', 'type', 'name' ],
+ 'defcv', [ 'v', 'category', 'class' , 'name' ],
+ 'deftypecv', [ 'v', 'category', 'class' , 'type', 'name' ],
+ 'defop', [ 'f', 'category', 'class' , 'name', 'arg' ],
+ 'deftp', [ 't', 'category', 'name', 'arg' ],
+ # basic x commands
+ # shortcuts
+ # i18n
+ 'defun', 'deffn Function',
+ 'defmac', 'deffn Macro',
+ 'defspec', 'deffn {Special Form}',
+ 'defvar', 'defvr Variable',
+ 'defopt', 'defvr {User Option}',
+ 'deftypefun', 'deftypefn {Function}',
+ 'deftypevar', 'deftypevr Variable',
+ 'defivar', 'defcv {Instance Variable}',
+ 'deftypeivar', 'deftypecv {Instance Variable}',
+ 'defmethod', 'defop Method',
+ 'deftypemethod', 'deftypeop Method',
+ );
+
+foreach my $key (keys(%def_map))
+{
+ $def_map{$key . 'x'} = $def_map{$key};
+}
+
+#
+# miscalleneous commands
+#
+# Depending on the value, the command arg or spaces following the command
+# are handled differently:
+#
+# the value is a reference on a hash.
+# the hash keys are
+# 'arg' if the value is 'line' then the remaining of the line is the arg
+# if it is a number it is the number of args (separated by spaces)
+# 'skip' if the value is 'line' then the remaining of the line is skipped
+# if the value is 'space' space but no newline is skipped
+# if the value is 'whitespace' space is skipped
+# if the value is 'linewhitespace' space is skipped if there are
+# only spaces remaining on the line
+# if the value is 'linespace' space but no newline is skipped if
+# there are only spaces remaining on the line
+# 'texi' if true it is some texinfo code and @value and @macros are expanded
+# 'keep' if true the args and the macro are kept, otherwise the macro
+# args and skipped stuffs are removed
+%misc_command = (
+ # not needed for formatting
+ 'raisesections' => {'skip' => 'line'}, # no arg
+ 'lowersections' => {'skip' => 'line'}, # no arg
+ 'contents' => {}, # no arg
+ 'shortcontents' => {}, # no arg
+ 'summarycontents'=> {}, # no arg
+ 'detailmenu' => {'skip' => 'whitespace'}, # no arg
+ 'end detailmenu' => {'skip' => 'space'}, # no arg
+ #'end detailmenu', 1, # no arg
+ 'bye' => {'skip' => 'line'}, # no arg
+ # comments
+ 'comment' => {'arg' => 'line'},
+ 'c' => {'arg' => 'line'},
+ #'c'=> {'arg' => 'line', 'keep' => 1},
+ # in preamble
+ 'novalidate' => {}, # no arg
+ 'dircategory'=> {'skip' => 'line'}, # line. Position with regard
+ # with direntry is significant
+ 'pagesizes' => {'skip' => 'line', 'arg' => 2}, # can have 2 args
+ 'finalout' => {}, # no arg
+ 'paragraphindent' => {'skip' => 'line', 'arg' => 1}, # arg none asis
+ # or a number and forbids anything else on the line
+ 'firstparagraphindent' => {'skip' => 'line', 'arg' => 1}, # none insert
+ 'exampleindent' => {'skip' => 'line', 'arg' => 1}, # asis or a number
+ 'footnotestyle'=> {'skip' => 'line', 'arg' => 1}, # end and separate
+ # and nothing else on the line
+ 'afourpaper' => {'skip' => 'line'}, # no arg
+ 'afourlatex' => {'skip' => 'line'}, # no arg
+ 'afourwide' => {'skip' => 'line'}, # no arg
+ 'headings'=> {'skip' => 'line', 'arg' => 1},
+ #off on single double singleafter doubleafter
+ # interacts with setchapternewpage
+ 'setchapternewpage' => {'skip' => 'line', 'arg' => 1}, # off on odd
+ 'everyheading' => {'arg' => 'line'},
+ 'everyfooting' => {'arg' => 'line'},
+ 'evenheading' => {'arg' => 'line'},
+ 'evenfooting' => {'arg' => 'line'},
+ 'oddheading' => {'arg' => 'line'},
+ 'oddfooting' => {'arg' => 'line'},
+ 'smallbook' => {'skip' => 'line'}, # no arg
+ 'setfilename' => {'arg' => 'line'},
+ 'shorttitle' => {'arg' => 'line', 'texi' => 1},
+ 'shorttitlepage' => {'arg' => 'line', 'texi' => 1},
+ 'settitle' => {'arg' => 'line', 'texi' => 1},
+ 'author' => {'arg' => 'line', 'texi' => 1},
+ 'subtitle' => {'arg' => 'line', 'texi' => 1},
+ 'title' => {'arg' => 'line', 'texi' => 1},
+ 'syncodeindex' => {'skip' => 'linespace', 'arg' => 2},
+ # args are index identifiers
+ 'synindex' => {'skip' => 'linespace', 'arg' => 2},
+ 'defindex' => {'skip' => 'line', 'arg' => 1}, # one identifier arg
+ 'defcodeindex' => {'skip' => 'line', 'arg' => 1}, # one identifier arg
+ 'documentlanguage' => {'skip' => 'whitespace', 'arg' => 1},
+ # language code arg
+ 'kbdinputstyle' => {'skip' => 'whitespace', 'arg' => 1}, # code
+ #example distinct
+ 'sp' => {'skip' => 'whitespace', 'arg' => 1}, # no arg
+ # at the end of line or a numerical arg
+ # formatting
+ 'page' => {}, # no arg (pagebreak)
+ 'refill' => {}, # no arg (obsolete, to be ignored)
+ 'noindent' => {'skip' => 'space'}, # no arg
+ 'need' => {'skip' => 'line', 'arg' => 1}, # one numerical/real arg
+ 'exdent' => {'skip' => 'space'},
+ # not valid for info (should be in @iftex)
+ 'vskip' => {'arg' => 'line'}, # arg line in TeX
+ 'cropmarks' => {}, # no arg
+ # miscalleneous
+ 'verbatiminclude'=> {'skip' => 'line'},
+ 'noindent' => {'skip' => 'space'},
+ 'documentencoding' => {'arg' => 1},
+ # ???
+ 'filbreak' => {},
+ );
+my %misc_command_old = (
+ # not needed for formatting
+ 'raisesections', 'line', # no arg
+ 'lowersections', 'line', # no arg
+ 'contents', 1, # no arg
+ 'shortcontents', 1, # no arg
+ 'summarycontents', 1, # no arg
+ 'detailmenu', 'whitespace', # no arg
+ 'end detailmenu', 'space', # no arg
+ #'end detailmenu', 1, # no arg
+ 'novalidate', 1, # no arg
+ 'bye', 'line', # no arg
+ # comments
+ 'comment', 'line',
+ 'c', 'line',
+ # in preamble
+ 'dircategory', 'line', # line. Position with regard with direntry is
+ # significant
+ 'pagesizes', 'line arg2', # can have 2 args
+ 'finalout', 1, # no arg
+ 'paragraphindent', 'line arg1', # in fact accepts only none asis
+ # or a number and forbids anything else on the line
+ 'firstparagraphindent', 'line arg1', # in fact accepts only none insert
+ 'exampleindent', 'line arg1', # in fact accepts only asis or a number
+ 'footnotestyle', 'line arg1', # in fact accepts only end and separate
+ # and nothing else on the line
+ 'afourpaper', 'line', # no arg
+ 'afourlatex', 'line', # no arg
+ 'afourwide', 'line', # no arg
+ 'headings', 'line', # one arg, possibilities are
+ #off on single double singleafter doubleafter
+ # interacts with setchapternewpage
+ 'setchapternewpage', 'line', # no arg
+ 'everyheading', 'line',
+ 'everyfooting', 'line',
+ 'evenheading', 'line',
+ 'evenfooting', 'line',
+ 'oddheading', 'line',
+ 'oddfooting', 'line',
+ 'smallbook', 'line', # no arg
+ 'setfilename', 'line',
+ 'shorttitle', 'linetexi',
+ 'shorttitlepage', 'linetexi',
+ 'settitle', 'linetexi',
+ 'author', 'linetexi',
+ 'subtitle', 'linetexi',
+ 'title','linetexi',
+ 'syncodeindex','linespace arg2', # args are
+ 'synindex','linespace arg2',
+ 'defindex', 'line arg1', # one identifier arg
+ 'defcodeindex', 'line arg1', # one identifier arg
+ 'documentlanguage', 'whitespace arg1', # one language code arg
+ 'kbdinputstyle', 'whitespace arg1', # one arg within
+ #code example distnct
+ 'sp', 'whitespace arg1', # no arg at the en of line or a numerical arg
+ # formatting
+ 'page', 1, # no arg (pagebreak)
+ 'refill', 1, # no arg (obsolete, to be ignored))
+ 'noindent', 'space', # no arg
+ 'need', 'line arg1', # one numerical/real arg
+ 'exdent', 'space',
+ # not valid for info (should be in @iftex)
+ 'vskip', 'line', # arg line in TeX
+ 'cropmarks', 1, # no arg
+ # miscalleneous
+ 'verbatiminclude', 'line',
+ 'documentencoding', 'arg1',
+ # ???
+ 'filbreak', 1,
+ );
+
+%format_in_paragraph = (
+ 'group' => 1,
+ 'html' => 1,
+);
+# map mapping css specification to style
+
+%css_map =
+ (
+ 'ul.toc' => "$TOC_LIST_STYLE",
+ 'pre.menu-comment' => "$MENU_PRE_STYLE",
+ 'pre.menu-preformatted' => "$MENU_PRE_STYLE",
+ 'a.summary-letter' => 'text-decoration: none',
+ 'pre.display' => 'font-family: serif',
+ 'pre.smalldisplay' => 'font-family: serif; font-size: smaller',
+ 'pre.smallexample' => 'font-size: smaller',
+ 'span.sansserif' => 'font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal;'
+ );
+
+$css_map{'pre.format'} = $css_map{'pre.display'};
+$css_map{'pre.smallformat'} = $css_map{'pre.smalldisplay'};
+$css_map{'pre.smalllisp'} = $css_map{'pre.smallexample'};
+
+# formatting functions
+
+$anchor = \&t2h_default_anchor;
+$def_item = \&t2h_default_def_item;
+$def = \&t2h_default_def;
+$menu = \&t2h_default_menu;
+$menu_link = \&t2h_default_menu_link;
+$menu_comment = \&t2h_default_menu_comment;
+$menu_description = \&t2h_default_menu_description;
+$simple_menu_link = \&t2h_default_simple_menu_link;
+$external_ref = \&t2h_default_external_ref;
+$external_href = \&t2h_default_external_href;
+$internal_ref = \&t2h_default_internal_ref;
+$table_item = \&t2h_default_table_item;
+$table_line = \&t2h_default_table_line;
+$table_list = \&t2h_default_table_list;
+$row = \&t2h_default_row;
+$cell = \&t2h_default_cell;
+$list_item = \&t2h_default_list_item;
+$comment = \&t2h_default_comment;
+$def_line = \&t2h_default_def_line;
+$def_line_no_texi = \&t2h_default_def_line_no_texi;
+$raw = \&t2h_default_raw;
+$heading = \&t2h_default_heading;
+$paragraph = \&t2h_default_paragraph;
+$preformatted = \&t2h_default_preformatted;
+$foot_line_and_ref = \&t2h_default_foot_line_and_ref;
+$foot_section = \&t2h_default_foot_section;
+$image = \&t2h_default_image;
+$address = \&t2h_default_address;
+$index_entry_label = \&t2h_default_index_entry_label;
+$index_summary = \&t2h_default_index_summary;
+$summary_letter = \&t2h_default_summary_letter;
+$index_entry = \&t2h_default_index_entry;
+$index_letter = \&t2h_default_index_letter;
+$print_index = \&t2h_default_print_index;
+$protect_text = \&t2h_default_protect_text;
+$complex_format = \&t2h_default_complex_format;
+$cartouche = \&t2h_default_cartouche;
+$sp = \&t2h_default_sp;
+$definition_category = \&t2h_default_definition_category;
+$copying_comment = \&t2h_default_copying_comment;
+$index_summary_file_entry = \&t2h_default_index_summary_file_entry;
+$index_summary_file_end = \&t2h_default_index_summary_file_end;
+$index_summary_file_begin = \&t2h_default_index_summary_file_begin;
+$empty_line = \&t2h_default_empty_line;
+$unknown = \&t2h_default_unknown;
+$unknown_style = \&t2h_default_unknown_style;
+$caption_shortcaption = \&t2h_caption_shortcaption;
+$float = \&t2h_default_float;
+$listoffloats = \&t2h_default_listoffloats;
+$listoffloats_entry = \&t2h_default_listoffloats_entry;
+$listoffloats_caption = \&t2h_default_listoffloats_caption;
+$listoffloats_float_style = \&t2h_default_listoffloats_float_style;
+$listoffloats_style = \&t2h_default_listoffloats_style;
+$acronym_like = \&t2h_default_acronym_like;
+$quotation = \&t2h_default_quotation;
+$quotation_prepend_text = \&t2h_default_quotation_prepend_text;
+$paragraph_style_command = \&t2h_default_paragraph_style_command;
+
+# This function is called whenever a complex format is processed
+#
+# arguments:
+# name of the format
+# text appearing inside the format
+#
+# an eval of $complex_format->{format name}->{'begin'} should lead to the
+# beginning of the complex format, an eval of
+# $complex_format->{format name}->{'end'} should lead to the end of the
+# complex format.
+sub t2h_default_complex_format($$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ return '' if ($text eq '');
+ my $beginning = eval "$complex_format_map->{$name}->{'begin'}";
+ if ($@ ne '')
+ {
+ print STDERR "$ERROR Evaluation of $complex_format_map->{$name}->{'begin'}: $@";
+ $beginning = '';
+
+ }
+ my $end = eval "$complex_format_map->{$name}->{'end'}";
+ if ($@ ne '')
+ {
+ print STDERR "$ERROR Evaluation of $complex_format_map->{$name}->{'end'}: $@";
+ $end = '';
+
+ }
+ return $beginning . $text . $end;
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_empty_line($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_unknown($$)
+{
+ my $macro = shift;
+ my $line = shift;
+
+ my ($result_line, $result, $result_text, $message);
+ return ($line, 0, undef, undef);
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_unknown_style($$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+
+ my ($result, $result_text, $message);
+ return (0, undef, undef);
+}
+
+sub t2h_caption_shortcaption($)
+{
+ my $float = shift;
+ my $caption_lines;
+ my $shortcaption_lines;
+ my $style = $float->{'style_texi'};
+ if (defined($float->{'nr'}))
+ {
+ my $nr = $float->{'nr'};
+ if ($style ne '')
+ {
+ $style = &$I('%{style} %{number}', { 'style' => $style, 'number' => $nr});
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $style = $nr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (defined($float->{'caption_texi'}))
+ {
+ @$caption_lines = @{$float->{'caption_texi'}};
+ if (defined($style))
+ {
+ $caption_lines->[0] = '@strong{' . &$I('%{style}: %{caption_first_line}', { 'style' => $style, 'caption_first_line' => $caption_lines->[0] });
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $caption_lines->[0] = '@strong{' . $caption_lines->[0];
+ }
+ push @$caption_lines, "}\n";
+ }
+ elsif (defined($style))
+ {
+ $caption_lines->[0] = '@strong{' . $style . '}' . "\n";
+ }
+ if (defined($float->{'shortcaption_texi'}))
+ {
+ @$shortcaption_lines = @{$float->{'shortcaption_texi'}};
+ if (defined($style))
+ {
+ $shortcaption_lines->[0] = '@strong{' . &$I('%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}', { 'style' => $style, 'shortcaption_first_line' => $shortcaption_lines->[0] });
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $shortcaption_lines->[0] = '@strong{' . $shortcaption_lines->[0];
+ }
+ push @$shortcaption_lines, "}\n";
+ }
+ elsif (defined($style))
+ {
+ $shortcaption_lines->[0] = '@strong{' . $style . '}' . "\n";
+ }
+ return ($caption_lines, $shortcaption_lines);
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_float($$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $float = shift;
+ my $caption = shift;
+ my $shortcaption = shift;
+
+ my $label = '';
+ if (exists($float->{'id'}))
+ {
+ $label = &$anchor($float->{'id'});
+ }
+ my $caption_text = '';
+
+ if (defined($float->{'caption_texi'}))
+ {
+ $caption_text = $caption;
+ }
+ elsif (defined($float->{'shortcaption_texi'}))
+ {
+ $caption_text = $shortcaption;
+ }
+ elsif (defined($caption))
+ {
+ $caption_text = $caption;
+ }
+
+ return '<div class="float">' . "$label\n" . $text . '</div>' . $caption_text;
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_listoffloats_style($)
+{
+ my $style_texi = shift;
+ return ($style_texi);
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_listoffloats_float_style($$)
+{
+ my $style_texi = shift;
+ my $float = shift;
+
+ my $style = $float->{'style_texi'};
+ if (defined($float->{'nr'}))
+ {
+ my $nr = $float->{'nr'};
+ if ($style ne '')
+ {
+ $style = &$I('%{style} %{number}', { 'style' => $style, 'number' => $nr});
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $style = $nr;
+ }
+ }
+ return $style;
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_listoffloats_caption($)
+{
+ my $float = shift;
+ if (defined($float->{'shortcaption_texi'}))
+ {
+ return [ @{$float->{'shortcaption_texi'}} ];
+ }
+ elsif (defined($float->{'caption_texi'}))
+ {
+ return [ @{$float->{'caption_texi'}} ];
+ }
+ return [ ];
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_listoffloats_entry($$$$)
+{
+ my $style_texi = shift;
+ my $float = shift;
+ my $float_style = shift;
+ my $caption = shift;
+ my $href = shift;
+
+ return '<dt>' . &$anchor('', $href, $float_style) . '</dt><dd>' . $caption
+. '</dd>' . "\n";
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_listoffloats($$$)
+{
+ my $style_texi = shift;
+ my $style = shift;
+ my $float_entries = shift;
+
+ my $result = "<dl class=\"listoffloats\">\n" ;
+ foreach my $float_entry (@$float_entries)
+ {
+ $result .= $float_entry;
+ }
+ return $result . "</dl>\n";
+}
+
+# This function is used to protect characters which are special in html
+# in inline text: &, ", <, and >.
+#
+# argument:
+# text to be protected
+sub t2h_default_protect_text($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ $text =~ s/&/&amp;/g;
+ $text =~ s/</&lt;/g;
+ $text =~ s/>/&gt;/g;
+ $text =~ s/\"/&quot;/g;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+# This function produces an anchor
+#
+# arguments:
+# $name : anchor name
+# $href : anchor href
+# text : text displayed
+# extra_attribs : added to anchor attributes list
+sub t2h_default_anchor($;$$$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $href = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $attributes = shift;
+#print STDERR "!$name!$href!$text!$attributes!\n";
+ if (!defined($attributes) or ($attributes !~ /\S/))
+ {
+ $attributes = '';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $attributes = ' ' . $attributes;
+ }
+ $name = '' if (!defined($name) or ($name !~ /\S/));
+ $href = '' if (!defined($href) or ($href !~ /\S/));
+ $text = '' if (!defined($text));
+ return $text if (($name eq '') and ($href eq ''));
+ $name = "name=\"$name\"" if ($name ne '');
+ $href = "href=\"$href\"" if ($href ne '');
+ $href = ' ' . $href if (($name ne '') and ($href ne ''));
+#print STDERR "!!!$name!$href!$text!$attributes!\n";
+ return "<a ${name}${href}${attributes}>$text</a>";
+}
+
+# This function is used to format the text associated with a @deff/@end deff
+#
+# argument:
+# text
+#
+# $DEF_TABLE should be used to distinguish between @def formatted as table
+# and as definition lists.
+sub t2h_default_def_item($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ if (! $DEF_TABLE)
+ {
+ return '<dd>' . $text . '</dd>';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return '<tr><td colspan="2">' . $text . '</td></tr>';
+ }
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_definition_category($$$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $class = shift;
+ my $style = shift;
+# print STDERR "definition_category $name, class $class, style $style\n";
+ return undef if (!defined($name) or $name =~ /^\s*$/);
+ return ($name) if (!defined($class) or $class =~ /^\s*$/);
+ if ($style eq 'f')
+ {
+ return &$I('%{name} on %{class}', { 'name' => $name, 'class' => $class });
+ }
+ elsif ($style eq 'v')
+ {
+ return &$I('%{name} of %{class}', { 'name' => $name, 'class' => $class });
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return $name;
+ }
+}
+
+# format the container for the @deffn line and text
+#
+# argument
+# text of the whole @def, line and associated text.
+#
+# $DEF_TABLE should be used.
+sub t2h_default_def($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ if (! $DEF_TABLE)
+ {
+ return "<dl>\n" . $text . "</dl>\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return "<table width=\"100%\">\n" . $text . "</table>\n";
+ }
+ }
+ return '';
+
+}
+
+# a whole menu
+#
+# argument:
+# the whole menu text (entries and menu comments)
+#
+# argument:
+# whole menu text.
+sub t2h_default_menu($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ return "<table class=\"menu\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\">\n"
+ . $text . "</table>\n";
+ }
+}
+
+# a simple menu entry ref in case we aren't in a standard menu context
+sub t2h_default_simple_menu_link($$$$$$)
+{
+ my $entry = shift;
+ my $preformatted = shift;
+ my $href = shift;
+ my $node = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $ending = shift;
+ $ending = '' if (!defined($ending));
+ if (($entry eq '') or $NODE_NAME_IN_MENU or $preformatted)
+ {
+ $name .= ':' if ($name ne '');
+ $entry = "$MENU_SYMBOL$name$node";
+ }
+ $entry = &$anchor('', $href, $entry) if ($href);
+ $entry .= $ending if ($preformatted);
+ return $entry . '&nbsp;';
+}
+
+# formats a menu entry link pointing to a node or section
+#
+# arguments:
+# the entry text
+# the state, a hash reference holding informations about the context, with a
+# usefull entry, 'preformatted', true if we are in a preformatted format
+# (a format keeping space between words). In that case a function
+# of the main program, main::do_preformatted($text, $state) might
+# be used to format the text with the current format style.
+# href is optionnal. It is the reference to the section or the node anchor
+# which should be used to make the link (typically it is the argument
+# of a href= attribute in a <a> element).
+sub t2h_default_menu_link($$$$$$)
+{
+ my $entry = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $href = shift;
+ my $node = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $ending = shift;
+ if (($entry eq '') or $NODE_NAME_IN_MENU or $state->{'preformatted'})
+ {
+ $name .= ':' if ($name ne '');
+ $entry = "$MENU_SYMBOL$name$node";
+ }
+ $entry = &$anchor ('', $href, $entry) if (defined($href));
+ if ($state->{'preformatted'})
+ {
+ return '<tr><td>' . main::do_preformatted($entry . $ending, $state);
+ }
+ return "<tr><td align=\"left\" valign=\"top\">$entry</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>";
+}
+
+# formats a menu entry description, ie the text appearing after the node
+# specification in a menu entry an spanning until there is another
+# menu entry, an empty line or some text at the very beginning of the line
+# (we consider that text at the beginning of the line begins a menu comment)
+#
+# arguments:
+# the description text
+# the state. See menu_entry.
+sub t2h_default_menu_description($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ if ($state->{'preformatted'})
+ {
+ return main::do_preformatted($text, $state) . '</td></tr>';
+ }
+ return "<td align=\"left\" valign=\"top\">$text</td></tr>\n";
+}
+
+# a menu comment (between menu lines)
+# formats the container of a menu comment. A menu comment is any text
+# appearing between menu lines, either separated by an empty line from
+# the preceding menu entry, or a text beginning at the first character
+# of the line (text not at the very beginning of the line is considered to
+# be the continuation of a menu entry description text).
+#
+# The text itself is considered to be in a preformatted environment
+# with name 'menu-commment' and with style $MENU_PRE_STYLE.
+#
+# argument
+# text contained in the menu comment.
+sub t2h_default_menu_comment($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ return "<tr><th colspan=\"3\" align=\"left\" valign=\"top\">$text</th></tr>";
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+# Construct a href to an external source of information.
+# node is the node with texinfo @-commands
+# node_id is the node transformed such that it is unique and can be used to
+# make an html cross ref as explained in the texinfo manual
+# file is the file in '(file)node'
+sub t2h_default_external_href($$$)
+{
+ my $node = shift;
+ my $node_id = shift;
+ my $node_xhtml_id = shift;
+ my $file = shift;
+ $file = '' if (!defined($file));
+ my $target_split = $EXTERNAL_CROSSREF_SPLIT;
+ if ($file ne '')
+ {
+ if ($NEW_CROSSREF_STYLE)
+ {
+ $file =~ s/\.[^\.]*$//;
+ $file =~ s/^.*\///;
+ my $href;
+ if (exists($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$file}))
+ {
+ $target_split = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$file}->{'split'};
+ $href = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$file}->{'href'};
+ }
+ if ($target_split)
+ {
+ if (defined($href))
+ {
+ $file = "$href";
+ }
+ elsif (defined($EXTERNAL_DIR))
+ {
+ $file = "$EXTERNAL_DIR/$file";
+ }
+ elsif ($SPLIT)
+ {
+ $file = "../$file";
+ }
+ $file .= "/";
+ }
+ else
+ {# target not split
+ if (defined($href))
+ {
+ $file = "$href";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (defined($EXTERNAL_DIR))
+ {
+ $file = "$EXTERNAL_DIR/$file";
+ }
+ elsif ($SPLIT)
+ {
+ $file = "../$file";
+ }
+ $file .= "." . $NODE_FILE_EXTENSION;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $file .= "/";
+ if (defined($EXTERNAL_DIR))
+ {
+ $file = $EXTERNAL_DIR . $file;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $file = '../' . $file;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ { # here we necessarily have a ref to a node in the document, but the
+ # node is invalid
+ if ($NEW_CROSSREF_STYLE)
+ {
+ if (!$SPLIT)
+ {
+ $file = $TOP_FILE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if ($node eq '')
+ {
+ if ($NEW_CROSSREF_STYLE)
+ {
+ if ($SPLIT)
+ {
+ return $file . $TOP_NODE_FILE . '.' . $NODE_FILE_EXTENSION . '#Top';
+ # or ?
+ #return $file . '#Top';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return $file . '#Top';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return $file;
+ }
+ }
+ my $target;
+ if ($NEW_CROSSREF_STYLE)
+ {
+ $node = $node_id;
+ $target = $node_xhtml_id;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $node = main::remove_texi($node);
+ $node =~ s/[^\w\.\-]/-/g;
+ }
+ my $file_basename = $node;
+ $file_basename = $TOP_NODE_FILE if ($node =~ /^top$/i);
+ if ($NEW_CROSSREF_STYLE)
+ {
+ if ($SPLIT)
+ {
+ return $file . $file_basename . ".$NODE_FILE_EXTENSION" . '#' . $target;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return $file . '#' . $target;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return $file . $file_basename . ".$NODE_FILE_EXTENSION";
+ }
+}
+# format a reference external to the generated manual. This produces a full
+# reference with introductive words and the reference itself.
+#
+# arguments:
+# type of the reference: xref (reference at the beginning of a sentence),
+# pxref (reference in a parenthesis),
+# section in the book. This might be undef.
+# book name.
+# node and file name formatted according to the convention used in info
+# '(file)node' and no node means the Top node.
+# href linking to the html page containing the referenced node. A typical
+# use for this href is a href attribute in an <a> element
+# an optionnal cross reference name
+sub t2h_default_external_ref($$$$$$)
+{
+ my $type = shift;
+ my $section = shift;
+ my $book = shift;
+ my $file_node = shift;
+ my $href = shift;
+ my $cross_ref = shift;
+
+ $file_node = "$cross_ref: $file_node" if (($file_node ne '') and ($cross_ref ne ''));
+ $file_node = &$anchor('', $href, $file_node) if ($file_node ne '');
+
+ # Yes, this is ugly, but this helps internationalization
+ if ($type eq 'pxref')
+ {
+ if (($book ne '') and ($file_node ne ''))
+ {
+ return &$I('see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}', { 'node_file_href' => $file_node, 'book' => $book, 'section' => $section }) if ($section ne '');
+ return &$I('see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}', { 'node_file_href' => $file_node, 'book' => $book });
+ }
+ elsif ($book ne '')
+ {
+ return &$I('see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}', { 'book' => $book, 'section' => $section }) if ($section ne '');
+ return &$I('see @cite{%{book}}', { 'book' => $book });
+ }
+ elsif ($file_node ne '')
+ {
+ return &$I('see %{node_file_href}', { 'node_file_href' => $file_node });
+ }
+ }
+ if ($type eq 'xref')
+ {
+ if (($book ne '') and ($file_node ne ''))
+ {
+ return &$I('See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}', { 'node_file_href' => $file_node, 'book' => $book, 'section' => $section }) if ($section ne '');
+ return &$I('See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}', { 'node_file_href' => $file_node, 'book' => $book });
+ }
+ elsif ($book ne '')
+ {
+ return &$I('See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}', { 'book' => $book, 'section' => $section }) if ($section ne '');
+ return &$I('See @cite{%{book}}', { 'book' => $book });
+ }
+ elsif ($file_node ne '')
+ {
+ return &$I('See %{node_file_href}', { 'node_file_href' => $file_node });
+ }
+ }
+ if ($type eq 'ref')
+ {
+ if (($book ne '') and ($file_node ne ''))
+ {
+ return &$I('%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}', { 'node_file_href' => $file_node, 'book' => $book, 'section' => $section }) if ($section ne '');
+ return &$I('%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}', { 'node_file_href' => $file_node, 'book' => $book });
+ }
+ elsif ($book ne '')
+ {
+ return &$I('section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}', { 'book' => $book, 'section' => $section }) if ($section ne '');
+ return &$I('@cite{%{book}}', { 'book' => $book });
+ }
+ elsif ($file_node ne '')
+ {
+ return &$I('%{node_file_href}', { 'node_file_href' => $file_node });
+ }
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+# format a reference to a node or a section in the generated manual. This
+# produces a full reference with introductive words and the reference itself.
+#
+# arguments:
+# type of the reference: xref (reference at the beginning of a sentence),
+# pxref (reference in a parenthesis),
+# href linking to the html page containing the node or the section. A typical
+# use for this href is a href attribute in an <a> element
+# short name for this reference
+# name for this reference
+# boolean true if the reference is a reference to a section
+#
+# $SHORT_REF should be used.
+sub t2h_default_internal_ref($$$$$)
+{
+ my $type = shift;
+ my $href = shift;
+ my $short_name = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $is_section = shift;
+
+ if (! $SHORT_REF)
+ {
+ $name = &$anchor('', $href, $name);
+ if ($type eq 'pxref')
+ {
+ return &$I('see section %{reference_name}', { 'reference_name' => $name }) if ($is_section);
+ return &$I('see %{reference_name}', { 'reference_name' => $name });
+ }
+ elsif ($type eq 'xref')
+ {
+ return &$I('See section %{reference_name}', { 'reference_name' => $name }) if ($is_section);
+ return &$I('See %{reference_name}', { 'reference_name' => $name });
+ }
+ elsif ($type eq 'ref')
+ {
+ return &$I('%{reference_name}', { 'reference_name' => $name });
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $name = &$anchor('', $href, $short_name);
+ if ($type eq 'pxref')
+ {
+ return &$I('see %{reference_name}', { 'reference_name' => $name });
+ }
+ elsif ($type eq 'xref')
+ {
+ return &$I('See %{reference_name}', { 'reference_name' => $name });
+ }
+ elsif ($type eq 'ref')
+ {
+ return &$I('%{reference_name}', { 'reference_name' => $name });
+ }
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+# text after @item in table, vtable and ftable
+sub t2h_default_table_item($$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $index_label = shift;
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $formatted_command = shift;
+ $formatted_command = '' if (!defined($formatted_command) or
+ exists($special_list_commands{$format}->{$command}));
+ $text .= "\n" . $index_label if (defined($index_label));
+ return '<dt>' . $formatted_command . $text . '</dt>' . "\n";
+}
+
+# format text on the line following @item (in table, vtable and ftable)
+sub t2h_default_table_line($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ return '<dd>' . $text . '</dd>' . "\n";
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+# row in multitable
+sub t2h_default_row($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $macro = shift;
+
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ if ($macro eq 'headitem')
+ {
+ return '<thead><tr>' . $text . '</tr></thead>' . "\n";
+ }
+ return '<tr>' . $text . '</tr>' . "\n";
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+# cell in multitable
+sub t2h_default_cell($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $row_macro = shift;
+
+ if ($row_macro eq 'headitem')
+ {
+ return '<th>' . $text . '</th>';
+ }
+ return '<td>' . $text . '</td>';
+}
+
+# format an item in a list
+#
+# argument:
+# text of the item
+# format of the list (itemize or enumerate)
+# command passed as argument to the format
+# formatted_command leading command formatted, if it is a thing command
+sub t2h_default_list_item($$$$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $formatted_command = shift;
+ my $item_nr = shift;
+ my $enumerate_style = shift;
+ my $number = shift;
+
+ $formatted_command = '' if (!defined($formatted_command) or
+ exists($special_list_commands{$format}->{$command}));
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ return '<li>' . $formatted_command . $text . '</li>';
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_table_list($$$$$$)
+{
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $formatted_command = shift;
+ my $item_nr = shift;
+ my $enumerate_style = shift;
+ my $number = shift;
+ $formatted_command = '' if (!defined($formatted_command) or
+ exists($special_list_commands{$format}->{$command}));
+ if ($format eq 'itemize')
+ {
+ return "<ul>\n" . $text . "</ul>\n" if ($command eq 'bullet');
+ return "<ul$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE>\n" . $text . "</ul>\n";
+ }
+}
+
+# an html comment
+sub t2h_default_comment($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ while ($text =~ /-->/) # --> ends an html comment !
+ {
+ $text =~ s/-->/->/go;
+ }
+ return '<!--' . $text . '-->' . "\n";
+}
+
+# a paragraph
+# arguments:
+# $text of the paragraph
+# $align for the alignement
+# The following is usefull if the paragraph is in an itemize.
+# $paragraph_command is the leading formatting command (like @minus)
+# $paragraph_command_formatted is the leading formatting command formatted
+# $paragraph_number is a reference on the number of paragraphs appearing
+# in the format. The value should be increased if a paragraph is done
+# $format is the format name (@itemize)
+sub t2h_default_paragraph($$$$$$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $align = shift;
+ my $paragraph_command = shift;
+ my $paragraph_command_formatted = shift;
+ my $paragraph_number = shift;
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $item_nr = shift;
+ my $enumerate_style = shift;
+ my $number = shift;
+#print STDERR "format: $format\n" if (defined($format));
+ $paragraph_command_formatted = '' if (!defined($paragraph_command_formatted) or
+ exists($special_list_commands{$format}->{$paragraph_command}));
+ #my $in_term = shift;
+ return '' if ($text =~ /^\s*$/);
+ if (defined($paragraph_number) and defined($$paragraph_number))
+ {
+ $$paragraph_number++;
+ #return $text . "\n" if (($format eq 'itemize' or $format eq 'enumerate') and
+ return $text if (($format eq 'itemize' or $format eq 'enumerate') and
+ ($$paragraph_number == 1));
+ }
+ my $open = '<p>';
+ if ($align)
+ {
+ $open = "<p align=\"$paragraph_style{$align}\">";
+ }
+ return $open. "$text</p>";
+}
+
+# a preformatted region
+# arguments:
+# $text of the preformatted region
+# $pre_style css style
+# $class identifier for the preformatted region (example, menu-comment)
+# The following is usefull if the preformatted is in an itemize.
+# $leading_command is the leading formatting command (like @minus)
+# $leading_command_formatted is the leading formatting command formatted
+# $preformatted_number is a reference on the number of preformatteds appearing
+# in the format. The value should be increased if a preformatted is done
+sub t2h_default_preformatted($$$$$$$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $pre_style = shift;
+ my $class = shift;
+ my $leading_command = shift;
+ my $leading_command_formatted = shift;
+ my $preformatted_number = shift;
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $item_nr = shift;
+ my $enumerate_style = shift;
+ my $number = shift;
+
+ return '' if ($text eq '');
+ $leading_command_formatted = '' if (!defined($leading_command_formatted) or
+ exists($special_list_commands{$format}->{$leading_command}));
+ if (defined($preformatted_number) and defined($$preformatted_number))
+ {
+ $$preformatted_number++;
+ }
+ return "<pre class=\"$class\">$text</pre>";
+}
+
+# This function formats a heading for an element
+#
+# argument:
+# an element. It is a hash reference for a node or a sectionning command.
+# The interesting keys are:
+# 'text': the heading text
+# 'name': the heading text without section number
+# 'node': true if it is a node
+# 'level': level of the element. 0 for @top, 1 for chapter, heading,
+# appendix..., 2 for section and so on...
+# 'tag_level': the sectionning element name, raisesections and lowersections
+# taken into account
+#
+# relevant configuration variable:
+# $NUMBER_SECTIONS
+sub t2h_default_heading($)
+{
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $level = 3;
+ if (!$element->{'node'})
+ {
+ $level = $element->{'level'};
+ }
+ $level = 1 if ($level == 0);
+ my $text = $element->{'text'};
+ if (!$element->{'node'} and (!$NUMBER_SECTIONS))
+ {
+ $text = $element->{'name'};
+ }
+ return '' if ($text !~ /\S/);
+ my $class = $element->{'tag_level'};
+ $class = 'unnumbered' if ($class eq 'top');
+ if (defined($element->{'tocid'}) and $TOC_LINKS)
+ {
+ $text = &$anchor ('', "$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'toc_file'}#$element->{'tocid'}", $text);
+ }
+ return "<h$level class=\"$class\"> $text </h$level>\n";
+}
+
+# formatting of raw regions
+# ih L2H is true another mechanism is used for tex
+sub t2h_default_raw($$)
+{
+ my $style = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ if ($style eq 'verbatim' or $style eq 'tex')
+ {
+ return "<pre class=\"$style\">" . &$protect_text($text) . '</pre>';
+ }
+ elsif ($style eq 'html')
+ {
+ return $text;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "$WARN (bug) unknown style $style\n";
+ return &$protect_text($text);
+ }
+}
+
+# This function formats a footnote reference and the footnote text associated
+# with a given footnote.
+# The footnote reference is the text appearing in the main document pointing
+# to the footnote text.
+#
+# arguments:
+# absolute number of the footnote (in the document)
+# relative number of the footnote (in the page)
+# identifier for the footnote
+# identifier for the footnote reference in the main document
+# main document file
+# footnote text file
+# array with the footnote text lines
+# the state. See menu entry.
+#
+# returns:
+# reference on an array containing the footnote text lines which should
+# have been updated
+# the text for the reference pointing on the footnote text
+sub t2h_default_foot_line_and_ref($$$$$$$)
+{
+ my $number_in_doc = shift;
+ my $number_in_page = shift;
+ my $footnote_id = shift;
+ my $place_id = shift;
+ my $document_file = shift;
+ my $footnote_file = shift;
+ my $lines = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+
+ unshift (@$lines, '<h3>' .
+ &$anchor($footnote_id, $document_file . "#$place_id",
+ "($number_in_doc)")
+ . "</h3>\n");
+ return ($lines, &$anchor($place_id, $footnote_file . "#$footnote_id",
+ "($number_in_doc)"));
+}
+
+# formats a group of footnotes.
+#
+# argument:
+# array reference on the footnotes texts lines
+#
+# returns an array reference on the group of footnotes lines
+sub t2h_default_foot_section($)
+{
+ my $lines = shift;
+ unshift (@$lines, "<div class=\"footnote\">\n" ,"$DEFAULT_RULE\n", "<h3>" . &$I('Footnotes') . "</h3>\n");
+ push (@$lines, "</div>\n");
+ return $lines;
+}
+
+# format an image
+#
+# arguments:
+# image file name with path
+# image basename or alt text
+# a boolean true if we are in a preformatted format
+# image file name without path
+sub t2h_default_image($$$$)
+{
+ my $file = shift;
+ my $base = shift;
+ my $preformatted = shift;
+ my $file_name = shift;
+ return "[ $base ]" if ($preformatted);
+ return "<img src=\"$file\" alt=\"$base\">";
+}
+
+# address put in footer describing when was generated and who did the manual
+sub t2h_default_address($$)
+{
+ my $user = shift;
+ my $date = shift;
+ $user = '' if (!defined($user));
+ $date = '' if (!defined($date));
+ if (($user ne '') and ($date ne ''))
+ {
+ return &$I('by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}', { 'user' => $user,
+ 'date' => $date });
+ }
+ elsif ($user ne '')
+ {
+ return &$I('by @emph{%{user}}', { 'user' => $user });
+ }
+ elsif ($date ne '')
+ {
+ return &$I('on @emph{%{date}}', { 'date' => $date });
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+# format a target in the main document for an index entry.
+#
+# arguments:
+# target identifier
+# boolean true if in preformatted format
+sub t2h_default_index_entry_label($$)
+{
+ my $identifier = shift;
+ my $preformatted = shift;
+
+ return '' if (!defined($identifier) or ($identifier !~ /\S/));
+ my $label = &$anchor($identifier);
+ return $label . "\n" if (!$preformatted);
+ return $label;
+}
+
+# process definition commands line @deffn for example
+sub t2h_default_def_line($$$$$)
+{
+ my $category = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $type = shift;
+ my $arguments = shift;
+ my $index_label = shift;
+ $index_label = '' if (!defined($index_label));
+ $name = '' if (!defined($name) or ($name =~ /^\s*$/));
+ $type = '' if (!defined($type) or $type =~ /^\s*$/);
+ if (!defined($arguments) or $arguments =~ /^\s*$/)
+ {
+ $arguments = '';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $arguments = '<i>' . $arguments . '</i>';
+ }
+ my $type_name = '';
+ $type_name = " $type" if ($type ne '');
+ $type_name .= ' <b>' . $name . '</b>' if ($name ne '');
+ $type_name .= $arguments . "\n";
+ if (! $DEF_TABLE)
+ {
+ return '<dt>'. '<u>' . $category . ':</u>' . $type_name . $index_label . "</dt>\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ return "<tr>\n<td align=\"left\">" . $type_name .
+ "</td>\n<td align=\"right\">" . $category . $index_label . "</td>\n" . "</tr>\n";
+ }
+}
+
+# process definition commands line @deffn for example while removing texi
+# commands
+sub t2h_default_def_line_no_texi($$$$$)
+{
+ my $category = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $type = shift;
+ my $arguments = shift;
+ $name = '' if (!defined($name) or ($name =~ /^\s*$/));
+ $type = '' if (!defined($type) or $type =~ /^\s*$/);
+ if (!defined($arguments) or $arguments =~ /^\s*$/)
+ {
+ $arguments = '';
+ }
+ my $type_name = '';
+ $type_name = " $type" if ($type ne '');
+ $type_name .= ' ' . $name if ($name ne '');
+ $type_name .= $arguments;
+ if (! $DEF_TABLE)
+ {
+ return $category . ':' . $type_name . "\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ return $type_name . " " . $category . "\n";
+ }
+}
+
+# a cartouche
+sub t2h_default_cartouche($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+
+ if ($text =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ return "<table class=\"cartouche\" border=\"1\"><tr><td>\n" . $text . "</td></tr></table>\n";
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+# key:
+# origin_href:
+# entry:
+# texi entry:
+# element_href:
+# element_text:
+sub t2h_default_index_summary_file_entry ($$$$$$$$)
+{
+ my $index_name = shift;
+ my $key = shift;
+ my $origin_href = shift;
+ my $entry = shift;
+ my $texi_entry = shift;
+ my $element_href = shift;
+ my $element_text = shift;
+ my $is_printed = shift;
+ print IDXFILE "key: $key\n origin_href: $origin_href\n entry: $entry\n"
+ . " texi_entry: $texi_entry\n"
+ . " element_href: $element_href\n element_text: $element_text\n";
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_index_summary_file_begin($$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $is_printed = shift;
+ open(IDXFILE, ">$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'destination_directory'}$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'}" . "_$name.idx")
+ || die "Can't open >$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'destination_directory'}$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'}" . "_$name.idx for writing: $!\n";
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_index_summary_file_end($$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $is_printed = shift;
+ close (IDXFILE);
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_sp($$)
+{
+ my $number = shift;
+ my $preformatted = shift;
+ return "<br>\n" x $number if (!$preformatted);
+ return "\n" x $number;
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_acronym_like($$$$$$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $acronym_texi = shift;
+ my $acronym_text = shift;
+ my $with_explanation = shift;
+ my $explanation_lines = shift;
+ my $explanation_text = shift;
+ my $explanation_unformatted = shift;
+
+ my $attribute = $command;
+ my $opening = "<$attribute>";
+ if (defined($explanation_unformatted))
+ {
+ $opening = "<$attribute title=\"$explanation_unformatted\">";
+ }
+ if ($with_explanation)
+ {
+ return &$I('%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})', {'acronym_like' => $opening . $acronym_text . "</$attribute>", 'explanation' => $explanation_text})
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return $opening . $acronym_text . "</$attribute>";
+ }
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_quotation_prepend_text($$)
+{
+ my $style = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ return &$I('@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ', {'quotation_arg' => $text}, {'keep_texi' => 1}) if (defined($text));
+ return undef;
+}
+
+sub t2h_default_quotation($$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $argument_text = shift;
+ my $argument_style_texi = shift;
+ my $argument_style_id = shift;
+# if (defined($argument_text))
+# {
+# return '<blockquote>' . &$I('%{style}:%{quotation}',
+# {'style' => $argument_text, 'quotation' => $text}) . '</blockquote>' ;
+# }
+ return '<blockquote>' . $text . "</blockquote>\n";
+}
+
+# format the text within a paragraph style format,
+#
+# argument:
+# format name
+# text within the format
+sub t2h_default_paragraph_style_command($$)
+{
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+# format a whole index
+#
+# argument:
+# index text
+# index name
+sub t2h_default_print_index($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+ return "<table border=\"0\" class=\"index-$name\">\n" .
+ "<tr><td></td><th align=\"left\">" . &$I('Index Entry') . "</th><th align=\"left\"> " . &$I('Section') . "</th></tr>\n"
+ . "<tr><td colspan=\"3\"> $DEFAULT_RULE</td></tr>\n" . $text .
+ "</table>\n";
+}
+
+# format a letter entry in an index page. The letter entry contains
+# the index entries for the words beginning with that letter. It is
+# a target for links pointing from the summary of the index.
+#
+# arguments:
+# the letter
+# identifier for the letter entry. This should be used to make the target
+# identifier
+# text of the index entries
+sub t2h_default_index_letter($$$)
+{
+ my $letter = shift;
+ my $id = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ return '<tr><th>' . &$anchor($id,'',&$protect_text($letter)) .
+ "</th><td></td><td></td></tr>\n" . $text .
+ "<tr><td colspan=\"3\"> $DEFAULT_RULE</td></tr>\n";
+}
+
+# format an index entry (in a letter entry).
+#
+# arguments:
+# href to the main text, linking to the place where the index entry appears
+# entry text
+# href to the main text, linking to the section or node where the index
+# entry appears
+# section or node heading
+sub t2h_default_index_entry($$$$)
+{
+ my $text_href = shift;
+ my $entry = shift;
+ my $element_href = shift;
+ my $element_text = shift;
+
+ return '<tr><td></td><td valign="top">' . &$anchor('', $text_href, $entry)
+ . '</td><td valign="top">' . &$anchor('', $element_href, $element_text)
+ . "</td></tr>\n";
+}
+
+
+sub t2h_default_copying_comment($)
+{
+ my $copying_lines = shift;
+ my $text = &$comment(main::remove_texi(@$copying_lines));
+ return $text;
+}
+# format a letter appearing in a summary for an index. The letter links to
+# the place where the index elements beginning with this letter are (called
+# a letter entry).
+#
+# arguments:
+# letter
+# file where the target letter entry is
+# identifier for the target letter entry
+sub t2h_default_summary_letter($$$)
+{
+ my $letter = shift;
+ my $file = shift;
+ my $identifier = shift;
+ return &$anchor('', $file . '#' . $identifier, '<b>' . &$protect_text($letter) . '</b>', 'class="summary-letter"');
+}
+
+# format an index summary. This is a list of letters linking to the letter
+# entries.
+#
+# arguments:
+# array reference containing the formatted alphabetical letters
+# array reference containing the formatted non lphabetical letters
+sub t2h_default_index_summary($$)
+{
+ my $alpha = shift;
+ my $nonalpha = shift;
+ my $join = '';
+ my $nonalpha_text = '';
+ my $alpha_text = '';
+ $join = " &nbsp; \n<br>\n" if (@$nonalpha and @$alpha);
+ if (@$nonalpha)
+ {
+ $nonalpha_text = join("\n &nbsp; \n", @$nonalpha) . "\n";
+ }
+ if (@$alpha)
+ {
+ $alpha_text = join("\n &nbsp; \n", @$alpha) . "\n &nbsp; \n";
+ }
+ return "<table><tr><th valign=\"top\">" . &$I('Jump to') .": &nbsp; </th><td>" .
+ $nonalpha_text . $join . $alpha_text . "</td></tr></table>\n";
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.pl b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.pl
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..8dbca5b19a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,11827 @@
+#! @PERL@
+'di ';
+'ig 00 ';
+#+##############################################################################
+#
+# texi2html: Program to transform Texinfo documents to HTML
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+#
+#-##############################################################################
+
+# This requires perl version 5 or higher
+#require 5.0;
+
+# for POSIX::setlocale and File::Spec
+require 5.00405;
+# Perl pragma to restrict unsafe constructs
+use strict;
+# used in case of tests, to revert to "C" locale.
+use POSIX qw(setlocale LC_ALL LC_CTYPE);
+# used to find a relative path back to the current working directory
+use File::Spec;
+#
+# According to
+# larry.jones@sdrc.com (Larry Jones)
+# this pragma is not present in perl5.004_02:
+#
+# Perl pragma to control optional warnings
+# use warnings;
+
+# Declarations. Empty lines separate the different classes of variables:
+
+
+#++##############################################################################
+#
+# NOTE FOR DEBUGGING THIS SCRIPT:
+# You can run 'perl texi2html.pl' directly, provided you have
+# the environment variable T2H_HOME set to the directory containing
+# the texi2html.init file
+#
+#--##############################################################################
+
+# CVS version:
+# $Id: texi2html.pl,v 1.126 2005/02/04 00:14:39 pertusus Exp $
+
+# Homepage:
+my $T2H_HOMEPAGE = "http://texi2html.cvshome.org/";
+
+# Authors (appears in comments):
+my $T2H_AUTHORS = <<EOT;
+Written by: Lionel Cons <Lionel.Cons\@cern.ch> (original author)
+ Karl Berry <karl\@freefriends.org>
+ Olaf Bachmann <obachman\@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
+ and many others.
+Maintained by: Many creative people <dev\@texi2html.cvshome.org>
+Send bugs and suggestions to <users\@texi2html.cvshome.org>
+EOT
+
+# Version: set in configure.in
+my $THISVERSION = '@PACKAGE_VERSION@';
+my $THISPROG = "texi2html $THISVERSION"; # program name and version
+
+# set by configure, prefix for the sysconfdir and so on
+my $prefix = '@prefix@';
+my $sysconfdir;
+my $pkgdatadir;
+my $datadir;
+
+# We need to eval as $prefix has to be expanded. However when we haven't
+# run configure @sysconfdir will be expanded as an array, thus we verify
+# whether configure was run or not
+if ('@sysconfdir@' ne '@' . 'sysconfdir@')
+{
+ $sysconfdir = eval '"@sysconfdir@"';
+}
+else
+{
+ $sysconfdir = "/usr/local/etc";
+}
+
+if ('@datadir@' ne '@' . 'datadir@')
+{
+ $pkgdatadir = eval '"@datadir@/@PACKAGE@"';
+ $datadir = eval '"@datadir@"';
+}
+else
+{
+ $pkgdatadir = "/usr/local/share/texi2html";
+ $datadir = "/usr/local/share";
+}
+# The man page for this program is included at the end of this file and can be
+# viewed using the command 'nroff -man texi2html'.
+
+#+++############################################################################
+# #
+# Constants #
+# #
+#---############################################################################
+
+my $DEBUG_MENU = 1;
+my $DEBUG_INDEX = 2;
+my $DEBUG_TEXI = 4;
+my $DEBUG_MACROS = 8;
+my $DEBUG_FORMATS = 16;
+my $DEBUG_ELEMENTS = 32;
+my $DEBUG_USER = 64;
+my $DEBUG_L2H = 128;
+
+my $ERROR = "***"; # prefix for errors
+my $WARN = "**"; # prefix for warnings
+
+my $VARRE = '[\w\-]+'; # RE for a variable name
+my $NODERE = '[^:]+'; # RE for node names
+
+my $MAX_LEVEL = 4;
+my $MIN_LEVEL = 1;
+
+my $i18n_dir = 'i18n'; # name of the directory containing the per language files
+my $conf_file_name = 'Config' ;
+my $texinfo_htmlxref = 'htmlxref.cnf';
+
+# directories for texi2html init files
+my @texi2html_config_dirs = ('./');
+push @texi2html_config_dirs, "$ENV{'HOME'}/.texi2html/" if (defined($ENV{'HOME'}));
+push @texi2html_config_dirs, "$sysconfdir/texi2html/" if (defined($sysconfdir));
+push @texi2html_config_dirs, "$pkgdatadir" if (defined($pkgdatadir));
+
+# directories for texinfo configuration files
+my @texinfo_config_dirs = ('./.texinfo/');
+push @texinfo_config_dirs, "$ENV{'HOME'}/.texinfo/" if (defined($ENV{'HOME'}));
+push @texinfo_config_dirs, "$sysconfdir/texinfo/" if (defined($sysconfdir));
+push @texinfo_config_dirs, "$datadir/texinfo/" if (defined($datadir));
+
+#+++############################################################################
+# #
+# Initialization #
+# Pasted content of File $(srcdir)/texi2html.init: Default initializations #
+# #
+#---############################################################################
+
+# leave this within comments, and keep the require statement
+# This way, you can directly run texi2html.pl, if $ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init
+# exists.
+
+{
+package Texi2HTML::Config;
+
+
+sub load($)
+{
+ my $file = shift;
+ eval { require($file) ;};
+ if ($@ ne '')
+ {
+ print STDERR "error loading $file: $@\n";
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+# customization options variables
+
+use vars qw(
+$DEBUG
+$PREFIX
+$VERBOSE
+$SUBDIR
+$IDX_SUMMARY
+$SPLIT
+$SHORT_REF
+@EXPAND
+$EXPAND
+$TOP
+$DOCTYPE
+$FRAMESET_DOCTYPE
+$CHECK
+$TEST
+$DUMP_TEXI
+$MACRO_EXPAND
+$USE_GLOSSARY
+$INVISIBLE_MARK
+$USE_ISO
+$TOP_FILE
+$TOC_FILE
+$FRAMES
+$SHOW_MENU
+$NUMBER_SECTIONS
+$USE_NODES
+$USE_UNICODE
+$NODE_FILES
+$NODE_NAME_IN_MENU
+$AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY
+$SECTION_NAVIGATION
+$SHORTEXTN
+$EXTENSION
+$OUT
+$NOVALIDATE
+$DEF_TABLE
+$LANG
+$DO_CONTENTS
+$DO_SCONTENTS
+$SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES
+$TOC_LINKS
+$L2H
+$L2H_L2H
+$L2H_SKIP
+$L2H_TMP
+$L2H_CLEAN
+$L2H_FILE
+$L2H_HTML_VERSION
+$EXTERNAL_DIR
+@INCLUDE_DIRS
+@PREPEND_DIRS
+$IGNORE_PREAMBLE_TEXT
+@CSS_FILES
+);
+
+# customization variables
+use vars qw(
+$ENCODING
+$DOCUMENT_ENCODING
+$MENU_PRE_STYLE
+$CENTER_IMAGE
+$EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL
+$SMALL_EXAMPLE_INDENT_CELL
+$SMALL_FONT_SIZE
+$SMALL_RULE
+$DEFAULT_RULE
+$MIDDLE_RULE
+$BIG_RULE
+$TOP_HEADING
+$INDEX_CHAPTER
+$SPLIT_INDEX
+$HREF_DIR_INSTEAD_FILE
+$AFTER_BODY_OPEN
+$PRE_BODY_CLOSE
+$EXTRA_HEAD
+$VERTICAL_HEAD_NAVIGATION
+$WORDS_IN_PAGE
+$ICONS
+$UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU
+$MENU_SYMBOL
+$OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL
+$CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL
+$TOC_LIST_STYLE
+$TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE
+$TOP_NODE_FILE
+$NODE_FILE_EXTENSION
+$BEFORE_OVERVIEW
+$AFTER_OVERVIEW
+$BEFORE_TOC_LINES
+$AFTER_TOC_LINES
+$NEW_CROSSREF_STYLE
+%ACTIVE_ICONS
+%NAVIGATION_TEXT
+%PASSIVE_ICONS
+%BUTTONS_GOTO
+%BUTTONS_EXAMPLE
+@CHAPTER_BUTTONS
+@MISC_BUTTONS
+@SECTION_BUTTONS
+@SECTION_FOOTER_BUTTONS
+@NODE_FOOTER_BUTTONS
+);
+
+# customization variables which may be guessed in the script
+#our $ADDRESS;
+use vars qw(
+$BODYTEXT
+$CSS_LINES
+$DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION
+$EXTERNAL_CROSSREF_SPLIT
+);
+
+# I18n
+use vars qw(
+$I
+$LANGUAGES
+);
+
+# customizable subroutines references
+use vars qw(
+$print_section
+$one_section
+$end_section
+$print_Top_header
+$print_Top_footer
+$print_Top
+$print_Toc
+$print_Overview
+$print_Footnotes
+$print_About
+$print_misc_header
+$print_misc_footer
+$print_misc
+$print_section_header
+$print_section_footer
+$print_chapter_header
+$print_chapter_footer
+$print_page_head
+$print_page_foot
+$print_head_navigation
+$print_foot_navigation
+$button_icon_img
+$print_navigation
+$about_body
+$print_frame
+$print_toc_frame
+$toc_body
+$titlepage
+$css_lines
+$print_redirection_page
+$init_out
+$finish_out
+$node_file_name
+$element_file_name
+
+$protect_text
+$anchor
+$def_item
+$def
+$menu
+$menu_link
+$menu_description
+$menu_comment
+$simple_menu_link
+$ref_beginning
+$info_ref
+$book_ref
+$external_href
+$external_ref
+$internal_ref
+$table_item
+$table_line
+$row
+$cell
+$list_item
+$comment
+$def_line
+$def_line_no_texi
+$raw
+$heading
+$paragraph
+$preformatted
+$foot_line_and_ref
+$foot_section
+$address
+$image
+$index_entry_label
+$index_entry
+$index_letter
+$print_index
+$index_summary
+$summary_letter
+$complex_format
+$cartouche
+$sp
+$definition_category
+$table_list
+$copying_comment
+$index_summary_file_entry
+$index_summary_file_end
+$index_summary_file_begin
+$style
+$format
+$normal_text
+$empty_line
+$unknown
+$unknown_style
+$float
+$caption_shortcaption
+$listoffloats
+$listoffloats_entry
+$listoffloats_caption
+$listoffloats_float_style
+$listoffloats_style
+$acronym_like
+$quotation
+$quotation_prepend_text
+$paragraph_style_command
+
+$PRE_ABOUT
+$AFTER_ABOUT
+);
+
+# hash which entries might be redefined by the user
+use vars qw(
+$complex_format_map
+%accent_map
+%def_map
+%format_map
+%simple_map
+%simple_map_pre
+%simple_map_texi
+%style_map
+%style_map_pre
+%style_map_texi
+%unformatted_text_simple_map_texi
+%unformatted_text_style_map_texi
+%unformatted_text_texi_map
+%paragraph_style
+%things_map
+%pre_map
+%texi_map
+%unicode_map
+%unicode_diacritical
+%ascii_character_map
+%ascii_simple_map
+%ascii_things_map
+%perl_charset_to_html
+%iso_symbols
+%misc_command
+%css_map
+%format_in_paragraph
+%special_list_commands
+%accent_letters
+%unicode_accents
+%special_accents
+);
+
+$I = \&Texi2HTML::I18n::get_string;
+
+$toc_body = \&T2H_GPL_toc_body;
+$style = \&T2H_GPL_style;
+$format = \&T2H_GPL_format;
+$normal_text = \&t2h_gpl_normal_text;
+
+sub T2H_GPL_toc_body($)
+{
+ my $elements_list = shift;
+# my $do_contents = shift;
+# my $do_scontents = shift;
+ #return unless ($do_contents or $do_scontents or $FRAMES);
+ return unless ($DO_CONTENTS or $DO_SCONTENTS or $FRAMES);
+ my $current_level = 0;
+ my $ul_style = $NUMBER_SECTIONS ? $TOC_LIST_ATTRIBUTE : '';
+ foreach my $element (@$elements_list)
+ {
+ next if ($element->{'top'} or $element->{'index_page'});
+ my $ind = ' ' x $current_level;
+ my $level = $element->{'toc_level'};
+ print STDERR "Bug no toc_level for ($element) $element->{'texi'}\n" if (!defined ($level));
+ if ($level > $current_level)
+ {
+ while ($level > $current_level)
+ {
+ $current_level++;
+ my $ln = "\n$ind<ul${ul_style}>\n";
+ $ind = ' ' x $current_level;
+ push(@{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES}, $ln);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($level < $current_level)
+ {
+ while ($level < $current_level)
+ {
+ $current_level--;
+ $ind = ' ' x $current_level;
+ my $line = "</li>\n$ind</ul>";
+ $line .= "</li>" if ($level == $current_level);
+ push(@{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES}, "$line\n");
+
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push(@{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES}, "</li>\n");
+ }
+ my $file = '';
+ $file = $element->{'file'} if ($SPLIT);
+ my $text = $element->{'text'};
+ $text = $element->{'name'} unless ($NUMBER_SECTIONS);
+ my $entry = "<li>" . &$anchor ($element->{'tocid'}, "$file#$element->{'id'}",$text);
+ push (@{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES}, $ind . $entry);
+ push(@{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW}, $entry. "</li>\n") if ($level == 1);
+ }
+ while (0 < $current_level)
+ {
+ $current_level--;
+ my $ind = ' ' x $current_level;
+ push(@{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES}, "</li>\n$ind</ul>\n");
+ }
+ #@{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES} = () unless ($do_contents);
+ @{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES} = () unless ($DO_CONTENTS);
+ if (@{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES})
+ {
+ unshift @{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES}, $BEFORE_TOC_LINES;
+ push @{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES}, $AFTER_TOC_LINES;
+ }
+ #@{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW} = () unless ($do_scontents or $FRAMES);
+ @{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW} = () unless ($DO_SCONTENTS or $FRAMES);
+ if (@{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW})
+ {
+ unshift @{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW}, "<ul${ul_style}>\n";
+ push @{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW}, "</ul>\n";
+ unshift @{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW}, $BEFORE_OVERVIEW;
+ push @{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW}, $AFTER_OVERVIEW;
+ }
+}
+
+sub T2H_GPL_style($$$$$$$$$)
+{ # known style
+ my $style = shift;
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $no_close = shift;
+ my $no_open = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $style_stack = shift;
+
+ my $do_quotes = 0;
+ my $use_attribute = 0;
+ my $use_begin_end = 0;
+ if (ref($style) eq 'HASH')
+ {
+ #print STDERR "GPL_STYLE $command\n";
+ #print STDERR " @$args\n";
+ $do_quotes = $style->{'quote'};
+ if ((@{$style->{'args'}} == 1) and defined($style->{'attribute'}))
+ {
+ $style = $style->{'attribute'};
+ $use_attribute = 1;
+ $text = $args->[0];
+ }
+ elsif (defined($style->{'function'}))
+ {
+ $text = &{$style->{'function'}}($command, $args, $style_stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($style =~ s/^\"//)
+ { # add quotes
+ $do_quotes = 1;
+ }
+ if ($style =~ s/^\&//)
+ { # custom
+ $style = 'Texi2HTML::Config::' . $style;
+ eval "\$text = &$style(\$text, \$command, \$style_stack)";
+ }
+ elsif ($style ne '')
+ {
+ $use_attribute = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ { # no style
+ }
+ }
+ if ($use_attribute)
+ { # good style
+ my $attribute_text = '';
+ if ($style =~ /^(\w+)(\s+.*)/)
+ {
+ $style = $1;
+ $attribute_text = $2;
+ }
+ if ($do_quotes)
+ {
+ $text = $OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL . "$text" if (!$no_open);
+ $text .= $CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL if (!$no_close);
+ }
+ $text = "<${style}$attribute_text>$text</$style>" ;
+ }
+ if (ref($style) eq 'HASH')
+ {
+ if (defined($style->{'begin'}) and !$no_open)
+ {
+ $text = $style->{'begin'} . $text;
+ }
+ if (defined($style->{'end'}) and !$no_close)
+ {
+ $text = $text . $style->{'end'};
+ }
+ }
+ if ($do_quotes and !$use_attribute)
+ {
+ $text = $OPEN_QUOTE_SYMBOL . "$text" if (!$no_open);
+ $text .= $CLOSE_QUOTE_SYMBOL if (!$no_close);
+ }
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub T2H_GPL_format($$$)
+{
+ my $tag = shift;
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ return '' if (!defined($element) or ($text !~ /\S/));
+ return $text if ($element eq '');
+ my $attribute_text = '';
+ if ($element =~ /^(\w+)(\s+.*)/)
+ {
+ $element = $1;
+ $attribute_text = $2;
+ }
+ return "<${element}$attribute_text>\n" . $text. "</$element>\n";
+}
+
+sub t2h_gpl_normal_text($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ $text =~ s/``/"/go;
+ $text =~ s/''/"/go;
+ $text =~ s/-(--?)/$1/go;
+ return $text;
+}
+# @INIT@
+
+require "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init"
+ if ($0 =~ /\.pl$/ &&
+ -e "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init" && -r "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init");
+
+my $translation_file = 'translations.pl'; # file containing all the translations
+my $T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS;
+require "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/$translation_file"
+ if ($0 =~ /\.pl$/ &&
+ -e "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/$translation_file" && -r "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/$translation_file");
+
+# @T2H_TRANSLATIONS_FILE@
+my $index_name = -1;
+my @index_to_hash = ('style_map', 'style_map_pre', 'style_map_texi');
+foreach my $hash (\%style_map, \%style_map_pre, \%style_map_texi, \%unformatted_text_style_map_texi)
+{
+ $index_name++;
+ my $name = $index_to_hash[$index_name];
+ foreach my $style (keys(%{$hash}))
+ {
+ next unless (ref($hash->{$style}) eq 'HASH');
+ $hash->{$style}->{'args'} = ['normal'] if (!exists($hash->{$style}->{'args'}));
+ die "Bug: args not defined for $style in $name" if (!defined($hash->{$style}->{'args'}));
+#print STDERR "DEFAULT($name, $hash) add normal as arg for $style ($hash->{$style}), $hash->{$style}->{'args'}\n";
+ }
+}
+
+sub t2h_utf8_accent($$)
+{
+ my $accent = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $style_stack = shift;
+
+ my $text = $args->[0];
+
+ if ($accent eq 'dotless')
+ { # \x{0131}\x{0308} for @dotless{i} @" doesn't lead to NFC 00ef.
+ if (($text eq 'i') and (!defined($style_stack->[-2]) or (!defined($unicode_accents{$style_stack->[-2]})) or ($style_stack->[-2] eq 'tieaccent')))
+ {
+ return "\x{0131}";
+ }
+ #return "\x{}" if ($text eq 'j'); # not found !
+ return $text;
+ }
+
+ return Unicode::Normalize::NFC($text . chr(hex($unicode_diacritical{$accent})))
+ if (defined($unicode_diacritical{$accent}));
+ return ascii_accents($text, $accent);
+}
+
+sub t2h_utf8_normal_text($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ $text =~ s/---/\x{2014}/g;
+ $text =~ s/--/\x{2013}/g;
+ $text =~ s/``/\x{201C}/g;
+ $text =~ s/''/\x{201D}/g;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub t2h_cross_manual_normal_text($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ $text = main::normalise_space($text);
+ my $result = '';
+ while ($text ne '')
+ {
+ if ($text =~ s/^([A-Za-z0-9]+)//o)
+ {
+ $result .= $1;
+ }
+ elsif ($text =~ s/^ //o)
+ {
+ $result .= '-';
+ }
+ elsif ($text =~ s/^(.)//o)
+ {
+ if (exists($ascii_character_map{$1}))
+ {
+ $result .= '_' . lc($ascii_character_map{$1});
+ }
+ elsif ($USE_UNICODE)
+ {
+ $result .= $1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $result .= '_' . '00' . lc(sprintf("%02x",ord($1)));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: unknown character in node (likely in infinite loop)\n";
+ sleep 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $result;
+}
+
+sub t2h_nounicode_cross_manual_accent($$)
+{
+ my $accent = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+
+ my $text = $args->[0];
+
+ return '_' . lc($unicode_accents{$accent}->{$text})
+ if (defined($unicode_accents{$accent}->{$text}));
+ return ($text . '_' . lc($unicode_diacritical{$accent}))
+ if (defined($unicode_diacritical{$accent}));
+ return ascii_accents($text, $accent);
+}
+
+$USE_UNICODE = '@USE_UNICODE@';
+if ($USE_UNICODE eq '@USE_UNICODE@')
+{
+ $USE_UNICODE = 1;
+ eval {
+ require Encode;
+ require Unicode::Normalize;
+ Encode->import('encode');
+ };
+ $USE_UNICODE = 0 if ($@);
+}
+
+}
+
+use vars qw(
+%value
+);
+
+# This is deprecated
+#our %user_sub;
+
+# variables which might be redefined by the user but aren't likely to be
+# they seem to be in the main namespace
+use vars qw(
+$index_properties
+%predefined_index
+%valid_index
+%sec2level
+%code_style_map
+%region_lines
+);
+
+# Some global variables are set in the script, and used in the subroutines
+# they are in the Texi2HTML namespace, thus prefixed with Texi2HTML::.
+# see texi2html.init for details.
+
+#+++############################################################################
+# #
+# Initialization #
+# Pasted content of File $(srcdir)/MySimple.pm: Command-line processing #
+# #
+#---############################################################################
+
+# leave this within comments, and keep the require statement
+# This way, you can directly run texi2html.pl, if $ENV{T2H_HOME}/texi2html.init
+# exists.
+
+# @MYSIMPLE@
+
+require "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/MySimple.pm"
+ if ($0 =~ /\.pl$/ &&
+ -e "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/MySimple.pm" && -r "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/MySimple.pm");
+
+#+++############################################################################
+# #
+# Initialization #
+# Pasted content of File $(srcdir)/T2h_i18n.pm: Internationalisation #
+# #
+#---############################################################################
+
+# leave this within comments, and keep the require statement
+# This way, you can directly run texi2html.pl, if $ENV{T2H_HOME}/T2h_i18n.pm
+# exists.
+
+# @T2H_I18N@
+require "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/T2h_i18n.pm"
+ if ($0 =~ /\.pl$/ &&
+ -e "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/T2h_i18n.pm" && -r "$ENV{T2H_HOME}/T2h_i18n.pm");
+
+
+{
+package Texi2HTML::LaTeX2HTML::Config;
+
+# latex2html variables
+# These variables are not used. They are here for information only, and
+# an example of config file for latex2html file is included.
+my $ADDRESS;
+my $ANTI_ALIAS;
+my $ANTI_ALIAS_TEXT;
+my $ASCII_MODE;
+my $AUTO_LINK;
+my $AUTO_PREFIX;
+my $CHILDLINE;
+my $DEBUG;
+my $DESTDIR;
+my $ERROR;
+my $EXTERNAL_FILE;
+my $EXTERNAL_IMAGES;
+my $EXTERNAL_UP_LINK;
+my $EXTERNAL_UP_TITLE;
+my $FIGURE_SCALE_FACTOR;
+my $HTML_VERSION;
+my $IMAGES_ONLY;
+my $INFO;
+my $LINE_WIDTH;
+my $LOCAL_ICONS;
+my $LONG_TITLES;
+my $MATH_SCALE_FACTOR;
+my $MAX_LINK_DEPTH;
+my $MAX_SPLIT_DEPTH;
+my $NETSCAPE_HTML;
+my $NOLATEX;
+my $NO_FOOTNODE;
+my $NO_IMAGES;
+my $NO_NAVIGATION;
+my $NO_SIMPLE_MATH;
+my $NO_SUBDIR;
+my $PAPERSIZE;
+my $PREFIX;
+my $PS_IMAGES;
+my $REUSE;
+my $SCALABLE_FONTS;
+my $SHORTEXTN;
+my $SHORT_INDEX;
+my $SHOW_SECTION_NUMBERS;
+my $SPLIT;
+my $TEXDEFS;
+my $TITLE;
+my $TITLES_LANGUAGE;
+my $TMP;
+my $VERBOSE;
+my $WORDS_IN_NAVIGATION_PANEL_TITLES;
+my $WORDS_IN_PAGE;
+
+# @T2H_L2H_INIT@
+}
+
+package main;
+
+#
+# pre-defined indices
+#
+$index_properties =
+{
+ 'c' => { name => 'cp'},
+ 'f' => { name => 'fn', code => 1},
+ 'v' => { name => 'vr', code => 1},
+ 'k' => { name => 'ky', code => 1},
+ 'p' => { name => 'pg', code => 1},
+ 't' => { name => 'tp', code => 1}
+};
+
+
+%predefined_index = (
+ 'cp', 'c',
+ 'fn', 'f',
+ 'vr', 'v',
+ 'ky', 'k',
+ 'pg', 'p',
+ 'tp', 't',
+ );
+
+#
+# valid indices
+#
+%valid_index = (
+ 'c', 1,
+ 'f', 1,
+ 'v', 1,
+ 'k', 1,
+ 'p', 1,
+ 't', 1,
+ );
+
+#
+# commands with ---, -- '' and `` preserved
+# usefull with the old interface
+
+%code_style_map = (
+ 'code' => 1,
+ 'command' => 1,
+ 'env' => 1,
+ 'file' => 1,
+ 'kbd' => 1,
+ 'option' => 1,
+ 'samp' => 1,
+ 'verb' => 1,
+);
+
+my $simple_map_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::simple_map;
+my $simple_map_pre_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::simple_map_pre;
+my $simple_map_texi_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::simple_map_texi;
+my $style_map_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map;
+my $style_map_pre_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map_pre;
+my $style_map_texi_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map_texi;
+my $things_map_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::things_map;
+my $pre_map_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::pre_map;
+my $texi_map_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::texi_map;
+
+# delete from hash if we are using te new interface
+foreach my $code (keys(%code_style_map))
+{
+ delete ($code_style_map{$code})
+ if (ref($style_map_ref->{$code}) eq 'HASH');
+}
+
+# no paragraph in these commands
+my %no_paragraph_macro = (
+ 'xref' => 1,
+ 'ref' => 1,
+ 'pxref' => 1,
+ 'inforef' => 1,
+ 'anchor' => 1,
+);
+
+
+#foreach my $command (keys(%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map))
+#{
+# next unless (ref($style_map_ref->{$command}) eq 'HASH');
+# print STDERR "CMD: $command\n";
+# die "Bug: no args for $command in style_map\n" unless defined($style_map_ref->{$command}->{'args'});
+# die "Bug: no args for $command in style_map_pre\n" unless defined($style_map_pre_ref->{$command}->{'args'});
+# die "Bug: non existence of args for $command in style_map_texi\n" unless (exists($style_map_texi_ref->{$command}->{'args'}));
+# die "Bug: no args for $command in style_map_texi\n" unless defined($style_map_texi_ref->{$command}->{'args'});
+#}
+
+#
+# texinfo section names to level
+#
+%sec2level = (
+ 'top', 0,
+ 'chapter', 1,
+ 'unnumbered', 1,
+ 'chapheading', 1,
+ 'appendix', 1,
+ 'section', 2,
+ 'unnumberedsec', 2,
+ 'heading', 2,
+ 'appendixsec', 2,
+ 'subsection', 3,
+ 'unnumberedsubsec', 3,
+ 'subheading', 3,
+ 'appendixsubsec', 3,
+ 'subsubsection', 4,
+ 'unnumberedsubsubsec', 4,
+ 'subsubheading', 4,
+ 'appendixsubsubsec', 4,
+ );
+
+# the reverse mapping. There is an entry for each sectionning command.
+# The value is a ref on an array containing at each index the corresponding
+# sectionning command name.
+my %level2sec;
+{
+ my $sections = [ ];
+ my $appendices = [ ];
+ my $unnumbered = [ ];
+ my $headings = [ ];
+ foreach my $command (keys (%sec2level))
+ {
+ if ($command =~ /^appendix/)
+ {
+ $level2sec{$command} = $appendices;
+ }
+ elsif ($command =~ /^unnumbered/ or $command eq 'top')
+ {
+ $level2sec{$command} = $unnumbered;
+ }
+ elsif ($command =~ /section$/ or $command eq 'chapter')
+ {
+ $level2sec{$command} = $sections;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $level2sec{$command} = $headings;
+ }
+ $level2sec{$command}->[$sec2level{$command}] = $command;
+ }
+}
+
+# this are synonyms
+$sec2level{'appendixsection'} = 2;
+# sec2level{'majorheading'} is also 1 and not 0
+$sec2level{'majorheading'} = 1;
+$sec2level{'chapheading'} = 1;
+# FIXME this one could be centered...
+$sec2level{'centerchap'} = 1;
+
+# regions treated especially. The text for these regions is collected in the
+# corresponding array
+%region_lines = (
+ 'titlepage' => [ ],
+ 'documentdescription' => [ ],
+ 'copying' => [ ],
+);
+
+# those macros aren't considered as beginning a paragraph
+my %no_line_macros = (
+ 'macro' => 1,
+ 'unmacro' => 1,
+ 'rmacro' => 1,
+ 'set' => 1,
+ 'clear' => 1,
+ 'titlefont' => 1,
+ 'include' => 1,
+ 'copying' => 1,
+ 'end copying' => 1,
+ 'tab' => 1,
+ 'item' => 1,
+ 'itemx' => 1,
+ '*' => 1,
+ 'float' => 1,
+ 'end float' => 1,
+ 'caption' => 1,
+ 'shortcaption' => 1,
+);
+
+foreach my $key (keys(%Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command))
+{
+ $no_line_macros{$key} = 1;
+}
+
+# a hash associating a format @thing / @end thing with the type of the format
+# 'complex' 'simple' 'deff' 'list' 'menu' 'paragraph_style'
+my %format_type = ();
+
+foreach my $simple_format (keys(%Texi2HTML::Config::format_map))
+{
+ $format_type{$simple_format} = 'simple';
+ $no_line_macros{$simple_format} = 1;
+ $no_line_macros{"end $simple_format"} = 1;
+}
+foreach my $paragraph_style (keys(%Texi2HTML::Config::paragraph_style))
+{
+ $format_type{$paragraph_style} = 'paragraph_style';
+ $no_line_macros{$paragraph_style} = 1;
+ $no_line_macros{"end $paragraph_style"} = 1;
+}
+foreach my $complex_format (keys(%$Texi2HTML::Config::complex_format_map))
+{
+ $format_type{$complex_format} = 'complex';
+ $no_line_macros{$complex_format} = 1;
+ $no_line_macros{"end $complex_format"} = 1;
+}
+foreach my $table (('table', 'ftable', 'vtable', 'multitable'))
+{
+ $format_type{$table} = 'table';
+ $no_line_macros{$table} = 1;
+ $no_line_macros{"end $table"} = 1;
+}
+foreach my $def_format (keys(%Texi2HTML::Config::def_map))
+{
+ $format_type{$def_format} = 'deff';
+ $no_line_macros{$def_format} = 1;
+ $no_line_macros{"end $def_format"} = 1;
+}
+$format_type{'itemize'} = 'list';
+$format_type{'enumerate'} = 'list';
+
+$format_type{'menu'} = 'menu';
+
+$format_type{'cartouche'} = 'cartouche';
+
+$format_type{'float'} = 'float';
+
+$format_type{'quotation'} = 'quotation';
+
+$format_type{'group'} = 'group';
+
+foreach my $macro (('itemize', 'enumerate', 'menu', 'cartouche', 'float', 'quotation'))
+{
+ $no_line_macros{$macro} = 1;
+ $no_line_macros{"end $macro"} = 1;
+}
+
+foreach my $macro (keys(%Texi2HTML::Config::format_in_paragraph))
+{
+ $no_line_macros{$macro} = 1;
+ $no_line_macros{"end $macro"} = 1;
+}
+
+# fake format at the bottom of the stack
+$format_type{'noformat'} = '';
+
+# fake formats are formats used internally within other formats
+# we associate them with a real format, for the error messages
+my %fake_format = (
+ 'line' => 'table',
+ 'term' => 'table',
+ 'item' => 'list or table',
+ 'row' => 'multitable row',
+ 'cell' => 'multitable cell',
+ 'deff_item' => 'definition command',
+ 'menu_comment' => 'menu',
+ 'menu_description' => 'menu',
+ 'menu_preformatted' => 'menu',
+ );
+
+foreach my $key (keys(%fake_format))
+{
+ $format_type{$key} = 'fake';
+}
+
+# A hash associating style @-comand with the type, 'accent', real 'style',
+# 'simple' style, or 'special'.
+my %style_type = ();
+foreach my $style (keys(%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map))
+{
+ $style_type{$style} = 'style';
+}
+foreach my $accent (keys(%Texi2HTML::Config::unicode_accents), 'tieaccent', 'dotless')
+{
+ $style_type{$accent} = 'accent';
+}
+foreach my $simple ('ctrl', 'w', 'url')
+{
+ $style_type{$simple} = 'simple';
+}
+foreach my $special ('footnote', 'ref', 'xref', 'pxref', 'inforef', 'anchor', 'image')
+{
+ $style_type{$special} = 'special';
+}
+
+# raw formats which are expanded especially
+my @raw_regions = ('html', 'verbatim', 'tex', 'xml', 'docbook');
+
+# special raw formats which are expanded between first and second pass
+# and are replaced by specific commands. Currently used for tex. It takes
+# precedence over raw_regions.
+my @special_regions = ();
+
+# regions expanded or not depending on the value of this hash
+my %text_macros = (
+ 'iftex' => 0,
+ 'ignore' => 0,
+ 'menu' => 0,
+ 'ifplaintext' => 0,
+ 'ifinfo' => 0,
+ 'ifxml' => 0,
+ 'ifhtml' => 0,
+ 'ifdocbook' => 0,
+ 'html' => 0,
+ 'tex' => 0,
+ 'xml' => 0,
+ 'titlepage' => 1,
+ 'documentdescription' => 1,
+ 'copying' => 1,
+ 'ifnothtml' => 1,
+ 'ifnottex' => 1,
+ 'ifnotplaintext' => 1,
+ 'ifnotinfo' => 1,
+ 'ifnotxml' => 1,
+ 'ifnotdocbook' => 1,
+ 'direntry' => 0,
+ 'verbatim' => 'raw',
+ 'ifclear' => 'value',
+ 'ifset' => 'value'
+ );
+
+
+
+foreach my $key (keys(%text_macros))
+{
+ unless ($text_macros{$key} eq 'raw')
+ {
+ $no_line_macros{$key} = 1;
+ $no_line_macros{"end $key"} = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+# The css formats are associated with complex format commands, and associated
+# with the 'pre_style' key
+foreach my $complex_format (keys(%$Texi2HTML::Config::complex_format_map))
+{
+ next if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::complex_format_map->{$complex_format}->{'pre_style'}));
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::complex_format_map->{$complex_format}->{'pre_style'} = '';
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::complex_format_map->{$complex_format}->{'pre_style'} = $Texi2HTML::Config::css_map{"pre.$complex_format"} if (exists($Texi2HTML::Config::css_map{"pre.$complex_format"}));
+}
+
+#+++############################################################################
+# #
+# Argument parsing, initialisation #
+# #
+#---############################################################################
+
+#
+# flush stdout and stderr after every write
+#
+select(STDERR);
+$| = 1;
+select(STDOUT);
+$| = 1;
+
+#FIXME my or our ?
+my $I = \&Texi2HTML::I18n::get_string;
+
+my $T2H_USER; # user running the script
+my $documentdescription; # text in @documentdescription
+
+# shorthand for Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE
+my $T2H_VERBOSE;
+
+sub echo_warn($;$);
+#print STDERR "" . &$I('test i18n: \' , \a \\ %% %{unknown}a %known % %{known} \\', { 'known' => 'a known string', 'no' => 'nope'}); exit 0;
+
+# file: file name to locate. It can be a file path.
+# all_files: if true collect all the files with that name, otherwise stop
+# at first match.
+# directories: a reference on a array containing a list of directories to
+# search the file in. default is \@texi2html_config_dirs.
+sub locate_init_file($;$$)
+{
+ my $file = shift;
+ my $all_files = shift;
+ my $directories = shift;
+
+ $directories = \@texi2html_config_dirs if !defined($directories);
+
+ if ($file =~ /^\//)
+ {
+ return $file if (-e $file and -r $file);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my @files;
+ foreach my $dir (@$directories)
+ {
+ next unless (-d "$dir");
+ if ($all_files)
+ {
+ push (@files, "$dir/$file") if (-e "$dir/$file" and -r "$dir/$file");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return "$dir/$file" if (-e "$dir/$file" and -r "$dir/$file");
+ }
+ }
+ return @files if ($all_files);
+ }
+ return undef;
+}
+
+# called on -init-file
+sub load_init_file
+{
+ # First argument is option
+ shift;
+ # second argument is value of options
+ my $init_file = shift;
+ my $file;
+ if ($file = locate_init_file($init_file))
+ {
+ print STDERR "# reading initialization file from $file\n"
+ if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ return (Texi2HTML::Config::load($file));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "$ERROR Error: can't read init file $init_file\n";
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+my $cmd_line_lang = 0; # 1 if lang was succesfully set by the command line
+ # in that case @documentlanguage is ignored.
+my $lang_set = 0; # 1 if lang was set
+
+#
+# called on -lang
+sub set_document_language ($;$$)
+{
+ my $lang = shift;
+ my $from_command_line = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my @files = locate_init_file("$i18n_dir/$lang", 1);
+ foreach my $file (@files)
+ {
+ Texi2HTML::Config::load($file);
+ }
+ if (Texi2HTML::I18n::set_language($lang))
+ {
+ print STDERR "# using '$lang' as document language\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::LANG = $lang;
+ $lang_set = 1;
+ $cmd_line_lang = 1 if ($from_command_line);
+ if (!$Texi2HTML::Config::TEST)
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'today'} = Texi2HTML::I18n::pretty_date($Texi2HTML::Config::LANG); # like "20 September 1993";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'today'} = 'a sunny day';
+ }
+ $things_map_ref->{'today'} = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'today'};
+ $pre_map_ref->{'today'} = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'today'};
+ $texi_map_ref->{'today'} = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'today'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Language specs for '$lang' do not exists. Reverting to '$Texi2HTML::Config::LANG'", $line_nr);
+ }
+}
+
+sub set_expansion($$)
+{
+ my $region = shift;
+ my $set = shift;
+ $set = 1 if (!defined($set));
+ if ($set)
+ {
+ push (@Texi2HTML::Config::EXPAND, $region) unless (grep {$_ eq $region} @Texi2HTML::Config::EXPAND);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ @Texi2HTML::Config::EXPAND = grep {$_ ne $region} @Texi2HTML::Config::EXPAND;
+ }
+}
+
+sub set_encoding($)
+{
+ my $encoding = shift;
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::USE_UNICODE)
+ {
+ if (! Encode::resolve_alias($encoding))
+ {
+ echo_warn("Encoding $Texi2HTML::Config::DOCUMENT_ENCODING unknown");
+ return undef;
+ }
+ print STDERR "# Using encoding " . Encode::resolve_alias($encoding) . "\n"
+ if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ return Encode::resolve_alias($encoding);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_warn("Nothing specific done for encodings (due to the perl version)");
+ return undef;
+ }
+}
+
+my %cross_ref_texi_map = %Texi2HTML::Config::texi_map;
+my %cross_ref_simple_map_texi = %Texi2HTML::Config::simple_map_texi;
+my %cross_ref_style_map_texi = ();
+
+foreach my $command (keys(%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map_texi))
+{
+ $cross_ref_style_map_texi{$command} = {};
+ foreach my $key (keys (%{$Texi2HTML::Config::style_map_texi{$command}}))
+ {
+#print STDERR "$command, $key, $style_map_texi{$command}->{$key}\n";
+ $cross_ref_style_map_texi{$command}->{$key} =
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::style_map_texi{$command}->{$key};
+ }
+}
+
+$cross_ref_simple_map_texi{"\n"} = ' ';
+
+
+# This function is used to construct a link name from a node name as
+# described in the proposal I posted on texinfo-pretest.
+sub cross_manual_links($$)
+{
+ my $nodes_hash = shift;
+ my $cross_reference_hash = shift;
+
+ $simple_map_texi_ref = \%cross_ref_simple_map_texi;
+ $style_map_texi_ref = \%cross_ref_style_map_texi;
+ $texi_map_ref = \%cross_ref_texi_map;
+ my $normal_text_kept = $Texi2HTML::Config::normal_text;
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::normal_text = \&Texi2HTML::Config::t2h_cross_manual_normal_text;
+
+ foreach my $key (keys(%$nodes_hash))
+ {
+ my $node = $nodes_hash->{$key};
+ next if ($node->{'index_page'});
+ if (!defined($node->{'texi'}))
+ {
+ # begin debug section
+ foreach my $key (keys(%$node))
+ {
+ #print STDERR "$key:$node->{$key}!!!\n";
+ }
+ # end debug section
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::USE_UNICODE)
+ {
+ my $text = $node->{'texi'};
+#print STDERR "CROSS_MANUAL $node->{'texi'}\n";
+ if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::DOCUMENT_ENCODING) and
+ Encode::resolve_alias($Texi2HTML::Config::DOCUMENT_ENCODING) and
+ (Encode::resolve_alias($Texi2HTML::Config::DOCUMENT_ENCODING) ne 'utf8'))
+ {
+ $text = Encode::decode($Texi2HTML::Config::DOCUMENT_ENCODING, $text);
+ }
+ $node->{'cross_manual_target'} = unicode_to_protected(Unicode::Normalize::NFC(remove_texi($text)));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $node->{'cross_manual_target'} = remove_texi($node->{'texi'});
+ }
+#print STDERR "CROSS_MANUAL_TARGET $node->{'cross_manual_target'}\n";
+ unless ($node->{'external_node'})
+ {
+ if (defined($cross_reference_hash->{$node->{'cross_manual_target'}}))
+ {
+ echo_error("Node equivalent with `$node->{'texi'}' allready used `$cross_reference_hash->{$node->{'cross_manual_target'}}'");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $cross_reference_hash->{$node->{'cross_manual_target'}} = $node->{'texi'};
+ }
+ }
+ #print STDERR "$node->{'texi'}: $node->{'cross_manual_target'}\n";
+ }
+ }
+
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::normal_text = $normal_text_kept;
+ $simple_map_texi_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::simple_map_texi;
+ $style_map_texi_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map_texi;
+ $texi_map_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::texi_map;
+}
+
+sub unicode_to_protected($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $result = '';
+ while ($text ne '')
+ {
+ if ($text =~ s/^([A-Za-z0-9_\-]+)//o)
+ {
+ $result .= $1;
+ }
+ elsif ($text =~ s/^(.)//o)
+ {
+ $result .= '_' . lc(sprintf("%04x",ord($1)));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: unknown character in node (likely in infinite loop)\n";
+ sleep 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return $result;
+}
+
+sub cross_manual_line($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+#print STDERR "cross_manual_line $text\n";
+ $simple_map_texi_ref = \%cross_ref_simple_map_texi;
+ $style_map_texi_ref = \%cross_ref_style_map_texi;
+ $texi_map_ref = \%cross_ref_texi_map;
+ my $normal_text_kept = $Texi2HTML::Config::normal_text;
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::normal_text = \&Texi2HTML::Config::t2h_cross_manual_normal_text;
+
+ my $cross_ref;
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::USE_UNICODE)
+ {
+ $cross_ref = unicode_to_protected(Unicode::Normalize::NFC(remove_texi($text)));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $cross_ref = remove_texi($text);
+ }
+
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::normal_text = $normal_text_kept;
+ $simple_map_texi_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::simple_map_texi;
+ $style_map_texi_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map_texi;
+ $texi_map_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::texi_map;
+#print STDERR "cross_ref $cross_ref\n";
+ return $cross_ref;
+}
+
+# T2H_OPTIONS is a hash whose keys are the (long) names of valid
+# command-line options and whose values are a hash with the following keys:
+# type ==> one of !|=i|:i|=s|:s (see GetOpt::Long for more info)
+# linkage ==> ref to scalar, array, or subroutine (see GetOpt::Long for more info)
+# verbose ==> short description of option (displayed by -h)
+# noHelp ==> if 1 -> for "not so important options": only print description on -h 1
+# 2 -> for obsolete options: only print description on -h 2
+my $T2H_OPTIONS;
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'debug'} =
+{
+ type => '=i',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::DEBUG,
+ verbose => 'output HTML with debuging information',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'doctype'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::DOCTYPE,
+ verbose => 'document type which is output in header of HTML files',
+ noHelp => 1
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'frameset-doctype'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::FRAMESET_DOCTYPE,
+ verbose => 'document type for HTML frameset documents',
+ noHelp => 1
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'test'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::TEST,
+ verbose => 'use predefined information to avoid differences with reference files',
+ noHelp => 1
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'dump-texi'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::DUMP_TEXI,
+ verbose => 'dump the output of first pass into a file with extension passfirst and exit',
+ noHelp => 1
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'macro-expand'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::MACRO_EXPAND,
+ verbose => 'output macro expanded source in <file>',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'expand'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => sub {set_expansion($_[1], 1);},
+ verbose => 'Expand info|tex|none section of texinfo source',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'no-expand'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => sub {set_expansion ($_[1], 0);},
+ verbose => 'Don\'t expand the given section of texinfo source',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'noexpand'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => $T2H_OPTIONS->{'no-expand'}->{'linkage'},
+ verbose => $T2H_OPTIONS->{'no-expand'}->{'verbose'},
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'ifhtml'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub { set_expansion('html', $_[1]); },
+ verbose => "expand ifhtml and html sections",
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'ifinfo'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub { set_expansion('info', $_[1]); },
+ verbose => "expand ifinfo",
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'ifxml'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub { set_expansion('xml', $_[1]); },
+ verbose => "expand ifxml and xml sections",
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'ifdocbook'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub { set_expansion('docbook', $_[1]); },
+ verbose => "expand ifdocbook and docbook sections",
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'iftex'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub { set_expansion('tex', $_[1]); },
+ verbose => "expand iftex and tex sections",
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'ifplaintext'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub { set_expansion('plaintext', $_[1]); },
+ verbose => "expand ifplaintext sections",
+};
+
+#$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'no-ifhtml'} =
+#{
+# type => '!',
+# linkage => sub { set_expansion('html', (! $_[1])); },
+# verbose => "don't expand ifhtml and html sections",
+# noHelp => 1,
+#};
+
+#$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'no-ifinfo'} =
+#{
+# type => '!',
+# linkage => sub { set_expansion('info', (! $_[1])); },
+# verbose => "don't expand ifinfo",
+# noHelp => 1,
+#};
+
+#$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'no-ifxml'} =
+#{
+# type => '!',
+# linkage => sub { set_expansion('xml', (! $_[1])); },
+# verbose => "don't expand ifxml and xml sections",
+# noHelp => 1,
+#};
+
+#$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'no-iftex'} =
+#{
+# type => '!',
+# linkage => sub { set_expansion('tex', (! $_[1])); },
+# verbose => "don't expand iftex and tex sections",
+# noHelp => 1,
+#};
+
+#$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'no-ifplaintext'} =
+#{
+# type => '!',
+# linkage => sub { set_expansion('plaintext', (! $_[1])); },
+# verbose => "don't expand ifplaintext sections",
+# noHelp => 1,
+#};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'invisible'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::INVISIBLE_MARK,
+ verbose => 'use text in invisble anchor',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'iso'} =
+{
+ type => 'iso',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::USE_ISO,
+ verbose => 'if set, ISO8859 characters are used for special symbols (like copyright, etc)',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'I'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \@Texi2HTML::Config::INCLUDE_DIRS,
+ verbose => 'append $s to the @include search path',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'P'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => sub {unshift (@Texi2HTML::Config::PREPEND_DIRS, $_[1]);},
+ verbose => 'prepend $s to the @include search path',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'top-file'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::TOP_FILE,
+ verbose => 'use $s as top file, instead of <docname>.html',
+};
+
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'toc-file'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::TOC_FILE,
+ verbose => 'use $s as ToC file, instead of <docname>_toc.html',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'frames'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::FRAMES,
+ verbose => 'output files which use HTML 4.0 frames (experimental)',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'menu'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::SHOW_MENU,
+ verbose => 'output Texinfo menus',
+};
+
+#$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'no-menu'} =
+#{
+# type => '!',
+# linkage => sub { $Texi2HTML::Config::SHOW_MENU = (! $_[1]);},
+# verbose => "don't output Texinfo menus",
+# noHelp => 1,
+#};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'number'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::NUMBER_SECTIONS,
+ verbose => 'use numbered sections',
+};
+
+#$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'no-number'} =
+#{
+# type => '!',
+# linkage => sub { $Texi2HTML::Config::NUMBER_SECTIONS = (! $_[1]);},
+# verbose => 'sections not numbered',
+# noHelp => 1,
+#};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'use-nodes'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::USE_NODES,
+ verbose => 'use nodes for sectionning',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'node-files'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::NODE_FILES,
+ verbose => 'produce one file per node for cross references'
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'separated-footnotes'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES,
+ verbose => 'footnotes on a separated page',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'toc-links'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::TOC_LINKS,
+ verbose => 'create links from headings to toc entries'
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'split'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT,
+ verbose => 'split document on section|chapter|node else no splitting',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'sec-nav'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::SECTION_NAVIGATION,
+ verbose => 'output navigation panels for each section',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'subdir'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::SUBDIR,
+ verbose => 'put files in directory $s, not $cwd',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'short-ext'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::SHORTEXTN,
+ verbose => 'use "htm" extension for output HTML files',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'prefix'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::PREFIX,
+ verbose => 'use as prefix for output files, instead of <docname>',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'output'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::OUT,
+ verbose => 'output goes to $s (directory if split)',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'no-validate'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::NOVALIDATE,
+ verbose => 'suppress node cross-reference validation',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'short-ref'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::SHORT_REF,
+ verbose => 'if set, references are without section numbers',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'idx-sum'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::IDX_SUMMARY,
+ verbose => 'if set, also output index summary',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'def-table'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::DEF_TABLE,
+ verbose => 'if set, \@def.. are converted using tables.',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'Verbose'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage=> \$Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE,
+ verbose => 'print progress info to stdout',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'lang'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => sub {set_document_language($_[1], 1)},
+ verbose => 'use $s as document language (ISO 639 encoding)',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'ignore-preamble-text'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::IGNORE_PREAMBLE_TEXT,
+ verbose => 'if set, ignore the text before @node and sectionning commands',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'html-xref-prefix'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::EXTERNAL_DIR,
+ verbose => '$s is the base dir for external manual references',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'l2h'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H,
+ verbose => 'if set, uses latex2html for @math and @tex',
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'l2h-l2h'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_L2H,
+ verbose => 'program to use for latex2html translation',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'l2h-skip'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_SKIP,
+ verbose => 'if set, tries to reuse previously latex2html output',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'l2h-tmp'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_TMP,
+ verbose => 'if set, uses $s as temporary latex2html directory',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'l2h-file'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_FILE,
+ verbose => 'if set, uses $s as latex2html init file',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'l2h-clean'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_CLEAN,
+ verbose => 'if set, do not keep intermediate latex2html files for later reuse',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'D'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => sub {$value{$_[1]} = 1;},
+ verbose => 'equivalent to Texinfo "@set $s 1"',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'U'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => sub {delete $value{$_[1]};},
+ verbose => 'equivalent to Texinfo "@clear $s"',
+ noHelp => 1,
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'init-file'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \&load_init_file,
+ verbose => 'load init file $s'
+};
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'css-include'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \@Texi2HTML::Config::CSS_FILES,
+ verbose => 'use css file $s'
+};
+
+##
+## obsolete cmd line options
+##
+my $T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS;
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {'out-file'} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => sub {$Texi2HTML::Config::OUT = $_[1]; $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT = '';},
+ verbose => 'if set, all HTML output goes into file $s, obsoleted by "-output" with different semantics',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {init_file} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \&load_init_file,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-init-file" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {l2h_clean} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_CLEAN,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-l2h-clean" instead',
+ noHelp => 2,
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {l2h_l2h} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_L2H,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-l2h-l2h" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {l2h_skip} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_SKIP,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-l2h-skip" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {l2h_tmp} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_TMP,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-l2h-tmp" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {out_file} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => sub {$Texi2HTML::Config::OUT = $_[1]; $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT = '';},
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-out-file" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {short_ref} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::SHORT_REF,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-short-ref" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {idx_sum} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::IDX_SUMMARY,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-idx-sum" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {def_table} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::DEF_TABLE,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-def-table" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {short_ext} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::SHORTEXTN,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-short-ext" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {sec_nav} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::SECTION_NAVIGATION,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-sec-nav" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {top_file} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::TOP_FILE,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-top-file" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {toc_file} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::TOC_FILE,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-toc-file" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {glossary} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::USE_GLOSSARY,
+# verbose => "if set, uses section named `Footnotes' for glossary",
+ verbose => "this does nothing",
+ noHelp => 2,
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {dump_texi} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::DUMP_TEXI,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-dump-texi" instead',
+ noHelp => 1
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {frameset_doctype} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::FRAMESET_DOCTYPE,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-frameset-doctype" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {'no-section_navigation'} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub {$Texi2HTML::Config::SECTION_NAVIGATION = 0;},
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use -nosec_nav',
+ noHelp => 2,
+};
+my $use_acc; # not used
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {use_acc} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$use_acc,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, set to true unconditionnaly',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {expandinfo} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub {push @Texi2HTML::Config::EXPAND, 'info';},
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-expand info" instead',
+ noHelp => 2,
+};
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {expandtex} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub {push @Texi2HTML::Config::EXPAND, 'tex';},
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-expand tex" instead',
+ noHelp => 2,
+};
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {monolithic} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub {$Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT = '';},
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-split no" instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {split_node} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub{$Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT = 'section';},
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-split section" instead',
+ noHelp => 2,
+};
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {split_chapter} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub{$Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT = 'chapter';},
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use "-split chapter" instead',
+ noHelp => 2,
+};
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {no_verbose} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => sub {$Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE = 0;},
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use -noverbose instead',
+ noHelp => 2,
+};
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {output_file} =
+{
+ type => '=s',
+ linkage => sub {$Texi2HTML::Config::OUT = $_[1]; $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT = '';},
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use -out_file instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {section_navigation} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage => \$Texi2HTML::Config::SECTION_NAVIGATION,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use -sec_nav instead',
+ noHelp => 2,
+};
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS -> {verbose} =
+{
+ type => '!',
+ linkage=> \$Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE,
+ verbose => 'obsolete, use -Verbose instead',
+ noHelp => 2
+};
+
+# read initialzation from $sysconfdir/texi2htmlrc or $HOME/.texi2htmlrc
+# obsolete.
+my @rc_files = ();
+push @rc_files, "$sysconfdir/texi2htmlrc" if defined($sysconfdir);
+push @rc_files, "$ENV{'HOME'}/.texi2htmlrc" if (defined($ENV{HOME}));
+foreach my $i (@rc_files)
+{
+ if (-e $i and -r $i)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# reading initialization file from $i\n"
+ if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ print STDERR "Reading config from $i is obsolete, use texi2html/$conf_file_name instead\n";
+ Texi2HTML::Config::load($i);
+ }
+}
+
+# read initialization files
+foreach my $file (locate_init_file($conf_file_name, 1))
+{
+ print STDERR "# reading initialization file from $file\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ Texi2HTML::Config::load($file);
+}
+
+#
+# %value hold texinfo variables, see also -D, -U, @set and @clear.
+# we predefine html (the output format) and texi2html (the translator)
+%value =
+ (
+ 'html' => 1,
+ 'texi2html' => $THISVERSION,
+ );
+
+#+++############################################################################
+# #
+# parse command-line options
+# #
+#---############################################################################
+
+
+my $T2H_USAGE_TEXT = <<EOT;
+Usage: texi2html [OPTIONS] TEXINFO-FILE
+Translates Texinfo source documentation to HTML.
+EOT
+my $T2H_FAILURE_TEXT = <<EOT;
+Try 'texi2html --help' for usage instructions.
+EOT
+
+my $options = new Getopt::MySimple;
+
+$T2H_OPTIONS -> {'help'} =
+{
+ type => ':i',
+ default => '',
+ linkage => sub {$options->helpOptions($_[1]);
+ print "\nSend bugs and suggestions to <users\@texi2html.cvshome.org>\n";
+ exit (0);},
+ verbose => "print help and exit"
+};
+
+# some older version of GetOpt::Long don't have
+# Getopt::Long::Configure("pass_through")
+eval {Getopt::Long::Configure("pass_through");};
+my $Configure_failed = $@ && <<EOT;
+**WARNING: Parsing of obsolete command-line options could have failed.
+ Consider to use only documented command-line options (run
+ 'texi2html --help 2' for a complete list) or upgrade to perl
+ version 5.005 or higher.
+EOT
+# FIXME getOptions is called 2 times, and thus adds 2 times the default
+# help and version and after that warns.
+if (! $options->getOptions($T2H_OPTIONS, $T2H_USAGE_TEXT, "$THISVERSION\n"))
+{
+ print STDERR "$Configure_failed" if $Configure_failed;
+ die $T2H_FAILURE_TEXT;
+}
+if (@ARGV > 1)
+{
+ eval {Getopt::Long::Configure("no_pass_through");};
+ if (! $options->getOptions($T2H_OBSOLETE_OPTIONS, $T2H_USAGE_TEXT, "$THISVERSION\n"))
+ {
+ print STDERR "$Configure_failed" if $Configure_failed;
+ die $T2H_FAILURE_TEXT;
+ }
+}
+# $T2H_DEBUG and $T2H_VERBOSE are shorthands
+my $T2H_DEBUG = $Texi2HTML::Config::DEBUG;
+$T2H_VERBOSE = $Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE;
+
+#+++############################################################################
+# #
+# evaluation of cmd line options
+# #
+#---############################################################################
+
+# retro compatibility for $Texi2HTML::Config::EXPAND
+push (@Texi2HTML::Config::EXPAND, $Texi2HTML::Config::EXPAND) if ($Texi2HTML::Config::EXPAND);
+
+# correct %text_macros and @special_regions based on command line and init
+# variables
+$text_macros{'menu'} = 1 if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SHOW_MENU);
+
+push @special_regions, 'tex' if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H);
+
+foreach my $expanded (@Texi2HTML::Config::EXPAND)
+{
+ $text_macros{"if$expanded"} = 1 if (exists($text_macros{"if$expanded"}));
+ next unless (exists($text_macros{$expanded}));
+ if (grep {$_ eq $expanded} @special_regions)
+ {
+ $text_macros{$expanded} = 'special';
+ }
+ elsif (grep {$_ eq $expanded} @raw_regions)
+ {
+ $text_macros{$expanded} = 'raw';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $text_macros{$expanded} = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+# handle ifnot regions
+foreach my $region (keys (%text_macros))
+{
+ next if ($region =~ /^ifnot/);
+ if ($text_macros{$region} and $region =~ /^if(\w+)$/)
+ {
+ $text_macros{"ifnot$1"} = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+if ($T2H_VERBOSE)
+{
+ print STDERR "# Expanded: ";
+ foreach my $text_macro (keys(%text_macros))
+ {
+ print STDERR "$text_macro " if ($text_macros{$text_macro});
+ }
+ print STDERR "\n";
+}
+
+# This is kept in that file although it is html formatting as it seems to
+# be rather obsolete
+$Texi2HTML::Config::INVISIBLE_MARK = '<img src="invisible.xbm" alt="">' if $Texi2HTML::Config::INVISIBLE_MARK eq 'xbm';
+
+$T2H_DEBUG |= $DEBUG_TEXI if ($Texi2HTML::Config::DUMP_TEXI);
+
+# Construct hashes used for cross references generation
+# Do it now as the user may have changed $USE_UNICODE
+
+foreach my $key (keys(%Texi2HTML::Config::unicode_map))
+{
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::unicode_map{$key} ne '')
+ {
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::USE_UNICODE)
+ {
+ $cross_ref_texi_map{$key} = chr(hex($Texi2HTML::Config::unicode_map{$key}));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $cross_ref_texi_map{$key} = '_' . lc($Texi2HTML::Config::unicode_map{$key});
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+foreach my $key (keys(%cross_ref_style_map_texi))
+{
+ if ($style_type{$key} eq 'accent'
+ and (ref($cross_ref_style_map_texi{$key}) eq 'HASH'))
+ {
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::USE_UNICODE)
+ {
+ $cross_ref_style_map_texi{$key}->{'function'} = \&Texi2HTML::Config::t2h_utf8_accent;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $cross_ref_style_map_texi{$key}->{'function'} = \&Texi2HTML::Config::t2h_nounicode_cross_manual_accent;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#
+# file name buisness
+#
+
+# this is directly pasted over from latex2html
+sub getcwd
+{
+ local($_) = `pwd`;
+
+ die "'pwd' failed (out of memory?)\n"
+ unless length;
+ chop;
+ $_;
+}
+
+
+my $docu_dir; # directory of the document
+my $docu_name; # basename of the document
+my $docu_rdir; # directory for the output
+#my $docu_ext = "html"; # extension
+my $docu_ext = $Texi2HTML::Config::EXTENSION; # extension
+my $docu_toc; # document's table of contents
+my $docu_stoc; # document's short toc
+my $docu_foot; # document's footnotes
+my $docu_about; # about this document
+my $docu_top; # document top
+my $docu_doc; # document (or document top of split)
+
+die "Need exactly one file to translate\n$T2H_FAILURE_TEXT" unless @ARGV == 1;
+my $docu = shift(@ARGV);
+if ($docu =~ /(.*\/)/)
+{
+ chop($docu_dir = $1);
+ $docu_name = $docu;
+ $docu_name =~ s/.*\///;
+}
+else
+{
+ $docu_dir = '.';
+ $docu_name = $docu;
+}
+unshift(@Texi2HTML::Config::INCLUDE_DIRS, $docu_dir);
+unshift(@Texi2HTML::Config::INCLUDE_DIRS, @Texi2HTML::Config::PREPEND_DIRS);
+$docu_name =~ s/\.te?x(i|info)?$//;
+$docu_name = $Texi2HTML::Config::PREFIX if ($Texi2HTML::Config::PREFIX);
+
+# resulting files splitting
+if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT =~ /section/i)
+{
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT = 'section';
+}
+elsif ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT =~ /node/i)
+{
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT = 'node';
+}
+elsif ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT =~ /chapter/i)
+{
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT = 'chapter';
+}
+else
+{
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT = '';
+}
+
+# Something like backward compatibility
+if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT and $Texi2HTML::Config::SUBDIR)
+{
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::OUT = $Texi2HTML::Config::SUBDIR;
+}
+
+# subdir
+
+die "output to STDOUT and split or frames incompatible\n"
+ if (($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT or $Texi2HTML::Config::FRAMES) and ($Texi2HTML::Config::OUT eq '-'));
+
+if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT and ($Texi2HTML::Config::OUT eq ''))
+{
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::OUT = $docu_name;
+}
+
+if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT and ($Texi2HTML::Config::OUT eq '.'))
+{# This is to avoid trouble with latex2html
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::OUT = '';
+}
+
+$docu_rdir = '';
+
+if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT and ($Texi2HTML::Config::OUT ne ''))
+{
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::OUT =~ s|/*$||;
+ $docu_rdir = "$Texi2HTML::Config::OUT/";
+ unless (-d $Texi2HTML::Config::OUT)
+ {
+ if ( mkdir($Texi2HTML::Config::OUT, oct(755)))
+ {
+ print STDERR "# created directory $Texi2HTML::Config::OUT\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ die "$ERROR can't create directory $Texi2HTML::Config::OUT\n";
+ }
+ }
+ print STDERR "# putting result files into directory $docu_rdir\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+}
+elsif (! $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT and ($Texi2HTML::Config::OUT ne ''))
+{
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::OUT =~ m|(.*)/|)
+ {# there is a leading directories
+ $docu_rdir = "$1/";
+ unless (-d $docu_rdir)
+ {
+ if ( mkdir($docu_rdir, oct(755)))
+ {
+ print STDERR "# created directory $docu_rdir\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ die "$ERROR can't create directory $docu_rdir\n";
+ }
+ }
+ print STDERR "# putting result files into directory $docu_rdir\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "# putting result files into current directory \n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ $docu_rdir = '';
+ }
+}
+
+# We don't use "./" as $docu_rdir when $docu_rdir is the current directory
+# because it is problematic for latex2html. To test writability with -w,
+# however we need a real directory.
+my $result_rdir = $docu_rdir;
+$result_rdir = "." if ($docu_rdir eq '');
+unless (-w $result_rdir)
+{
+ $docu_rdir = 'current directory' if ($docu_rdir eq '');
+ die "$ERROR $docu_rdir not writable\n";
+}
+
+# relative path leading to the working directory from the document directory
+my $path_to_working_dir = $docu_rdir;
+if ($docu_rdir ne '')
+{
+ my $cwd = getcwd;
+ my $docu_path = $docu_rdir;
+ $docu_path = $cwd . '/' . $docu_path unless ($docu_path =~ /^\//);
+ my @result = ();
+ foreach my $element (split /\//, File::Spec->canonpath($docu_path))
+ {
+ if ($element eq '')
+ {
+ push @result, '';
+ }
+ elsif ($element eq '..')
+ {
+ if (@result and ($result[-1] eq ''))
+ {
+ print STDERR "Too much .. in absolute file name\n";
+ }
+ elsif (@result and ($result[-1] ne '..'))
+ {
+ pop @result;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @result, $element;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @result, $element;
+ }
+ }
+ $path_to_working_dir = File::Spec->abs2rel($cwd, join ('/', @result));
+ $path_to_working_dir =~ s|.*/||;
+ $path_to_working_dir .= '/' unless($path_to_working_dir eq '');
+}
+
+# extension
+if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SHORTEXTN)
+{
+ $docu_ext = "htm";
+}
+if ($Texi2HTML::Config::TOP_FILE =~ s/\..*$//)
+{
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::TOP_FILE .= ".$docu_ext";
+}
+
+$docu_doc = "$docu_name.$docu_ext"; # document's contents
+if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT)
+{
+ # if Texi2HTML::Config::NODE_FILES is true and a node is called ${docu_name}_toc
+ # ${docu_name}_ovr... there may be trouble with the old naming scheme in
+ # very rare circumstances. This won't be fixed, the new scheme will be used
+ # soon.
+ $docu_toc = $Texi2HTML::Config::TOC_FILE || "${docu_name}_toc.$docu_ext";
+ $docu_stoc = "${docu_name}_ovr.$docu_ext";
+ $docu_foot = "${docu_name}_fot.$docu_ext";
+ $docu_about = "${docu_name}_abt.$docu_ext";
+ $docu_top = $Texi2HTML::Config::TOP_FILE || $docu_doc;
+}
+else
+{
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::OUT)
+ {
+ $docu_doc = $Texi2HTML::Config::OUT;
+ $docu_doc =~ s|.*/||;
+ }
+ $docu_toc = $docu_foot = $docu_stoc = $docu_about = $docu_top = $docu_doc;
+}
+
+# For use in init files
+$Texi2HTML::Config::TOP_FILE = $docu_top;
+$Texi2HTML::Config::TOC_FILE = $docu_toc;
+
+my $docu_doc_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_doc";
+my $docu_toc_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_toc";
+my $docu_stoc_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_stoc";
+my $docu_foot_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_foot";
+my $docu_about_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_about";
+my $docu_top_file = "$docu_rdir$docu_top";
+
+my $docu_frame_file = "$docu_rdir${docu_name}_frame.$docu_ext";
+my $docu_toc_frame_file = "$docu_rdir${docu_name}_toc_frame.$docu_ext";
+
+#
+# _foo: internal variables to track @foo
+#
+foreach my $key ('_author', '_title', '_subtitle', '_shorttitlepage',
+ '_settitle', '_setfilename', '_shorttitle', '_titlefont')
+{
+ $value{$key} = ''; # prevent -w warnings
+}
+my $index; # ref on a hash for the index entries
+my %indices = (); # hash of indices names containing
+ #[ $Pages, $Entries ] (page indices and
+ # raw index entries)
+my @index_labels = (); # array corresponding with @?index commands
+ # constructed during pass_texi, used to
+ # put labels in pass_text
+#
+# initial counters
+#
+my $foot_num = 0;
+my $relative_foot_num = 0;
+my $idx_num = 0;
+my $sec_num = 0;
+my $anchor_num = 0;
+
+#
+# can I use ISO8859 characters? (HTML+)
+#
+if ($Texi2HTML::Config::USE_ISO)
+{
+ foreach my $thing (keys(%Texi2HTML::Config::iso_symbols))
+ {
+ $things_map_ref->{$thing} = $Texi2HTML::Config::iso_symbols{$thing};
+ $pre_map_ref->{$thing} = $Texi2HTML::Config::iso_symbols{$thing};
+ }
+}
+
+# process a css file
+sub process_css_file ($$)
+{
+ my $fh =shift;
+ my $file = shift;
+ my $in_rules = 0;
+ my $in_comment = 0;
+ my $in_import = 0;
+ my $in_string = 0;
+ my $rules = [];
+ my $imports = [];
+ while (<$fh>)
+ {
+ #print STDERR "Line: $_";
+ if ($in_rules)
+ {
+ push @$rules, $_;
+ next;
+ }
+ my $text = '';
+ while (1)
+ {
+ #sleep 1;
+ #print STDERR "${text}!in_comment $in_comment in_rules $in_rules in_import $in_import in_string $in_string: $_";
+ if ($in_comment)
+ {
+ if (s/^(.*?\*\/)//)
+ {
+ $text .= $1;
+ $in_comment = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @$imports, $text . $_;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (!$in_string and s/^\///)
+ { # what do '\' do here ?
+ if (s/^\*//)
+ {
+ $text .= '/*';
+ $in_comment = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push (@$imports, $text. "\n") if ($text ne '');
+ push (@$rules, '/' . $_);
+ $in_rules = 1;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (!$in_string and $in_import and s/^([\"\'])//)
+ { # strings outside of import start rules
+ $text .= "$1";
+ $in_string = quotemeta("$1");
+ }
+ elsif ($in_string and s/^(\\$in_string)//)
+ {
+ $text .= $1;
+ }
+ elsif ($in_string and s/^($in_string)//)
+ {
+ $text .= $1;
+ $in_string = 0;
+ }
+ elsif ((! $in_string and !$in_import) and (s/^([\\]?\@import)$// or s/^([\\]?\@import\s+)//))
+ {
+ $text .= $1;
+ $in_import = 1;
+ }
+ elsif (!$in_string and $in_import and s/^\;//)
+ {
+ $text .= ';';
+ $in_import = 0;
+ }
+ elsif (($in_import or $in_string) and s/^(.)//)
+ {
+ $text .= $1;
+ }
+ elsif (!$in_import and s/^([^\s])//)
+ {
+ push (@$imports, $text. "\n") if ($text ne '');
+ push (@$rules, $1 . $_);
+ $in_rules = 1;
+ last;
+ }
+ elsif (s/^(\s)//)
+ {
+ $text .= $1;
+ }
+ elsif ($_ eq '')
+ {
+ push (@$imports, $text);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ warn "$WARN string not closed in css file $file\n" if ($in_string);
+ warn "$WARN comment not closed in css file $file\n" if ($in_comment);
+ warn "$WARN \@import not finished in css file $file\n" if ($in_import and !$in_comment and !$in_string);
+ return ($imports, $rules);
+}
+
+my @css_import_lines;
+my @css_rule_lines;
+
+# process css files
+foreach my $file (@Texi2HTML::Config::CSS_FILES)
+{
+ my $css_file_fh;
+ my $css_file;
+ if ($file eq '-')
+ {
+ $css_file_fh = \*STDIN;
+ $css_file = '-';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $css_file = locate_init_file ($file);
+ unless (defined($css_file))
+ {
+ warn "css file $file not found\n";
+ next;
+ }
+ unless (open (CSSFILE, "$css_file"))
+ {
+ warn "Cannot open ${css_file}: $!";
+ next;
+ }
+ $css_file_fh = \*CSSFILE;
+ }
+ my ($import_lines, $rules_lines);
+ ($import_lines, $rules_lines) = process_css_file ($css_file_fh, $css_file);
+ push @css_import_lines, @$import_lines;
+ push @css_rule_lines, @$rules_lines;
+}
+
+if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_USER)
+{
+ if (@css_import_lines)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# css import lines\n";
+ foreach my $line (@css_import_lines)
+ {
+ print STDERR "$line";
+ }
+ }
+ if (@css_rule_lines)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# css rule lines\n";
+ foreach my $line (@css_rule_lines)
+ {
+ print STDERR "$line";
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#
+# read texi2html extensions (if any)
+# FIXME isn't that obsolete ? (obsoleted by -init-file)
+my $extensions = 'texi2html.ext'; # extensions in working directory
+if (-f $extensions)
+{
+ print STDERR "# reading extensions from $extensions\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+ require($extensions);
+}
+my $progdir;
+($progdir = $0) =~ s/[^\/]+$//;
+if ($progdir && ($progdir ne './'))
+{
+ $extensions = "${progdir}texi2html.ext"; # extensions in texi2html directory
+ if (-f $extensions)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# reading extensions from $extensions\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+ require($extensions);
+ }
+}
+
+# parse texinfo cnf file for external manual specifications.
+my @texinfo_htmlxref_files = locate_init_file ($texinfo_htmlxref, 1, \@texinfo_config_dirs);
+foreach my $file (@texinfo_htmlxref_files)
+{
+ open (HTMLXREF, $file);
+ while (<HTMLXREF>)
+ {
+ my $line = $_;
+ s/[#]\s.*//;
+ s/^\s*//;
+ next if /^\s*$/;
+ my @htmlxref = split /\s+/;
+ my $manual = shift @htmlxref;
+ next if (exists($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$manual}));
+ my $split_or_mono = shift @htmlxref;
+ if (!defined($split_or_mono) or ($split_or_mono ne 'split' and $split_or_mono ne 'mono'))
+ {
+ echo_warn("Bad line in $file: $line");
+ next;
+ }
+ my $href = shift @htmlxref;
+ if ($split_or_mono eq 'split')
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$manual}->{'split'} = 1;
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$manual}->{'mono'} = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$manual}->{'split'} = 0;
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$manual}->{'mono'} = 1;
+ }
+ if (defined($href))
+ {
+ if ($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$manual}->{'split'})
+ {
+ $href =~ s/\/*$//;
+ }
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$manual}->{'href'} = $href;
+ }
+ }
+ close (HTMLXREF);
+}
+
+if ($T2H_DEBUG)
+{
+ foreach my $manual (keys(%{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}}))
+ {
+ my $href = 'NO';
+ $href = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$manual}->{'href'} if
+ defined($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$manual}->{'href'});
+ print STDERR "$manual: split $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'htmlxref'}->{$manual}->{'split'}, href: $href\n";
+ }
+}
+
+print STDERR "# reading from $docu\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+
+{
+
+package Texi2HTML::LaTeX2HTML;
+
+#########################################################################
+#
+# latex2html stuff
+#
+# latex2html conversions consist of three stages:
+# 1) ToLatex: Put "latex" code into a latex file
+# 2) ToHtml: Use latex2html to generate corresponding html code and images
+# 3) FromHtml: Extract generated code and images from latex2html run
+#
+
+# init l2h defaults for files and names
+
+# variable which shouldn't be global FIXME
+use vars qw(
+ %l2h_img
+ );
+my ($l2h_name, $l2h_latex_file, $l2h_cache_file, $l2h_html_file, $l2h_prefix);
+
+# holds the status of latex2html operations. If 0 it means that there was
+# an error
+my $status = 0;
+my $debug;
+my $docu_rdir;
+
+#if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H)
+sub init($$$)
+{
+ my $docu_name = shift;
+ $docu_rdir = shift;
+ $debug = shift;
+ $l2h_name = "${docu_name}_l2h";
+ $l2h_latex_file = "$docu_rdir${l2h_name}.tex";
+ $l2h_cache_file = "${docu_rdir}l2h_cache.pm";
+ # destination dir -- generated images are put there, should be the same
+ # as dir of enclosing html document --
+ $l2h_html_file = "$docu_rdir${l2h_name}.html";
+ $l2h_prefix = "${l2h_name}_";
+ $status = init_to_latex();
+}
+
+##########################
+#
+# First stage: Generation of Latex file
+# Initialize with: l2h_InitToLatex
+# Add content with: l2h_ToLatex($text) --> HTML placeholder comment
+# Finish with: l2h_FinishToLatex
+#
+
+my $l2h_latex_preamble = <<EOT;
+% This document was automatically generated by the l2h extenstion of texi2html
+% DO NOT EDIT !!!
+\\documentclass{article}
+\\usepackage{html}
+\\begin{document}
+EOT
+
+my $l2h_latex_closing = <<EOT;
+\\end{document}
+EOT
+
+my %l2h_to_latex = ();
+my @l2h_to_latex = ();
+my $l2h_latex_count = 0; # number of latex texts really stored
+my $l2h_to_latex_count = 0; # total number of latex texts processed
+my $l2h_cached_count = 0; # number of cached latex text
+my %l2h_cache = ();
+#$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H = l2h_InitToLatex() if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H);
+
+# return used latex 1, if l2h could be initalized properly, 0 otherwise
+#sub l2h_InitToLatex
+sub init_to_latex()
+{
+ unless ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_SKIP)
+ {
+ unless (open(L2H_LATEX, ">$l2h_latex_file"))
+ {
+ warn "$ERROR Error l2h: Can't open latex file '$l2h_latex_file' for writing\n";
+ return 0;
+ }
+ print STDERR "# l2h: use ${l2h_latex_file} as latex file\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ print L2H_LATEX $l2h_latex_preamble;
+ }
+ # open database for caching
+ #l2h_InitCache();
+ init_cache();
+ return 1;
+}
+
+
+# print text (1st arg) into latex file (if not already there), return
+# @tex_$number which can be later on replaced by the latex2html
+# generated text
+#sub l2h_ToLatex
+sub to_latex
+{
+ my($text) = @_;
+ my($count);
+ $l2h_to_latex_count++;
+ $text =~ s/(\s*)$//;
+ # try whether we can cache it
+ #my $cached_text = l2h_FromCache($text);
+ my $cached_text = from_cache($text);
+ if ($cached_text)
+ {
+ $l2h_cached_count++;
+ return $cached_text;
+ }
+ # try whether we have text already on things to do
+ unless ($count = $l2h_to_latex{$text})
+ {
+ $count = $l2h_latex_count;
+ $l2h_latex_count++;
+ $l2h_to_latex{$text} = $count;
+ $l2h_to_latex[$count] = $text;
+ unless ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_SKIP)
+ {
+ print L2H_LATEX "\\begin{rawhtml}\n";
+ print L2H_LATEX "<!-- l2h_begin ${l2h_name} ${count} -->\n";
+ print L2H_LATEX "\\end{rawhtml}\n";
+
+ print L2H_LATEX "$text\n";
+
+ print L2H_LATEX "\\begin{rawhtml}\n";
+ print L2H_LATEX "<!-- l2h_end ${l2h_name} ${count} -->\n";
+ print L2H_LATEX "\\end{rawhtml}\n";
+ }
+ }
+ return "\@tex_${count} ";
+}
+
+# print closing into latex file and close it
+#sub l2h_FinishToLatex
+sub finish_to_latex()
+{
+ my ($reused);
+ $reused = $l2h_to_latex_count - $l2h_latex_count - $l2h_cached_count;
+ unless ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_SKIP)
+ {
+ print L2H_LATEX $l2h_latex_closing;
+ close(L2H_LATEX);
+ }
+ print STDERR "# l2h: finished to latex ($l2h_cached_count cached, $reused reused, $l2h_latex_count contents)\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ unless ($l2h_latex_count)
+ {
+ #l2h_Finish();
+ finish();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+###################################
+# Second stage: Use latex2html to generate corresponding html code and images
+#
+# l2h_ToHtml([$l2h_latex_file, [$l2h_html_dir]]):
+# Call latex2html on $l2h_latex_file
+# Put images (prefixed with $l2h_name."_") and html file(s) in $l2h_html_dir
+# Return 1, on success
+# 0, otherwise
+#
+#sub l2h_ToHtml
+sub to_html()
+{
+ my ($call, $dotbug);
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_SKIP)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# l2h: skipping latex2html run\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ # Check for dot in directory where dvips will work
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_TMP)
+ {
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_TMP =~ /\./)
+ {
+ warn "$ERROR Warning l2h: l2h_tmp dir contains a dot. Use /tmp, instead\n";
+ $dotbug = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (main::getcwd() =~ /\./)
+ {
+ warn "$ERROR Warning l2h: current dir contains a dot. Use /tmp as l2h_tmp dir \n";
+ $dotbug = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ # fix it, if necessary and hope that it works
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_TMP = "/tmp" if ($dotbug);
+
+ $call = $Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_L2H;
+ # use init file, if specified
+ my $init_file = main::locate_init_file($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_FILE);
+ $call = $call . " -init_file " . $init_file if ($init_file);
+ # set output dir
+ $call .= ($docu_rdir ? " -dir $docu_rdir" : " -no_subdir");
+ # use l2h_tmp, if specified
+ $call = $call . " -tmp $Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_TMP" if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_TMP);
+ # use a given html version if specified
+ $call = $call . " -html_version $Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_HTML_VERSION" if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_HTML_VERSION);
+ # options we want to be sure of
+ $call = $call ." -address 0 -info 0 -split 0 -no_navigation -no_auto_link";
+ $call = $call ." -prefix ${l2h_prefix} $l2h_latex_file";
+
+ print STDERR "# l2h: executing '$call'\n" if ($Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE);
+ if (system($call))
+ {
+ warn "l2h ***Error: '${call}' did not succeed\n";
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "# l2h: latex2html finished successfully\n" if ($Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE);
+ return 1;
+ }
+}
+
+##########################
+# Third stage: Extract generated contents from latex2html run
+# Initialize with: l2h_InitFromHtml
+# open $l2h_html_file for reading
+# reads in contents into array indexed by numbers
+# return 1, on success -- 0, otherwise
+# Extract Html code with: l2h_FromHtml($text)
+# replaces in $text all previosuly inserted comments by generated html code
+# returns (possibly changed) $text
+# Finish with: l2h_FinishFromHtml
+# closes $l2h_html_dir/$l2h_name.".$docu_ext"
+
+my $l2h_extract_error = 0;
+my $l2h_range_error = 0;
+my @l2h_from_html;
+
+#sub l2h_InitFromHtml()
+sub init_from_html()
+{
+ local(%l2h_img);
+ my ($count, $h_line);
+
+ if (! open(L2H_HTML, "<${l2h_html_file}"))
+ {
+ print STDERR "$ERROR Error l2h: Can't open ${l2h_html_file} for reading\n";
+ return 0;
+ }
+ print STDERR "# l2h: use ${l2h_html_file} as html file\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+
+ my $l2h_html_count = 0;
+ while ($h_line = <L2H_HTML>)
+ {
+ if ($h_line =~ /^<!-- l2h_begin $l2h_name ([0-9]+) -->/)
+ {
+ $count = $1;
+ my $h_content = "";
+ while ($h_line = <L2H_HTML>)
+ {
+ if ($h_line =~ /^<!-- l2h_end $l2h_name $count -->/)
+ {
+ chomp $h_content;
+ chomp $h_content;
+ $l2h_html_count++;
+ #$h_content = l2h_ToCache($count, $h_content);
+ $h_content = to_cache($count, $h_content);
+ $l2h_from_html[$count] = $h_content;
+ $h_content = '';
+ last;
+ }
+ $h_content = $h_content.$h_line;
+ }
+ if ($h_content)
+ {
+ print STDERR "$ERROR Warning l2h: l2h_end $l2h_name $count not found\n"
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE);
+ close(L2H_HTML);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ print STDERR "# l2h: Got $l2h_html_count of $l2h_latex_count html contents\n"
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE);
+
+ close(L2H_HTML);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+sub latex2html()
+{
+ return unless($status);
+ return unless ($status = finish_to_latex());
+ return unless ($status = to_html());
+ return unless ($status = init_from_html());
+}
+
+# FIXME used ??
+#sub l2h_FromHtml($)
+sub from_html($)
+{
+ my($text) = @_;
+ my($done, $to_do, $count);
+ $to_do = $text;
+ $done = '';
+ while ($to_do =~ /([^\000]*)<!-- l2h_replace $l2h_name ([0-9]+) -->([^\000]*)/)
+ {
+ $to_do = $1;
+ $count = $2;
+ $done = $3.$done;
+ $done = "<!-- l2h_end $l2h_name $count -->".$done
+ #if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H);
+ if ($debug);
+
+ #$done = l2h_ExtractFromHtml($count) . $done;
+ $done = extract_from_html($count) . $done;
+
+ $done = "<!-- l2h_begin $l2h_name $count -->".$done
+ #if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H);
+ if ($debug);
+ }
+ return $to_do.$done;
+}
+
+sub do_tex($)
+{
+ my $count = shift;
+ my $result = '';
+ $result = "<!-- l2h_begin $l2h_name $count -->"
+ #if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H);
+ if ($debug);
+ $result .= extract_from_html($count);
+ $result .= "<!-- l2h_end $l2h_name $count -->"
+ #if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H);
+ if ($debug);
+ return $result;
+}
+
+#sub l2h_ExtractFromHtml($)
+sub extract_from_html($)
+{
+ my $count = shift;
+ return $l2h_from_html[$count] if ($l2h_from_html[$count]);
+ if ($count >= 0 && $count < $l2h_latex_count)
+ {
+ # now we are in trouble
+ my $line;
+ $l2h_extract_error++;
+ print STDERR "$ERROR l2h: can't extract content $count from html\n"
+ if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ # try simple (ordinary) substition (without l2h)
+ #my $l_l2h = $Texi2HTML::Config::L2H;
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::L2H = 0;
+ my $l_l2h = $status;
+ $status = 0;
+ $line = $l2h_to_latex{$count};
+ $line = main::substitute_text({}, $line);
+ $line = "<!-- l2h: ". __LINE__ . " use texi2html -->" . $line
+ #if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H);
+ if ($debug);
+ #$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H = $l_l2h;
+ $status = $l_l2h;
+ return $line;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # now we have been incorrectly called
+ $l2h_range_error++;
+ print STDERR "$ERROR l2h: Request of $count content which is out of valide range [0,$l2h_latex_count)\n";
+ return "<!-- l2h: ". __LINE__ . " out of range count $count -->"
+ #if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H);
+ if ($debug);
+ return "<!-- l2h: out of range count $count -->";
+ }
+}
+
+#sub l2h_FinishFromHtml()
+sub finish_from_html()
+{
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE)
+ {
+ if ($l2h_extract_error + $l2h_range_error)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# l2h: finished from html ($l2h_extract_error extract and $l2h_range_error errors)\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "# l2h: finished from html (no errors)\n";
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#sub l2h_Finish()
+sub finish()
+{
+ return unless($status);
+ finish_from_html();
+ #l2h_StoreCache();
+ store_cache();
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H_CLEAN)
+ {
+ local ($_);
+ print STDERR "# l2h: removing temporary files generated by l2h extension\n"
+ if $Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE;
+ while (<"$docu_rdir$l2h_name"*>)
+ {
+ unlink $_;
+ }
+ }
+ print STDERR "# l2h: Finished\n" if $Texi2HTML::Config::VERBOSE;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+##############################
+# stuff for l2h caching
+#
+
+# I tried doing this with a dbm data base, but it did not store all
+# keys/values. Hence, I did as latex2html does it
+#sub l2h_InitCache
+sub init_cache
+{
+ if (-r "$l2h_cache_file")
+ {
+ my $rdo = do "$l2h_cache_file";
+ warn("$ERROR l2h Error: could not load $docu_rdir$l2h_cache_file: $@\n")
+ unless ($rdo);
+ }
+}
+
+#sub l2h_StoreCache
+sub store_cache
+{
+ return unless $l2h_latex_count;
+ my ($key, $value);
+ open(FH, ">$l2h_cache_file") || return warn"$ERROR l2h Error: could not open $docu_rdir$l2h_cache_file for writing: $!\n";
+ while (($key, $value) = each %l2h_cache)
+ {
+ # escape stuff
+ $key =~ s|/|\\/|g;
+ $key =~ s|\\\\/|\\/|g;
+ # weird, a \ at the end of the key results in an error
+ # maybe this also broke the dbm database stuff
+ $key =~ s|\\$|\\\\|;
+ $value =~ s/\|/\\\|/go;
+ $value =~ s/\\\\\|/\\\|/go;
+ $value =~ s|\\\\|\\\\\\\\|g;
+ print FH "\n\$l2h_cache_key = q/$key/;\n";
+ print FH "\$l2h_cache{\$l2h_cache_key} = q|$value|;\n";
+ }
+ print FH "1;";
+ close(FH);
+}
+
+# return cached html, if it exists for text, and if all pictures
+# are there, as well
+#sub l2h_FromCache
+sub from_cache
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $cached = $l2h_cache{$text};
+ if ($cached)
+ {
+ while ($cached =~ m/SRC="(.*?)"/g)
+ {
+ unless (-e "$docu_rdir$1")
+ {
+ return undef;
+ }
+ }
+ return $cached;
+ }
+ return undef;
+}
+
+# insert generated html into cache, move away images,
+# return transformed html
+my $maximage = 1;
+#sub l2h_ToCache($$)
+sub to_cache($$)
+{
+ my $count = shift;
+ my $content = shift;
+ my @images = ($content =~ /SRC="(.*?)"/g);
+ my ($src, $dest);
+
+ for $src (@images)
+ {
+ $dest = $l2h_img{$src};
+ unless ($dest)
+ {
+ my $ext;
+ if ($src =~ /.*\.(.*)$/ && $1 ne $docu_ext)
+ {
+ $ext = $1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "$ERROR: L2h image $src has invalid extension\n";
+ next;
+ }
+ while (-e "$docu_rdir${docu_name}_$maximage.$ext")
+ {
+ $maximage++;
+ }
+ $dest = "${docu_name}_$maximage.$ext";
+ system("cp -f $docu_rdir$src $docu_rdir$dest");
+ $l2h_img{$src} = $dest;
+ #unlink "$docu_rdir$src" unless ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H);
+ unlink "$docu_rdir$src" unless ($debug);
+ }
+ $content =~ s/$src/$dest/g;
+ }
+ $l2h_cache{$l2h_to_latex[$count]} = $content;
+ return $content;
+}
+
+}
+
+#+++###########################################################################
+# #
+# Pass texi: read source, handle variable, ignored text, #
+# #
+#---###########################################################################
+
+my @fhs = (); # hold the file handles to read
+my $input_spool; # spooled lines to read
+my @lines = (); # whole document
+my @lines_numbers = (); # line number, originating file associated with
+ # whole document
+my $macros; # macros. reference on a hash
+my %info_enclose; # macros defined with definfoenclose
+my $texi_line_number = { 'file_name' => '', 'line_nr' => 0, 'macro' => '' };
+my @floats = (); # floats list
+my %floats = (); # floats by style
+
+sub initialise_state_texi($)
+{
+ my $state = shift;
+ $state->{'texi'} = 1; # for substitute_text and close_stack:
+ # 1 if pass_texi/scan_texi is to be used
+}
+
+my @first_lines = ();
+
+sub pass_texi()
+{
+ my $first_lines = 1; # is it the first lines
+ my $state = {};
+ # holds the informations about the context
+ # to pass it down to the functions
+ initialise_state_texi($state);
+ my @stack;
+ my $text;
+ INPUT_LINE: while (defined($_ = next_line($texi_line_number)))
+ {
+ #
+ # remove the lines preceding \input or an @-command
+ #
+ if ($first_lines)
+ {
+ if (/^\\input/)
+ {
+ push @first_lines, $_;
+ $first_lines = 0;
+ next;
+ }
+ if (/^\s*\@/)
+ {
+ $first_lines = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @first_lines, $_;
+ next;
+ }
+ }
+ #print STDERR "line_nr $texi_line_number->{'line_nr'} :$_";
+ my $chomped_line = $_;
+ if (scan_texi ($_, \$text, \@stack, $state, $texi_line_number) and chomp($chomped_line))
+ {
+ #print STDERR "scan_texi line_nr $texi_line_number->{'line_nr'}\n";
+ push (@lines_numbers, { 'file_name' => $texi_line_number->{'file_name'},
+ 'line_nr' => $texi_line_number->{'line_nr'},
+ 'macro' => $texi_line_number->{'macro'} });
+ }
+
+ #dump_stack (\$text, \@stack, $state);
+ if ($state->{'bye'})
+ {
+ #dump_stack(\$text, \@stack, $state);
+ # close stack after bye
+ close_stack_texi_structure(\$text, \@stack, $state, $texi_line_number);
+ }
+ next if (@stack);
+ $_ = $text;
+ $text = '';
+ next if !defined($_);
+ push @lines, split_lines ($_);
+ last if ($state->{'bye'});
+ }
+ # close stack at the end of pass texi
+ close_stack_texi_structure(\$text, \@stack, $state, $texi_line_number);
+ push @lines, split_lines ($text);
+ print STDERR "# end of pass texi\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+}
+
+# return the line after preserving things according to misc_command map.
+sub preserve_command($$)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $macro = shift;
+ my $text = '';
+ my $args = '';
+ my $skip_spec = '';
+ my $arg_spec = '';
+
+ $skip_spec = $Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{$macro}->{'skip'}
+ if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{$macro}->{'skip'}));
+ $arg_spec = $Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{$macro}->{'arg'}
+ if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{$macro}->{'arg'}));
+
+ if ($arg_spec eq 'line')
+ {
+ $text .= $line;
+ $args .= $line;
+ $line = '';
+ }
+ elsif ($arg_spec)
+ {
+ my $arg_nr = $Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{$macro}->{'arg'};
+ while ($arg_nr)
+ {
+ $line =~ s/(\s+\S*)//o;
+ $text .= $1 if defined($1);
+ $args .= $1 if defined($1);
+ $arg_nr--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ($macro eq 'bye')
+ {
+ $line = '';
+ $text = "\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($skip_spec eq 'linespace')
+ {
+ if ($line =~ /^\s*$/o)
+ {
+ $line =~ s/([ \t]*)//o;
+ $text .= $1;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($skip_spec eq 'linewhitespace')
+ {
+ if ($line =~ /^\s*$/o)
+ {
+ $text .= $line;
+ $line = '';
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($skip_spec eq 'line')
+ {
+ $text .= $line;
+ $line = '';
+ }
+ elsif ($skip_spec eq 'whitespace')
+ {
+ $line =~ s/(\s*)//o;
+ $text .= $1;
+ }
+ elsif ($skip_spec eq 'space')
+ {
+ $line =~ s/([ \t]*)//o;
+ $text .= $1;
+ }
+ $line = '' if (!defined($line));
+ return ($line, "\@$macro" . $text, $args);
+}
+
+#+++###########################################################################
+# #
+# Pass structure: parse document structure #
+# #
+#---###########################################################################
+
+# This is a virtual element for things appearing before @node and
+# sectionning commands
+my $element_before_anything =
+{
+ 'before_anything' => 1,
+ 'place' => [],
+ 'texi' => 'VIRTUAL ELEMENT BEFORE ANYTHING',
+};
+
+sub initialise_state_structure($)
+{
+ my $state = shift;
+ $state->{'structure'} = 1; # for substitute_text and close_stack:
+ # 1 if pass_structure/scan_structure is
+ # to be used
+ $state->{'menu'} = 0; # number of opened menus
+ $state->{'detailmenu'} = 0; # number of opened detailed menus
+ $state->{'level'} = 0; # current sectionning level
+ $state->{'table_stack'} = [ "no table" ]; # a stack of opened tables/lists
+ delete ($state->{'region_lines'}) unless (defined($state->{'region_lines'}));
+}
+
+my @doc_lines = (); # whole document
+my @doc_numbers = (); # whole document line numbers and file names
+my @nodes_list = (); # nodes in document reading order
+ # each member is a reference on a hash
+my @sections_list = (); # sections in reading order
+ # each member is a reference on a hash
+my @elements_list = (); # sectionning elements (nodes and sections)
+ # in reading order. Each member is a reference
+ # on a hash which also appears in %nodes,
+ # @sections_list @nodes_list, @all_elements
+my @all_elements; # all the elements in document order
+my %nodes = (); # nodes hash. The key is the texi node name
+my %cross_reference_nodes = (); # normalized node names
+my %sections = (); # sections hash. The key is the section number
+ # headings are there, although they are not elements
+my $element_top; # Top element
+my $node_top; # Top node
+my $node_first; # First node
+my $element_index; # element with first index
+my $element_chapter_index; # chapter with first index
+my $element_first; # first element
+my $element_last; # last element
+
+# This is a virtual element used to have the right hrefs for index entries
+# and anchors in footnotes
+my $footnote_element =
+{
+ 'id' => 'SEC_Foot',
+ 'file' => $docu_foot,
+ 'footnote' => 1,
+ 'element' => 1,
+ 'place' => [],
+};
+
+#my $do_contents; # do table of contents if true
+#my $do_scontents; # do short table of contents if true
+my $novalidate = $Texi2HTML::Config::NOVALIDATE; # @novalidate appeared
+
+sub pass_structure()
+{
+ my $state = {};
+ # holds the informations about the context
+ # to pass it down to the functions
+ initialise_state_structure($state);
+ $state->{'element'} = $element_before_anything;
+ $state->{'place'} = $element_before_anything->{'place'};
+ my @stack;
+ my $text;
+ my $line_nr;
+
+ while (@lines)
+ {
+ $_ = shift @lines;
+ my $chomped_line = $_;
+ if (!chomp($chomped_line) and @lines)
+ {
+ $lines[0] = $_ . $lines[0];
+ next;
+ }
+ $line_nr = shift (@lines_numbers);
+ #print STDERR "PASS_STRUCTURE: $_";
+ if (!$state->{'raw'} and !$state->{'special'} and !$state->{'verb'})
+ {
+ my $tag = '';
+ if (/^\s*\@(\w+)\b/)
+ {
+ $tag = $1;
+ }
+
+ #
+ # analyze the tag
+ #
+ if ($tag and $tag eq 'node' or defined($sec2level{$tag}) or $tag eq 'printindex' or $tag eq 'float')
+ {
+ $_ = substitute_texi_line($_); #usefull if there is an anchor ???
+ if (@stack and $tag eq 'node' or defined($sec2level{$tag}) or
+$tag eq 'float')
+ {# in pass structure node and float shouldn't appear in formats
+ close_stack_texi_structure(\$text, \@stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ if (exists($state->{'region_lines'}))
+ {
+ push @{$region_lines{$state->{'region_lines'}->{'format'}}}, split_lines ($text);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @doc_lines, split_lines ($text);
+ }
+ $text = '';
+ }
+ if ($tag eq 'node')
+ {
+ my $node_ref;
+ my $auto_directions;
+ $auto_directions = 1 unless (/,/o);
+ my ($node, $node_next, $node_prev, $node_up) = split(/,/, $_);
+ $node =~ s/^\@node\s+// if ($node);
+ if ($node)
+ {
+ $node = normalise_space($node);
+ if (exists($nodes{$node}) and defined($nodes{$node})
+ and $nodes{$node}->{'seen'})
+ {
+ echo_error ("Duplicate node found: $node", $line_nr);
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (exists($nodes{$node}) and defined($nodes{$node}))
+ { # node appeared in a menu
+ $node_ref = $nodes{$node};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $first;
+ $first = 1 if (!defined($node_ref));
+ $node_ref = {};
+ $node_first = $node_ref if ($first);
+ $nodes{$node} = $node_ref;
+ }
+ $node_ref->{'node'} = 1;
+ $node_ref->{'tag'} = 'node';
+ $node_ref->{'tag_level'} = 'node';
+ $node_ref->{'texi'} = $node;
+ $node_ref->{'seen'} = 1;
+ $node_ref->{'automatic_directions'} = $auto_directions;
+ $node_ref->{'place'} = [];
+ $node_ref->{'current_place'} = [];
+ merge_element_before_anything($node_ref);
+ $node_ref->{'index_names'} = [];
+ $state->{'place'} = $node_ref->{'current_place'};
+ $state->{'element'} = $node_ref;
+ $state->{'after_element'} = 1;
+ $state->{'node_ref'} = $node_ref;
+ # makeinfo treats differently case variants of
+ # top in nodes and anchors and in refs commands and
+ # refs from nodes.
+ if ($node =~ /^top$/i)
+ {
+ if (!defined($node_top))
+ {
+ $node_top = $node_ref;
+ $node_top->{'texi'} = 'Top';
+ delete $nodes{$node};
+ $nodes{$node_top->{'texi'}} = $node_ref;
+ }
+ else
+ { # All the refs are going to point to the first Top
+ echo_warn ("Top node allready exists", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$WARN Top node allready exists\n";
+ }
+ }
+ unless (@nodes_list)
+ {
+ $node_ref->{'first'} = 1;
+ }
+ push (@nodes_list, $node_ref);
+ push @elements_list, $node_ref;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Node is undefined: $_ (eg. \@node NODE-NAME, NEXT, PREVIOUS, UP)", $line_nr);
+ next;
+ }
+
+ if ($node_next)
+ {
+ $node_ref->{'node_next'} = normalise_node($node_next);
+ }
+ if ($node_prev)
+ {
+ $node_ref->{'node_prev'} = normalise_node($node_prev);
+ }
+ if ($node_up)
+ {
+ $node_ref->{'node_up'} = normalise_node($node_up);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (defined($sec2level{$tag}))
+ {
+ if (/^\@$tag\s*(.*)$/)
+ {
+ my $name = normalise_space($1);
+ $name = '' if (!defined($name));
+ my $level = $sec2level{$tag};
+ $state->{'after_element'} = 1;
+ my ($docid, $num);
+ if($tag ne 'top')
+ {
+ $sec_num++;
+ $num = $sec_num;
+ $docid = "SEC$sec_num";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $num = 0;
+ $docid = "SEC_Top";
+ }
+ if ($tag !~ /heading/)
+ {
+ my $section_ref = { 'texi' => $name,
+ 'level' => $level,
+ 'tag' => $tag,
+ 'sec_num' => $num,
+ 'section' => 1,
+ 'id' => $docid,
+ 'seen' => 1,
+ 'index_names' => [],
+ 'current_place' => [],
+ 'place' => []
+ };
+
+ if ($tag eq 'top')
+ {
+ $section_ref->{'top'} = 1;
+ $section_ref->{'number'} = '';
+ $sections{0} = $section_ref;
+ $element_top = $section_ref;
+ }
+ $sections{$num} = $section_ref;
+ merge_element_before_anything($section_ref);
+ if ($state->{'node_ref'} and !exists($state->{'node_ref'}->{'with_section'}))
+ {
+ my $node_ref = $state->{'node_ref'};
+ $section_ref->{'node_ref'} = $node_ref;
+ $section_ref->{'titlefont'} = $node_ref->{'titlefont'};
+ $node_ref->{'with_section'} = $section_ref;
+ $node_ref->{'top'} = 1 if ($tag eq 'top');
+ }
+ if (! $name and $level)
+ {
+ echo_warn ("$tag without name", $line_nr);
+ }
+ push @sections_list, $section_ref;
+ push @elements_list, $section_ref;
+ $state->{'section_ref'} = $section_ref;
+ $state->{'element'} = $section_ref;
+ $state->{'place'} = $section_ref->{'current_place'};
+ my $node_ref = "NO NODE";
+ my $node_texi ='';
+ if ($state->{'node_ref'})
+ {
+ $node_ref = $state->{'node_ref'};
+ $node_texi = $state->{'node_ref'}->{'texi'};
+ }
+ print STDERR "# pass_structure node($node_ref)$node_texi, tag \@$tag($level) ref $section_ref, num,id $num,$docid\n $name\n"
+ if $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $section_ref = { 'texi' => $name,
+ 'level' => $level,
+ 'heading' => 1,
+ 'tag' => $tag,
+ 'tag_level' => $tag,
+ 'sec_num' => $sec_num,
+ 'id' => $docid,
+ 'number' => '' };
+ $state->{'element'} = $section_ref;
+ push @{$state->{'place'}}, $section_ref;
+ $sections{$sec_num} = $section_ref;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($tag eq 'float')
+ {
+ my ($style_texi, $label_texi) = split(/,/, $_);
+ $style_texi =~ s/^\@float\s*//;
+ $style_texi = normalise_space($style_texi);
+ $label_texi = undef if (defined($label_texi) and ($label_texi =~ /^\s*$/));
+ if (defined($label_texi))
+ {
+ $label_texi = normalise_node($label_texi);
+ if (exists($nodes{$label_texi}) and defined($nodes{$label_texi})
+ and $nodes{$label_texi}->{'seen'})
+ {
+ echo_error ("Duplicate label found: $label_texi", $line_nr);
+ while ($_ =~ /,/)
+ {
+ $_ =~ s/,.*$//;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $float = { };
+ if (exists($nodes{$label_texi}) and defined($nodes{$label_texi}))
+ { # float appeared in a menu
+ $float = $nodes{$label_texi};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $nodes{$label_texi} = $float;
+ }
+ $float->{'float'} = 1;
+ $float->{'tag'} = 'float';
+ $float->{'texi'} = $label_texi;
+ $float->{'seen'} = 1;
+ $float->{'id'} = $label_texi;
+#print STDERR "FLOAT: $float $float->{'texi'}, place $state->{'place'}\n";
+ push @{$state->{'place'}}, $float;
+ $float->{'element'} = $state->{'element'};
+ $state->{'float'} = $float;
+ $float->{'style_texi'} = $style_texi;
+ push @floats, $float;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (/^\@printindex\s+(\w+)/)
+ {
+ unless (@elements_list)
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Printindex before document beginning: \@printindex $1", $line_nr);
+ next;
+ }
+ $state->{'after_element'} = 0;
+ # $element_index is the first element with index
+ $element_index = $elements_list[-1] unless (defined($element_index));
+ # associate the index to the element such that the page
+ # number is right
+ my $placed_elements = [];
+ push @{$elements_list[-1]->{'index_names'}}, { 'name' => $1, 'place' => $placed_elements };
+ $state->{'place'} = $placed_elements;
+ }
+ if (exists($state->{'region_lines'}))
+ {
+ push @{$region_lines{$state->{'region_lines'}->{'format'}}}, $_;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @doc_lines, $_;
+ push @doc_numbers, $line_nr;
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ }
+ if (scan_structure ($_, \$text, \@stack, $state, $line_nr) and !(exists($state->{'region_lines'})))
+ {
+ push (@doc_numbers, $line_nr);
+ }
+ next if (@stack);
+ $_ = $text;
+ $text = '';
+ next if (!defined($_));
+ if ($state->{'region_lines'})
+ {
+ push @{$region_lines{$state->{'region_lines'}->{'format'}}}, split_lines ($_);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @doc_lines, split_lines ($_);
+ }
+ }
+ if (@stack)
+ {# close stack at the end of pass structure
+ close_stack_texi_structure(\$text, \@stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ push @doc_lines, split_lines ($text) if ($text and (!exists($state->{'region_lines'})));
+ }
+ echo_warn ("At end of document, $state->{'region_lines'}->{'number'} $state->{'region_lines'}->{'format'} not closed") if (exists($state->{'region_lines'}));
+ print STDERR "# end of pass structure\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+}
+
+# split line at end of line and put each resulting line in an array
+sub split_lines($)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my @result = ();
+ my $i = 0;
+ while ($line)
+ {
+ $result[$i] = '';
+ $line =~ s/^(.*)//;
+ $result[$i] .= $1;
+ $result[$i] .= "\n" if ($line =~ s/^\n//);
+ #print STDERR "$i: $result[$i]";
+ $i++;
+ }
+ return @result;
+}
+
+sub misc_command_structure($$$$)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $macro = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $text;
+ my $args;
+
+ if ($macro eq 'lowersections')
+ {
+ my ($sec, $level);
+ while (($sec, $level) = each %sec2level)
+ {
+ $sec2level{$sec} = $level + 1;
+ }
+ $state->{'level'}--;
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'raisesections')
+ {
+ my ($sec, $level);
+ while (($sec, $level) = each %sec2level)
+ {
+ $sec2level{$sec} = $level - 1;
+ }
+ $state->{'level'}++;
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'contents')
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::DO_CONTENTS = 1;
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'detailmenu')
+ {
+ $state->{'detailmenu'}++;
+ }
+ elsif (($macro eq 'summarycontents') or ($macro eq 'shortcontents'))
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::DO_SCONTENTS = 1;
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'novalidate')
+ {
+ $novalidate = 1;
+ }
+ elsif (grep {$_ eq $macro} ('settitle','setfilename','shortitle','shorttitlepage')
+ and ($line =~ /^\s+(.*)$/))
+ {
+ $value{"_$macro"} = substitute_texi_line($1);
+ }
+ elsif (grep {$_ eq $macro} ('author','subtitle','title')
+ and ($line =~ /^\s+(.*)$/))
+ {
+ $value{"_$macro"} .= substitute_texi_line($1)."\n";
+ push @{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{"${macro}s"}}, substitute_texi_line($1);
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'synindex' || $macro eq 'syncodeindex')
+ {
+ if ($line =~ /^\s+(\w+)\s+(\w+)/)
+ {
+ my $from = $1;
+ my $to = $2;
+ my $prefix_from = index_name2prefix($from);
+ my $prefix_to = index_name2prefix($to);
+ echo_error ("unknown from index name $from in \@$macro", $line_nr)
+ unless $prefix_from;
+ echo_error ("unknown to index name $to in \@$macro", $line_nr)
+ unless $prefix_to;
+ if ($prefix_from and $prefix_to)
+ {
+ if ($macro eq 'syncodeindex')
+ {
+ $index_properties->{$prefix_to}->{'from_code'}->{$prefix_from} = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $index_properties->{$prefix_to}->{'from'}->{$prefix_from} = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad $macro line: $line", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'defindex' || $macro eq 'defcodeindex')
+ {
+ if ($line =~ /^\s+(\w+)\s*$/)
+ {
+ my $name = $1;
+ $index_properties->{$name}->{'name'} = $name;
+ $index_properties->{$name}->{'code'} = 1 if $macro eq 'defcodeindex';
+ }
+ else
+ {# FIXME makeinfo don't warn ?
+ echo_error ("Bad $macro line: $line", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'documentlanguage')
+ {
+ if ($line =~ /\s+(\w+)/)
+ {
+ my $lang = $1;
+ set_document_language($lang, 0, $line_nr) if (!$cmd_line_lang && $lang);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'kbdinputstyle')
+ {# FIXME makeinfo ignores that with --html
+ if ($line =~ /\s+([a-z]+)/)
+ {
+ if ($1 eq 'code')
+ {
+ $style_map_ref->{'kbd'} = $style_map_ref->{'code'};
+ $style_map_pre_ref->{'kbd'} = $style_map_pre_ref->{'code'};
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'kbdinputstyle'} = $1;
+ }
+ elsif ($1 eq 'example')
+ {
+ $style_map_pre_ref->{'kbd'} = $style_map_pre_ref->{'code'};
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'kbdinputstyle'} = $1;
+ }
+ elsif ($1 ne 'distinct')
+ {
+ echo_error ("Unknown argument for \@$macro: $1", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'paragraphindent')
+ {
+ if ($line =~ /\s+([0-9]+)/)
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'paragraphindent'} = $1;
+ }
+ elsif (($line =~ /\s+(none)[^\w\-]/) or ($line =~ /\s+(asis)[^\w\-]/))
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'paragraphindent'} = $1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'firstparagraphindent')
+ {
+ if (($line =~ /\s+(none)[^\w\-]/) or ($line =~ /\s+(insert)[^\w\-]/))
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'firstparagraphindent'} = $1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'exampleindent')
+ {
+ if ($line =~ /^\s+([0-9]+)/)
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'exampleindent'} = $1;
+ }
+ elsif ($line =~ /^\s+(asis)[^\w\-]/)
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'exampleindent'} = $1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'footnotestyle')
+ {
+ if (($line =~ /^\s+(end)[^\w\-]/) or ($line =~ /^\s+(separate)[^\w\-]/))
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'footnotestyle'} = $1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'headings')
+ {
+ my $valid_arg = 0;
+ foreach my $possible_arg (('off','on','single','double',
+ 'singleafter','doubleafter'))
+ {
+ if ($line =~ /^\s+($possible_arg)[^\w\-]/)
+ {
+ $valid_arg = 1;
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'headings'} = $possible_arg;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ unless ($valid_arg)
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'setchapternewpage')
+ {
+ if (($line =~ /^\s+(on)[^\w\-]/) or ($line =~ /^\s+(off)[^\w\-]/)
+ or ($line =~ /^\s+(odd)[^\w\-]/))
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'setchapternewpage'} = $1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (grep {$macro eq $_} ('everyheading', 'everyfooting',
+ 'evenheading', 'evenfooting', 'oddheading', 'oddfooting'))
+ {
+ my $arg = $line;
+ $arg =~ s/^\s+//;
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$macro} = $arg;
+ }
+
+ ($text, $line, $args) = preserve_command($line, $macro);
+ return ($text, $line);
+}
+
+# return the line after removing things according to misc_command map.
+# if the skipped macro has an effect it is done here
+# this is used during pass_text
+sub misc_command_text($$$$$$)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $macro = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my ($skipped, $remaining, $args);
+ my $keep = $Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{$macro}->{'keep'};
+
+ if ($macro eq 'detailmenu')
+ {
+ $state->{'detailmenu'}++;
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'sp')
+ {
+ my $sp_number;
+ if ($line =~ /^\s+(\d+)\s/)
+ {
+ $sp_number = $1;
+ }
+ elsif ($line =~ /(\s*)$/)
+ {
+ $sp_number = '';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("\@$macro needs a numeric arg or no arg", $line_nr);
+ }
+ $sp_number = 1 if ($sp_number eq '');
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::sp($sp_number, $state->{'preformatted'}));
+ }
+ elsif($macro eq 'verbatiminclude' and !$keep)
+ {
+ if ($line =~ /\s+(.+)/)
+ {
+ my $arg = $1;
+ my $file = locate_include_file($arg);
+ if (defined($file))
+ {
+ if (!open(VERBINCLUDE, $file))
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Can't read file $file: $!",$line_nr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $verb_text = '';
+ while (my $line = <VERBINCLUDE>)
+ {
+ $verb_text .= $line;
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::raw('verbatim',$verb_text));
+ close VERBINCLUDE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Can't find $arg, skipping", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad \@$macro line: $_", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'need')
+ {
+ unless (($line =~ /\s+([0-9]+(\.[0-9]*)?)[^\w\-]/) or
+ ($line =~ /\s+(\.[0-9]+)[^\w\-]/))
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Bad \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ ($remaining, $skipped, $args) = preserve_command($line, $macro);
+ if ($keep)
+ {
+ $remaining = $args . $remaining;
+ }
+ return $remaining if ($remaining ne '');
+ return undef;
+}
+
+# merge the things appearing before the first @node or sectionning command
+# (held by element_before_anything) with the current element if not allready
+# done
+sub merge_element_before_anything($)
+{
+ my $element = shift;
+ if (exists($element_before_anything->{'place'}))
+ {
+ $element->{'current_place'} = $element_before_anything->{'place'};
+ $element->{'titlefont'} = $element_before_anything->{'titlefont'};
+ delete $element_before_anything->{'place'};
+ foreach my $placed_thing (@{$element->{'current_place'}})
+ {
+ $placed_thing->{'element'} = $element if (exists($placed_thing->{'element'}));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+# find menu_prev, menu_up... for a node in menu
+sub menu_entry_texi($$$)
+{
+ my $node = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $node_menu_ref = {};
+ if (exists($nodes{$node}))
+ {
+ $node_menu_ref = $nodes{$node};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $nodes{$node} = $node_menu_ref;
+ $node_menu_ref->{'texi'} = $node;
+ $node_menu_ref->{'external_node'} = 1 if ($node =~ /\(.+\)/);
+# or $novalidate);
+ }
+ #$node_menu_ref->{'menu_node'} = 1;
+ if ($state->{'node_ref'})
+ {
+ $node_menu_ref->{'menu_up'} = $state->{'node_ref'};
+ $node_menu_ref->{'menu_up_hash'}->{$state->{'node_ref'}->{'texi'}} = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_warn ("menu entry without previous node: $node", $line_nr) unless ($node =~ /\(.+\)/);
+ #warn "$WARN menu entry without previous node: $node\n" unless ($node =~ /\(.+\)/);
+ }
+ return if ($state->{'detailmenu'});
+ if ($state->{'prev_menu_node'})
+ {
+ $node_menu_ref->{'menu_prev'} = $state->{'prev_menu_node'};
+ $state->{'prev_menu_node'}->{'menu_next'} = $node_menu_ref;
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'node_ref'})
+ {
+ $state->{'node_ref'}->{'menu_child'} = $node_menu_ref;
+ }
+ $state->{'prev_menu_node'} = $node_menu_ref;
+}
+
+my %files = (); # keys are files. This is used to avoid reusing an allready
+ # used file name
+my %empty_indices = (); # value is true for an index name key if the index
+ # is empty
+my %printed_indices = (); # value is true for an index name not empty and
+ # printed
+
+# find next, prev, up, back, forward, fastback, fastforward
+# find element id and file
+# split index pages
+# associate placed items (items which have links to them) with the right
+# file and id
+# associate nodes with sections
+sub rearrange_elements()
+{
+ @all_elements = @elements_list;
+
+ print STDERR "# find sections levels and toplevel\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+
+ my $toplevel = 4;
+ # correct level if raisesections or lowersections overflowed
+ # and find toplevel
+ foreach my $element (values(%sections))
+ {
+ my $level = $element->{'level'};
+ if ($level > $MAX_LEVEL)
+ {
+ $element->{'level'} = $MAX_LEVEL;
+ }
+ elsif ($level < $MIN_LEVEL and !$element->{'top'})
+ {
+ $element->{'level'} = $MIN_LEVEL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $element->{'level'} = $level;
+ }
+ $element->{'toc_level'} = $element->{'level'};
+ # This is for top
+ $element->{'toc_level'} = $MIN_LEVEL if ($element->{'level'} < $MIN_LEVEL);
+ # find the new tag corresponding with the level of the section
+ $element->{'tag_level'} = $level2sec{$element->{'tag'}}->[$element->{'level'}] if ($element->{'tag'} !~ /heading/);
+ $toplevel = $element->{'level'} if (($element->{'level'} < $toplevel) and ($element->{'level'} > 0 and ($element->{'tag'} !~ /heading/)));
+ print STDERR "# section level $level: $element->{'texi'}\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ }
+
+ print STDERR "# find sections structure, construct section numbers (toplevel=$toplevel)\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+
+ my $in_appendix = 0;
+ # these arrays heve an element per sectionning level.
+ my @previous_numbers = (); # holds the number of the previous sections
+ # at the same and upper levels
+ my @previous_sections = (); # holds the ref of the previous sections
+
+ foreach my $section (@sections_list)
+ {
+ next if ($section->{'top'});
+ print STDERR "Bug level undef for ($section) $section->{'texi'}\n" if (!defined($section->{'level'}));
+ $section->{'toplevel'} = 1 if ($section->{'level'} == $toplevel);
+ # undef things under that section level
+ for (my $level = $section->{'level'} + 1; $level < $MAX_LEVEL + 1 ; $level++)
+ {
+ $previous_numbers[$level] = undef;
+ $previous_sections[$level] = undef;
+ }
+ my $number_set;
+ # find number at the current level
+ if ($section->{'tag'} =~ /appendix/ and !$in_appendix)
+ {
+ $previous_numbers[$toplevel] = 'A';
+ $in_appendix = 1;
+ $number_set = 1 if ($section->{'level'} == $toplevel);
+ }
+ if (!defined($previous_numbers[$section->{'level'}]) and !$number_set)
+ {
+ if ($section->{'tag'} =~ /unnumbered/)
+ {
+ $previous_numbers[$section->{'level'}] = undef;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $previous_numbers[$section->{'level'}] = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($section->{'tag'} !~ /unnumbered/ and !$number_set)
+ {
+ $previous_numbers[$section->{'level'}]++;
+ }
+ # construct the section number
+ $section->{'number'} = '';
+
+ unless ($section->{'tag'} =~ /unnumbered/)
+ {
+ my $level = $section->{'level'};
+ while ($level > $toplevel)
+ {
+ my $number = $previous_numbers[$level];
+ $number = 0 if (!defined($number));
+ if ($section->{'number'})
+ {
+ $section->{'number'} = "$number.$section->{'number'}";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $section->{'number'} = $number;
+ }
+ $level--;
+ }
+ my $toplevel_number = $previous_numbers[$toplevel];
+ $toplevel_number = 0 if (!defined($toplevel_number));
+ $section->{'number'} = "$toplevel_number.$section->{'number'}";
+ }
+ # find the previous section
+ if (defined($previous_sections[$section->{'level'}]))
+ {
+ my $prev_section = $previous_sections[$section->{'level'}];
+ $section->{'section_prev'} = $prev_section;
+ $prev_section->{'next'} = $section;
+ $prev_section->{'element_next'} = $section;
+ }
+ # find the up section
+ if ($section->{'level'} == $toplevel)
+ {
+ $section->{'up'} = undef;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $level = $section->{'level'} - 1;
+ while (!defined($previous_sections[$level]) and ($level >= 0))
+ {
+ $level--;
+ }
+ if ($level >= 0)
+ {
+ $section->{'up'} = $previous_sections[$level];
+ # 'child' is the first child
+ $section->{'up'}->{'child'} = $section unless ($section->{'section_prev'});
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $section->{'up'} = undef;
+ }
+ }
+ $previous_sections[$section->{'level'}] = $section;
+ # element_up is used for reparenting in case an index page
+ # splitted a section. This is used in order to preserve the up which
+ # points to the up section. See below at index pages generation.
+ $section->{'element_up'} = $section->{'up'};
+
+ my $up = "NO_UP";
+ $up = $section->{'up'} if (defined($section->{'up'}));
+ print STDERR "# numbering section ($section->{'level'}): $section->{'number'}: (up: $up) $section->{'texi'}\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ }
+
+ my @node_directions = ('node_prev', 'node_next', 'node_up');
+ # handle nodes
+ # the node_prev... are texinfo strings, find the associated node references
+ print STDERR "# Resolve nodes directions\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ foreach my $node (@nodes_list)
+ {
+ foreach my $direction (@node_directions)
+ {
+ if ($node->{$direction} and !ref($node->{$direction}))
+ {
+ if ($nodes{$node->{$direction}} and $nodes{$node->{$direction}}->{'seen'})
+ {
+ $node->{$direction} = $nodes{$node->{$direction}};
+ }
+ elsif (($node->{$direction} =~ /^\(.*\)/) or $novalidate)
+ { # ref to an external node
+ if (exists($nodes{$node->{$direction}}))
+ {
+ $node->{$direction} = $nodes{$node->{$direction}};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # FIXME if {'seen'} this is a node appearing in the
+ # document and a node like `(file)node'. What to
+ # do then ?
+ my $node_ref = { 'texi' => $node->{$direction} };
+ $node_ref->{'external_node'} = 1 if ($node->{$direction} =~ /^\(.*\)/);
+ #my $node_ref = { 'texi' => $node->{$direction},
+ # 'external_node' => 1 };
+ $nodes{$node->{$direction}} = $node_ref;
+ $node->{$direction} = $node_ref;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_warn ("$direction `$node->{$direction}' for `$node->{'texi'}' not found");
+ delete $node->{$direction};
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # find section preceding and following top
+ my $section_before_top; # section preceding the top node
+ my $section_after_top; # section following the top node
+ if ($node_top)
+ {
+ my $previous_is_top = 0;
+ foreach my $element (@all_elements)
+ {
+ if ($element eq $node_top)
+ {
+ $previous_is_top = 1;
+ next;
+ }
+ if ($previous_is_top)
+ {
+ if ($element->{'section'})
+ {
+ $section_after_top = $element;
+ last;
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ $section_before_top = $element if ($element->{'section'});
+ }
+ }
+ print STDERR "# section before Top: $section_before_top->{'texi'}\n"
+ if ($section_before_top and ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS));
+ print STDERR "# section after Top: $section_after_top->{'texi'}\n"
+ if ($section_after_top and ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS));
+
+ print STDERR "# Build the elements list\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ if (!$Texi2HTML::Config::USE_NODES)
+ {
+ #the only sectionning elements are sections
+ @elements_list = @sections_list;
+ # if there is no section we use nodes...
+ if (!@elements_list)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# no section\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ @elements_list = @all_elements;
+ }
+ elsif (!$element_top and $node_top and !$node_top->{'with_section'})
+ { # special case for the top node if it isn't associated with
+ # a section. The top node element is inserted between the
+ # $section_before_top and the $section_after_top
+ $node_top->{'as_section'} = 1;
+ $node_top->{'section_ref'} = $node_top;
+ my @old_element_lists = @elements_list;
+ @elements_list = ();
+ while (@old_element_lists)
+ {
+ my $section = shift @old_element_lists;
+ if ($section_before_top and ($section eq $section_before_top))
+ {
+ push @elements_list, $section;
+ push @elements_list, $node_top;
+ last;
+ }
+ elsif ($section_after_top and ($section eq $section_after_top))
+ {
+ push @elements_list, $node_top;
+ push @elements_list, $section;
+ last;
+ }
+ push @elements_list, $section;
+ }
+ push @elements_list, @old_element_lists;
+ }
+
+ foreach my $element (@elements_list)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# new section element $element->{'texi'}\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # elements are sections if possible, and node if no section associated
+ my @elements = ();
+ while (@elements_list)
+ {
+ my $element = shift @elements_list;
+ if ($element->{'node'})
+ {
+ if (!defined($element->{'with_section'}))
+ {
+ $element->{'toc_level'} = $MIN_LEVEL if (!defined($element->{'toc_level'}));
+ print STDERR "# new node element ($element) $element->{'texi'}\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ push @elements, $element;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "# new section element ($element) $element->{'texi'}\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ push @elements, $element;
+ }
+ }
+ @elements_list = @elements;
+ }
+ foreach my $element (@elements_list)
+ {
+ $element->{'element'} = 1;
+ }
+
+ # nodes are attached to the section preceding them if not allready
+ # associated with a section
+ print STDERR "# Find the section associated with each node\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ my $current_section = $sections_list[0];
+ $current_section = $node_top if ($node_top and $node_top->{'as_section'} and !$section_before_top);
+ my $current;
+ foreach my $element (@all_elements)
+ {
+ if ($element->{'node'} and !$element->{'as_section'})
+ {
+ if ($element->{'with_section'})
+ { # the node is associated with a section
+ $element->{'section_ref'} = $element->{'with_section'};
+ push @{$element->{'section_ref'}->{'nodes'}}, $element;
+ }
+ elsif (defined($current_section))
+ {
+ $current_section = $section_after_top
+ if ($current_section->{'node'} and $section_after_top);
+ $element->{'in_top'} = 1 if ($current_section->{'top'});
+ $element->{'section_ref'} = $current_section;
+ # nodes are considered sub elements for the purprose of
+ # reparenting and their element_next and element_prev
+ # are next and prev node associated with the same section
+ $element->{'element_up'} = $current_section;
+ $element->{'toc_level'} = $current_section->{'toc_level'};
+ if (defined($current))
+ {
+ $current->{'element_next'} = $element;
+ $element->{'element_prev'} = $current;
+ }
+ $current = $element;
+ push @{$element->{'section_ref'}->{'nodes'}}, $element;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $element->{'toc_level'} = $MIN_LEVEL;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $current = undef;
+ $current_section = $element;
+ if ($element->{'node'})
+ { # Top node
+ $element->{'toc_level'} = $MIN_LEVEL;
+ push @{$element->{'section_ref'}->{'nodes'}}, $element;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ print STDERR "# Complete nodes next prev and up based on menus and sections\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ foreach my $node (@nodes_list)
+ {
+ if (!$node->{'first'} and !$node->{'top'} and !$node->{'menu_up'} and ($node->{'texi'} !~ /^top$/i) and $Texi2HTML::Config::SHOW_MENU)
+ {
+ warn "$WARN `$node->{'texi'}' doesn't appear in menus\n";
+ }
+
+ # use values deduced from menus to complete missing up, next, prev
+ # or from sectionning commands if automatic sectionning
+ if ($node->{'node_up'})
+ {
+ $node->{'up'} = $node->{'node_up'};
+ }
+ elsif ($node->{'automatic_directions'} and $node->{'section_ref'} and defined($node->{'section_ref'}->{'up'}))
+ {
+ $node->{'up'} = get_node($node->{'section_ref'}->{'up'});
+ }
+ elsif ($node->{'menu_up'})
+ {
+ $node->{'up'} = $node->{'menu_up'};
+ }
+
+ if ($node->{'up'} and !$node->{'up'}->{'external_node'})
+ {
+ # We detect when the up node has no menu entry for that node, as
+ # there may be infinite loops when finding following node (see below)
+ unless (defined($node->{'menu_up_hash'}) and ($node->{'menu_up_hash'}->{$node->{'up'}->{'texi'}}))
+ {
+ print STDERR "$WARN `$node->{'up'}->{'texi'}' is up for `$node->{'texi'}', but has no menu entry for this node\n" if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SHOW_MENU);
+ push @{$node->{'up_not_in_menu'}}, $node->{'up'}->{'texi'};
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Find next node
+ if ($node->{'node_next'})
+ {
+ $node->{'next'} = $node->{'node_next'};
+ }
+ elsif ($node->{'texi'} eq 'Top')
+ { # special case as said in the texinfo manual
+ $node->{'next'} = $node->{'menu_child'} if ($node->{'menu_child'});
+ }
+ elsif ($node->{'automatic_directions'})
+ {
+ if (defined($node->{'section_ref'}))
+ {
+ my $next;
+ my $section = $node->{'section_ref'};
+ if (defined($section->{'next'}))
+ {
+ $next = get_node($section->{'next'})
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (defined($section->{'up'}) and !defined($section->{'next'}))
+ {
+ $section = $section->{'up'};
+ }
+ if (defined($section->{'next'}))
+ {
+ $next = get_node($section->{'next'});
+ }
+ }
+ $node->{'next'} = $next;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!defined($node->{'next'}) and $node->{'menu_next'})
+ {
+ $node->{'next'} = $node->{'menu_next'};
+ }
+ # Find prev node
+ if ($node->{'node_prev'})
+ {
+ $node->{'prev'} = $node->{'node_prev'};
+ }
+ elsif ($node->{'automatic_directions'})
+ {
+ if (defined($node->{'section_ref'}))
+ {
+ my $section = $node->{'section_ref'};
+ if (defined($section->{'section_prev'}))
+ {
+ $node->{'prev'} = get_node($section->{'section_prev'});
+ }
+ elsif (defined($section->{'up'}))
+ {
+ $node->{'prev'} = get_node($section->{'up'});
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ # next we try menus. makeinfo don't do that
+ if (!defined($node->{'prev'}) and $node->{'menu_prev'})
+ {
+ $node->{'prev'} = $node->{'menu_prev'};
+ }
+ # the prev node is the parent node
+ elsif (!defined($node->{'prev'}) and $node->{'menu_up'})
+ {
+ $node->{'prev'} = $node->{'menu_up'};
+ }
+
+ # the following node is the node following in node reading order
+ # it is thus first the child, else the next, else the next following
+ # the up
+ if ($node->{'menu_child'})
+ {
+ $node->{'following'} = $node->{'menu_child'};
+ }
+ elsif ($node->{'automatic_directions'} and defined($node->{'section_ref'}) and defined($node->{'section_ref'}->{'child'}))
+ {
+ $node->{'following'} = get_node ($node->{'section_ref'}->{'child'});
+ }
+ elsif (defined($node->{'next'}))
+ {
+ $node->{'following'} = $node->{'next'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $up = $node->{'up'};
+ # in order to avoid infinite recursion in case the up node is the
+ # node itself we use the up node as following when there isn't
+ # a correct menu structure, here and also below.
+ $node->{'following'} = $up if (defined($up) and grep {$_ eq $up->{'texi'}} @{$node->{'up_not_in_menu'}});
+ while ((!defined($node->{'following'})) and (defined($up)))
+ {
+ if (($node_top) and ($up eq $node_top))
+ { # if we are at Top, Top is following
+ $node->{'following'} = $node_top;
+ $up = undef;
+ }
+ if (defined($up->{'next'}))
+ {
+ $node->{'following'} = $up->{'next'};
+ }
+ elsif (defined($up->{'up'}))
+ {
+ if (! grep { $_ eq $up->{'up'}->{'texi'} } @{$node->{'up_not_in_menu'}})
+ {
+ $up = $up->{'up'};
+ }
+ else
+ { # in that case we can go into a infinite loop
+ $node->{'following'} = $up->{'up'};
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $up = undef;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # find first and last elements before we split indices
+ # FIXME Is it right for the last element ? Or should it be the last
+ # with indices taken into account ?
+ $element_first = $elements_list[0];
+ print STDERR "# element first: $element_first->{'texi'}\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ print STDERR "# top node: $node_top->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($node_top) and
+ ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS));
+ # If there is no @top section no top node the first node is the top element
+ $element_top = $node_top if (!defined($element_top) and defined($node_top));
+ $element_top = $element_first unless (defined($element_top));
+ $element_top->{'top'} = 1 if ($element_top->{'node'});
+ $element_last = $elements_list[-1];
+ print STDERR "# element top: $element_top->{'texi'}\n" if ($element_top and
+ ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS));
+
+ print STDERR "# find forward and back\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ my $prev;
+ foreach my $element (@elements_list)
+ {
+ # complete the up for toplevel elements
+ if ($element->{'toplevel'} and !defined($element->{'up'}) and $element ne $element_top)
+ {
+ $element->{'up'} = $element_top;
+ }
+ # The childs are element which should be reparented in cas a chapter
+ # is split by an index
+ push @{$element->{'element_up'}->{'childs'}}, $element if (defined($element->{'element_up'}));
+ if ($prev)
+ {
+ $element->{'back'} = $prev;
+ $prev->{'forward'} = $element;
+ $prev = $element;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $prev = $element;
+ }
+ # If the element is not a node, then all the node directions are copied
+ # if there is an associated node
+ if (defined($element->{'node_ref'}))
+ {
+ $element->{'nodenext'} = $element->{'node_ref'}->{'next'};
+ $element->{'nodeprev'} = $element->{'node_ref'}->{'prev'};
+ $element->{'menu_next'} = $element->{'node_ref'}->{'menu_next'};
+ $element->{'menu_prev'} = $element->{'node_ref'}->{'menu_prev'};
+ $element->{'menu_child'} = $element->{'node_ref'}->{'menu_child'};
+ $element->{'menu_up'} = $element->{'node_ref'}->{'menu_up'};
+ $element->{'nodeup'} = $element->{'node_ref'}->{'up'};
+ $element->{'following'} = $element->{'node_ref'}->{'following'};
+ }
+ elsif (! $element->{'node'})
+ { # the section has no node associated. Find the node directions using
+ # sections
+ if (defined($element->{'next'}))
+ {
+ $element->{'nodenext'} = get_node($element->{'next'});
+ }
+ if (defined($element->{'section_prev'}))
+ {
+ $element->{'nodeprev'} = get_node($element->{'section_prev'});
+ }
+ if (defined($element->{'up'}))
+ {
+ $element->{'nodeup'} = get_node($element->{'up'});
+ }
+ if ($element->{'child'})
+ {
+ $element->{'following'} = get_node($element->{'child'});
+ }
+ elsif ($element->{'next'})
+ {
+ $element->{'following'} = get_node($element->{'next'});
+ }
+ elsif ($element->{'up'})
+ {
+ my $up = $element;
+ while ($up->{'up'} and !$element->{'following'})
+ {
+ $up = $up->{'up'};
+ if ($up->{'next_section'})
+ {
+ $element->{'following'} = get_node ($up->{'next_section'});
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if ($element->{'node'})
+ {
+ $element->{'nodeup'} = $element->{'up'};
+ $element->{'nodeprev'} = $element->{'prev'};
+ $element->{'nodenext'} = $element->{'next'};
+ }
+ }
+
+ my @new_elements = ();
+ print STDERR "# preparing indices\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+
+ while(@elements_list)
+ {
+ my $element = shift @elements_list;
+ # @checked_elements are the elements included in the $element (including
+ # itself) and are searched for indices
+ my @checked_elements = ();
+ if (!$element->{'node'} or $element->{'as_section'})
+ {
+ if (!$Texi2HTML::Config::USE_NODES)
+ {
+ foreach my $node (@{$element->{'nodes'}})
+ {
+ # we update the element index, first element with index
+ # if it is a node
+ $element_index = $element if ($element_index and ($node eq $element_index));
+ push @checked_elements, $node;
+ # we push the section itself after the corresponding node
+ if (defined($element->{'node_ref'}) and ($node eq $element->{'node_ref'}))
+ {
+ push @checked_elements, $element;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!defined($element->{'node_ref'}) and !$element->{'node'})
+ {
+ push @checked_elements, $element;
+ }
+ $element->{'nodes'} = []; # We reset the element nodes list
+ # as the nodes may be associated below to another element if
+ # the element is split accross several other elements/pages
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($element->{'node_ref'})
+ {
+ push @checked_elements, $element->{'node_ref'};
+ $element_index = $element if ($element_index and ($element->{'node_ref'} eq $element_index));
+ }
+ push @checked_elements, $element;
+ $element->{'nodes'} = [];
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @checked_elements, $element;
+ }
+ my $checked_nodes = '';
+ foreach my $checked (@checked_elements)
+ {
+ $checked_nodes .= "$checked->{'texi'}, ";
+ }
+ print STDERR "# Elements checked for $element->{'texi'}: $checked_nodes\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ # current_element is the last element holding text
+ my $current_element = { 'holder' => 1, 'texi' => 'HOLDER',
+ 'place' => [], 'indices' => [] };
+ # back is sed to find back and forward
+ my $back = $element->{'back'} if defined($element->{'back'});
+ # forward is sed to find forward of the last inserted element
+ my $forward = $element->{'forward'};
+ my $element_next = $element->{'element_next'};
+ my $index_num = 0;
+ my @waiting_elements = (); # elements (nodes) not used for sectionning
+ # waiting to be associated with an element
+ foreach my $checked_element(@checked_elements)
+ {
+ if ($checked_element->{'element'})
+ { # this is the element, we must add it
+ push @new_elements, $checked_element;
+ if ($current_element->{'holder'})
+ { # no previous element added
+ push @{$checked_element->{'place'}}, @{$current_element->{'place'}};
+ foreach my $index(@{$current_element->{'indices'}})
+ {
+ push @{$checked_element->{'indices'}}, [ { 'element' => $checked_element, 'page' => $index->[0]->{'page'}, 'name' => $index->[0]->{'name'} } ] ;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($checked_element->{'toplevel'})
+ # there was an index_page added, this index_page is toplevel.
+ # it begun a new chapter. The element next for this
+ # index page (current_element) is the checked_element
+ {
+ $current_element->{'element_next'} = $checked_element;
+ }
+ $current_element->{'next'} = $checked_element;
+ $current_element->{'following'} = $checked_element;
+ $checked_element->{'prev'} = $current_element;
+ }
+ $current_element = $checked_element;
+ $checked_element->{'back'} = $back;
+ $back->{'forward'} = $checked_element if (defined($back));
+ $back = $checked_element;
+ push @{$checked_element->{'nodes'}}, @waiting_elements;
+ my $waiting_element;
+ while (@waiting_elements)
+ {
+ $waiting_element = shift @waiting_elements;
+ $waiting_element->{'section_ref'} = $checked_element;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($current_element->{'holder'})
+ {
+ push @waiting_elements, $checked_element;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @{$current_element->{'nodes'}}, $checked_element;
+ $checked_element->{'section_ref'} = $current_element;
+ }
+ push @{$current_element->{'place'}}, @{$checked_element->{'current_place'}};
+ foreach my $index (@{$checked_element->{'index_names'}})
+ {
+ print STDERR "# Index in `$checked_element->{'texi'}': $index->{'name'}. Current is `$current_element->{'texi'}'\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX);
+ my ($Pages, $Entries) = get_index($index->{'name'});
+ if (defined($Pages))
+ {
+ my @pages = @$Pages;
+ my $first_page = shift @pages;
+ # begin debug section
+ my $back_texi = 'NO_BACK';
+ $back_texi = $back->{'texi'} if (defined($back));
+ print STDERR "# New index first page (back `$back_texi', current `$current_element->{'texi'}')\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX);
+ # end debug section
+ push @{$current_element->{'indices'}}, [ {'element' => $current_element, 'page' => $first_page, 'name' => $index->{'name'} } ];
+ if (@pages)
+ {
+ if ($current_element->{'holder'})
+ { # the current element isn't a real element.
+ # We add the real element
+ # we are in a node of a section but the element
+ # is splitted by the index, thus we must add
+ # a new element which will contain the text
+ # between the beginning of the element and the index
+ push @new_elements, $checked_element;
+ print STDERR "# Add element `$element->{'texi'}' before index page\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX);
+ $checked_element->{'element'} = 1;
+ $checked_element->{'level'} = $element->{'level'};
+ $checked_element->{'toc_level'} = $element->{'toc_level'};
+ $checked_element->{'toplevel'} = $element->{'toplevel'};
+ $checked_element->{'up'} = $element->{'up'};
+ $checked_element->{'element_added'} = 1;
+ print STDERR "Bug: checked element wasn't seen" if
+ (!$checked_element->{'seen'});
+ delete $checked_element->{'with_section'};
+ if ($checked_element->{'toplevel'})
+ {
+ $element->{'element_prev'}->{'element_next'} = $checked_element if (exists($element->{'element_prev'}));
+ }
+ push @{$checked_element->{'place'}}, @{$current_element->{'place'}};
+ foreach my $index(@{$current_element->{'indices'}})
+ {
+ push @{$checked_element->{'indices'}}, [ { 'element' => $checked_element, 'page' => $index->[0]->{'page'}, 'name' => $index->[0]->{'name'} } ] ;
+ }
+ push @{$checked_element->{'nodes'}}, @waiting_elements;
+ my $waiting_element;
+ while (@waiting_elements)
+ {
+ $waiting_element = shift @waiting_elements;
+ $waiting_element->{'section_ref'} = $checked_element;
+ }
+ $checked_element->{'back'} = $back;
+ $back->{'forward'} = $checked_element if (defined($back));
+ $current_element = $checked_element;
+ $back = $checked_element;
+ }
+ my $index_page;
+ while(@pages)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# New page (back `$back->{'texi'}', current `$current_element->{'texi'}')\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX);
+ $index_num++;
+ my $page = shift @pages;
+ $index_page = { 'index_page' => 1,
+ 'texi' => "$element->{'texi'} index $index->{'name'} page $index_num",
+ 'level' => $element->{'level'},
+ 'tag' => $element->{'tag'},
+ 'tag_level' => $element->{'tag_level'},
+ 'toplevel' => $element->{'toplevel'},
+ 'up' => $element->{'up'},
+ 'element_up' => $element->{'element_up'},
+ 'element_next' => $element_next,
+ 'element_ref' => $element,
+ 'back' => $back,
+ 'prev' => $back,
+ 'next' => $current_element->{'next'},
+ 'following' => $current_element->{'following'},
+ 'nodeup' => $current_element->{'nodeup'},
+ 'nodenext' => $current_element->{'nodenext'},
+ 'nodeprev' => $back,
+ 'place' => [],
+ 'seen' => 1,
+ 'page' => $page
+ };
+ $index_page->{'node'} = 1 if ($element->{'node'});
+ while ($nodes{$index_page->{'texi'}})
+ {
+ $nodes{$index_page->{'texi'}} .= ' ';
+ }
+ $nodes{$index_page->{'texi'}} = $index_page;
+ push @{$current_element->{'indices'}->[-1]}, {'element' => $index_page, 'page' => $page, 'name' => $index->{'name'} };
+ push @new_elements, $index_page;
+ $back->{'forward'} = $index_page;
+ $back->{'next'} = $index_page;
+ $back->{'nodenext'} = $index_page;
+ $back->{'element_next'} = $index_page unless ($back->{'top'});
+ $back->{'following'} = $index_page;
+ $back = $index_page;
+ $index_page->{'toplevel'} = 1 if ($element->{'top'});
+ }
+ $current_element = $index_page;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "# Empty index: $index->{'name'}\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX);
+ $empty_indices{$index->{'name'}} = 1;
+ }
+ push @{$current_element->{'place'}}, @{$index->{'place'}};
+ }
+ }
+ if ($forward and ($current_element ne $element))
+ {
+ $current_element->{'forward'} = $forward;
+ $forward->{'back'} = $current_element;
+ }
+ next if ($current_element eq $element or !$current_element->{'toplevel'});
+ # reparent the elements below $element, following element
+ # and following parent of element to the last index page
+ print STDERR "# Reparent `$element->{'texi'}':\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX);
+ my @reparented_elements = ();
+ @reparented_elements = (@{$element->{'childs'}}) if (defined($element->{'childs'}));
+ push @reparented_elements, $element->{'element_next'} if (defined($element->{'element_next'}));
+ foreach my $reparented(@reparented_elements)
+ {
+ next if ($reparented->{'toplevel'});
+ $reparented->{'element_up'} = $current_element;
+ print STDERR " reparented: $reparented->{'texi'}\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX);
+ }
+ }
+ @elements_list = @new_elements;
+
+ print STDERR "# find fastback and fastforward\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ foreach my $element (@elements_list)
+ {
+ my $up = get_top($element);
+ next unless (defined($up));
+ $element_chapter_index = $up if ($element_index and ($element_index eq $element));
+ #print STDERR "$element->{'texi'} (top: $element->{'top'}, toplevel: $element->{'toplevel'}, $element->{'element_up'}, $element->{'element_up'}->{'texi'}): up: $up, $up->{'texi'}\n";
+ # fastforward is the next element on same level than the upper parent
+ # element
+ $element->{'fastforward'} = $up->{'element_next'} if (exists ($up->{'element_next'}));
+ # if the element isn't at the highest level, fastback is the
+ # highest parent element
+ if ($up and ($up ne $element))
+ {
+ $element->{'fastback'} = $up;
+ }
+ elsif ($element->{'toplevel'})
+ {
+ # the element is a top level element, we adjust the next
+ # toplevel element fastback
+ $element->{'fastforward'}->{'fastback'} = $element if ($element->{'fastforward'});
+ }
+ }
+ my $index_nr = 0;
+ # convert directions in direction with first letter in all caps, to be
+ # consistent with the convention used in the .init file.
+ # find id for nodes and indices
+ foreach my $element (@elements_list)
+ {
+ $element->{'this'} = $element;
+ foreach my $direction (('Up', 'Forward', 'Back', 'Next',
+ 'Prev', 'FastForward', 'FastBack', 'This', 'NodeUp',
+ 'NodePrev', 'NodeNext', 'Following' ))
+ {
+ my $direction_no_caps = $direction;
+ $direction_no_caps =~ tr/A-Z/a-z/;
+ $element->{$direction} = $element->{$direction_no_caps};
+ }
+ if ($element->{'index_page'})
+ {
+ $element->{'id'} = "INDEX" . $index_nr;
+ $index_nr++;
+ }
+ }
+ my $node_nr = 1;
+ foreach my $node (@nodes_list)
+ {
+ $node->{'id'} = 'NOD' . $node_nr;
+ $node_nr++;
+ # debug check
+ print STDERR "Bug: level defined for node `$node->{'texi'}'\n" if (defined($node->{'level'}) and !$node->{'element_added'});
+ }
+
+ # Find cross manual links as explained on the texinfo mailing list
+ cross_manual_links(\%nodes, \%cross_reference_nodes);
+
+ foreach my $float (@floats)
+ {
+ $float->{'id'} = cross_manual_line (normalise_node($float->{'texi'}));
+ $float->{'style_id'} = cross_manual_line (normalise_space($float->{'style_texi'}));
+ my $float_style = { };
+ if (exists($floats{$float->{'style_id'}}))
+ {
+ $float_style = $floats{$float->{'style_id'}};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $floats{$float->{'style_id'}} = $float_style;
+ }
+ push @{$float_style->{'floats'}}, $float;
+ $float->{'absolute_nr'} = scalar(@{$float_style->{'floats'}});
+ my $up = get_top($float->{'element'});
+ if (!defined($float_style->{'current_chapter'}) or ($up->{'texi'} ne $float_style->{'current_chapter'}))
+ {
+ $float_style->{'current_chapter'} = $up->{'texi'};
+ $float_style->{'nr_in_chapter'} = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $float_style->{'nr_in_chapter'}++;
+ }
+ if ($up->{'number'} ne '')
+ {
+ $float->{'chapter_nr'} = $up->{'number'};
+ $float->{'nr'} = $float->{'chapter_nr'} . $float_style->{'nr_in_chapter'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $float->{'nr'} = $float->{'absolute_nr'};
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::NEW_CROSSREF_STYLE)
+ { # FIXME allready done for floats?
+ foreach my $key (keys(%nodes))
+ {
+ my $node = $nodes{$key};
+ next if ($node->{'external_node'} or $node->{'index_page'});
+ $node->{'id'} = node_to_id($node->{'cross_manual_target'});
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Find node file names
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::NODE_FILES)
+ {
+ my $top;
+ if ($node_top)
+ {
+ $top = $node_top;
+ }
+ elsif ($element_top->{'node_ref'})
+ {
+ $top = $element_top->{'node_ref'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $top = $node_first;
+ }
+ if ($top)
+ {
+ my $file = "$Texi2HTML::Config::TOP_NODE_FILE.$Texi2HTML::Config::NODE_FILE_EXTENSION";
+ $top->{'file'} = $file if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'node');
+ $top->{'node_file'} = $file;
+ }
+ foreach my $key (keys(%nodes))
+ {
+ my $node = $nodes{$key};
+ my ($file, $node_file);
+ ($file, $node_file) = &$Texi2HTML::Config::node_file_name ($node);
+ $node->{'file'} = $file if (defined($file));
+ $node->{'node_file'} = $node_file if (defined($node_file));
+# next if ($node->{'external_node'} or $node->{'index_page'});
+# if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::node_file_name))
+# {
+# ($node->{'file'}, $node->{'node_file'}) =
+# &$Texi2HTML::Config::node_file_name ($node);
+# }
+# else
+# {
+# next if (defined($node->{'file'}));
+# my $name = remove_texi($node->{'texi'});
+# $name =~ s/[^\w\.\-]/-/g;
+# my $file = "${name}.$Texi2HTML::Config::NODE_FILE_EXTENSION";
+# $node->{'file'} = $file if (($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'node') and ($Texi2HTML::Config::USE_NODES or $node->{'with_section'}));
+# $node->{'node_file'} = $file;
+# }
+ }
+ }
+ # find document nr and document file for sections and nodes.
+ # Split according to Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT.
+ # find file and id for placed elements (anchors, index entries, headings)
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT)
+ {
+ my $cut_section = $toplevel;
+ my $doc_nr = -1;
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'section')
+ {
+ $cut_section = 2 if ($toplevel <= 2);
+ }
+ my $top_doc_nr;
+ my $prev_nr;
+ foreach my $element (@elements_list)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# Splitting ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT) $element->{'texi'}\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ $doc_nr++ if (
+ ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'node') or
+ (
+ (!$element->{'node'} or $element->{'element_added'}) and ($element->{'level'} <= $cut_section)
+ )
+ );
+ $doc_nr = 0 if ($doc_nr < 0); # happens if first elements are nodes
+ $element->{'doc_nr'} = $doc_nr;
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::NODE_FILES and ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'node'))
+ {
+ my $node = get_node($element);
+ if ($node and $node->{'file'})
+ {
+ $element->{'file'} = $node->{'file'};
+ }
+ unless ($element->{'file'})
+ {
+ $element->{'file'} = "${docu_name}_$doc_nr.$docu_ext";
+ $element->{'doc_nr'} = $doc_nr;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $element->{'file'} = "${docu_name}_$doc_nr.$docu_ext";
+ my $is_top = 0;
+ if (defined($top_doc_nr))
+ {
+ if ($doc_nr eq $top_doc_nr)
+ {
+ $element->{'file'} = "$docu_top";
+ if ($element->{'level'} # this is an element below @top.
+ # It starts a new file.
+ or ($element->{'node'} and ($element ne $node_top) and (!defined($element->{'section_ref'}) or $element->{'section_ref'} ne $element_top))
+ )# this is a node not associated with top
+ {
+ $doc_nr++;
+ $element->{'doc_nr'} = $doc_nr;
+ $element->{'file'} = "${docu_name}_$doc_nr.$docu_ext";
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($element eq $element_top or (defined($element->{'section_ref'}) and $element->{'section_ref'} eq $element_top) or (defined($element->{'node_ref'}) and !$element->{'node_ref'}->{'element_added'} and $element->{'node_ref'} eq $element_top))
+ { # the top element
+ $is_top = 1;
+ $element->{'file'} = "$docu_top";
+ # if there is a previous element, we force it to be in
+ # another file than top
+ $doc_nr++ if (defined($prev_nr) and $doc_nr == $prev_nr);
+ $top_doc_nr = $doc_nr;
+ $element->{'doc_nr'} = $doc_nr;
+ }
+ if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::element_file_name))
+ {
+ $element->{'file'} =
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::element_file_name ($element, $is_top, $docu_name);
+ }
+ }
+ add_file($element->{'file'});
+ $prev_nr = $doc_nr;
+ foreach my $place(@{$element->{'place'}})
+ {
+ $place->{'file'} = $element->{'file'};
+ $place->{'id'} = $element->{'id'} unless defined($place->{'id'});
+ }
+ if ($element->{'nodes'})
+ {
+ foreach my $node (@{$element->{'nodes'}})
+ {
+ $node->{'doc_nr'} = $element->{'doc_nr'};
+ $node->{'file'} = $element->{'file'};
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($element->{'node_ref'} and !$element->{'node_ref'}->{'element_added'})
+ {
+ $element->{'node_ref'}->{'doc_nr'} = $element->{'doc_nr'} ;
+ $element->{'node_ref'}->{'file'} = $element->{'file'};
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_file($docu_doc);
+ foreach my $element(@elements_list)
+ {
+ #die "$ERROR monolithic file and a node have the same file name $docu_doc\n" if ($Texi2HTML::Config::NODE_FILES and $files{$docu_doc});
+ $element->{'file'} = "$docu_doc";
+ $element->{'doc_nr'} = 0;
+ foreach my $place(@{$element->{'place'}})
+ {
+ $place->{'file'} = "$element->{'file'}";
+ $place->{'id'} = $element->{'id'} unless defined($place->{'id'});
+ }
+ }
+ foreach my $node(@nodes_list)
+ {
+ $node->{'file'} = "$docu_doc";
+ $node->{'doc_nr'} = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ # correct the id and file for the things placed in footnotes
+ foreach my $place(@{$footnote_element->{'place'}})
+ {
+ $place->{'file'} = $footnote_element->{'file'};
+ $place->{'id'} = $footnote_element->{'id'} unless defined($place->{'id'});
+ }
+ foreach my $file (keys(%files))
+ {
+ last unless ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ print STDERR "$file: $files{$file}->{'counter'}\n";
+ }
+ foreach my $element ((@elements_list, $footnote_element))
+ {
+ last unless ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ my $is_toplevel = 'not top';
+ $is_toplevel = 'top' if ($element->{'toplevel'});
+ print STDERR "$element ";
+ if ($element->{'index_page'})
+ {
+ print STDERR "index($element->{'id'}, $is_toplevel, doc_nr $element->{'doc_nr'}($element->{'file'})): $element->{'texi'}\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($element->{'node'})
+ {
+ my $added = '';
+ $added = 'added, ' if ($element->{'element_added'});
+ print STDERR "node($element->{'id'}, toc_level $element->{'toc_level'}, $is_toplevel, ${added}doc_nr $element->{'doc_nr'}($element->{'file'})) $element->{'texi'}:\n";
+ print STDERR " section_ref: $element->{'section_ref'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'section_ref'}));
+ }
+ elsif ($element->{'footnote'})
+ {
+ print STDERR "footnotes($element->{'id'}, file $element->{'file'})\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $number = "UNNUMBERED";
+ $number = $element->{'number'} if ($element->{'number'});
+ print STDERR "$number ($element->{'id'}, $is_toplevel, level $element->{'level'}-$element->{'toc_level'}, doc_nr $element->{'doc_nr'}($element->{'file'})) $element->{'texi'}:\n";
+ print STDERR " node_ref: $element->{'node_ref'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'node_ref'}));
+ }
+
+ if (!$element->{'footnote'})
+ {
+ if (!defined($files{$element->{'file'}}))
+ {
+ die "Bug: files{\$element->{'file'}} undef element $element->{'texi'}, file $element->{'file'}.";
+ }
+ print STDERR " file: $element->{'file'} $files{$element->{'file'}}, counter $files{$element->{'file'}}->{'counter'}\n";
+ }
+ print STDERR " TOP($toplevel) " if ($element->{'top'});
+ print STDERR " u: $element->{'up'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'up'}));
+ print STDERR " ch: $element->{'child'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'child'}));
+ print STDERR " fb: $element->{'fastback'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'fastback'}));
+ print STDERR " b: $element->{'back'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'back'}));
+ print STDERR " p: $element->{'prev'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'prev'}));
+ print STDERR " n: $element->{'next'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'next'}));
+ print STDERR " n_u: $element->{'nodeup'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'nodeup'}));
+ print STDERR " f: $element->{'forward'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'forward'}));
+ print STDERR " follow: $element->{'following'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'following'}));
+ print STDERR " m_p: $element->{'menu_prev'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'menu_prev'}));
+ print STDERR " m_n: $element->{'menu_next'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'menu_next'}));
+ print STDERR " m_u: $element->{'menu_up'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'menu_up'}));
+ print STDERR " m_ch: $element->{'menu_child'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'menu_child'}));
+ print STDERR " u_e: $element->{'element_up'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'element_up'}));
+ print STDERR " n_e: $element->{'element_next'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'element_next'}));
+ print STDERR " ff: $element->{'fastforward'}->{'texi'}\n" if (defined($element->{'fastforward'}));
+ if (defined($element->{'menu_up_hash'}))
+ {
+ print STDERR " parent nodes:\n";
+ foreach my $menu_up (keys%{$element->{'menu_up_hash'}})
+ {
+ print STDERR " $menu_up ($element->{'menu_up_hash'}->{$menu_up})\n";
+ }
+ }
+ if (defined($element->{'nodes'}))
+ {
+ print STDERR " nodes: $element->{'nodes'} (@{$element->{'nodes'}})\n";
+ foreach my $node (@{$element->{'nodes'}})
+ {
+ my $beginning = " ";
+ $beginning = " *" if ($node->{'with_section'});
+ my $file = $node->{'file'};
+ $file = "file undef" if (! defined($node->{'file'}));
+ print STDERR "${beginning}$node->{'texi'} $file\n";
+ }
+ }
+ print STDERR " places: $element->{'place'}\n";
+ foreach my $place(@{$element->{'place'}})
+ {
+ if (!$place->{'entry'} and !$place->{'float'} and !$place->{'texi'})
+ {
+ print STDERR "BUG: unknown placed stuff ========\n";
+ foreach my $key (keys(%$place))
+ {
+ print STDERR "$key: $place->{$key}\n";
+ }
+ print STDERR "==================================\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($place->{'entry'})
+ {
+ print STDERR " index($place): $place->{'entry'}\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($place->{'anchor'})
+ {
+ print STDERR " anchor: $place->{'texi'}\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($place->{'float'})
+ {
+ if (defined($place->{'texi'}))
+ {
+ print STDERR " float($place): $place->{'texi'}\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR " float($place): NO LABEL\n";
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR " heading: $place->{'texi'}\n";
+ }
+ }
+ if ($element->{'indices'})
+ {
+ print STDERR " indices: $element->{'indices'}\n";
+ foreach my $index(@{$element->{'indices'}})
+ {
+ print STDERR " $index: ";
+ foreach my $page (@$index)
+ {
+ print STDERR "'$page->{'element'}->{'texi'}'($page->{'name'}): $page->{'page'} ";
+ }
+ print STDERR "\n";
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub add_file($)
+{
+ my $file = shift;
+ if ($files{$file})
+ {
+ $files{$file}->{'counter'}++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $files{$file} = {
+ #'type' => 'section',
+ 'counter' => 1
+ };
+ }
+}
+
+# find parent element which is a top element, or a node within the top section
+sub get_top($)
+{
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $up = $element;
+ while (!$up->{'toplevel'} and !$up->{'top'})
+ {
+ $up = $up->{'element_up'};
+ if (!defined($up))
+ {
+ # If there is no section, it is normal not to have toplevel element,
+ # and it is also the case if there is a low level element before
+ # a top level element
+ print STDERR "$WARN no toplevel for $element->{'texi'} (could be normal)\n" if (@sections_list);
+ return undef;
+ }
+ }
+ return $up;
+}
+
+sub get_node($)
+{
+ my $element = shift;
+ return undef if (!defined($element));
+ return $element if ($element->{'node'});
+ return $element->{'node_ref'} if ($element->{'node_ref'} and !$element->{'node_ref'}->{'element_added'});
+ return $element;
+}
+# get the html names from the texi for all elements
+sub do_names()
+{
+ # for nodes and anchors we haven't any state defined
+ # This seems right, however, as we don't want @refs or @footnotes
+ # or @anchors within nodes, section commands or anchors.
+ foreach my $node (%nodes)
+ {
+ next if ($nodes{$node}->{'index_page'}); # some nodes are index pages.
+ $nodes{$node}->{'text'} = substitute_line ($nodes{$node}->{'texi'});
+ $nodes{$node}->{'name'} = $nodes{$node}->{'text'};
+ $nodes{$node}->{'no_texi'} = &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text(remove_texi($nodes{$node}->{'texi'}));
+ $nodes{$node}->{'unformatted'} = unformatted_text (undef, $nodes{$node}->{'texi'});
+ # FIXME : what to do if $nodes{$node}->{'external_node'} and
+ # $nodes{$node}->{'seen'}
+ }
+ foreach my $number (keys(%sections))
+ {
+ my $section = $sections{$number};
+ $section->{'name'} = substitute_line ($section->{'texi'});
+ $section->{'text'} = $section->{'number'} . " " . $section->{'name'};
+ $section->{'text'} =~ s/^\s*//;
+ $section->{'no_texi'} = &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text($section->{'number'} . " " .remove_texi($section->{'texi'}));
+ $section->{'no_texi'} =~ s/^\s*//;
+ $section->{'unformatted'} = &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text($section->{'number'}) . " " .unformatted_text(undef,$section->{'texi'});
+ $section->{'unformatted'} =~ s/^\s*//;
+ }
+ my $tocnr = 1;
+ foreach my $element (@elements_list)
+ {
+ if (!$element->{'top'} and !$element->{'index_page'})
+ {
+ $element->{'tocid'} = 'TOC' . $tocnr;
+ $tocnr++;
+ }
+ next if (defined($element->{'text'}));
+ if ($element->{'index_page'})
+ {
+ my $page = $element->{'page'};
+ my $sec_name = $element->{'element_ref'}->{'text'};
+ $element->{'text'} = ($page->{First} ne $page->{Last} ?
+ "$sec_name: $page->{First} -- $page->{Last}" :
+ "$sec_name: $page->{First}");
+ $sec_name = $element->{'element_ref'}->{'no_texi'};
+ $element->{'no_texi'} = &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text($page->{First} ne $page->{Last} ?
+ "$sec_name: $page->{First} -- $page->{Last}" :
+ "$sec_name: $page->{First}");
+ $sec_name = $element->{'element_ref'}->{'unformatted'};
+ $element->{'unformatted'} = $page->{First} ne $page->{Last} ?
+ "$sec_name: " . &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text("$page->{First} -- $page->{Last}") :
+ "$sec_name: " . &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text("$page->{First}");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+@{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES} = (); # table of contents
+@{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW} = (); # short table of contents
+
+
+
+#+++############################################################################
+# #
+# Stuff related to Index generation #
+# #
+#---############################################################################
+
+# FIXME what to do with index entries appearing in @copying
+# @documentdescription and @titlepage
+sub enter_index_entry($$$$$$)
+{
+ my $prefix = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $key = shift;
+ my $place = shift;
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $use_section_id = shift;
+ unless (exists ($index_properties->{$prefix}))
+ {
+ echo_error ("Undefined index command: ${prefix}index", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR Undefined index command: ${prefix}index\n";
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (!exists($element->{'tag'}) and !$element->{'footnote'})
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Index entry before document: \@${prefix}index $key", $line_nr);
+ }
+ $key =~ s/\s+$//;
+ $key =~ s/^\s*//;
+ my $entry = $key;
+ # The $key is mostly usefull for alphabetical sorting
+ $key = remove_texi($key);
+ return if ($key =~ /^\s*$/);
+ while (exists $index->{$prefix}->{$key})
+ {
+ $key .= ' ';
+ }
+ my $id = '';
+ unless ($use_section_id)
+ {
+ $id = 'IDX' . ++$idx_num;
+ }
+ $index->{$prefix}->{$key}->{'entry'} = $entry;
+ $index->{$prefix}->{$key}->{'element'} = $element;
+ $index->{$prefix}->{$key}->{'label'} = $id;
+ $index->{$prefix}->{$key}->{'prefix'} = $prefix;
+ push @$place, $index->{$prefix}->{$key};
+ print STDERR "# enter ${prefix}index '$key' with id $id ($index->{$prefix}->{$key})\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX);
+ push @index_labels, $index->{$prefix}->{$key};
+ return $index->{$prefix}->{$key};
+}
+
+# returns prefix of @?index command associated with 2 letters prefix name
+# for example returns 'c' for 'cp'
+sub index_name2prefix
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $prefix;
+
+ for $prefix (keys %$index_properties)
+ {
+ return $prefix if ($index_properties->{$prefix}->{'name'} eq $name);
+ }
+ return undef;
+}
+
+# get all the entries (for all the prefixes) in the $normal and $code
+# references, formatted with @code{code } if it is a $code entry.
+sub get_index_entries($$)
+{
+ my $normal = shift;
+ my $code = shift;
+ my $entries = {};
+ foreach my $prefix (keys %$normal)
+ {
+ for my $key (keys %{$index->{$prefix}})
+ {
+ $entries->{$key} = $index->{$prefix}->{$key};
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (defined($code))
+ {
+ foreach my $prefix (keys %$code)
+ {
+ unless (exists $normal->{$prefix})
+ {
+ foreach my $key (keys %{$index->{$prefix}})
+ {
+ $entries->{$key} = $index->{$prefix}->{$key};
+ # use @code for code style index entry
+ $entries->{$key}->{'entry'} = "\@code{$entries->{$key}->{entry}}";
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return $entries;
+}
+
+# sort according to cmp if both $a and $b are alphabetical or non alphabetical,
+# otherwise the alphabetical is ranked first
+sub by_alpha
+{
+ if ($a =~ /^[A-Za-z]/)
+ {
+ if ($b =~ /^[A-Za-z]/)
+ {
+ return lc($a) cmp lc($b);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($b =~ /^[A-Za-z]/)
+ {
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return lc($a) cmp lc($b);
+ }
+}
+
+# returns an array of index entries pages splitted by letters
+# each page has the following members:
+# {First} first letter on that page
+# {Last} last letter on that page
+# {Letters} ref on an array with all the letters for that page
+# {EntriesByLetter} ref on a hash. Each key is a letter, with value
+# a ref on arrays of index entries begining with this letter
+sub get_index_pages($)
+{
+ my $entries = shift;
+ my (@Letters);
+ my ($EntriesByLetter, $Pages, $page) = ({}, [], {});
+ my @keys = sort by_alpha keys %$entries;
+
+ # each index entry is placed according to its first letter in
+ # EntriesByLetter
+ for my $key (@keys)
+ {
+ push @{$EntriesByLetter->{uc(substr($key,0, 1))}} , $entries->{$key};
+ }
+ @Letters = sort by_alpha keys %$EntriesByLetter;
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT_INDEX = 0 unless $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT;
+
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT_INDEX and $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT_INDEX =~ /^\d+$/)
+ {
+ my $i = 0;
+ my ($prev_letter);
+ for my $letter (@Letters)
+ {
+ if ($i > $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT_INDEX)
+ {
+ $page->{Last} = $prev_letter;
+ push @$Pages, $page;
+ $i=0;
+ }
+ if ($i == 0)
+ {
+ $page = {};
+ $page->{Letters} = [];
+ $page->{EntriesByLetter} = {};
+ $page->{First} = $letter;
+ }
+ push @{$page->{Letters}}, $letter;
+ $page->{EntriesByLetter}->{$letter} = [@{$EntriesByLetter->{$letter}}];
+ $i += scalar(@{$EntriesByLetter->{$letter}});
+ $prev_letter = $letter;
+ }
+ $page->{Last} = $Letters[$#Letters];
+ push @$Pages, $page;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "$WARN Bad Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT_INDEX: $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT_INDEX\n" if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT_INDEX);
+ $page->{First} = $Letters[0];
+ $page->{Last} = $Letters[$#Letters];
+ $page->{Letters} = \@Letters;
+ $page->{EntriesByLetter} = $EntriesByLetter;
+ push @$Pages, $page;
+ return $Pages;
+ }
+ return $Pages;
+}
+
+sub get_index($;$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ return (@{$indices{$name}}) if ($indices{$name});
+ my $prefix = index_name2prefix($name);
+ unless ($prefix)
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad index name: $name", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR Bad index name: $name\n";
+ return;
+ }
+ if ($index_properties->{$prefix}->{code})
+ {
+ $index_properties->{$prefix}->{from_code}->{$prefix} = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $index_properties->{$prefix}->{from}->{$prefix}= 1;
+ }
+
+ my $Entries = get_index_entries($index_properties->{$prefix}->{from},
+ $index_properties->{$prefix}->{from_code});
+ return unless %$Entries;
+ my $Pages = get_index_pages($Entries);
+ $indices{$name} = [ $Pages, $Entries ];
+ return ($Pages, $Entries);
+}
+
+my @foot_lines = (); # footnotes
+my $copying_comment = ''; # comment constructed from text between
+ # @copying and @end copying with licence
+my $from_encoding; # texinfo file encoding
+my $to_encoding; # out file encoding
+my %acronyms_like = (); # acronyms or similar commands associated texts
+ # the key are the commands, the values are
+ # hash references associating shorthands to
+ # texts.
+
+sub initialise_state($)
+{
+ my $state = shift;
+ $state->{'preformatted'} = 0 unless exists($state->{'preformatted'});
+ $state->{'code_style'} = 0 unless exists($state->{'code_style'});
+ $state->{'keep_texi'} = 0 unless exists($state->{'keep_texi'});
+ $state->{'keep_nr'} = 0 unless exists($state->{'keep_nr'});
+ $state->{'detailmenu'} = 0 unless exists($state->{'detailmenu'}); # number of opened detailed menus
+ $state->{'format_stack'} = [ {'format' => "noformat"} ] unless exists($state->{'format_stack'});
+ $state->{'paragraph_style'} = [ '' ] unless exists($state->{'paragraph_style'});
+ $state->{'preformatted_stack'} = [ '' ] unless exists($state->{'preformatted_stack'});
+ $state->{'menu'} = 0 unless exists($state->{'menu'});
+ $state->{'style_stack'} = [] unless exists($state->{'style_stack'});
+ $state->{'quotation_stack'} = [] unless exists($state->{'quotation_stack'});
+ # if there is no $state->{'element'} the first element is used
+ $state->{'element'} = $elements_list[0] unless (exists($state->{'element'}) and !$state->{'element'}->{'before_anything'});
+}
+
+sub pass_text()
+{
+ my %state;
+ initialise_state (\%state);
+ my @stack;
+ my $text;
+ my $doc_nr;
+ my $in_doc = 0;
+ my $element;
+ my @text =();
+ my @section_lines = ();
+ my @head_lines = ();
+ my $one_section = 1 if (@elements_list == 1);
+
+ if (@elements_list == 0)
+ {
+ warn "$WARN empty document\n";
+ exit (0);
+ }
+
+ # We set titlefont only if the titlefont appeared in the top element
+ if (defined($element_top->{'titlefont'}))
+ {
+ $element_top->{'has_heading'} = 1;
+ $value{'_titlefont'} = $element_top->{'titlefont'};
+ }
+
+ # prepare %Texi2HTML::THISDOC
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'settitle_texi'} = $value{'_settitle'};
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle_texi'} = '';
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_texi'} = '';
+ foreach my $possible_fulltitle (('_title', '_settitle', '_shorttitlepage', '_titlefont'))
+ {
+ if ($value{$possible_fulltitle} ne '')
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle_texi'} = $value{$possible_fulltitle};
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ foreach my $possible_title_texi ($value{'_settitle'}, $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle_texi'})
+ {
+ if ($possible_title_texi ne '')
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_texi'} = $possible_title_texi;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle_texi'} = $value{'_title'} || $value{'_settitle'} || $value{'_shorttitlepage'} || $value{'_titlefont'};
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_texi'} = $value{'_title'} || $value{'_settitle'} || $value{'_shorttitlepage'} || $value{'_titlefont'};
+ foreach my $texi_cmd (('shorttitlepage', 'settitle', 'author',
+ 'titlefont', 'subtitle', 'shorttitle'))
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$texi_cmd . '_texi'} = $value{'_' . $texi_cmd};
+ }
+ foreach my $doc_thing (('shorttitlepage', 'settitle', 'author',
+ 'titlefont', 'subtitle', 'shorttitle', 'fulltitle', 'title'))
+ {
+ my $thing_texi = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$doc_thing . '_texi'};
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$doc_thing} = substitute_line($thing_texi);
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$doc_thing . '_no_texi'} =
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text(remove_texi($thing_texi));
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$doc_thing . '_unformatted'} =
+ unformatted_text(undef, $thing_texi);
+ }
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'shorttitlepage_texi'} = $value{'_shorttitlepage'};
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle'} = substitute_line($value{'_title'}) || substitute_line($value{'_settitle'}) || substitute_line($value{'_shorttitlepage'}) || substitute_line($value{'_titlefont'});
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title'} = substitute_line($value{'_settitle'}) || $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle'};
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'shorttitle'} = substitute_line($value{'_shorttitle'});
+
+ # find Top name
+ my $element_top_text = '';
+ my $top_no_texi = '';
+ my $top_unformatted = '';
+ my $top_name;
+ if ($element_top and $element_top->{'text'} and (!$node_top or ($element_top ne $node_top)))
+ {
+ $element_top_text = $element_top->{'text'};
+ $top_no_texi = $element_top->{'no_texi'};
+ $top_unformatted = $element_top->{'unformatted'};
+ }
+ foreach my $possible_top_name ($Texi2HTML::Config::TOP_HEADING,
+ $element_top_text, $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title'},
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'shorttitle'}, &$I('Top'))
+ {
+ if (defined($possible_top_name) and $possible_top_name ne '')
+ {
+ $top_name = $possible_top_name;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ foreach my $possible_top_no_texi ($Texi2HTML::Config::TOP_HEADING,
+ $top_no_texi, $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_no_texi'},
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'shorttitle_no_texi'},
+ &$I('Top',{},{'remove_texi' => 1, 'no_protection' => 1}))
+ {
+ if (defined($possible_top_no_texi) and $possible_top_no_texi ne '')
+ {
+ $top_no_texi = $possible_top_no_texi;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+
+ foreach my $possible_top_unformatted ($top_unformatted,
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_unformatted'},
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'shorttitle_unformatted'},
+ &$I('Top',{}, {'unformatted' => 1}))
+ {
+ if (defined($possible_top_unformatted) and $possible_top_unformatted ne '')
+ {
+ $top_unformatted = $possible_top_unformatted;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+# my $top_name = $Texi2HTML::Config::TOP_HEADING || $element_top_text || $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title'} || $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'shorttitle'} || &$I('Top');
+
+ if ($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle_texi'} eq '')
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle_texi'} = &$I('Untitled Document',{},
+ {'keep_texi' => 1});
+ }
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_texi'} = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'settitle_texi'};
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_texi'} = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle_texi'}
+ if ($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_texi'} eq '');
+
+ foreach my $doc_thing (('fulltitle', 'title'))
+ {
+ my $thing_texi = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$doc_thing . '_texi'};
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$doc_thing} = substitute_line($thing_texi);
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$doc_thing . '_no_texi'} =
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text(remove_texi($thing_texi));
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$doc_thing . '_unformatted'} =
+ unformatted_text(undef, $thing_texi);
+ }
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle'} = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle'} || &$I('Untitled Document') ;
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title'} = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'settitle'} || $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'fulltitle'};
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'author'} = substitute_line($value{'_author'});
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'titlefont'} = substitute_line($value{'_titlefont'});
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'subtitle'} = substitute_line($value{'_subtitle'});
+
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_unformatted'} = unformatted_text(undef, $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_texi'});
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'shorttitle_unformatted'} = unformatted_text(undef, $value{'_shorttitle'});
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_no_texi'} = &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text(remove_texi($value{'_title'})) || &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text(remove_texi($value{'_settitle'})) || &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text(remove_texi($value{'_shorttitlepage'})) || &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text(remove_texi($value{'_titlefont'}));
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'shorttitle_no_texi'} = &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text(remove_texi($value{'_shorttitle'}));
+
+# my $top_no_texi = '';
+# my $top_unformatted = '';
+# if ($element_top and $element_top->{'no_texi'} and (!$node_top or ($element_top ne $node_top)))
+# {
+# $top_no_texi = $element_top->{'no_texi'};
+# $top_unformatted = $element_top->{'unformatted'};
+# }
+
+# $top_no_texi = $Texi2HTML::Config::TOP_HEADING || $top_no_texi || $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_no_texi'} || $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'shorttitle_no_texi'} || &$I('Top',{}, {'remove_texi' => 1, 'no_protection' => 1});
+# $top_unformatted = $top_unformatted || $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_unformatted'} || $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'shorttitle_unformatted'} || &$I('Top',{}, {'unformatted' => 1});
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_unformatted'} = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_unformatted'} || &$I('Untitled Document',{}, {'unformatted' => 1});
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_no_texi'} = $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'title_no_texi'} || &$I('Untitled Document',{}, {'remove_texi' => 1, 'no_protection' => 1});
+
+ for my $key (keys %Texi2HTML::THISDOC)
+ {
+ next if (ref($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$key}));
+print STDERR "!!$key\n" if (!defined($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$key}));
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$key} =~ s/\s*$//;
+ }
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program'} = $THISPROG;
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program_homepage'} = $T2H_HOMEPAGE;
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'program_authors'} = $T2H_AUTHORS;
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'user'} = $T2H_USER;
+# $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'documentdescription'} = $documentdescription;
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'copying'} = $copying_comment;
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'toc_file'} = '';
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'toc_file'} = $docu_toc if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT);
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'file_base_name'} = $docu_name;
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'destination_directory'} = $docu_rdir;
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'authors'} = [] if (!defined($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'authors'}));
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'subtitles'} = [] if (!defined($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'subtitles'}));
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'titles'} = [] if (!defined($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{'titles'}));
+ foreach my $element (('authors', 'subtitles', 'titles'))
+ {
+ my $i;
+ for ($i = 0; $i < $#{$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$element}} + 1; $i++)
+ {
+ chomp ($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$element}->[$i]);
+ $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$element}->[$i] = substitute_line($Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$element}->[$i]);
+ #print STDERR "$element:$i: $Texi2HTML::THISDOC{$element}->[$i]\n";
+ }
+ }
+ # prepare TOC, OVERVIEW
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT)
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Contents'} = $docu_toc.'#SEC_Contents' if @{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES};
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Overview'} = $docu_stoc.'#SEC_Overview' if @{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW};
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Footnotes'} = $docu_foot. '#SEC_Foot';
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'About'} = $docu_about . '#SEC_About' unless $one_section;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Contents'} = '#SEC_Contents' if @{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES};
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Overview'} = '#SEC_Overview' if @{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW};
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Footnotes'} = '#SEC_Foot';
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'About'} = '#SEC_About' unless $one_section;
+ }
+
+ %Texi2HTML::NAME =
+ (
+ 'First', $element_first->{'text'},
+ 'Last', $element_last->{'text'},
+ 'About', &$I('About This Document'),
+ 'Contents', &$I('Table of Contents'),
+ 'Overview', &$I('Short Table of Contents'),
+ 'Top', $top_name,
+ 'Footnotes', &$I('Footnotes'),
+ );
+ $Texi2HTML::NAME{'Index'} = $element_chapter_index->{'text'} if (defined($element_chapter_index));
+ $Texi2HTML::NAME{'Index'} = $Texi2HTML::Config::INDEX_CHAPTER if ($Texi2HTML::Config::INDEX_CHAPTER ne '');
+
+ %Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI =
+ (
+ 'First', $element_first->{'no_texi'},
+ 'Last', $element_last->{'no_texi'},
+#FIXME this is not really NO_TEXI as there may be some formatting expanded
+# in &$I, using substitute_line
+ 'About', &$I('About This Document', {}, {'remove_texi' => 1, 'no_protection' => 1} ),
+ 'Contents', &$I('Table of Contents', {}, {'remove_texi' => 1, 'no_protection' => 1} ),
+ 'Overview', &$I('Short Table of Contents', {}, {'remove_texi' => 1, 'no_protection' => 1} ),
+ 'Top', $top_no_texi,
+ 'Footnotes', &$I('Footnotes', {}, {'remove_texi' => 1, 'no_protection' => 1} ),
+ );
+ $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{'Index'} = $element_chapter_index->{'no_texi'} if (defined($element_chapter_index));
+ %Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED =
+ (
+ 'First', $element_first->{'unformatted'},
+ 'Last', $element_last->{'unformatted'},
+#FIXME this is not really UNFORMATTED as there may be some formatting expanded
+# in &$I, using substitute_line
+ 'About', &$I('About This Document', {}, {'unformatted' => 1}),
+ 'Contents', &$I('Table of Contents',{}, {'unformatted' => 1}),
+ 'Overview', &$I('Short Table of Contents', {}, {'unformatted' => 1}),
+ 'Top', $top_unformatted,
+ 'Footnotes', &$I('Footnotes', {},{'unformatted' => 1}),
+ );
+ $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'Index'} = $element_chapter_index->{'unformatted'} if (defined($element_chapter_index));
+ $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE = '';
+ $Texi2HTML::TITLEPAGE = substitute_text({}, @{$region_lines{'titlepage'}})
+ if (@{$region_lines{'titlepage'}});
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::titlepage();
+
+ $to_encoding = &$Texi2HTML::Config::init_out();
+
+ ############################################################################
+ # print frame and frame toc file
+ #
+ if ( $Texi2HTML::Config::FRAMES )
+ {
+ #open(FILE, "> $docu_frame_file")
+ # || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_frame_file for writing: $!\n";
+ my $FH = open_out($docu_frame_file);
+ print STDERR "# Creating frame in $docu_frame_file ...\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_frame($FH, $docu_toc_frame_file, $docu_top_file);
+ close_out($FH, $docu_frame_file);
+
+ #open(FILE, "> $docu_toc_frame_file")
+ # || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_toc_frame_file for writing: $!\n";
+ $FH = open_out($docu_toc_frame_file);
+ print STDERR "# Creating toc frame in $docu_frame_file ...\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+ #&$Texi2HTML::Config::print_toc_frame(\*FILE, $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW);
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_toc_frame($FH, $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW);
+ #close(FILE);
+ close_out($FH, $docu_toc_frame_file);
+ }
+
+ ############################################################################
+ #
+ #
+
+ my $FH;
+ my $index_pages;
+ my $index_pages_nr;
+ my $index_nr = 0;
+ my $line_nr;
+ my $first_section = 0; # 1 if it is the first section of a page
+ while (@doc_lines)
+ {
+ unless ($index_pages)
+ { # not in a index split over sections
+ $_ = shift @doc_lines;
+ my $chomped_line = $_;
+ if (!chomp($chomped_line) and @doc_lines)
+ { # if the line has no end of line it is concatenated with the next
+ $doc_lines[0] = $_ . $doc_lines[0];
+ next;
+ }
+ $line_nr = shift (@doc_numbers);
+ #print STDERR "$line_nr->{'file_name'}($line_nr->{'macro'},$line_nr->{'line_nr'}) $_" if ($line_nr);
+ }
+ #print STDERR "PASS_TEXT: $_";
+ #dump_stack(\$text, \@stack, \%state);
+ if (!$state{'raw'} and !$state{'verb'})
+ {
+ my $tag = '';
+ $tag = $1 if (/^\@(\w+)/ and !$index_pages);
+
+ if (($tag eq 'node') or defined($sec2level{$tag}) or $index_pages)
+ {
+ if (@stack or (defined($text) and $text ne ''))
+ {# in pass text node and section shouldn't appear in formats
+ #print STDERR "close_stack before \@$tag\n";
+ #print STDERR "text!$text%" if (! @stack);
+ close_stack(\$text, \@stack, \%state, $line_nr);
+ push @section_lines, $text;
+ $text = '';
+ }
+ $sec_num++ if ($sec2level{$tag});
+ my $new_element;
+ my $current_element;
+ if ($tag =~ /heading/)
+ {# handle headings, they are not in element lists
+ $current_element = $sections{$sec_num};
+ #print STDERR "HEADING $_";
+ if (! $element)
+ {
+ $new_element = shift @elements_list;
+ $element->{'has_heading'} = 1 if ($new_element->{'top'});
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($element->{'top'})
+ {
+ $element->{'has_heading'} = 1;
+ }
+ push (@section_lines, &$Texi2HTML::Config::anchor($current_element->{'id'}) . "\n");
+ push @section_lines, &$Texi2HTML::Config::heading($current_element);
+ next;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (!$index_pages)
+ {# handle node and structuring elements
+ $current_element = shift (@all_elements);
+ #begin debug section
+ if ($current_element->{'node'})
+ {
+ print STDERR 'NODE ' . "$current_element->{'texi'}($current_element->{'file'})" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ print STDERR "($current_element->{'section_ref'}->{'texi'})" if ($current_element->{'section_ref'} and ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR 'SECTION ' . $current_element->{'texi'} if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ }
+ print STDERR ": $_" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ #end debug section
+
+ # The element begins a new section if there is no previous
+ # or it is an element and not the current one or the
+ # associated section (in case of node) is not the current one
+ if (!$element
+ or ($current_element->{'element'} and ($current_element ne $element))
+ or ($current_element->{'section_ref'} and ($current_element->{'section_ref'} ne $element)))
+ {
+ $new_element = shift @elements_list;
+ }
+ # begin debugging section
+ my $section_element = $new_element;
+ $section_element = $element unless ($section_element);
+ if (!$current_element->{'node'} and !$current_element->{'index_page'} and ($section_element ne $current_element))
+ {
+ print STDERR "NODE: $element->{'texi'}\n" if ($element->{'node'});
+ warn "elements_list and all_elements not in sync (elements $section_element->{'texi'}, all $current_element->{'texi'}): $_";
+ }
+ # end debugging section
+ }
+ else
+ { # this is a new index section
+ $new_element = $index_pages->[$index_pages_nr]->{'element'};
+ $current_element = $index_pages->[$index_pages_nr]->{'element'};
+ print STDERR "New index page '$new_element->{'texi'}' nr: $index_pages_nr\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ my $list_element = shift @elements_list;
+ die "element in index_pages $new_element->{'texi'} and in list $list_element->{'texi'} differs\n" unless ($list_element eq $new_element);
+ }
+ if ($new_element)
+ {
+ $index_nr = 0;
+ my $old = 'NO_OLD';
+ $old = $element->{'texi'} if (defined($element));
+ print STDERR "NEW: $new_element->{'texi'}, OLD: $old\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+# FIXME this should be done differently now that there could be elements
+# associated with the same file
+ if ($element and ($new_element->{'doc_nr'} != $element->{'doc_nr'}) and @foot_lines and !$Texi2HTML::Config::SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES)
+ { # note that this can only happen if $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::foot_section (\@foot_lines);
+ push @section_lines, @foot_lines;
+ @foot_lines = ();
+ $relative_foot_num = 0;
+ }
+ # print the element that just finished
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION = \@section_lines;
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER = \@head_lines;
+ if ($element)
+ {
+ #$FH = finish_element($FH, $element, $new_element, $first_section);
+ finish_element($FH, $element, $new_element, $first_section);
+ $first_section = 0;
+ @section_lines = ();
+ @head_lines = ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "# Writing elements:" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::IGNORE_PREAMBLE_TEXT)
+ {
+ @section_lines = ();
+ @head_lines = ();
+ }
+ # remove empty line at the beginning of @section_lines
+ shift @section_lines while (@section_lines and ($section_lines[0] =~ /^\s*$/));
+ }
+ # begin new element
+ my $previous_file;
+ $previous_file = $element->{'file'} if (defined($element));
+ $element = $new_element;
+ $state{'element'} = $element;
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_ELEMENT = $element;
+ #print STDERR "Doing hrefs for $element->{'texi'} First ";
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'First'} = href($element_first, $element->{'file'});
+ #print STDERR "Last ";
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Last'} = href($element_last, $element->{'file'});
+ #print STDERR "Index ";
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Index'} = href($element_chapter_index, $element->{'file'}) if (defined($element_chapter_index));
+ #print STDERR "Top ";
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Top'} = href($element_top, $element->{'file'});
+ foreach my $direction (('Up', 'Forward', 'Back', 'Next',
+ 'Prev', 'FastForward', 'FastBack', 'This', 'NodeUp',
+ 'NodePrev', 'NodeNext', 'Following' ))
+ {
+ my $elem = $element->{$direction};
+ $Texi2HTML::NODE{$direction} = undef;
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{$direction} = undef;
+ next unless (defined($elem));
+ #print STDERR "$direction ";
+ if ($elem->{'node'} or $elem->{'external_node'} or $elem->{'index_page'} or !$elem->{'seen'})
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::NODE{$direction} = $elem->{'text'};
+ }
+ elsif ($elem->{'node_ref'})
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::NODE{$direction} = $elem->{'node_ref'}->{'text'};
+ }
+ if (!$elem->{'seen'})
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{$direction} = do_external_href($elem->{'texi'});
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{$direction} = href($elem, $element->{'file'});
+ }
+ $Texi2HTML::NAME{$direction} = $elem->{'text'};
+ $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{$direction} = $elem->{'no_texi'};
+ $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{$direction} = $elem->{'unformatted'};
+ #print STDERR "$direction ($element->{'texi'}): \n NO_TEXI: $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{$direction}\n NAME $Texi2HTML::NAME{$direction}\n NODE $Texi2HTML::NODE{$direction}\n HREF $Texi2HTML::HREF{$direction}\n\n";
+ }
+ #print STDERR "\nDone hrefs for $element->{'texi'}\n";
+ $files{$element->{'file'}}->{'counter'}--;
+ #if (! defined($FH))
+ if (!defined($previous_file) or ($element->{'file'} ne $previous_file))
+ {
+ my $file = $element->{'file'};
+ print STDERR "\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE and !$T2H_DEBUG);
+ print STDERR "# Writing to $docu_rdir$file " if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+ my $do_page_head = 0;
+ if ($files{$file}->{'filehandle'})
+ {
+ $FH = $files{$file}->{'filehandle'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $FH = open_out("$docu_rdir$file");
+ $files{$file}->{'filehandle'} = $FH;
+ $do_page_head = 1;
+ }
+ if ($element->{'top'})
+ {
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_Top_header($FH, $do_page_head);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_page_head($FH) if ($do_page_head);
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_chapter_header($FH) if $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'chapter';
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_section_header($FH) if $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'section';
+ }
+ $first_section = 1;
+ }
+ print STDERR "." if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ print STDERR "\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG);
+ }
+ my $label = &$Texi2HTML::Config::anchor($current_element->{'id'}) . "\n";
+ if (@section_lines)
+ {
+ push (@section_lines, $label);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @head_lines, $label;
+ }
+ if ($index_pages)
+ {
+ push @section_lines, &$Texi2HTML::Config::heading($element);
+ #print STDERR "Do index page $index_pages_nr\n";
+ my $page = do_index_page($index_pages, $index_pages_nr);
+ push @section_lines, $page;
+ if (defined ($index_pages->[$index_pages_nr + 1]))
+ {
+ $index_pages_nr++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $index_pages = undef;
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ push @section_lines, &$Texi2HTML::Config::heading($current_element) if ($current_element->{'element'} and !$current_element->{'top'});
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif ($tag eq 'printindex')
+ {
+ s/\s+(\w+)\s*//;
+ my $name = $1;
+ close_paragraph(\$text, \@stack, \%state);
+ next if (!index_name2prefix($name) or $empty_indices{$name});
+ $printed_indices{$name} = 1;
+ print STDERR "print index $name($index_nr) in `$element->{'texi'}', element->{'indices'}: $element->{'indices'},\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS or $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX);
+ print STDERR "element->{'indices'}->[index_nr]: $element->{'indices'}->[$index_nr] (@{$element->{'indices'}->[$index_nr]})\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS or $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX);
+ $index_pages = $element->{'indices'}->[$index_nr] if (@{$element->{'indices'}->[$index_nr]} > 1);
+ $index_pages_nr = 0;
+ add_prev(\$text, \@stack, do_index_page($element->{'indices'}->[$index_nr], 0));
+ $index_pages_nr++;
+ $index_nr++;
+ begin_paragraph (\@stack, \%state) if ($state{'preformatted'});
+ next if (@stack);
+ push @section_lines, $text;
+ $text = '';
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif ($tag eq 'contents')
+ {
+ next;
+ }
+ }
+ scan_line($_, \$text, \@stack, \%state, $line_nr);
+ #print STDERR "after scan_line: $_";
+ #dump_stack(\$text, \@stack, \%state);
+ next if (@stack);
+ if ($text ne '' )
+ {
+ push @section_lines, $text;
+ $text = '';
+ }
+ }
+ if (@stack)
+ {# close stack at the end of pass text
+ close_stack(\$text, \@stack, \%state, $line_nr);
+ }
+ if (defined($text))
+ {
+ push @section_lines, $text;
+ }
+ print STDERR "\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION = \@section_lines;
+ # if no sections, then simply print document as is
+ if ($one_section)
+ {
+ if (@foot_lines)
+ {
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::foot_section (\@foot_lines);
+ push @section_lines, @foot_lines;
+ }
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER = \@head_lines;
+ if ($element->{'top'})
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: `$element->{'texi'}' level undef\n" if (!$element->{'node'} and !defined($element->{'level'}));
+ $element->{'level'} = 1 if (!defined($element->{'level'}));
+ $element->{'node'} = 0; # otherwise Texi2HTML::Config::heading may uses the node level
+ $element->{'text'} = $Texi2HTML::NAME{'Top'};
+ print STDERR "[Top]" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ unless ($element->{'has_heading'})
+ {
+ unshift @section_lines, &$Texi2HTML::Config::heading($element);
+ }
+ }
+ print STDERR "# Write the section $element->{'texi'}\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::one_section($FH);
+ close_out($FH);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ finish_element ($FH, $element, undef, $first_section);
+
+ ############################################################################
+ # Print ToC, Overview, Footnotes
+ #
+ for my $direction (('Prev', 'Next', 'Back', 'Forward', 'Up', 'NodeUp',
+ 'NodePrev', 'NodeNext', 'Following', 'This'))
+ {
+ delete $Texi2HTML::HREF{$direction};
+ # it is better to undef in case the references to these hash entries
+ # are used, as if deleted, the
+ # references are still refering to the old, undeleted element
+ # (we could do both)
+ $Texi2HTML::NAME{$direction} = undef;
+ $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{$direction} = undef;
+ $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{$direction} = undef;
+ $Texi2HTML::NODE{$direction} = undef;
+
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_ELEMENT = undef;
+ }
+ if (@foot_lines)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# writing Footnotes in $docu_foot_file\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+ #open (FILE, "> $docu_foot_file") || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_foot_file for writing: $!\n"
+ $FH = open_out ($docu_foot_file)
+ if $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT;
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'This'} = $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Footnotes'};
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Footnotes'} = '#' . $footnote_element->{'id'};
+ $Texi2HTML::NAME{'This'} = $Texi2HTML::NAME{'Footnotes'};
+ $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{'This'} = $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{'Footnotes'};
+ $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'This'} = $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'Footnotes'};
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION = \@foot_lines;
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER = [ &$Texi2HTML::Config::anchor($footnote_element->{'id'}) . "\n" ];
+ #&$Texi2HTML::Config::print_Footnotes(\*FILE);
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_Footnotes($FH);
+ #close(FILE) if $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT;
+ close_out($FH, $docu_foot_file)
+ #|| die "$ERROR: Error occurred when closing $docu_foot_file: $!\n"
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT);
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Footnotes'} = $Texi2HTML::HREF{'This'};
+ }
+
+ if (@{$Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES})
+ {
+ print STDERR "# writing Toc in $docu_toc_file\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+ #open (FILE, "> $docu_toc_file") || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_toc_file for writing: $!\n"
+ $FH = open_out ($docu_toc_file)
+ if $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT;
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'This'} = $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Contents'};
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Contents'} = "#SEC_Contents";
+ $Texi2HTML::NAME{'This'} = $Texi2HTML::NAME{'Contents'};
+ $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{'This'} = $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{'Contents'};
+ $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'This'} = $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'Contents'};
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION = $Texi2HTML::TOC_LINES;
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER = [ &$Texi2HTML::Config::anchor("SEC_Contents") . "\n" ];
+ #&$Texi2HTML::Config::print_Toc(\*FILE);
+ #close(FILE) if $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT;
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_Toc($FH);
+ close_out($FH, $docu_toc_file)
+ #|| die "$ERROR: Error occurred when closing $docu_toc_file: $!\n"
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT);
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Contents'} = $Texi2HTML::HREF{'This'};
+ }
+
+ if (@{$Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW})
+ {
+ print STDERR "# writing Overview in $docu_stoc_file\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+ #open (FILE, "> $docu_stoc_file") || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_stoc_file for writing: $!\n"
+ $FH = open_out ($docu_stoc_file)
+ if $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT;
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{This} = $Texi2HTML::HREF{Overview};
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{Overview} = "#SEC_Overview";
+ $Texi2HTML::NAME{This} = $Texi2HTML::NAME{Overview};
+ $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{This} = $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{Overview};
+ $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{This} = $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{Overview};
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION = $Texi2HTML::OVERVIEW;
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER = [ &$Texi2HTML::Config::anchor("SEC_Overview") . "\n" ];
+ #&$Texi2HTML::Config::print_Overview(\*FILE);
+ #close(FILE) if $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT;
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_Overview($FH);
+ close_out($FH,$docu_stoc_file)
+ #|| die "$ERROR: Error occurred when closing $docu_stoc_file: $!\n"
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT);
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{Overview} = $Texi2HTML::HREF{This};
+ }
+ my $about_body;
+ if ($about_body = &$Texi2HTML::Config::about_body())
+ {
+ print STDERR "# writing About in $docu_about_file\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+ #open (FILE, "> $docu_about_file") || die "$ERROR: Can't open $docu_about_file for writing: $!\n"
+ $FH = open_out ($docu_about_file)
+ if $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT;
+
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{This} = $Texi2HTML::HREF{About};
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{About} = "#SEC_About";
+ $Texi2HTML::NAME{This} = $Texi2HTML::NAME{About};
+ $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{This} = $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{About};
+ $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{This} = $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{About};
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION = [$about_body];
+ $Texi2HTML::THIS_HEADER = [ &$Texi2HTML::Config::anchor("SEC_About") . "\n" ];
+ #&$Texi2HTML::Config::print_About(\*FILE);
+ #close(FILE) if $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT;
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_About($FH);
+ close_out($FH, $docu_stoc_file)
+ #|| die "$ERROR: Error occurred when closing $docu_stoc_file: $!\n"
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT);
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{About} = $Texi2HTML::HREF{This};
+ }
+
+ unless ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT)
+ {
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_page_foot($FH);
+ close_out ($FH);
+ # || die "$ERROR: Error occurred when closing: $!\n";
+ }
+}
+
+# print section, close file and undef FH if needed.
+sub finish_element($$$$)
+{
+ my $FH = shift;
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $new_element = shift;
+ my $first_section = shift;
+#print STDERR "FINISH_ELEMENT($FH)($element->{'texi'})[$element->{'file'}] counter $files{$element->{'file'}}->{'counter'}\n";
+ if ($element->{'top'})
+ {
+ my $top_file = $docu_top_file;
+ #print STDERR "TOP $element->{'texi'}, @section_lines\n";
+ print STDERR "[Top]" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'Top'} = href($element_top, $element->{'file'});
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_Top($FH, $element->{'has_heading'});
+ my $end_page = 0;
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT)
+ {
+ if (!$files{$element->{'file'}}->{'counter'})
+ {
+ $end_page = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_Top_footer($FH, $end_page);
+ close_out($FH, $top_file) if ($end_page);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "# do element $element->{'texi'}\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_ELEMENTS);
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_section($FH, $first_section);
+ if (defined($new_element) and ($new_element->{'file'} ne $element->{'file'}))
+ {
+ if (!$files{$element->{'file'}}->{'counter'})
+ {
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_chapter_footer($FH) if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'chapter');
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_section_footer($FH) if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'section');
+ #print STDERR "Close file after $element->{'texi'}\n";
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_page_foot($FH);
+ close_out($FH);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "counter $files{$element->{'file'}}->{'counter'} ne 0, file $element->{'file'}\n";
+ }
+ undef $FH;
+ }
+ elsif (!defined($new_element))
+ {
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT)
+ { # end of last splitted section
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_chapter_footer($FH) if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'chapter');
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_section_footer($FH) if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'section');
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_page_foot($FH);
+ close_out($FH);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::end_section($FH, 1);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($new_element->{'top'})
+ {
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::end_section($FH, 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::end_section($FH);
+ }
+ }
+ return $FH;
+}
+
+# write to files with name the node name for cross manual references.
+sub do_node_files()
+{
+ foreach my $key (keys(%nodes))
+ {
+ my $node = $nodes{$key};
+ next unless ($node->{'node_file'});
+ my $redirection_file = $docu_doc;
+ $redirection_file = $node->{'file'} if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT);
+ if (!$redirection_file)
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: file for redirection for `$node->{'texi'}' don't exist\n" unless ($novalidate);
+ next;
+ }
+ next if ($redirection_file eq $node->{'node_file'});
+ my $file = "${docu_rdir}$node->{'node_file'}";
+ $Texi2HTML::NODE{'This'} = $node->{'text'};
+ $Texi2HTML::NO_TEXI{'This'} = $node->{'no_texi'};
+ $Texi2HTML::UNFORMATTED{'This'} = $node->{'no_texi'};
+ $Texi2HTML::NAME{'This'} = $node->{'text'};
+ $Texi2HTML::HREF{'This'} = "$node->{'file'}#$node->{'id'}";
+ open (NODEFILE, "> $file") || die "$ERROR Can't open $file for writing: $!\n";
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_redirection_page (\*NODEFILE);
+ close NODEFILE || die "$ERROR: Can't close $file: $!\n";
+ }
+}
+
+#+++############################################################################
+# #
+# Low level functions #
+# #
+#---############################################################################
+
+sub locate_include_file($)
+{
+ my $file = shift;
+
+ # APA: Don't implicitely search ., to conform with the docs!
+ # return $file if (-e $file && -r $file);
+ foreach my $dir (@Texi2HTML::Config::INCLUDE_DIRS)
+ {
+ return "$dir/$file" if (-e "$dir/$file" && -r "$dir/$file");
+ }
+ return undef;
+}
+
+sub open_file($$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $line_number = shift;
+ local *FH;
+ #if ((defined($from_encoding) and open(*FH, ":encoding($from_encoding)", $name)) or open(*FH, $name))
+ #if ((defined($from_encoding) and open(*FH, "<:$from_encoding", $name)) or open(*FH, $name))
+ if (open(*FH, "<$name"))
+ {
+ if (defined($from_encoding))
+ {
+ binmode(*FH, ":encoding($from_encoding)");
+ }
+ my $file = { 'fh' => *FH,
+ 'input_spool' => { 'spool' => [],
+ 'macro' => '' },
+ 'name' => $name,
+ 'line_nr' => 0 };
+ unshift(@fhs, $file);
+ $input_spool = $file->{'input_spool'};
+ $line_number->{'file_name'} = $name;
+ $line_number->{'line_nr'} = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "$ERROR Can't read file $name: $!\n";
+ }
+}
+
+sub open_out($)
+{
+ my $file = shift;
+ if ($file eq '-')
+ {
+ binmode(STDOUT, ":encoding($to_encoding)") if (defined($to_encoding));
+ return \*STDOUT;
+ }
+ #unless ((defined($to_encoding) and open(FILE, ">:encoding($to_encoding)", $file)) or open(FILE, "> $file"))
+ #my $open_style = 'bytes';
+ #$open_style = 'utf8' if (defined($to_encoding) and $to_encoding eq 'utf8');
+ #if (defined($to_encoding) and $to_encoding eq 'utf8')
+ #{
+ # $open_style = 'utf8';
+ # print STDERR "$open_style\n";
+ #}
+ #unless ((defined($to_encoding) and open(FILE, ">:$open_style", $file)) or open(FILE, "> $file"))
+ unless (open(FILE, ">$file"))
+ {
+ die "$ERROR Can't open $file for writing: $!\n";
+ }
+ if (defined($to_encoding))
+ {
+ if ($to_encoding eq 'utf8')
+ {
+ binmode(FILE, ':utf8');
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ binmode(FILE, ':bytes');
+ }
+ binmode(FILE, ":encoding($to_encoding)");
+ }
+ return \*FILE;
+}
+
+sub close_out($;$)
+{
+ my $FH = shift;
+ my $file = shift;
+ $file = '' if (!defined($file));
+ return if ($Texi2HTML::Config::OUT eq '');
+ close ($FH) || die "$ERROR: Error occurred when closing $file: $!\n";
+}
+
+sub next_line($)
+{
+ my $line_number = shift;
+ while (@fhs)
+ {
+ my $file = $fhs[0];
+ $line_number->{'file_name'} = $file->{'name'};
+ $input_spool = $file->{'input_spool'};
+ if (@{$input_spool->{'spool'}})
+ {
+ $line_number->{'macro'} = $file->{'input_spool'}->{'macro'};
+ $line_number->{'line_nr'} = $file->{'line_nr'};
+ my $line = shift(@{$input_spool->{'spool'}});
+ print STDERR "# unspooling $line" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MACROS);
+ return($line);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $file->{'input_spool'}->{'macro'} = '';
+ $line_number->{'macro'} = '';
+ }
+ my $fh = $file->{'fh'};
+ no strict "refs";
+ my $line = <$fh>;
+ use strict "refs";
+ my $chomped_line = $line;
+ $file->{'line_nr'}++ if (defined($line) and chomp($chomped_line));
+ $line_number->{'line_nr'} = $file->{'line_nr'};
+ return($line) if (defined($line));
+ no strict "refs";
+ close($fh);
+ use strict "refs";
+ shift(@fhs);
+ }
+ return(undef);
+}
+
+# echo a warning
+sub echo_warn($;$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ chomp ($text);
+ my $line_number = shift;
+ warn "$WARN $text " . format_line_number($line_number) . "\n";
+}
+
+sub echo_error($;$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ chomp ($text);
+ my $line_number = shift;
+ warn "$ERROR $text " . format_line_number($line_number) . "\n";
+}
+
+sub format_line_number($)
+{
+ my $line_number = shift;
+ my $macro_text = '';
+ #$line_number = undef;
+ return '' unless (defined($line_number));
+ $macro_text = " in $line_number->{'macro'}" if ($line_number->{'macro'} ne '');
+ my $file_text = '(';
+ $file_text = "(in $line_number->{'file_name'} " if ($line_number->{'file_name'} ne $docu);
+ return "${file_text}l. $line_number->{'line_nr'}" . $macro_text . ')';
+}
+
+# to debug, dump the result of pass_texi and pass_structure in a file
+sub dump_texi($$;$$)
+{
+ my $lines = shift;
+ my $pass = shift;
+ my $numbers = shift;
+ my $file = shift;
+ $file = "$docu_rdir$docu_name" . ".pass$pass" if (!defined($file));
+ unless (open(DMPTEXI, ">$file"))
+ {
+ warn "Can't open $file for writing: $!\n";
+ }
+ print STDERR "# Dump texi\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ my $index = 0;
+ foreach my $line (@$lines)
+ {
+ my $number_information = '';
+ my $chomped_line = $line;
+ $number_information = "$numbers->[$index]->{'file_name'}($numbers->[$index]->{'macro'},$numbers->[$index]->{'line_nr'}) " if (defined($numbers));
+ print DMPTEXI "${number_information}$line";
+ $index++ if (chomp($chomped_line));
+ }
+ close DMPTEXI;
+}
+
+# return next tag on the line
+sub next_tag($)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ if ($line =~ /^\s*\@(["'~\@\}\{,\.!\?\s\*\-\^`=:\|\/])/o or $line =~ /^\s*\@([a-zA-Z]\w*)([\s\{\}\@])/ or $line =~ /^\s*\@([a-zA-Z]\w*)$/)
+ {
+ return ($1);
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+sub top_stack($)
+{
+ my $stack = shift;
+ return undef unless(@$stack);
+ return $stack->[-1];
+}
+
+# return the next element with balanced {}
+sub next_bracketed($$)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $opened_braces = 0;
+ my $result = '';
+ my $spaces;
+ if ($line =~ /^(\s*)$/)
+ {
+ return ('','',$1);
+ }
+ while ($line !~ /^\s*$/)
+ {
+#print STDERR "next_bracketed($opened_braces): $result !!! $line";
+ if (!$opened_braces)
+ { # beginning of item
+ $line =~ s/^(\s*)//;
+ $spaces = $1;
+ #if ($line =~ s/^([^\{\}\s]+)//)
+ if ($line =~ s/^([^\{\}]+?)(\s+)/$2/ or $line =~ s/^([^\{\}]+?)$//)
+ {
+ $result = $1;
+ $result =~ s/\s*$//;
+ return ($result, $line, $spaces);
+ }
+ elsif ($line =~ s/^([^\{\}]+?)([\{\}])/$2/)
+ {
+ $result = $1;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif($line =~ s/^([^\{\}]+)//)
+ {
+ $result .= $1;
+ }
+ if ($line =~ s/^([\{\}])//)
+ {
+ my $brace = $1;
+ $opened_braces++ if ($brace eq '{');
+ $opened_braces-- if ($brace eq '}');
+
+ if ($opened_braces < 0)
+ {
+ echo_error("too much '}' in specification", $line_nr);
+ $opened_braces = 0;
+ next;
+ }
+ $result .= $brace;
+ return ($result, $line, $spaces) if ($opened_braces == 0);
+ }
+ }
+ if ($opened_braces)
+ {
+ echo_error("'{' not closed in specification", $line_nr);
+ return ($result . ( '}' x $opened_braces), '', $spaces);
+ }
+ print STDERR "BUG: at the end of next_bracketed\n";
+ return undef;
+}
+
+# do a href using file and id and taking care of ommitting file if it is
+# the same
+# element: structuring element to point to
+# file: current file
+sub href($$)
+{
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $file = shift;
+ return '' unless defined($element);
+ my $href = '';
+ print STDERR "Bug: $element->{'texi'}, id undef\n" if (!defined($element->{'id'}));
+ print STDERR "Bug: $element->{'texi'}, file undef\n" if (!defined($element->{'file'}));
+#foreach my $key (keys(%{$element}))
+#{
+# my $value = 'UNDEF'; $value = $element->{$key} if defined($element->{$key});
+# print STDERR "$key: $value\n";
+#}print STDERR "\n";
+ $href .= $element->{'file'} if (defined($element->{'file'}) and $file ne $element->{'file'});
+ $href .= "#$element->{'id'}" if (defined($element->{'id'}));
+ return $href;
+}
+
+sub normalise_space($)
+{
+ return undef unless (defined ($_[0]));
+ my $text = shift;
+ $text =~ s/\s+/ /go;
+ $text =~ s/ $//;
+ $text =~ s/^ //;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub normalise_node($)
+{
+ return undef unless (defined ($_[0]));
+ my $text = shift;
+ $text = normalise_space($text);
+ $text =~ s/^top$/Top/i;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub do_math($;$)
+{
+ #return l2h_ToLatex("\$".$_[0]."\$");
+ return Texi2HTML::LaTeX2HTML::to_latex("\$".$_[0]."\$");
+}
+
+sub do_anchor_label($$$$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ #my $anchor = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $anchor = $args->[0];
+ my $style_stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ return '' if ($state->{'multiple_pass'});
+ $anchor = normalise_node($anchor);
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::anchor($nodes{$anchor}->{'id'});
+}
+
+sub get_format_command($)
+{
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $command = '';
+ my $format_name = '';
+ my $term = 0;
+ my $item_nr;
+ my $paragraph_number;
+ my $enumerate_type;
+ my $number;
+
+ if (defined($format) and ref($format) eq "HASH")
+ {
+ $command = $format->{'command'};
+ $command = '' if (!defined($command));
+ $paragraph_number = \$format->{'paragraph_number'};
+ $format_name = $format->{'format'};
+ $term = 1 if ($format->{'term'}); #This should never happen
+ $item_nr = $format->{'item_nr'};
+ $enumerate_type = $format->{'spec'};
+ $number = $format->{'number'};
+ }
+ return ($format_name, $command, $paragraph_number, $term, $item_nr,
+ $enumerate_type, $number);
+}
+
+sub do_paragraph($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my ($format, $paragraph_command, $paragraph_number, $term, $item_nr,
+ $enumerate_type, $number) = get_format_command ($state->{'paragraph'});
+ delete $state->{'paragraph'};
+ my $paragraph_command_formatted;
+ $state->{'paragraph_nr'}--;
+ (print STDERR "Bug text undef in do_paragraph", return '') unless defined($text);
+ my $align = '';
+ $align = $state->{'paragraph_style'}->[-1] if ($state->{'paragraph_style'}->[-1]);
+
+ if (exists($style_map_ref->{$paragraph_command}) and
+ !exists($Texi2HTML::Config::special_list_commands{$format}->{$paragraph_command}))
+ {
+ if ($format eq 'itemize')
+ {
+ chomp ($text);
+ $text = do_simple($paragraph_command, $text, $state, [$text]);
+ $text = $text . "\n";
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (exists($things_map_ref->{$paragraph_command}))
+ {
+ $paragraph_command_formatted = do_simple($paragraph_command, '', $state);
+ }
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::paragraph($text, $align, $paragraph_command, $paragraph_command_formatted, $paragraph_number, $format, $item_nr, $enumerate_type, $number);
+}
+
+sub do_preformatted($$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my ($format, $leading_command, $preformatted_number, $term, $item_nr, $enumerate_type,
+ $number) = get_format_command($state->{'preformatted_format'});
+ delete ($state->{'preformatted_format'});
+ my $leading_command_formatted;
+ my $pre_style = '';
+ my $class = '';
+ $pre_style = $state->{'preformatted_stack'}->[-1]->{'pre_style'} if ($state->{'preformatted_stack'}->[-1]->{'pre_style'});
+ $class = $state->{'preformatted_stack'}->[-1]->{'class'};
+ print STDERR "BUG: !state->{'preformatted_stack'}->[-1]->{'class'}\n" unless ($class);
+ if (exists($style_map_ref->{$leading_command}) and
+ !exists($Texi2HTML::Config::special_list_commands{$format}->{$leading_command}) and ($style_type{$leading_command} eq 'style'))
+ {
+ $text = do_simple($leading_command, $text, $state,[$text]) if ($format eq 'itemize');
+ }
+ elsif (exists($things_map_ref->{$leading_command}))
+ {
+ $leading_command_formatted = do_simple($leading_command, '', $state);
+ }
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::preformatted($text, $pre_style, $class, $leading_command, $leading_command_formatted, $preformatted_number, $format, $item_nr, $enumerate_type, $number);
+}
+
+sub do_external_href($)
+{
+ my $texi_node = shift;
+ my $file = '';
+ my $node_id = '';
+ my $node_xhtml_id = '';
+ if ($texi_node =~ s/^\((.+?)\)//)
+ {
+ $file = $1;
+ }
+ $texi_node = normalise_node($texi_node);
+ if ($texi_node ne '')
+ {
+ if (exists($nodes{$texi_node}) and ($nodes{$texi_node}->{'cross_manual_target'}))
+ {
+ $node_id = $nodes{$texi_node}->{'cross_manual_target'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $node_id = cross_manual_line($texi_node);
+ }
+ $node_xhtml_id = node_to_id($node_id);
+ }
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::external_href($texi_node, $node_id,
+ $node_xhtml_id, $file);
+}
+
+# transform node for cross ref name to id suitable for xhtml.
+sub node_to_id($)
+{
+ my $cross_ref_node_name = shift;
+ $cross_ref_node_name =~ s/^([0-9_])/g_t$1/;
+ return $cross_ref_node_name;
+}
+
+# return 1 if the following tag shouldn't begin a line
+sub no_line($)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $next_tag = next_tag($line);
+ return 1 if (($line =~ /^\s*$/) or $no_line_macros{$next_tag} or
+ (($next_tag =~ /^(\w+?)index$/) and ($1 ne 'print')) or
+ (($line =~ /^\@end\s+(\w+)/) and $no_line_macros{"end $1"}));
+ return 0;
+}
+
+sub no_paragraph($$)
+{
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line = shift;
+ return ($state->{'paragraph'} or $state->{'preformatted'} or $state->{'remove_texi'} or no_line($line) or $state->{'no_paragraph'});
+}
+
+sub automatic_preformatted($$)
+{
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $macro = shift;
+ return ($state->{'preformatted'} and
+ !$Texi2HTML::Config::format_in_paragraph{$macro});
+}
+
+# handle raw formatting, ignored regions...
+sub do_text_macro($$$$)
+{
+ my $type = shift;
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $value;
+ #print STDERR "do_text_macro $type\n";
+
+ if (not $text_macros{$type})
+ { # ignored text
+ $state->{'ignored'} = $type;
+ #print STDERR "IGNORED\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($text_macros{$type} eq 'raw' or $text_macros{$type} eq 'special')
+ {
+ $state->{'raw'} = $type;
+ #print STDERR "RAW\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($text_macros{$type} eq 'value')
+ {
+ if (($line =~ s/(\s+)($VARRE)$//) or ($line =~ s/(\s+)($VARRE)(\s)//))
+ {
+ $value = $1 . $2;
+ $value .= $3 if defined($3);
+ if ($type eq 'ifclear')
+ {
+ if (defined($value{$2}))
+ {
+ $state->{'ignored'} = $type;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @{$state->{'text_macro_stack'}}, $type;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($type eq 'ifset')
+ {
+ unless (defined($value{$2}))
+ {
+ $state->{'ignored'} = $type;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @{$state->{'text_macro_stack'}}, $type;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad $type line: $line", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR Bad $type line: $line";
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @{$state->{'text_macro_stack'}}, $type;
+ }
+ my $text = "\@$type";
+ $text .= $value if defined($value);
+ return ($line, $text);
+}
+
+# do regions handled specially, currently only tex, going throug latex2html
+sub do_special ($$)
+{
+ my $style = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ if ($style eq 'tex')
+ {
+ # add space to the end -- tex(i2dvi) does this, as well
+ #return (l2h_ToLatex($text . " "));
+ return (Texi2HTML::LaTeX2HTML::to_latex($text . " "));
+ }
+}
+
+sub do_insertcopying($)
+{
+ my $state = shift;
+ return '' unless @{$region_lines{'copying'}};
+ return substitute_text(duplicate_state($state), @{$region_lines{'copying'}});
+}
+
+sub get_deff_index($$$)
+{
+ my $tag = shift;
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ $tag =~ s/x$// if $tag =~ /x$/;
+ my ($style, $category, $name, $type, $class, $arguments);
+ ($style, $category, $name, $type, $class, $arguments) = parse_def($tag, $line, $line_nr);
+ # FIXME -- --- ''... should be protected for name and maybe class
+ $name = &$Texi2HTML::Config::definition_category($name, $class, $style);
+ return undef if (!$name or ($name =~ /^\s*$/));
+ return ($style, $name);
+}
+
+sub parse_def($$$)
+{
+ my $tag = shift;
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ if (!ref ($Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$tag}))
+ {
+ # substitute shortcuts for definition commands
+ my $substituted = $Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$tag};
+ $substituted =~ s/(\w+)//;
+ $tag = $1;
+ $line = $substituted . $line;
+ }
+#print STDERR "PARSE_DEF $line";
+ my ($category, $name, $type, $class, $arguments);
+ my @args = @{$Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$tag}};
+ my $style = shift @args;
+ while (@args)
+ {
+ my $arg = shift @args;
+ if (defined($arg))
+ {
+ # backward compatibility, it was possible to have a { in front.
+ $arg =~ s/^\{//;
+ my $item;
+ my $spaces;
+ ($item, $line,$spaces) = next_bracketed($line, $line_nr);
+ last if (!defined($item));
+ $item =~ s/^\{(.*)\}$/$1/ if ($item =~ /^\{/);
+ if ($arg eq 'category')
+ {
+ $category = $item;
+ }
+ elsif ($arg eq 'name')
+ {
+ $name = $item;
+ }
+ elsif ($arg eq 'type')
+ {
+ $type = $item;
+ }
+ elsif ($arg eq 'class')
+ {
+ $class = $item;
+ }
+ elsif ($arg eq 'arg')
+ {
+ $line = $spaces . $item . $line;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # chomp ($line);
+ # $line =~ s/\s*$//;
+ # $arguments = $line if ($line ne '');
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ #return ($style, $category, $name, $type, $class, $arguments);
+#print STDERR "PARSE_DEF (style $style, category $category, name $name, type $type, class $class, line $line)\n";
+ return ($style, $category, $name, $type, $class, $line);
+}
+
+#FIXME this is rather fragile.
+sub begin_deff_item($$;$)
+{
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $no_paragraph = shift;
+ return if ($state->{'cmd_line'});
+ #print STDERR "DEF push deff_item for $state->{'deff'}\n";
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => 'deff_item', 'text' => '' };
+ # there is no paragraph when a new deff just follows the deff we are
+ # opening
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state) if ($state->{'preformatted'} and !$no_paragraph);
+ $state->{'deff'} = undef;
+ delete($state->{'deff'});
+ #dump_stack(undef, $stack, $state);
+}
+
+sub begin_paragraph($$)
+{
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+
+ my $command = 1;
+ my $top_format = top_format($stack);
+ if (defined($top_format))
+ {
+ $command = $top_format;
+ }
+ if ($state->{'preformatted'})
+ {
+ push @$stack, {'format' => 'preformatted', 'text' => '' };
+ $state->{'preformatted_format'} = $command if ($command ne '1');
+ push @$stack, @{$state->{'paragraph_macros'}} if $state->{'paragraph_macros'};
+ delete $state->{'paragraph_macros'};
+ return;
+ }
+ $state->{'paragraph'} = $command;
+ $state->{'paragraph_nr'}++;
+ push @$stack, {'format' => 'paragraph', 'text' => '' };
+ # if there are macros which weren't closed when the previous
+ # paragraph was closed we reopen them here
+ push @$stack, @{$state->{'paragraph_macros'}} if $state->{'paragraph_macros'};
+ delete $state->{'paragraph_macros'};
+}
+
+sub parse_format_command($$)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $tag = shift;
+ my $command = 'asis';
+ if (($line =~ /^\s*\@([A-Za-z]\w*)(\{\})?$/ or $line =~ /^\s*\@([A-Za-z]\w*)(\{\})?\s/) and ($things_map_ref->{$1} or defined($style_map_ref->{$1})))
+ {
+ $line =~ s/^\s*\@([A-Za-z]\w*)(\{\})?\s*//;
+ $command = $1;
+ }
+ return ('', $command) if ($line =~ /^\s*$/);
+ chomp $line;
+ $line = substitute_text ({'keep_nr' => 1, 'keep_texi' => 1, 'check_item' => $tag}, $line);
+ return ($line, $command);
+}
+
+sub parse_enumerate($)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $spec;
+ if ($line =~ /^\s*(\w)\b/ and ($1 ne '_'))
+ {
+ $spec = $1;
+ $line =~ s/^\s*(\w)\s*//;
+ }
+ return ($line, $spec);
+}
+
+sub parse_multitable($$)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ # first find the table width
+ my $table_width = 0;
+ if ($line =~ s/^\s+\@columnfractions\s+//)
+ {
+ my @fractions = split /\s+/, $line;
+ $table_width = $#fractions + 1;
+ while (@fractions)
+ {
+ my $fraction = shift @fractions;
+ unless ($fraction =~ /^(\d*\.\d+)|(\d+)\.?$/)
+ {
+ echo_error ("column fraction not a number: $fraction", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR column fraction not a number: $fraction";
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $element;
+ my $line_orig = $line;
+ while ($line !~ /^\s*$/)
+ {
+ my $spaces;
+ ($element, $line, $spaces) = next_bracketed($line, $line_nr);
+ if ($element =~ /^\{/)
+ {
+ $table_width++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("garbage in multitable specification: $element", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return ($table_width);
+}
+
+sub end_format($$$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $format = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ #print STDERR "END FORMAT $format\n";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ #sleep 1;
+ close_menu($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr) if ($format_type{$format} eq 'menu');
+ if (($format_type{$format} eq 'list') or ($format_type{$format} eq 'table'))
+ { # those functions return if they detect an inapropriate context
+ add_item($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, '', 1); # handle lists
+ add_term($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, 1); # handle table
+ add_line($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, 1); # handle table
+ add_row($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr); # handle multitable
+ }
+
+ #print STDERR "END_FORMAT\n";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+
+ my $format_ref = pop @$stack;
+
+ # debug
+ if (!defined($format_ref->{'text'}))
+ {
+ push @$stack, $format_ref;
+ print STDERR "Bug: text undef in end_format $format\n";
+ dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ pop @$stack;
+ }
+
+ if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$format}))
+ {
+ close_stack($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, undef, 'deff_item') unless ($format_ref->{'format'} eq 'deff_item');
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::def_item($format_ref->{'text'}));
+ $format_ref = pop @$stack; # pop deff
+ if (!defined($format_ref->{'format'}) or !defined($Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$format_ref->{'format'}}))
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: not a def* under deff_item\n";
+ push (@$stack, $format_ref);
+ dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ pop @$stack;
+ }
+ elsif ($format_ref->{'format'} ne $format)
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Waiting for \@end $format_ref->{'format'}, found \@end $format", $line_nr);
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::def($format_ref->{'text'}));
+ }
+ elsif ($format_type{$format} eq 'cartouche')
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::cartouche($format_ref->{'text'}));
+ }
+ elsif ($format eq 'float')
+ {
+ if (!defined($state->{'float'}))
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Waiting for \@end $format_ref->{'format'}, found \@end $format", $line_nr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my ($caption_lines, $shortcaption_lines) = &$Texi2HTML::Config::caption_shortcaption($state->{'float'});
+ my ($caption_text, $shortcaption_text);
+ $caption_text = substitute_text(duplicate_state($state), @$caption_lines) if (defined($caption_lines));
+ $shortcaption_text = substitute_text(duplicate_state($state), @$shortcaption_lines) if (defined($shortcaption_lines));
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::float($format_ref->{'text'}, $state->{'float'}, $caption_text, $shortcaption_text));
+ delete $state->{'float'};
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($format_type{$format} eq 'menu')
+ {
+ if ($state->{'preformatted'})
+ {
+ # end the fake complex format
+ $state->{'preformatted'}--;
+ pop @{$state->{'preformatted_stack'}};
+ pop @$stack;
+ }
+ $state->{'menu'}--;
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::menu($format_ref->{'text'}));
+ }
+ elsif ($format_type{$format} eq 'complex')
+ {
+ $state->{'preformatted'}--;
+ pop @{$state->{'preformatted_stack'}};
+ # debug
+ if (!defined($Texi2HTML::Config::complex_format_map->{$format_ref->{'format'}}->{'begin'}))
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug undef $format_ref->{'format'}" . "->{'begin'} (for $format...)\n";
+ dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ }
+ #print STDERR "before $format\n";
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::complex_format($format_ref->{'format'}, $format_ref->{'text'}));
+ #print STDERR "after $format\n";
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ }
+ elsif (($format_type{$format} eq 'table') or ($format_type{$format} eq 'list'))
+ {
+ #print STDERR "CLOSE $format ($format_ref->{'format'})\n$format_ref->{'text'}\n";
+ pop @{$state->{'format_stack'}};
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ if ($format_ref->{'format'} ne $format)
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Waiting for \@end $format_ref->{'format'}, found \@end $format", $line_nr);
+ }
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::format_map{$format})
+ { # table or list has a simple format
+ add_prev($text, $stack, end_simple_format($format_ref->{'format'}, $format_ref->{'text'}));
+ }
+ else
+ { # table or list handler defined by the user
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::table_list($format_ref->{'format'}, $format_ref->{'text'}, $format_ref->{'command'}));
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($format eq 'quotation')
+ {
+ my $quotation_args = pop @{$state->{'quotation_stack'}};
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::quotation($format_ref->{'text'}, $quotation_args->{'text'}, $quotation_args->{'style_texi'}, $quotation_args->{'style_id'}));
+ }
+ elsif ($format_type{$format} eq 'paragraph_style')
+ {
+ if ($state->{'paragraph_style'}->[-1] eq $format)
+ {
+ pop @{$state->{'paragraph_style'}};
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::paragraph_style_command($format_ref->{'format'},$format_ref->{'text'}));
+ }
+ elsif (exists($Texi2HTML::Config::format_map{$format}))
+ {
+ if ($format_ref->{'format'} ne $format)
+ { # FIXME hasn't that case been handled before ?
+ echo_warn ("Waiting for \@end $format_ref->{'format'}, found \@end $format", $line_nr);
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, end_simple_format($format_ref->{'format'}, $format_ref->{'text'}));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_warn("Unknown format $format", $line_nr);
+ }
+ # We restart the preformatted format which was stopped by the format
+ # if in preformatted
+ if (automatic_preformatted($state,$format))
+ {
+ #print STDERR "restart preformatted, $format\n";
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state);
+ }
+}
+
+sub do_text($;$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ return $text if ($state->{'keep_texi'});
+ if (defined($state) and !$state->{'preformatted'} and !$state->{'code_style'})
+ {
+ # in normal text `` and '' serve as quotes, --- is for a long dash
+ # and -- for a medium dash.
+ # (see texinfo.txi, @node Conventions)
+ $text = &$Texi2HTML::Config::normal_text($text);
+ }
+ if ($state->{'no_protection'})
+ {
+ return $text;
+ }
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text($text);
+}
+
+sub end_simple_format($$)
+{
+ my $tag = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+
+ my $element = $Texi2HTML::Config::format_map{$tag};
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::format($tag, $element, $text);
+}
+
+sub close_menu($$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ if ($state->{'menu_comment'})
+ {
+ #print STDERR "close MENU_COMMENT Before close_stack\n";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ close_stack($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, undef, 'menu_comment');
+ # close_paragraph isn't needed in most cases, but A preformatted may
+ # appear after close_stack if we closed a format, as formats reopen
+ # preformatted. However it is empty and close_paragraph will remove it
+ close_paragraph($text, $stack, $state);
+ my $menu_comment = pop @$stack;
+ if (!$menu_comment->{'format'} or $menu_comment->{'format'} ne 'menu_comment')
+ {
+ warn "Bug waiting for menu_comment, got $menu_comment->{'format'}\n";
+ dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::menu_comment($menu_comment->{'text'}));
+ pop @{$state->{'preformatted_stack'}};
+ $state->{'preformatted'}--;
+ $state->{'menu_comment'}--;
+ }
+ if ($state->{'menu_entry'})
+ {
+ close_stack($text, $stack,$state, $line_nr, undef, 'menu_description');
+ my $descr = pop(@$stack);
+ print STDERR "# close_menu: close description\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MENU);
+ add_prev($text, $stack, menu_description($descr->{'text'}, $state));
+ delete $state->{'menu_entry'};
+ }
+}
+
+# Format menu link, the
+sub do_menu_link($$;$)
+{
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $simple = shift;
+ my $menu_entry = $state->{'menu_entry'};
+ my $file = $state->{'element'}->{'file'};
+ my $node_name = normalise_node($menu_entry->{'node'});
+
+ my $substitution_state = duplicate_state($state);
+ my $name = substitute_line($menu_entry->{'name'}, $substitution_state);
+ my $node = substitute_line($menu_entry->{'node'}, $substitution_state);
+
+ if (($name ne '') and !$state->{'preformatted'} and $Texi2HTML::Config::AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY)
+ {
+ $name = '' unless (clean_text(remove_texi($menu_entry->{'name'}))
+ ne clean_text(remove_texi($menu_entry->{'node'})))
+ }
+
+ my $entry = '';
+ my $href;
+ my $element = $nodes{$node_name};
+ if ($element->{'seen'})
+ {
+ if ($element->{'with_section'})
+ {
+ $element = $element->{'with_section'};
+ }
+
+ #print STDERR "SUBHREF in menu for $element->{'texi'}\n";
+ $href = href($element, $file);
+ if (! $element->{'node'})
+ {
+ $entry = $element->{'text'}; # this is the section name without number
+ $entry = $element->{'name'} if (!$Texi2HTML::Config::NUMBER_SECTIONS);
+ $entry = "$Texi2HTML::Config::MENU_SYMBOL $entry" if (($entry ne '') and (!defined($element->{'number'}) or ($element->{'number'} =~ /^\s*$/)) and $Texi2HTML::Config::UNNUMBERED_SYMBOL_IN_MENU);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($menu_entry->{'node'} =~ /^\s*\(.*\)/ or $novalidate)
+ {#FIXME this is wrong for $novalidate
+ # menu entry points to another info manual
+ #$href = $nodes{$node_name}->{'file'};
+ $href = do_external_href($node_name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Unknown node in menu entry `$node_name'", $line_nr);
+ }
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::menu_link($entry, $state, $href, $node, $name, $menu_entry->{'ending'}) unless ($simple);
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::simple_menu_link($entry, $state->{'preformatted'}, $href, $node, $name, $menu_entry->{'ending'});
+}
+
+sub menu_description($$)
+{
+ my $descr = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $menu_entry = $state->{'menu_entry'};
+ my $node_name = normalise_node($menu_entry->{'node'});
+
+ my $element = $nodes{$node_name};
+ if ($element->{'seen'})
+ {
+ if ($element->{'with_section'})
+ {
+ $element = $element->{'with_section'};
+ }
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::AVOID_MENU_REDUNDANCY && ($descr ne '') && !$state->{'preformatted'})
+ {
+ $descr = '' if (clean_text($element->{'name'}) eq clean_text($descr));
+ }
+ }
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::menu_description($descr, $state);
+}
+
+sub clean_text($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ $text =~ s/[^\w]//g;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub do_xref($$$$)
+{
+ my $macro = shift;
+ #my $text = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $style_stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ my $result = '';
+ #$text =~ s/\s+/ /gos; # remove useless spaces and newlines
+ #my @args = split(/\s*,\s*/, $text);
+ my @args = @$args;
+ #print STDERR "DO_XREF: $macro\n";
+ my $j = 0;
+ for ($j = 0; $j <= $#$args; $j++)
+ {
+ $args[$j] = normalise_space($args[$j]);
+ # print STDERR " ($j)$args[$j]\n";
+ }
+ #$args[0] = normalise_space($args[0]);
+ $args[0] = '' if (!defined($args[0]));
+ my $node_texi = normalise_node($args[0]);
+ # a ref to a node in an info manual
+ if ($args[0] =~ s/^\(([^\)]+)\)\s*//)
+ {
+ if ($macro eq 'inforef')
+ {
+ $args[2] = $1 unless ($args[2]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $args[3] = $1 unless ($args[3]);
+ }
+ }
+ if (($macro ne 'inforef') and $args[3])
+ {
+ $node_texi = "($args[3])" . normalise_node($args[0]);
+ }
+
+ if ($macro eq 'inforef')
+ {
+ if ((@args < 1) or ($args[0] eq ''))
+ {
+ echo_error ("Need a node name for \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ return '';
+ }
+ if (@args > 3)
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Too much arguments for \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ }
+ $args[2] = '' if (!defined($args[2]));
+ $args[1] = '' if (!defined($args[1]));
+ $node_texi = "($args[2])$args[0]";
+ }
+
+ my $i;
+ my $new_state = duplicate_state($state);
+ $new_state->{'keep_texi'} = 0;
+ $new_state->{'keep_nr'} = 0;
+ for ($i = 0; $i < 5; $i++)
+ {
+ $args[$i] = substitute_line($args[$i], $new_state);
+ }
+ #print STDERR "(@args)\n";
+
+ if (($macro eq 'inforef') or ($args[3] ne '') or ($args[4] ne ''))
+ {# external ref
+ if ($macro eq 'inforef')
+ {
+ $macro = 'xref';
+ $args[3] = $args[2];
+ }
+ my $href = '';
+ my $node_file = '';
+ if ($args[3] ne '')
+ {
+ $href = do_external_href($node_texi);
+ $node_file = "($args[3])$args[0]";
+ }
+ my $section = '';
+ if ($args[4] ne '')
+ {
+ $section = $args[0];
+ if ($args[2] ne '')
+ {
+ $section = $args[2];
+ }
+ }
+ $result = &$Texi2HTML::Config::external_ref($macro, $section, $args[4], $node_file, $href, $args[1]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $element = $nodes{$node_texi};
+ if ($element and $element->{'seen'})
+ {
+ if ($element->{'with_section'})
+ {
+ $element = $element->{'with_section'};
+ }
+ my $file = '';
+ if (defined($state->{'element'}))
+ {
+ $file = $state->{'element'}->{'file'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_warn ("\@$macro not in text (in anchor, node, section...)", $line_nr);
+ # if Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT the file is '' which ensures a href with the file
+ # name. if ! Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT the 2 file will be the same thus there
+ # won't be the file name
+ $file = $element->{'file'} unless ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT);
+ }
+ #print STDERR "SUBHREF in ref `$node_texi': $_";
+ my $href = href($element, $file);
+ my $section = $args[2];
+ $section = $args[1] if ($section eq '');
+ my $name = $section;
+ my $short_name = $section;
+ if ($section eq '')
+ {
+ $name = $element->{'name'};
+ $short_name = $args[0];
+ }
+ $result = &$Texi2HTML::Config::internal_ref ($macro, $href, $short_name, $name, $element->{'section'});
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (($node_texi eq '') or !$novalidate)
+ {
+ echo_error ("Undefined node `$node_texi' in \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ my $text = '';
+ for (my $i = 0; $i < @$args -1; $i++)
+ {
+ $text .= $args->[$i] .',';
+ }
+ $text .= $args->[-1];
+ $result = "\@$macro"."{${text}}";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $result = &$Texi2HTML::Config::external_ref($macro, '', '', $args[0], do_external_href($node_texi), $args[1]);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return $result;
+}
+
+sub do_acronym_like($$$$$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $acronym_texi = shift @$args;
+ my $explanation = shift @$args;
+ my $style_stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ my $explanation_lines;
+ my $explanation_text;
+ my $explanation_unformatted;
+
+ if (defined($explanation))
+ {
+ $explanation =~ s/^\s*//;
+ $explanation =~ s/\s*$//;
+ $explanation = undef if ($explanation eq '');
+ }
+ $acronym_texi =~ s/^\s*//;
+ $acronym_texi =~ s/\s*$//;
+
+ return '' if ($acronym_texi eq '');
+
+ my $with_explanation = 0;
+ my $normalized_text = cross_manual_line (normalise_node($acronym_texi));
+ if (defined($explanation))
+ {
+ $with_explanation = 1;
+ $acronyms_like{$command}->{$normalized_text} = $explanation;
+ }
+ elsif (exists($acronyms_like{$command}->{$normalized_text}))
+ {
+ $explanation = $acronyms_like{$command}->{$normalized_text};
+ }
+
+ if (defined($explanation))
+ {
+ @$explanation_lines = map {$_ = $_."\n"} split (/\n/, $explanation);
+ my $text = '';
+ foreach my $line(@$explanation_lines)
+ {
+ $line .= ' ' if (chomp ($line));
+ $text .= $line
+ }
+ $text =~ s/ $//;
+ my $unformatted_state = duplicate_state($state);
+ $unformatted_state->{'unformatted'} = 1;
+ $explanation_unformatted = substitute_line($text, $unformatted_state);
+ $explanation_text = substitute_line($text, duplicate_state($state));
+ }
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::acronym_like($command, $acronym_texi, substitute_line ($acronym_texi, duplicate_state($state)),
+ $with_explanation, $explanation_lines, $explanation_text, $explanation_unformatted);
+}
+
+sub do_caption_shortcaption($$$$$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $text = $args->[0];
+ my $style_stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ if (!exists($state->{'float'}))
+ {
+#dump_stack(\"", [], $state);
+ echo_error("\@$command outside of float", $line_nr);
+ return '';
+ }
+ my $float = $state->{'float'};
+ my @texi_lines = map {$_ = $_."\n"} split (/\n/, $text);
+ $float->{"${command}_texi"} = \@texi_lines;
+ return '';
+}
+
+sub do_float_line($$$$$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my @args = @$args;
+ my $style_texi = shift @args;
+ my $label_texi = shift @args;
+ my $style_stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ $style_texi = undef if (defined($style_texi) and $style_texi=~/^\s*$/);
+ $label_texi = undef if (defined($label_texi) and $label_texi=~/^\s*$/);
+ if (defined($label_texi))
+ {
+ #my $id = cross_manual_line($label_texi);
+ $state->{'float'} = $nodes{normalise_node($label_texi)};
+ #print STDERR "float: $state->{'float'}, $state->{'float'}->{'texi'}\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $state->{'float'} = { 'float' => 1 };
+ if (defined($style_texi))
+ {
+ $state->{'float'}->{'style_texi'} = normalise_space($style_texi);
+ $state->{'float'}->{'style_id'} = cross_manual_line($style_texi);
+ $state->{'float'}->{'style'} = substitute_line($style_texi);
+ }
+ #print STDERR "float: (no label) $state->{'float'}\n";
+ }
+ return '';
+}
+
+sub do_quotation_line($$$$$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my @args = @$args;
+ my $style_texi = shift @args;
+ my $text_texi = shift @args;
+ my $style_stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $text;
+
+ $style_texi = undef if (defined($style_texi) and $style_texi=~/^\s*$/);
+ $text_texi = undef if (defined($text_texi) and $text_texi=~/^\s*$/);
+ if (defined($style_texi) and !defined($text_texi))
+ {
+ $text_texi = $style_texi;
+ $style_texi = undef;
+ }
+ if (defined($text_texi))
+ {
+ $text = substitute_line($text_texi, duplicate_state($state));
+ $text =~ s/\s*$//;
+ }
+ my $quotation_args = { 'style_texi' => $style_texi, 'text' => $text, 'text_texi' => $text_texi };
+ if (defined($style_texi))
+ {
+ $quotation_args->{'style_id'} = cross_manual_line(normalize_space($style_texi));
+ }
+ push @{$state->{'quotation_stack'}}, $quotation_args;
+ $state->{'prepend_text'} = &$Texi2HTML::Config::quotation_prepend_text($style_texi, $text_texi);
+ return '';
+}
+
+sub do_def_line($$$$$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my @args = @$args;
+ my $arguments = shift @args;
+ my $style_stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ $state->{'deff'}->{'arguments'} = $arguments;
+ return '';
+}
+
+sub do_footnote($$$$)
+{
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $text = $args->[0];
+ my $style_stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ $text .= "\n";
+ $foot_num++;
+ $relative_foot_num++;
+ my $docid = "DOCF$foot_num";
+ my $footid = "FOOT$foot_num";
+ my $from_file = '';
+ if ($state->{'element'} and $Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT and $Texi2HTML::Config::SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES)
+ {
+ $from_file = $state->{'element'}->{'file'};
+ }
+ my %state;
+ initialise_state (\%state);
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES)
+ {
+ $state{'element'} = $footnote_element;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $state{'element'} = $state->{'element'};
+ }
+ my $file = '';
+ $file = $docu_foot if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT and $Texi2HTML::Config::SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES);
+
+ # FIXME use split_lines ? It seems to work like it is now ?
+ my @lines = substitute_text(\%state, map {$_ = $_."\n"} split (/\n/, $text));
+ my ($foot_lines, $foot_label) = &$Texi2HTML::Config::foot_line_and_ref ($foot_num,
+ $relative_foot_num, $footid, $docid, $from_file, $file, \@lines, $state);
+ push(@foot_lines, @{$foot_lines});
+ return $foot_label;
+}
+
+sub do_image($$$$)
+{
+ # replace images
+ my $command = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $text = $args->[0];
+ my $style_stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ $text =~ s/\s+/ /gos; # remove useless spaces and newlines
+ my @args = split (/\s*,\s*/, $text);
+ my $base = $args[0];
+ if ($base eq '')
+ {
+ echo_error ("no file argument for \@image", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR no file argument for \@image\n";
+ return '';
+ }
+ $args[4] = '' if (!defined($args[4]));
+ $args[3] = '' if (!defined($args[3]));
+ my $image;
+ my $file_name;
+ $image = locate_include_file("$base.$args[4]") if (defined($args[4]) and ($args[4] ne ''));
+ if (defined($image))
+ {
+ $file_name = "$base.$args[4]";
+ }
+ elsif ($image = locate_include_file("$base.png"))
+ {
+ $file_name = "$base.png";
+ }
+ elsif ($image = locate_include_file("$base.jpg"))
+ {
+ $file_name = "$base.jpg";
+ }
+ elsif ($image = locate_include_file("$base.gif"))
+ {
+ $file_name = "$base.gif";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $image = "$base.jpg";
+ $image = "$base.$args[4]" if (defined($args[4]) and ($args[4] ne ''));
+ $file_name = $image;
+ echo_error ("no image file for $base, (using $image)", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR no image file for $base, (using $image) : $text\n";
+ } # FIXME use full file name for alt instead of base when there is no
+ # alttext ?
+ if ($args[3] =~ /\S/)
+ {
+ # FIXME makeinfo don't do that.
+ $args[3] = do_text($args[3]);
+ $base = $args[3] if ($args[3] =~ /\S/);
+ }
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::image(
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text($path_to_working_dir . $image),
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text($base),
+ $state->{'preformatted'}, &$Texi2HTML::Config::protect_text($file_name));
+}
+
+sub duplicate_state($)
+{
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $new_state = { 'element' => $state->{'element'},
+ 'preformatted' => $state->{'preformatted'},
+ 'code_style' => $state->{'code_style'},
+ 'keep_texi' => $state->{'keep_texi'},
+ 'keep_nr' => $state->{'keep_nr'},
+ 'preformatted_stack' => $state->{'preformatted_stack'}
+ };
+ return $new_state;
+}
+
+sub expand_macro($$$$$)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $end_line = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+
+ my $index = 0;
+ foreach my $arg (@$args)
+ { # expand @macros in arguments
+ $args->[$index] = substitute_text({'texi' => 1, 'arg_expansion' => 1}, split_lines($arg));
+ $index++;
+ }
+ my $macrobody = $macros->{$name}->{'Body'};
+ my $formal_args = $macros->{$name}->{'Args'};
+ my $args_index = $macros->{$name}->{'Args_index'};
+ my $i;
+
+ die "Bug end_line not defined" if (!defined($end_line));
+
+ for ($i=0; $i<=$#$formal_args; $i++)
+ {
+ $args->[$i] = "" unless (defined($args->[$i]));
+ print STDERR "# arg($i): $args->[$i]\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MACROS);
+ }
+ echo_error ("too much arguments for macro $name", $line_nr) if (defined($args->[$i + 1]));
+ #warn "$ERROR too much arguments for macro $name" if (defined($args->[$i + 1]));
+ my $result = '';
+ while ($macrobody)
+ {
+ if ($macrobody =~ s/^([^\\]*)\\//o)
+ {
+ $result .= $1 if defined($1);
+ if ($macrobody =~ s/^\\//)
+ {
+ $result .= '\\';
+ }
+ elsif ($macrobody =~ s/^(\@end\sr?macro)$// or $macrobody =~ s/^(\@end\sr?macro\s)// or $macrobody =~ s/^(\@r?macro\s+\w+\s*.*)//)
+ { # \ protect @end macro
+ $result .= $1;
+ }
+ elsif ($macrobody =~ s/^([^\\]*)\\//)
+ {
+ my $arg = $1;
+ if (defined($args_index->{$arg}))
+ {
+ $result .= $args->[$args_index->{$arg}];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "$ERROR \\ not followed by \\ or an arg but by $arg in macro\n";
+ $result .= '\\' . $arg;
+ }
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ $result .= $macrobody;
+ last;
+ }
+ #$result .= $end_line;
+ my @result = split(/^/m, $result);
+ #my $first_line = shift (@result);
+ if ($state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ unshift @{$state->{'spool'}}, (@result, $end_line);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unshift @{$input_spool->{'spool'}}, (@result, $end_line);
+ $input_spool->{'macro'} = $name if ($input_spool->{'macro'} eq '');
+ }
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MACROS)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# macro expansion result:\n";
+ #print STDERR "$first_line";
+ foreach my $line (@result)
+ {
+ print STDERR "$line";
+ }
+ print STDERR "# macro expansion result end\n";
+ }
+ #return $first_line;
+}
+
+sub do_index_summary_file($)
+{
+ my $name = shift;
+ my ($Pages, $Entries) = get_index($name);
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::index_summary_file_begin ($name, $printed_indices{$name});
+ #open(FHIDX, ">$docu_rdir$docu_name" . "_$name.idx")
+ # || die "Can't open > $docu_rdir$docu_name" . "_$name.idx for writing: $!\n";
+ #print STDERR "# writing $name index summary in $docu_rdir$docu_name" . "_$name.idx...\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+ print STDERR "# writing $name index summary\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+
+ foreach my $key (sort keys %$Entries)
+ {
+ #print FHIDX "$key\t$Entries->{$key}->{href}\n";
+ my $entry = $Entries->{$key};
+ my $label = $entry->{'element'};
+ my $entry_element = $label;
+ # notice that we use the section associated with a node even when
+ # there is no with_section, i.e. when there is another node preceding
+ # the sectionning command.
+ # However when it is the Top node, we use the node instead.
+ # (for the Top node, 'section_ref' is himself, and 'as_section' is
+ # true)
+ $entry_element = $entry_element->{'section_ref'} if ($entry_element->{'node'} and $entry_element->{'section_ref'} and !$entry_element->{'section_ref'}->{'as_section'});
+ my $origin_href = $entry->{'file'};
+ #print STDERR "$entry $entry->{'entry'}, real elem $label->{'texi'}, section $entry_element->{'texi'}, real $label->{'file'}, entry file $entry->{'file'}\n";
+ if ($entry->{'label'})
+ {
+ $origin_href .= '#' . $entry->{'label'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # If the $label element and the $index entry are on the same
+ # file the label is prefered. If they aren't on the same file
+ # the entry id is choosed as it means that the label element
+ # and the index entry are separated by a printindex.
+ print STDERR "id undef ($entry) entry: $entry->{'entry'}, label: $label->{'text'}\n" if (!defined($entry->{'id'}));
+ if ($entry->{'file'} eq $label->{'file'})
+ {
+ $origin_href .= '#' . $label->{'id'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $origin_href .= '#' . $entry->{'id'} ;
+ }
+ }
+ #print STDERR "SUBHREF in index summary file for $entry_element->{'texi'}\n";
+ #print FHIDX '' .
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::index_summary_file_entry ($name,
+ $key, $origin_href,
+ substitute_line($entry->{'entry'}), $entry->{'entry'},
+ href($entry_element, ''),
+ $entry_element->{'text'},
+ $printed_indices{$name});
+ }
+ &$Texi2HTML::Config::index_summary_file_end ($name, $printed_indices{$name});
+}
+
+sub do_index_page($$;$)
+{
+ my $index_elements = shift;
+ my $nr = shift;
+ my $page = shift;
+ my $index_element = $index_elements->[$nr];
+ my $summary = do_index_summary($index_element->{'element'}, $index_elements);
+ my $entries = do_index_entries($index_element->{'element'}, $index_element->{'page'}, $index_element->{'name'});
+ return $summary . $entries . $summary;
+}
+
+sub do_index_summary($$)
+{
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $index_elements = shift;
+
+ my @letters;
+ my @symbols;
+
+ for my $index_element_item (@$index_elements)
+ {
+ my $index_element = $index_element_item->{'element'};
+ my $file = '';
+ $file .= $index_element->{'file'} if ($index_element->{'file'} ne $element->{'file'});
+ my $index = 0;
+ for my $letter (@{$index_element_item->{'page'}->{Letters}})
+ {
+ if ($letter =~ /^[A-Za-z]/)
+ {
+ push @letters, &$Texi2HTML::Config::summary_letter($letter, $file, "$index_element->{'id'}" . "_$index");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @symbols, &$Texi2HTML::Config::summary_letter($letter, $file, "$index_element->{'id'}" . "_$index");
+ }
+ $index++;
+ }
+ }
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::index_summary(\@letters, \@symbols);
+}
+
+sub do_index_entries($$$)
+{
+ my $element = shift;
+ my $page = shift;
+ my $name = shift;
+
+ my $letters = '';
+ my $index = 0;
+ for my $letter (@{$page->{'Letters'}})
+ {
+ my $entries = '';
+ for my $entry (@{$page->{'EntriesByLetter'}->{$letter}})
+ {
+ my $label = $entry->{'element'};
+ my $entry_element = $label;
+ # notice that we use the section associated with a node even when
+ # there is no with_section, i.e. when there is another node preceding
+ # the sectionning command.
+ # However when it is the Top node, we use the node instead.
+ # (for the Top node, 'section_ref' is himself, and 'as_section' is
+ # true)
+ $entry_element = $entry_element->{'section_ref'} if ($entry_element->{'node'} and $entry_element->{'section_ref'} and !$entry_element->{'section_ref'}->{'as_section'});
+ my $origin_href = '';
+ $origin_href = $entry->{'file'} if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT and $entry->{'file'} ne $element->{'file'});
+ #print STDERR "$entry $entry->{'entry'}, real elem $label->{'texi'}, section $entry_element->{'texi'}, real $label->{'file'}, entry file $entry->{'file'}\n";
+ if ($entry->{'label'})
+ {
+ $origin_href .= '#' . $entry->{'label'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # If the $label element and the $index entry are on the same
+ # file the label is prefered. If they aren't on the same file
+ # the entry id is choosed as it means that the label element
+ # and the index entry are separated by a printindex.
+ print STDERR "id undef ($entry) entry: $entry->{'entry'}, label: $label->{'text'}\n" if (!defined($entry->{'id'}));
+ if ($entry->{'file'} eq $label->{'file'})
+ {
+ $origin_href .= '#' . $label->{'id'};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $origin_href .= '#' . $entry->{'id'} ;
+ }
+ }
+ #print STDERR "SUBHREF in index for $entry_element->{'texi'}\n";
+ $entries .= &$Texi2HTML::Config::index_entry ($origin_href,
+ substitute_line($entry->{'entry'}),
+ href($entry_element, $element->{'file'}),
+ $entry_element->{'text'});
+ }
+ $letters .= &$Texi2HTML::Config::index_letter ($letter, "$element->{'id'}" . "_$index", $entries);
+ $index++;
+ }
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::print_index($letters, $name);
+}
+
+# remove texi commands, replacing with what seems adequate. see simple_map_texi
+# and texi_map.
+# Doesn't protect html
+sub remove_texi(@)
+{
+ return substitute_text ({ 'remove_texi' => 1, 'no_protection' => 1 }, @_);
+}
+
+# Same as remove texi but protect text and use special maps for @-commands
+sub unformatted_text($@)
+{
+ my $state = shift;
+ $state = {} if (!defined($state));
+ $state->{'remove_texi'} = 1;
+ $simple_map_texi_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::unformatted_text_simple_map_texi;
+ $style_map_texi_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::unformatted_text_style_map_texi;
+ $texi_map_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::unformatted_text_texi_map;
+ my $text = substitute_text ($state, @_);
+ $simple_map_texi_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::simple_map_texi;
+ $style_map_texi_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map_texi;
+ $texi_map_ref = \%Texi2HTML::Config::texi_map;
+ return $text;
+}
+
+sub enter_table_index_entry($$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ if ($state->{'item'} and ($state->{'table_stack'}->[-1] =~ /^(v|f)table$/))
+ {
+ my $index = $1;
+ my $macro = $state->{'item'};
+ delete $state->{'item'};
+ close_stack($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, undef, 'index_item');
+ my $item = pop @$stack;
+ my $element = $state->{'element'};
+ $element = $state->{'node_ref'} unless ($element);
+ #print STDERR "enter_table_index_entry $item->{'text'}";
+ enter_index_entry($index, $line_nr, $item->{'text'}, $state->{'place'}, $element, 0);
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro" . $item->{'text'});
+ }
+}
+
+sub scan_texi($$$$;$)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ die "stack not an array ref" unless (ref($stack) eq "ARRAY");
+ local $_ = $line;
+
+ while(1)
+ {
+ # scan_texi
+ #print STDERR "WHILE:$_";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+
+ # In ignored region
+ if ($state->{'ignored'})
+ {
+ my $line;
+ if (s/^(.*?\@end\s+$state->{'ignored'})//)
+ {
+ $line = $1;
+ if (s/^$// or s/(\s+)//)
+ {
+ $line = $line . $1 if (defined($1));
+ }
+ elsif (/[^\@]/)
+ {
+ $_ .= $line;
+ $line = undef;
+ }
+ }
+ if (defined($line))
+ {
+ delete $state->{'ignored'};
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ # MACRO_ARG => keep ignored text
+ if ($state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ #add_prev ($text, $stack, $1);
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $line);
+ next;
+ }
+ return if /^\s*$/o;
+ next;
+ }
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $_) if ($state->{'arg_expansion'});
+ return;
+ }
+
+ # in macro definition
+ if (defined($state->{'macro'}))
+ {
+ if (s/^([^\\\@]*\\)//)
+ {# I believe it is correct, although makeinfo don't do that.
+ $state->{'macro'}->{'Body'} .= $1;
+ if (s/^\\//)
+ {
+ $state->{'macro'}->{'Body'} .= '\\';
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif (s/^(\@end\sr?macro)$//o or s/^(\@end\sr?macro\s)//o
+ or s/^(\@r?macro\s+\w+\s*.*)//o)
+ {
+ $state->{'macro'}->{'Body'} .= $1;
+ next;
+ }
+ }
+ #if (s/^(.*?)\@end\sr?macro$//o or s/^(.*?)\@end\sr?macro\s+//o)
+ if (s/^(\@end\sr?macro)$//o or s/^(\@end\sr?macro\s+)//o)
+ {
+ $state->{'macro_inside'}--;
+ if ($state->{'macro_inside'})
+ {
+ $state->{'macro'}->{'Body'} .= $1;
+ next;
+ }
+ #$state->{'macro'}->{'Body'} .= $1 if defined($1) ;
+ chomp $state->{'macro'}->{'Body'};
+ print STDERR "# end macro def. Body:\n$state->{'macro'}->{'Body'}"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MACROS);
+ delete $state->{'macro'};
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif(/^(\@r?macro\s+\w+\s*.*)/)
+ {
+ $state->{'macro'}->{'Body'} .= $_;
+ $state->{'macro_inside'}++;
+ return;
+ }
+ elsif (s/^\@(.)//)
+ {
+ $state->{'macro'}->{'Body'} .= '@' . $1;
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif (s/^\@//)
+ {
+ $state->{'macro'}->{'Body'} .= '@';
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ s/([^\@\\]*)//;
+ $state->{'macro'}->{'Body'} .= $1 if (defined($1));
+ if (/^$/)
+ {
+ $state->{'macro'}->{'Body'} .= $_;
+ return;
+ }
+ next;
+ #$state->{'macro'}->{'Body'} .= $_ if defined($_) ;
+ #return;
+ }
+ }
+ # in macro arguments parsing/expansion
+ if (defined($state->{'macro_name'}))
+ {
+ my $special_chars = quotemeta ('\{}');
+ my $multi_args = 0;
+ my $formal_args = $macros->{$state->{'macro_name'}}->{'Args'};
+ $multi_args = 1 if ($#$formal_args >= 1);
+ $special_chars .= quotemeta(',') if ($multi_args);
+ if ($state->{'macro_args'}->[-1] eq '')
+ {
+ s/^\s*//o;
+ }
+ if (s/^([^$special_chars]*)([$special_chars])//)
+ {
+ $state->{'macro_args'}->[-1] .= $1 if defined($1);
+ # \ protects any character in macro arguments
+ if ($2 eq '\\')
+ {
+ print STDERR "# macro call: protected char\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MACROS);
+ if (s/^(.)//)
+ {
+ $state->{'macro_args'}->[-1] .= $1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $state->{'macro_args'}->[-1] .= '\\';
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($2 eq ',')
+ { # separate args
+ print STDERR "# macro call: new arg\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MACROS);
+ s/^\s*//o;
+ push @{$state->{'macro_args'}}, '';
+ }
+ elsif ($2 eq '}')
+ { # balanced } ends the macro call, otherwise it is in the arg
+ $state->{'macro_depth'}--;
+ if ($state->{'macro_depth'} == 0)
+ {
+ print STDERR "# expanding macro $state->{'macro_name'}\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MACROS);
+ $_ = expand_macro($state->{'macro_name'}, $state->{'macro_args'}, $_, $line_nr, $state);
+ delete $state->{'macro_name'};
+ delete $state->{'macro_depth'};
+ delete $state->{'macro_args'};
+ return;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "# macro call: closing }\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MACROS);
+ add_text('}', \$state->{'macro_args'}->[-1]);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($2 eq '{')
+ {
+ print STDERR "# macro call: opening {\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MACROS);
+ $state->{'macro_depth'}++;
+ add_text('{', \$state->{'macro_args'}->[-1]);
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ print STDERR "# macro call: end of line\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MACROS);
+ $state->{'macro_args'}->[-1] .= $_;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ # in a raw format, verbatim, tex or html
+ if ($state->{'raw'})
+ {
+ my $tag = $state->{'raw'};
+
+ # debugging
+ if (! @$stack or ($stack->[-1]->{'style'} ne $tag))
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: raw or special: $tag but not on top of stack\n";
+ print STDERR "line: $_";
+ dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ exit 1;
+ }
+
+ if (s/^(.*?)(\@end\s$tag)$// or s/^(.*?)(\@end\s$tag\s)//)
+ {
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $1);
+ my $end = $2;
+ my $style = pop @$stack;
+ if ($style->{'text'} !~ /^\s*$/ or $state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ my $after_macro = '';
+ $after_macro = ' ' unless (/^\s*$/);
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $style->{'text'} . $end . $after_macro);
+ delete $state->{'raw'};
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $_);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+
+ # in a @verb{ .. } macro
+ if (defined($state->{'verb'}))
+ {
+ my $char = quotemeta($state->{'verb'});
+ if (s/^(.*?)$char\}/\}/)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1 . $state->{'verb'});
+ $stack->[-1]->{'text'} = $state->{'verb'} . $stack->[-1]->{'text'};
+ delete $state->{'verb'};
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $_);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+
+ # an @end tag
+ if (s/^([^{}@]*)\@end(\s+)([a-zA-Z]\w*)//)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1);
+ my $space = $2;
+ my $end_tag = $3;
+ if (defined($state->{'text_macro_stack'})
+ and @{$state->{'text_macro_stack'}}
+ and ($end_tag eq $state->{'text_macro_stack'}->[-1]))
+ {
+ pop @{$state->{'text_macro_stack'}};
+ # we keep menu and titlepage for the following pass
+ if ((($end_tag eq 'menu') and $text_macros{'menu'}) or ($region_lines{$end_tag}) or $state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@end${space}$end_tag");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ #print STDERR "End $end_tag\n";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($text_macros{$end_tag})
+ {
+ echo_error ("\@end $end_tag without corresponding element", $line_nr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@end${space}$end_tag");
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif (s/^([^{}@]*)\@(["'~\@\}\{,\.!\?\s\*\-\^`=:\|\/])//o or s/^([^{}@]*)\@([a-zA-Z]\w*)([\s\{\}\@])/$3/o or s/^([^{}@]*)\@([a-zA-Z]\w*)$//o)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1);
+ my $macro = $2;
+ #print STDERR "MACRO $macro\n";
+ $state->{'bye'} = 1 if ($macro eq 'bye');
+ if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{$macro}) and
+ !$Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{$macro}->{'texi'}
+ and $macro ne 'documentencoding')
+ {
+ my ($line, $args);
+ ($_, $line, $args) = preserve_command($_, $macro);
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $line);
+ next;
+ }
+ # pertusus: it seems that value substitution are performed after
+ # macro argument expansions: if we have
+ # @set comma ,
+ # and a call to a macro @macro {arg1 @value{comma} arg2}
+ # the macro arg is arg1 , arg2 and the comma don't separate
+ # args. Likewise it seems that the @value are not expanded
+ # in macro definitions
+
+ # track variables
+ my $value_macro = 1;
+ if ($macro eq 'set' and s/^(\s+)($VARRE)(\s+)(.*)$//o)
+ {
+ if ($state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ my $line = "\@$macro" . $1.$2.$3;
+ $line .= $4 if (defined($4));
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $line);
+ next;
+ }
+ $value{$2} = $4;
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'clear' and s/^(\s+)($VARRE)//o)
+ {
+ if ($state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro" . $1 . $2);
+ next;
+ }
+ delete $value{$2};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $value_macro = 0;
+ }
+ if ($value_macro)
+ {
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ next;
+ }
+
+ if ($macro =~ /^r?macro$/)
+ { #FIXME what to do if 'arg_expansion' is true (ie within another
+ # macro call arguments ?
+ if (/^\s+(\w+)\s*(.*)/)
+ {
+ my $name = $1;
+ if (exists($macros->{$name}))
+ {
+ echo_warn ("macro `$name' allready defined " .
+ format_line_number($macros->{$name}->{'line_nr'}) . " redefined", $line_nr);
+ }
+ $state->{'macro_inside'} = 1;
+ my @args = ();
+ @args = split(/\s*,\s*/ , $1)
+ if ($2 =~ /^\s*{\s*(.*?)\s*}\s*/);
+ # keep the context information of the definition
+ $macros->{$name}->{'line_nr'} = { 'file_name' => $line_nr->{'file_name'},
+ 'line_nr' => $line_nr->{'line_nr'}, 'macro' => $line_nr->{'macro'} } if (defined($line_nr));
+ $macros->{$name}->{'Args'} = \@args;
+ my $arg_index = 0;
+ my $debug_msg = '';
+ foreach my $arg (@args)
+ { # when expanding macros, the argument index is retrieved
+ # with Args_index
+ $macros->{$name}->{'Args_index'}->{$arg} = $arg_index;
+ $debug_msg .= "$arg($arg_index) ";
+ $arg_index++;
+ }
+ $macros->{$name}->{'Body'} = '';
+ $state->{'macro'} = $macros->{$name};
+ print STDERR "# macro def $name: $debug_msg\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MACROS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad macro defintion $_", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR Bad macro defintion $_";
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ elsif (defined($text_macros{$macro}))
+ {
+ my $tag;
+ ($_, $tag) = do_text_macro ($macro, $_, $state, $line_nr);
+ # if it is a raw formatting command or a menu command
+ # we must keep it for later
+ my $macro_kept;
+ if ($state->{'raw'} or (($macro eq 'menu') and $text_macros{'menu'}) or (exists($region_lines{$macro})) or $state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $tag);
+ $macro_kept = 1;
+ }
+ if ($state->{'raw'})
+ {
+ push @$stack, { 'style' => $macro, 'text' => '' };
+ }
+ next if $macro_kept;
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'value')
+ {
+ if (s/^{($VARRE)}//)
+ {
+ if ($state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro" . '{' . $1 . '}');
+ next;
+ }
+ $_ = get_value($1) . $_;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro");
+ next;
+ }
+ echo_error ("bad \@value macro", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR bad \@value macro";
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'definfoenclose')
+ {
+ if ($state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro" . $_);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (s/^\s+([a-z]+)\s*,\s*([^\s]+)\s*,\s*([^\s]+)//)
+ {
+ $info_enclose{$1} = [ $2, $3 ];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error("Bad \@$macro", $line_nr);
+ }
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ s/^\s*//;
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'include')
+ {
+ if ($state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro" . $_);
+ return;
+ }
+ #if (s/^\s+([\/\w.+-]+)//o)
+ if (s/^(\s+)(.*)//o)
+ {
+ my $file = locate_include_file($2);
+ if (defined($file))
+ {
+ open_file($file, $line_nr);
+ print STDERR "# including $file\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Can't find $2, skipping", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR Can't find $1, skipping\n";
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad include line: $_", $line_nr);
+ return;
+ } # makeinfo remove the @include but not the end of line
+ # FIXME verify if it is right
+ #return if (/^\s*$/);
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'documentencoding')
+ {
+ if (s/(\s+)([0-9\w\-]+)//)
+ {
+ my $encoding = $2;
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::DOCUMENT_ENCODING = $encoding;
+ $from_encoding = set_encoding($encoding);
+ if (defined($from_encoding))
+ {
+ foreach my $file (@fhs)
+ {
+ binmode($file->{'fh'}, ":encoding($from_encoding)");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro" . $1 . $2);
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'unmacro')
+ { #FIXME with 'arg_expansion' should it be passed unmodified ?
+ delete $macros->{$1} if (s/^\s+(\w+)//);
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ s/^\s*//;
+ }
+ elsif (exists($macros->{$macro}))
+ {
+ my $ref = $macros->{$macro}->{'Args'};
+ # we remove any space/new line before the argument
+ if (s/^\s*{\s*//)
+ {
+ $state->{'macro_args'} = [ "" ];
+ $state->{'macro_name'} = $macro;
+ $state->{'macro_depth'} = 1;
+ }
+ elsif ($#$ref >= 1)
+ { # no brace -> no arg
+ $_ = expand_macro ($macro, [], $_, $line_nr, $state);
+ return;
+ }
+ else
+ { # macro with one arg on the line
+ chomp $_;
+ $_ = expand_macro ($macro, [$_], "\n", $line_nr, $state);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq ',')
+ {# the @, causes problems when `,' separates things (in @node, @ref)
+ $_ = "\@m_cedilla" . $_;
+ }
+ elsif (s/^{//)
+ {
+ if ($macro eq 'verb')
+ {
+ if (/^$/)
+ {
+ echo_error ("verb at end of line", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR verb at end of line";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ s/^(.)//;
+ $state->{'verb'} = $1;
+ }
+ }
+ push (@$stack, { 'style' => $macro, 'text' => '' });
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro");
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ #elsif(s/^([^{}@]*)\@(.)//o)
+ elsif(s/^([^{}@]*)\@([^\s\}\{\@]*)//o)
+ {
+ # No need to warn here it is done later
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1 . "\@$2");
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif (s/^([^{}]*)([{}])//o)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1);
+ if ($2 eq '{')
+ {
+ push @$stack, { 'style' => '', 'text' => '' };
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (@$stack)
+ {
+ my $style = pop @$stack;
+ my $result;
+ if (($style->{'style'} ne '') and exists($info_enclose{$style->{'style'}}) and !$state->{'arg_expansion'})
+ {
+ $result = $info_enclose{$style->{'style'}}->[0] . $style->{'text'} . $info_enclose{$style->{'style'}}->[1];
+ }
+ elsif ($style->{'style'} ne '')
+ {
+ $result = '@' . $style->{'style'} . '{' . $style->{'text'} . '}';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $result = '{' . $style->{'text'};
+ # don't close { if we are closing stack as we are not
+ # sure this is a licit { ... } construct.
+ $result .= '}' unless ($state->{'close_stack'} or $state->{'arg_expansion'});
+ }
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $result);
+ #print STDERR "MACRO end $style->{'style'} remaining: $_";
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # we warn in the last pass
+ #echo_error ("'}' without opening '{', before: $_", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR '}' without opening '{' line: $line";
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, '}');
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ #print STDERR "END_LINE $_";
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $_);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+sub scan_structure($$$$;$)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ die "stack not an array ref" unless (ref($stack) eq "ARRAY");
+ local $_ = $line;
+ #print STDERR "SCAN_STRUCTURE: $line";
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ if (!$state->{'raw'} and !$state->{'special'} and (!exists($state->{'region_lines'})))
+ {
+ if (!$state->{'verb'} and $state->{'menu'} and /^\*/o)
+ {
+ # new menu entry
+ delete ($state->{'after_element'});
+ my $menu_line = $_;
+ my $node;
+ if (/^\*\s+($NODERE)::/)
+ {
+ $node = $1;
+ }
+ elsif (/^\*\s+([^:]+):\s*([^\t,\.\n]+)[\t,\.\n]/)
+ {
+ #$name = $1;
+ $node = $2;
+ }
+ if ($node)
+ {
+ menu_entry_texi(normalise_node($node), $state, $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ if (/\S/ and !no_line($_))
+ {
+ delete $state->{'after_element'};
+ }
+ }
+
+ while(1)
+ {
+ # scan structure
+ #print STDERR "WHILE\n";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+
+ # as texinfo 4.5
+ # verbatim might begin at another position than beginning
+ # of line, and end verbatim might too. To end a verbatim section
+ # @end verbatim must have exactly one space between end and verbatim
+ # things following end verbatim are not ignored.
+ #
+ # html might begin at another position than beginning
+ # of line, but @end html must begin the line, and have
+ # exactly one space. Things following end html are ignored.
+ # tex and ignore works like html
+ #
+ # ifnothtml might begin at another position than beginning
+ # of line, and @end ifnothtml might too, there might be more
+ # than one space between @end and ifnothtml but nothing more on
+ # the line.
+ # @end itemize, @end ftable works like @end ifnothtml.
+ # except that @item on the same line than @end vtable doesn't work
+ #
+ # text right after the itemize before an item is displayed.
+ # @item might be somewhere in a line.
+ # strangely @item on the same line than @end vtable doesn't work
+ # there should be nothing else than a command following @itemize...
+ #
+ # see more examples in formatting directory
+
+ if ($state->{'raw'} or $state->{'special'})
+ {
+ my $tag = $state->{'raw'};
+ $tag = $state->{'special'} unless $tag;
+ if (! @$stack or ($stack->[-1]->{'style'} ne $tag))
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: raw or special: $tag but not on top of stack\n";
+ print STDERR "line: $_";
+ dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ exit 1;
+ }
+ if (s/^(.*?)\@end\s$tag$// or s/^(.*?)\@end\s$tag\s//)
+ {
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $1);
+ my $style = pop @$stack;
+ if ($state->{'special'})
+ {
+ delete $state->{'special'};
+ if ($style->{'text'} !~ /^\s*$/)
+ {
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, do_special($style->{'style'}, $style->{'text'}));
+ }
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $after_macro = '';
+ $after_macro = ' ' unless (/^\s*$/);
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $style->{'text'} . "\@end $state->{'raw'}" . $after_macro);
+ delete $state->{'raw'};
+ }
+ unless (no_line($_))
+ {
+ delete ($state->{'after_element'});
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $_);
+ last unless ($state->{'special'});
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (defined($state->{'verb'}))
+ {
+ my $char = quotemeta($state->{'verb'});
+ if (s/^(.*?)$char\}/\}/)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1 . $state->{'verb'});
+ $stack->[-1]->{'text'} = $state->{'verb'} . $stack->[-1]->{'text'};
+ delete $state->{'verb'};
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $_);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+
+ unless (no_line($_))
+ {
+ delete $state->{'after_element'};
+ }
+ if (s/^([^{}@]*)\@end\s+([a-zA-Z]\w*)//)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1);
+ my $end_tag = $2;
+ $state->{'detailmenu'}-- if ($end_tag eq 'detailmenu' and $state->{'detailmenu'});
+ if (defined($state->{'text_macro_stack'})
+ and @{$state->{'text_macro_stack'}}
+ and ($end_tag eq $state->{'text_macro_stack'}->[-1]))
+ {
+ pop @{$state->{'text_macro_stack'}};
+ if (exists($region_lines{$end_tag}))
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: end_tag $end_tag ne $state->{'region_lines'}->{'format'}"
+ if ( $end_tag ne $state->{'region_lines'}->{'format'});
+ $state->{'region_lines'}->{'number'}--;
+ if ($state->{'region_lines'}->{'number'} == 0)
+ {
+ $state->{'after_element'} = 1;
+ delete $state->{'after_element'} unless
+ ($state->{'region_lines'}->{'after_element'});
+ delete $state->{'region_lines'}->{'number'};
+ delete $state->{'region_lines'}->{'format'};
+ delete $state->{'region_lines'}->{'after_element'};
+ delete $state->{'region_lines'};
+ }
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ }
+ if ($end_tag eq 'menu')
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@end $end_tag");
+ $state->{'menu'}--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ #print STDERR "End $end_tag\n";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($text_macros{$end_tag})
+ {
+ echo_error ("\@end $end_tag without corresponding element", $line_nr);
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($end_tag eq 'float' and $state->{'float'})
+ {
+ delete $state->{'float'};
+ }
+ elsif ($end_tag eq $state->{'table_stack'}->[-1])
+ {
+ enter_table_index_entry($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ pop @{$state->{'table_stack'}};
+ }
+ #add end tag
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@end $end_tag");
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ #elsif (s/^([^{}@]*)\@([a-zA-Z]\w*|["'~\@\}\{,\.!\?\s\*\-\^`=:\/])//o)
+ elsif (s/^([^{}@]*)\@(["'~\@\}\{,\.!\?\s\*\-\^`=:\|\/])//o or s/^([^{}@]*)\@([a-zA-Z]\w*)([\s\{\}\@])/$3/o or s/^([^{}@]*)\@([a-zA-Z]\w*)$//o)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1);
+ my $macro = $2;
+ #print STDERR "MACRO $macro\n";
+ if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{$macro}))
+ {
+ my $line;
+ ($_, $line) = misc_command_structure($_, $macro, $state,
+ $line_nr);
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $line);
+ next;
+ }
+
+ if ($macro =~ /^(\w+?)index/ and ($1 ne 'print') and ($1 ne 'syncode') and ($1 ne 'syn') and ($1 ne 'def') and ($1 ne 'defcode'))
+ {
+ my $index_prefix = $1;
+ if (/^\s+(.*)/)
+ {
+ my $key = $1;
+ $_ = substitute_texi_line($_);
+ my $index_entry = enter_index_entry($index_prefix, $line_nr, $key, $state->{'place'}, $state->{'element'}, $state->{'after_element'});
+ if ($index_entry)
+ {
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, "\@$macro" . $_);
+ last;
+ }
+ elsif (!defined($index_entry))
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Bad index entry: $_", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$WARN Bad index entry: $_";
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_warn ("empty index entry", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$WARN empty index entry\n";
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ elsif (defined($text_macros{$macro}))
+ {
+ #print STDERR "TEXT_MACRO: $macro\n";
+ if ($text_macros{$macro} eq 'special')
+ {
+ $state->{'special'} = $macro;
+ }
+ elsif ($text_macros{$macro} eq 'raw')
+ {
+ $state->{'raw'} = $macro;
+ #print STDERR "RAW\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($format_type{$macro} and $format_type{$macro} eq 'menu')
+ {
+ $state->{'menu'}++;
+ delete ($state->{'prev_menu_node'});
+ push @{$state->{'text_macro_stack'}}, $macro;
+ #print STDERR "MENU (text_macro_stack: @{$state->{'text_macro_stack'}})\n";
+ }
+ elsif (exists($region_lines{$macro}))
+ {
+ if (exists($state->{'region_lines'}) and ($state->{'region_lines'}->{'format'} ne $macro))
+ {
+ echo_error("\@$macro not allowed within $state->{'region_lines'}->{'format'}", $line_nr);
+ next;
+ }
+ if (!exists($state->{'region_lines'}))
+ {
+ $state->{'region_lines'}->{'format'} = $macro;
+ $state->{'region_lines'}->{'number'} = 1;
+ $state->{'region_lines'}->{'after_element'} = 1 if ($state->{'after_element'});
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $state->{'region_lines'}->{'number'}++;
+ }
+ push @{$state->{'text_macro_stack'}}, $macro;
+ }
+ # if it is a raw formatting command or a menu command
+ # we must keep it for later
+ my $macro_kept;
+ if ($state->{'raw'} or ($macro eq 'menu'))
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro");
+ $macro_kept = 1;
+ }
+ if ($state->{'raw'} or $state->{'special'})
+ {
+ push @$stack, { 'style' => $macro, 'text' => '' };
+ }
+ next if $macro_kept;
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ }
+ elsif (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$macro}))
+ {
+ #We must enter the index entries
+ my ($prefix, $entry) = get_deff_index($macro, $_, $line_nr);
+ enter_index_entry($prefix, $line_nr, $entry, $state->{'place'}, $state->{'element'}, 0) if ($prefix and defined($entry));
+ s/(.*)//;
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro" . $1);
+ }
+ elsif ($macro =~ /^itemx?$/)
+ {
+ enter_table_index_entry($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ if ($state->{'table_stack'}->[-1] =~ /^(v|f)table$/)
+ {
+ $state->{'item'} = $macro;
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => 'index_item', 'text' => "" };
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro");
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($format_type{$macro} and ($format_type{$macro} eq 'table' or $format_type{$macro} eq 'list'))
+ { # We must enter the index entries of (v|f)table thus we track
+ # in which table we are
+ push @{$state->{'table_stack'}}, $macro;
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro");
+ }
+ elsif (s/^{//)
+ {
+ if ($macro eq 'verb')
+ {
+ if (/^$/)
+ {
+ # We allready warned in pass texi
+ #warn "$ERROR verb at end of line";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ s/^(.)//;
+ $state->{'verb'} = $1;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'footnote' and $Texi2HTML::Config::SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES)
+ {
+ $state->{'footnote_element'} = $state->{'element'};
+ $state->{'footnote_place'} = $state->{'place'};
+ $state->{'element'} = $footnote_element;
+ $state->{'place'} = $footnote_element->{'place'};
+ }
+ push (@$stack, { 'style' => $macro, 'text' => '' });
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro");
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ #elsif(s/^([^{}@]*)\@(.)//o)
+ elsif(s/^([^{}@]*)\@([^\s\}\{\@]*)//o)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1 . "\@$2");
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif (s/^([^{}]*)([{}])//o)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1);
+ if ($2 eq '{')
+ {
+ push @$stack, { 'style' => '', 'text' => '' };
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (@$stack)
+ {
+ my $style = pop @$stack;
+ my $result;
+ if ($style->{'style'} eq 'anchor')
+ {
+ my $anchor = $style->{'text'};
+ $anchor = normalise_node($anchor);
+ if ($nodes{$anchor})
+ {
+ echo_error ("Duplicate node for anchor found: $anchor", $line_nr);
+ next;
+ }
+ $anchor_num++;
+ $nodes{$anchor} = { 'anchor' => 1, 'seen' => 1, 'texi' => $anchor, 'id' => 'ANC' . $anchor_num};
+ push @{$state->{'place'}}, $nodes{$anchor};
+ }
+ elsif ($style->{'style'} eq 'footnote')
+ {
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SEPARATED_FOOTNOTES)
+ {
+ $state->{'element'} = $state->{'footnote_element'};
+ $state->{'place'} = $state->{'footnote_place'};
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($style->{'style'} eq 'math' and $Texi2HTML::Config::L2H)
+ {
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, do_math($style->{'text'}));
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif ($style->{'style'} eq 'caption' or $style->{'style'}
+eq 'shortcaption' and $state->{'float'})
+ {
+ my @texi_lines = map {$_ = $_."\n"} split (/\n/, $style->{'text'});
+ $state->{'float'}->{$style->{'style'} . "_texi"} = \@texi_lines;
+ }
+ if (($style->{'style'} eq 'titlefont') and ($style->{'text'} =~ /\S/))
+ {
+ $state->{'element'}->{'titlefont'} = $style->{'text'} unless ((exists($state->{'region_lines'}) and ($state->{'region_lines'}->{'format'} eq 'titlepage')) or defined($state->{'element'}->{'titlefont'})) ;
+ }
+ if ($style->{'style'})
+ {
+ $result = '@' . $style->{'style'} . '{' . $style->{'text'} . '}';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $result = '{' . $style->{'text'};
+ # don't close { if we are closing stack as we are not
+ # sure this is a licit { ... } construct.
+ $result .= '}' unless $state->{'close_stack'};
+ }
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $result);
+ #print STDERR "MACRO end $style->{'style'} remaining: $_";
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # We warn in the last pass
+ #warn "$ERROR '}' without opening '{' line: $line";
+ #echo_error ("'}' without opening '{' line: $line", $line_nr);
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, '}');
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ #print STDERR "END_LINE $_";
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $_);
+ enter_table_index_entry($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+sub scan_line($$$$;$)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ die "stack not an array ref" unless (ref($stack) eq "ARRAY");
+ local $_ = $line;
+ #print STDERR "SCAN_LINE: $line";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state );
+ my $new_menu_entry; # true if there is a new menu entry
+ my $menu_description_in_format; # true if we are in a menu description
+ # but in another format section (@table....)
+ if (defined($state->{'prepend_text'}))
+ {
+ $_ = $state->{'prepend_text'} . $_;
+ $state->{'prepend_text'} = undef;
+ delete $state->{'prepend_text'};
+ }
+ if (defined($state->{'end_of_line_protected'}))
+ {
+ #print STDERR "END_OF_LINE_PROTECTED, $_";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ delete $state->{'end_of_line_protected'};
+ }
+ if (!$state->{'raw'} and !$state->{'verb'} and $state->{'menu'})
+ { # new menu entry
+ my ($node, $name, $ending);
+ if (s/^\*(\s+$NODERE)(::)//o)
+ {
+ $node = $1;
+ $ending = $2;
+ }
+ elsif (s/^\*(\s+[^:]+):(\s*[^\t,\.\n]+)([\t,\.\n])//o)
+ {
+ $name = $1;
+ $node = $2;
+ $ending = $3;
+ }
+ if ($node)
+ {
+ my $top_stack = top_stack($stack);
+ if ($top_stack and $top_stack->{'format'} and
+ (
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'menu_description') or
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'menu') or
+ (($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'preformatted') and (stack_order($stack, 'preformatted', 'menu_comment'))) or
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'menu_preformatted') or
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'menu_comment')
+ )
+ )
+ { # we are in a normal menu state.
+ close_menu($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ $new_menu_entry = 1;
+ $state->{'menu_entry'} = { 'name' => $name, 'node' => $node,
+ 'ending' => $ending };
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, do_menu_link($state, $line_nr));
+ print STDERR "# New menu entry: $node\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MENU);
+ push @$stack, {'format' => 'menu_description', 'text' => ''};
+ }
+ else
+ { # we are within a macro or a format. In that case we use
+ # a simplified formatting of menu which should be right whatever
+ # the context
+ my $menu_entry = $state->{'menu_entry'};
+ $state->{'menu_entry'} = { 'name' => $name, 'node' => $node,
+ 'ending' => $ending };
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, do_menu_link($state, $line_nr, 1));
+ $state->{'menu_entry'} = $menu_entry;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ # we're in a menu entry description
+ if ($state->{'menu_entry'} and !$new_menu_entry)
+ {
+ my $top_stack = top_stack($stack);
+ if (/^\s+\S.*$/ or (!$top_stack->{'format'} or ($top_stack->{'format'} ne 'menu_description')))
+ { # description continues
+ $menu_description_in_format = 1 if ($top_stack->{'format'} and ($top_stack->{'format'} ne 'menu_description'));
+ print STDERR "# Description continues\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MENU);
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ }
+ else
+ { # enter menu comment after menu entry
+ if (!$top_stack->{'format'} or ($top_stack->{'format'} ne 'menu_description'))
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: begin menu comment but previous isn't menu_description\n";
+ dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ }
+ print STDERR "# Menu comment begins\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_MENU);
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ my $descr = pop(@$stack);
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, menu_description($descr->{'text'}, $state));
+ delete $state->{'menu_entry'};
+ unless (/^\s*\@end\s+menu\b/)
+ {
+ $state->{'menu_comment'}++;
+ push @$stack, {'format' => 'menu_comment', 'text' => ''};
+ push @{$state->{'preformatted_stack'}}, {'pre_style' => $Texi2HTML::Config::MENU_PRE_STYLE, 'class' => 'menu-comment' };
+ $state->{'preformatted'}++;
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state);
+ }
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ }
+ }
+ if ($state->{'open_paragraph'} and !$state->{'no_paragraph'})
+ {
+ delete $state->{'open_paragraph'};
+ if ($state->{'preformatted'} or !no_paragraph($state,$_))
+ {
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state);
+ }
+ }
+ if (($state->{'menu_entry'} and !$menu_description_in_format) or $state->{'raw'} or $state->{'preformatted'} or $state->{'no_paragraph'} or $state->{'keep_texi'} or $state->{'remove_texi'})
+ { # empty lines are left unmodified
+ if (/^\s*$/)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $_);
+ return;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $next_tag = next_tag($_);
+ if ($state->{'deff'} and !defined($Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$next_tag}))
+ {
+ begin_deff_item($stack, $state);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ { #FIXME @syncodeindex cp fn
+ # on a line should also end paragraphs.
+ if (/^\s*$/)
+ {
+ #ignore the line if it just follows a deff
+ return if ($state->{'deff'});
+
+ if ($state->{'paragraph'})
+ { # An empty line ends a paragraph
+ close_paragraph($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::empty_line($_));
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::empty_line($_));
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ #print STDERR "a line not empty and not in no paragraph format\n";
+ my $next_tag = next_tag($_);
+ if ($state->{'deff'} and !defined($Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$next_tag}))
+ { # finish opening the deff, as this is not a deff tag, it can't be
+ # a deff macro with x
+ begin_deff_item($stack, $state);
+ }
+ #print STDERR "NEXT_TAG $next_tag:$_";
+ if (!no_paragraph($state,$_))
+ { # index entries, @html and @* don't trigger new paragraph beginning
+ # otherwise we begin a new paragraph
+ #print STDERR "begin paragraph\n";
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ while(1)
+ {
+ # scan_line
+ #print STDERR "WHILE: $_";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ # we're in a raw format (html, tex if !L2H, verbatim)
+ if (defined($state->{'raw'}))
+ {
+ (dump_stack($text, $stack, $state), die "Bug for raw ($state->{'raw'})") if (! @$stack or ! ($stack->[-1]->{'style'} eq $state->{'raw'}));
+ if (s/^(.*?)\@end\s$state->{'raw'}$// or s/^(.*?)\@end\s$state->{'raw'}\s+//)
+ # don't protect html, it is done by Texi2HTML::Config::raw if needed
+ {
+ print STDERR "# end raw $state->{'raw'}\n" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_FORMATS);
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $1);
+ my $style = pop @$stack;
+ if ($style->{'text'} !~ /^\s*$/)
+ {
+ if ($state->{'remove_texi'})
+ {
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $style->{'text'});
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $style->{'text'} . "\@end $state->{'raw'}");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::raw($style->{'style'}, $style->{'text'}));
+ }
+ }
+ if (!$state->{'keep_texi'} and !$state->{'remove_texi'})
+ {
+ # reopen preformatted if it was interrupted by the raw format
+ # if raw format is html the preformatted wasn't interrupted
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state) if ($state->{'preformatted'} and (!$Texi2HTML::Config::format_in_paragraph{$state->{'raw'}}));
+ delete $state->{'raw'};
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ }
+ delete $state->{'raw'};
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "#within raw $state->{'raw'}:$_" if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_FORMATS);
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $_);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+
+ # we are within a @verb
+ if (defined($state->{'verb'}))
+ {
+ my $char = quotemeta($state->{'verb'});
+ if (s/^(.*?)$char\}/\}/)
+ {
+ if ($state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1 . $state->{'verb'});
+ $stack->[-1]->{'text'} = $state->{'verb'} . $stack->[-1]->{'text'};
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'remove_texi'})
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_text($1, $state));
+ }
+ delete $state->{'verb'};
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $_);
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+
+ # We handle now the end tags
+ if ($state->{'keep_texi'} and s/^([^{}@]*)\@end\s+([a-zA-Z]\w*)//)
+ {
+ my $end_tag = $2;
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1 . "\@end $end_tag");
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'remove_texi'} and s/^([^{}@]*)\@end\s+([a-zA-Z]\w*)//)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $1);
+ next;
+ }
+
+ if (s/^([^{}@,]*)\@end\s+([a-zA-Z]\w*)\s// or s/^([^{}@,]*)\@end\s+([a-zA-Z]\w*)$//)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_text($1, $state));
+ my $end_tag = $2;
+ #print STDERR "END_MACRO $end_tag\n";
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+
+ # First we test if the stack is not empty.
+ # Then we test if the end tag is a format tag.
+ # If so, we close the styles.
+ # We then close paragraphs and preformatted at top of the stack.
+ # We handle the end tag (even when it was not the tag which appears
+ # on the top of the stack; in that case we close anything
+ # until that element)
+ $state->{'detailmenu'}-- if ($end_tag eq 'detailmenu' and $state->{'detailmenu'});
+ # FIXME handle in sub skip
+ next if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{"end $end_tag"}));
+ my $top_stack = top_stack($stack);
+ if (!$top_stack)
+ {
+ echo_error ("\@end $end_tag without corresponding opening", $line_nr);
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@end $end_tag");
+ next;
+ }
+
+ if (!$format_type{$end_tag})
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Unknown \@end $end_tag", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$ERROR Unknown \@end $end_tag\n";
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@end $end_tag");
+ next;
+ }
+ unless ($Texi2HTML::Config::format_in_paragraph{$end_tag})
+ {
+ close_paragraph($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ }
+
+ $top_stack = top_stack($stack);
+ if (!$top_stack or (!defined($top_stack->{'format'})))
+ {
+ echo_error ("\@end $end_tag without corresponding opening element", $line_nr);
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@end $end_tag");
+ next;
+ }
+ # Warn if the format on top of stack is not compatible with the
+ # end tag, and find the end tag.
+ unless (
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq $end_tag)
+ or
+ (
+ ($format_type{$end_tag} eq 'menu') and
+ (
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'menu_preformatted') or
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'menu_comment') or
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'menu_description')
+ )
+ ) or
+ (
+ ($end_tag eq 'multitable') and
+ (
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'cell') or
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'null')
+ )
+ ) or
+ (
+ ($format_type{$end_tag} eq 'list' ) and
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'item')
+ ) or
+ (
+ (
+ ($format_type{$end_tag} eq 'table') and
+ ($end_tag ne 'multitable')
+ ) and
+ (
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'term') or
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'line')
+ )
+ ) or
+ (
+ (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$end_tag})) and
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'deff_item')
+ ) or
+ (
+ ($end_tag eq 'row') and
+ ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'cell')
+ )
+ )
+ {
+ my $waited_format = $top_stack->{'format'};
+ $waited_format = $fake_format{$top_stack->{'format'}} if ($format_type{$top_stack->{'format'}} eq 'fake');
+ echo_error ("waiting for end of $waited_format, found \@end $end_tag", $line_nr);
+ close_stack($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, undef, $end_tag);
+ # an empty preformatted may appear when closing things as
+ # when closed, formats reopen the preformatted environment
+ # in case there is some text following, but we know it isn't
+ # the case here, thus we can close paragraphs.
+ close_paragraph($text, $stack, $state);
+ my $new_top_stack = top_stack($stack);
+ next unless ($new_top_stack and defined($new_top_stack->{'format'}) and (($new_top_stack->{'format'} eq $end_tag)
+ or (($format_type{$new_top_stack->{'format'}} eq 'fake') and ($fake_format{$new_top_stack->{'format'}} eq $format_type{$end_tag}))));
+ }
+ # We should now be able to handle the format
+ if (defined($format_type{$end_tag}) and $format_type{$end_tag} ne 'fake')
+ {
+ end_format($text, $stack, $state, $end_tag, $line_nr);
+ }
+ else
+ { # this is a fake format, ie a format used internally, inside
+ # a real format. We do nothing, hoping the real format will
+ # get closed, closing the fake internal formats
+ #print STDERR "FAKE \@end $end_tag\n";
+ #add_prev($text, $stack, "\@end $end_tag");
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ # This is a macro
+ #elsif (s/^([^{}@]*)\@([a-zA-Z]\w*|["'~\@\}\{,\.!\?\s\*\-\^`=:\/])//o)
+ elsif (s/^([^{},@]*)\@(["'~\@\}\{,\.!\?\s\*\-\^`=:\|\/])//o or s/^([^{}@,]*)\@([a-zA-Z]\w*)([\s\{\}\@])/$3/o or s/^([^{},@]*)\@([a-zA-Z]\w*)$//o)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_text($1, $state));
+ my $macro = $2;
+ #print STDERR "MACRO $macro\n";
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ # This is a macro added by close_stack to mark paragraph end
+ if ($macro eq 'end_paragraph')
+ {
+ my $top_stack = top_stack($stack);
+ if (!$top_stack or !$top_stack->{'format'}
+ or ($top_stack->{'format'} ne 'paragraph'))
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: end_paragraph but no paragraph to end\n";
+ dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ next;
+ }
+ s/^\s//;
+ my $paragraph = pop @$stack;
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, do_paragraph($paragraph->{'text'}, $state));
+ next;
+ }
+ # Handle macro added by close_stack to mark preformatted region end
+ elsif ($macro eq 'end_preformatted')
+ {
+ my $top_stack = top_stack($stack);
+ if (!$top_stack or !$top_stack->{'format'}
+ or ($top_stack->{'format'} ne 'preformatted'))
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: end_preformatted but no preformatted to end\n";
+ dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ next;
+ }
+ my $paragraph = pop @$stack;
+ s/^\s//;
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, do_preformatted($paragraph->{'text'}, $state));
+ next;
+ }
+ if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{$macro}))
+ {
+ # This strange condition is there because for an argument
+ # appearing on an @itemize line, appended to an @item
+ # we don't want to keep @c or @comment as otherwise it eats
+ # the line. Other commands could do that too but then the user
+ # deserves what he gets.
+ if (($state->{'keep_texi'} and
+ (!$state->{'check_item'} or ($macro ne 'c' and $macro ne 'comment')))
+ or $state->{'remove_texi'})
+ {
+ my ($line, $args);
+ ($_, $line, $args) = preserve_command($_, $macro);
+ if ($state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $line);
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ my $keep = $Texi2HTML::Config::misc_command{$macro}->{'keep'};
+ $_ = misc_command_text($_, $macro, $stack, $state, $text, $line_nr);
+ return unless (defined($_));
+ unless ($keep)
+ {
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state) if
+ (!no_paragraph($state,$_));
+ next;
+ }
+ }
+# if ($macro eq 'sp')
+# {
+# my ($space1, $sp_number, $space2);
+# if (s/^(\s+)(\d+)(\s*)//)
+# {
+# $space1 = $1;
+# $sp_number = $2;
+# $space2 = $3;
+# }
+# elsif (s/(\s*)$//)
+# {
+# $space1 = $1;
+# $sp_number = '';
+# $space2 = '';
+# }
+# else
+# {
+# next if ($state->{'remove_texi'});
+# if ($state->{'keep_texi'})
+# {
+# add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro");
+# next;
+# }
+# echo_error ("\@$macro needs a numeric arg or no arg", $line_nr);
+# next;
+# }
+# next if ($state->{'remove_texi'});
+# if ($state->{'keep_texi'})
+# {
+# add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro" . $space1 . $sp_number . $space2);
+# next;
+# }
+# $sp_number = 1 if ($sp_number eq '');
+# add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::sp($sp_number, $state->{'preformatted'}));
+# next;
+# }
+ #if ($macro eq 'verbatiminclude' or $macro eq 'listoffloats')
+ if ($macro eq 'listoffloats')
+ {
+ if ($state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ if (s/(.*)//o)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro" . $1);
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ return undef if ($state->{'remove_texi'});
+
+ if (s/^(\s+)(.*)//o)
+ {
+ my $arg = $2;
+# if ($macro eq 'verbatiminclude')
+# {
+# my $file = locate_include_file($arg);
+# if (defined($file))
+# {
+# if (!open(VERBINCLUDE, $file))
+# {
+# echo_warn ("Can't read file $file: $!",$line_nr);
+# }
+# else
+# {
+# my $verb_text = '';
+# while (my $line = <VERBINCLUDE>)
+# {
+# $verb_text .= $line;
+# }
+# add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::raw('verbatim',$verb_text));
+# close VERBINCLUDE;
+# }
+# }
+# else
+# {
+# echo_error ("Can't find $arg, skipping", $line_nr);
+# }
+# }
+# elsif ($macro eq 'listoffloats')
+# {
+ my $style_id = cross_manual_line (normalise_space($arg));
+ my $style = substitute_line (&$Texi2HTML::Config::listoffloats_style($arg));
+ if (exists ($floats{$style_id}))
+ {
+ close_paragraph($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ my @listoffloats_entries = ();
+ foreach my $float (@{$floats{$style_id}->{'floats'}})
+ {
+ my $float_style = substitute_line(&$Texi2HTML::Config::listoffloats_float_style($arg, $float));
+ my $caption_lines = &$Texi2HTML::Config::listoffloats_caption($float);
+ my $caption = substitute_text({ 'multiple_pass' => 1 }, @$caption_lines);
+ push @listoffloats_entries, &$Texi2HTML::Config::listoffloats_entry($arg, $float, $float_style, $caption, href($float, $state->{'element'}->{'file'}));
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::listoffloats($arg, $style, \@listoffloats_entries));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Unknown float style $arg", $line_nr);
+ }
+# }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bad \@$macro line: $_", $line_nr);
+ }
+ return undef;
+ }
+ # This is a @macroname{...} construct. We add it on top of stack
+ # It will be handled when we encounter the '}'
+ if (s/^{//)
+ {
+ if ($macro eq 'verb')
+ {
+ if (/^$/)
+ {
+ # Allready warned
+ #warn "$ERROR verb at end of line";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ s/^(.)//;
+ $state->{'verb'} = $1;
+ }
+ } #FIXME what to do if remove_texi and anchor/ref/footnote ?
+ elsif ($macro eq 'm_cedilla' and !$state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ $macro = ',';
+ }
+ push (@$stack, { 'style' => $macro, 'text' => '', 'arg_nr' => 0 });
+ $state->{'no_paragraph'}++ if ($no_paragraph_macro{$macro});
+ open_arg($macro, 0, $state);
+ push (@{$state->{'style_stack'}}, $macro) if (defined($style_type{$macro}) and (($style_type{$macro} eq 'style') or ($style_type{$macro} eq 'accent')));
+ next;
+ }
+
+ # special case if we are checking items
+
+ if ($state->{'check_item'} and ($macro =~ /^itemx?$/ or $macro eq 'headitem'))
+ {
+ echo_error("\@$macro on \@$state->{'check_item'} line", $line_nr);
+ next;
+ }
+
+ # if we're keeping texi unmodified we can do it now
+ if ($state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ # We treat specially formats accepting {} on command line
+ if ($macro eq 'multitable' or defined($Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$macro}))
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro" . $_);
+ $_ = '';
+ next;
+ }
+ # @ at the end of line may protect te end of line even when
+ # keeping texi
+ if ($macro eq "\n")
+ {
+ $state->{'end_of_line_protected'} = 1;
+ #print STDERR "PROTECTING END OF LINE\n";
+ }
+
+ add_prev($text, $stack, "\@$macro");
+ if ($text_macros{$macro} and $text_macros{$macro} eq 'raw')
+ {
+ $state->{'raw'} = $macro;
+ push (@$stack, {'style' => $macro, 'text' => ''});
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ # If we are removing texi, the following macros are not removed
+ # as is but modified
+
+ # a raw macro beginning
+ if ($text_macros{$macro} and $text_macros{$macro} eq 'raw')
+ {
+ if (!$Texi2HTML::Config::format_in_paragraph{$macro})
+ { # close paragraph before verbatim (and tex if !L2H)
+ close_paragraph($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ }
+ $state->{'raw'} = $macro;
+ push (@$stack, {'style' => $macro, 'text' => ''});
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ next;
+ }
+ my $simple_macro = 1;
+ # An accent macro
+ if (exists($Texi2HTML::Config::accent_map{$macro}))
+ {
+ if (s/^(\S)//o)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_simple($macro, $1, $state, [ $1 ], $line_nr));
+ }
+ else
+ { # The accent is at end of line
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_text($macro, $state));
+ }
+ }
+ # an @-command which should be like @command{}. We handle it...
+ elsif ($things_map_ref->{$macro})
+ {
+ echo_warn ("$macro requires {}", $line_nr);
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_simple($macro, '', $state));
+ }
+ # an @-command like @command
+ elsif (defined($simple_map_ref->{$macro}))
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_simple($macro, '', $state));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $simple_macro = 0;
+ }
+ if ($simple_macro)
+ {# if the macro didn't triggered a paragraph start it might now
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state) if
+ ($no_line_macros{$macro} and !no_paragraph($state,$_));
+ next;
+ }
+ # the following macros are not modified but just ignored
+ # if we are removing texi
+ if ($macro =~ /^tex_(\d+)$/o)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, Texi2HTML::LaTeX2HTML::do_tex($1));
+ next;
+ }
+ if ($state->{'remove_texi'})
+ {
+ if ((($macro =~ /^(\w+?)index$/) and ($1 ne 'print')) or
+ ($macro eq 'itemize') or ($macro =~ /^(|v|f)table$/)
+ or ($macro eq 'multitable') or ($macro eq 'quotation'))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'enumerate')
+ {
+ my $spec;
+ ($_, $spec) = parse_enumerate ($_);
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$macro}))
+ {
+ my ($style, $category, $name, $type, $class, $arguments);
+ ($style, $category, $name, $type, $class, $arguments) = parse_def($macro, $_, $line_nr);
+ # FIXME maybe a call to substitute_line with state would
+ # be better ?
+ $category = remove_texi($category) if (defined($category));
+ # FIXME -- --- ''... should be protected (not by makeinfo)
+ $name = remove_texi($name) if (defined($name));
+ # FIXME -- --- ''... should be protected (not by makeinfo)
+ $type = remove_texi($type) if (defined($type));
+ # FIXME -- --- ''... should be protected (not by makeinfo)
+ $class = remove_texi($class) if (defined($class));
+ # FIXME -- --- ''... should be protected
+ $arguments = remove_texi($arguments) if (defined($arguments));
+ chomp($arguments);
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::def_line_no_texi($category, $name, $type, $arguments));
+ return;
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ if (($macro =~ /^(\w+?)index$/) and ($1 ne 'print'))
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_index_entry_label($state,$line_nr));
+ return;
+ }
+ # a macro which triggers paragraph closing
+ if ($macro eq 'insertcopying')
+ {
+ close_paragraph($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_insertcopying($state));
+ # reopen a preformatted format if it was interrupted by the macro
+ begin_paragraph ($stack, $state) if ($state->{'preformatted'});
+ return;
+ }
+ if ($macro =~ /^itemx?$/ or ($macro eq 'headitem'))
+ {
+ #print STDERR "ITEM: $_";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ # these functions return true if the context was their own
+ abort_empty_preformatted($stack, $state);
+ # FIXME let the user be able not to close the paragraph
+ close_paragraph($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ my $format;
+ if ($format = add_item($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, $_))
+ { # handle lists
+ }
+ elsif ($format = add_term($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr))
+ {# handle table
+ }
+ elsif ($format = add_line($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr))
+ {# handle table
+ }
+ if ($format)
+ {
+ if (defined($format->{'appended'}))
+ {
+ $_ = $format->{'appended'} . ' ' . $_ if ($format->{'appended'} ne '');
+ }
+ if (defined($format->{'command'}))
+ {
+ open_arg($format->{'command'},0, $state);
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ $format = add_row ($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr); # handle multitable
+ unless ($format)
+ {
+ echo_warn ("\@$macro outside of table or list", $line_nr);
+ next;
+ }
+ push @$stack, {'format' => 'row', 'text' => '', 'item_cmd' => $macro };
+ if ($format->{'max_columns'})
+ {
+ push @$stack, {'format' => 'cell', 'text' => ''};
+ $format->{'cell'} = 1;
+
+ if (!no_paragraph($state,$_) or automatic_preformatted($state,$macro))
+ {
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_warn ("\@$macro in empty multitable", $line_nr);
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ if ($macro eq 'tab')
+ {
+ # FIXME let the user be able not to close the paragraph
+ abort_empty_preformatted($stack, $state);
+ close_paragraph($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ my $format = add_cell ($text, $stack, $state);
+ #print STDERR "tab, $format->{'cell'}, max $format->{'max_columns'}\n";
+ if (!$format)
+ {
+ echo_warn ("\@tab outside of multitable", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$WARN \@tab outside of multitable\n";
+ }
+ elsif (!$format->{'max_columns'})
+ {
+ echo_warn ("\@$macro in empty multitable", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$WARN \@$macro in empty multitable\n";
+ push @$stack, {'format' => 'null', 'text' => ''};
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif ($format->{'cell'} > $format->{'max_columns'})
+ {
+ echo_warn ("too much \@$macro (multitable has only $format->{'max_columns'} column(s))", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$WARN cell over table width\n";
+ push @$stack, {'format' => 'null', 'text' => ''};
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ push @$stack, {'format' => 'cell', 'text' => ''};
+ }
+ if (!no_paragraph($state,$_) or automatic_preformatted($state,$macro))
+ {
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state);
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ # Macro opening a format (table, list, deff, example...)
+ if ($format_type{$macro} and ($format_type{$macro} ne 'fake'))
+ {
+ unless ($Texi2HTML::Config::format_in_paragraph{$macro})
+ {
+ close_paragraph($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ }
+ #print STDERR "begin $macro\n";
+ # A deff like macro
+ if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::def_map{$macro}))
+ {
+ if ($state->{'deff'} and ("$state->{'deff'}->{'command'}x" eq $macro))
+ {
+ $macro =~ s/x$//o;
+ #print STDERR "DEFx $macro\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # The previous @def command isn't the same @def
+ # command. We begin the item for the previous @def
+ # command and immediatly open the new one.
+ begin_deff_item($stack, $state, 1) if ($state->{'deff'});
+ $macro =~ s/x$//o;
+ #print STDERR "DEF begin $macro\n";
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => $macro, 'text' => '' };
+ }
+ #print STDERR "BEGIN_DEFF $macro\n";
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ $state->{'deff'}->{'command'} = $macro;
+ my ($style, $category, $name, $type, $class, $arguments);
+ #($style, $category, $name, $type, $class, $arguments) = parse_def($macro, $_, $line_nr);
+ ($style, $category, $name, $type, $class, $_) = parse_def($macro, $_, $line_nr);
+ #print STDERR "AFTER parse_def $_";
+ # duplicate_state ?
+ #$category = substitute_line($category) if (defined($category));
+ $state->{'deff'}->{'style'} = $style;
+ $state->{'deff'}->{'category'} = substitute_line($category) if (defined($category));
+ # FIXME -- --- ''... should be protected (not by makeinfo)
+ #$name = substitute_line($name) if (defined($name));
+ $state->{'deff'}->{'name'} = substitute_line($name) if (defined($name));
+ # FIXME -- --- ''... should be protected (not by makeinfo)
+ #$type = substitute_line($type) if (defined($type));
+ $state->{'deff'}->{'type'} = substitute_line($type) if (defined($type));
+ # FIXME -- --- ''... should be protected (not by makeinfo)
+ #$class = substitute_line($class) if (defined($class));
+ $state->{'deff'}->{'class'} = substitute_line($class) if (defined($class));
+ # FIXME -- --- ''... should be protected
+ open_cmd_line($stack, $state, ['keep'], \&do_def_line);
+ next;
+ #$arguments = substitute_line($arguments) if (defined($arguments));
+ #$category = &$Texi2HTML::Config::definition_category($category, $class, $style);
+ #if (! $category) # category cannot be 0
+ #{
+ # echo_warn("Bad definition line $_", $line_nr);
+ # return;
+ #}
+ #my $index_label = main::do_index_entry_label ($state) if ($name ne '');
+ #add_prev ($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::def_line($category, $name, $type, $arguments, $index_label));
+ #return;
+ }
+ elsif ($format_type{$macro} eq 'menu')
+ {
+ # if we are allready in a menu we must close it first
+ # in order to close the menu comments and entries
+ close_menu($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ $state->{'menu'}++;
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => $macro, 'text' => '' };
+ if ($state->{'preformatted'})
+ {
+ # Start a fake complex format in order to have a given pre style
+ $state->{'preformatted'}++;
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => 'menu_preformatted', 'text' => '', 'pre_style' => $Texi2HTML::Config::MENU_PRE_STYLE };
+ push @{$state->{'preformatted_stack'}}, {'pre_style' => $Texi2HTML::Config::MENU_PRE_STYLE, 'class' => 'menu-preformatted' };
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (exists ($Texi2HTML::Config::complex_format_map->{$macro}))
+ {
+ $state->{'preformatted'}++;
+ my $format = { 'format' => $macro, 'text' => '', 'pre_style' => $Texi2HTML::Config::complex_format_map->{$macro}->{'pre_style'} };
+ push @{$state->{'preformatted_stack'}}, {'pre_style' =>$Texi2HTML::Config::complex_format_map->{$macro}->{'pre_style'}, 'class' => $macro };
+ push @$stack, $format;
+ unless ($Texi2HTML::Config::format_in_paragraph{$macro})
+ {
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($Texi2HTML::Config::paragraph_style{$macro})
+ {
+ # if there are only spaces after the @center, then the end
+ # of line has allready been removed and the code triggered
+ # by end of line for @center closing won't be called.
+ # thus we don't open it (opening @center means pushing it
+ # on the paragraph_style stack)
+ next if (($macro eq 'center') and /^\s*$/);
+ push @{$state->{'paragraph_style'}}, $macro;
+ push (@$stack, { 'format' => $macro, 'text' => '' }) unless ($macro eq 'center');
+ if (!no_paragraph($state,$_) or automatic_preformatted($state,$macro))
+ {
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state);
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (($format_type{$macro} eq 'list') or ($format_type{$macro} eq 'table'))
+ {
+ my $format;
+ #print STDERR "BEGIN $macro\n";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ if (($macro eq 'itemize') or ($macro =~ /^(|v|f)table$/))
+ {
+ my $command;
+ my $appended;
+ ($appended, $command) = parse_format_command($_,$macro);
+ $format = { 'format' => $macro, 'text' => '', 'command' => $command, 'appended' => $appended, 'term' => 0 };
+ $_ = '';
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'enumerate')
+ {
+ my $spec;
+ ($_, $spec) = parse_enumerate ($_);
+ $spec = 1 if (!defined($spec));
+ $format = { 'format' => $macro, 'text' => '', 'spec' => $spec, 'item_nr' => 0 };
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'multitable')
+ {
+ my $max_columns = parse_multitable ($_, $line_nr);
+ if (!$max_columns)
+ {
+ echo_warn ("empty multitable", $line_nr);
+ #warn "$WARN empty multitable\n";
+ $max_columns = 0;
+ }
+ $format = { 'format' => $macro, 'text' => '', 'max_columns' => $max_columns, 'cell' => 1 };
+ }
+ $format->{'first'} = 1;
+ $format->{'paragraph_number'} = 0;
+ push @$stack, $format;
+ push @{$state->{'format_stack'}}, $format;
+ if ($macro =~ /^(|v|f)table$/)
+ {
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => 'line', 'text' => ''};
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'multitable')
+ {
+ if ($format->{'max_columns'})
+ {
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => 'row', 'text' => '', 'item_cmd' => $macro };
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => 'cell', 'text' => ''};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # multitable without row... We use the special null
+ # format which content is ignored
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => 'null', 'text' => ''};
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => 'null', 'text' => ''};
+ }
+ }
+ if ($format_type{$macro} eq 'list')
+ {
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => 'item', 'text' => ''};
+ }
+ if (($macro ne 'multitable') and
+ !no_paragraph($state,$_) or automatic_preformatted($state,$macro))
+ {
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state);
+ }
+ return if ($format_type{$macro} eq 'table' or $macro eq 'itemize');
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'float' or $macro eq 'quotation')
+ {
+ push @$stack, {'format' => $macro, 'text' => '' };
+ if ($macro eq 'float')
+ {
+ open_cmd_line($stack, $state, ['keep','keep'], \&do_float_line);
+ }
+ elsif ($macro eq 'quotation')
+ {
+ open_cmd_line($stack, $state, ['keep','keep'], \&do_quotation_line);
+ }
+ #print STDERR "Begin cmd_line\n";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ next;
+ }
+ # keep this one at the end as there are some other formats
+ # which are also in format_map
+ elsif (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::format_map{$macro}) or ($format_type{$macro} eq 'cartouche'))
+ {
+ push @$stack, { 'format' => $macro, 'text' => '' };
+ if (!no_paragraph($state,$_) or automatic_preformatted($state,$macro))
+ {
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state);
+ }
+ }
+ return if (/^\s*$/);
+ next;
+ }
+ $_ = do_unknown ($macro, $_, $text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif(s/^([^{}@,]*)\@([^\s\}\{\@]*)//o)
+ { # A macro with a character which shouldn't appear in macro name
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_text($1, $state));
+ $_ = do_unknown ($2, $_, $text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ #add_prev($text, $stack, do_text($1 ."\@$2", $state));
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif (s/^([^{},]*)([{}])//o or ($state->{'cmd_line'} and /^([^{},]*)$/))
+ {
+ my $leading_text = $1;
+ my $brace = $2;
+ if (!defined($brace))#in a command line
+ {
+ if (/^$/ and $state->{'end_of_line_protected'} and $state->{'deff'})
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ chomp $leading_text;
+ }
+ # a brace closed, at the end of line. If in cmd_line we remove
+ # the end of line, such that the end of line is detected
+ elsif ($state->{'cmd_line'} and /^$/)
+ {
+ chomp $_;
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_text($leading_text, $state));
+#if ($state->{'cmd_line'}){print STDERR "CMD_LINE\n"; dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);}
+ if (defined($brace) and ($brace eq '{'))
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, '{');
+ unless ($state->{'keep_texi'} or $state->{'remove_texi'})
+ {
+ echo_error ("'{' without macro before: $_", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ { # A @macroname{ ...} is closed
+ if (@$stack and defined($stack->[-1]->{'style'}))
+ {
+ my $macro = $stack->[-1]->{'style'};
+ if (($macro eq 'cmd_line') and $brace and ($brace eq '}'))
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, '}');
+ unless ($state->{'keep_texi'} or $state->{'remove_texi'})
+ {
+ echo_error ("A '}' without opening '{' before: $_", $line_nr);
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ my $style = pop @$stack;
+ my $result;
+ if (ref($style_map_ref->{$macro}) eq 'HASH')
+ {
+ push (@{$style->{'args'}}, $style->{'text'});
+ $style->{'fulltext'} .= $style->{'text'};
+ my $number = 0;
+ #foreach my $arg(@{$style->{'args'}})
+ #{
+ #print STDERR " $number: $arg\n";
+ # $number++;
+ #}
+ $style->{'text'} = $style->{'fulltext'};
+ $state->{'keep_texi'} = 0 if (#$state->{'keep_texi'}
+ ($style_map_ref->{$macro}->{'args'}->[$style->{'arg_nr'}] eq 'keep')
+ and ($state->{'keep_nr'} == 1));
+ }
+ $state->{'no_paragraph'}-- if ($no_paragraph_macro{$macro});
+ if ($macro)
+ {
+ $style->{'no_close'} = 1 if ($state->{'no_close'});
+ if ($state->{'keep_texi'})
+ { # don't expand macros in anchor and ref
+ close_arg ($macro, $style->{'arg_nr'}, $state);
+ $result = '@' . $macro . '{' . $style->{'text'} . '}';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($style_map_ref->{$macro} and !$style->{'no_close'} and (defined($style_type{'$macro'})) and (($style_type{'$macro'} eq 'style') or ($style_type{'$macro'} eq 'accent')))
+ {
+ my $style = pop @{$state->{'style_stack'}};
+ print STDERR "Bug: $style on 'style_stack', not $macro\n" if ($style ne $macro);
+ }
+ $result = do_simple($macro, $style->{'text'}, $state, $style->{'args'}, $line_nr, $style->{'no_open'}, $style->{'no_close'});
+ if ($state->{'code_style'} < 0)
+ {
+ echo_error ("Bug: negative code_style: $state->{'code_style'}, line:$_", $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ #$result = $style->{'text'} . '}';
+ print STDERR "Bug: empty style in pass_text\n";
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $result);
+ if ($state->{'cmd_line'} and ($style->{'style'} eq 'cmd_line'))
+ {
+ if ($state->{'deff'})
+ {
+#print STDERR "DO DEFF $state->{'deff'}->{'command'} $state->{'deff'}->{'arguments'}\n";
+ my $def_style = $state->{'deff'}->{'style'};
+ my $category = $state->{'deff'}->{'category'};
+ my $class = $state->{'deff'}->{'class'};
+ my $type = $state->{'deff'}->{'type'};
+ my $name = $state->{'deff'}->{'name'};
+ #my $arguments = $state->{'deff'}->{'arguments'};
+ my $arguments;
+ $arguments = substitute_line($state->{'deff'}->{'arguments'}) if (defined($state->{'deff'}->{'arguments'}));
+
+ $category = &$Texi2HTML::Config::definition_category($category, $class, $def_style);
+ if (! $category) # category cannot be 0
+ {
+ echo_warn("Bad definition line $_", $line_nr);
+ delete $state->{'cmd_line'};
+ return '';
+ }
+ my $index_label = do_index_entry_label ($state,$line_nr) if ($name ne '');
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::def_line($category, $name, $type, $arguments, $index_label));
+ }
+ else
+ # we've got to mark paragraph here as the following
+ # line will determine whether or not we open a paragraph
+ {
+ $state->{'open_paragraph'} = 1;
+ }
+ delete $state->{'cmd_line'};
+ $state->{'no_paragraph'}--;
+ return;
+ }
+ next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_error("'}' without opening '{' before: $_", $line_nr);
+ # we cannot be in cmd_line as the stack is empty
+ if ($state->{'cmd_line'})
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: state->{'cmd_line'} true but stack empty\n";
+ dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ delete $state->{'cmd_line'};
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, '}') if ($state->{'keep_texi'});
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (s/^([^,]*)([,])//o)
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_text($1, $state));
+ my $comma = $2;
+ if ($state->{'cmd_line'} and !@$stack)
+ {
+ print STDERR "Bug: state->{'cmd_line'} = $state->{'cmd_line'} but no stack\n";
+ dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ }
+ if (@$stack and defined($stack->[-1]->{'style'})
+ and (ref($style_map_ref->{$stack->[-1]->{'style'}}) eq 'HASH'))
+ {
+ my $macro = $stack->[-1]->{'style'};
+ my $style_args = $style_map_ref->{$macro}->{'args'};
+ if (defined($style_args->[$stack->[-1]->{'arg_nr'} + 1]))
+ {
+ push (@{$stack->[-1]->{'args'}}, $stack->[-1]->{'text'});
+ $stack->[-1]->{'fulltext'} .= $stack->[-1]->{'text'} . do_text(',', $state);
+ $stack->[-1]->{'text'} = '';
+ close_arg ($macro, $stack->[-1]->{'arg_nr'}, $state);
+ $stack->[-1]->{'arg_nr'}++;
+ open_arg ($macro, $stack->[-1]->{'arg_nr'}, $state);
+ next;
+ }
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_text(',', $state));
+ }
+ else
+ { # no macro nor '}', but normal text
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_text($_, $state));
+ #print STDERR "END LINE: $_";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+
+ # @item line is closed by end of line
+ add_term($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ # FIXME test @center @item and @item @center
+ if ($state->{'paragraph_style'}->[-1] eq 'center' and !$state->{'close_stack'})
+ {
+ close_paragraph($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ pop @{$state->{'paragraph_style'}};
+ #$_ = $/ if (chomp($_));
+ $_ = '';
+ next;
+ }
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+sub open_arg($$$)
+{
+ my $macro = shift;
+ my $arg_nr = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ if (ref($style_map_ref->{$macro}) eq 'HASH')
+ {
+ my $arg = $style_map_ref->{$macro}->{'args'}->[$arg_nr];
+ if ($arg eq 'code' and !$state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ $state->{'code_style'}++;
+ }
+ elsif ($arg eq 'keep')
+ {
+ $state->{'keep_nr'}++;
+ $state->{'keep_texi'} = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($code_style_map{$macro} and !$state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ $state->{'code_style'}++;
+ }
+}
+
+sub close_arg($$$)
+{
+ my $macro = shift;
+ my $arg_nr = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ if (ref($style_map_ref->{$macro}) eq 'HASH')
+ {
+ my $arg = $style_map_ref->{$macro}->{'args'}->[$arg_nr];
+ if ($arg eq 'code' and !$state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ $state->{'code_style'}--;
+ }
+ elsif ($arg eq 'keep')
+ {
+ $state->{'keep_nr'}--;
+ $state->{'keep_texi'} = 0 if ($state->{'keep_nr'} == 0);
+ }
+#print STDERR "c $arg_nr $macro $arg $state->{'code_style'}\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($code_style_map{$macro} and !$state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ $state->{'code_style'}--;
+ }
+}
+
+sub open_cmd_line($$$$)
+{
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $function = shift;
+ push @$stack, {'style' => 'cmd_line', 'text' => '', 'arg_nr' => 0};
+ foreach my $hash (\%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map, \%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map_pre, \%Texi2HTML::Config::style_map_texi, \%Texi2HTML::Config::unformatted_text_style_map_texi)
+ {
+ $hash->{'cmd_line'}->{'args'} = $args;
+ $hash->{'cmd_line'}->{'function'} = $function;
+ }
+ $state->{'no_paragraph'}++;
+ open_arg ('cmd_line', 0, $state);
+ $state->{'cmd_line'} = 1;
+}
+
+sub get_value($)
+{
+ my $value = shift;
+ return $value{$value} if ($value{$value});
+ return "No value for $value";
+}
+
+sub add_term($$$$;$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $end = shift;
+ return unless (exists ($state->{'format_stack'}));
+ my $format = $state->{'format_stack'}->[-1];
+ return unless (($format_type{$format->{'format'}} eq 'table') and ($format->{'format'} ne 'multitable' ) and $format->{'term'});
+ #print STDERR "ADD_TERM\n";
+ # we set 'term' = 0 early such that if we encounter an end of line
+ # during close_stack we don't try to do the term once more
+ $state->{'format_stack'}->[-1]->{'term'} = 0;
+ $format->{'paragraph_number'} = 0;
+ # no <pre> allowed in <dt>, thus it is possible there is a @t added
+ # to have teletype in preformatted.
+ if ($state->{'preformatted'} and $stack->[-1]->{'style'} and ($stack->[-1]->{'style'} eq 't'))
+ {
+ my $style = pop @$stack;
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_simple($style->{'style'}, $style->{'text'}, $state, [$style->{'text'}]));
+ }
+
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ close_stack($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, undef, 'term');
+ my $term = pop @$stack;
+ my $command_formatted;
+ chomp ($term->{'text'});
+ if (exists($style_map_ref->{$format->{'command'}}) and
+ !exists($Texi2HTML::Config::special_list_commands{$format->{'format'}}->{$format->{'command'}}) and ($style_type{$format->{'command'}} eq 'style'))
+ {
+ my $leading_spaces = '';
+ my $trailing_spaces = '';
+ $term->{'text'} =~ s/^(\s*)//;
+ $leading_spaces = $1 if (defined($1));
+ $term->{'text'} =~ s/(\s*)$//;
+ $trailing_spaces = $1 if (defined($1));
+ $term->{'text'} = do_simple($format->{'command'}, $term->{'text'}, $state, [$term->{'text'}]);
+ $term->{'text'} = $leading_spaces. $term->{'text'} .$trailing_spaces;
+ }
+ elsif (exists($things_map_ref->{$format->{'command'}}))
+ {
+ $command_formatted = do_simple($format->{'command'}, '', $state);
+ }
+ my $index_label;
+ if ($format->{'format'} =~ /^(f|v)/)
+ {
+ $index_label = do_index_entry_label($state,$line_nr);
+ print STDERR "Bug: no index entry for $text" unless defined($index_label);
+ }
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::table_item($term->{'text'}, $index_label,$format->{'format'},$format->{'command'}, $command_formatted));
+ #add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::table_item($term->{'text'}, $index_entry, $state));
+ unless ($end)
+ {
+ push (@$stack, { 'format' => 'line', 'text' => '' });
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state) if ($state->{'preformatted'});
+ }
+ return $format;
+}
+
+sub add_row($$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $format = $state->{'format_stack'}->[-1];
+ return unless ($format->{'format'} eq 'multitable');
+ if ($format->{'cell'} > $format->{'max_columns'})
+ {
+ close_stack($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, undef, 'null');
+ pop @$stack;
+ }
+ unless ($format->{'max_columns'})
+ { # empty multitable
+ pop @$stack; # pop 'row'
+ return $format;
+ }
+ if ($format->{'first'})
+ { # first row
+ $format->{'first'} = 0;
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ #if ($stack->[-1]->{'format'} and ($stack->[-1]->{'format'} eq 'paragraph') and ($stack->[-1]->{'text'} =~ /^\s*$/) and ($format->{'cell'} == 1))
+ if ($stack->[-1]->{'format'} and ($stack->[-1]->{'format'} eq 'cell') and ($stack->[-1]->{'text'} =~ /^\s*$/) and ($format->{'cell'} == 1))
+ {
+ pop @$stack;
+ pop @$stack;
+ #pop @$stack;
+ return $format;
+ }
+ }
+ add_cell($text, $stack, $state);
+ my $row = pop @$stack;
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::row($row->{'text'}, $row->{'item_cmd'}));
+ return $format;
+}
+
+sub add_cell($$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $format = $state->{'format_stack'}->[-1];
+ return unless ($format->{'format'} eq 'multitable');
+ if ($format->{'cell'} <= $format->{'max_columns'})
+ {
+ close_stack($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, undef, 'cell');
+ my $cell = pop @$stack;
+ my $row = top_stack($stack);
+ print STDERR "Bug: top_stack of cell not a row\n" if (!defined($row) or !defined($row->{'format'}) or ($row->{'format'} ne 'row'));
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::cell($cell->{'text'}, $row->{'item_cmd'}));
+ $format->{'cell'}++;
+ }
+ return $format;
+}
+
+sub add_line($$$$;$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $end = shift;
+ my $format = $state->{'format_stack'}->[-1];
+ return unless ($format_type{$format->{'format'}} eq 'table' and ($format->{'format'} ne 'multitable') and ($format->{'term'} == 0));
+ #print STDERR "ADD_LINE\n";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ # as in pre the end of line are kept, we must explicitely abort empty
+ # preformatted, close_stack doesn't abort the empty preformatted regions.
+ abort_empty_preformatted($stack, $state) if ($format->{'first'});
+ close_stack($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, undef, 'line');
+ my $line = pop @$stack;
+ $format->{'paragraph_number'} = 0;
+ my $first = 0;
+ $first = 1 if ($format->{'first'});
+ if ($first)
+ {
+ $format->{'first'} = 0;
+ # we must have <dd> or <dt> following <dl> thus we do a
+ # &$Texi2HTML::Config::table_line here too, although it could have been nice to
+ # have a normal paragraph.
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::table_line($line->{'text'})) if ($line->{'text'} =~ /\S/o);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::table_line($line->{'text'}));
+ }
+ unless($end)
+ {
+ push (@$stack, { 'format' => 'term', 'text' => '' });
+ # we cannot have a preformatted in table term (no <pre> in <dt>)
+ # thus we set teletyped style @t if there is no pre_style
+ push (@$stack, { 'style' => 't', 'text' => '' }) if ($state->{'preformatted'} and (!$state->{'preformatted_stack'}->[-1]->{'pre_style'}));
+ #push (@$stack, { 'style' => $format->{'command'}, 'text' => $format->{'appended'} });
+ }
+ $format->{'term'} = 1;
+ return $format;
+}
+
+sub add_item($$$$;$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $end = shift;
+ my $format = $state->{'format_stack'}->[-1];
+ return unless ($format_type{$format->{'format'}} eq 'list');
+ #print STDERR "ADD_ITEM: \n";
+ # as in pre the end of line are kept, we must explicitely abort empty
+ # preformatted, close_stack doesn't do that.
+ abort_empty_preformatted($stack, $state) if ($format->{'first'});
+ close_stack($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, undef, 'item');
+ $format->{'paragraph_number'} = 0;
+ if ($format->{'format'} eq 'enumerate')
+ {
+ $format->{'number'} = '';
+ my $spec = $format->{'spec'};
+ $format->{'item_nr'}++;
+ if ($spec =~ /^[0-9]$/)
+ {
+ $format->{'number'} = $spec + $format->{'item_nr'} - 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $base_letter = ord('a');
+ $base_letter = ord('A') if (ucfirst($spec) eq $spec);
+
+ my @letter_ords = decompose(ord($spec) - $base_letter + $format->{'item_nr'} - 1, 26);
+ foreach my $ord (@letter_ords)
+ {#FIXME? we go directly to 'ba' after 'z', and not 'aa'
+ #because 'ba' is 1,0 and 'aa' is 0,0.
+ $format->{'number'} = chr($base_letter + $ord) . $format->{'number'};
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ my $item = pop @$stack;
+ # the element following ol or ul must be li. Thus even though there
+ # is no @item we put a normal item.
+
+ # don't do an item if it is the first and it is empty
+ if (!$format->{'first'} or ($item->{'text'} =~ /\S/o))
+ {
+ my $formatted_command;
+ if (defined($format->{'command'}) and exists($things_map_ref->{$format->{'command'}}))
+ {
+ $formatted_command = do_simple($format->{'command'}, '', $state);
+ }
+ #chomp($item->{'text'});
+ add_prev($text, $stack, &$Texi2HTML::Config::list_item($item->{'text'},$format->{'format'},$format->{'command'}, $formatted_command, $format->{'item_nr'}, $format->{'spec'}, $format->{'number'}));
+ }
+ if ($format->{'first'})
+ {
+ $format->{'first'} = 0;
+ }
+
+ # Now prepare the new item
+ unless($end)
+ {
+ push (@$stack, { 'format' => 'item', 'text' => '' });
+ begin_paragraph($stack, $state) unless (!$state->{'preformatted'} and no_line($line));
+ }
+ return $format;
+}
+
+# format ``simple'' macros, that is macros without arg or style macros
+sub do_simple($$$;$$$$)
+{
+ my $macro = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $args = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $no_open = shift;
+ my $no_close = shift;
+ my $result;
+
+ my $arg_nr = 0;
+ $arg_nr = @$args - 1 if (defined($args));
+
+#print STDERR "DO_SIMPLE $macro $arg_nr $args @$args\n" if (defined($args));
+ if (defined($simple_map_ref->{$macro}))
+ {
+ # \n may in certain circumstances, protect end of lines
+ if ($macro eq "\n")
+ {
+ $state->{'end_of_line_protected'} = 1;
+ #print STDERR "PROTECTING END OF LINE\n";
+ }
+ if ($state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ return "\@$macro";
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'remove_texi'})
+ {
+#print STDERR "DO_SIMPLE remove_texi $macro\n";
+ return $simple_map_texi_ref->{$macro};
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'preformatted'})
+ {
+ return $simple_map_pre_ref->{$macro};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return $simple_map_ref->{$macro};
+ }
+ }
+ if (defined($things_map_ref->{$macro}))
+ {
+ if ($state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ $result = "\@$macro" . '{}';
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'remove_texi'})
+ {
+ $result = $texi_map_ref->{$macro};
+#print STDERR "DO_SIMPLE remove_texi texi_map $macro\n";
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'preformatted'})
+ {
+ $result = $pre_map_ref->{$macro};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $result = $things_map_ref->{$macro};
+ }
+ return $result . $text;
+ }
+ elsif (defined($style_map_ref->{$macro}))
+ {
+ if ($state->{'keep_texi'})
+ {
+ $result = "\@$macro" . '{' . $text . '}';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $style;
+ if ($state->{'remove_texi'})
+ {
+#print STDERR "REMOVE $macro, $style_map_texi_ref->{$macro}, fun $style_map_texi_ref->{$macro}->{'function'} remove cmd " . \&Texi2HTML::Config::t2h_remove_command . " ascii acc " . \&t2h_default_ascii_accent;
+ $style = $style_map_texi_ref->{$macro};
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'preformatted'})
+ {
+ $style = $style_map_pre_ref->{$macro};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $style = $style_map_ref->{$macro};
+ }
+ if (defined($style))
+ { # known style
+ $result = &$Texi2HTML::Config::style($style, $macro, $text, $args, $no_close, $no_open, $line_nr, $state, $state->{'style_stack'});
+ }
+ if (!$no_close)
+ {
+ close_arg($macro,$arg_nr, $state);
+ }
+ }
+ return $result;
+ }
+ # Unknown macro
+ $result = '';
+ my ($done, $result_text, $message) = &$Texi2HTML::Config::unknown_style($macro, $text);
+ if ($done)
+ {
+ echo_warn($message, $line_nr) if (defined($message));
+ if (defined($result_text))
+ {
+ $result = $result_text;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unless ($no_open)
+ { # we warn only if no_open is true, i.e. it is the first time we
+ # close the macro for a multiline macro
+ echo_warn ("Unknown command with braces `\@$macro'", $line_nr);
+ $result = do_text("\@$macro") . "{";
+ }
+ $result .= $text;
+ $result .= '}' unless ($no_close);
+ }
+ return $result;
+}
+
+sub do_unknown($$$$$$)
+{
+ my $macro = shift;
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my ($result_line, $result, $result_text, $message) = &$Texi2HTML::Config::unknown($macro, $line);
+ if ($result)
+ {
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, $result_text) if (defined($result_text));
+ echo_warn($message, $line_nr) if (defined($message));
+ return $result_line;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Unknown command `\@$macro' (left as is)", $line_nr);
+ add_prev ($text, $stack, do_text("\@$macro"));
+ return $line;
+ }
+}
+
+# used only during @macro processing
+sub add_text($@)
+{
+ my $string = shift;
+
+ return if (!defined($string));
+ foreach my $scalar_ref (@_)
+ {
+ next unless defined($scalar_ref);
+ if (!defined($$scalar_ref))
+ {
+ $$scalar_ref = $string;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $$scalar_ref .= $string;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+sub add_prev ($$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $string = shift;
+
+ unless (defined($text) and ref($text) eq "SCALAR")
+ {
+ die "text not a SCALAR ref: " . ref($text) . "";
+ }
+ #if (!defined($stack) or (ref($stack) ne "ARRAY"))
+ #{
+ # $string = $stack;
+ # $stack = [];
+ #}
+
+ return if (!defined($string));
+ if (@$stack)
+ {
+ $stack->[-1]->{'text'} .= $string;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!defined($$text))
+ {
+ $$text = $string;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $$text .= $string;
+ }
+}
+
+sub close_stack_texi_structure($$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+
+ return undef unless (@$stack or $state->{'raw'} or $state->{'macro'} or $state->{'macro_name'} or $state->{'ignored'});
+
+ my $stack_level = $#$stack + 1;
+ my $string = '';
+
+ if ($state->{'ignored'})
+ {
+ $string .= "\@end $state->{'ignored'} ";
+ echo_warn ("closing $state->{'ignored'}", $line_nr);
+ }
+ if ($state->{'texi'})
+ {
+ if ($state->{'macro'})
+ {
+ $string .= "\@end macro ";
+ echo_warn ("closing macro", $line_nr);
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'macro_name'})
+ {
+ $string .= ('}' x $state->{'macro_depth'}) . " ";
+ echo_warn ("closing $state->{'macro_name'} ($state->{'macro_depth'} braces missing)", $line_nr);
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'verb'})
+ {
+ echo_warn ("closing \@verb", $line_nr);
+ $string .= $state->{'verb'} . '}';
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'raw'})
+ {
+ echo_warn ("closing \@$state->{'raw'} raw format", $line_nr);
+ $string .= "\@end $state->{'raw'} ";
+ }
+ if ($string ne '')
+ {
+ #print STDERR "scan_texi ($string)\n";
+ scan_texi ($string, $text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ $string = '';
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'verb'})
+ {
+ $string .= $state->{'verb'};
+ }
+
+ while ($stack_level--)
+ {
+ my $stack_text = $stack->[$stack_level]->{'text'};
+ $stack_text = '' if (!defined($stack_text));
+ if ($stack->[$stack_level]->{'format'})
+ {
+ my $format = $stack->[$stack_level]->{'format'};
+ if ($format eq 'index_item')
+ {
+ enter_table_index_entry($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ next;
+ }
+ elsif (!defined($format_type{$format}) or ($format_type{$format} ne 'fake'))
+ {
+ $stack_text = "\@$format\n" . $stack_text;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif (defined($stack->[$stack_level]->{'style'}))
+ {
+ my $style = $stack->[$stack_level]->{'style'};
+ if ($style ne '')
+ {
+ $stack_text = "\@$style\{" . $stack_text;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $stack_text = "\{" . $stack_text;
+ }
+ }
+ pop @$stack;
+ add_prev($text, $stack, $stack_text);
+ }
+ $stack = [ ];
+ $stack_level = 0;
+ #return ($text, [ ], $state);
+
+ $state->{'close_stack'} = 1;
+ if ($string ne '')
+ {
+ if ($state->{'texi'})
+ {
+ #print STDERR "scan_texi in close_stack ($string)\n";
+ scan_texi($string, $text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'structure'})
+ {
+ #print STDERR "scan_structure in close_stack ($string)\n";
+ scan_structure($string, $text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ }
+ }
+ delete $state->{'close_stack'};
+}
+
+
+# close the stack, closing macros and formats left open.
+# the precise behavior of the function depends on $close_paragraph:
+# undef -> close everything
+# defined -> remove empty paragraphs, close until the first format or paragraph.
+# 1 -> don't close styles, duplicate stack of styles not closed
+# FIXME never used
+# '' -> close styles, don't duplicate
+
+# if a $format is given the stack is closed according to $close_paragraph but
+# if $format is encountered the closing stops
+
+sub close_stack($$$$;$$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $close_paragraph = shift;
+ my $format = shift;
+ # FIXME this is not used
+ my $search_style = shift;
+ my $new_stack;
+
+ # cancel paragraph states
+ $state->{'paragraph_style'} = [ '' ] unless (defined($close_paragraph) or defined($format));
+ #print STDERR "sub_close_stack\n";
+ return $new_stack unless (@$stack);
+
+ my $stack_level = $#$stack + 1;
+ my $string = '';
+ my $verb = '';
+
+ if ($state->{'verb'})
+ {
+ $string .= $state->{'verb'};
+ $verb = $state->{'verb'};
+ }
+
+ #debugging
+ #my $print_format = 'NO FORMAT';
+ #$print_format = $format if ($format);
+ #my $print_close_paragraph = 'close everything';
+ #$print_close_paragraph = 'close paragraph without duplicating' if (defined($close_paragraph));
+ #$print_close_paragraph = $close_paragraph if ($close_paragraph);
+ #print STDERR "Close_stack: format $print_format, close_paragraph: $print_close_paragraph\n";
+
+ while ($stack_level--)
+ {
+ if ($stack->[$stack_level]->{'format'})
+ {
+ my $stack_format = $stack->[$stack_level]->{'format'};
+ last if (defined($close_paragraph) or (defined($format) and $stack_format eq $format));
+ # We silently close paragraphs, preformatted sections and fake formats
+ if ($stack_format eq 'paragraph')
+ {
+ $string .= "\@end_paragraph ";
+ }
+ elsif ($stack_format eq 'preformatted')
+ {
+ $string .= "\@end_preformatted ";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($fake_format{$stack_format})
+ {
+ warn "# Closing a fake format `$stack_format'\n" if ($T2H_VERBOSE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ echo_warn ("closing `$stack_format'", $line_nr);
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ #warn "$WARN closing `$stack_format'\n";
+ }
+ $string .= "\@end $stack_format ";
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $style = $stack->[$stack_level]->{'style'};
+ last if (defined($search_style) and $style eq $search_style);
+ # FIXME images, footnotes, xrefs, anchors with $close_paragraphs ?
+ if ($close_paragraph)
+ { #duplicate the stack
+ if (exists($style_type{$style}) and ($style_type{$style} eq 'style') or (!exists($style_type{$style})))
+ {
+ push @$new_stack, { 'style' => $style, 'text' => '', 'no_open' => 1, 'arg_nr' => 0 };
+ $string .= '} ';
+ }
+ elsif (exists($style_type{$style}) and ($style_type{$style} eq 'simple'))
+ {
+ $string .= '} ';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state) if (!defined($style));
+ $string .= '}';
+ echo_warn ("closing $style", $line_nr) if ($style);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ $state->{'no_close'} = 1 if ($close_paragraph);
+ $state->{'close_stack'} = 1;
+ if ($string ne '')
+ {
+ #print STDERR "scan_line in CLOSE_STACK ($string)\n";
+ #dump_stack ($text, $stack, $state);
+ scan_line($string, $text, $stack, $state, $line_nr);
+ }
+ delete $state->{'no_close'};
+ delete $state->{'close_stack'};
+ $state->{'verb'} = $verb if (($verb ne '') and $close_paragraph);
+ return $new_stack;
+}
+
+# given a stack and a list of formats, return true if the stack contains
+# these formats, first on top
+sub stack_order($@)
+{
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $stack_level = $#$stack + 1;
+ while (@_)
+ {
+ my $format = shift;
+ while ($stack_level--)
+ {
+ if ($stack->[$stack_level]->{'format'})
+ {
+ if ($stack->[$stack_level]->{'format'} eq $format)
+ {
+ $format = undef;
+ last;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return 0 if ($format);
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+sub top_format($)
+{
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $stack_level = $#$stack + 1;
+ while ($stack_level--)
+ {
+ if ($stack->[$stack_level]->{'format'} and !$fake_format{$stack->[$stack_level]->{'format'}})
+ {
+ return $stack->[$stack_level];
+ }
+ }
+ return undef;
+}
+
+sub close_paragraph($$$;$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ #my $macro = shift;
+ #print STDERR "CLOSE_PARAGRAPH\n";
+ #dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ my $new_stack = close_stack($text, $stack, $state, $line_nr, 1);
+ my $top_stack = top_stack($stack);
+ if ($top_stack and !defined($top_stack->{'format'}))
+ { #debug
+ print STDERR "Bug: no format on top stack\n";
+ dump_stack($text, $stack, $state);
+ }
+ if ($top_stack and ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'paragraph'))
+ {
+ my $paragraph = pop @$stack;
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_paragraph($paragraph->{'text'}, $state));
+ $state->{'paragraph_macros'} = $new_stack;
+ return 1;
+ #return "\@$macro ";
+ }
+ elsif ($top_stack and ($top_stack->{'format'} eq 'preformatted'))
+ {
+ my $paragraph = pop @$stack;
+ add_prev($text, $stack, do_preformatted($paragraph->{'text'}, $state));
+ $state->{'paragraph_macros'} = $new_stack;
+ return 1;
+ #return "\@$macro ";
+ }
+ return;
+}
+
+sub abort_empty_preformatted($$)
+{
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ if (@$stack and $stack->[-1]->{'format'}
+ and ($stack->[-1]->{'format'} eq 'preformatted')
+ and ($stack->[-1]->{'text'} !~ /\S/))
+ {
+ pop @$stack;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+# for debugging
+sub dump_stack($$$)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my $stack = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+
+ if (defined($$text))
+ {
+ print STDERR "text: $$text\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "text: UNDEF\n";
+ }
+ print STDERR "state: ";
+ foreach my $key (keys(%$state))
+ {
+ my $value = 'UNDEF';
+ $value = $state->{$key} if (defined($state->{$key}));
+ print STDERR "$key: $value ";
+ }
+ print STDERR "\n";
+ my $stack_level = $#$stack + 1;
+ while ($stack_level--)
+ {
+ print STDERR " $stack_level-> ";
+ foreach my $key (keys(%{$stack->[$stack_level]}))
+ {
+ my $value = 'UNDEF';
+ $value = $stack->[$stack_level]->{$key} if
+ (defined($stack->[$stack_level]->{$key}));
+ print STDERR "$key: $value ";
+ }
+ print STDERR "\n";
+ }
+ if (defined($state->{'format_stack'}))
+ {
+ print STDERR "format_stack: ";
+ foreach my $format (@{$state->{'format_stack'}})
+ {
+ print STDERR "$format->{'format'} ";
+ }
+ print STDERR "\n";
+ }
+}
+
+# for debugging
+sub print_elements($)
+{
+ my $elements = shift;
+ foreach my $elem(@$elements)
+ {
+ if ($elem->{'node'})
+ {
+ print STDERR "node-> $elem ";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print STDERR "chap=> $elem ";
+ }
+ foreach my $key (keys(%$elem))
+ {
+ my $value = "UNDEF";
+ $value = $elem->{$key} if (defined($elem->{$key}));
+ print STDERR "$key: $value ";
+ }
+ print STDERR "\n";
+ }
+}
+
+sub substitute_line($;$)
+{
+ my $line = shift;
+ my $state = shift;
+ $state = {} if (!defined($state));
+ $state->{'no_paragraph'} = 1;
+ return unformatted_text($state, $line) if ($state->{'unformatted'});
+ return substitute_text($state, $line);
+}
+
+sub substitute_text($@)
+{
+ my $state = shift;
+ my @stack = ();
+ my $text = '';
+ my $result = '';
+ if ($state->{'structure'})
+ {
+ initialise_state_structure($state);
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'texi'})
+ {
+ initialise_state_texi($state);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ initialise_state($state);
+ }
+ $state->{'spool'} = [];
+ #print STDERR "SUBST_TEXT begin\n";
+
+ while (@_ or @{$state->{'spool'}})
+ {
+ my $line;
+ if (@{$state->{'spool'}})
+ {
+ $line = shift @{$state->{'spool'}};
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $line = shift @_;
+ }
+ next unless (defined($line));
+ if ($state->{'structure'})
+ {
+ scan_structure ($line, \$text, \@stack, $state);
+ }
+ elsif ($state->{'texi'})
+ {
+ scan_texi ($line, \$text, \@stack, $state);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ scan_line($line, \$text, \@stack, $state);
+ }
+ next if (@stack);
+ $result .= $text;
+ $text = '';
+ }
+ # FIXME could we have the line number ?
+ # close stack in substitute_text
+ if ($state->{'texi'} or $state->{'structure'})
+ {
+ close_stack_texi_structure(\$text, \@stack, $state, undef);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ close_stack(\$text, \@stack, $state, undef);
+ }
+ #print STDERR "SUBST_TEXT end\n";
+ return $result . $text;
+}
+
+sub substitute_texi_line($)
+{
+ my $text = shift;
+ my @text = substitute_text({'structure' => 1}, $text);
+ my @result = ();
+ while (@text)
+ {
+ push @result, split (/\n/, shift (@text));
+ }
+ return '' unless (@result);
+ my $result = shift @result;
+ return $result . "\n" unless (@result);
+ foreach my $line (@result)
+ {
+ chomp $line;
+ $result .= ' ' . $line;
+ }
+ return $result . "\n";
+}
+
+sub print_lines($;$)
+{
+ my ($fh, $lines) = @_;
+ $lines = $Texi2HTML::THIS_SECTION unless $lines;
+ my @cnt;
+ my $cnt;
+ for my $line (@$lines)
+ {
+ print $fh $line;
+ if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::WORDS_IN_PAGE) and ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT eq 'node'))
+ {
+ @cnt = split(/\W*\s+\W*/, $line);
+ $cnt += scalar(@cnt);
+ }
+ }
+ return $cnt;
+}
+
+sub do_index_entry_label($$)
+{
+ my $state = shift;
+ my $line_nr = shift;
+ my $entry = shift @index_labels;
+ return '' if ($state->{'multiple_pass'});
+ if (!defined($entry))
+ {
+ echo_warn ("Not enough index entries !", $line_nr);
+ return '';
+ }
+
+ print STDERR "[(index) $entry->{'entry'} $entry->{'label'}]\n"
+ if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_INDEX);
+ return &$Texi2HTML::Config::index_entry_label ($entry->{'label'}, $state->{'preformatted'}, substitute_line($entry->{'entry'}), $index_properties->{$entry->{'prefix'}}->{'name'});
+}
+
+# decompose a decimal number on a given base. The algorithm looks like
+# the division with growing powers (division suivant les puissances
+# croissantes) ?
+sub decompose($$)
+{
+ my $number = shift;
+ my $base = shift;
+ my @result = ();
+
+ return (0) if ($number == 0);
+ my $power = 1;
+ my $remaining = $number;
+
+ while ($remaining)
+ {
+ my $factor = $remaining % ($base ** $power);
+ $remaining -= $factor;
+ push (@result, $factor / ($base ** ($power - 1)));
+ $power++;
+ }
+ return @result;
+}
+
+# main processing is called here
+set_document_language('en') unless ($lang_set);
+# APA: There's got to be a better way:
+$T2H_USER = &$I('unknown');
+
+if ($Texi2HTML::Config::TEST)
+{
+ # to generate files similar to reference ones to be able to check for
+ # real changes we use these dummy values if -test is given
+ $T2H_USER = 'a tester';
+ $THISPROG = 'texi2html';
+ setlocale( LC_ALL, "C" );
+}
+else
+{
+ # the eval prevents this from breaking on system which do not have
+ # a proper getpwuid implemented
+ eval { ($T2H_USER = (getpwuid ($<))[6]) =~ s/,.*//;}; # Who am i
+ # APA: Provide Windows NT workaround until getpwuid gets
+ # implemented there.
+ $T2H_USER = $ENV{'USERNAME'} unless defined $T2H_USER;
+}
+
+open_file($docu, $texi_line_number);
+Texi2HTML::LaTeX2HTML::init($docu_name, $docu_rdir, $T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_L2H)
+ if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H);
+pass_texi();
+dump_texi(\@lines, 'texi', \@lines_numbers) if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_TEXI);
+if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::MACRO_EXPAND))
+{
+ my @texi_lines = (@first_lines, @lines);
+ dump_texi(\@texi_lines, '', undef, $Texi2HTML::Config::MACRO_EXPAND);
+}
+pass_structure();
+if ($T2H_DEBUG & $DEBUG_TEXI)
+{
+ dump_texi(\@doc_lines, 'first', \@doc_numbers);
+ if (defined($Texi2HTML::Config::MACRO_EXPAND and $Texi2HTML::Config::DUMP_TEXI))
+ {
+ unshift (@doc_lines, @first_lines);
+ push (@doc_lines, "\@bye\n");
+ dump_texi(\@doc_lines, '', undef, $Texi2HTML::Config::MACRO_EXPAND . ".first");
+ }
+}
+exit(0) if ($Texi2HTML::Config::DUMP_TEXI or defined($Texi2HTML::Config::MACRO_EXPAND));
+rearrange_elements();
+do_names();
+if (@{$region_lines{'documentdescription'}} and (!defined($Texi2HTML::Config::DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION)))
+{
+ my $documentdescription = remove_texi(@{$region_lines{'documentdescription'}});
+ my @documentdescription = split (/\n/, $documentdescription);
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION = shift @documentdescription;
+ chomp $Texi2HTML::Config::DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION;
+ foreach my $line (@documentdescription)
+ {
+ chomp $line;
+ $Texi2HTML::Config::DOCUMENT_DESCRIPTION .= ' ' . $line;
+ }
+}
+# do copyright notice inserted in comment at the begining of the files
+if (@{$region_lines{'copying'}})
+{
+ $copying_comment = &$Texi2HTML::Config::copying_comment($region_lines{'copying'});
+ #$copying_comment = remove_texi(@{$region_lines{'copying'}});
+ #$copying_comment = &$Texi2HTML::Config::comment($copying_comment);
+}
+&$Texi2HTML::Config::toc_body(\@elements_list);
+#&$Texi2HTML::Config::toc_body(\@elements_list, $do_contents, $do_scontents);
+&$Texi2HTML::Config::css_lines(\@css_import_lines, \@css_rule_lines);
+$sec_num = 0;
+#$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H = l2h_FinishToLatex() if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H);
+#$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H = l2h_ToHtml() if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H);
+#$Texi2HTML::Config::L2H = l2h_InitFromHtml() if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H);
+Texi2HTML::LaTeX2HTML::latex2html();
+pass_text();
+#do_node_files() if ($Texi2HTML::Config::SPLIT ne 'node' and $Texi2HTML::Config::NODE_FILES);
+if ($Texi2HTML::Config::IDX_SUMMARY)
+{
+ foreach my $entry (keys(%$index_properties))
+ {
+ my $name = $index_properties->{$entry}->{'name'};
+ do_index_summary_file($name)
+ unless ($empty_indices{$name});
+ }
+}
+do_node_files() if ($Texi2HTML::Config::NODE_FILES);
+#l2h_FinishFromHtml() if ($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H);
+#l2h_Finish() if($Texi2HTML::Config::L2H);
+Texi2HTML::LaTeX2HTML::finish();
+&$Texi2HTML::Config::finish_out();
+print STDERR "# that's all folks\n" if $T2H_VERBOSE;
+
+exit(0);
+
+
+##############################################################################
+
+# These next few lines are legal in both Perl and nroff.
+
+.00 ; # finish .ig
+
+'di \" finish diversion--previous line must be blank
+.nr nl 0-1 \" fake up transition to first page again
+.nr % 0 \" start at page 1
+'; __END__ ############# From here on it's a standard manual page ############
+ .so @mandir@/man1/texi2html.1
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.spec b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.spec
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d716b1dc714
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.spec
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+Name: texi2html
+Version: 1.76
+Release: 1
+Epoch: 0
+License: GPL
+Group: Applications/Text
+Summary: A highly customizable texinfo to HTML and other formats translator
+Source0: %{name}-%{version}.tar.bz2
+#Source: http://texi2html.cvshome.org/servlets/ProjectDownloadList
+URL: http://texi2html.cvshome.org/
+
+Requires: perl >= 5.004
+Prefix: %{_prefix}
+BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-%{release}-root-%(%{__id_u} -n)
+
+%description
+The basic purpose of texi2html is to convert Texinfo documents into HTML,
+and other formats. Configuration files written in perl provide fine degree
+of control over the final output, allowing most every aspect of the final
+output not specified in the Texinfo input file to be specified.
+
+%prep
+%setup -q
+
+%build
+%configure
+make clean
+make %{?_smp_mflags}
+
+%install
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+make install DESTDIR=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+#%find_lang %{name}
+
+rm -f $RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{_infodir}/dir
+
+%clean
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+
+%post
+/sbin/install-info %{_infodir}/%{name}.info %{_infodir}/dir 2>/dev/null || :
+
+%preun
+if [ $1 = 0 ]; then
+ /sbin/install-info --delete %{_infodir}/%{name}.info \
+ %{_infodir}/dir 2>/dev/null || :
+fi
+
+%files
+%defattr(-,root,root)
+%doc AUTHORS NEWS README ChangeLog TODO %{name}.init
+%{_bindir}/%{name}
+%{_datadir}/texinfo/html/%{name}.html
+%{_mandir}/man*/%{name}*
+%{_infodir}/%{name}.info*
+%dir %{_datadir}/%{name}
+%{_datadir}/%{name}/*.init
+%dir %{_datadir}/%{name}/i18n/
+%{_datadir}/%{name}/i18n/*
+%dir %{_datadir}/%{name}/images/
+%{_datadir}/%{name}/images/*
+
+%changelog
+* Mon Mar 23 2004 Patrice Dumas <pertusus@free.fr> 0:1.69-0.fdr.1
+- Initial build.
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.spec.in b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.spec.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..18ab7e9ff84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/texi2html.spec.in
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+Name: @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+Version: @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+Release: 1
+Epoch: 0
+License: GPL
+Group: Applications/Text
+Summary: A highly customizable texinfo to HTML and other formats translator
+Source0: %{name}-%{version}.tar.bz2
+#Source: http://texi2html.cvshome.org/servlets/ProjectDownloadList
+URL: http://texi2html.cvshome.org/
+
+Requires: perl >= 5.004
+Prefix: %{_prefix}
+BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-%{release}-root-%(%{__id_u} -n)
+
+%description
+The basic purpose of texi2html is to convert Texinfo documents into HTML,
+and other formats. Configuration files written in perl provide fine degree
+of control over the final output, allowing most every aspect of the final
+output not specified in the Texinfo input file to be specified.
+
+%prep
+%setup -q
+
+%build
+%configure
+make clean
+make %{?_smp_mflags}
+
+%install
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+make install DESTDIR=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+#%find_lang %{name}
+
+rm -f $RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{_infodir}/dir
+
+%clean
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+
+%post
+/sbin/install-info %{_infodir}/%{name}.info %{_infodir}/dir 2>/dev/null || :
+
+%preun
+if [ $1 = 0 ]; then
+ /sbin/install-info --delete %{_infodir}/%{name}.info \
+ %{_infodir}/dir 2>/dev/null || :
+fi
+
+%files
+%defattr(-,root,root)
+%doc AUTHORS NEWS README ChangeLog TODO %{name}.init
+%{_bindir}/%{name}
+%{_datadir}/texinfo/html/%{name}.html
+%{_mandir}/man*/%{name}*
+%{_infodir}/%{name}.info*
+%dir %{_datadir}/%{name}
+%{_datadir}/%{name}/*.init
+%dir %{_datadir}/%{name}/i18n/
+%{_datadir}/%{name}/i18n/*
+%dir %{_datadir}/%{name}/images/
+%{_datadir}/%{name}/images/*
+
+%changelog
+* Mon Mar 23 2004 Patrice Dumas <pertusus@free.fr> 0:1.69-0.fdr.1
+- Initial build.
diff --git a/Build/source/utils/texi2html/translations.pl b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/translations.pl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7ae6d45cfd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/utils/texi2html/translations.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,819 @@
+$LANGUAGES->{'de'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => '@"Uber dieses Dokument',
+ 'April' => 'April',
+ 'August' => 'August',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => 'Dezember',
+ 'February' => 'Februar',
+ 'Footnotes' => 'Fu@ss{}noten',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => 'Index',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => 'Januar',
+ 'July' => 'Juli',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => 'Juni',
+ 'March' => 'M@"arz',
+ 'May' => 'Mai',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => 'November',
+ 'October' => 'Oktober',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => 'September',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Kurzes Inhaltsverzeichniss',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '',
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Inhaltsverzeichniss',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'de'} = {
+ 'See' => 'Siehe',
+ 'section' => 'Abschnitt',
+ 'see' => 'siehe'
+ };
+
+
+$LANGUAGES->{'es'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => '',
+ 'April' => 'abril',
+ 'August' => 'agosto',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => 'diciembre',
+ 'February' => 'febrero',
+ 'Footnotes' => '',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => 'Index',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => 'enero',
+ 'July' => 'julio',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => 'junio',
+ 'March' => 'marzo',
+ 'May' => 'mayo',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => 'noviembre',
+ 'October' => 'octubre',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => 'septiembre',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Resumen del Contenido',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '',
+ 'Table of Contents' => '@\'{@dotless{I}}ndice General',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'es'} = {
+ 'See' => 'V@\'ease',
+ 'section' => 'secci@\'on',
+ 'see' => 'v@\'ase'
+ };
+
+
+$LANGUAGES->{'fr'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => ' Les boutons de navigation ont la signification suivante :',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => ' Dans cet exemple on est @`a @strong{ Sous section un-deux-trois } dans un document dont la structure est :',
+ ' Up ' => 'Plus haut',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => 'le %{day} %{month} %{year}',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '%{name} de %{class}',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '%{name} de %{class}',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans @cite{%{book}}',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => 'A propos de ce document',
+ 'April' => 'Avril',
+ 'August' => 'Ao@^ut',
+ 'Button' => 'Bouton',
+ 'Contents' => 'Table des mati@`eres',
+ 'Current Position' => 'Position',
+ 'December' => 'D@\'ecembre',
+ 'February' => 'F@\'evrier',
+ 'Footnotes' => 'Notes de bas de page',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => 'Depuis 1.2.3 aller @`a',
+ 'Go to' => 'Aller @`a',
+ 'Index' => 'Index',
+ 'Index Entry' => 'Entr@\'ee d\'index',
+ 'January' => 'Janvier',
+ 'July' => 'Juillet',
+ 'Jump to' => 'Aller @`a',
+ 'June' => 'Juin',
+ 'March' => 'Mars',
+ 'May' => 'Mai',
+ 'Menu:' => 'Menu@ :',
+ 'Name' => 'Nom',
+ 'Next' => 'Suivant',
+ 'November' => 'Novembre',
+ 'October' => 'Octobre',
+ 'Overview' => 'Vue d\'ensemble',
+ 'Overview:' => 'Vue d\'ensemble@ :',
+ 'Prev' => 'Pr@\'ec@\'edent',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => 'Section un',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => 'Voir %{node_file_href}',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'Voir %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Voir %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => 'Voir %{reference_name}',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => 'Voir @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => 'Voir la section %{reference_name}',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'Voir la section `%{section}\' dans @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'September' => 'Septembre',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'R@\'esum@\'e du contenu',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => 'Sous section un-quatre',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => 'Sous section un-un',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => 'Sous section un-trois',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => 'Sous section un-deux',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => 'Sous sous section un-deux-quatre',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => 'Sous sous section un-deux-un',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => 'Sous sous section un-deux-trois',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => 'Sous sous section un-deux-deux',
+ 'T2H_today' => 'le %2$d %1$s %3$d',
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Table des mati@`eres',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e par @emph{%{user}} @emph{%{date}} en utilisant @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e par @emph{%{user}} en utilisant @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e en utilisant @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => 'Document sans titre',
+ 'about (help)' => '@`a propos (page d\'aide)',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => 'd@\'ebut de ce chapitre ou chapitre pr@\'ec@\'edent',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => 'par @emph{%{user}}',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => 'par @emph{%{user}} @emph{%{date}}',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => 'couverture (top) du document',
+ 'current' => 'courante',
+ 'current section' => 'section actuelle',
+ 'first section in reading order' => 'premi@`e section dans l\'ordre de lecture',
+ 'following node' => 'node suivant',
+ 'index' => 'index',
+ 'last section in reading order' => 'derni@`ere section dans l\'ordre de lecture',
+ 'next chapter' => 'chapitre suivant',
+ 'next node' => 'node suivant',
+ 'next section in reading order' => 'section suivante dans l\'ordre de lecture',
+ 'next section on same level' => 'section suivante au m@^eme niveau',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => 'node suivant dans l\'ordre des nodes',
+ 'node up' => 'node au dessus',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '@emph{%{date}}',
+ 'previous node' => 'node pr@\'ec@\'edent',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => 'section pr@\'ec@\'edente dans l\'ordre de lecture',
+ 'previous section on same level' => 'section pr@\'ec@\'edente au m@^eme niveau',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'section `%{section}\' dans @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => 'voir %{node_file_href}',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => 'voir %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'voir %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => 'voir %{reference_name}',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => 'voir @cite{%{book}}',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => 'voir la section %{reference_name}',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => 'voir la section `%{section}\' dans @cite{{book}}',
+ 'short table of contents' => 'table des mati@`eres r@\'esum@\'ee',
+ 'table of contents' => 'table des mati@`eres',
+ 'unknown' => 'inconnu',
+ 'up node' => 'node au dessus',
+ 'up section' => 'section sup@\'erieure'
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'fr'} = {
+ ' This document was generated %{who_and_when_generated} using %{program_homepage_href}.' => ' Ce document a &eacute;t&eacute; g&eacute;n&eacute;r&eacute; %{who_and_when_generated} en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ ' where the <strong> Example </strong> assumes that the current position is at <strong> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </strong> of a document of the following structure:' => ' Dans cet exemple on est &agrave; <strong> Sous section un-deux-trois </strong> dans un document dont la structure est :',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'See' => 'Voir',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'Voir %{node_file_href} <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'Voir %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'See <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'Voir <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'Voir la section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'This document was generated by <i>%{user}</i> on <i>%{date}</i> using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a &eacute;t&eacute; g&eacute;n&eacute;r&eacute; par <i>%{user}</i> <i>%{date}</i> en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated by <i>%{user}</i> using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a &eacute;t&eacute; g&eacute;n&eacute;r&eacute; par <i>%{user}</i> en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e par @emph{%{user}} @emph{%{date}} en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e par @emph{%{user}} en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated on <i>%{date}</i> using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a &eacute;t&eacute; g&eacute;n&eacute;r&eacute; <i>%{date}</i> en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated on @emph{%{date}} using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e @emph{%{date}} en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'This document was generated on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e @emph{%{date}} en utilisant @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.',
+ 'This document was generated using %{program_homepage_href}.' => 'Ce document a @\'et@\'e g@\'en@\'er@\'e en utilisant %{program_homepage_href}.',
+ 'about (this page)' => 'a propos (cette page)',
+ 'by <i>%{user}</i>' => 'par <i>%{user}</i>',
+ 'by <i>%{user}</i> on <i>%{date}</i>' => 'par <i>%{user}</i> <i>%{date}</i>',
+ 'concept index' => 'index',
+ 'on <i>%{date}</i>' => '<i>%{date}</i>',
+ 'section' => 'section',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'see' => 'voir',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'voir %{node_file_href} <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'voir %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'see <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'voir <cite>%{book}</cite>',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in <cite>%{book}</cite>' => 'voir la section `%{section}\' dans <cite>%{book}</cite>'
+ };
+
+
+$LANGUAGES->{'nl'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => 'No translation available!',
+ 'April' => 'April',
+ 'August' => 'Augustus',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => 'December',
+ 'February' => 'Februari',
+ 'Footnotes' => 'No translation available!',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => 'Index',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => 'Januari',
+ 'July' => 'Juli',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => 'Juni',
+ 'March' => 'Maart',
+ 'May' => 'Mei',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => 'November',
+ 'October' => 'Oktober',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => 'September',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Korte inhoudsopgave',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '',
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Inhoudsopgave',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'nl'} = {
+ 'See' => 'Zie',
+ 'section' => 'sectie',
+ 'see' => 'zie'
+ };
+
+
+$LANGUAGES->{'no'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => 'No translation available!',
+ 'April' => 'april',
+ 'August' => 'august',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => 'desember',
+ 'February' => 'februar',
+ 'Footnotes' => 'No translation available!',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => 'Indeks',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => 'januar',
+ 'July' => 'juli',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => 'juni',
+ 'March' => 'mars',
+ 'May' => 'mai',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => 'november',
+ 'October' => 'oktober',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => 'september',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Kort innholdsfortegnelse',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '',
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Innholdsfortegnelse',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'no'} = {
+ 'See' => 'Se',
+ 'section' => 'avsnitt',
+ 'see' => 'se'
+ };
+
+
+$LANGUAGES->{'pt'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => '',
+ 'April' => 'Abril',
+ 'August' => 'Agosto',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => 'Dezembro',
+ 'February' => 'Fevereiro',
+ 'Footnotes' => '',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => '@\'Indice',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => 'Janeiro',
+ 'July' => 'Julho',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => 'Junho',
+ 'March' => 'Mar@,{c}o',
+ 'May' => 'Maio',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => 'Novembro',
+ 'October' => 'Outubro',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => 'Setembro',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => 'Breve Sum@\'ario',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '',
+ 'Table of Contents' => 'Sum@\'ario',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'pt'} = {
+ 'See' => 'Veja',
+ 'section' => 'Se@,{c}@~ao',
+ 'see' => 'veja'
+ };
+
+
+$LANGUAGES->{'en'} = {
+ ' The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:' => '',
+ ' where the @strong{ Example } assumes that the current position is at @strong{ Subsubsection One-Two-Three } of a document of the following structure:' => '',
+ ' Up ' => '',
+ '%{acronym_like} (%{explanation})' => '',
+ '%{month}, %{day} %{year}' => '',
+ '%{name} of %{class}' => '',
+ '%{name} on %{class}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ '%{reference_name}' => '',
+ '%{style} %{number}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{caption_first_line}' => '',
+ '%{style}: %{shortcaption_first_line}' => '',
+ '@b{%{quotation_arg}:} ' => '',
+ '@cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'About This Document' => '',
+ 'April' => '',
+ 'August' => '',
+ 'Button' => '',
+ 'Contents' => '',
+ 'Current Position' => '',
+ 'December' => '',
+ 'February' => '',
+ 'Footnotes' => '',
+ 'From 1.2.3 go to' => '',
+ 'Go to' => '',
+ 'Index' => '',
+ 'Index Entry' => '',
+ 'January' => '',
+ 'July' => '',
+ 'Jump to' => '',
+ 'June' => '',
+ 'March' => '',
+ 'May' => '',
+ 'Menu:' => '',
+ 'Name' => '',
+ 'Next' => '',
+ 'November' => '',
+ 'October' => '',
+ 'Overview' => '',
+ 'Overview:' => '',
+ 'Prev' => '',
+ 'Section' => '',
+ 'Section One' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'See section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'See section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'September' => '',
+ 'Short Table of Contents' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-One' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsection One-Two' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Four' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-One' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Three' => '',
+ 'Subsubsection One-Two-Two' => '',
+ 'T2H_today' => '%s, %d %d',
+ 'Table of Contents' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated by @emph{%{user}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated on @i{%{date}} using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @i{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'This document was generated using @uref{%{program_homepage}, @emph{%{program}}}.' => '',
+ 'Top' => '',
+ 'Untitled Document' => '',
+ 'about (help)' => '',
+ 'beginning of this chapter or previous chapter' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}}' => '',
+ 'by @emph{%{user}} on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'cover (top) of document' => '',
+ 'current' => '',
+ 'current section' => '',
+ 'first section in reading order' => '',
+ 'following node' => '',
+ 'index' => '',
+ 'last section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next chapter' => '',
+ 'next node' => '',
+ 'next section in reading order' => '',
+ 'next section on same level' => '',
+ 'node following in node reading order' => '',
+ 'node up' => '',
+ 'on @emph{%{date}}' => '',
+ 'previous node' => '',
+ 'previous section in reading order' => '',
+ 'previous section on same level' => '',
+ 'section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{node_file_href} section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'see section %{reference_name}' => '',
+ 'see section `%{section}\' in @cite{%{book}}' => '',
+ 'short table of contents' => '',
+ 'table of contents' => '',
+ 'unknown' => '',
+ 'up node' => '',
+ 'up section' => ''
+ };
+
+$T2H_OBSOLETE_STRINGS->{'en'} = {};
+
+